UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTIONAnnual Report Pursuant to Section 13 ORor 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OFof the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20162019
OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTIONTransition Report Pursuant to Section 13 ORor 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OFof the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     .
Commission File Number: 001-16581
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC.
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Virginia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
23-2453088
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
   
75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
02109
(Zip Code)
(617) 346-7200
Registrant’s telephone number including area code (617) 346-7200
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading SymbolsName of each exchange on which registered
Not ApplicableNot ApplicableNot Applicable
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes oþ .   No þ.o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  
Yes o.   No þ.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ. No o.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation ST (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files)submit). Yes þ. No o.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer o
Emerging growth company o
Non-accelerated filer þ
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
IndicateIf an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark whetherif the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filerhas elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerAct o
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer þ
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes o. No þ.
APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:
Indicate the numberNumber of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.Outstanding at February 29, 2020: 530,391,043 shares

ClassOutstanding at February 28, 2017
Common Stock (no par value)530,391,043 shares


Table of Contents


INDEX

  
 Page
  
  
  
 Ex-31.1 Certification
 Ex-31.2 Certification
 Ex-32.1 Certification
 Ex-32.2 Certification
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


32



Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

This Annual Report on Form 10-K of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (“SHUSA” or the “Company”)SHUSA contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 regarding the financial condition, results of operations, business plans and future performance of the Company. Words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “looking forward,” “will,” “would,” “believe,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “assume”“assume," "goal," "seek" or similar expressions are intended to indicate forward-looking statements.

Although SHUSA believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date on which the statements are made, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties based on various factors and assumptions, many of which are beyond the Company's control. Among the factors that could cause SHUSA’s financial performance to differ materially from that suggested by forward-looking statements are:

the effects of regulation, andactions and/or policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, System (the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"),FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”)OCC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), includingCFPB, and other changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws,regulations, including policies that affect market interest rate policiesrates and money supply, as well as in the impact of the Federal Reserve,changes in and interpretations of GAAP, the failure to adhere to which could subject SHUSA and/or its subsidiaries to formal or informal regulatory compliance and enforcement actions;actions and result in fines, penalties, restitution and other costs and expenses, changes in our business practice, and reputational harm;
SHUSA’s ability to manage credit risk that may increase to the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type or location of the borrower or collateral;
the slowing or reversal of the current U.S. economic expansion and the strength of the United StatesU.S. economy in general and regional and local economies in which SHUSA conducts operations in particular, which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs, and provisions for credit losses;
continued residualinflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations, including effects from the pending discontinuation of recessionary conditionsLIBOR as an interest rate benchmark, may, among other things, reduce net interest margins and impact funding sources and the uneven spread of positive impacts of recovery on the U.S. economy and SHUSA's counterparties, including adverse impacts on levels of unemployment, loan utilization rates, delinquencies, defaults and counterparties' ability to meet creditoriginate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;
the pursuit of protectionist trade or other obligations;related policies, including tariffs by the U.S., its global trading partners, and/or other countries, and/or trade disputes generally;
the ability of certain European member countries to continue to service their debt and the risk that a weakened European economy could negatively affect U.S.-based financial institutions, counterparties with which SHUSA does business, as well as the stability of global financial markets;
inflation, interest rate, marketmarkets, including economic instability and monetary fluctuations, which may, among other things, reduce net interest margins, impact funding sourcesrecessionary conditions in Europe and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products ineventual exit of the primary and secondary markets;United Kingdom from the European Union;
adverse movements and volatility in debt and equity capital markets and adverse changes in the securities markets, including those related to the financial condition of significant issuers in SHUSA’s investment portfolio;
SHUSA’s ability to manage changes in the value and quality of its assets, changing market conditions that may force management to alter the implementation or continuation of cost savings or revenue enhancement strategies and the possibility that revenue enhancement initiatives may not be successful in the marketplace or may result in unintended costs;
SHUSA's ability to grow revenue, manage expenses, attract and retain highly-skilled people and raise capital necessary to achieve its business goals and comply with regulatory requirements and expectations;requirements;
SHUSA’s ability to effectively manage its capital and liquidity, including approval of its capital plans by its regulators;regulators and its subsidiaries' ability to continue to pay dividends to it;
changes in credit ratings assigned to SHUSA or its subsidiaries;
the ability to manage risks inherent in our businesses, including through effective use of systems and controls, insurance, derivatives and capital management;
SHUSA’s ability to timely develop competitive new products and services in a changing environment that are responsive to the needs of SHUSA's customers and are profitable to SHUSA, the acceptancesuccess of such products and services byour marketing efforts to customers, and the potential for new products and services to impose additional unexpected costs, on SHUSAlosses, or other liabilities not anticipated at their initiation, and expose SHUSA to increased operational risk;
changes or potential changes to the competitive environment, including changes due to regulatory and technological changes, the effects of industry consolidation and perceptionscompetitors of SHUSA as a suitable service providermay have greater financial resources or counterparty;lower costs, or be subject to different regulatory requirements than SHUSA, may innovate more effectively, or may develop products and technology that enable those competitors to compete more successfully than SHUSA and cause SHUSA to lose business or market share;
SC's agreement with FCA may not result in currently anticipated levels of growth, is subject to performance conditions that could result in termination of the agreement, and is also subject to an option giving FCA the right to acquire an equity participation in the Chrysler Capital portion of SC's business;
consumers and small businesses may decide not to use banks for their financial transactions, which could impact our net income;
changes in customer spending, investment or savings behavior;
loss of customer deposits that could increase our funding costs;
the ability of SHUSA and its third-party vendors to convert, maintain and maintainupgrade, as necessary, SHUSA’s data processing and related systemsother IT infrastructure on a timely and acceptable basis, and within projected cost estimates;estimates and without significant disruption to our business;
SHUSA's ability to control operational risks, data security breach risks and outsourcing risks, and the possibility of errors in quantitative models SHUSA uses to manage its business, including as a result of cyberattacks, technological failure, human error, fraud or malice, and the possibility that SHUSA's controls will prove insufficient, fail or be circumvented;
the impact of changes in financial services policies,to tax laws and regulations including laws, regulations and policies concerning taxes, banking, capital, liquidity, proper accounting treatment, securities and insurance, the applications and interpretations thereof by regulatory bodies and the impact of changes in and interpretations of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP");
the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "DFA"), enacted in July 2010, which is a significant development for the industry, the full impact of which will not be known until the rule-making processes mandated by the legislation are complete, although the impact has involved and will involve higher compliance costs that have affected and will affect SHUSA’s revenue and earnings negatively;
SHUSA's ability to promote a strong culture of risk management, operating controls, compliance oversight and governance that meets regulatory expectations;
competitors of SHUSA that may have greater financial resources or lower costs, may innovate more effectively, or may develop products and technology that enable those competitors to compete more successfully than SHUSA;
acts of terrorism or domestic or foreign military conflicts; and acts of God, including natural disasters;
the costs and effects of regulatory or judicial proceedings;
the outcome of ongoing tax audits by federal, state and local income tax authorities that may require SHUSA to pay additional taxes or recover fewer overpayments compared to what has been accrued or paid as of period-end;
the costs and effects of regulatory or judicial actions or proceedings, including possible business restrictions resulting from such actions or proceedings;
adverse publicity, and negative public opinion, whether specific to SHUSA or regarding other industry participants or industry-wide factors, or other reputational harm; and
SHUSA’s success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.acts of terrorism or domestic or foreign military conflicts; and acts of God, including pandemics and other significant public health emergencies, and other natural disasters.

1



Table of Contents


GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
SHUSA Inc. provides the following list of abbreviations and acronyms as a tool for the readers that are used in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
2015 Amendment2018 Resolution Plan: OCC consent order signedThe Section 165(d) Resolution Plan most recently filed by Santander, Bank, National Association ("SBNA") on June 16, 2015 which amended prior orders signed by SBNA and the Officedated as of the Comptroller of the Currency on April 13, 2011 and January 7, 2013December 31, 2018
 
CRA:COSO: Community Reinvestment ActCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations
ABS: Asset-backed securities
 
DCF:Covered Fund: Discounted cash flowahedge fund or a private equity fund
ACL: Allowance for credit losses
 
DDFS:CPRs: Dundon DFS LLCChanges in anticipated loan prepayment rates
ADRs: American Depositary Receipts
CRA: Community Reinvestment Act
AFS: Available-for-sale
CRA NPR: the NPR related to the CRA issued by the OCC and the FDIC on December 12, 2019
ALLL: Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
Deka LawsuitCRD IV: : purported securities class action lawsuit filed against SC on August 26, 2014Capital Requirements Directive IV
Alt-AASC: Loans originated through brokers outside the Bank's geographic footprint, often lacking full documentationAccounting Standards Codification
CRE: Commercial Real Estate
ASU: Accounting Standards Update
CRE & VF: Commercial Real Estate and Vehicle Finance
Bank: Santander Bank, National Association
CTMC: Compensation and Talent Management Committee
BEA: Bureau of Economic Analysis
DCF: Discounted cash flow
BHC: Bank holding company
DDFS: DDFS LLC
BHC Act: Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended
 
DFA: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
AOD:BOLI Assurance of Discontinuance: Bank-owned life insurance
 
DOJ: Department of Justice
APR:BSI:  Annual percentage rateBanco Santander International
 
DOJ Order: DPD:Consent order signed by SC with the DOJ on February 25, 2015 that resolved claims related to certain of SC's repossession and collection activities days past due
ASCBSPR: Accounting Standards CodificationBanco Santander Puerto Rico
DTA: Digital Transformation Award
CBP: Citizens Bank of Philadelphia
 
DTI: Debt-to-income
ASUC&I: : Accounting Standards UpdateCommercial and Industrial Banking
 
ECOA:Economic Growth Act: Equal Credit Opportunitythe Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act
ATM:CCAR:  Automated teller machineComprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
 
EPS: Enhanced Prudential Standards
BankCD: Santander Bank, National AssociationCertificate of deposit
 
ETR: Effective tax rate
BB&TCECL: Current expected credit losses
EU: European Union
CEF: BB&T Corp.Closed-end fund
 
Exchange Act: Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
BHCCEO: : Bank holding companyChief Executive Officer
 
FASB:Financial Accounting Standards Board
BNY MellonCET1: Bank of New York MellonCommon equity Tier 1
 
FBO: Foreign banking organization
BOLICEVF: : Bank-owned life insuranceCommercial Equipment Vehicle Financing
 
FCA: Fiat Chrysler Automobiles US LLC
BSI: CFPBBanco Santander International: Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
 
FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
CBPCFO:: Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania Chief Financial Officer
FDIA: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act
CFTC: Commodity Futures Trading Commission
 
Federal Reserve: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
CCARChase: : Comprehensive Capital AnalysisJPMorgan Chase & Co. and Reviewcertain of its subsidiaries, including EMC Mortgage LLC
 
FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank
CDChange in Control: : Certificate(s)Consolidation of depositSC in January 2014
 
FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
CEVFCHRO:: Commercial equipment vehicle financing Chief Human Resources Officer
 
FICO®: Fair Isaac Corporation credit scoring model
CET1: Common equity tier 1
Final Rule: Rule implementing certain of the EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA
CFPB: Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association
Change in Control: First quarter 2014 change in control and consolidation of SC
FRB: Federal Reserve Bank
Chrysler Agreement: Ten-year private label financing agreement with Fiat Chrysler Automobiles US LLC, formerly Chrysler Group LLC, signed by SC
 
FTP:Final Rule: funds transfer pricingRule implementing certain of the EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA
Chrysler Capital: tradeTrade name used in providing services under the Chrysler Agreement
 
FVO: FINRAFair value option: Financial Industrial Regulatory Authority
CIB: Corporate and Investment Banking
FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association
CLTV: Combined loan-to-value
 
FRB: Federal Reserve Bank
CMOs: collateralized mortgage obligations
FVO: Fair value option
COBRA: Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act
GAAP:��Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
CMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation
GAP: Guaranteed auto protection
CMP: Civil monetary penalty
GCB: Global Corporate Banking
CODM: Chief Operating Decision Maker
 
HQLA:GLBA: High-quality liquid assetsGramm-Leach-Bliley Act
Company: Santander Holdings USA, Inc.
 
IHC:GNMA:  U.S. intermediate holding companyGovernment National Mortgage Association
Consent Order: Consent order signed by the Bank with the CFPB on July 14, 2016 regarding the Bank’s overdraft coverage practices for ATM and one-time debit card transactions
IPO: Initial public offering
Covered Fund: hedge fund or a private equity fund under the Volcker Rule
IRS: Internal Revenue Service
CPR: Changes in anticipated loan prepayment rates
ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

2



Table of Contents


IT:GSIB: Information technologyglobally systemically important bank
 
RIC:RSUs: Retail installment contracts
Lending Club: LendingClub Corporation, a peer-to-peer personal lending platform company from which SC acquired loans under flow agreements
RSUs: Restricted stock units
HFI: Held for investment
RV: Recreational vehicle
HTM: Held to maturity
RWA: Risk-weighted asset
IDI: insured depository institution
S&P: Standard & Poor's
IFRS: International Financial Reporting Standards
SAF: Santander Auto Finance
IHC: U.S. intermediate holding company
SAM: Santander Asset Management, LLC
IPO: Initial public offering
Santander: Banco Santander, S.A.
IRC: Internal Revenue Code
Santander BanCorp: Santander BanCorp and its subsidiaries
IRS: Internal Revenue Service
Santander Global Technology: Santander Global Technology S.L.
ISBAN: Ingenieria De Software Bancario S.L.
Santander UK: Santander UK plc
ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
SBNA: Santander Bank, National Association
LCR: Liquidityliquidity coverage ratio
 
RVSC:: Recreational vehicle Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries
LHFI: Loans held-for-investmentHFI
 
RWASCB:: Risk-weighted assets stress capital buffer
LHFS: Loans held-for-sale
 
S&PSC BCTMC: Standard & Poor'sBoard Compensation and Talent Management Committee for SC
LIBOR: London Interbank Offered Rate
 
SantanderSC Common Stock:: Banco Santander, S.A.
LIHTC: Low Income Housing Tax Credit
Santander BanCorp: Santander BanCorp and its subsidiaries Common shares of SC
LTD: Long-term debt
 
Santander NY: New York branch of Banco Santander, S.A.
The Loan Agreement:SCF: Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated asStatement of July 16, 2014, between DDFS LLC and Santandercash flows
LTV: Loan-to-value
 
Santander UKSCRA:: Santander UK plc Servicemembers' Civil Relief Act
MBS: Mortgage-backed securities
 
SBNASCI:: Santander Bank, National Association
Massachusetts AG: Massachusetts Attorney General
SC: Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. and its subsidiariesInternational Puerto Rico, LLC
MD&A: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
SC Common StockSDART:: Common shares of SC
MSR: Mortgage servicing right
SCF: Statement of cash flows
MVE: Market value of equity
SCI: Santander Consumer International PR, LLC
NCI: Non-controlling interest
SDART: Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust a SC securitization platform
NMD:MEP: Non-maturity depositsManagement Equity Plan
 
SDGTSDGT:: Specially Designated Global Terrorist
NPL:MGB: Non-performing loansMexican government bond
 
SECSEC:: Securities and Exchange Commission
NPWND:Mississippi AG:  Non-ProliferationAttorney General of Weaponsthe State of Mass DestructionMississippi
 
Securities Act: Securities Act of 1933, as amended
Moody’s: Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
SFS: Santander Financial Services, Inc.
MSPA: Master Securities Purchase Agreement
SHUSA: Santander Holdings USA, Inc.
MSR: Mortgage servicing right
SHUSA/US Risk Committee: Joint SHUSA and Combined U.S. Operations of Santander Risk Committee
MVE: Market value of equity
SIFMA: Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association
NCI: Non-controlling interest
SIS: Santander Investment Securities Inc.
Nominations Committee: Nominations and Executive Committee
SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate
NMDs: non-maturity deposits
SPAIN: Santander Private Auto Issuing Note
NMTC: New market tax credits
SREV: Santander Revolving Auto Loan Trust
NPL: Non-performing loan
SRIP: Special Regulatory Incentive Program
NPR: notice of proposed rulemaking
SRT: Santander Retail Auto Lease Trust
NSFR: Netnet stable funding ratio
 
Separation AgreementSSLLC: : Agreement entered into by Thomas Dundon, the former Chief Executive Officer of SC, DDFS, SC and Santander on July 2, 2015Securities LLC
NYSE: New York Stock Exchange
 
SHUSATBV:: Santander Holdings USA, Inc. tangible book value
OCC:Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
 
SIS:TCJA: Santander Investment Securities Inc.Tax Cut and Jobs Act of 2017
OCI: Other comprehensive income
TDR: Troubled debt restructuring
OEM: Original equipment manufacturer
 
SPETLAC:: Special purpose entity Total loss-absorbing capacity
OIS: Overnight indexed swap
 
Sponsor Holdings: Sponsor Auto Finance Holding Series LP
Order:TLAC Rule: OCC consent order signed by SBNA on January 26, 2012 which replaced a prior order signed by the Bank and other parties with the OTS
SSLLC: Santander Securities, LLCThe Federal Reserve’s total loss-absorbing capacity rule
OREO: Other real estate owned
 
TDR:Trusts: Troubled debt restructuringSecuritization trusts
OTC: Over-the-counter
TSR: Total shareholder return
OTTI:Other-than-temporary impairment
 
TLAC:U.K.: Total loss absorbing capacityUnited Kingdom
Parent Company: the parent holding company of Santander Bank, National AssociationSBNA and other consolidated subsidiaries
 
Trusts:UPB: Securitization trustsUnpaid principal balance
The Pledge Agreement: PCI:Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, 29,598,506 shares purchased credit-impaired
U.S. MEs: U.S. material entities of SC’s common stock owned by DDFS LLC are pledged as collateral under a related pledge agreement.Santander
Produban: Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales S.L.
 
VIE: Variable interest entity
REIT: Real estate investment trust
 
VOE:VOEs: Votingvoting interest entityentities
RIC: Retail installment contract
YTD: Year-to-date
ROU: Right-of-use

3



Table of Contents


PART I


ITEM 1 - BUSINESS


General

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. ("SHUSA" or the "Company")SHUSA is the parent holding company of Santander Bank, National Association, (the "Bank" or "SBNA"),SBNA, a national banking association, and owns a majority interest (approximately 59%)approximately 76.3% (as of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "SC"),March 4, 2020) of SC, a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing.company. SHUSA is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and the Bank's main office is in Wilmington, Delaware. SC is headquartered in Dallas, Texas. SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. ("Santander").Santander. SHUSA is also the parent company of Santander BanCorp, (together with its subsidiaries, “Santander BanCorp”), a holding company headquartered in Puerto Rico whichthat offers a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Banco Santander Puerto Rico; Santander Securities, LLC (“SSLLC”),BSPR; SSLLC, a registered broker-dealer locatedheadquartered in Puerto Rico; Banco Santander International (“BSI”), an Edge Act corporation locatedBoston; BSI, a financial services company headquartered in Miami whichthat offers a full range of banking services to foreign individuals and corporations based primarily in Latin America; Santander Investment Securities Inc. (“SIS”),SIS, a registered broker-dealer locatedheadquartered in New York providing services in investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities; and several other subsidiaries. SSLLC, SIS and another SHUSA subsidiary, Santander Asset Management, LLC are registered investment advisers with the SEC.

The Bank, previously named Sovereign Bank, National Association, changed its name to Santander Bank, National Association on October 17, 2013. The Bank's principal markets are in the Mid-Atlantic and Northeastern United States. At December 31, 2016,2019, the Bank had 675588 branches and 2,100 automated teller machines ("ATMs")2,231 ATMs across its footprint. The Bank uses its deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Bank earns interest income on its loan and investment portfolios. In addition, the Bank generates non-interest income from a number of sources, including deposit and loan services, sales of loans and investment securities, capital markets products and bank-owned life insurance ("BOLI").BOLI. The Bank's principal non-interest expenses include employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and facility-related costs, technology and other administrative expenses. The volumes, and accordingly the financial results of the Bank are affected by the economic environment, including interest rates and consumer and business confidence and spending, as well as the competitive conditions within the Bank's geographic footprint.

SC'sSAF is SC’s primary businessvehicle brand, and is available as a finance option for automotive dealers across the indirect origination of retail installment contracts ("RICs"), principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connectionUnited States. Since May 2013, under its agreement with their sale of newFCA, SC has operated as FCA's preferred provider for consumer loans, leases, and used vehicles to retail consumers. SC also offers a full spectrum of auto financing productsdealer loans and provides services to ChryslerFCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand, the trade name used in providing services ("Chrysler Capital") under the ten-year private label financing agreement with Fiat Chrysler Automobiles US LLC ("FCA"), formerly Chrysler Group LLC, signed by SC in 2013 (the "Chrysler Agreement").brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit.

On June 28, 2019, SC entered into an amendment to the Chrysler Agreement with FCA, which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions. The amendment also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders,terminated the previously disclosed tolling agreement dated July 11, 2018 between SC and services automobile and recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally,FCA.

Since its IPO, SC has several relationships through which it provides personal unsecured consumer loans, private-label credit cardsbeen consolidated with the Company and other consumer finance products. Common stockSantander for financial reporting and accounting purposes. If the Company directly, owned 80% or more of SC ("Common Stock, SC could be consolidated with the Company for tax filing and capital planning purposes. Among other things, tax consolidation would (1) facilitate certain offsets of SC’s taxable income, (2) eliminate the double taxation of dividends from SC, and (3) trigger a release into SHUSA’s income of an approximately $414 million deferred tax liability recognized with respect to the GAAP basis vs. the income tax basis in the Company's ownership of SC. Tax consolidation would also allow for SC's net deferred tax liability to off-set the Company's net deferred tax asset, which would provide a regulatory capital benefit. In addition, SHUSA and Santander would recognize a larger percentage of SC's net income. SC Common Stock")Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE")NYSE under the trading symbol "SC".

SC's Relationship with FCA

In February 2013, SC entered into the Chrysler Agreement, pursuant to which SC became the preferred provider for FCA’s consumer loans and leases and dealer loans effective May 1, 2013. Business generated under terms of the Chrysler Agreement is branded as Chrysler Capital. During 2016,2019, SC originated more than $8.0$12.8 billion of Chrysler Capital retail installment contracts ("RICs")RICs and more than $5.5$8.5 billion of Chrysler Capital vehicle leases.

The Chrysler Agreement requires, among other things, that SC bears the risk of loss on loans originated pursuant to the agreement, but also that FCA shares in any residual gains and losses from consumer leases. The agreement also requires that SC maintainsmaintain at least $5.0 billion in funding available for dealer inventory financing and $4.5 billion of financing dedicated to FCA retail financing. In turn, FCA must provide designated minimum threshold percentages of its subvention business to SC.


4
4




The Chrysler Agreement has a ten-year term, subject to early termination in certain circumstances, including the failure by either party to comply with certain of their ongoing obligations. These obligations include, for SC, meeting specified escalating penetration rates for the first five years and, for FCA, treating SC in a manner consistent with comparable ("original equipment manufacturers' ("OEMs'")OEMs` treatment of their captive providers, primarily regarding sales support. In addition, FCA may also terminate the agreement if, among other circumstances, (i) a person other than Santander andor its affiliates or its other stockholders owns 20% or more of its common stock and Santander and its affiliates own fewer shares of common stock than such person, (ii) the CompanySC becomes, controls, or becomes controlled by, an OEM that competes with Chrysler, or (iii) if certain of SC's credit facilities become impaired.

In connection with entering into the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid FCA a $150 million upfront, nonrefundable fee on May 1, 2013. This fee is considered payment for future profits generated from the Chrysler Agreement. Accordingly, the Company amortizes the Chrysler Agreement and is being amortized into Other expenses over the expected ten-year term. In addition, in June 2019, in connection with the execution of the sixth amendment to the Chrysler Agreement, the Company paid a $60 million upfront fee to FCA. This fee is being amortized into Other expenses over the remaining term as a component of net finance and other interest income. The Companythe Chrysler Agreement. SC has also executed an equity option agreement with FCA, whereby FCA may elect to purchase, at any time during the term of the Chrysler Agreement, at fair market value, an equity participation of any percentage in the Chrysler Capital portion of SC's business.

ForIn June 2018, SC announced that it was in exploratory discussions with FCA regarding the future of FCA's U.S. finance operations. FCA announced its then intention to establish a periodcaptive U.S. auto finance unit and indicated that acquiring Chrysler Capital is one option it would consider. Subsequently, FCA decided not to establish a captive U.S. auto finance unit, and FCA and the Company entered into the amendment described above as of 20 business days after FCA's deliveryJune 2019. The amendment revised previously established retail and lease share (penetration) expectations and clarified key factors associated with the revenue and risk share guidance referenced in the Chrysler Agreement. Pursuant to the amendment, SC made a one-time payment of $60 million to FCA.

FCA has not delivered a notice of intent to exercise its equity option, and the Company isremains committed to discuss with FCA, in good faith, the structure and valuationsuccess of the proposed equity participation. If the parties are unable to agree on a structure and FCA still intends to exercise its option, SC will be required to create a new company into which the Chrysler Capital assets will be transferredbusiness.

IHC

On July 1, 2016, due to both its global and which will own and operate the Chrysler Capital business. If FCA and SC cannot agree on a fair market value during the 20-day negotiation period, each party will engage an investment bank and the appointed banks will mutually appoint a third independent investment bankU.S. non-branch total consolidated asset size, Santander became subject to determine the value, with the costboth of the valuation divided evenly between FCA and SC. Each party has the right to a one-time deferralprovisions of the independent valuation process for up to nine months. FCA will have a period of 90 days after a valuation has been determined, either by negotiation between the parties or by an investment bank, to deliver a binding notice of exercise. Following this notice, FCA's purchase is to be paid and settled within 10 business days, subject to a delay of up to 180 days if necessary to obtain any required consents from governmental authorities.

Any new company formed to effect FCA's exercise of its equity option will be a Delaware limited liability company unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. As long as each party owns at least 20% of the business, FCA and SC will have equal voting and governance rights without regard to ownership percentage. If either party has an ownership interest in the business of less than 20%, the party with less than 20% ownership will have the right to designate a number of directors proportionate to its ownership and will have other customary minority voting rights.

Because the equity option is exercisable at fair market value, SC could recognize a gain or loss upon exercise if the fair market value is determined to be different from book value. The Company believes that the fair market value of its Chrysler Capital financing business currently exceeds book value and therefore has not recorded a contingent liability for potential loss upon FCA's exercise.

Subsequent to the exercise of the equity option, SC's rightsFBO Final Rule discussed below under the Chrysler Agreement would be assigned to the jointly owned business. Exercise"Regulatory Matters" section of the equity option would be consideredItem 7, MD&A, of this Form 10-K. As a triggering event requiring re-evaluationresult of whether or not the remaining unamortized balancethis rule, ownership of the upfront fee the Company paid to FCA on May 1, 2013 should be impaired.

Until January 31, 2017, SC had a flow agreement with Bank of America whereby the Company was committed to sell a contractually determined amount of eligible Chrysler Capital loans to Bank of America on a monthly basis, depending on the amount and credit quality of eligible current month originations and prior month sales. The agreement originally extended through May 31, 2018. On July 27, 2016, the flow agreement was amended to reduce the maximum commitment to sell eligible loans each month to $300,000. On October 27, 2016, Bank of America notified the Company that it was terminating the flow agreement effective January 31, 2017 and, accordingly, the flow agreement is now terminated. For loans sold under the agreement, SC retains the servicing rights at contractually agreed-upon rates. The Company may also receive or pay a servicer performance payment based on an agreed-upon formula if performance on the sold loans is better or worse, respectively, than expected performance at the time of sale.

SC has sold loans to Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania ("CBP") under terms of a flow agreement and other predecessor sale agreements. SC retains servicing on the sold loans and will owe CBP a loss-sharing payment capped at 0.5% of the original pool balance if losses exceed a specified threshold, established on a pool-by-pool basis. On June 25, 2015, SC executed an amendment to the servicing agreement with CBP, which increased the servicing fees. This amendment also amended the flow agreement between CBP and SC, effective August 1, 2015, to reduce CBP's committed purchases of Chrysler Capital prime loans from a maximum of $600 million and a minimum of $250 million per quarter to a maximum of $200 million and a minimum of $50 million per quarter. On February 13, 2017, the Company and CBP entered into a mutual agreement to terminate the flow agreement effective May 1, 2017.

5




Intermediate Holding Company ("IHC")

The Company became an IHC for Santander's U.S. subsidiary activities on July 1, 2016. Theseseveral Santander subsidiaries, includedincluding Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, as well as several other subsidiaries.were transferred to the Company, which became a U.S. IHC. On July 1, 2017, an additional Santander subsidiary, SFS, a finance company located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to SHUSA, and on July 2, 2018, another Santander subsidiary, SAM, an investment adviser located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to SHUSA. Refer to Note 241 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detailsdetails.

On October 21, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the stock of Santander BanCorp (the holding company that owns BSPR) for total consideration of approximately $1.1 billion, subject to adjustment based on the consolidated Santander BanCorp balance sheet at closing. At December 31, 2019, BSPR had 27 branches, approximately 1,000 employees, and total assets of approximately $6.0 billion. Among other conditions precedent to the closing, the transaction requires the Company to transfer all of BSPR's non-performing assets and the equity of SAM to the Company or a third party prior to closing. In addition, the transaction requires review and approval of various regulators, whose input is uncertain. Subject to satisfaction of the closing conditions, the transaction is expected to close in the middle of 2020. Once it becomes apparent that this transfer.transaction is more likely than not to receive regulatory approval, the Company will recognize a deferred tax liability of approximately $50 million for the unremitted earnings of Santander BanCorp. Completion of the transaction is not expected to result in any material gain or loss.


Segments

The Company's reportable segments are organized in accordance with its strategic business units. Except for the Company's SC segment, segments are focused principally around the customers the BankCompany serves. In 2019, the Company has identified the following reportable segments:

In 2016, the Company's reportable segments included the following:
5





Consumer and Business Banking

The Consumer and Business Banking segment is primarily comprised ofincludes the Bank's branch locationsproducts and theservices provided to Bank consumer and business banking customers, including consumer deposit, business banking, residential mortgage, business. The branch locations offerunsecured lending and investment services. This segment provides a wide range of products and services to customers,consumers and attract deposits by offering a variety of deposit instruments,business banking customers, including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market and savings accounts, certificates of deposit ("CDs")CDs and retirement savings products. The branch locationsIt also offer consumer loansprovides lending products such as credit cards, mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, as welland business loans such as business bankinglines of credit and small business loans to individuals. The Consumer and Business Banking segment also includescommercial cards. In addition, the Bank provides investment services and providesto its retail customers, including annuities, mutual funds, managed monies, and insurance products,products. Santander Universities, which provides grants and actsscholarships to universities and colleges as an investment brokerage agenta way to foster education through research, innovation and entrepreneurship, is the customerslast component of the Consumer and Business Bankingthis segment.

Commercial Real EstateC&I

The Commercial Real EstateC&I segment primarily offersprovides commercial real estatelines, loans, letters of credit, receivables financing and multifamily loans.

Corporatedeposits to medium- and Commercial Banking

The Corporate and Commercial Banking segment offerslarge-sized commercial loans, and the Bank's related commercial deposits. This segment also providescustomers, as well as financing and deposits for government entities andentities. This segment also provides niche product financing for specific industries, including oil and gas and mortgage warehousing, among others.industries.

Global Corporate Banking ("GCB")CRE & VF

The GCBCRE & VF segment provides CRE loans and multifamily loans to customers. This segment also provides commercial loans to dealers and financing for commercial equipment and vehicles.

CIB

The CIB segment serves the needs of global commercial and institutional customers by leveraging theSantander's international footprint of Santander to provide financing and banking services to corporations with over $500 million in annual revenues. GCB'sCIB also includes SIS, which provides services in investment banking, institutional sales, and trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities. CIB's offerings and strategy are based on Santander's local and global capabilities in wholesale banking.

SC

SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC’s primary business is the indirect origination and securitization ofindirectly originating RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchisedOEM-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to retail consumers. In conjunction with the Chrysler Agreement, SC offers a full spectrum of auto financing products and services to ChryslerFCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit. SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile, recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally, SC has several other relationships through which it holds personal unsecured consumer loans, private-label credit cards and other consumer finance products. In the third quarter of 2015, SC announced that it wouldmade a strategic decision to exit the personal lending market to focus on its core objectives of expanding the reach and realizing the value of its vehicle finance and servicers for others platforms.

SC continues to hold the Bluestem portfolio, which had a carrying balance of approximately $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2019, and remains a party to agreements with Bluestem that includes obligations, among other things, to purchase new advances originated by Bluestem and existing balances on accounts with new advances, for an initial term ending in April 2020 and renewable through April 2022 at Bluestem’s option. Both parties have the right to terminate this agreement upon written notice if certain events were to occur, including if there is a material adverse change in the financial condition of either party. Although a third party is being sought to assume these obligations, SC may not be successful in finding such assets were accordinglya party, and Bluestem may not agree to the substitution. The Bluestem portfolio continues to be classified as heldheld-for-sale. Significant lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments have been recorded on this portfolio and may continue as long as SC holds the portfolio, particularly due to the purchase commitments. There is a risk that material changes to SC’s relationship with Bluestem, or the loss or discontinuance of Bluestem’s business, would materially and adversely affect SC’s business, financial condition and results of operations. On March 9, 2020, Bluestem Brands, Inc., together with certain of its affiliates, filed voluntary petitions for sale. In February 2016, SC sold substantially allrelief under Chapter 11 of the $869.3 million Lending Club portfolio. The majorityU.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of the remaining personal lending portfolio is being actively marketed.Delaware.

SC has entered into a number of intercompany agreements with the Bank. All intercompany revenue and fees between the Bank and SC are eliminated in the consolidated results of SHUSA.the Company.


6





The financial results for each of these reportable segments are included in Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and are discussed in Item 7, "Line of Business Results" within the Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A")&A section of this Form 10-K. These results have been presented based on the Company's management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Company and, as a result, the financial results of the Company's reportable segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions.

Other

The Other category includes certain immaterial subsidiaries that are individually immaterial such as BSI, Banco Santander Puerto Rico,BSPR, SIS, SSLLC, and SSLLC, reporting units that are in run-off,SFS, the Holding company'sunallocated interest expense on the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations as well asand certain unallocated corporate reporting units.income and indirect expenses.


Subsidiaries

SHUSA has two principal consolidated majority-owned subsidiaries at December 31, 2016,2019, the Bank and SC.

On July 1, 2016, due to both its global and U.S. non-branch total consolidated asset size, Santander is subject to both of the provisions of the Final Rule as discussed below under the "Supervision and Regulation" section of Item 1 of this Form 10-K. As a result of this rule, ownership of several Santander subsidiaries, including Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, were transferred to the Company, which became a U.S. intermediate holding company (an "IHC").


Employees

At December 31, 2016,2019, the Company had approximately 16,50016,900 employees among itself and its subsidiaries. No Company employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement.


Competition

The Bank is subject to substantial competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in lending funds. The primary factors in competing for deposits include the ability to offer attractive rates, the convenience of office locations, the availability of alternate channels of distribution, and servicing capabilities. Direct competition for deposits comes primarily from other national, regional, and state banks, thrift institutions, and broker dealers.broker-dealers. Competition for deposits also comes from money market mutual funds, corporate and government securities, and credit unions. The primary factors driving competition for commercial and consumer loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, service levels and the range of products and services offered. Competition for origination oforiginating loans normally comes from thrift institutions, national and state banks, mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers, finance companies, and insurance companies.

The Company also provides investment management, broker-dealer and private banking services for its clients. We face competition in providing these services from trust companies, full-service banks, asset managers, investment advisors, securities dealers, mutual fund companies, and other financial institutions.

SC is also subject to substantial competition, particularly in the automotiveautomobile finance industry. SC competes on the pricing it offersoffered on its loans and leases as well as the customer service SC provides automotiveautomobile dealer customers. Pricing for these loans and leases is transparent because SC, along with its competitors, provides pricing and other terms and conditions for loans and leases through web-based credit application aggregation platforms. When dealers submit applications for consumers acquiring vehicles, they can compare SC's terms and conditions against its competitors’ pricing. Dealer relationships are important in the automotive finance industry. Vehicle finance providers tailor product offerings to meet dealers' needs. SC's primary competitors in the vehicle finance space are national and regional banks, credit unions, independent financial institutions, and the affiliated finance companies of automotive manufacturers.

7




Supervision and Regulation

The activities of the Company and the Bank are subject to regulation under various U.S. federal laws, including the Bank Holding Company ("BHC") Act, the Federal Reserve Act, the National Bank Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA"), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "DFA"), the Truth-in-Lending Act (which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers), the Truth-in-Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act ("the ECOA") (which prohibits creditors from discriminating against applicants on the basis of race, color, religion or other factors), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (which governs the provision of consumer information to credit reporting agencies and the use of consumer information), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (which governs the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies), the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (which requires financial institutions to provide certain information about home mortgage and refinanced loans), the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (the “SCRA") (which provides certain protections for individuals on active duty in the military), Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce), the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (which contains certain requirements relatingSHUSA is a BHC pursuant to the mortgage settlement process), the Expedited Funds Availability Act (which establishes the maximum permissible hold periods for checks and other deposits and the disclosure requirements for funds availability), the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act (which establishes fair practices relating to the extension of credit under open-end consumer credit plans) and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of, debit cards, automated teller machines ("ATMs") and other electronic banking services), as well as other federal and state laws.

BHC Act. As SC is a subsidiary of the Company, it is also subject to regulatory oversight from the FRB for BHC, regulatory supervision purposes, as well as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB").

DFA

The DFA, enacted on July 21, 2010, instituted major changes to banking and financial institution regulatory regimes as a result of the financial crisis. The DFA includes a number of provisions designed to promote enhanced supervision and regulation of financial companies and financial markets. The DFA introduced substantial reforms that reshape the financial services industry, including significantly enhanced regulation. This enhanced regulation has involved and will continue to involve higher compliance costs and negatively affect the Company's revenue and earnings. More specifically, the DFA imposes enhanced prudential standards ("EPS") on BHCs with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets (often referred to as “systemically important financial institutions”), including the Company, and requires the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") to establish prudential standards for such BHCs that are more stringent than those applicable to other BHCs, including standards for risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits; heightened capital and liquidity standards, including eliminating trust preferred securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital; enhanced risk management requirements; and credit exposure reporting and concentration limits. These changes have impacted and are expected to continue impacting the profitability and growth of the Company.

The DFA mandates an enhanced supervisory framework, which means that the Company is subject to annual stress testsconsolidated supervision by the Federal Reserve,Reserve. SBNA is a national bank chartered under the National Bank Act and subject to supervision by the OCC and a member of the FDIC. In addition, the CFPB has oversight over SHUSA, SBNA, and SHUSA’s other non-bank affiliates, including SC, for compliance with federal consumer protection laws.

Refer to the "Regulatory Matters" section within Item 7- MD&A for discussion of current regulatory matters impacting the Company.

7





BHC Activity and Acquisition Restrictions

Federal laws restrict the types of activities in which BHCs may engage, and subject them to a range of supervisory requirements, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and policies. BHCs may engage in the business of banking and managing and controlling banks, as well as closely-related activities.

The Company and the Bank arewould be required to conduct semi-annual and annual stress tests, respectively, reporting results toobtain approval from the Federal Reserve andif the OfficeCompany were to acquire shares of any depository institution or any holding company of a depository institution, or any financial entity that is not a depository institution, such as a lending company.

Control of the Comptroller ofCompany or the Currency (the "OCC"). The Federal Reserve also has discretionary authority to establish additional prudential standards, on its own or at the Financial Stability Oversight Council's recommendation, regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, short-term debt limits, and otherwise as deemed appropriate.Bank

Under the Durbin AmendmentChange in Bank Control Act, individuals, corporations or other entities acquiring SHUSA's common stock may, alone or together with other investors, be deemed to control the DFA, in June 2011Company and thereby the Bank. Ownership of more than 10% of SHUSA’s capital stock may be deemed to constitute “control” if certain other control factors are present. If deemed to control the Company, those persons or groups would be required to obtain the Federal Reserve issuedReserve's approval to acquire the final rule implementing debit card interchange feeCompany’s common stock and routing regulation. The final rule establishes standardscould be subject to certain ongoing reporting procedures and restrictions under federal law and regulations.

Standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers, including the Bank, are “reasonableSafety and proportional” to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions, and prohibits network exclusivity arrangements on debit cards to ensure merchants have choices in how debit card transactions are routed.Soundness

The DFA establishedfederal banking agencies adopted certain operational and managerial standards for depository institutions, including internal audit system components, loan documentation requirements, asset growth parameters, information technology and data security practices, and compensation standards for officers, directors and employees.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the CFPB,FDIC

The Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. The Bank's and BSPR's deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of, and require reporting by, FDIC-insured institutions like the Bank and BSPR. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC also has broad powersthe authority to setinitiate enforcement actions against banking institutions and may terminate an institution’s deposit insurance if it determines that the requirementsinstitution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

The FDIC charges financial institutions deposit premium assessments to ensure it has reserves to cover deposits that are under FDIC-insured limits, which is currently $250,000 per depositor per ownership category for each ownership deposit account category.

FDIC insurance premium expenses were $60.5 million for the terms and conditions of consumer financial products. This has resulted in and is expected to continue to result in increased compliance costs and reduced revenue.year ended December 31, 2019.

In March 2013,Restrictions on Subsidiary Banking Institution Capital Distributions

Under the CFPB issuedFDIA, insured depository institutions must be classified in one of five defined tiers (well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). Under OCC regulations, an institution is considered “well-capitalized” if it (i) has a bulletin recommending that indirect vehicle lenders,total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (iii) has a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and (v) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2019, the Bank met the criteria to be classified as “well capitalized.”

If capital levels fall to significantly or critically undercapitalized levels, further material restrictions can be imposed, including SC, take stepsrestrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management and, in critically undercapitalized situations, appointment of a receiver or conservator. Critically undercapitalized institutions generally may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt. All but well-capitalized institutions are prohibited from accepting brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Pursuant to monitorthe FDIA and impose controls over vehicle dealer "mark-up" policies underOCC regulations, institutions which dealers impose higherare not categorized as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are restricted from making capital distributions, which include cash dividends, stock redemptions and repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest ratespayments on certain consumers, withconvertible debt and other transactions charged to the mark up shared between the dealer and the lender. In accordance with SC's policy, dealers were allowed to mark-up interest rates by a maximum of 2.00%, but in October 2013 SC reduced the maximum compensation (participation from 2.00% (industry practice) to 1.75%). SC plans to continue to evaluate this policy for effectiveness and may make further changes to strengthen oversight of dealers and mark-up rates.institution’s capital account.


8





On July 31, 2015,Federal banking laws, regulations and policies limit the CFPB notified SC that it had referredBank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the DepartmentCompany. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank’s total distributions to the Company within that calendar year would exceed 100% of Justice (the "DOJ") certain alleged violationsits net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years; (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by SC of the ECOA regarding (i) statistical disparitiesOCC in mark-ups charged by automobile dealersconnection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. In addition, the OCC's prior approval is required if the OCC deems it to protected groups on loans originated by those dealers and purchased by SC and (ii) the treatment of certain types of incomebe in SC's underwriting process. On September 25, 2015, the DOJ notified SC that it had initiated an investigation under the ECOA of SC's pricing of automobile loans based on the referral from the CFPB.troubled condition or a problem institution.

TheAny dividends declared and paid have the effect of reducing the Bank’s Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets and risk-based capital ratios. During 2019, 2018, and 2017, the Company routinely executes interest rate swaps forpaid cash dividends of $400.0 million, $410.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the managementCompany paid cash dividends to preferred shareholders of zero, $11.0 million and $14.6 million, respectively. During the third quarter of 2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its asset/liability mix, and also executes such swaps with its borrower clients. outstanding preferred stock.

Federal Reserve Regulation

Under the DFA,Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is required to post collateral with certain ofmaintain a reserve against its counterpartiestransaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and clearing exchanges. While clearing these financial instruments offers some benefits and additional transparencynon-interest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in valuation,cash or in low-interest-bearing accounts, the system requirements for clearing execution add operational complexities to the business and accordingly increase operational risk exposure.

Provisionseffect of the DFA relatingreserve requirements is to the applicability of state consumer protection laws to national banks, including the Company's bank subsidiaries, became effective in July 2011. Questions may arise as to whether certain state consumer financial laws that were previously preempted by federal law are no longer preempted as a result of these new provisions. Depending on how such questions are resolved, the Company's bank subsidiaries may experiencereduce an increase in state-level regulation of their retail banking business and additional compliance obligations, which likely would impact revenue and costs. SC is already subject to such state-level regulation.institution’s asset yields.

The DFAamount of total reserve requirements at December 31, 2019 and certain other legislation2018 were $534.6 million and regulations impose various restrictions on compensation of certain executive officers. The Company's ability to attract and/or retain talented personnel may be adversely affected by$429.0 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company complied with these restrictions.reserve requirements.

Other requirementsFHLB System

The FHLB system was created in 1932 and consists of 11 regional FHLBs. FHLBs are federally-chartered but privately owned institutions created by Congress. The Federal Housing Finance Agency is an agency of the DFA include increases infederal government that is charged with overseeing the amount of deposit insurance assessments the Company's bank subsidiaries must pay; changes to the nature and levels of fees charged to consumers, which are negatively affecting the Company's bank subsidiaries' income; banning banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and restricting their sponsorship of, or investing in, hedge funds and private equity funds, subject to limited exceptions; and increasing regulationFHLBs. Each FHLB is owned by its member institutions. The primary purpose of the derivatives markets through measures that broaden the derivative instruments subjectFHLBs is to regulation and requiring clearing and exchange tradingprovide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as imposing additional capitalfor affordable housing and margin requirementscommunity development lending. FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions. As a member, the Bank is required to make minimum investments in FHLB stock based on its level of borrowings from the FHLB. The Bank is a member of and held investments in the FHLB of Pittsburgh which totaled $316.4 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $230.1 million at December 31, 2018. The Bank utilizes advances from the FHLB to fund balance sheet growth, provide liquidity and for derivatives market participants, which will increaseasset and liability management purposes. The Bank had access to advances with the costFHLB of conducting this business.

Volcker Ruleup to $17.3 billion at December 31, 2019, and had outstanding advances of $7.0 billion or 41% of total availability at that date. The level of borrowing capacity the Bank has with the FHLB of Pittsburgh is contingent upon the level of qualified collateral the Bank holds at a given time.

The DFA added new section 13Bank received $16.6 million and $6.6 million in dividends on its stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Anti-Money Laundering and the USA Patriot Act

Several federal laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act, and the USA Patriot Act require all financial institutions to, among other things, implement policies and procedures relating to anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activities, currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The USA Patriot Act substantially broadened existing anti-money laundering legislation and the BHC Act, which is commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” The Volcker Rule prohibits a “banking entity” from engaging in “proprietary trading” or engaging in anyextraterritorial jurisdiction of the following activitiesU.S., imposed compliance and due diligence obligations, created criminal penalties, compelled the production of documents located both inside and outside the U.S., including those of non-U.S. institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the U.S., and clarified the safe harbor from civil liability to clients. The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of regulations that further clarify the USA Patriot Act’s requirements and provide more specific guidance on their application.

Financial Privacy

Under the GLBA, financial institutions are required to disclose to their retail customers their policies and practices with respect to a hedge fund or a private equity fund (together, a “Covered Fund”): (i) acquiring or retaining any equity, partnership or other ownership interest insharing nonpublic customer information with their affiliates and non-affiliates, how they maintain customer confidentiality, and how they secure customer information. Customers are required under the Covered Fund; (ii) controlling the Covered Fund; or (iii) engaging in certain transactionsGLBA to be provided with the fund if the banking entity or any affiliate is an investment adviser or sponsoropportunity to the Covered Fund. These prohibitions are“opt out” of information sharing with non-affiliates, subject to certain exemptions for permitted activities.exceptions.

Because
9





Environmental Laws

Environmentally-related hazards are a source of high risk and potentially significant liability for financial institutions related to their loans. Environmentally contaminated properties owned by an institution’s borrowers may result in a drastic reduction in the term “banking entity” includes an insured depository institution, a depository institution holding company and any affiliatevalue of the collateral securing the institution’s loans to such borrowers, high environmental cleanup costs to the borrower affecting its ability to repay its loans, the subordination of any lien in favor of the foregoing,institution to a state or federal lien securing clean-up costs, and liability to the Volcker Rule has sweeping worldwide application and covers entities such as Santander,institution for cleanup costs if it forecloses on the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and numerous other Santander subsidiariescontaminated property or becomes involved in the United Statesmanagement of the borrower. To minimize this risk, the Bank may require an environmental examination of, and abroad.reports with respect to, the property of any borrower or prospective borrower if circumstances affecting the property indicate a potential for contamination, taking into consideration the potential loss to the institution in relation to the burdens to the borrower. Such examination must be performed by an engineering firm experienced in environmental risk studies and acceptable to the institution, and the costs of such examinations and reports are the responsibility of the borrower. These costs may be substantial and may deter a prospective borrower from entering into a loan transaction with the Bank. The Company is not aware of any borrower which is currently subject to any environmental investigation or clean-up proceeding or any other environmental matter that is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of SHUSA or its subsidiaries.

The Company implemented certain policiesSecurities and procedures, training programs, record keeping, internal controls and other compliance requirements that were necessary to comply with the Volcker Rule before July 21, 2015. As required by the Volcker Rule, the compliance infrastructure has been tailored to each banking entity based on the size of theentity and its level oftrading and Covered Fund activities. SHUSA's compliance program includes, among other things, processes for prior approval of new activities and investments that are permitted under the rule, testing and auditing for compliance and a process for attesting annually that the compliance program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the Volcker Rule.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement ActInvestment Regulation

The FDIA established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalizedCompany conducts its securities and critically undercapitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier dependsinvestment business activities through its subsidiaries SIS and SSLLC. SIS and SSLLC are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and members of FINRA. SIS’s activities include investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed income securities. SIS, SSLLC and SAM are also registered investment advisers with the SEC, and BSI conducts certain securities transactions exempt from SEC registration on behalf of its capital levelsclients.

Written Agreements and Regulatory Actions

See the “Regulatory Matters” section of the MD&A and Note 22 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for a description of current regulatory actions.

Corporate Information

All reports filed electronically by the Company with respectthe SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to various capital measures, which include leveragethose reports, are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our filings are also accessible through our website at https://www.santanderus.com/us/investorshareholderrelations. The information contained on our website is not being incorporated herein and risk-based capital measuresis provided for the information of the reader and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are subjectintended to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.be active links.


ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS
9
Summary Risk Factors

The Company is subject to a number of risks that if realized could affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and access to liquidity materially. As a financial services organization, certain elements of risk are inherent in our businesses. Accordingly, the Company encounters risk as part of the normal course of its businesses. Some of the Company’s more significant challenges and risks include the following:

We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets. Disruptions and volatility in financial markets can have a material adverse effect on our ability to access capital and liquidity on acceptable financial terms. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, may cause our lending margins to decrease and reduce customer demand for our higher margin products and services.

Uncertainty regarding LIBOR may affect our business adversely. We have established an enterprise-wide initiative to identify, asses and monitor risks associated with the anticipated discontinuation of LIBOR. However, there can be no assurance that we and other market participants will be adequately prepared for the potential disruption to financial markets and potential adverse effects to interest rates on our loans, deposits, derivatives and other financial instruments currently tied to LIBOR.

10





Basel III
We are subject to substantial regulation. As a financial institution, we are subject to extensive regulation by government agencies, including limitations on permissible activities, required financial stress tests, required non-objection to certain actions, investigations and other regulatory proceedings. If we are unable to meet the expectations of our regulators fully, we may need to divert significant resources to remedial actions, be unable to take planned capital actions, and/or be subject to fines or other enforcement actions, among other things. These circumstances could affect our revenues and expenses and other aspects of our business and operations adversely.

New
We may not be able to detect money laundering or other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis. We work regularly to improve our policies, procedures and capabilities to detect and prevent financial crimes. However, such crimes are evolving capital standards, bothcontinually, and there will be instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering or other illegal or improper activities. These instances may result in regulatory fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Credit risk is inherent in our business. Our customers’ and counterparties’ financial condition, repayment abilities, repayment intentions, the value of their collateral, and government economic policies, market interest rates and other factors affect the quality of our loan portfolio. Many of these factors are beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses.

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business. Changes in market interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously, may be unpredictable and highly volatile and can significantly increase our cost of funding. We rely primarily on deposits to fund lending activities. However, our ability to maintain or grow deposits depends on factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and confidence of depositors in the economy and the financial services industry. If deposit withdrawals increase significantly in a resultshort period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rates are highly sensitive to factors beyond our control, such as increased regulation of the DFAfinancial sector, monetary policies, economic and political conditions, and other factors. Variations in interest rates could impact net interest income, which comprises the implementationmajority of our revenue, reducing our growth and potentially resulting in the U.S. of Basel III, have and will continue to have a significant effect on banks and BHCs, including the Company and the Bank. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC released final U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules implementing the global regulatory capital reforms of Basel III. The final rules established a comprehensive capital framework that includes both the advanced approaches for the largest internationally active U.S. banks, formerly known as Basel II, and a standardized approach that applies to all banking organizations with over $500 million in assets. Subject to various transition periods, this Rule became effective for SHUSA on January 1, 2015.losses.

The rules narrow the definition
We are subject to significant competition. We compete with banks that are larger than us and non-traditional providers of regulatory capital and establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratios and prompt corrective action thresholds that, when fully phased in, require banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank, to maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ("CET1") capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, a total capital ratio of 8.0% and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets for the quarter.

A capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above these minimum ratios is being phased in over three years starting in 2016, beginning at 0.625% and increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. This capital conservation buffer is required for banking institutions and BHCs to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions, including paying dividends.

The U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules include deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"), deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities are deducted from CET1 to the extent any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 for the Company and the Bank began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased in over three years.

As of December 31, 2016, the Bank's and the Company's CET1 ratios under the transitional provisions provided under Basel III, the Bank's and the Company's CET1 ratios under the standardized approach were 16.17% and 14.51%, respectively. Under Basel III, on a fully phased-in basis under the standardized approach (Non-GAAP), were 15.76% and 13.74%, respectively. The calculation of the CET1 ratio on both a fully phased-in and transition basis is based on management's interpretation of the final rules adopted by the Federal Reserve in July 2013. As part of the implementation of any regulations, management interprets the rules with advice from its counsel and compliance professionals. If the regulators were to interpret the rules differently, there could be an impact to the results of the calculation which may have a negative impact to the calculation of CET1. The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2016, it would remain above regulatory minimums under the currently enacted capital adequacy requirements of Basel III, including when implemented on a fully phased-in basis.

See the Bank Regulatory Capital section of this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (the "MD&A") for the Company's capital ratios under Basel III standards. The implementation of certain regulations and standards relating to regulatory capital could disproportionately affect the Company's regulatory capital position relative to that of its competitors, including those thatservices who may not be subject to the same regulatory or legislative requirements to which we are subject. If we are unable to compete successfully with current and new competitors and anticipate changing banking industry trends, our business may be affected adversely.
We rely on third parties for important products and services. We rely on third-party vendors for key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, custody and clearing services, internet connections and network access. Cyberattacks and breaches of the Company.systems of those vendors could lead to operational and reputational risk and losses for SHUSA.

The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks
Risks relating to data collection, processing, storage systems and BHCsdata security.Proper functioning of financial controls, accounting and other data collection and processing systems is critical to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referredour businesses and our ability to ascompete effectively. Inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes or systems, or external events that interrupt normal business operations could each impair our data collection, processing, storage systems and data security and result in losses.

We and others in our industry face cybersecurity risks. We take protective measures and monitor and develop our systems continuously to protect our technology infrastructure and data from cyberattacks. However, cybersecurity risks continue to increase for our industry, and the liquidity coverage ratio ("LCR"), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate levelproliferation of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets ("HQLA") equal to its expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon. The other, referred to asnew technologies and the net stable funding ratio ("NSFR"), is designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assetsincreased sophistication and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon.

On October 24, 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC,actors behind such attacks present risks for compromised data, theft of funds or theft or destruction of corporate information and the OCC issued a proposal to implement the Basel III LCR for certain internationally active banks and nonbank financial companies and a modified version of the LCR for certain depository institution holding companies that are not internationally active. On September 3, 2014, the agencies approved the final LCR rule. The agencies stressed that LCR is a key component in their effort to strengthen the liquidity soundness of the U.S. financial sector and is used to complement the broader liquidity regulatory framework and supervisory process such as EPS and Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review ("CCAR"). The agencies have mandated a phased implementation approach under which the most globally important covered companies (more than $700 billion in assets) and large regional financial institutions ($250 billion to $700 billion in assets) were required to report their LCR calculation beginning January 1, 2015. Smaller covered companies (more than $50 billion in assets) such as the Company were required to report their LCR calculation monthly beginning January 1, 2016. On November 13, 2015, the Federal Reserve published a revised final LCR rule. Under this revision, the Company was required to calculate the modified US LCR (the "US LCR") on a monthly basis beginning with data as of January 31, 2016 for the BHC. There is no requirement to submit the calculation to the Federal Reserve. The Company will be required to publicly disclose its US LCR results starting October 1, 2018. Based on management's interpretation of the final rule, effective on January 1, 2016, the Company's LCR was in excess of the regulatory minimum of 90%, which will increase to 100% on January 1, 2017.assets.

10Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud. The Company’s system of internal controls over financial reporting may not achieve their intended objectives. There are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected in all cases, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.


11





On October 31, 2014, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued the final standard
SC’s financial results could impact our results. SC’s earnings have historically been a significant source of funding for the NSFR. The NSFR requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to their on- and off-balance sheet activities, thus reducing the likelihood that disruptions to a bank's regular sources of funding will erode its liquidity position in a wayCompany. Factors that could negatively affect SC’s financial results could consequently affect SHUSA’s financial results.

The above list is not exhaustive, and we face additional challenges and risks. Please carefully consider all of the information in this Form-K including matters set forth in this "Risk Factors" section.

Risk Factors

Risk management and mitigation are important parts of the Company's business model and integrated into the Company's day-to-day operations. The success of the Company's business is dependent on management's ability to identify, understand, manage and mitigate the risks presented by business activities in light of the Company's strategic and financial objectives. These risks include credit risk, market risk, capital risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, model risk, investment risk, compliance and legal risk, and strategic and reputational risk. We discuss our principal risk management processes in the Risk Management section included in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following are the most significant risk factors that affect the Company. Any one or more of these could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows, in addition to presenting other possible adverse consequences, many of which are described below. These risk factors and other risks we may face are also discussed further in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Macro-Economic and Political Risks

Given that our loan portfolios are concentrated in the United States, adverse changes affecting the economy of the United States could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our loan portfolios are concentrated in the United States. Accordingly, the recoverability of our loan portfolios and our ability to increase the riskamount of its failureloans outstanding and potentially lead to broader systemic stress. In May 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule for NSFR applicable to U.S. financial institutions. The proposed rule will become a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this proposed rule would have on its financial position,our results of operations and disclosures.financial condition in general are dependent to a significant extent on the level of economic activity in the United States. A return to recessionary conditions in the United States economy would likely have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolios and, as a result, on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Stress TestsWe are vulnerable to disruptions and Capital Adequacyvolatility in the global financial markets.

We face, among others, the following risks in the event of an economic downturn or another recession:

Increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation has increased our costs and may affect the pricing of our products and services and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
Reduced demand for our products and services.
Inability of our borrowers to timely or fully comply with their existing obligations.
The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how those economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.
The degree of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates, which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process and the sufficiency of our loan and lease loss allowances.
The value and liquidity of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected.
Any worsening of economic conditions may delay the recovery of the financial industry and impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Macroeconomic shocks may impact the household income of our retail customers negatively and adversely affect the recoverability of our retail loans, resulting in increased loan and lease losses. 

Despite the long-term expansion of the U.S. economy, some uncertainty remains regarding U.S. monetary policy and the future economic environment. There can be no assurance that economic conditions will continue to improve. Such economic uncertainty could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. A downturn of the economic expansion or failure to sustain the economic recovery would likely aggravate the adverse effects of these difficult economic and market conditions on us and on others in the financial services industry.

In addition, these concerns continue even as the global economy recovers, and some previously stressed European economies have experienced at least partial recoveries from their low points during the recession. If measures to address sovereign debt and financial sector problems in Europe are inadequate, they may delay or weaken economic recovery, or result in the further exit of member states from the Eurozone or more severe economic and financial conditions. If realized, these risk scenarios could contribute to severe financial market stress or a global recession, likely affecting the economy and capital markets in the United States as well.


12





Increased disruption and volatility in the financial markets could have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us, if at all. If capital markets financing ceases to become available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits to attract more customers and become unable to maintain certain liability maturities. Any such decrease in capital markets funding availability or increased costs or in deposit rates could have a material adverse effect on our net interest margins and liquidity.

If some or all of the foregoing risks were to materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our growth, asset quality and profitability may be adversely affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.

While the United States economy has performed well overall, it has experienced volatility in recent periods, characterized by slow or regressive growth. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits at depository institutions and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economy to which we lend.

Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, impact our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher margin products and services. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions could also result in government defaults on public debt. This could affect us in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default on public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks' exposure to government debt is high in certain Latin American and European regions or countries.

In addition, our revenues are subject to risk of loss from unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, international ownership legislation, interest rate caps and tax policies. Growth, asset quality and profitability may be affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.

The actions of the U.S. administration could have a material adverse effect on us.

There is uncertainty about how proposals and initiatives of the current U.S. presidential administration or the broader government could directly or indirectly impact the Company. Although certain proposals and initiatives, such as income tax reform or increased spending on infrastructure projects, could result in greater economic activity and more expansive U.S. domestic economic growth,
other initiatives, such as protectionist trade policies or isolationist foreign policies, could constrict economic growth. The continued uncertainty around these proposals and initiatives, could increase market volatility and affect the Company’s businesses directly or indirectly, including through the effects of such proposals and initiatives on the Company’s customers and/or counterparties.

Developments stemming from the U.K.’s referendum on membership in the EU could have a material adverse effect on us.

Implementing the results of the U.K.’s referendum on remaining part of the EU has had and may continue to have negative effects on global economic conditions and global financial markets. The U.K.'s decision to withdraw from the EU, and the U.K.'s implementation of that referendum, means that the U.K.'s EU membership will cease. The long-term nature of the U.K.’s relationship with the EU is unclear (including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply as the U.K. determines which EU laws to replicate or replace) and, as negotiations continue in 2020, uncertainty remains as to when the framework for any such relationship governing both the access of the U.K. to European markets and the access of EU member states to the U.K.’s markets will be determined and implemented, and whether such a framework will be established prior to the U.K. leaving the EU. The result of the referendum has created an uncertain political and economic environment in the U.K., and may create such environments in other EU member states. The Governor of the Bank of England has warned that the U.K. exiting the EU could lead to considerable financial instability, a very significant fall in property prices, rising unemployment, depressed economic growth, and higher inflation and interest rates. This could affect the U.K.’s attractiveness as a global investment center, and contribute to a detrimental impact on U.K. economic growth. These developments, or the perception that they could occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic conditions and the stability of financial markets in the U.K., and could significantly reduce market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. While the Company does not maintain a presence in the U.K., political and economic uncertainty in countries with significant economies and relationships to the global financial industry have in the past led to declines in market liquidity and activity levels, volatile market conditions, a contraction of available credit, lower or negative interest rates, weaker economic growth and reduced business confidence on an international level, each of which could adversely affect our business.

Uncertainty regarding LIBOR may adversely affect our business

The UK Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that it will no longer persuade or require banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement suggests that LIBOR is likely to be discontinued or modified by 2021.


13





Several international working groups are focused on transition plans and alternative contract language seeking to address potential market disruption that could arise from the replacement of LIBOR with a new reference rate. For example, in the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a group convened by the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and comprised of private sector entities, banking regulators and other financial regulators, including the SEC, has identified the SOFR as its preferred alternative for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. In addition, the ISDA is working to develop alternative contract language applicable in the event of LIBOR’s discontinuation that could apply to derivatives entered into on ISDA documentation. Separately, the SEC issued a statement in July 2019 encouraging market participants to focus on managing the transition from LIBOR prior to 2021 to avoid business and market disruptions, including incorporating fallback language in contracts in the event LIBOR is unavailable and proactive negotiations with counterparties to existing contracts that utilize LIBOR as a reference rate.

The Company, in collaboration with its subsidiaries and affiliates, is engaged in an enterprise-wide initiative to identify, assess and monitor risks associated with the potential discontinuation or unavailability of LIBOR and the transition to use of alternative reference rates such as SOFR. As part of these efforts, the Company has established a LIBOR Transition Steering Committee that includes the Company’s Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer and representatives of the Company’s significant subsidiaries and business lines. Among other matters, the Company is identifying assets and liabilities tied to LIBOR, the exposure of its subsidiaries to LIBOR, the degree to which fallback language currently exists in the Company’s contracts that reference LIBOR, and monitoring relevant industry developments and publications by market associations and clearing houses.

While we have begun the process of identifying existing contracts that extend past 2021 to determine their exposure to LIBOR, there can be no assurance that we and other market participants will be adequately prepared for an actual discontinuation of LIBOR, or of the timing of the adoption and degree of integration of alternative reference rates in financial markets relevant to us. If LIBOR ceases to exist, or if new methods of calculating LIBOR are established, interest rates on our loans, deposits, derivatives and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR, as well as revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected, and financial markets relevant to us could be disrupted. As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $24 billion of assets and approximately $14 billion of liabilities with LIBOR exposure. We also have approximately $63 billion in notional amounts of off-balance sheet contracts with LIBOR exposure.

Even if financial instruments are transitioned to alternative reference rates successfully, the new reference rates are likely to differ from the previous reference rates, and the value and return on those instruments could be impacted adversely. We could also be subject to increased costs due to paying higher interest rates on our existing financial instruments. We could incur legal risks in the event of such changes, as renegotiation and changes to documentation for new and existing transactions may be required, especially if parties to an instrument cannot agree on how to effect the transition. We could also incur further operational risks due to the potential need to adapt information technology systems, trade reporting infrastructure, and operational processes and controls, including models and hedging strategies.

In addition, it is possible that LIBOR quotes will become unavailable prior to 2021. This could result, for example, if a sufficient number of banks decline to make submissions to the LIBOR administrator. In that scenario, risks associated with the transition away from LIBOR would be accelerated for us and the rest of the financial industry.



14





Risks Relating to Our Business

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

We are subject to substantial regulation which could adversely affect our business and operations.

As a financial institution, the Company is subject to written agreementsextensive regulation, which address stress testingmaterially affects our businesses. The statutes, regulations, and capital adequacy:

On September 15, 2014, the Company entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank (the "FRB") of Boston. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Company must serve as a source of strengthpolicies to the Bank; strengthen Board oversight of planned capital distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries; and not declare or pay, and not permit any non-bank subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Company to declare or pay, any dividends, and not make, or permit any such subsidiary to make, any capital distribution, in each case without the prior written approval of the FRB of Boston.

On July 2, 2015, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of that written agreement,which the Company is required to make enhancements with respect to, among other matters, Board oversightsubject may change at any time. In addition, regulators' interpretation and application of the consolidated organization, risk management, capital planninglaws and liquidity risk management.regulations to which the Company is subject may change from time to time. Extensive legislation affecting the financial services industry has been adopted in the United States, and regulations have been and are in the process of being implemented. The manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Any legislative or regulatory actions and any required or other changes to our business operations resulting from such legislation and regulations could result in significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in which we might otherwise consider engaging and provide certain products and services, affect the value of assets we hold, compel us to increase our prices and therefore reduce demand for our products, impose additional compliance and other costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future changes in regulations or in their interpretation or application will not affect us adversely.

TheRegulation of the Company remains subject to the Capital Plan Rule (12 §CFR 225.8) which requiresas a BHC includes limitations on permissible activities. Moreover, the Company and the Bank are required to perform stress tests and submit the resultscapital plans to the Federal Reserve and the OCC on an annual basis.basis, and receive a notice of non-objection to the plans from the Federal Reserve and the OCC before taking capital actions such as paying dividends, implementing common equity repurchase programs, or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties and enforcement actions for violations we may commit, and has the authority to disallow acquisitions we or our subsidiaries may contemplate, which may limit our future growth plans. Such constraints currently applicable to the Company is alsoand its subsidiaries and/or regulatory actions could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Other regulations that significantly affect the Company, or that could significantly affect the Company in the future, relate to capital requirements, liquidity and funding, taxation of the financial sector, and development of regulatory reforms in the United States.

In addition, the volume, granularity, frequency and scale of regulatory and other reporting requirements necessitate a clear data strategy to enable consistent data aggregation, reporting and management. Inadequate management information systems or processes, including those relating to risk data aggregation and risk reporting, could lead to a failure to meet regulatory reporting requirements or other internal or external information demands that may result in supervisory measures.

Significant United States Regulation

From time to time, we are or may become subject to or involved in formal and informal reviews, investigations, examinations, proceedings, and information gathering requests by federal and state government agencies, including, among others, the FRB, the OCC, the CFPB, the FDIC, the DOJ, the SEC, FINRA the Federal Trade Commission and various state regulatory and enforcement agencies.

The DFA will continue to result in significant structural reforms affecting the financial services industry. This legislation provided for, among other things, the establishment of the CFPB with broad authority to regulate the credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services we offer, the creation of a structure to regulate systemically important financial companies, more comprehensive regulation of the OTC derivatives market, prohibitions on engaging in certain proprietary trading activities, restrictions on ownership of, investment in or sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds and restrictions on interchange fees earned through debit card transactions.

The DFA provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives. Entities that are swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participants are required to submit a mid-year stress test to the Federal Reserve. In addition, togetherregister with the annual stress test submission,SEC, the Company is requiredU.S. CFTC or both, and are or will be subject to submitnew capital, margin, business conduct, record-keeping, clearing, execution, reporting and other requirements. We may register as a proposed capital planswap dealer with the CFTC.

15





Within the DFA, the Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities” from engaging in certain forms of proprietary trading and from sponsoring or investing in covered funds, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Volcker Rule also limits the Federal Reserve. Asability of banking entities and their affiliates to enter into certain transactions with such funds with which they or their affiliates have certain relationships. The final regulations implementing the Volcker Rule contain exclusions and certain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, and trading in United States government and agency obligations as well as certain foreign government obligations, and trading solely outside the United States, and also permit certain ownership interests in certain types of funds to be retained.

Our resolution in a consolidated subsidiarybankruptcy proceeding could result in losses for holders of the Company, SC is included in the Company's stress testsour debt and capital plans.equity securities.

Under the revised capital plan rule, the Company is considered a large and non-complex BHC andregulations issued by the Federal Reserve may objectand the FDIC, and as required by Section 165(d) of the DFA, we and Santander must provide to the Company’s capital plan if the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a Section 165(d) Resolution Plan. The purpose of this DFA provision is to provide regulators with plans that would enable them to resolve failing financial companies that pose a significant risk to the financial stability of the United States in a manner that mitigates such risk. The most recently filed Section 165(d) Resolution Plan by Santander, dated as of December 31, 2018, provides a roadmap for the orderly resolution of the material U.S. operations of Santander under hypothetical stress scenarios and the failure of one or more of its U.S. MEs. Material entities are defined as subsidiaries or foreign offices of Santander that are significant to the activities of a critical operation or core business line. The U.S. MEs identified in the 2018 Resolution Plan include, among other entities, the Company, the Bank and SC.

The 2018 Resolution Plan describes a strategy for resolving Santander’s U.S. operations, including its U.S. MEs and the core business lines that operate within those U.S. MEs, in a manner that would substantially mitigate the risk that the resolutions would have serious adverse effects on U.S. or global financial stability. Under the 2018 Resolution Plan’s hypothetical resolutions of the U.S. MEs, the Bank would be placed into FDIC receivership and the Company and SC would be placed into bankruptcy under Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, respectively.

The strategy described in the 2018 Resolution Plan contemplates a “multiple point of entry” strategy, in which Santander and the Company would each undergo separate resolution proceedings under European regulations and the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, respectively. In a scenario in which the Bank and SC were in resolution, the Company would file a voluntary petition under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of our LTD and other debt securities would be junior to the claims of priority (as determined by statute) and secured creditors of the Company.
The Company, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC are not obligated to follow the Company’s preferred resolution strategy for resolving its U.S. operations under its resolution plan. In addition, Santander could in the future change its resolution strategy for resolving its U.S. operations. In an alternative scenario, the Company alone could enter bankruptcy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the Company’s subsidiaries would be recapitalized as needed, using assets of the Company, so that they could continue normal operations as going concerns or subsequently be wound down in an orderly manner. As a result, the losses incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries would be imposed first on the holders of the Company’s equity securities and thereafter on unsecured creditors, including holders of our LTD and other debt securities. Holders of our LTD and other debt securities would be junior to the claims of creditors of the Company’s subsidiaries and to the claims of priority (as determined by statute) and secured creditors of the Company. Under either of these scenarios, in a resolution of the Company under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, holders of our LTD and other debt securities would realize value only to the extent available to the Company as a shareholder of the Bank, SC and its other subsidiaries, and only after any claims of priority and secured creditors of the Company have been fully repaid.

The resolution of the Company under the orderly liquidation authority could result in greater losses for holders of our equity and debt securities.

The ability of holders of our LTD and other debt securities to recover the full amount that would otherwise be payable on those securities in a resolution proceeding under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code may be impaired by the exercise of the FDIC’s powers under the “orderly liquidation authority” under Title II of the DFA.

Title II of the DFA created a new resolution regime known as the “orderly liquidation authority” to which financial companies, including U.S. IHC of FBOs with assets of $50 billion or more, such as the Company, can be subjected. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver to liquidate a financial company if, upon the recommendation of applicable regulators, the United States Secretary of the Treasury determines that the entity is in severe financial distress, the entity’s failure would have serious adverse effects on the U.S. financial system, and resolution under the orderly liquidation authority would avoid or mitigate those effects, among other things. Absent such determinations, the Company has not demonstrated an ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon. Large and non-complex BHC are no longerwould remain subject to the qualitative objection criteriaU.S. Bankruptcy Code.


16





If the FDIC were appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the orderly liquidation authority, rather than the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, would determine the powers of the capital plan rule whichreceiver and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have transacted with the Company. There are appliedsubstantial differences between the rights available to larger banks which fall outsidecreditors under the largeorderly liquidation authority and non-complex BHC definition.under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. For example, under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances (which would otherwise be respected under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code), and an administrative claims procedures is used to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings). Under the orderly liquidation authority, in certain circumstances, the FDIC could elevate the priority of claims if it determines that doing so is necessary to facilitate a smooth and orderly liquidation without the need to obtain the consent of other creditors or prior court review. Furthermore, the FDIC has the right to transfer assets or liabilities of the failed company to a third party or “bridge” entity under the orderly liquidation authority.

Regardless of what resolution strategy Santander might prefer for resolving its U.S. operations, the FDIC could determine that it is a desirable strategy to resolve the Company in a manner that would, among other things, impose losses on the Company’s shareholder, unsecured debtholders (including holders of our LTD) and other creditors, while permitting the Company’s subsidiaries to continue to operate. It is likely that the application of such an entry strategy in which the Company would be the only legal entity in the U.S. to enter resolution proceedings would result in greater losses to holders of our LTD and other debt securities than the losses that would result from the application of a bankruptcy proceeding or a different resolution strategy for the Company. Assuming the Company entered resolution proceedings and support from the Company to its subsidiaries was sufficient to enable the subsidiaries to remain solvent, losses at the subsidiary level could be transferred to the Company and ultimately borne by the Company’s securityholders (including holders of our LTD and other debt securities), with the result that third-party creditors of the Company’s subsidiaries would receive full recoveries on their claims, while the Company’s securityholders (including holders of our LTD) and other unsecured creditors could face significant losses. In Juneaddition, in a resolution under the orderly liquidation authority, holders of our LTD and other debt securities of the Company could face losses ahead of our other similarly situated creditors if the FDIC exercised its right, to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims described above.

The orderly liquidation authority also requires that creditors and shareholders of the financial company in receivership must bear all losses before taxpayers are exposed to any losses, and amounts owed by the financial company or the receivership to the U.S. government would generally receive a statutory payment priority over the claims of private creditors, including holders of our LTD and other debt securities. In addition, under the orderly liquidation authority, claims of creditors (including holders of our LTD and other debt securities) could be satisfied through the issuance of equity or other securities in a bridge entity to which the Company’s assets are transferred, as described above. If securities were to be delivered in satisfaction of claims, there can be no assurance that the value of the securities of the bridge entity would be sufficient to repay all or any part of the creditor claims for which the securities were exchanged.

Although the FDIC has issued regulations to implement the orderly liquidation authority, not all aspects of how the FDIC might exercise this authority are known, and additional rulemaking is possible.

United States stress testing, capital planning, and related supervisory actions

The Company is subject to stress testing and capital planning requirements under regulations implementing the DFA and other banking laws and policies. Effective January 2017, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule adjusting its capital plan and stress testing rules, exempting from the qualitative portion of the CCAR certain BHCs and U.S. IHCs of FBOs with total consolidated assets between $50 billion and $250 billion and total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion, and that are not identified as global systemically important banks. Such firms, including the Company, are still required to meet CCAR’s quantitative requirements and are subject to regular supervisory assessments that examine their capital planning processes. In 2017, 2018, and 2019 the Federal Reserve provided its non-objection to SHUSA’s capital plan; however, in 2015 and 2016, the Federal Reserve, as part of its CCAR process, objected on qualitative grounds to the capital plan submittedplans the Company submitted. There is risk that the Federal Reserve could object to the Company’s future capital plans, which would limit the Company's ability to make capital distributions or take certain capital actions.

17





Other supervisory actions and restrictions on U.S. activities

In addition to the foregoing, U.S. bank regulatory agencies from time to time take supervisory actions under certain circumstances that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities. In many instances, we are subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to disclose these actions or the full details of these actions publicly. In addition, as part of the regular examination process, certain U.S. subsidiaries’ regulators may advise the subsidiary to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. The U.S. supervisory environment has become significantly more demanding and restrictive since the financial crisis of 2008. Under the BHC Act, the Federal Reserve has the authority to disallow us and certain of our U.S. subsidiaries from engaging in certain categories of new activities in the United States or acquiring shares or control of other companies in the United States. Such actions and restrictions currently applicable to us or certain of our U.S. subsidiaries could adversely affect our costs and revenues. Moreover, efforts to comply with nonpublic supervisory actions or restrictions could require material investments in additional resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention. As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and we may be subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these matters or the full details of these actions.

We are subject to potential intervention by any of our regulators or supervisors, particularly in response to customer complaints.

As noted above, our business and operations are subject to increasingly significant rules and regulations relating to the banking and financial services business. These apply to business operations, affect financial returns, include reserve and reporting requirements, and the conduct of our business. These requirements are established by the Company.relevant central banks and regulatory authorities that authorize, regulate and supervise us in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The relationship between the Company and its customers is also regulated extensively under federal and state consumer protection laws. Among other things, these prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive trading practices, require disclosures of the cost of credit, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, and restrict our ability to raise interest rates.

In their supervisory roles, regulators seek to maintain the safety and soundness of financial institutions with the aim of strengthening, but not guaranteeing, the protection of customers and the financial system. Supervisors' continuing supervision of financial institutions is conducted through a variety of regulatory tools, including the collection of information by way of reports obtained from skilled persons, visits to firms and regular meetings with management to discuss issues such as performance, risk management and strategy. In general, regulators have an outcome-focused regulatory approach that involves proactive enforcement and penalties for infringement. As a result, we face increased supervisory intrusion and scrutiny (resulting in increasing internal compliance costs and supervision fees), and in the event of a breach of our regulatory obligations we are likely to face more stringent regulatory fines.

Some of the regulators focus strongly on consumer protection and on conduct risk. This has included a focus on the design and operation of products, the behavior of customers and the operation of markets. Some of the laws in the relevant jurisdictions in which we operate give regulators the power to make temporary product intervention rules either to improve a company's systems and controls in relation to product design, product management and implementation, or address problems identified with financial products. These problems may potentially cause significant detriment to consumers because of certain product features, governance flaws or distribution strategies. Such rules may prevent institutions from entering into product agreements with customers until such problems have been solved. Some regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate also require us to be in compliance with training, authorization and supervision of personnel, systems, processes and documentation requirements. Sales practices with retail customers, including incentive compensation structures related to such practices, have recently been a focus of various regulatory and governmental agencies. If we fail to be compliant with such regulations, there would be a risk of an adverse impact on our business from sanctions, fines or other actions imposed by regulatory authorities.

We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.

As noted above, we face risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings, including tax proceedings that could subject us to monetary judgments, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties. The current regulatory environment reflects an increased supervisory focus on enforcement, combined with uncertainty about the evolution of the regulatory regime, and may lead to material operational and compliance costs. In general, amounts financial institutions pay in settlements of regulatory proceedings or investigations and the severity of terms of regulatory settlements have been increasing. In certain cases, regulatory authorities have required criminal pleas, admissions of wrongdoing, limitations on asset growth, managerial changes, and other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, all of which could have significant economic consequences for a financial institution.


18





We are subject to civil and tax claims and party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business from time to time, including in connection with lending activities, relationships with our employees and other commercial or tax matters. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly when the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or when the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in the early stages of investigation or discovery, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. We believe that we have established adequate reserves related to the costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with these various claims and legal proceedings. However, the amount of these provisions is substantially less than the total amount of the claims asserted against us and, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves we have currently accrued. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and our level of income for that period.

In addition, from time to time, the Company is, permittedor may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by the SEC and law enforcement authorities.

Often, the announcement or other publication of claims or actions that may arise from such litigation and regulatory proceedings or of any related settlement may spur the initiation of similar claims by other customers, clients or governmental entities. In any such claim or action, demands for substantial monetary damages may be asserted against us and may result in financial liability, changes in our business practices or an adverse effect on our reputation or client demand for our products and services. In regulatory settlements since the financial crisis, fines imposed by regulators have increased substantially and may in some cases exceed the profit earned or harm caused by the breach.

Regular and ongoing inspection by our banking and other regulators may result in the need to enhance our regulatory compliance or risk management practices. Such remedial actions may entail significant costs, management attention, and systems development, and such efforts may affect our ability to expand our business until those remedial actions are completed. In some instances, we are subjected to significant legal restrictions on our ability to disclose these types of actions or the full detail of these actions publicly. Our failure to implement enhanced compliance and risk management procedures in a manner and timeframe deemed to be responsive by the applicable regulatory authority could adversely impact our relationship with that regulatory authority and lead to restrictions on our activities or other sanctions.

The magnitude and complexity of projects required to address the Company’s regulatory and legal proceedings, in addition to the challenging macroeconomic environment and pace of regulatory change, may result in execution risk and adversely affect the successful execution of such regulatory or legal priorities.

In many cases, we are required to self-report inappropriate or non-compliant conduct to regulatory authorities, and our failure to do so may represent an independent regulatory violation. Even when we promptly bring matters to the attention of appropriate authorities, we may nonetheless experience regulatory fines, liabilities to clients, harm to our reputation or other adverse effects in connection with self-reported matters.

We may not be able to detect money laundering and other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis, which could expose us to additional liability and could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are required to comply with anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and other laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations require us, among other things, to adopt and enforce “know-your-customer” policies and procedures and to report suspicious and large transactions to applicable regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations have become increasingly complex and detailed, require improved systems and sophisticated monitoring and compliance personnel, and have become the subject of enhanced government supervision.

While we have adopted policies and procedures aimed at detecting and preventing the use of our banking network for money laundering and related activities, those policies and procedures may not completely eliminate instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering and other illegal or improper activities. Emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies and blockchain, could limit our ability to track the movement of funds. Our ability to comply with legal requirements depends on our ability to improve detection and reporting capabilities and reduce variation in control processes and oversight accountability.

19





These require implementing and embedding effective controls and monitoring within our business and on-going changes to systems and operations. Financial crime is continually evolving and subject to increasingly stringent regulatory oversight and focus. Even known threats can never be fully eliminated, and there will be instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering or other illegal or improper activities. To the extent we fail to fully comply with applicable laws and regulations, the relevant government agencies to which we report have the authority to impose fines and other penalties on us. In addition, our business and reputation could suffer if customers use our banking network for money laundering or other illegal or improper purposes.

While we review our relevant counterparties’ internal policies and procedures with respect to such matters, to a large degree we rely on our counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate anti-money laundering procedures. Such measures, procedures and compliance may not be completely effective in preventing third parties from using our and our counterparties’ services as conduits for money laundering (including illegal cash operations) or other illegal activities without our and our counterparties’ knowledge. If we are associated with, or even accused of being associated with, or become a party to, money laundering or other illegal activities, our reputation could suffer and/or we could become subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement (including being added to any “blacklists” that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us), any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

An incorrect interpretation of tax laws and regulations may adversely affect us.

The preparation of our tax returns requires the use of estimates and interpretations of complex tax laws and regulations, and is subject to review by taxing authorities. We are subject to the income tax laws of the United States and certain foreign countries. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and relevant governmental taxing authorities, which are sometimes subject to prolonged evaluation periods until a final resolution is reached. In establishing a provision for income tax expense and filing returns, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. If the judgments, estimates, and assumptions we use in preparing our tax returns are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations.

Changes in taxes and other assessments may adversely affect us.

The legislatures and tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate regularly enact reforms to the tax and other assessment regimes to which we and our customers are subject. Such reforms include changes in the rate of assessments and, occasionally, enactment of temporary taxes, the proceeds of which are earmarked for designated governmental purposes. The effects of these changes and any other changes that result from enactment of additional tax reforms cannot be quantified and there can be no assurance that such reforms would not have an adverse effect upon our business. Aspects of recent U.S. federal income tax reform such as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 limit or eliminate certain income tax deductions, including the home mortgage interest deduction, the deduction of interest on home equity loans and a limitation on the deductibility of property taxes. These limitations and eliminations could affect demand for some of our retail banking products and the valuation of assets securing certain of our loans adversely, increasing our provision for loan losses and reducing profitability.

Credit Risks

If the level of our NPLs increases or our credit quality deteriorates in the future, or if our loan and lease loss reserves are insufficient to cover loan and lease losses, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Non-performing or low credit quality loans have in the past negatively impacted and can continue to
negatively impact our results of operations. In particular, the amount of our reported NPLs may increase in the future as a result of growth in our total loan portfolio, including as a result of loan portfolios we may acquire in the future, or factors beyond our control, such as adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in economic conditions in the United States, the impact of political events, events affecting certain industries or events affecting financial markets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively control the level of the NPLs in our loan portfolio.


20





Our loan and lease loss reserves are based on our current assessment of and expectations concerning various factors affecting the quality of our loan portfolio. These factors include, among other things, our borrowers’ financial condition, repayment abilities and repayment intentions, the realizable value of any collateral, the prospects for support from any guarantor, government macroeconomic policies, interest rates and the legal and regulatory environment. As the last global financial crisis demonstrated, many of these factors are beyond our control. As a result, there is no precise method for predicting loan and credit losses, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses. If our assessment of and expectations concerning the above-mentioned factors differ from actual developments, if the quality of our total loan portfolio deteriorates for any reason, including an increase in lending to individuals and small and medium enterprises, a volume increase in our credit card portfolio or the introduction of new products, or if future actual losses exceed our estimates of incurred losses, we may be required to increase our loan and lease loss reserves, which may adversely affect us. If we were unable to control or reduce the level of our non-performing or poor credit quality loans, this also could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, the FASB’s ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2020 and increased our ACL by approximately $2.5 billion. This standard replaces existing incurred loss impairment guidance and establishes a single allowance framework for financial assets carried at amortized cost. Upon adoption of this standard, companies must recognize credit losses on these assets equal to management’s estimate of credit losses over the assets’ remaining expected lives. It is possible that our ongoing reported earnings and lending activity will be impacted negatively in periods following adoption of this ASU. See “Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings” below.

Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, and this reduces the weighted average life of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. We would also be required to amortize net premiums into income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent in our commercial activity, and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.

The value of the collateral securing our loans may not be sufficient, and we may be unable to realize the full value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio.

The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may fluctuate or decline due to factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors affecting the United States. The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may be adversely affected by force majeure events such as natural disasters, particularly in locations in which a significant portion of our loan portfolio is composed of real estate loans. Natural disasters such as earthquakes and floods may cause widespread damage, which could impair the asset quality of our loan portfolio and have an adverse impact on the economy of the affected region. We also may not have sufficiently recent information on the value of collateral, which may result in an inaccurate assessment of impairment losses of our loans secured by such collateral. If any of the above were to occur, we may need to make additional provisions to cover actual impairment losses on our loans, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, auto industry technology changes, accelerated by environmental rules, could affect our auto consumer business, particularly the residual values of leased vehicles, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to counterparty risk in our banking business.

We are exposed to counterparty risk in addition to credit risks associated with lending activities. Counterparty risk may arise from, for example, investing in securities of third parties, entering into derivatives contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us or executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades that fail to settle at the required time due to non-delivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries.


21





We routinely transact with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, hedge funds and other institutional clients. We rely on information provided by or on behalf of counterparties, such as financial statements, and we may rely on representations of our counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Defaults by, and even rumors or questions about the solvency of, certain financial institutions and the financial services industry generally have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by other institutions. Many routine transactions we enter into expose us to significant credit risk in the event of default by one of our significant counterparties.

Liquidity and Financing Risks

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business and could have a material adverse effect on us.

Liquidity risk is the risk that we either do not have available sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they become due or can secure them only at excessive cost. This risk is inherent in any retail and commercial banking business and can be heightened by a number of enterprise-specific factors, including over-reliance on a particular source of funding, changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation. While we implement liquidity management processes to seek to mitigate and control these risks, unforeseen systemic market factors in particular make it difficult to eliminate these risks completely. Adverse and continued constraints in the supply of liquidity, including inter-bank lending, may materially and adversely affect the cost of funding our business, and extreme liquidity constraints may affect our current operations and our ability to fulfill regulatory liquidity requirements as well as limit growth possibilities.

Our cost of obtaining funding is directly related to prevailing market interest rates and our credit spreads. Increases in interest rates and our credit spreads can significantly increase the cost of our funding. Changes in our credit spreads are market-driven, and may be influenced by market perceptions of our creditworthiness. Changes to interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously and may be unpredictable and highly volatile.

If wholesale markets financing ceases to be available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits, with a view to attracting more customers, and/or to sell assets, potentially at depressed prices. The persistence or worsening of these adverse market conditions or an increase in base interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our ability to access liquidity and cost of funding.

We rely, and will continue to rely, primarily on deposits to fund lending activities. The ongoing availability of this type of funding is sensitive to a variety of factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and the confidence of depositors in the economy in general, and the financial services industry in particular, as well as competition among banks for deposits. Any of these factors could significantly increase the amount of deposit withdrawals in a short period of time, thereby reducing our ability to access deposit funding in the future on appropriate terms, or at all. If these circumstances were to arise, they could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We anticipate that our customers will continue to make deposits (particularly demand deposits and short-term time deposits) in the near future, and we intend to maintain our emphasis on the use of banking deposits as a source of funds. The short-term nature of some deposits could cause liquidity problems for us in the future if deposits are not made in the volumes we expect or are not renewed. If a substantial number of our depositors withdraw their demand deposits, or do not roll over their time deposits upon maturity, we may be materially and adversely affected.

There can be no assurance that, in the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we will be able to maintain levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments, or the liquidation of certain assets. If this were to happen, we could be materially adversely affected.

Credit, market and liquidity risk may have an adverse effect on our credit ratings and our cost of funds. Any downgrading in our credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our interest margins and results of operations.

Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings of our debt are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally.


22





Any downgrade in our or Santander's debt credit ratings would likely increase our borrowing costs and require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivatives contracts, and could limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our commercial business. For example, a ratings downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market certain of our products, engage in certain longer-term and derivatives transactions and retain customers, particularly customers who need a minimum rating threshold in order to invest. In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivatives contracts, we may be required to maintain a minimum credit rating or terminate the contracts. Any of these results of a ratings downgrade, in turn, could reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on us, including our operating results and financial condition.

We conduct a significant number of our material derivatives activities through Santander and Santander UK. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2018, if all of the rating agencies were to downgrade Santander’s or Santander UK’s long-term senior debt ratings, we would be required to post additional collateral pursuant to derivatives and other financial contracts. Refer to further discussion in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

While certain potential impacts of these downgrades are contractual and quantifiable, the full consequences of a credit rating downgrade are inherently uncertain, as they depend on numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including market conditions at the time of any downgrade, whether any downgrade of a company's long-term credit rating precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit rating, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. Actual outflows could be higher or lower than this hypothetical example depending on certain factors, including which credit rating agency downgrades our credit rating, any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce cash outflows and the potential liquidity impact from loss of unsecured funding (such as from money market funds) or loss of secured funding capacity. Although unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in our stress testing scenarios and a portion of our total liquid assets is held against these risks, it is still the case that a credit rating downgrade could have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Bank, and SC.

In addition, if we were required to cancel our derivatives contracts with certain counterparties and were unable to replace those contracts, our market risk profile could be altered.

There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain their current ratings or outlooks. Failure to maintain favorable ratings and outlooks could increase the cost of funding and adversely affect interest margins, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Market Risks

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates and other market risks, which may materially and adversely affect us.

Market risk refers to the probability of variations in our net interest income or in the market value of our assets and liabilities due to volatility of interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. Changes in interest rates affect the following areas, of our business, among others:

net interest income;
the volume of loans originated;
the market value of our securities holdings;
the value of our loans and deposits;
gains from sales of loans and securities; and
gains and losses from derivatives.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including increased regulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors. Variations in interest rates could affect our net interest income, which comprises the majority of our revenue, reducing our growth rate and potentially resulting in losses. This is a result of the different effect a change in interest rates may have on the interest earned on our assets and the interest paid on our borrowings. In addition, we may incur costs (which, in turn, will impact our results) as we implement strategies to reduce future interest rate exposure.

Increases in interest rates may reduce the volume of loans we originate. Sustained high interest rates have historically discouraged customers from borrowing and have resulted in increased delinquencies in outstanding loans and deterioration in the quality of assets. Increases in interest rates may also reduce the propensity of our customers to prepay or refinance fixed-rate loans. Increases in interest rates may reduce the value of our financial assets and the collateral used to secure our loans, and may reduce gains or require us to record losses on sales of our loans or securities.


23





In addition, we may experience increased delinquencies in a low interest rate environment when such an environment is accompanied by high unemployment and recessionary conditions.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk as a result of mismatches between assets and liabilities denominated in different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies may negatively affect our earnings and value of our assets and securities.

Some of our investment management services fees are based on financial market valuations of assets certain of our subsidiaries manage or hold in custody for clients. Changes in these valuations can affect noninterest income positively or negatively, and ultimately affect our financial results. Significant changes in the volume of activity in the capital markets, and in the number of assignments we are awarded, could also affect our financial results.

We are also exposed to equity price risk in our investments in equity securities. The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of our investment and trading portfolios. The volatility of world equity markets due to economic uncertainty and sovereign debt concerns has had a particularly strong impact on the financial sector. Continued volatility may affect the value of our investments in equity securities and, depending on their fair value and future recovery expectations, could become a permanent impairment which would be subject to write-offs against our results. To the extent any of these risks materialize, our net interest income and the market value of our assets and liabilities could be materially adversely affected.

Market conditions have resulted, and could result, in material changes to the estimated fair values of our financial assets. Negative fair value adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In recent years, financial markets have been subject to volatility and the resulting widening of credit spreads. We have material exposures to securities and other investments that are recorded at fair value and are therefore exposed to potential negative fair value adjustments. Asset valuations in future periods, reflecting then-prevailing market conditions, may result in negative changes in the fair values of our financial assets, and also may translate into increased impairments. In addition, the value we ultimately realize on
disposal of the asset may be lower than its current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to record negative fair value adjustments, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, to the extent fair values are determined using financial valuation models, such values may be inaccurate or subject to change, as the data used by such models may not be available or may become unavailable due to changes in market conditions, particularly for illiquid assets and in times of economic instability. In such circumstances, our valuation methodologies require us to make assumptions, judgments and estimates in order to establish fair value, and reliable assumptions are difficult to make and are inherently uncertain. In addition, valuation models are complex, making them inherently imperfect predictors of actual results. Any resulting impairments or write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to market, operational and other related risks associated with our derivatives transactions that could have a material adverse effect on us.

We enter into derivatives transactions for trading purposes as well as for hedging purposes. We are subject to market, credit and operational risks associated with these transactions, including basis risk (the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding and/or hedge cost) and credit or default risk (the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder, including providing sufficient collateral).

The execution and performance of derivatives transactions depend on our ability to maintain adequate control and administration systems and to hire and retain qualified personnel. Moreover, our ability to adequately monitor, analyze and report derivatives transactions continues to depend, to a great extent, on our IT systems. These factors further increase the risks associated with these transactions and could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, disputes with counterparties may arise regarding the terms or the settlement procedures of derivatives contracts, including with respect to the value of underlying collateral, which could cause us to incur unexpected costs, including transaction, operational, legal and litigation costs, or result in credit losses, all of which may impair our ability to manage our risk exposure from these products.


24





Risk Management

Failure to successfully implement and continue to improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, could materially and adversely affect us, and we may be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.

The management of risk is an integral part of our activities. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance and legal reporting systems. Although we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, such techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate.

We rely on quantitative models to measure risks and estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in such processes as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital adequacy, and calculating economic and regulatory capital levels, as well as estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed or implemented models present the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporating models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy of that information. Also, information we provide to the public or our regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could be inaccurate or misleading.

Some of our qualitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based on our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of our risk exposures. These qualitative tools and metrics may fail to predict future risk exposures. These risk exposures could, for example, arise from factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This would limit our ability to manage our risks. Our losses therefore could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses. We could face adverse consequences as a result of decisions based on models that are poorly developed, implemented, or used, or as a result of a modeled outcome being misunderstood or used of for purposes for which it was not designed. In addition, if existing or potential customers believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek to limit transactions with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, operating results, financial condition, and prospects.

As a commercial bank, one of the main types of risks inherent in our business is credit risk. For example, an important feature of our credit risk management is to employ an internal credit rating system to assess the particular risk profile of a customer. Since this process involves detailed analyses of the customer, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human and IT systems errors. In exercising their judgment on the current and future credit risk of our customers, our employees may not always assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system.

We have been refining our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers. However, we may not be able to timely detect all possible risks before they occur or, due to limited tools available to us, our employees may not be able to implement them effectively, which may increase our credit risk. Failure to effectively implement,
consistently follow or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of NPLs and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

General Business and Industry Risks

The financial problems our customers face could adversely affect us.

Market turmoil and economic recession could materially and adversely affect the liquidity, businesses and/or financial condition of our borrowers, which could in turn increase our NPL ratios, impair our loan and other financial assets and result in decreased demand for borrowings in general. In addition, our customers may further decrease their risk tolerance to non-deposit investments such as stocks, bonds and mutual funds significantly, which would adversely affect our fee and commission income. Any of the conditions described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


25





We depend in part upon dividends and other funds from subsidiaries.

Most of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, to the extent we decide to do so, depends in part on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and pay dividends to us. Payment of dividends, distributions and advances by our subsidiaries will be contingent on our subsidiaries’ earnings and business considerations, and are limited by legal and regulatory restrictions. Additionally, our right to receive any assets of our subsidiaries as an equity holder of such subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors.

Increased competition and industry consolidation may adversely affect our results of operations.

We face substantial competition in all parts of our business from numerous banks and non-bank providers of financial services, including in originating loans and attracting deposits, providing customer service, the quality and range of products and services, technology, interest rates and overall reputation, and we expect competitive conditions to continue to intensify. Our competition comes principally from other domestic and foreign banks, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and other lenders and purchasers of loans.

There has been a trend towards consolidation in the banking industry, which has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages such as a more diversified product and customer base, the ability to reach more customers and potential customers, operational efficiencies, lower-cost funding and larger branch networks. Many competitors are also focused on cross-selling their products, which could affect our ability to maintain or grow existing customer relationships or require us to offer lower interest rates or fees on our lending products or higher interest rates on deposits. There can be no assurance that increased competition will not adversely affect our growth prospects and therefore our operations. We also face competition from non-bank competitors such as brokerage companies, department stores (for some credit products), leasing and factoring companies, mutual fund and pension fund management companies and insurance companies.

Non-traditional providers of banking services, such as internet based e-commerce providers, mobile telephone companies and internet search engines, may offer and/or increase their offerings of financial products and services directly to customers. These non-traditional providers of banking services currently have an advantage over traditional providers because they are not subject to the same regulatory or legislative requirements to which we are subject. Several of these competitors may have long operating histories, large customer bases, strong brand recognition and significant financial, marketing and other resources. They may adopt more aggressive pricing and rates and devote more resources to technology, infrastructure and marketing.

New competitors may enter the market or existing competitors may adjust their services with unique product or service offerings or approaches to providing banking services. If we are unable to compete successfully with current and new competitors, or if we are unable to anticipate and adapt our offerings to changing banking industry trends, including technological changes, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, our failure to anticipate or adapt to emerging technologies or changes in customer behavior effectively, including among younger customers, could delay or prevent our access to new digital-based markets, which would in turn have an adverse effect on our competitive position and business. Furthermore, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. Our customers may choose to conduct business or offer products in areas that may be considered speculative or risky. Such new technologies and the rise in customer use of dividendsinternet and mobile banking platforms in recent years could negatively impact our investments in bank premises, equipment and personnel for our branch network. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include closing and/or selling certain branches and restructuring our remaining branches and workforce. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a number of our remaining branches or otherwise reform our retail distribution channel. Furthermore, our failure to keep pace with innovation or to swiftly and effectively implement such changes to our distribution strategy could have an adverse effect on our competitive position.

If our customer service levels were perceived by the market to be materially below those of our competitors, we could lose existing and potential business. If we are not successful in retaining and strengthening customer relationships, we may lose market share, incur losses on some or all of our activities or fail to attract new deposits or retain existing deposits, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.


26





Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to continue offering products and services from third parties, and we may not be able to manage various risks we face as we expand our range of products and services that could have a material adverse effect on us.

The success of our operations and our profitability depend, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to continue offering products and services from third parties. However, we cannot guarantee that our new products and services will be responsive to client demands or successful once they are offered to our clients, or that they will be successful in the future. In addition, our clients’ needs or desires may change over time, and such changes may render our products and services obsolete, outdated or unattractive, and we may not be able to develop new products that meet our clients’ changing needs. Our success is also dependent on our ability to anticipate and leverage new and existing technologies that may have an impact on products and services in the banking industry. Technological changes may further intensify and complicate the competitive landscape and influence client behavior. If we cannot respond in a timely fashion to the changing needs of our clients, we may lose clients, which could in turn materially and adversely affect us.

The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources, including regulatory approvals. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry, our ability to access technical and other information from our clients and the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in
a timely manner at competitive prices. Our failure to manage these risks and uncertainties also exposes us to the enhanced risk of operational lapses, which may result in the recognition of financial statement liabilities. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives, vendor relationships and shifting market preferences may also determine whether initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our clients. Failure to manage these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, as well as on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the cost of developing products that are not launched is likely to affect our results of operations. Any or all of these factors, individually or collectively, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Goodwill impairments may be required in relation to acquired businesses.

We have made business acquisitions for which it is possible that the goodwill which has been attributed to those businesses may have to be written down if our valuation assumptions are required to be reassessed as a result of any deterioration in the business’ underlying profitability, asset quality or other relevant matters. Impairment testing with respect to goodwill is performed annually, more frequently if impairment indicators are present, and includes a comparison of the carrying amount of the reporting unit with its fair value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than the fair value, the impairment is measured as this excess of carrying value over fair value. We recognized a $10.5 million impairment of goodwill in 2017 primarily due to the unfavorable economic environment in Puerto Rico and the additional adverse effect of Hurricane Maria. We did not recognize any impairments of goodwill in 2018 or 2019. It is reasonably possible we may be required to record impairment of $4.5 billion of goodwill attributable to SC and SBNA in the future. There can be no assurance that we will not have to write down the value attributed to goodwill further in the future, which would not impact risk-based capital ratios adversely, but would adversely affect our results of operations and stockholder's equity.

We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued service of key members of our management team. The ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals is a key element of our strategy. The successful implementation of our growth strategy depends on the availability of skilled management, both at our head office and at each of our business units. If we or one of our business units or other functions fails to staff its operations appropriately or loses one or more of its key senior executives and fails to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations, including control and operational risks, may be adversely affected.

The financial industry in the United States has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees. In addition, due to our relationship with Santander, we are subject to indirect regulation by the European Central Bank, which has recently imposed compensation restrictions that may apply to certain of our executive officers and other employees under the CRD IV prudential rules. These restrictions may impact our ability to retain our experienced management team and key employees and our ability to attract appropriately qualified personnel, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

27





We rely on third parties for important products and services.

Third-party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, internet connections and network access. Third parties can be sources of operational risk to us, including with respect to security breaches affecting those parties. We may be required to take steps to protect the integrity of our operational systems, thereby increasing our operational costs and potentially decreasing customer satisfaction. In addition, any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason, their performing their services poorly, or employee misconduct could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to customers and otherwise to conduct business, which could lead to reputational damage and regulatory investigations and intervention. Replacing these third-party vendors could also entail significant delays and expense. Further, the operational and regulatory risk we face as a result of these arrangements may be increased to the extent that we restructure them.  Any restructuring could involve significant expense to us and entail significant delivery and execution risk, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations.

If a third party obtains access to our customer information and that third party experiences a cyberattack or breach of its systems, this could result in several negative outcomes for us, including losses from fraudulent transactions, potential legal and regulatory liability and associated damages, penalties and restitution, increased operational costs to remediate the consequences of the third party’s security breach, and harm to our reputation from the perception that our systems or third-party systems or services that we rely on may not be secure.

Damage to our reputation could cause harm to our business prospects.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees and conducting business transactions with our counterparties. Damage to our reputation can therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources including, among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory outcomes, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, dealing with sectors that are not well perceived by the public (e.g., weapons industries), dealing with customers on sanctions lists, ratings downgrades, compliance failures, unethical
behavior, and the activities of customers and counterparties, including activities that affect the environment negatively. Further, adverse publicity, regulatory actions or fines, litigation, operational failures or the failure to meet client expectations or other obligations could materially and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain clients or our sources of funding for the same or other businesses.

Actions by the financial services industry generally or by certain members of, or individuals in, the industry can also affect our reputation. For example, the role played by financial services firms in the financial crisis and the seeming shift toward increasing regulatory supervision and enforcement have caused public perception of us and others in the financial services industry to decline. Activists increasingly target financial services firms with criticism for relationships with clients engaged in businesses whose products are perceived to be harmful to the health of customers, or whose activities are perceived to affect public safety affect the environment, climate or workers’ rights negatively. Such criticism could increase dissatisfaction among customers, investors and employees of the Company and damage the Company’s reputation. Alternatively, yielding to such activism could damage the Company’s reputation with groups whose views are not aligned with those of the activists. In either case, certain clients and customers may cease to do business with the Company, and the Company’s ability to attract new clients and customers may be diminished.

Preserving and enhancing our reputation also depends on maintaining systems, procedures and controls that address known risks and regulatory requirements, as well as our ability to timely identify, understand and mitigate additional risks that arise due to changes in our businesses and the markets in which we operate, the regulatory environment and customer expectations.

We could suffer significant reputational harm if we fail to identify and manage potential conflicts of interest properly. The failure to adequately address, or the perceived failure to adequately address, conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions against us. Therefore, there can be no assurance that conflicts of interest will not arise in the future that could cause material harm to us.

We may be the subject of misinformation and misrepresentations propagated deliberately to harm our reputation or for other deceitful purposes, including by others seeking to gain an illegal market advantage by spreading false information about us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to neutralize or contain false information that may be propagated regarding the Company, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects effectively.


28





Fraudulent activity associated with our products or networks could cause us to suffer reputational damage, the use of our products to decrease and our fraud losses to be materially adversely affected. We are subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with merchants, customers and other third parties handling customer information. The risk of fraud continues to increase for the financial services industry in general. Credit and debit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are prevalent, and perpetrators are growing more sophisticated. Our resources, customer authentication methods and fraud prevention tools may not be sufficient to accurately predict or prevent fraud. Additionally, our fraud risk continues to increase as third parties that handle confidential consumer information suffer security breaches and we expand our direct banking business and introduce new products and features. Our financial condition, the level of our fraud charge-offs and other results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to increase significantly. High-profile fraudulent activity could negatively impact our brand and reputation. In addition, significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention and reputational and financial damage to our brands, which could negatively impact the use of our products and services and have a material adverse effect on our business.

The Bank engages in transactions with its subsidiaries or affiliates that others may not consider to be on an arm’s-length basis.

The Bank and its subsidiaries have entered into a number of services agreements pursuant to which we render services, such as administrative, accounting, finance, treasury, legal services and others.

United States law applicable to certain financial institutions, including the Bank and other Santander entities and offices in the U.S., establish several procedures designed to ensure that the transactions entered into with or among our subsidiaries and/or affiliates do not deviate from prevailing market conditions for those types of transactions.

The Bank and its affiliates are likely to continue to engage in transactions with their respective affiliates. Future conflicts of interests among our affiliates may arise, which conflicts are not required to be and may not be resolved in SHUSA's favor.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by disasters, natural or otherwise, terrorist activities or international hostilities.

Neither the occurrence nor potential impact of disasters (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other severe weather conditions, pandemics, and other significant public health emergencies, dislocations, fires, explosions, or other catastrophic accidents or events), terrorist activities or international hostilities can be predicted. However, these occurrences could impact us directly (for example, by causing significant damage to our facilities, preventing a subset of our employees from working for a prolonged period and otherwise preventing us from conducting our business in the ordinary course), or indirectly as a result of their impact on our borrowers, depositors, other customers, suppliers or other counterparties. We could also suffer adverse consequences to the extent that disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities affect the financial markets or the economy in general or in any particular region. These types of impacts could lead, for example, to an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies and defaults that could result in our experiencing higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.

Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our resiliency planning and our ability to anticipate the nature of any such event that may occur. The adverse impact of disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses with which we deal.

Technology and Cybersecurity Risks

Any failure to effectively maintain, secure, improve or upgrade our IT infrastructure and management information systems in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our ability to remain competitive depends in part on our ability to maintain, protect and upgrade our IT on a timely and cost-effective basis. We must continually make significant investments and improvements in our IT infrastructure in order to remain competitive. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the level of capital expenditures necessary to support the improvement or upgrading of our IT infrastructure in the future. Any failure to improve or upgrade our IT infrastructure and management information systems effectively and in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us.


29





Risks relating to data collection, processing, storage systems and security are inherent in our business.

Like other financial institutions with a large customer base, we have been subject to and are likely to continue to be the subject of attempted cyberattacks in light of the fact that we manage and hold confidential personal information of customers in the conduct of our banking operations, as well as a large number of assets. Our business depends on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately, and on our ability to rely on our digital technologies, computer and e-mail services, spreadsheets, software and networks, as well as on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. The proper functioning of financial controls, accounting and other data collection and processing systems is critical to our businesses and our ability to compete effectively. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, or external events that interrupt normal business operations. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures proves to be inadequate or is circumvented. Although we work with our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop secure transmission capabilities and prevent information security risk, we routinely exchange personal, confidential and proprietary information by electronic means, which may be a target for attempted cyberattacks.

Many companies across the country and in the financial services industry have reported significant breaches in the security of their websites or other systems. Cybersecurity risks have increased significantly in recent years due to the development and proliferation of new technologies, increased use of the internet and telecommunications technology to conduct financial transactions, and increased sophistication and activities of organized crime groups, state-sponsored and individual hackers, terrorist organizations, disgruntled employees and vendors, activists and other third parties. Financial institutions, the government and retailers have in recent years reported cyber incidents that compromised data, resulted in the theft of funds or the theft or destruction of corporate information and other assets.

We take protective measures and continuously monitor and develop our systems to protect our technology infrastructure and data from misappropriation or corruption. We have policies, practices and controls designed to prevent or limit disruptions to our systems and enhance the security of our infrastructure. These include performing risk management for information systems that store, transmit or process information assets identifying and managing risks to information assets managed by third-party service providers through
on-going oversight and auditing of the service providers’ operations and controls. We develop controls regarding user access to software on the principle that access is forbidden to a system unless expressly permitted, limited to the minimum amount necessary for business purposes, and terminated promptly when access is no longer required. We seek to educate and make our employees aware of information security and privacy controls and their specific responsibilities on an ongoing basis.

Nevertheless, while we have not experienced material losses or other material consequences relating to cyberattacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, our systems, software and networks, as well as those of our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyberattacks such as denial of service, malware, ransomware, phishing, and other events that could result in security breaches or give rise to the manipulation or loss of significant amounts of personal, proprietary or confidential information of our customers, employees, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties, disrupt, sabotage or degrade service on our systems, or result in the theft or loss of significant levels of liquid assets, including cash. As cybersecurity threats continue to evolve and increase in sophistication, we cannot guarantee the effectiveness of our policies, practices and controls to protect against all such circumstances that could result in disruptions to our systems. This is because, among other reasons, the techniques used in cyberattacks change frequently, cyberattacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, and third parties may seek to gain access to our systems either directly or by using equipment or passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers or other authorized users of our systems. In the event of a cyberattack or security breach affecting a vendor or other third party entity on whom we rely, our ability to conduct business, and the security of our customer information, could be impaired in a manner to that of a cyberattack or security breach affecting us directly. We also may not receive information or notice of the breach in a timely manner, or we may have limited options to influence how and when the cyberattack or security breach is addressed.

As financial institutions are becoming increasingly interconnected with central agents, exchanges and clearinghouses, they may be increasingly susceptible to negative consequences of cyberattacks and security breaches affecting the systems of such third parties. It could take a significant amount of time for a cyberattack to be investigated, during which time we may not be in a position to fully understand and remediate the attack, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, any or all of which could further increase the costs and consequences associated with a particular cyberattack. The perception of a security breach affecting us or any part of the financial services industry, whether correct or not, could result in a loss of confidence in our cybersecurity measures or otherwise damage our reputation with customers and third parties with whom we do business. Should such adverse events occur, we may not have indemnification or other protection from the third party sufficient to compensate or protect us from the consequences.


30





As attempted cyberattacks continue to evolve in scope and sophistication, we may incur significant costs in our attempts to modify or enhance our protective measures against such attacks to investigate or remediate any vulnerability or resulting breach, or in communicating cyberattacks to our customers. An interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information sent to or received from a client, vendor, service provider, counterparty or third party or a cyberattack could result in our inability to recover or restore data that has been stolen, manipulated or destroyed, damage to our systems and those of our clients, customers and counterparties, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, or other significant disruption of operations, including disruptions in our ability to use our accounting, deposit, loan and other systems and our ability to communicate with and perform transactions with customers, vendors and other parties. These effects could be exacerbated if we would need to shut down portions of our technology infrastructure temporarily to address a cyberattack, if our technology infrastructure is not sufficiently redundant to meet our business needs while an aspect of our technology is compromised, or if a technological or other solution to a cyberattack is slow to be developed. Even if we timely resolve the technological issues in a cyberattack, a temporary disruption in our operations could adversely affect customer satisfaction and behavior, expose us to reputational damage, contractual claims, regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions, or litigation.

U.S. banking agencies and other federal and state government agencies have increased their attention on cybersecurity and data privacy risks, and have proposed enhanced risk management standards that would apply to us. Such legislation and regulations relating to cybersecurity and data privacy may require that we modify systems, change service providers, or alter business practices or policies regarding information security, handling of data and privacy. Changes such as these could subject us to heightened operational costs. To the extent we do not successfully meet supervisory standards pertaining to cybersecurity, we could be subject to supervisory actions, litigation and reputational damage.

Financial Reporting and Control Risks

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The accounting standard setters and other regulatory bodies periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. These changes can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations, as well as affect the calculation of our capital ratios. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

For example, as noted in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K, in June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The adoption of this standard resulted in the increase in the ACL of approximately $2.5 billion and a decrease to opening retained earnings, net of income taxes, at January 1, 2020. The estimated increase is based on forecasts of expected future economic conditions and is primarily driven by the fact that the allowance will cover expected credit losses over the full expected life of the loan portfolios. The standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s other financial instruments. Additionally, we elected to utilize regulatory relief which will permit us to phase in 25 percent of the capital impact of CECL in our calculation of regulatory capital amounts and ratios in 2020, and an additional 25 percent each subsequent year until fully phased-in by the first quarter of 2023.

Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates which, if inaccurate, could cause material misstatement of the results of our operations and financial position.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The accounting policies deemed critical to our results and financial position, based upon materiality and significant judgments and estimates, include impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, valuation of financial instruments, impairment of available-for-sale financial assets, deferred tax assets and provisions for liabilities.

The ACL is a significant critical estimate. Due to the inherent nature of this estimate, we cannot provide assurance that the Company will not significantly increase the ACL or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the provided allowance.


31





The valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value can be subjective, in particular when models are used which include unobservable inputs. Given the uncertainty and subjectivity associated with valuing such instruments it is possible that the results of our operations and financial position could be materially misstated if the estimates and assumptions used prove inaccurate.

If the judgments, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations and a corresponding effect on our funding requirements and capital ratios.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud, and lapses in these controls could materially and adversely affect our operations, liquidity and/or reputation.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We also maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting. However, these controls may not achieve their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in judgement and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Controls can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of these limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.

Further, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer from material weaknesses in disclosure controls and processes over financial reporting in the future. If we fail to remediate any future material weaknesses or fail to otherwise maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, such failure could result in a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis and which could cause investors and other users to lose confidence in our financial statements and limit our ability to raise capital. Additionally, failure to remediate the material weaknesses or otherwise failing to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting may negatively impact our operating results and financial condition, impair our ability to timely file our periodic reports with the SEC, subject us to additional litigation and regulatory actions and cause us to incur substantial additional costs in future periods relating to the implementation of remedial measures.

Failure to satisfy obligations associated with public securities filings may have adverse regulatory, economic, and reputational consequences.

We filed our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2015 and certain Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q in 2016 after the time periods prescribed by the SEC’s regulations. Those failures to file our periodic reports within the time periods prescribed by the SEC, among other consequences, resulted in the suspension of our eligibility to use Form S-3 registration statements until we timely filed our SEC periodic reports for a period of 12 months. We timely filed our SEC periodic reports for 12 consecutive months as of November 13, 2017. If in the future we are not able to file our periodic reports within the time periods prescribed by the SEC, among other consequences, we would be unable to use Form S-3 registration statements until we have timely filed our SEC periodic reports for a period of 12 consecutive months. Our inability to use Form S-3 registration statements would increase the time and resources we need to spend if we choose to access the public capital markets.

Risks Associated with our Majority-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary

The financial results of SC could have a negative impact on the Company's operating results and financial condition.

SC historically has provided a significant source of funding to the Company through earnings. Our investment in SC involves risk, including the possibility that poor operating results of SC could negatively affect the operating results of SHUSA.

Factors that affect the financial results of SC in addition to those which have been previously addressed include, but are not limited to:
Periods of economic slowdown may result in decreased demand for automobiles as well as declining values of automobiles and other consumer products used as collateral to secure outstanding classloans. Higher gasoline prices, the general availability of preferred stock.consumer credit, and other factors which impact consumer confidence could increase loss frequency and decrease consumer demand for automobiles. In 2017, while no longeraddition, during an economic slowdown, servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in finance charge income. Changes in the economy may impact the collateral value of repossessed automobiles and repossession, and foreclosure sales may not yield sufficient proceeds to repay the receivables in full and result in losses.

32





SC’s growth strategy is subject to significant risks, some of which are outside its control, including general economic conditions, the qualitativeability to obtain adequate financing for growth, laws and regulatory environments in the states in which the business seeks to operate, competition in new markets, the ability to attract new customers, the ability to recruit qualified personnel, and the ability to obtain and maintain all required approvals, permits, and licenses on a timely basis
SC’s business may be negatively impacted if it is unsuccessful in developing and maintaining relationships with automobile dealerships that correlate to SC’s ability to acquire loans and automotive leases. In addition, economic downturns may result in the closure of dealerships and corresponding decreases in sales and loan volumes.
SC's business could be negatively impacted if it is unsuccessful in developing and maintaining its serviced for others portfolio. As this is a significant and growing portion of SC's business strategy, if an institution for which SC currently services assets chooses to terminate SC's rights as a servicer or if SC fails to add additional institutions or portfolios to its servicing platform, SC may not achieve the desired revenue or income from this platform.
SC has repurchase obligations in its capacity as a servicer in securitizations and whole loan sales. If significant repurchases of assets or other payments are required under its responsibility as a servicer, this could have a material adverse effect on SC’s financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.
The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention, which increases the costs of SC's operations and may divert focus from business operations. As a result of its IPO, SC is now required to remain in compliance with the reporting requirements of the revisedSEC and the NYSE, maintain corporate infrastructure required of a public company, and incur significant legal and financial compliance costs, which may divert SC management’s attention and resources from implementing its growth strategy.
The market price of SC Common Stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in SC Common Stock to decline. Conditions affecting the market price of SC Common Stock may be beyond SC’s control and include general market conditions, economic factors, actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly operating results, changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations related to future financial performance, analysts’ estimates of SC’s financial performance or lack of research or reports by industry analysts, changes in market valuations of similar companies, future sales of SC Common Stock, or additions or departures of its key personnel.
SC's business and results of operations could be negatively impacted if it fails to manage and complete divestitures. SC regularly evaluates its portfolio in order to determine whether an asset or business may no longer be aligned with its strategic objectives. For example, in October 2015, SC disclosed a decision to exit the personal lending business and to explore strategic alternatives for its existing personal lending assets. Of its two primary lending relationships, SC completed the sale of substantially all of its loans associated with the LendingClub relationship in February 2016. SC continues to classify loans from its other primary lending relationship, Bluestem, as held-for-sale. SC remains a party to agreements with Bluestem that obligate it to purchase new advances originated by Bluestem, along with existing balances on accounts with new advances, for an initial term ending in April 2020 and which is renewable through April 2022 at Bluestem's option. Both parties have the right to terminate this agreement upon written notice if certain events were to occur, including if there is a material adverse change in the financial reporting condition of either party. Although SC is seeking a third party willing and able to take on this obligation, it may not be successful in finding such a party, and Bluestem may not agree to the substitution. SC has recorded significant lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on this portfolio and may continue to do so as long as the portfolio is held, particularly due to the new volume it is committed to purchase. Until SC finds a third party to assume this obligation, there is a risk that material changes to its relationship with Bluestem, or the loss or discontinuance of Bluestem’s business, would materially and adversely affect SC’s business, financial condition and results of operations. On March 9, 2020, Bluestem Brands, Inc., together with certain of its affiliates, filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
SC's business could be negatively impacted if access to funding is reduced. Adverse changes in SC's ABS program or in the ABS market generally could materially adversely affect its ability to securitize loans on a timely basis or upon terms acceptable to SC. This could increase its cost of funding, reduce its margins, or cause it to hold assets until investor demand improves.
As with SHUSA, adverse outcomes to current and future litigation against SC may negatively impact its financial position, results of operations, and liquidity. SC is party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. In particular, as a consumer finance company, it is subject to various consumer claims and litigation seeking damages and statutory penalties. Some litigation against it could take the form of class action complaints by consumers. As the assignee of loans originated by automotive dealers, it also may be named as a co-defendant in lawsuits filed by consumers principally against automotive dealers.

The Chrysler Agreement may not result in currently anticipated levels of growth and is subject to certain performance conditions that could result in termination of the agreement. If SC fails to meet certain of these performance conditions, FCA may seek to terminate the agreement. In addition, FCA has the option to acquire an equity participation in the Chrysler Capital portion of SC's business.


33





In February 2013, SC entered into the Chrysler Agreement with FCA through which SC launched the Chrysler Capital brand on May 1, 2013. Through the Chrysler Capital brand, SC originates private-label loans and leases to facilitate the purchase of FCA vehicles by consumers and FCA-franchised automotive dealers. The financing services SC provides under the Chrysler Agreement include providing (1) credit lines to finance FCA-franchised dealers’ acquisitions of vehicles and other products FCA sells or distributes, (2) automotive loans and leases to finance consumer acquisitions of new and used vehicles at FCA-franchised dealerships, (3) financing for commercial and fleet customers, and (4) ancillary services. In addition, SC may facilitate, for an affiliate, offerings to dealers for dealer loan financing, construction loans, real estate loans, working capital plan rule,loans, and revolving lines of credit. On June 28, 2019, the Company remainsentered into an amendment of the Chrysler Agreement which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions. This amendment also terminated a previously disclosed tolling agreement, dated July 11, 2018, between SC and FCA.

In May 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid FCA a $150 million upfront, nonrefundable payment, to be amortized over ten years. In addition, in June 2019, in connection with the execution of the amendment to the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid a $60 million upfront fee to FCA. The unamortized portion would be recognized as expense immediately if the Chrysler Agreement were terminated in accordance with its term.

As part of the Chrysler Agreement, SC received limited exclusivity rights to participate in specified minimum percentages of certain of FCA's financing incentive programs, which include loan rate subvention and automotive lease residual support subvention. Among other covenants, SC has committed to certain revenue sharing arrangements. SC bears the risk of loss on loans originated pursuant to the Chrysler Agreement, while FCA shares in any residual gains and losses in respect of automotive leases, subject to specific provisions in the written agreements describedChrysler Agreement, including limitations on SC’s participation in such gains and losses.

The Chrysler Agreement is subject to early termination in certain circumstances, including SC's failure to meet certain key performance metrics, provided FCA treats SC in a manner consistent with other comparable OEMs. FCA may also terminate the agreement if, among other circumstances, (i) a person other than Santander and its affiliates or SC's other stockholders owns 20% or more of SC’s common stock and Santander and its affiliates own fewer shares of common stock than such person, (ii) SC controls, or becomes controlled by, an OEM that competes with FCA or (iii) certain of SC’s credit facilities become impaired. In addition, under the Chrysler Agreement, FCA has the option to acquire, for fair market value, an equity participation in the business offering and providing the financial services contemplated by the Chrysler Agreement. There is no maximum limit on the size of FCA’s potential equity participation. Although the Chrysler Agreement contains provisions that are designed to address a situation in which the parties disagree on the fair market value of the equity participation interest, there is a risk that SC ultimately receives less than what it believes to be the fair market value for such interest, and the loss of its associated revenue and profits may not be offset fully by the immediate proceeds for such interest. There can be no assurance that SC would be able to re-deploy the immediate proceeds for such interest in other businesses or investments that would provide comparable returns, thereby reducing SC’s profitability.

SC’s ability to realize the full strategic and financial benefits of its relationship with FCA depends in part on the successful development of its Chrysler Capital business, which requires a significant amount of management's time and effort as well as the success of FCA's business. If FCA exercises its equity option, if the Chrysler Agreement (or FCA's limited exclusivity obligations thereunder) were to terminate, or if SC otherwise is unable to realize the expected benefits of its relationship with FCA, including as a result of FCA's bankruptcy or loss of business, there could be a materially adverse impact to SHUSA's and SC’s business, financial condition, results of operations, profitability, loan and lease volume, the credit quality of SHUSA's and SC’s portfolio, liquidity, reputation, funding costs and growth, and SHUSA's and SC's ability to obtain or find other OEM relationships or to otherwise implement our business strategy could be materially adversely affected.


ITEM 1B - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

34





ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2019, the Company utilized 760 buildings that occupy a total of 6.7 million square feet, including 184 owned properties with 1.4 million square feet, 453 leased properties with 3.8 million square feet, and 123 sale-and-leaseback properties with 1.5 million square feet. The executive and primary administrative offices for SHUSA and the Bank are located at 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts. The Company leases this location. SC's corporate headquarters are located at 1601 Elm Street, Dallas, Texas. SC leases this location.

Eleven major buildings serve as the headquarters or house significant operational and administrative functions, and are : Operations Center - 2 Morrissey Boulevard, Dorchester, Massachusetts-Leased; Call Center and Operations and Loan Processing Center-Santander Way; 95 Amaral Street, Riverside, Rhode Island-Leased; SHUSA/SBNA Administrative Offices-75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts-Leased; Call Center and Operations and Loan Processing Center-450 Penn Street, Reading; Pennsylvania-Leased; Loan Processing Center-601 Penn Street; Reading, Pennsylvania-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices-1130 Berkshire Boulevard, Wyomissing, Pennsylvania-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices-1401 Brickell Avenue, Miami, Florida-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices - San Juan, Puerto Rico-Leased; Computer Data Center - Hato Rey, Puerto Rico-Leased; SAM Administrative Offices-Guaynabo Puerto Rico-leased; and SC Administrative Offices-1601 Elm Street, Dallas, Texas-Leased.

The majority of these eleven Company properties identified above are utilized for general corporate purposes. The remaining 749 properties consist primarily of bank branches and lending offices. Of the total number of buildings, the Bank has 588 retail branches, and BSPR has 27 retail branches.

For additional information regarding the Company's properties refer to Note 6 - "Premises and Equipment" and Note 9 - "Other Assets" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.


ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure regarding the lawsuit filed by SHUSA against the IRS and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for SHUSA’s litigation disclosures, which are incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.


PART II


ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company has one class of common stock. The Company’s common stock was traded on the NYSE under the symbol “SOV” through January 29, 2009. On January 30, 2009, all shares of the Company's common stock were acquired by Santander and de-listed from the NYSE. Following this de-listing, there has not been, nor is there currently, an established public trading market in shares of the Company’s common stock. As of the date of this filing, Santander was the sole holder of the Company’s common stock.

At February 28, 2019, 530,391,043 shares of common stock were outstanding. There were no issuances of common stock during 2019, 2018, or 2017.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company declared and paid cash dividends of $400.0 million, $410.0 million, and $10.0 million respectively, to its shareholder.

Refer to the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section in Item 7 of the MD&A for the two most recent fiscal years' activity on the Company's common stock.


35





ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 (1)
 
2018 (1)
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 2015
Balance Sheet Data          
Total assets $149,499,477
 $135,634,285
 $128,274,525
 $138,360,290
 $141,106,832
Loans HFI, net of allowance 89,059,251
 83,148,738
 76,795,794
 82,005,321
 83,779,641
Loans held-for-sale 1,420,223
 1,283,278
 2,522,486
 2,586,308
 3,190,067
Total investments (2)
 19,274,235
 15,189,024
 16,871,855
 19,415,330
 22,768,783
Total deposits and other customer accounts 67,326,706
 61,511,380
 60,831,103
 67,240,690
 65,583,428
Borrowings and other debt obligations (2)(3)
 50,654,406
 44,953,784
 39,003,313
 43,524,445
 49,828,582
Total liabilities 125,100,647
 111,787,053
 104,583,693
 115,981,532
 119,259,732
Total stockholder's equity 24,398,830
 23,847,232
 23,690,832
 22,378,758
 21,847,100
Summary Statement of Operations         
Total interest income $8,650,195
 $8,069,053
 $7,876,079
 $7,989,751
 $8,137,616
Total interest expense 2,207,427
 1,724,203
 1,452,129
 1,425,059
 1,236,210
Net interest income 6,442,768
 6,344,850
 6,423,950
 6,564,692
 6,901,406
Provision for credit losses (4)
 2,292,017
 2,339,898
 2,759,944
 2,979,725
 4,079,743
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 4,150,751
 4,004,952
 3,664,006
 3,584,967
 2,821,663
Total non-interest income (5)
 3,729,117
 3,244,308
 2,901,253
 2,755,705
 2,905,035
Total general, administrative and other expenses (6)
 6,365,852
 5,832,325
 5,764,324
 5,386,194
 9,381,892
Income/(loss) before income taxes 1,514,016
 1,416,935
 800,935
 954,478
 (3,655,194)
Income tax provision/(benefit) (7)
 472,199
 425,900
 (157,040) 313,715
 (599,758)
Net income / (loss) (9)
 $1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
 $640,763
 $(3,055,436)
Selected Financial Ratios (8)
          
Return on average assets 0.73% 0.76% 0.71% 0.45% (2.18)%
Return on average equity 4.23% 4.11% 4.10% 2.88% (11.98)%
Average equity to average assets 17.31% 18.37% 17.39% 15.67% 18.15 %
Efficiency ratio 62.58% 60.82% 61.81% 57.79% 95.67 %
(1)On July 1, 2016, ownership of several Santander subsidiaries, including Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, were transferred to the Company. As these entities were and are solely owned and controlled by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, the transaction has been accounted for under the common control guidance, which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. Additionally, as this transaction represents a change in reporting entity, the guidance requires retrospective combination of the entities for all periods presented in these financial statements as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control. On July 1, 2017, an additional Santander subsidiary, SFS, a finance company located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to the Company. On July 2, 2018, an additional Santander subsidiary, SAM, an investment adviser located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to the Company. SFS and SAM are entities under common control of Santander; however, their results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows are immaterial to the historical financial results of the Company on both an individual and aggregate basis. As a result, the Company has reported the results of SFS on a prospective basis beginning July 1, 2017 and the results of SAM on a prospective basis beginning July 1, 2018.
(2)The increase in total investments from 2018 to 2019 was due to the purchase of additional AFS treasury securities. The decreases in Total investments and corresponding decreases in Borrowings and other debt obligations from 2016 to 2017 and 2015 to 2016 were primarily driven by the use of proceeds from the sales of investment securities to repurchase and pay off its outstanding borrowings.
(3)The increase in Borrowings and other debt obligations from 2018 to 2019 was primarily a result of the Company funding the growth of the loan portfolio and operating lease portfolio.
(4)The decrease in the Provision for credit losses from 2017 to 2018 was primarily due to lower net charge-offs on the RIC portfolio, accompanied by a recovery on the purchased RIC portfolio and lower provision on the originated RIC portfolio and the commercial loan portfolio. The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was primarily due to significantly lower provision on the purchased RIC portfolio, accompanied by slightly lower net charge-offs across the total loan portfolio.
(5)The increase in Non-interest income from 2018 to 2019 and 2017 to 2018 is primarily attributable to an increase in lease income corresponding to the growth of the operating lease portfolio.
(6)General, administrative, and other expenses increased annually between 2016 and 2019, primarily due to growth in compensation and benefits and lease expense, driven by corresponding growth of the operating lease portfolio. In 2015, this line included a $4.5 billion goodwill impairment charge on SC.
(7)Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company's income taxes. The income tax benefit in 2017 was due to the impact of the TCJA, resulting in a tax benefit to the Company. The income tax benefit in 2015 was primarily the result of the release of the deferred tax liability in conjunction with the goodwill impairment charge.
(8)For the calculation components of these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.
(9)Includes net income/(loss) attributable to NCI of $288.6 million, $283.6 million, $405.6 million, $277.9 million, and $(1.7) billion for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

36






ITEM 7 - MD&A

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

SHUSA is the parent holding company of SBNA, a national banking association, and owns approximately 72.4% (as of December 31, 2019) of SC, a specialized consumer finance company. SHUSA is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and the Bank's main office is in Wilmington, Delaware. SC is headquartered in Dallas, Texas. SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Santander. SHUSA is also the parent company of Santander BanCorp , a holding company headquartered in Puerto Rico that offers a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, BSPR; SSLLC, a registered broker-dealer headquartered in Boston; BSI, a financial services company headquartered in Miami that offers a full range of banking services to foreign individuals and corporations based primarily in Latin America; SIS, a registered broker-dealer headquartered in New York providing services in investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities; and several other subsidiaries. SSLLC, SIS and another SHUSA subsidiary, Santander Asset Management, LLC, are registered investment advisers with the SEC.

The Bank's principal markets are in the Mid-Atlantic and Northeastern United States. The Bank uses its deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Bank earns interest income on its loan and investment portfolios. In addition, the Bank generates non-interest income from a number of sources, including deposit and loan services, sales of loans and investment securities, capital markets products and BOLI. The principal non-interest expenses include employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and facility-related costs, technology and other administrative expenses. The financial results of the Bank are affected by the economic environment, including interest rates and consumer and business confidence and spending, as well as the competitive conditions within the Bank's geographic footprint.

SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC's primary business is the indirect origination and securitization of RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to subprime retail consumers. Further information about SC’s business is provided below in the “Chrysler Capital” section.

SC is managed through a single reporting segment which included vehicle financial products and services, including RICs, vehicle leases, and dealer loans, as well as financial products and services related to recreational and marine vehicles and other consumer finance products.

SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile and recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally, SC has other relationships through which it holds other consumer finance products. However, in 2015, SC announced its exit from personal lending and, accordingly, all of its personal lending assets are classified as HFS at December 31, 2019.

Chrysler Capital

 Since May 2013, under the ten-year private label financing agreement with FCA that became effective May 1, 2013 (the "Chrysler Agreement"), SC has operated as FCA’s preferred provider for consumer loans, leases and dealer loans and provides services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit.

Chrysler Capital continues to be a focal point of the Company's strategy. On June 28, 2019, SC entered into an amendment to the Chrysler Agreement with FCA, which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions under the Chrysler Agreement. The amendment also established an operating framework that is mutually beneficial for both parties for the remainder of the contract. The Company's average penetration rate for the third quarter of 2019 was 34%, an increase from 30% for the same period in 2018.

SC has dedicated financing facilities in place for its Chrysler Capital business and has worked strategically and collaboratively with FCA to continue to strengthen its relationship and create value within the Chrysler Capital program. During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC originated $12.8 billion in Chrysler Capital loans, which represented 56% of the UPB of its total RIC originations, with an approximately even share between prime and non-prime, as well as $8.5 billion in Chrysler Capital leases. Additionally, substantially all of the leases originated by SC during the year ended December 31, 2019 were under the Chrysler Agreement. Since its May 2013 launch, Chrysler Capital has originated more than $65.9 billion in retail loans (excluding the SBNA RIC origination program) and purchased $41.9 billion in leases.

37





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Overview

During the fourth quarter of 2019, unemployment remained low and year-to-date market results were positive, recovering from a volatile fourth quarter of 2018.

The unemployment rate at December 31, 2019 was 3.5% compared to 3.5% at September 30, 2019, and was lower compared to 3.9% one year ago. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment rose in the retail trade, and healthcare, while mining employment decreased.

The BEA advance estimate indicates that real gross domestic product grew at an annualized rate of 2.1% for the fourth quarter of 2019, consistent with the advance estimated growth of 2.1% for the third quarter of 2019. Growth continued to be driven by increases in personal consumption expenditures, federal government spending, and state and local government spending. In addition, imports, which are a subtraction to in the calculation of the gross domestic product, decreased. These positive contributions were offset by decreases to private inventory investment and non-residential fixed investments.

Market year-to-date returns for the following indices based on closing prices at December 31, 2019 were:
December 31, 2019
Dow Jones Industrial Average22.0%
S&P 50028.5%
NASDAQ Composite34.8%

At its December 2019 meeting, the Federal Open Market Committee decided to maintain the federal funds rate target at 1.50%, to continue to support economic expansion, current strength in labor market conditions, and inflation near its targeted objective. Overall inflation remains below the targeted rate of 2.0%.

The ten-year Treasury bond rate at December 31, 2019 was 1.90%, down from 2.69% at December 31, 2018. Within the industry, changes in this metric are often considered to correspond to changes in 15-year and 30-year mortgage rates.

Current mortgage origination and refinancing information is not yet available. Based on the most current information released based on September 2019 statistics, mortgage originations increased 29.74% year-over-year, which included an increased 6.21% in mortgage originations for home purchases and an increased 103.1% in mortgage originations from refinancing activity from the same period in 2018. These rates are representative of U.S. national average mortgage origination activity.

The ratio of NPLs to total gross loans for U.S. banks declined for six consecutive years, to just under 1.5% in 2015. NPL trends have remained relatively low since that time. NPLs for U.S. commercial banks were approximately 0.87% of loans using the latest available data, which was as of the third quarter of 2019, compared to 0.95% for the prior year.

Changing market conditions are considered a significant risk factor to the Company. The interest rate environment can present challenges in the growth of net interest income for the banking industry, which continues to rely on non-interest activities to support revenue growth. Changing market conditions and political uncertainty could have an overall impact on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. Such conditions could also impact the Company's credit risk and the associated provision for credit losses and legal expense.

38





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Credit Rating Actions

The following table presents Moody’s, S&P and Fitch credit ratings for the Bank, BSPR, SHUSA, Santander, and the Kingdom of Spain, as of December 31, 2019:
BANK
BSPR(1)(2)
SHUSA
Moody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitch
Long-TermBaa1A-BBB+Baa1N/ABBB+Baa3BBB+BBB+
Short-TermP-1A-2F-2P-1/P-2N/AF-2n/aA-2F-2
OutlookStableStableStableStableN/AStableStableStableStable

SANTANDERSPAIN
Moody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitch
Long-TermA2AA-Baa1AA-
Short-TermP-1A-1F-2P-2A-1F-1
OutlookStableStableStableStableStableStable
(1)    P-1 Short Term Deposit Rating; P-2 Short Term Debt Rating.
(2)    Outlook currently is Stable and under review with the possibility of a downgrade.

Moody's announced completion of its periodic reviews and affirmed its ratings over SHUSA, SBNA and BSPR in March 2019. Spain in August 2019 and Santander in June 2019. Fitch affirmed its ratings and outlook for Spain in December 2019 and BSPR in October 2019.

SHUSA funds its operations independently of the other entities owned by Santander, and believes its business is not necessarily closely related to the business or outlook of other entities owned by Santander. Future changes in the credit ratings of its parent, Santander, or the Kingdom of Spain, however, could impact SHUSA's or its subsidiaries' credit ratings, and any other change in the condition of Santander could affect SHUSA.

At this time, SC is not rated by the major credit rating agencies.

REGULATORY MATTERS

The activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank and SC, are subject to regulation under various U.S. federal laws and regulatory agencies which impose regulations, supervise and conduct examinations, and may not make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any capital distribution, withoutaffect the prior written approvaloperations and management of the Company and its ability to take certain actions, including making distributions to our parent. The Company is regulated on a consolidated basis by the Federal Reserve.Reserve, including the FRB of Boston, and the CFPB. The Company's banking and bank holding company subsidiaries are further supervised by the FDIC and the OCC. As a subsidiary of the Company, SC is also subject to regulatory oversight by the Federal Reserve as well as the CFPB. Santander BanCorp and BSPR also are supervised by the Puerto Rico Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions.

PaymentControl of Dividendsthe Company or the Bank

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, individuals, corporations or other entities acquiring SHUSA's common stock may, alone or together with other investors, be deemed to control the Company and thereby the Bank. Ownership of more than 10% of SHUSA’s capital stock may be deemed to constitute “control” if certain other control factors are present. If deemed to control the Company, those persons or groups would be required to obtain the Federal Reserve's approval to acquire the Company’s common stock and could be subject to certain ongoing reporting procedures and restrictions under federal law and regulations.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

The Parent Company is the parent holding company of SBNAfederal banking agencies adopted certain operational and other consolidated subsidiariesmanagerial standards for depository institutions, including internal audit system components, loan documentation requirements, asset growth parameters, information technology and is a legal entity separatedata security practices, and distinct from its subsidiaries. SHUSAcompensation standards for officers, directors and SBNA are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends, including regulatory capital minimums and the requirement to remain "well-capitalized" under prompt corrective action regulations. As a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, SC is included in various regulatory restrictions relating to payment of dividends described in the “Stress Tests and Capital Adequacy” discussion above.employees.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity ("TLAC")Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

The Federal Reserve adoptedBank is a rulemember of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. The Bank's and BSPR's deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of, and require reporting by, FDIC-insured institutions like the Bank and BSPR. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against banking institutions and may terminate an institution’s deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

The FDIC charges financial institutions deposit premium assessments to ensure it has reserves to cover deposits that are under FDIC-insured limits, which is currently $250,000 per depositor per ownership category for each ownership deposit account category.

FDIC insurance premium expenses were $60.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Restrictions on December 15, 2016 that will require certain U.S. organizationsSubsidiary Banking Institution Capital Distributions

Under the FDIA, insured depository institutions must be classified in one of five defined tiers (well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). Under OCC regulations, an institution is considered “well-capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (iii) has a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and (v) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a minimum amountspecific capital level. As of loss-absorbing instruments,December 31, 2019, the Bank met the criteria to be classified as “well capitalized.”

If capital levels fall to significantly or critically undercapitalized levels, further material restrictions can be imposed, including restrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management and, in critically undercapitalized situations, appointment of a minimum amountreceiver or conservator. Critically undercapitalized institutions generally may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of unsecured long-termprincipal or interest on their subordinated debt. All but well-capitalized institutions are prohibited from accepting brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Pursuant to the FDIA and OCC regulations, institutions which are not categorized as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are restricted from making capital distributions, which include cash dividends, stock redemptions and repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest payments on certain convertible debt (the “TLAC Rule”). The TLAC Rule appliesand other transactions charged to U.S. global systemically important banks and to IHCs with $50 billion or more in U.S. non-branch assets that are controlled by a global systemically important foreign banking organization ("FBO"); the Company is such an IHC.institution’s capital account.


118




Under the TLAC Rule, companies are required to maintain a minimum amount of TLAC, which consists of a minimum amount of long-term debt (“LTD”) and Tier 1 capital. As a result, SHUSA will need to hold the higher of 18% of its risk-weighted assets ("RWAs") or 9% of its total consolidated assets in the form of TLAC. SHUSA must maintain a TLAC buffer composed solely of common equity Tier 1 capital and will be subject to restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments based on the size of the TLAC buffer that it maintains. In addition to TLAC, the final rule requires SHUSA to hold LTD in an amount no less than the greater of 6% of its RWAs or 3.5% of its total consolidated assets. The final rule is effective January 1, 2019.

Enhanced Prudential Standards for Liquidity

On February 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve approved the final rule implementing certain of the EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA (the "Final Rule"). The Final Rule applies the EPS to (i) U.S. BHCs with $50 billion (and in some cases $10 billion) or more in total consolidated assets and (ii) FBOs with a U.S. banking presence exceeding $50 billion in consolidated U.S. non-branch assets. The Final Rule implements, as new requirements for U.S. BHCs, risk management requirements (including requirements, duties and qualifications for a risk management committee and chief risk officer), liquidity stress testing and buffer requirements. U.S. BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more on June 30, 2014 were subject to the liquidity requirements as of January 1, 2015.

Risk Retention Rule

On December 24, 2014 the Federal Reserve issued its final credit risk retention rule, which generally requires sponsors of asset-backed securities ("ABS") to retain not less than five percent of the credit risk of the assets collateralizing ABS. Compliance with the rule with respect to ABS collateralized by residential mortgages was required beginning December 24, 2015. Compliance with the rule with regard to all other classes of ABS was required beginning December 24, 2016. SHUSA, primarily through SC, is an active participant in the structured finance markets and began to comply with the retention requirements effective December 24, 2016.  

FBOs

On February 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve issued the Final Rule. Under the Final Rule, FBOs with over $50 billion of U.S. non-branch assets, including Santander, must consolidate U.S. subsidiary activities under an IHC. In addition, the FBO Final Rule requires U.S. BHCs and FBOs with at least $50 billion in total U.S. consolidated non-branch assets to be subject to EPS and heightened capital, liquidity, risk management, and stress testing requirements. Due to both its global and U.S. non-branch total consolidated asset size, Santander was subject to both of the above provisions of the FBO Final Rule. As a result of this rule, Santander transferred substantially all of its U.S. bank and non-bank subsidiaries previously outside the Company to the Company, which became an IHC effective July 1, 2016. These subsidiaries include Santander BanCorp, a Puerto Rico bank holding company, BSI, SIS, and SSLLC. A phased-in approach is being used for the standards and requirements at both the FBO and the IHC. As a U.S. BHC with more than $50 billion in total consolidated assets, the Company was subject to EPS as of January 1, 2015. Other standards of the FBO Final Rule will be phased in through January 1, 2019.

Transactions with Affiliates

Depository institutions must remain in compliance with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve 's Regulation W ("Reg. W") which governs the activities of the Company and its banking subsidiaries with affiliated companies and individuals. Section 23A places limits on certain specified “covered transactions,” which include loans, lines, and letters of credit to affiliated companies or individuals, investments in affiliated companies, as well as certain other transactions with affiliated companies and individuals. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus for any one affiliate and 20% for all affiliates. Certain covered transactions also must meet collateral requirements that range from 100% to 130% depending on the type of transaction.

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are considered arms' length. To meet the definition of arms-length, the terms of the transaction must be the same, or at least as favorable, as those for similar transactions with non-affiliated companies.

As a U.S. domiciled subsidiary of a global parent with significant non-bank affiliates, the Company faces elevated compliance risk in this area.


12




Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Surcharge Assessmentbanking laws, regulations and policies limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank’s total distributions to the Company within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years; (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. In addition, the OCC's prior approval is required if the OCC deems it to be in troubled condition or a problem institution.

In March 2016,Any dividends declared and paid have the FDIC finalizedeffect of reducing the ruleBank’s Tier 1 capital to implement Section 334average consolidated assets and risk-based capital ratios. During 2019, 2018, and 2017, the Company paid cash dividends of $400.0 million, $410.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the DFACompany paid cash dividends to provide for a surcharge assessment at an annual ratepreferred shareholders of 4.5 basis points on banks with over $10 billion in assets to increase the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC commenced the surcharge inzero, $11.0 million and $14.6 million, respectively. During the third quarter of 2016, and will continue for eight consecutive quarters. After the eight quarters, the FDIC may charge a shortfall assessment.

Bank Regulations

As a national bank, the Bank is subject to the OCC's regulations under the National Bank Act. The various laws and regulations administered by the OCC for national banks affect the Bank's corporate practices and impose certain restrictions on2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its activities and investments to ensure that the Bank operates in a safe and sound manner. These laws and regulations also require the Bank to disclose substantial business and financial information to the OCC and the public.

Community Reinvestment Act

SBNA and Banco Santander Puerto Rico are subject to the requirements of the CRA, which requires the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency to assess an institution's record of helping to meet the credit needs of the local communities in which it is located. Banco Santander Puerto Rico’s current CRA rating is “Outstanding.” The Bank’s most recent public CRA report of examination rated the Bank as “Needs to Improve” for the January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 evaluation period. The Bank’s rating based solely on the applicable CRA lending, service and investment tests would have been “satisfactory.” However, the overall rating was lowered to “Needs to Improve” due to previously disclosed instances of non-compliance by the Bank that is being remediated. The OCC takes into account the Bank’s CRA rating in considering certain regulatory applications the Bank makes, including applications related to establishing and relocating branches, and the Federal Reserve does the same with respect to certain regulatory applications the Company makes. In addition, there may be some negative impacts on aspects of the Bank’s business as a result of the downgrade. For example, certain categories of depositors are restricted from making deposits in banks with a “Needs to Improve” rating.outstanding preferred stock.

BHC RegulationsFederal Reserve Regulation

Under Federal laws restrictReserve regulations, the typesBank is required to maintain a reserve against its transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in low-interest-bearing accounts, the effect of activitiesthe reserve requirements is to reduce an institution’s asset yields.

The amount of total reserve requirements at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $534.6 million and $429.0 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company complied with these reserve requirements.

FHLB System

The FHLB system was created in which BHCs may engage,1932 and subject themconsists of 11 regional FHLBs. FHLBs are federally-chartered but privately owned institutions created by Congress. The Federal Housing Finance Agency is an agency of the federal government that is charged with overseeing the FHLBs. Each FHLB is owned by its member institutions. The primary purpose of the FHLBs is to a range of supervisory requirements, including regulatory enforcement actionsprovide funding to their members for violations of laws and policies. BHCs may engage in the business of banking and managing and controlling banks,making housing loans as well as closely-related activities.for affordable housing and community development lending. FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions. As a member, the Bank is required to make minimum investments in FHLB stock based on its level of borrowings from the FHLB. The Bank is a member of and held investments in the FHLB of Pittsburgh which totaled $316.4 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $230.1 million at December 31, 2018. The Bank utilizes advances from the FHLB to fund balance sheet growth, provide liquidity and for asset and liability management purposes. The Bank had access to advances with the FHLB of up to $17.3 billion at December 31, 2019, and had outstanding advances of $7.0 billion or 41% of total availability at that date. The level of borrowing capacity the Bank has with the FHLB of Pittsburgh is contingent upon the level of qualified collateral the Bank holds at a given time.

The Bank received $16.6 million and $6.6 million in dividends on its stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Anti-Money Laundering and the USA Patriot Act

Several federal laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act, and the USA Patriot Act require all financial institutions to, among other things, implement policies and procedures relating to anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activities, currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The USA Patriot Act substantially broadened existing anti-money laundering legislation and the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the U.S., imposed compliance and due diligence obligations, created criminal penalties, compelled the production of documents located both inside and outside the U.S., including those of non-U.S. institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the U.S., and clarified the safe harbor from civil liability to clients. The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of regulations that further clarify the USA Patriot Act’s requirements and provide more specific guidance on their application.

Financial Privacy

Under the GLBA, financial institutions are required to disclose to their retail customers their policies and practices with respect to sharing nonpublic customer information with their affiliates and non-affiliates, how they maintain customer confidentiality, and how they secure customer information. Customers are required under the GLBA to be provided with the opportunity to “opt out” of information sharing with non-affiliates, subject to certain exceptions.

9





Environmental Laws

Environmentally-related hazards are a source of high risk and potentially significant liability for financial institutions related to their loans. Environmentally contaminated properties owned by an institution’s borrowers may result in a drastic reduction in the value of the collateral securing the institution’s loans to such borrowers, high environmental cleanup costs to the borrower affecting its ability to repay its loans, the subordination of any lien in favor of the institution to a state or federal lien securing clean-up costs, and liability to the institution for cleanup costs if it forecloses on the contaminated property or becomes involved in the management of the borrower. To minimize this risk, the Bank may require an environmental examination of, and reports with respect to, the property of any borrower or prospective borrower if circumstances affecting the property indicate a potential for contamination, taking into consideration the potential loss to the institution in relation to the burdens to the borrower. Such examination must be performed by an engineering firm experienced in environmental risk studies and acceptable to the institution, and the costs of such examinations and reports are the responsibility of the borrower. These costs may be substantial and may deter a prospective borrower from entering into a loan transaction with the Bank. The Company is not aware of any borrower which is currently subject to any environmental investigation or clean-up proceeding or any other environmental matter that is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of SHUSA or its subsidiaries.

Securities and Investment Regulation

The Company would be required to obtain approvalconducts its securities and investment business activities through its subsidiaries SIS and SSLLC. SIS and SSLLC are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and members of FINRA. SIS’s activities include investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed income securities. SIS, SSLLC and SAM are also registered investment advisers with the SEC, and BSI conducts certain securities transactions exempt from SEC registration on behalf of its clients.

Written Agreements and Regulatory Actions

See the Federal Reserve if“Regulatory Matters” section of the MD&A and Note 22 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for a description of current regulatory actions.

Corporate Information

All reports filed electronically by the Company werewith the SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to acquire shares of any depository institution or any holding company of a depository institution, or any financial entity thatthose reports, are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our filings are also accessible through our website at https://www.santanderus.com/us/investorshareholderrelations. The information contained on our website is not a depository institution, such as a lending company.being incorporated herein and is provided for the information of the reader and are not intended to be active links.


ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS

Summary Risk Factors

The Company is subject to a number of risks that if realized could affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and access to liquidity materially. As a financial services organization, certain elements of risk are inherent in our businesses. Accordingly, the Company encounters risk as part of the normal course of its businesses. Some of the Company’s more significant challenges and risks include the following:

We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets. Disruptions and volatility in financial markets can have a material adverse effect on our ability to access capital and liquidity on acceptable financial terms. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, may cause our lending margins to decrease and reduce customer demand for our higher margin products and services.

Uncertainty regarding LIBOR may affect our business adversely. We have established an enterprise-wide initiative to identify, asses and monitor risks associated with the anticipated discontinuation of LIBOR. However, there can be no assurance that we and other market participants will be adequately prepared for the potential disruption to financial markets and potential adverse effects to interest rates on our loans, deposits, derivatives and other financial instruments currently tied to LIBOR.

10





We are subject to substantial regulation. As a financial institution, we are subject to extensive regulation by government agencies, including limitations on permissible activities, required financial stress tests, required non-objection to certain actions, investigations and other regulatory proceedings. If we are unable to meet the expectations of our regulators fully, we may need to divert significant resources to remedial actions, be unable to take planned capital actions, and/or be subject to fines or other enforcement actions, among other things. These circumstances could affect our revenues and expenses and other aspects of our business and operations adversely.

We may not be able to detect money laundering or other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis. We work regularly to improve our policies, procedures and capabilities to detect and prevent financial crimes. However, such crimes are evolving continually, and there will be instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering or other illegal or improper activities. These instances may result in regulatory fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Credit risk is inherent in our business. Our customers’ and counterparties’ financial condition, repayment abilities, repayment intentions, the value of their collateral, and government economic policies, market interest rates and other factors affect the quality of our loan portfolio. Many of these factors are beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses.

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business. Changes in market interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously, may be unpredictable and highly volatile and can significantly increase our cost of funding. We rely primarily on deposits to fund lending activities. However, our ability to maintain or grow deposits depends on factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and confidence of depositors in the economy and the financial services industry. If deposit withdrawals increase significantly in a short period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rates are highly sensitive to factors beyond our control, such as increased regulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, economic and political conditions, and other factors. Variations in interest rates could impact net interest income, which comprises the majority of our revenue, reducing our growth and potentially resulting in losses.

We are subject to significant competition. We compete with banks that are larger than us and non-traditional providers of banking services who may not be subject to the same regulatory or legislative requirements to which we are subject. If we are unable to compete successfully with current and new competitors and anticipate changing banking industry trends, our business may be affected adversely.
We rely on third parties for important products and services. We rely on third-party vendors for key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, custody and clearing services, internet connections and network access. Cyberattacks and breaches of the systems of those vendors could lead to operational and reputational risk and losses for SHUSA.

Risks relating to data collection, processing, storage systems and data security.Proper functioning of financial controls, accounting and other data collection and processing systems is critical to our businesses and our ability to compete effectively. Inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes or systems, or external events that interrupt normal business operations could each impair our data collection, processing, storage systems and data security and result in losses.

We and others in our industry face cybersecurity risks. We take protective measures and monitor and develop our systems continuously to protect our technology infrastructure and data from cyberattacks. However, cybersecurity risks continue to increase for our industry, and the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of the actors behind such attacks present risks for compromised data, theft of funds or theft or destruction of corporate information and assets.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud. The Company’s system of internal controls over financial reporting may not achieve their intended objectives. There are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected in all cases, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.


11





SC’s financial results could impact our results. SC’s earnings have historically been a significant source of funding for the Company. Factors that could negatively affect SC’s financial results could consequently affect SHUSA’s financial results.

The above list is not exhaustive, and we face additional challenges and risks. Please carefully consider all of the information in this Form-K including matters set forth in this "Risk Factors" section.

Risk Factors

Risk management and mitigation are important parts of the Company's business model and integrated into the Company's day-to-day operations. The success of the Company's business is dependent on management's ability to identify, understand, manage and mitigate the risks presented by business activities in light of the Company's strategic and financial objectives. These risks include credit risk, market risk, capital risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, model risk, investment risk, compliance and legal risk, and strategic and reputational risk. We discuss our principal risk management processes in the Risk Management section included in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following are the most significant risk factors that affect the Company. Any one or more of these could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows, in addition to presenting other possible adverse consequences, many of which are described below. These risk factors and other risks we may face are also discussed further in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Macro-Economic and Political Risks

Given that our loan portfolios are concentrated in the United States, adverse changes affecting the economy of the United States could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our loan portfolios are concentrated in the United States. Accordingly, the recoverability of our loan portfolios and our ability to increase the amount of loans outstanding and our results of operations and financial condition in general are dependent to a significant extent on the level of economic activity in the United States. A return to recessionary conditions in the United States economy would likely have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolios and, as a result, on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets.

We face, among others, the following risks in the event of an economic downturn or another recession:

Increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation has increased our costs and may affect the pricing of our products and services and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
Reduced demand for our products and services.
Inability of our borrowers to timely or fully comply with their existing obligations.
The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how those economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.
The degree of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates, which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process and the sufficiency of our loan and lease loss allowances.
The value and liquidity of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected.
Any worsening of economic conditions may delay the recovery of the financial industry and impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Macroeconomic shocks may impact the household income of our retail customers negatively and adversely affect the recoverability of our retail loans, resulting in increased loan and lease losses. 

Despite the long-term expansion of the U.S. economy, some uncertainty remains regarding U.S. monetary policy and the future economic environment. There can be no assurance that economic conditions will continue to improve. Such economic uncertainty could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. A downturn of the economic expansion or failure to sustain the economic recovery would likely aggravate the adverse effects of these difficult economic and market conditions on us and on others in the financial services industry.

In addition, these concerns continue even as the global economy recovers, and some previously stressed European economies have experienced at least partial recoveries from their low points during the recession. If measures to address sovereign debt and financial sector problems in Europe are inadequate, they may delay or weaken economic recovery, or result in the further exit of member states from the Eurozone or more severe economic and financial conditions. If realized, these risk scenarios could contribute to severe financial market stress or a global recession, likely affecting the economy and capital markets in the United States as well.


12





Increased disruption and volatility in the financial markets could have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us, if at all. If capital markets financing ceases to become available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits to attract more customers and become unable to maintain certain liability maturities. Any such decrease in capital markets funding availability or increased costs or in deposit rates could have a material adverse effect on our net interest margins and liquidity.

If some or all of the foregoing risks were to materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our growth, asset quality and profitability may be adversely affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.

While the United States economy has performed well overall, it has experienced volatility in recent periods, characterized by slow or regressive growth. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits at depository institutions and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economy to which we lend.

Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, impact our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher margin products and services. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions could also result in government defaults on public debt. This could affect us in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default on public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks' exposure to government debt is high in certain Latin American and European regions or countries.

In addition, our revenues are subject to risk of loss from unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, international ownership legislation, interest rate caps and tax policies. Growth, asset quality and profitability may be affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.

The actions of the U.S. administration could have a material adverse effect on us.

There is uncertainty about how proposals and initiatives of the current U.S. presidential administration or the broader government could directly or indirectly impact the Company. Although certain proposals and initiatives, such as income tax reform or increased spending on infrastructure projects, could result in greater economic activity and more expansive U.S. domestic economic growth,
other initiatives, such as protectionist trade policies or isolationist foreign policies, could constrict economic growth. The continued uncertainty around these proposals and initiatives, could increase market volatility and affect the Company’s businesses directly or indirectly, including through the effects of such proposals and initiatives on the Company’s customers and/or counterparties.

Developments stemming from the U.K.’s referendum on membership in the EU could have a material adverse effect on us.

Implementing the results of the U.K.’s referendum on remaining part of the EU has had and may continue to have negative effects on global economic conditions and global financial markets. The U.K.'s decision to withdraw from the EU, and the U.K.'s implementation of that referendum, means that the U.K.'s EU membership will cease. The long-term nature of the U.K.’s relationship with the EU is unclear (including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply as the U.K. determines which EU laws to replicate or replace) and, as negotiations continue in 2020, uncertainty remains as to when the framework for any such relationship governing both the access of the U.K. to European markets and the access of EU member states to the U.K.’s markets will be determined and implemented, and whether such a framework will be established prior to the U.K. leaving the EU. The result of the referendum has created an uncertain political and economic environment in the U.K., and may create such environments in other EU member states. The Governor of the Bank of England has warned that the U.K. exiting the EU could lead to considerable financial instability, a very significant fall in property prices, rising unemployment, depressed economic growth, and higher inflation and interest rates. This could affect the U.K.’s attractiveness as a global investment center, and contribute to a detrimental impact on U.K. economic growth. These developments, or the perception that they could occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic conditions and the stability of financial markets in the U.K., and could significantly reduce market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. While the Company does not maintain a presence in the U.K., political and economic uncertainty in countries with significant economies and relationships to the global financial industry have in the past led to declines in market liquidity and activity levels, volatile market conditions, a contraction of available credit, lower or negative interest rates, weaker economic growth and reduced business confidence on an international level, each of which could adversely affect our business.

Uncertainty regarding LIBOR may adversely affect our business

The UK Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that it will no longer persuade or require banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement suggests that LIBOR is likely to be discontinued or modified by 2021.


13





Several international working groups are focused on transition plans and alternative contract language seeking to address potential market disruption that could arise from the replacement of LIBOR with a new reference rate. For example, in the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a group convened by the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and comprised of private sector entities, banking regulators and other financial regulators, including the SEC, has identified the SOFR as its preferred alternative for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. In addition, the ISDA is working to develop alternative contract language applicable in the event of LIBOR’s discontinuation that could apply to derivatives entered into on ISDA documentation. Separately, the SEC issued a statement in July 2019 encouraging market participants to focus on managing the transition from LIBOR prior to 2021 to avoid business and market disruptions, including incorporating fallback language in contracts in the event LIBOR is unavailable and proactive negotiations with counterparties to existing contracts that utilize LIBOR as a reference rate.

The Company, in collaboration with its subsidiaries and affiliates, is engaged in an enterprise-wide initiative to identify, assess and monitor risks associated with the potential discontinuation or unavailability of LIBOR and the transition to use of alternative reference rates such as SOFR. As part of these efforts, the Company has established a LIBOR Transition Steering Committee that includes the Company’s Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer and representatives of the Company’s significant subsidiaries and business lines. Among other matters, the Company is identifying assets and liabilities tied to LIBOR, the exposure of its subsidiaries to LIBOR, the degree to which fallback language currently exists in the Company’s contracts that reference LIBOR, and monitoring relevant industry developments and publications by market associations and clearing houses.

While we have begun the process of identifying existing contracts that extend past 2021 to determine their exposure to LIBOR, there can be no assurance that we and other market participants will be adequately prepared for an actual discontinuation of LIBOR, or of the timing of the adoption and degree of integration of alternative reference rates in financial markets relevant to us. If LIBOR ceases to exist, or if new methods of calculating LIBOR are established, interest rates on our loans, deposits, derivatives and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR, as well as revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected, and financial markets relevant to us could be disrupted. As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $24 billion of assets and approximately $14 billion of liabilities with LIBOR exposure. We also have approximately $63 billion in notional amounts of off-balance sheet contracts with LIBOR exposure.

Even if financial instruments are transitioned to alternative reference rates successfully, the new reference rates are likely to differ from the previous reference rates, and the value and return on those instruments could be impacted adversely. We could also be subject to increased costs due to paying higher interest rates on our existing financial instruments. We could incur legal risks in the event of such changes, as renegotiation and changes to documentation for new and existing transactions may be required, especially if parties to an instrument cannot agree on how to effect the transition. We could also incur further operational risks due to the potential need to adapt information technology systems, trade reporting infrastructure, and operational processes and controls, including models and hedging strategies.

In addition, it is possible that LIBOR quotes will become unavailable prior to 2021. This could result, for example, if a sufficient number of banks decline to make submissions to the LIBOR administrator. In that scenario, risks associated with the transition away from LIBOR would be accelerated for us and the rest of the financial industry.



14





Risks Relating to Our Business

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

We are subject to substantial regulation which could adversely affect our business and operations.

As a financial institution, the Company is subject to extensive regulation, which materially affects our businesses. The statutes, regulations, and policies to which the Company is subject may change at any time. In addition, regulators' interpretation and application of the laws and regulations to which the Company is subject may change from time to time. Extensive legislation affecting the financial services industry has been adopted in the United States, and regulations have been and are in the process of being implemented. The manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Any legislative or regulatory actions and any required or other changes to our business operations resulting from such legislation and regulations could result in significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in which we might otherwise consider engaging and provide certain products and services, affect the value of assets we hold, compel us to increase our prices and therefore reduce demand for our products, impose additional compliance and other costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future changes in regulations or in their interpretation or application will not affect us adversely.

Regulation of the Company as a BHC includes limitations on permissible activities. Moreover, the Company and the Bank are required to perform stress tests and submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve and the OCC on an annual basis, and receive a notice of non-objection to the plans from the Federal Reserve and the OCC before taking capital actions such as paying dividends, implementing common equity repurchase programs, or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties and enforcement actions for violations we may commit, and has the authority to disallow acquisitions we or our subsidiaries may contemplate, which may limit our future growth plans. Such constraints currently applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries and/or regulatory actions could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Other regulations that significantly affect the Company, or that could significantly affect the Company in the future, relate to capital requirements, liquidity and funding, taxation of the financial sector, and development of regulatory reforms in the United States.

In addition, the volume, granularity, frequency and scale of regulatory and other reporting requirements necessitate a clear data strategy to enable consistent data aggregation, reporting and management. Inadequate management information systems or processes, including those relating to risk data aggregation and risk reporting, could lead to a failure to meet regulatory reporting requirements or other internal or external information demands that may result in supervisory measures.

Significant United States Regulation

From time to time, we are or may become subject to or involved in formal and informal reviews, investigations, examinations, proceedings, and information gathering requests by federal and state government agencies, including, among others, the FRB, the OCC, the CFPB, the FDIC, the DOJ, the SEC, FINRA the Federal Trade Commission and various state regulatory and enforcement agencies.

The DFA will continue to result in significant structural reforms affecting the financial services industry. This legislation provided for, among other things, the establishment of the CFPB with broad authority to regulate the credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services we offer, the creation of a structure to regulate systemically important financial companies, more comprehensive regulation of the OTC derivatives market, prohibitions on engaging in certain proprietary trading activities, restrictions on ownership of, investment in or sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds and restrictions on interchange fees earned through debit card transactions.

The DFA provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives. Entities that are swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participants are required to register with the SEC, the U.S. CFTC or both, and are or will be subject to new capital, margin, business conduct, record-keeping, clearing, execution, reporting and other requirements. We may register as a swap dealer with the CFTC.

15





Within the DFA, the Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities” from engaging in certain forms of proprietary trading and from sponsoring or investing in covered funds, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Volcker Rule also limits the ability of banking entities and their affiliates to enter into certain transactions with such funds with which they or their affiliates have certain relationships. The final regulations implementing the Volcker Rule contain exclusions and certain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, and trading in United States government and agency obligations as well as certain foreign government obligations, and trading solely outside the United States, and also permit certain ownership interests in certain types of funds to be retained.

Our resolution in a bankruptcy proceeding could result in losses for holders of our debt and equity securities.

Under regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, and as required by Section 165(d) of the DFA, we and Santander must provide to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a Section 165(d) Resolution Plan. The purpose of this DFA provision is to provide regulators with plans that would enable them to resolve failing financial companies that pose a significant risk to the financial stability of the United States in a manner that mitigates such risk. The most recently filed Section 165(d) Resolution Plan by Santander, dated as of December 31, 2018, provides a roadmap for the orderly resolution of the material U.S. operations of Santander under hypothetical stress scenarios and the failure of one or more of its U.S. MEs. Material entities are defined as subsidiaries or foreign offices of Santander that are significant to the activities of a critical operation or core business line. The U.S. MEs identified in the 2018 Resolution Plan include, among other entities, the Company, the Bank and SC.

The 2018 Resolution Plan describes a strategy for resolving Santander’s U.S. operations, including its U.S. MEs and the core business lines that operate within those U.S. MEs, in a manner that would substantially mitigate the risk that the resolutions would have serious adverse effects on U.S. or global financial stability. Under the 2018 Resolution Plan’s hypothetical resolutions of the U.S. MEs, the Bank would be placed into FDIC receivership and the Company and SC would be placed into bankruptcy under Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, respectively.

The strategy described in the 2018 Resolution Plan contemplates a “multiple point of entry” strategy, in which Santander and the Company would each undergo separate resolution proceedings under European regulations and the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, respectively. In a scenario in which the Bank and SC were in resolution, the Company would file a voluntary petition under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of our LTD and other debt securities would be junior to the claims of priority (as determined by statute) and secured creditors of the Company.
The Company, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC are not obligated to follow the Company’s preferred resolution strategy for resolving its U.S. operations under its resolution plan. In addition, Santander could in the future change its resolution strategy for resolving its U.S. operations. In an alternative scenario, the Company alone could enter bankruptcy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the Company’s subsidiaries would be recapitalized as needed, using assets of the Company, so that they could continue normal operations as going concerns or subsequently be wound down in an orderly manner. As a result, the losses incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries would be imposed first on the holders of the Company’s equity securities and thereafter on unsecured creditors, including holders of our LTD and other debt securities. Holders of our LTD and other debt securities would be junior to the claims of creditors of the Company’s subsidiaries and to the claims of priority (as determined by statute) and secured creditors of the Company. Under either of these scenarios, in a resolution of the Company under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, holders of our LTD and other debt securities would realize value only to the extent available to the Company as a shareholder of the Bank, SC and its other subsidiaries, and only after any claims of priority and secured creditors of the Company have been fully repaid.

The resolution of the Company under the orderly liquidation authority could result in greater losses for holders of our equity and debt securities.

The ability of holders of our LTD and other debt securities to recover the full amount that would otherwise be payable on those securities in a resolution proceeding under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code may be impaired by the exercise of the FDIC’s powers under the “orderly liquidation authority” under Title II of the DFA.

Title II of the DFA created a new resolution regime known as the “orderly liquidation authority” to which financial companies, including U.S. IHC of FBOs with assets of $50 billion or more, such as the Company, can be subjected. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver to liquidate a financial company if, upon the recommendation of applicable regulators, the United States Secretary of the Treasury determines that the entity is in severe financial distress, the entity’s failure would have serious adverse effects on the U.S. financial system, and resolution under the orderly liquidation authority would avoid or mitigate those effects, among other things. Absent such determinations, the Company would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.


16





If the FDIC were appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the orderly liquidation authority, rather than the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, would determine the powers of the receiver and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have transacted with the Company. There are substantial differences between the rights available to creditors under the orderly liquidation authority and under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. For example, under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances (which would otherwise be respected under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code), and an administrative claims procedures is used to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings). Under the orderly liquidation authority, in certain circumstances, the FDIC could elevate the priority of claims if it determines that doing so is necessary to facilitate a smooth and orderly liquidation without the need to obtain the consent of other creditors or prior court review. Furthermore, the FDIC has the right to transfer assets or liabilities of the failed company to a third party or “bridge” entity under the orderly liquidation authority.

Regardless of what resolution strategy Santander might prefer for resolving its U.S. operations, the FDIC could determine that it is a desirable strategy to resolve the Company in a manner that would, among other things, impose losses on the Company’s shareholder, unsecured debtholders (including holders of our LTD) and other creditors, while permitting the Company’s subsidiaries to continue to operate. It is likely that the application of such an entry strategy in which the Company would be the only legal entity in the U.S. to enter resolution proceedings would result in greater losses to holders of our LTD and other debt securities than the losses that would result from the application of a bankruptcy proceeding or a different resolution strategy for the Company. Assuming the Company entered resolution proceedings and support from the Company to its subsidiaries was sufficient to enable the subsidiaries to remain solvent, losses at the subsidiary level could be transferred to the Company and ultimately borne by the Company’s securityholders (including holders of our LTD and other debt securities), with the result that third-party creditors of the Company’s subsidiaries would receive full recoveries on their claims, while the Company’s securityholders (including holders of our LTD) and other unsecured creditors could face significant losses. In addition, in a resolution under the orderly liquidation authority, holders of our LTD and other debt securities of the Company could face losses ahead of our other similarly situated creditors if the FDIC exercised its right, to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims described above.

The orderly liquidation authority also requires that creditors and shareholders of the financial company in receivership must bear all losses before taxpayers are exposed to any losses, and amounts owed by the financial company or the receivership to the U.S. government would generally receive a statutory payment priority over the claims of private creditors, including holders of our LTD and other debt securities. In addition, under the orderly liquidation authority, claims of creditors (including holders of our LTD and other debt securities) could be satisfied through the issuance of equity or other securities in a bridge entity to which the Company’s assets are transferred, as described above. If securities were to be delivered in satisfaction of claims, there can be no assurance that the value of the securities of the bridge entity would be sufficient to repay all or any part of the creditor claims for which the securities were exchanged.

Although the FDIC has issued regulations to implement the orderly liquidation authority, not all aspects of how the FDIC might exercise this authority are known, and additional rulemaking is possible.

United States stress testing, capital planning, and related supervisory actions

The Company is subject to stress testing and capital planning requirements under regulations implementing the DFA and other banking laws and policies. Effective January 2017, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule adjusting its capital plan and stress testing rules, exempting from the qualitative portion of the CCAR certain BHCs and U.S. IHCs of FBOs with total consolidated assets between $50 billion and $250 billion and total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion, and that are not identified as global systemically important banks. Such firms, including the Company, are still required to meet CCAR’s quantitative requirements and are subject to regular supervisory assessments that examine their capital planning processes. In 2017, 2018, and 2019 the Federal Reserve provided its non-objection to SHUSA’s capital plan; however, in 2015 and 2016, the Federal Reserve, as part of its CCAR process, objected on qualitative grounds to the capital plans the Company submitted. There is risk that the Federal Reserve could object to the Company’s future capital plans, which would limit the Company's ability to make capital distributions or take certain capital actions.

17





Other supervisory actions and restrictions on U.S. activities

In addition to the foregoing, U.S. bank regulatory agencies from time to time take supervisory actions under certain circumstances that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities. In many instances, we are subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to disclose these actions or the full details of these actions publicly. In addition, as part of the regular examination process, certain U.S. subsidiaries’ regulators may advise the subsidiary to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. The U.S. supervisory environment has become significantly more demanding and restrictive since the financial crisis of 2008. Under the BHC Act, the Federal Reserve has the authority to disallow us and certain of our U.S. subsidiaries from engaging in certain categories of new activities in the United States or acquiring shares or control of other companies in the United States. Such actions and restrictions currently applicable to us or certain of our U.S. subsidiaries could adversely affect our costs and revenues. Moreover, efforts to comply with nonpublic supervisory actions or restrictions could require material investments in additional resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention. As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and we may be subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these matters or the full details of these actions.

We are subject to potential intervention by any of our regulators or supervisors, particularly in response to customer complaints.

As noted above, our business and operations are subject to increasingly significant rules and regulations relating to the banking and financial services business. These apply to business operations, affect financial returns, include reserve and reporting requirements, and the conduct of our business. These requirements are established by the relevant central banks and regulatory authorities that authorize, regulate and supervise us in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The relationship between the Company and its customers is also regulated extensively under federal and state consumer protection laws. Among other things, these prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive trading practices, require disclosures of the cost of credit, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, and restrict our ability to raise interest rates.

In their supervisory roles, regulators seek to maintain the safety and soundness of financial institutions with the aim of strengthening, but not guaranteeing, the protection of customers and the financial system. Supervisors' continuing supervision of financial institutions is conducted through a variety of regulatory tools, including the collection of information by way of reports obtained from skilled persons, visits to firms and regular meetings with management to discuss issues such as performance, risk management and strategy. In general, regulators have an outcome-focused regulatory approach that involves proactive enforcement and penalties for infringement. As a result, we face increased supervisory intrusion and scrutiny (resulting in increasing internal compliance costs and supervision fees), and in the event of a breach of our regulatory obligations we are likely to face more stringent regulatory fines.

Some of the regulators focus strongly on consumer protection and on conduct risk. This has included a focus on the design and operation of products, the behavior of customers and the operation of markets. Some of the laws in the relevant jurisdictions in which we operate give regulators the power to make temporary product intervention rules either to improve a company's systems and controls in relation to product design, product management and implementation, or address problems identified with financial products. These problems may potentially cause significant detriment to consumers because of certain product features, governance flaws or distribution strategies. Such rules may prevent institutions from entering into product agreements with customers until such problems have been solved. Some regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate also require us to be in compliance with training, authorization and supervision of personnel, systems, processes and documentation requirements. Sales practices with retail customers, including incentive compensation structures related to such practices, have recently been a focus of various regulatory and governmental agencies. If we fail to be compliant with such regulations, there would be a risk of an adverse impact on our business from sanctions, fines or other actions imposed by regulatory authorities.

We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.

As noted above, we face risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings, including tax proceedings that could subject us to monetary judgments, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties. The current regulatory environment reflects an increased supervisory focus on enforcement, combined with uncertainty about the evolution of the regulatory regime, and may lead to material operational and compliance costs. In general, amounts financial institutions pay in settlements of regulatory proceedings or investigations and the severity of terms of regulatory settlements have been increasing. In certain cases, regulatory authorities have required criminal pleas, admissions of wrongdoing, limitations on asset growth, managerial changes, and other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, all of which could have significant economic consequences for a financial institution.


18





We are subject to civil and tax claims and party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business from time to time, including in connection with lending activities, relationships with our employees and other commercial or tax matters. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly when the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or when the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in the early stages of investigation or discovery, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. We believe that we have established adequate reserves related to the costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with these various claims and legal proceedings. However, the amount of these provisions is substantially less than the total amount of the claims asserted against us and, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves we have currently accrued. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and our level of income for that period.

In addition, from time to time, the Company is, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by the SEC and law enforcement authorities.

Often, the announcement or other publication of claims or actions that may arise from such litigation and regulatory proceedings or of any related settlement may spur the initiation of similar claims by other customers, clients or governmental entities. In any such claim or action, demands for substantial monetary damages may be asserted against us and may result in financial liability, changes in our business practices or an adverse effect on our reputation or client demand for our products and services. In regulatory settlements since the financial crisis, fines imposed by regulators have increased substantially and may in some cases exceed the profit earned or harm caused by the breach.

Regular and ongoing inspection by our banking and other regulators may result in the need to enhance our regulatory compliance or risk management practices. Such remedial actions may entail significant costs, management attention, and systems development, and such efforts may affect our ability to expand our business until those remedial actions are completed. In some instances, we are subjected to significant legal restrictions on our ability to disclose these types of actions or the full detail of these actions publicly. Our failure to implement enhanced compliance and risk management procedures in a manner and timeframe deemed to be responsive by the applicable regulatory authority could adversely impact our relationship with that regulatory authority and lead to restrictions on our activities or other sanctions.

The magnitude and complexity of projects required to address the Company’s regulatory and legal proceedings, in addition to the challenging macroeconomic environment and pace of regulatory change, may result in execution risk and adversely affect the successful execution of such regulatory or legal priorities.

In many cases, we are required to self-report inappropriate or non-compliant conduct to regulatory authorities, and our failure to do so may represent an independent regulatory violation. Even when we promptly bring matters to the attention of appropriate authorities, we may nonetheless experience regulatory fines, liabilities to clients, harm to our reputation or other adverse effects in connection with self-reported matters.

We may not be able to detect money laundering and other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis, which could expose us to additional liability and could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are required to comply with anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and other laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations require us, among other things, to adopt and enforce “know-your-customer” policies and procedures and to report suspicious and large transactions to applicable regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations have become increasingly complex and detailed, require improved systems and sophisticated monitoring and compliance personnel, and have become the subject of enhanced government supervision.

While we have adopted policies and procedures aimed at detecting and preventing the use of our banking network for money laundering and related activities, those policies and procedures may not completely eliminate instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering and other illegal or improper activities. Emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies and blockchain, could limit our ability to track the movement of funds. Our ability to comply with legal requirements depends on our ability to improve detection and reporting capabilities and reduce variation in control processes and oversight accountability.

19





These require implementing and embedding effective controls and monitoring within our business and on-going changes to systems and operations. Financial crime is continually evolving and subject to increasingly stringent regulatory oversight and focus. Even known threats can never be fully eliminated, and there will be instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering or other illegal or improper activities. To the extent we fail to fully comply with applicable laws and regulations, the relevant government agencies to which we report have the authority to impose fines and other penalties on us. In addition, our business and reputation could suffer if customers use our banking network for money laundering or other illegal or improper purposes.

While we review our relevant counterparties’ internal policies and procedures with respect to such matters, to a large degree we rely on our counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate anti-money laundering procedures. Such measures, procedures and compliance may not be completely effective in preventing third parties from using our and our counterparties’ services as conduits for money laundering (including illegal cash operations) or other illegal activities without our and our counterparties’ knowledge. If we are associated with, or even accused of being associated with, or become a party to, money laundering or other illegal activities, our reputation could suffer and/or we could become subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement (including being added to any “blacklists” that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us), any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

An incorrect interpretation of tax laws and regulations may adversely affect us.

The preparation of our tax returns requires the use of estimates and interpretations of complex tax laws and regulations, and is subject to review by taxing authorities. We are subject to the income tax laws of the United States and certain foreign countries. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and relevant governmental taxing authorities, which are sometimes subject to prolonged evaluation periods until a final resolution is reached. In establishing a provision for income tax expense and filing returns, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. If the judgments, estimates, and assumptions we use in preparing our tax returns are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations.

Changes in taxes and other assessments may adversely affect us.

The legislatures and tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate regularly enact reforms to the tax and other assessment regimes to which we and our customers are subject. Such reforms include changes in the rate of assessments and, occasionally, enactment of temporary taxes, the proceeds of which are earmarked for designated governmental purposes. The effects of these changes and any other changes that result from enactment of additional tax reforms cannot be quantified and there can be no assurance that such reforms would not have an adverse effect upon our business. Aspects of recent U.S. federal income tax reform such as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 limit or eliminate certain income tax deductions, including the home mortgage interest deduction, the deduction of interest on home equity loans and a limitation on the deductibility of property taxes. These limitations and eliminations could affect demand for some of our retail banking products and the valuation of assets securing certain of our loans adversely, increasing our provision for loan losses and reducing profitability.

Credit Risks

If the level of our NPLs increases or our credit quality deteriorates in the future, or if our loan and lease loss reserves are insufficient to cover loan and lease losses, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Non-performing or low credit quality loans have in the past negatively impacted and can continue to
negatively impact our results of operations. In particular, the amount of our reported NPLs may increase in the future as a result of growth in our total loan portfolio, including as a result of loan portfolios we may acquire in the future, or factors beyond our control, such as adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in economic conditions in the United States, the impact of political events, events affecting certain industries or events affecting financial markets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively control the level of the NPLs in our loan portfolio.


20





Our loan and lease loss reserves are based on our current assessment of and expectations concerning various factors affecting the quality of our loan portfolio. These factors include, among other things, our borrowers’ financial condition, repayment abilities and repayment intentions, the realizable value of any collateral, the prospects for support from any guarantor, government macroeconomic policies, interest rates and the legal and regulatory environment. As the last global financial crisis demonstrated, many of these factors are beyond our control. As a result, there is no precise method for predicting loan and credit losses, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses. If our assessment of and expectations concerning the above-mentioned factors differ from actual developments, if the quality of our total loan portfolio deteriorates for any reason, including an increase in lending to individuals and small and medium enterprises, a volume increase in our credit card portfolio or the introduction of new products, or if future actual losses exceed our estimates of incurred losses, we may be required to increase our loan and lease loss reserves, which may adversely affect us. If we were unable to control or reduce the level of our non-performing or poor credit quality loans, this also could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, the FASB’s ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2020 and increased our ACL by approximately $2.5 billion. This standard replaces existing incurred loss impairment guidance and establishes a single allowance framework for financial assets carried at amortized cost. Upon adoption of this standard, companies must recognize credit losses on these assets equal to management’s estimate of credit losses over the assets’ remaining expected lives. It is possible that our ongoing reported earnings and lending activity will be impacted negatively in periods following adoption of this ASU. See “Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings” below.

Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, and this reduces the weighted average life of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. We would also be required to amortize net premiums into income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent in our commercial activity, and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.

The value of the collateral securing our loans may not be sufficient, and we may be unable to realize the full value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio.

The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may fluctuate or decline due to factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors affecting the United States. The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may be adversely affected by force majeure events such as natural disasters, particularly in locations in which a significant portion of our loan portfolio is composed of real estate loans. Natural disasters such as earthquakes and floods may cause widespread damage, which could impair the asset quality of our loan portfolio and have an adverse impact on the economy of the affected region. We also may not have sufficiently recent information on the value of collateral, which may result in an inaccurate assessment of impairment losses of our loans secured by such collateral. If any of the above were to occur, we may need to make additional provisions to cover actual impairment losses on our loans, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, auto industry technology changes, accelerated by environmental rules, could affect our auto consumer business, particularly the residual values of leased vehicles, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to counterparty risk in our banking business.

We are exposed to counterparty risk in addition to credit risks associated with lending activities. Counterparty risk may arise from, for example, investing in securities of third parties, entering into derivatives contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us or executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades that fail to settle at the required time due to non-delivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries.


21





We routinely transact with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, hedge funds and other institutional clients. We rely on information provided by or on behalf of counterparties, such as financial statements, and we may rely on representations of our counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Defaults by, and even rumors or questions about the solvency of, certain financial institutions and the financial services industry generally have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by other institutions. Many routine transactions we enter into expose us to significant credit risk in the event of default by one of our significant counterparties.

Liquidity and Financing Risks

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business and could have a material adverse effect on us.

Liquidity risk is the risk that we either do not have available sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they become due or can secure them only at excessive cost. This risk is inherent in any retail and commercial banking business and can be heightened by a number of enterprise-specific factors, including over-reliance on a particular source of funding, changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation. While we implement liquidity management processes to seek to mitigate and control these risks, unforeseen systemic market factors in particular make it difficult to eliminate these risks completely. Adverse and continued constraints in the supply of liquidity, including inter-bank lending, may materially and adversely affect the cost of funding our business, and extreme liquidity constraints may affect our current operations and our ability to fulfill regulatory liquidity requirements as well as limit growth possibilities.

Our cost of obtaining funding is directly related to prevailing market interest rates and our credit spreads. Increases in interest rates and our credit spreads can significantly increase the cost of our funding. Changes in our credit spreads are market-driven, and may be influenced by market perceptions of our creditworthiness. Changes to interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously and may be unpredictable and highly volatile.

If wholesale markets financing ceases to be available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits, with a view to attracting more customers, and/or to sell assets, potentially at depressed prices. The persistence or worsening of these adverse market conditions or an increase in base interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our ability to access liquidity and cost of funding.

We rely, and will continue to rely, primarily on deposits to fund lending activities. The ongoing availability of this type of funding is sensitive to a variety of factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and the confidence of depositors in the economy in general, and the financial services industry in particular, as well as competition among banks for deposits. Any of these factors could significantly increase the amount of deposit withdrawals in a short period of time, thereby reducing our ability to access deposit funding in the future on appropriate terms, or at all. If these circumstances were to arise, they could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We anticipate that our customers will continue to make deposits (particularly demand deposits and short-term time deposits) in the near future, and we intend to maintain our emphasis on the use of banking deposits as a source of funds. The short-term nature of some deposits could cause liquidity problems for us in the future if deposits are not made in the volumes we expect or are not renewed. If a substantial number of our depositors withdraw their demand deposits, or do not roll over their time deposits upon maturity, we may be materially and adversely affected.

There can be no assurance that, in the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we will be able to maintain levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments, or the liquidation of certain assets. If this were to happen, we could be materially adversely affected.

Credit, market and liquidity risk may have an adverse effect on our credit ratings and our cost of funds. Any downgrading in our credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our interest margins and results of operations.

Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings of our debt are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally.


22





Any downgrade in our or Santander's debt credit ratings would likely increase our borrowing costs and require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivatives contracts, and could limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our commercial business. For example, a ratings downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market certain of our products, engage in certain longer-term and derivatives transactions and retain customers, particularly customers who need a minimum rating threshold in order to invest. In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivatives contracts, we may be required to maintain a minimum credit rating or terminate the contracts. Any of these results of a ratings downgrade, in turn, could reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on us, including our operating results and financial condition.

We conduct a significant number of our material derivatives activities through Santander and Santander UK. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2018, if all of the rating agencies were to downgrade Santander’s or Santander UK’s long-term senior debt ratings, we would be required to post additional collateral pursuant to derivatives and other financial contracts. Refer to further discussion in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

While certain potential impacts of these downgrades are contractual and quantifiable, the full consequences of a credit rating downgrade are inherently uncertain, as they depend on numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including market conditions at the time of any downgrade, whether any downgrade of a company's long-term credit rating precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit rating, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. Actual outflows could be higher or lower than this hypothetical example depending on certain factors, including which credit rating agency downgrades our credit rating, any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce cash outflows and the potential liquidity impact from loss of unsecured funding (such as from money market funds) or loss of secured funding capacity. Although unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in our stress testing scenarios and a portion of our total liquid assets is held against these risks, it is still the case that a credit rating downgrade could have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Bank, and SC.

In addition, if we were required to cancel our derivatives contracts with certain counterparties and were unable to replace those contracts, our market risk profile could be altered.

There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain their current ratings or outlooks. Failure to maintain favorable ratings and outlooks could increase the cost of funding and adversely affect interest margins, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Market Risks

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates and other market risks, which may materially and adversely affect us.

Market risk refers to the probability of variations in our net interest income or in the market value of our assets and liabilities due to volatility of interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. Changes in interest rates affect the following areas, of our business, among others:

net interest income;
the volume of loans originated;
the market value of our securities holdings;
the value of our loans and deposits;
gains from sales of loans and securities; and
gains and losses from derivatives.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including increased regulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors. Variations in interest rates could affect our net interest income, which comprises the majority of our revenue, reducing our growth rate and potentially resulting in losses. This is a result of the different effect a change in interest rates may have on the interest earned on our assets and the interest paid on our borrowings. In addition, we may incur costs (which, in turn, will impact our results) as we implement strategies to reduce future interest rate exposure.

Increases in interest rates may reduce the volume of loans we originate. Sustained high interest rates have historically discouraged customers from borrowing and have resulted in increased delinquencies in outstanding loans and deterioration in the quality of assets. Increases in interest rates may also reduce the propensity of our customers to prepay or refinance fixed-rate loans. Increases in interest rates may reduce the value of our financial assets and the collateral used to secure our loans, and may reduce gains or require us to record losses on sales of our loans or securities.


23





In addition, we may experience increased delinquencies in a low interest rate environment when such an environment is accompanied by high unemployment and recessionary conditions.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk as a result of mismatches between assets and liabilities denominated in different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies may negatively affect our earnings and value of our assets and securities.

Some of our investment management services fees are based on financial market valuations of assets certain of our subsidiaries manage or hold in custody for clients. Changes in these valuations can affect noninterest income positively or negatively, and ultimately affect our financial results. Significant changes in the volume of activity in the capital markets, and in the number of assignments we are awarded, could also affect our financial results.

We are also exposed to equity price risk in our investments in equity securities. The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of our investment and trading portfolios. The volatility of world equity markets due to economic uncertainty and sovereign debt concerns has had a particularly strong impact on the financial sector. Continued volatility may affect the value of our investments in equity securities and, depending on their fair value and future recovery expectations, could become a permanent impairment which would be subject to write-offs against our results. To the extent any of these risks materialize, our net interest income and the market value of our assets and liabilities could be materially adversely affected.

Market conditions have resulted, and could result, in material changes to the estimated fair values of our financial assets. Negative fair value adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In recent years, financial markets have been subject to volatility and the resulting widening of credit spreads. We have material exposures to securities and other investments that are recorded at fair value and are therefore exposed to potential negative fair value adjustments. Asset valuations in future periods, reflecting then-prevailing market conditions, may result in negative changes in the fair values of our financial assets, and also may translate into increased impairments. In addition, the value we ultimately realize on
disposal of the asset may be lower than its current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to record negative fair value adjustments, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, to the extent fair values are determined using financial valuation models, such values may be inaccurate or subject to change, as the data used by such models may not be available or may become unavailable due to changes in market conditions, particularly for illiquid assets and in times of economic instability. In such circumstances, our valuation methodologies require us to make assumptions, judgments and estimates in order to establish fair value, and reliable assumptions are difficult to make and are inherently uncertain. In addition, valuation models are complex, making them inherently imperfect predictors of actual results. Any resulting impairments or write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to market, operational and other related risks associated with our derivatives transactions that could have a material adverse effect on us.

We enter into derivatives transactions for trading purposes as well as for hedging purposes. We are subject to market, credit and operational risks associated with these transactions, including basis risk (the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding and/or hedge cost) and credit or default risk (the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder, including providing sufficient collateral).

The execution and performance of derivatives transactions depend on our ability to maintain adequate control and administration systems and to hire and retain qualified personnel. Moreover, our ability to adequately monitor, analyze and report derivatives transactions continues to depend, to a great extent, on our IT systems. These factors further increase the risks associated with these transactions and could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, disputes with counterparties may arise regarding the terms or the settlement procedures of derivatives contracts, including with respect to the value of underlying collateral, which could cause us to incur unexpected costs, including transaction, operational, legal and litigation costs, or result in credit losses, all of which may impair our ability to manage our risk exposure from these products.


24





Risk Management

Failure to successfully implement and continue to improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, could materially and adversely affect us, and we may be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.

The management of risk is an integral part of our activities. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance and legal reporting systems. Although we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, such techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate.

We rely on quantitative models to measure risks and estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in such processes as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital adequacy, and calculating economic and regulatory capital levels, as well as estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed or implemented models present the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporating models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy of that information. Also, information we provide to the public or our regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could be inaccurate or misleading.

Some of our qualitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based on our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of our risk exposures. These qualitative tools and metrics may fail to predict future risk exposures. These risk exposures could, for example, arise from factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This would limit our ability to manage our risks. Our losses therefore could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses. We could face adverse consequences as a result of decisions based on models that are poorly developed, implemented, or used, or as a result of a modeled outcome being misunderstood or used of for purposes for which it was not designed. In addition, if existing or potential customers believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek to limit transactions with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, operating results, financial condition, and prospects.

As a commercial bank, one of the main types of risks inherent in our business is credit risk. For example, an important feature of our credit risk management is to employ an internal credit rating system to assess the particular risk profile of a customer. Since this process involves detailed analyses of the customer, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human and IT systems errors. In exercising their judgment on the current and future credit risk of our customers, our employees may not always assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system.

We have been refining our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers. However, we may not be able to timely detect all possible risks before they occur or, due to limited tools available to us, our employees may not be able to implement them effectively, which may increase our credit risk. Failure to effectively implement,
consistently follow or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of NPLs and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

General Business and Industry Risks

The financial problems our customers face could adversely affect us.

Market turmoil and economic recession could materially and adversely affect the liquidity, businesses and/or financial condition of our borrowers, which could in turn increase our NPL ratios, impair our loan and other financial assets and result in decreased demand for borrowings in general. In addition, our customers may further decrease their risk tolerance to non-deposit investments such as stocks, bonds and mutual funds significantly, which would adversely affect our fee and commission income. Any of the conditions described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


25





We depend in part upon dividends and other funds from subsidiaries.

Most of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, to the extent we decide to do so, depends in part on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and pay dividends to us. Payment of dividends, distributions and advances by our subsidiaries will be contingent on our subsidiaries’ earnings and business considerations, and are limited by legal and regulatory restrictions. Additionally, our right to receive any assets of our subsidiaries as an equity holder of such subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors.

Increased competition and industry consolidation may adversely affect our results of operations.

We face substantial competition in all parts of our business from numerous banks and non-bank providers of financial services, including in originating loans and attracting deposits, providing customer service, the quality and range of products and services, technology, interest rates and overall reputation, and we expect competitive conditions to continue to intensify. Our competition comes principally from other domestic and foreign banks, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and other lenders and purchasers of loans.

There has been a trend towards consolidation in the banking industry, which has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages such as a more diversified product and customer base, the ability to reach more customers and potential customers, operational efficiencies, lower-cost funding and larger branch networks. Many competitors are also focused on cross-selling their products, which could affect our ability to maintain or grow existing customer relationships or require us to offer lower interest rates or fees on our lending products or higher interest rates on deposits. There can be no assurance that increased competition will not adversely affect our growth prospects and therefore our operations. We also face competition from non-bank competitors such as brokerage companies, department stores (for some credit products), leasing and factoring companies, mutual fund and pension fund management companies and insurance companies.

Non-traditional providers of banking services, such as internet based e-commerce providers, mobile telephone companies and internet search engines, may offer and/or increase their offerings of financial products and services directly to customers. These non-traditional providers of banking services currently have an advantage over traditional providers because they are not subject to the same regulatory or legislative requirements to which we are subject. Several of these competitors may have long operating histories, large customer bases, strong brand recognition and significant financial, marketing and other resources. They may adopt more aggressive pricing and rates and devote more resources to technology, infrastructure and marketing.

New competitors may enter the market or existing competitors may adjust their services with unique product or service offerings or approaches to providing banking services. If we are unable to compete successfully with current and new competitors, or if we are unable to anticipate and adapt our offerings to changing banking industry trends, including technological changes, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, our failure to anticipate or adapt to emerging technologies or changes in customer behavior effectively, including among younger customers, could delay or prevent our access to new digital-based markets, which would in turn have an adverse effect on our competitive position and business. Furthermore, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. Our customers may choose to conduct business or offer products in areas that may be considered speculative or risky. Such new technologies and the rise in customer use of internet and mobile banking platforms in recent years could negatively impact our investments in bank premises, equipment and personnel for our branch network. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include closing and/or selling certain branches and restructuring our remaining branches and workforce. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a number of our remaining branches or otherwise reform our retail distribution channel. Furthermore, our failure to keep pace with innovation or to swiftly and effectively implement such changes to our distribution strategy could have an adverse effect on our competitive position.

If our customer service levels were perceived by the market to be materially below those of our competitors, we could lose existing and potential business. If we are not successful in retaining and strengthening customer relationships, we may lose market share, incur losses on some or all of our activities or fail to attract new deposits or retain existing deposits, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.


26





Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to continue offering products and services from third parties, and we may not be able to manage various risks we face as we expand our range of products and services that could have a material adverse effect on us.

The success of our operations and our profitability depend, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to continue offering products and services from third parties. However, we cannot guarantee that our new products and services will be responsive to client demands or successful once they are offered to our clients, or that they will be successful in the future. In addition, our clients’ needs or desires may change over time, and such changes may render our products and services obsolete, outdated or unattractive, and we may not be able to develop new products that meet our clients’ changing needs. Our success is also dependent on our ability to anticipate and leverage new and existing technologies that may have an impact on products and services in the banking industry. Technological changes may further intensify and complicate the competitive landscape and influence client behavior. If we cannot respond in a timely fashion to the changing needs of our clients, we may lose clients, which could in turn materially and adversely affect us.

The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources, including regulatory approvals. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry, our ability to access technical and other information from our clients and the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in
a timely manner at competitive prices. Our failure to manage these risks and uncertainties also exposes us to the enhanced risk of operational lapses, which may result in the recognition of financial statement liabilities. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives, vendor relationships and shifting market preferences may also determine whether initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our clients. Failure to manage these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, as well as on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the cost of developing products that are not launched is likely to affect our results of operations. Any or all of these factors, individually or collectively, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Goodwill impairments may be required in relation to acquired businesses.

We have made business acquisitions for which it is possible that the goodwill which has been attributed to those businesses may have to be written down if our valuation assumptions are required to be reassessed as a result of any deterioration in the business’ underlying profitability, asset quality or other relevant matters. Impairment testing with respect to goodwill is performed annually, more frequently if impairment indicators are present, and includes a comparison of the carrying amount of the reporting unit with its fair value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than the fair value, the impairment is measured as this excess of carrying value over fair value. We recognized a $10.5 million impairment of goodwill in 2017 primarily due to the unfavorable economic environment in Puerto Rico and the additional adverse effect of Hurricane Maria. We did not recognize any impairments of goodwill in 2018 or 2019. It is reasonably possible we may be required to record impairment of $4.5 billion of goodwill attributable to SC and SBNA in the future. There can be no assurance that we will not have to write down the value attributed to goodwill further in the future, which would not impact risk-based capital ratios adversely, but would adversely affect our results of operations and stockholder's equity.

We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued service of key members of our management team. The ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals is a key element of our strategy. The successful implementation of our growth strategy depends on the availability of skilled management, both at our head office and at each of our business units. If we or one of our business units or other functions fails to staff its operations appropriately or loses one or more of its key senior executives and fails to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations, including control and operational risks, may be adversely affected.

The financial industry in the United States has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees. In addition, due to our relationship with Santander, we are subject to indirect regulation by the European Central Bank, which has recently imposed compensation restrictions that may apply to certain of our executive officers and other employees under the CRD IV prudential rules. These restrictions may impact our ability to retain our experienced management team and key employees and our ability to attract appropriately qualified personnel, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

27





We rely on third parties for important products and services.

Third-party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, internet connections and network access. Third parties can be sources of operational risk to us, including with respect to security breaches affecting those parties. We may be required to take steps to protect the integrity of our operational systems, thereby increasing our operational costs and potentially decreasing customer satisfaction. In addition, any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason, their performing their services poorly, or employee misconduct could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to customers and otherwise to conduct business, which could lead to reputational damage and regulatory investigations and intervention. Replacing these third-party vendors could also entail significant delays and expense. Further, the operational and regulatory risk we face as a result of these arrangements may be increased to the extent that we restructure them.  Any restructuring could involve significant expense to us and entail significant delivery and execution risk, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations.

If a third party obtains access to our customer information and that third party experiences a cyberattack or breach of its systems, this could result in several negative outcomes for us, including losses from fraudulent transactions, potential legal and regulatory liability and associated damages, penalties and restitution, increased operational costs to remediate the consequences of the third party’s security breach, and harm to our reputation from the perception that our systems or third-party systems or services that we rely on may not be secure.

Damage to our reputation could cause harm to our business prospects.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees and conducting business transactions with our counterparties. Damage to our reputation can therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources including, among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory outcomes, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, dealing with sectors that are not well perceived by the public (e.g., weapons industries), dealing with customers on sanctions lists, ratings downgrades, compliance failures, unethical
behavior, and the activities of customers and counterparties, including activities that affect the environment negatively. Further, adverse publicity, regulatory actions or fines, litigation, operational failures or the failure to meet client expectations or other obligations could materially and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain clients or our sources of funding for the same or other businesses.

Actions by the financial services industry generally or by certain members of, or individuals in, the industry can also affect our reputation. For example, the role played by financial services firms in the financial crisis and the seeming shift toward increasing regulatory supervision and enforcement have caused public perception of us and others in the financial services industry to decline. Activists increasingly target financial services firms with criticism for relationships with clients engaged in businesses whose products are perceived to be harmful to the health of customers, or whose activities are perceived to affect public safety affect the environment, climate or workers’ rights negatively. Such criticism could increase dissatisfaction among customers, investors and employees of the Company and damage the Company’s reputation. Alternatively, yielding to such activism could damage the Company’s reputation with groups whose views are not aligned with those of the activists. In either case, certain clients and customers may cease to do business with the Company, and the Company’s ability to attract new clients and customers may be diminished.

Preserving and enhancing our reputation also depends on maintaining systems, procedures and controls that address known risks and regulatory requirements, as well as our ability to timely identify, understand and mitigate additional risks that arise due to changes in our businesses and the markets in which we operate, the regulatory environment and customer expectations.

We could suffer significant reputational harm if we fail to identify and manage potential conflicts of interest properly. The failure to adequately address, or the perceived failure to adequately address, conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions against us. Therefore, there can be no assurance that conflicts of interest will not arise in the future that could cause material harm to us.

We may be the subject of misinformation and misrepresentations propagated deliberately to harm our reputation or for other deceitful purposes, including by others seeking to gain an illegal market advantage by spreading false information about us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to neutralize or contain false information that may be propagated regarding the Company, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects effectively.


28





Fraudulent activity associated with our products or networks could cause us to suffer reputational damage, the use of our products to decrease and our fraud losses to be materially adversely affected. We are subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with merchants, customers and other third parties handling customer information. The risk of fraud continues to increase for the financial services industry in general. Credit and debit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are prevalent, and perpetrators are growing more sophisticated. Our resources, customer authentication methods and fraud prevention tools may not be sufficient to accurately predict or prevent fraud. Additionally, our fraud risk continues to increase as third parties that handle confidential consumer information suffer security breaches and we expand our direct banking business and introduce new products and features. Our financial condition, the level of our fraud charge-offs and other results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to increase significantly. High-profile fraudulent activity could negatively impact our brand and reputation. In addition, significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention and reputational and financial damage to our brands, which could negatively impact the use of our products and services and have a material adverse effect on our business.

The Bank engages in transactions with its subsidiaries or affiliates that others may not consider to be on an arm’s-length basis.

The Bank and its subsidiaries have entered into a number of services agreements pursuant to which we render services, such as administrative, accounting, finance, treasury, legal services and others.

United States law applicable to certain financial institutions, including the Bank and other Santander entities and offices in the U.S., establish several procedures designed to ensure that the transactions entered into with or among our subsidiaries and/or affiliates do not deviate from prevailing market conditions for those types of transactions.

The Bank and its affiliates are likely to continue to engage in transactions with their respective affiliates. Future conflicts of interests among our affiliates may arise, which conflicts are not required to be and may not be resolved in SHUSA's favor.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by disasters, natural or otherwise, terrorist activities or international hostilities.

Neither the occurrence nor potential impact of disasters (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other severe weather conditions, pandemics, and other significant public health emergencies, dislocations, fires, explosions, or other catastrophic accidents or events), terrorist activities or international hostilities can be predicted. However, these occurrences could impact us directly (for example, by causing significant damage to our facilities, preventing a subset of our employees from working for a prolonged period and otherwise preventing us from conducting our business in the ordinary course), or indirectly as a result of their impact on our borrowers, depositors, other customers, suppliers or other counterparties. We could also suffer adverse consequences to the extent that disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities affect the financial markets or the economy in general or in any particular region. These types of impacts could lead, for example, to an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies and defaults that could result in our experiencing higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.

Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our resiliency planning and our ability to anticipate the nature of any such event that may occur. The adverse impact of disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses with which we deal.

Technology and Cybersecurity Risks

Any failure to effectively maintain, secure, improve or upgrade our IT infrastructure and management information systems in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our ability to remain competitive depends in part on our ability to maintain, protect and upgrade our IT on a timely and cost-effective basis. We must continually make significant investments and improvements in our IT infrastructure in order to remain competitive. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the level of capital expenditures necessary to support the improvement or upgrading of our IT infrastructure in the future. Any failure to improve or upgrade our IT infrastructure and management information systems effectively and in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us.


29





Risks relating to data collection, processing, storage systems and security are inherent in our business.

Like other financial institutions with a large customer base, we have been subject to and are likely to continue to be the subject of attempted cyberattacks in light of the fact that we manage and hold confidential personal information of customers in the conduct of our banking operations, as well as a large number of assets. Our business depends on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately, and on our ability to rely on our digital technologies, computer and e-mail services, spreadsheets, software and networks, as well as on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. The proper functioning of financial controls, accounting and other data collection and processing systems is critical to our businesses and our ability to compete effectively. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, or external events that interrupt normal business operations. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures proves to be inadequate or is circumvented. Although we work with our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop secure transmission capabilities and prevent information security risk, we routinely exchange personal, confidential and proprietary information by electronic means, which may be a target for attempted cyberattacks.

Many companies across the country and in the financial services industry have reported significant breaches in the security of their websites or other systems. Cybersecurity risks have increased significantly in recent years due to the development and proliferation of new technologies, increased use of the internet and telecommunications technology to conduct financial transactions, and increased sophistication and activities of organized crime groups, state-sponsored and individual hackers, terrorist organizations, disgruntled employees and vendors, activists and other third parties. Financial institutions, the government and retailers have in recent years reported cyber incidents that compromised data, resulted in the theft of funds or the theft or destruction of corporate information and other assets.

We take protective measures and continuously monitor and develop our systems to protect our technology infrastructure and data from misappropriation or corruption. We have policies, practices and controls designed to prevent or limit disruptions to our systems and enhance the security of our infrastructure. These include performing risk management for information systems that store, transmit or process information assets identifying and managing risks to information assets managed by third-party service providers through
on-going oversight and auditing of the service providers’ operations and controls. We develop controls regarding user access to software on the principle that access is forbidden to a system unless expressly permitted, limited to the minimum amount necessary for business purposes, and terminated promptly when access is no longer required. We seek to educate and make our employees aware of information security and privacy controls and their specific responsibilities on an ongoing basis.

Nevertheless, while we have not experienced material losses or other material consequences relating to cyberattacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, our systems, software and networks, as well as those of our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyberattacks such as denial of service, malware, ransomware, phishing, and other events that could result in security breaches or give rise to the manipulation or loss of significant amounts of personal, proprietary or confidential information of our customers, employees, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties, disrupt, sabotage or degrade service on our systems, or result in the theft or loss of significant levels of liquid assets, including cash. As cybersecurity threats continue to evolve and increase in sophistication, we cannot guarantee the effectiveness of our policies, practices and controls to protect against all such circumstances that could result in disruptions to our systems. This is because, among other reasons, the techniques used in cyberattacks change frequently, cyberattacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, and third parties may seek to gain access to our systems either directly or by using equipment or passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers or other authorized users of our systems. In the event of a cyberattack or security breach affecting a vendor or other third party entity on whom we rely, our ability to conduct business, and the security of our customer information, could be impaired in a manner to that of a cyberattack or security breach affecting us directly. We also may not receive information or notice of the breach in a timely manner, or we may have limited options to influence how and when the cyberattack or security breach is addressed.

As financial institutions are becoming increasingly interconnected with central agents, exchanges and clearinghouses, they may be increasingly susceptible to negative consequences of cyberattacks and security breaches affecting the systems of such third parties. It could take a significant amount of time for a cyberattack to be investigated, during which time we may not be in a position to fully understand and remediate the attack, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, any or all of which could further increase the costs and consequences associated with a particular cyberattack. The perception of a security breach affecting us or any part of the financial services industry, whether correct or not, could result in a loss of confidence in our cybersecurity measures or otherwise damage our reputation with customers and third parties with whom we do business. Should such adverse events occur, we may not have indemnification or other protection from the third party sufficient to compensate or protect us from the consequences.


30





As attempted cyberattacks continue to evolve in scope and sophistication, we may incur significant costs in our attempts to modify or enhance our protective measures against such attacks to investigate or remediate any vulnerability or resulting breach, or in communicating cyberattacks to our customers. An interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information sent to or received from a client, vendor, service provider, counterparty or third party or a cyberattack could result in our inability to recover or restore data that has been stolen, manipulated or destroyed, damage to our systems and those of our clients, customers and counterparties, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, or other significant disruption of operations, including disruptions in our ability to use our accounting, deposit, loan and other systems and our ability to communicate with and perform transactions with customers, vendors and other parties. These effects could be exacerbated if we would need to shut down portions of our technology infrastructure temporarily to address a cyberattack, if our technology infrastructure is not sufficiently redundant to meet our business needs while an aspect of our technology is compromised, or if a technological or other solution to a cyberattack is slow to be developed. Even if we timely resolve the technological issues in a cyberattack, a temporary disruption in our operations could adversely affect customer satisfaction and behavior, expose us to reputational damage, contractual claims, regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions, or litigation.

U.S. banking agencies and other federal and state government agencies have increased their attention on cybersecurity and data privacy risks, and have proposed enhanced risk management standards that would apply to us. Such legislation and regulations relating to cybersecurity and data privacy may require that we modify systems, change service providers, or alter business practices or policies regarding information security, handling of data and privacy. Changes such as these could subject us to heightened operational costs. To the extent we do not successfully meet supervisory standards pertaining to cybersecurity, we could be subject to supervisory actions, litigation and reputational damage.

Financial Reporting and Control Risks

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The accounting standard setters and other regulatory bodies periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. These changes can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations, as well as affect the calculation of our capital ratios. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

For example, as noted in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K, in June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The adoption of this standard resulted in the increase in the ACL of approximately $2.5 billion and a decrease to opening retained earnings, net of income taxes, at January 1, 2020. The estimated increase is based on forecasts of expected future economic conditions and is primarily driven by the fact that the allowance will cover expected credit losses over the full expected life of the loan portfolios. The standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s other financial instruments. Additionally, we elected to utilize regulatory relief which will permit us to phase in 25 percent of the capital impact of CECL in our calculation of regulatory capital amounts and ratios in 2020, and an additional 25 percent each subsequent year until fully phased-in by the first quarter of 2023.

Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates which, if inaccurate, could cause material misstatement of the results of our operations and financial position.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The accounting policies deemed critical to our results and financial position, based upon materiality and significant judgments and estimates, include impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, valuation of financial instruments, impairment of available-for-sale financial assets, deferred tax assets and provisions for liabilities.

The ACL is a significant critical estimate. Due to the inherent nature of this estimate, we cannot provide assurance that the Company will not significantly increase the ACL or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the provided allowance.


31





The valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value can be subjective, in particular when models are used which include unobservable inputs. Given the uncertainty and subjectivity associated with valuing such instruments it is possible that the results of our operations and financial position could be materially misstated if the estimates and assumptions used prove inaccurate.

If the judgments, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations and a corresponding effect on our funding requirements and capital ratios.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud, and lapses in these controls could materially and adversely affect our operations, liquidity and/or reputation.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We also maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting. However, these controls may not achieve their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in judgement and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Controls can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of these limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.

Further, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer from material weaknesses in disclosure controls and processes over financial reporting in the future. If we fail to remediate any future material weaknesses or fail to otherwise maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, such failure could result in a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis and which could cause investors and other users to lose confidence in our financial statements and limit our ability to raise capital. Additionally, failure to remediate the material weaknesses or otherwise failing to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting may negatively impact our operating results and financial condition, impair our ability to timely file our periodic reports with the SEC, subject us to additional litigation and regulatory actions and cause us to incur substantial additional costs in future periods relating to the implementation of remedial measures.

Failure to satisfy obligations associated with public securities filings may have adverse regulatory, economic, and reputational consequences.

We filed our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2015 and certain Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q in 2016 after the time periods prescribed by the SEC’s regulations. Those failures to file our periodic reports within the time periods prescribed by the SEC, among other consequences, resulted in the suspension of our eligibility to use Form S-3 registration statements until we timely filed our SEC periodic reports for a period of 12 months. We timely filed our SEC periodic reports for 12 consecutive months as of November 13, 2017. If in the future we are not able to file our periodic reports within the time periods prescribed by the SEC, among other consequences, we would be unable to use Form S-3 registration statements until we have timely filed our SEC periodic reports for a period of 12 consecutive months. Our inability to use Form S-3 registration statements would increase the time and resources we need to spend if we choose to access the public capital markets.

Risks Associated with our Majority-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary

The financial results of SC could have a negative impact on the Company's operating results and financial condition.

SC historically has provided a significant source of funding to the Company through earnings. Our investment in SC involves risk, including the possibility that poor operating results of SC could negatively affect the operating results of SHUSA.

Factors that affect the financial results of SC in addition to those which have been previously addressed include, but are not limited to:
Periods of economic slowdown may result in decreased demand for automobiles as well as declining values of automobiles and other consumer products used as collateral to secure outstanding loans. Higher gasoline prices, the general availability of consumer credit, and other factors which impact consumer confidence could increase loss frequency and decrease consumer demand for automobiles. In addition, during an economic slowdown, servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in finance charge income. Changes in the economy may impact the collateral value of repossessed automobiles and repossession, and foreclosure sales may not yield sufficient proceeds to repay the receivables in full and result in losses.

32





SC’s growth strategy is subject to significant risks, some of which are outside its control, including general economic conditions, the ability to obtain adequate financing for growth, laws and regulatory environments in the states in which the business seeks to operate, competition in new markets, the ability to attract new customers, the ability to recruit qualified personnel, and the ability to obtain and maintain all required approvals, permits, and licenses on a timely basis
SC’s business may be negatively impacted if it is unsuccessful in developing and maintaining relationships with automobile dealerships that correlate to SC’s ability to acquire loans and automotive leases. In addition, economic downturns may result in the closure of dealerships and corresponding decreases in sales and loan volumes.
SC's business could be negatively impacted if it is unsuccessful in developing and maintaining its serviced for others portfolio. As this is a significant and growing portion of SC's business strategy, if an institution for which SC currently services assets chooses to terminate SC's rights as a servicer or if SC fails to add additional institutions or portfolios to its servicing platform, SC may not achieve the desired revenue or income from this platform.
SC has repurchase obligations in its capacity as a servicer in securitizations and whole loan sales. If significant repurchases of assets or other payments are required under its responsibility as a servicer, this could have a material adverse effect on SC’s financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.
The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention, which increases the costs of SC's operations and may divert focus from business operations. As a result of its IPO, SC is now required to remain in compliance with the reporting requirements of the SEC and the NYSE, maintain corporate infrastructure required of a public company, and incur significant legal and financial compliance costs, which may divert SC management’s attention and resources from implementing its growth strategy.
The market price of SC Common Stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in SC Common Stock to decline. Conditions affecting the market price of SC Common Stock may be beyond SC’s control and include general market conditions, economic factors, actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly operating results, changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations related to future financial performance, analysts’ estimates of SC’s financial performance or lack of research or reports by industry analysts, changes in market valuations of similar companies, future sales of SC Common Stock, or additions or departures of its key personnel.
SC's business and results of operations could be negatively impacted if it fails to manage and complete divestitures. SC regularly evaluates its portfolio in order to determine whether an asset or business may no longer be aligned with its strategic objectives. For example, in October 2015, SC disclosed a decision to exit the personal lending business and to explore strategic alternatives for its existing personal lending assets. Of its two primary lending relationships, SC completed the sale of substantially all of its loans associated with the LendingClub relationship in February 2016. SC continues to classify loans from its other primary lending relationship, Bluestem, as held-for-sale. SC remains a party to agreements with Bluestem that obligate it to purchase new advances originated by Bluestem, along with existing balances on accounts with new advances, for an initial term ending in April 2020 and which is renewable through April 2022 at Bluestem's option. Both parties have the right to terminate this agreement upon written notice if certain events were to occur, including if there is a material adverse change in the financial reporting condition of either party. Although SC is seeking a third party willing and able to take on this obligation, it may not be successful in finding such a party, and Bluestem may not agree to the substitution. SC has recorded significant lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on this portfolio and may continue to do so as long as the portfolio is held, particularly due to the new volume it is committed to purchase. Until SC finds a third party to assume this obligation, there is a risk that material changes to its relationship with Bluestem, or the loss or discontinuance of Bluestem’s business, would materially and adversely affect SC’s business, financial condition and results of operations. On March 9, 2020, Bluestem Brands, Inc., together with certain of its affiliates, filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
SC's business could be negatively impacted if access to funding is reduced. Adverse changes in SC's ABS program or in the ABS market generally could materially adversely affect its ability to securitize loans on a timely basis or upon terms acceptable to SC. This could increase its cost of funding, reduce its margins, or cause it to hold assets until investor demand improves.
As with SHUSA, adverse outcomes to current and future litigation against SC may negatively impact its financial position, results of operations, and liquidity. SC is party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. In particular, as a consumer finance company, it is subject to various consumer claims and litigation seeking damages and statutory penalties. Some litigation against it could take the form of class action complaints by consumers. As the assignee of loans originated by automotive dealers, it also may be named as a co-defendant in lawsuits filed by consumers principally against automotive dealers.

The Chrysler Agreement may not result in currently anticipated levels of growth and is subject to certain performance conditions that could result in termination of the agreement. If SC fails to meet certain of these performance conditions, FCA may seek to terminate the agreement. In addition, FCA has the option to acquire an equity participation in the Chrysler Capital portion of SC's business.


33





In February 2013, SC entered into the Chrysler Agreement with FCA through which SC launched the Chrysler Capital brand on May 1, 2013. Through the Chrysler Capital brand, SC originates private-label loans and leases to facilitate the purchase of FCA vehicles by consumers and FCA-franchised automotive dealers. The financing services SC provides under the Chrysler Agreement include providing (1) credit lines to finance FCA-franchised dealers’ acquisitions of vehicles and other products FCA sells or distributes, (2) automotive loans and leases to finance consumer acquisitions of new and used vehicles at FCA-franchised dealerships, (3) financing for commercial and fleet customers, and (4) ancillary services. In addition, SC may facilitate, for an affiliate, offerings to dealers for dealer loan financing, construction loans, real estate loans, working capital loans, and revolving lines of credit. On June 28, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment of the Chrysler Agreement which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions. This amendment also terminated a previously disclosed tolling agreement, dated July 11, 2018, between SC and FCA.

In May 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid FCA a $150 million upfront, nonrefundable payment, to be amortized over ten years. In addition, in June 2019, in connection with the execution of the amendment to the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid a $60 million upfront fee to FCA. The unamortized portion would be recognized as expense immediately if the Chrysler Agreement were terminated in accordance with its term.

As part of the Chrysler Agreement, SC received limited exclusivity rights to participate in specified minimum percentages of certain of FCA's financing incentive programs, which include loan rate subvention and automotive lease residual support subvention. Among other covenants, SC has committed to certain revenue sharing arrangements. SC bears the risk of loss on loans originated pursuant to the Chrysler Agreement, while FCA shares in any residual gains and losses in respect of automotive leases, subject to specific provisions in the Chrysler Agreement, including limitations on SC’s participation in such gains and losses.

The Chrysler Agreement is subject to early termination in certain circumstances, including SC's failure to meet certain key performance metrics, provided FCA treats SC in a manner consistent with other comparable OEMs. FCA may also terminate the agreement if, among other circumstances, (i) a person other than Santander and its affiliates or SC's other stockholders owns 20% or more of SC’s common stock and Santander and its affiliates own fewer shares of common stock than such person, (ii) SC controls, or becomes controlled by, an OEM that competes with FCA or (iii) certain of SC’s credit facilities become impaired. In addition, under the Chrysler Agreement, FCA has the option to acquire, for fair market value, an equity participation in the business offering and providing the financial services contemplated by the Chrysler Agreement. There is no maximum limit on the size of FCA’s potential equity participation. Although the Chrysler Agreement contains provisions that are designed to address a situation in which the parties disagree on the fair market value of the equity participation interest, there is a risk that SC ultimately receives less than what it believes to be the fair market value for such interest, and the loss of its associated revenue and profits may not be offset fully by the immediate proceeds for such interest. There can be no assurance that SC would be able to re-deploy the immediate proceeds for such interest in other businesses or investments that would provide comparable returns, thereby reducing SC’s profitability.

SC’s ability to realize the full strategic and financial benefits of its relationship with FCA depends in part on the successful development of its Chrysler Capital business, which requires a significant amount of management's time and effort as well as the success of FCA's business. If FCA exercises its equity option, if the Chrysler Agreement (or FCA's limited exclusivity obligations thereunder) were to terminate, or if SC otherwise is unable to realize the expected benefits of its relationship with FCA, including as a result of FCA's bankruptcy or loss of business, there could be a materially adverse impact to SHUSA's and SC’s business, financial condition, results of operations, profitability, loan and lease volume, the credit quality of SHUSA's and SC’s portfolio, liquidity, reputation, funding costs and growth, and SHUSA's and SC's ability to obtain or find other OEM relationships or to otherwise implement our business strategy could be materially adversely affected.


ITEM 1B - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

34





ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2019, the Company utilized 760 buildings that occupy a total of 6.7 million square feet, including 184 owned properties with 1.4 million square feet, 453 leased properties with 3.8 million square feet, and 123 sale-and-leaseback properties with 1.5 million square feet. The executive and primary administrative offices for SHUSA and the Bank are located at 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts. The Company leases this location. SC's corporate headquarters are located at 1601 Elm Street, Dallas, Texas. SC leases this location.

Eleven major buildings serve as the headquarters or house significant operational and administrative functions, and are : Operations Center - 2 Morrissey Boulevard, Dorchester, Massachusetts-Leased; Call Center and Operations and Loan Processing Center-Santander Way; 95 Amaral Street, Riverside, Rhode Island-Leased; SHUSA/SBNA Administrative Offices-75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts-Leased; Call Center and Operations and Loan Processing Center-450 Penn Street, Reading; Pennsylvania-Leased; Loan Processing Center-601 Penn Street; Reading, Pennsylvania-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices-1130 Berkshire Boulevard, Wyomissing, Pennsylvania-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices-1401 Brickell Avenue, Miami, Florida-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices - San Juan, Puerto Rico-Leased; Computer Data Center - Hato Rey, Puerto Rico-Leased; SAM Administrative Offices-Guaynabo Puerto Rico-leased; and SC Administrative Offices-1601 Elm Street, Dallas, Texas-Leased.

The majority of these eleven Company properties identified above are utilized for general corporate purposes. The remaining 749 properties consist primarily of bank branches and lending offices. Of the total number of buildings, the Bank has 588 retail branches, and BSPR has 27 retail branches.

For additional information regarding the Company's properties refer to Note 6 - "Premises and Equipment" and Note 9 - "Other Assets" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.


ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure regarding the lawsuit filed by SHUSA against the IRS and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for SHUSA’s litigation disclosures, which are incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.


PART II


ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company has one class of common stock. The Company’s common stock was traded on the NYSE under the symbol “SOV” through January 29, 2009. On January 30, 2009, all shares of the Company's common stock were acquired by Santander and de-listed from the NYSE. Following this de-listing, there has not been, nor is there currently, an established public trading market in shares of the Company’s common stock. As of the date of this filing, Santander was the sole holder of the Company’s common stock.

At February 28, 2019, 530,391,043 shares of common stock were outstanding. There were no issuances of common stock during 2019, 2018, or 2017.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company declared and paid cash dividends of $400.0 million, $410.0 million, and $10.0 million respectively, to its shareholder.

Refer to the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section in Item 7 of the MD&A for the two most recent fiscal years' activity on the Company's common stock.


35





ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 (1)
 
2018 (1)
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 2015
Balance Sheet Data          
Total assets $149,499,477
 $135,634,285
 $128,274,525
 $138,360,290
 $141,106,832
Loans HFI, net of allowance 89,059,251
 83,148,738
 76,795,794
 82,005,321
 83,779,641
Loans held-for-sale 1,420,223
 1,283,278
 2,522,486
 2,586,308
 3,190,067
Total investments (2)
 19,274,235
 15,189,024
 16,871,855
 19,415,330
 22,768,783
Total deposits and other customer accounts 67,326,706
 61,511,380
 60,831,103
 67,240,690
 65,583,428
Borrowings and other debt obligations (2)(3)
 50,654,406
 44,953,784
 39,003,313
 43,524,445
 49,828,582
Total liabilities 125,100,647
 111,787,053
 104,583,693
 115,981,532
 119,259,732
Total stockholder's equity 24,398,830
 23,847,232
 23,690,832
 22,378,758
 21,847,100
Summary Statement of Operations         
Total interest income $8,650,195
 $8,069,053
 $7,876,079
 $7,989,751
 $8,137,616
Total interest expense 2,207,427
 1,724,203
 1,452,129
 1,425,059
 1,236,210
Net interest income 6,442,768
 6,344,850
 6,423,950
 6,564,692
 6,901,406
Provision for credit losses (4)
 2,292,017
 2,339,898
 2,759,944
 2,979,725
 4,079,743
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 4,150,751
 4,004,952
 3,664,006
 3,584,967
 2,821,663
Total non-interest income (5)
 3,729,117
 3,244,308
 2,901,253
 2,755,705
 2,905,035
Total general, administrative and other expenses (6)
 6,365,852
 5,832,325
 5,764,324
 5,386,194
 9,381,892
Income/(loss) before income taxes 1,514,016
 1,416,935
 800,935
 954,478
 (3,655,194)
Income tax provision/(benefit) (7)
 472,199
 425,900
 (157,040) 313,715
 (599,758)
Net income / (loss) (9)
 $1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
 $640,763
 $(3,055,436)
Selected Financial Ratios (8)
          
Return on average assets 0.73% 0.76% 0.71% 0.45% (2.18)%
Return on average equity 4.23% 4.11% 4.10% 2.88% (11.98)%
Average equity to average assets 17.31% 18.37% 17.39% 15.67% 18.15 %
Efficiency ratio 62.58% 60.82% 61.81% 57.79% 95.67 %
(1)On July 1, 2016, ownership of several Santander subsidiaries, including Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, were transferred to the Company. As these entities were and are solely owned and controlled by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, the transaction has been accounted for under the common control guidance, which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. Additionally, as this transaction represents a change in reporting entity, the guidance requires retrospective combination of the entities for all periods presented in these financial statements as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control. On July 1, 2017, an additional Santander subsidiary, SFS, a finance company located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to the Company. On July 2, 2018, an additional Santander subsidiary, SAM, an investment adviser located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to the Company. SFS and SAM are entities under common control of Santander; however, their results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows are immaterial to the historical financial results of the Company on both an individual and aggregate basis. As a result, the Company has reported the results of SFS on a prospective basis beginning July 1, 2017 and the results of SAM on a prospective basis beginning July 1, 2018.
(2)The increase in total investments from 2018 to 2019 was due to the purchase of additional AFS treasury securities. The decreases in Total investments and corresponding decreases in Borrowings and other debt obligations from 2016 to 2017 and 2015 to 2016 were primarily driven by the use of proceeds from the sales of investment securities to repurchase and pay off its outstanding borrowings.
(3)The increase in Borrowings and other debt obligations from 2018 to 2019 was primarily a result of the Company funding the growth of the loan portfolio and operating lease portfolio.
(4)The decrease in the Provision for credit losses from 2017 to 2018 was primarily due to lower net charge-offs on the RIC portfolio, accompanied by a recovery on the purchased RIC portfolio and lower provision on the originated RIC portfolio and the commercial loan portfolio. The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was primarily due to significantly lower provision on the purchased RIC portfolio, accompanied by slightly lower net charge-offs across the total loan portfolio.
(5)The increase in Non-interest income from 2018 to 2019 and 2017 to 2018 is primarily attributable to an increase in lease income corresponding to the growth of the operating lease portfolio.
(6)General, administrative, and other expenses increased annually between 2016 and 2019, primarily due to growth in compensation and benefits and lease expense, driven by corresponding growth of the operating lease portfolio. In 2015, this line included a $4.5 billion goodwill impairment charge on SC.
(7)Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Company's income taxes. The income tax benefit in 2017 was due to the impact of the TCJA, resulting in a tax benefit to the Company. The income tax benefit in 2015 was primarily the result of the release of the deferred tax liability in conjunction with the goodwill impairment charge.
(8)For the calculation components of these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.
(9)Includes net income/(loss) attributable to NCI of $288.6 million, $283.6 million, $405.6 million, $277.9 million, and $(1.7) billion for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

36






ITEM 7 - MD&A

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

SHUSA is the parent holding company of SBNA, a national banking association, and owns approximately 72.4% (as of December 31, 2019) of SC, a specialized consumer finance company. SHUSA is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and the Bank's main office is in Wilmington, Delaware. SC is headquartered in Dallas, Texas. SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Santander. SHUSA is also the parent company of Santander BanCorp , a holding company headquartered in Puerto Rico that offers a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, BSPR; SSLLC, a registered broker-dealer headquartered in Boston; BSI, a financial services company headquartered in Miami that offers a full range of banking services to foreign individuals and corporations based primarily in Latin America; SIS, a registered broker-dealer headquartered in New York providing services in investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities; and several other subsidiaries. SSLLC, SIS and another SHUSA subsidiary, Santander Asset Management, LLC, are registered investment advisers with the SEC.

The Bank's principal markets are in the Mid-Atlantic and Northeastern United States. The Bank uses its deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Bank earns interest income on its loan and investment portfolios. In addition, the Bank generates non-interest income from a number of sources, including deposit and loan services, sales of loans and investment securities, capital markets products and BOLI. The principal non-interest expenses include employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and facility-related costs, technology and other administrative expenses. The financial results of the Bank are affected by the economic environment, including interest rates and consumer and business confidence and spending, as well as the competitive conditions within the Bank's geographic footprint.

SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC's primary business is the indirect origination and securitization of RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to subprime retail consumers. Further information about SC’s business is provided below in the “Chrysler Capital” section.

SC is managed through a single reporting segment which included vehicle financial products and services, including RICs, vehicle leases, and dealer loans, as well as financial products and services related to recreational and marine vehicles and other consumer finance products.

SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile and recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally, SC has other relationships through which it holds other consumer finance products. However, in 2015, SC announced its exit from personal lending and, accordingly, all of its personal lending assets are classified as HFS at December 31, 2019.

Chrysler Capital

 Since May 2013, under the ten-year private label financing agreement with FCA that became effective May 1, 2013 (the "Chrysler Agreement"), SC has operated as FCA’s preferred provider for consumer loans, leases and dealer loans and provides services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit.

Chrysler Capital continues to be a focal point of the Company's strategy. On June 28, 2019, SC entered into an amendment to the Chrysler Agreement with FCA, which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions under the Chrysler Agreement. The amendment also established an operating framework that is mutually beneficial for both parties for the remainder of the contract. The Company's average penetration rate for the third quarter of 2019 was 34%, an increase from 30% for the same period in 2018.

SC has dedicated financing facilities in place for its Chrysler Capital business and has worked strategically and collaboratively with FCA to continue to strengthen its relationship and create value within the Chrysler Capital program. During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC originated $12.8 billion in Chrysler Capital loans, which represented 56% of the UPB of its total RIC originations, with an approximately even share between prime and non-prime, as well as $8.5 billion in Chrysler Capital leases. Additionally, substantially all of the leases originated by SC during the year ended December 31, 2019 were under the Chrysler Agreement. Since its May 2013 launch, Chrysler Capital has originated more than $65.9 billion in retail loans (excluding the SBNA RIC origination program) and purchased $41.9 billion in leases.

37





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Overview

During the fourth quarter of 2019, unemployment remained low and year-to-date market results were positive, recovering from a volatile fourth quarter of 2018.

The unemployment rate at December 31, 2019 was 3.5% compared to 3.5% at September 30, 2019, and was lower compared to 3.9% one year ago. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment rose in the retail trade, and healthcare, while mining employment decreased.

The BEA advance estimate indicates that real gross domestic product grew at an annualized rate of 2.1% for the fourth quarter of 2019, consistent with the advance estimated growth of 2.1% for the third quarter of 2019. Growth continued to be driven by increases in personal consumption expenditures, federal government spending, and state and local government spending. In addition, imports, which are a subtraction to in the calculation of the gross domestic product, decreased. These positive contributions were offset by decreases to private inventory investment and non-residential fixed investments.

Market year-to-date returns for the following indices based on closing prices at December 31, 2019 were:
December 31, 2019
Dow Jones Industrial Average22.0%
S&P 50028.5%
NASDAQ Composite34.8%

At its December 2019 meeting, the Federal Open Market Committee decided to maintain the federal funds rate target at 1.50%, to continue to support economic expansion, current strength in labor market conditions, and inflation near its targeted objective. Overall inflation remains below the targeted rate of 2.0%.

The ten-year Treasury bond rate at December 31, 2019 was 1.90%, down from 2.69% at December 31, 2018. Within the industry, changes in this metric are often considered to correspond to changes in 15-year and 30-year mortgage rates.

Current mortgage origination and refinancing information is not yet available. Based on the most current information released based on September 2019 statistics, mortgage originations increased 29.74% year-over-year, which included an increased 6.21% in mortgage originations for home purchases and an increased 103.1% in mortgage originations from refinancing activity from the same period in 2018. These rates are representative of U.S. national average mortgage origination activity.

The ratio of NPLs to total gross loans for U.S. banks declined for six consecutive years, to just under 1.5% in 2015. NPL trends have remained relatively low since that time. NPLs for U.S. commercial banks were approximately 0.87% of loans using the latest available data, which was as of the third quarter of 2019, compared to 0.95% for the prior year.

Changing market conditions are considered a significant risk factor to the Company. The interest rate environment can present challenges in the growth of net interest income for the banking industry, which continues to rely on non-interest activities to support revenue growth. Changing market conditions and political uncertainty could have an overall impact on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. Such conditions could also impact the Company's credit risk and the associated provision for credit losses and legal expense.

38





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Credit Rating Actions

The following table presents Moody’s, S&P and Fitch credit ratings for the Bank, BSPR, SHUSA, Santander, and the Kingdom of Spain, as of December 31, 2019:
BANK
BSPR(1)(2)
SHUSA
Moody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitch
Long-TermBaa1A-BBB+Baa1N/ABBB+Baa3BBB+BBB+
Short-TermP-1A-2F-2P-1/P-2N/AF-2n/aA-2F-2
OutlookStableStableStableStableN/AStableStableStableStable

SANTANDERSPAIN
Moody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitch
Long-TermA2AA-Baa1AA-
Short-TermP-1A-1F-2P-2A-1F-1
OutlookStableStableStableStableStableStable
(1)    P-1 Short Term Deposit Rating; P-2 Short Term Debt Rating.
(2)    Outlook currently is Stable and under review with the possibility of a downgrade.

Moody's announced completion of its periodic reviews and affirmed its ratings over SHUSA, SBNA and BSPR in March 2019. Spain in August 2019 and Santander in June 2019. Fitch affirmed its ratings and outlook for Spain in December 2019 and BSPR in October 2019.

SHUSA funds its operations independently of the other entities owned by Santander, and believes its business is not necessarily closely related to the business or outlook of other entities owned by Santander. Future changes in the credit ratings of its parent, Santander, or the Kingdom of Spain, however, could impact SHUSA's or its subsidiaries' credit ratings, and any other change in the condition of Santander could affect SHUSA.

At this time, SC is not rated by the major credit rating agencies.

REGULATORY MATTERS

The activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank and SC, are subject to regulation under various U.S. federal laws and regulatory agencies which impose regulations, supervise and conduct examinations, and may affect the operations and management of the Company and its ability to take certain actions, including making distributions to our parent. The Company is regulated on a consolidated basis by the Federal Reserve, including the FRB of Boston, and the CFPB. The Company's banking and bank holding company subsidiaries are further supervised by the FDIC and the OCC. As a subsidiary of the Company, SC is also subject to regulatory oversight by the Federal Reserve as well as the CFPB. Santander BanCorp and BSPR also are supervised by the Puerto Rico Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions.

Control of the Company or the Bank

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, individuals, corporations or other entities acquiring SHUSASHUSA's common stock may, alone or together with other investors, be deemed to control the Company and thereby the Bank. Ownership of more than 10% of SHUSA’s capital stock may be deemed to constitute “control” if certain other control factors are present. If deemed to control the Company, those persons or groups would be required to obtain the Federal Reserve's approval to acquire the Company’s common stock and could be subject to certain ongoing reporting procedures and restrictions under federal law and regulations. Ownership of more than 10% of SHUSA's capital stock may be deemed to constitute “control” if certain other control factors are present.

13




Regulatory Capital Requirements

Federal regulations require federal savings associations and national banks to maintain minimum capital ratios. Under the FDIA, insured depository institutions must be classified in one of five defined tiers (well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). Under OCC regulations, an institution is considered “well-capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (iii) has a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and (v) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level. An institution’s capital category is determined by reference to its most recent financial report filed with the OCC. If an institution’s capital deteriorates to the undercapitalized category or below, the FDIA and OCC regulations prescribe an increasing amount of regulatory intervention, including the adoption by the institution of a capital restoration plan, a guarantee of the plan by its parent holding company and restricting increases in assets, numbers of branches and lines of business.

If capital has reached the significantly or critically undercapitalized levels, further material restrictions can be imposed, including restrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management and, in critically undercapitalized situations, appointment of a receiver or conservator. Critically undercapitalized institutions generally may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt. All but well-capitalized institutions are prohibited from accepting brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Pursuant to the FDIA and OCC regulations, institutions which are not categorized as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are restricted from making capital distributions, which include cash dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest payments on certain convertible debt and other transactions charged to the capital account of the institution.

At December 31, 2016, the Bank met the criteria to be classified as “well-capitalized.”


Standards for Safety and Soundness

The federal banking agencies adopted certain operational and managerial standards for depository institutions, including internal audit system components, loan documentation requirements, asset growth parameters, information technology and data security practices, and compensation standards for officers, directors and employees. The implementation or enforcement of these guidelines has not had a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.


Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

The Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. DepositsThe Bank's and BSPR's deposits are insured up to the applicable limits by the FDIC, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.FDIC. The FDIC imposesassesses deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of, and require reporting by, FDIC-insured institutions.institutions like the Bank and BSPR. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against banking institutions and may terminate an institution’s deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

The FDIC charges financial institutions deposit premium assessments to ensure it has reserves to cover deposits that are under FDIC-insured limits, which is currently $250,000 per depositor per ownership category for each ownership deposit account category.

FDIC insurance premium expenses were $55.0$60.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

In addition to deposit insurance premiums, all insured institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment, in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. In 2016, the Bank paid Financing Corporation assessments of $4.5 million, compared to $4.2 million in 2015. The annual rate for all insured institutions dropped to $0.056 for every $1,000 in domestic deposits in 2016, compared to $0.060 for the same measure in 2015. The assessments are revised quarterly and will continue until the bonds mature in 2017.

14




Restrictions on Subsidiary Banking Institution Capital Distributions

The CompanyUnder the FDIA, insured depository institutions must be classified in one of five defined tiers (well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). Under OCC regulations, an institution is considered “well-capitalized” if it (i) has the following major sourcesa total risk-based capital ratio of funding10% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (iii) has a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and (v) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet its liquidity requirements: dividends and returnsmaintain a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2019, the Bank met the criteria to be classified as “well capitalized.”

If capital levels fall to significantly or critically undercapitalized levels, further material restrictions can be imposed, including restrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management and, investmentin critically undercapitalized situations, appointment of a receiver or conservator. Critically undercapitalized institutions generally may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt. All but well-capitalized institutions are prohibited from its subsidiaries, short-term investments held by non-bank affiliates and accessaccepting brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Pursuant to the FDIA and OCC regulations, institutions which are not categorized as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are restricted from making capital markets. distributions, which include cash dividends, stock redemptions and repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest payments on certain convertible debt and other transactions charged to the institution’s capital account.


8





Federal banking laws, regulations and policies limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank’s total distributions to the Company within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years; (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. Moreover, the Bank must obtain the OCC's prior written approval to make any capital distribution until it has positive retained earnings. In addition, the OCC's prior approval is required if the OCC deems it to be in troubled condition or a problem institution .institution.

Any dividends declared and paid have the effect of reducing the Bank’s Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets and risk-based capital ratios. There were noDuring 2019, 2018, and 2017, the Company paid cash dividends declared orof $400.0 million, $410.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid in 2016 or 2015. There were no returnscash dividends to preferred shareholders of capital in 2016 or 2015.zero, $11.0 million and $14.6 million, respectively. During the third quarter of 2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its outstanding preferred stock.


Federal Reserve Regulation

Under Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is required to maintain a reserve against its transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in low-interest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to reduce an institution’s asset yields.

The amount of total reserve requirements at December 31, 20162019 and 20152018 were $664.4$534.6 million and $492.7$429.0 million, respectively. At December 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, the Company complied with thethese reserve requirements.


Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")FHLB System

The FHLB system was created in 1932 and consists of 11 regional FHLBs. FHLBs are federally-chartered but privately owned institutions created by Congress. The Federal Housing Finance Agency is an agency of the federal government that is charged with overseeing the FHLBs. Each FHLB is owned by its member institutions. The primary purpose of the FHLBs is to provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development lending. FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions. As a member, the Bank is required to make minimum investments in FHLB stock based on its level of borrowings from the FHLB. The Bank is a member of and held investments in the FHLB of Pittsburgh which totaled $280.3$316.4 million as of December 31, 2016,2019, compared to $600.9$230.1 million at December 31, 2015.2018. The Bank utilizes advances from the FHLB to fund balance sheet growth, provide liquidity and for asset and liability management purposes. The Bank had access to advances with the FHLB of up to $18.6$17.3 billion at December 31, 2016,2019, and had outstanding advances of $5.95$7.0 billion or 32%41% of total availability at that date. The level of borrowing capacity the Bank has with the FHLB of Pittsburgh is contingent upon the level of qualified collateral the Bank holds at a given time.

The Bank received $24.2$16.6 million and $28.5$6.6 million in dividends on its stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively.


Anti-Money Laundering and the USA Patriot Act

Several federal laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act, and the USA Patriot Act require all financial institutions to, among other things, implement policies and procedures relating to anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activities, currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The USA Patriot Act substantially broadened existing anti-money laundering legislation and the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the U.S.;, imposed compliance and due diligence obligations;obligations, created criminal penalties;penalties, compelled the production of documents located both inside and outside the U.S., including those of non-U.S. institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the U.S.;, and clarified the safe harbor from civil liability to clients. The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of regulations that further clarify the USA Patriot Act’s requirements and provide more specific guidance on their application. The Company has complied with these regulations.

15




Financial Privacy

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the "GLBA"),GLBA, financial institutions are required to disclose to their retail customers their policies and practices with respect to sharing nonpublic customer information with their affiliates and non-affiliates, how they maintain customer confidentiality, and how they secure customer information. Customers are required under the GLBA to be provided with the opportunity to “opt out” of information sharing with non-affiliates, subject to certain exceptions. The Company and the Bank have complied with these regulations.

9





Environmental Laws

Environmentally relatedEnvironmentally-related hazards have becomeare a source of high risk and potentially significant liability for financial institutions related to their loans. Environmentally contaminated properties owned by an institution’s borrowers may result in a drastic reduction in the value of the collateral securing the institution’s loans to such borrowers, high environmental cleanup costs to the borrower affecting its ability to repay its loans, the subordination of any lien in favor of the institution to a state or federal lien securing clean-up costs, and liability to the institution for cleanup costs if it forecloses on the contaminated property or becomes involved in the management of the borrower. To minimize this risk, the Bank may require an environmental examination of, and reports with respect to, the property of any borrower or prospective borrower if circumstances affecting the property indicate a potential for contamination, taking into consideration the potential loss to the institution in relation to the burdens to the borrower. Such examination must be performed by an engineering firm experienced in environmental risk studies and acceptable to the institution, and the costs of such examinations and reports are the responsibility of the borrower. These costs may be substantial and may deter a prospective borrower from entering into a loan transaction with the Bank. The Company is not aware of any borrower which is currently subject to any environmental investigation or clean-up precedingproceeding or any other environmental matter that is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of SHUSA or its subsidiaries.

Securities and Investment Regulation

The Company conducts its securities and investment business activities through its subsidiaries SIS and SSLLC. SIS and SSLLC are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and members of FINRA. SIS’s activities include investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed income securities. SIS, SSLLC and SAM are also registered investment advisers with the SEC, and BSI conducts certain securities transactions exempt from SEC registration on behalf of its clients.

Written Agreements and Regulatory Actions

See the “Regulatory Matters” section of the MD&A and Note 22 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for a description of current regulatory actions.

Corporate Information

All reports filed electronically by the Company with the SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our filings are also accessible through our website at https://www.santanderbank.com/www.santanderus.com/us/about/financials/sec-filings.investorshareholderrelations. The information contained on our website is not being incorporated herein and is provided for the information of the reader and are not intended to be active links.


ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS

Summary Risk Factors

The Company is subject to a number of risks potentially impactingthat if realized could affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and cash flows.access to liquidity materially. As a financial services organization, certain elements of risk are inherent in transactions and are present in the business decisions made by the Company.our businesses. Accordingly, the Company encounters risk as part of the normal course of its businesses. Some of the Company’s more significant challenges and risks include the following:

We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets. Disruptions and volatility in financial markets can have a material adverse effect on our ability to access capital and liquidity on acceptable financial terms. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, may cause our lending margins to decrease and reduce customer demand for our higher margin products and services.

Uncertainty regarding LIBOR may affect our business adversely. We have established an enterprise-wide initiative to identify, asses and monitor risks associated with the anticipated discontinuation of LIBOR. However, there can be no assurance that we and other market participants will be adequately prepared for the potential disruption to financial markets and potential adverse effects to interest rates on our loans, deposits, derivatives and other financial instruments currently tied to LIBOR.

10





We are subject to substantial regulation. As a financial institution, we are subject to extensive regulation by government agencies, including limitations on permissible activities, required financial stress tests, required non-objection to certain actions, investigations and other regulatory proceedings. If we are unable to meet the expectations of our regulators fully, we may need to divert significant resources to remedial actions, be unable to take planned capital actions, and/or be subject to fines or other enforcement actions, among other things. These circumstances could affect our revenues and expenses and other aspects of our business and operations adversely.

We may not be able to detect money laundering or other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis. We work regularly to improve our policies, procedures and capabilities to detect and prevent financial crimes. However, such crimes are evolving continually, and there will be instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering or other illegal or improper activities. These instances may result in regulatory fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Credit risk managementis inherent in our business. Our customers’ and counterparties’ financial condition, repayment abilities, repayment intentions, the value of their collateral, and government economic policies, market interest rates and other factors affect the quality of our loan portfolio. Many of these factors are beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses.

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business. Changes in market interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously, may be unpredictable and highly volatile and can significantly increase our cost of funding. We rely primarily on deposits to fund lending activities. However, our ability to maintain or grow deposits depends on factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and confidence of depositors in the economy and the financial services industry. If deposit withdrawals increase significantly in a short period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rates are highly sensitive to factors beyond our control, such as increased regulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, economic and political conditions, and other factors. Variations in interest rates could impact net interest income, which comprises the majority of our revenue, reducing our growth and potentially resulting in losses.

We are subject to significant competition. We compete with banks that are larger than us and non-traditional providers of banking services who may not be subject to the same regulatory or legislative requirements to which we are subject. If we are unable to compete successfully with current and new competitors and anticipate changing banking industry trends, our business may be affected adversely.
We rely on third parties for important products and services. We rely on third-party vendors for key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, custody and clearing services, internet connections and network access. Cyberattacks and breaches of the systems of those vendors could lead to operational and reputational risk and losses for SHUSA.

Risks relating to data collection, processing, storage systems and data security.Proper functioning of financial controls, accounting and other data collection and processing systems is critical to our businesses and our ability to compete effectively. Inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes or systems, or external events that interrupt normal business operations could each impair our data collection, processing, storage systems and data security and result in losses.

We and others in our industry face cybersecurity risks. We take protective measures and monitor and develop our systems continuously to protect our technology infrastructure and data from cyberattacks. However, cybersecurity risks continue to increase for our industry, and the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of the actors behind such attacks present risks for compromised data, theft of funds or theft or destruction of corporate information and assets.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud. The Company’s system of internal controls over financial reporting may not achieve their intended objectives. There are designedrisks that material misstatements due to help manage theseerror or fraud may not be prevented or detected in all cases, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.


11





SC’s financial results could impact our results. SC’s earnings have historically been a significant source of funding for the Company. Factors that could negatively affect SC’s financial results could consequently affect SHUSA’s financial results.

The above list is not exhaustive, and we face additional challenges and risks. Please carefully consider all of the information in this Form-K including matters set forth in this "Risk Factors" section.

Risk Factors

Risk management is anand mitigation are important partparts of the Company's business model.model and integrated into the Company's day-to-day operations. The success of the Company's business is dependent on management's ability to identify, understand, manage and managemitigate the risks presented by business activities so that management can appropriately balance revenue generationin light of the Company's strategic and profitability.financial objectives. These risks include credit risk, market risk, capital risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, model risk, investment risk, compliance and legal risk, and strategic and reputationreputational risk. We discuss our principal risk management processes in the Risk Management section included in Item 7 of this Report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following are the most significant risk factors that affect the Company. Any one or more of these risk factors could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows, in addition to presenting other possible adverse consequences, many of which are described below. These risk factors and other risks we may face are also discussed further in other sections of this Report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Macro-Economic and Political Risks

Given that our loan portfolios are concentrated in the United States, adverse changes affecting the economy of the United States could adversely affect our financial condition.


16




Our loan portfolios are concentrated in the United States. Accordingly, the recoverability of our loan portfolios and our ability to increase the amount of loans outstanding and our results of operations and financial condition in general are dependent to a significant extent on the level of economic activity in the United States. A return to recessionary conditions in the United States economy would likely have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolios and, as a result, on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets.

Global economic conditions deteriorated significantly between 2007 and 2009, and the United States fell into recession. Many major financial institutions, including some of the country's largest commercial banks, investment banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage guarantors and insurance companies, including us, experienced significant difficulties.

We face, among others, the following risks in the event of an economic downturn:downturn or another recession:

Increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation has increased and will continue to increase our costs and may affect the pricing forof our products and services and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
Reduced demand for our products and services.
Inability of our borrowers to timely or fully comply with their existing obligations.
The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how thesethose economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.
The degree of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates, which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process and the sufficiency of our loan and lease loss allowances.
The value and liquidity of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected.
Any worsening of economic conditions may delay the recovery of the financial industry and impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Macroeconomic shocks may impact the household income of our retail customers negatively and adversely affect the recoverability of our retail loans, resulting in increased loan and lease losses. 

Despite recent improvements in certain segmentsthe long-term expansion of the U.S. economy, some uncertainty remains concerningregarding U.S. monetary policy and the future economic environment. There can be no assurance that economic conditions in these segments will continue to improve. Such economic uncertainty could have a negative impactan adverse effect on our business and results of operations. A slowingdownturn of the economic expansion or failing offailure to sustain the economic recovery would likely aggravate the adverse effects of these difficult economic and market conditions on us and on others in the financial services industry.

In addition, the global recession and disruption of the financial markets led to concerns over the solvency of certain European countries, affecting those countries’ capital markets access and in some cases sovereign credit ratings, as well as market perception of financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to these countries. These concerns continue even as the global economy is recovering,recovers, and some previously stressed European economies have experienced at least partial recoveries from their low points during the recession. If measures to address sovereign debt and financial sector problems in Europe are inadequate, they may delay or weaken economic recovery, or result in the further exit of member states from the Eurozone or more severe economic and financial conditions. If realized, these risk scenarios could contribute to severe financial market stress or a global recession, likely affecting the economy and capital markets in the United States as well.


12





Increased disruption and volatility in the financial markets could have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us, if at all. If capital markets financing ceases to become available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits to attract more customers and become unable to maintain certain liability maturities. Any such increasedecrease in capital markets funding availability or increased costs or in deposit rates could have a material adverse effect on our net interest margins and liquidity.

If some or all of the foregoing risks were to materialize, itthey could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our growth, asset quality and profitability may be adversely affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.

TheWhile the United States economy has performed well overall, it has experienced volatility recently,in recent periods, characterized by slow or regressive growth. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits at depository institutions and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economy to which we lend.


17




Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, impact our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher margin products and services. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions could also result in government defaults on public debt. This could affect us in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default inon public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks' exposure to government debt is high in certain Latin American and European regions or countries.

In addition, our revenues are subject to risk of loss from unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, international ownership legislation, interest-rateinterest rate caps and tax policies.

Growth, asset quality and profitability may be affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.

The resultsactions of the recent U.S. presidential electionadministration could have a material adverse effect on us.

ItThere is unclear what impact, if any,uncertainty about how proposals and initiatives of the recent change in thecurrent U.S. presidential administration will haveor the broader government could directly or indirectly impact the Company. Although certain proposals and initiatives, such as income tax reform or increased spending on infrastructure projects, could result in greater economic activity and more expansive U.S. domestic economic growth,
other initiatives, such as protectionist trade policies or isolationist foreign policies, could constrict economic growth. The continued uncertainty around these proposals and initiatives, could increase market volatility and affect the Company’s businesses directly or indirectly, including through the effects of such proposals and initiatives on the laws, regulations and policies affecting the supervision of banking organizations. Among other things, the Trump administration and certain members of Congress have indicated that significant U.S. tax reform is a top legislative priority. A number of tax reform proposals, including significant changes to croporate tax provisions, are currently under consideration. Such changes could have a material adverse impact on our deferred tax assets and liabilities, depending on the nature and extent of any changes that are ultimately enacted into law. There is substantial lack of clarity around the likelihood, timing and details of any such tax reform, and therefore no assurance can be given as to whether Company’s customers and/or to what extent any changes to the U.S. tax laws will impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.counterparties.

Developments stemming from the U.K.’s referendum on membership in the EU could have a material adverse effect on us.

The resultImplementing the results of the United Kingdom’s (“UK’s”)U.K.’s referendum on whether to remainremaining part of the European Union (“EU”)EU has had and may continue to have negative effects on global economic conditions and global financial markets. On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum on whether it should remain part ofThe U.K.'s decision to withdraw from the EU, and the outcome of which was a vote in favor of withdrawing from the EU. The resultsU.K.'s implementation of that referendum, and the UK's implementation of it means that the UK'sU.K.'s EU membership will cease. The long-term nature of the UK’sU.K.’s relationship with the EU is unclear (including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply as the UKU.K. determines which EU laws to replicate or replace), and, there is considerableas negotiations continue in 2020, uncertainty remains as to when the framework for any such relationship governing both the access of the UKU.K. to European markets and the access of EU member states to the UK’sU.K.’s markets will be determined and implemented.implemented, and whether such a framework will be established prior to the U.K. leaving the EU. The result of the referendum has created an uncertain political and economic environment in the UK,U.K., and may create such environments in other EU member states. PoliticalThe Governor of the Bank of England has warned that the U.K. exiting the EU could lead to considerable financial instability, a very significant fall in property prices, rising unemployment, depressed economic growth, and higher inflation and interest rates. This could affect the U.K.’s attractiveness as a global investment center, and contribute to a detrimental impact on U.K. economic growth. These developments, or the perception that they could occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic conditions and the stability of financial markets in the U.K., and could significantly reduce market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. While the Company does not maintain a presence in the U.K., political and economic uncertainty hasin countries with significant economies and relationships to the global financial industry have in the past led to declines in market liquidity and activity levels, volatile market conditions, a contraction of available credit, lower or negative interest rates, weaker economic growth and reduced business confidence on an international level, each of which could adversely affect our business. As

Uncertainty regarding LIBOR may adversely affect our business

The UK Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that it will no longer persuade or require banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement suggests that LIBOR is likely to be discontinued or modified by 2021.


13





Several international working groups are focused on transition plans and alternative contract language seeking to address potential market disruption that could arise from the replacement of LIBOR with a resultnew reference rate. For example, in the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a group convened by the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and comprised of private sector entities, banking regulators and other financial regulators, including the SEC, has identified the SOFR as its preferred alternative for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the referendumcost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and its implementation, certainis based on observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. In addition, the ISDA is working to develop alternative contract language applicable in the event of our affiliates may face additional operational, regulatoryLIBOR’s discontinuation that could apply to derivatives entered into on ISDA documentation. Separately, the SEC issued a statement in July 2019 encouraging market participants to focus on managing the transition from LIBOR prior to 2021 to avoid business and compliance costs.market disruptions, including incorporating fallback language in contracts in the event LIBOR is unavailable and proactive negotiations with counterparties to existing contracts that utilize LIBOR as a reference rate.

The Company, in collaboration with its subsidiaries and affiliates, is engaged in an enterprise-wide initiative to identify, assess and monitor risks associated with the potential discontinuation or unavailability of LIBOR and the transition to use of alternative reference rates such as SOFR. As part of these efforts, the Company has established a LIBOR Transition Steering Committee that includes the Company’s Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer and representatives of the Company’s significant subsidiaries and business lines. Among other matters, the Company is identifying assets and liabilities tied to LIBOR, the exposure of its subsidiaries to LIBOR, the degree to which fallback language currently exists in the Company’s contracts that reference LIBOR, and monitoring relevant industry developments and publications by market associations and clearing houses.

While we have begun the process of identifying existing contracts that extend past 2021 to determine their exposure to LIBOR, there can be no assurance that we and other market participants will be adequately prepared for an actual discontinuation of LIBOR, or of the timing of the adoption and degree of integration of alternative reference rates in financial markets relevant to us. If LIBOR ceases to exist, or if new methods of calculating LIBOR are established, interest rates on our loans, deposits, derivatives and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR, as well as revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected, and financial markets relevant to us could be disrupted. As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $24 billion of assets and approximately $14 billion of liabilities with LIBOR exposure. We also have approximately $63 billion in notional amounts of off-balance sheet contracts with LIBOR exposure.

Even if financial instruments are transitioned to alternative reference rates successfully, the new reference rates are likely to differ from the previous reference rates, and the value and return on those instruments could be impacted adversely. We could also be subject to increased costs due to paying higher interest rates on our existing financial instruments. We could incur legal risks in the event of such changes, as renegotiation and changes to documentation for new and existing transactions may be required, especially if parties to an instrument cannot agree on how to effect the transition. We could also incur further operational risks due to the potential need to adapt information technology systems, trade reporting infrastructure, and operational processes and controls, including models and hedging strategies.

In addition, it is possible that LIBOR quotes will become unavailable prior to 2021. This could result, for example, if a sufficient number of banks decline to make submissions to the LIBOR administrator. In that scenario, risks associated with the transition away from LIBOR would be accelerated for us and the rest of the financial industry.



14





Risks Relating to Our Business

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

We are subject to substantial regulation which could adversely affect our business and operations.

As a financial institution, the Company is subject to extensive regulation, which materially affects our businesses. The statutes, regulations, and policies to which the Company is subject may change at any time. In addition, theregulators' interpretation and application by regulators of the laws and regulations to which the Company is subject may change from time to time. Extensive legislation affecting the financial services industry has recently been adopted in the United States, and regulations have been and are in the process of being implemented. The manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Any legislative or regulatory actions and any required or other changes to our business operations resulting from such legislation and regulations could result in significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in which we might otherwise consider engaging and provide certain products and services, affect the value of assets we hold, requirecompel us to increase our prices and therefore reduce demand for our products, impose additional compliance and other costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future changes in regulations or in their interpretation or application will not affect us adversely.


18




Regulation of the Company as a BHC includes limitations on permissible activities. Moreover, as described below, the Company and the Bank are required to perform stress tests and submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve and the OCC on an annual basis, and receive a notice of non-objection to the plans from the Federal Reserve and the OCC before taking capital actions such as paying dividends, implementing common equity repurchase programs, or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties and enforcement actions for violations we may commit, and has the authority to disallow acquisitions we or our subsidiaries may contemplate, which may limit our future growth plans. Such constraints currently applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries and/or regulatory actions could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Other regulations whichthat significantly affect the Company, or whichthat could significantly affect the Company in the future, relate to capital requirements, liquidity and funding, taxation of the financial sector, and development of regulatory reforms in the United States, and are discussed in further detail below.States.

In addition, the volume, granularity, frequency and scale of regulatory and other reporting requirements necessitate a clear data strategy to enable consistent data aggregation, reporting and management. Inadequate management information systems or processes, including those relating to risk data aggregation and risk reporting, could lead to a failure to meet regulatory reporting requirements or other internal or external information demands that may result in supervisory measures.

Significant Global Regulation

In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached an agreement on comprehensive changes to the capital adequacy framework, known as Basel III. A revised version of Basel III was published in June 2011. Basel III is intended to raise the resilience of the banking sector by increasing both the quality and quantity of the regulatory capital base and enhancing the risk coverage of the capital framework. The changes in Basel III are being phased in gradually between January 2015 and January 2019.

There can be no assurance that the implementation of these new standards will not adversely affect the Company's or its subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends or require it to issue additional securities that qualify as regulatory capital, liquidate assets, curtail business or take any other actions, any of which may have adverse effects on the Company's business, financial condition, or results of operations. Furthermore, increased capital requirements may negatively affect the Company's return on equity and other financial performance indicators.

Effective management of our capital position is important to our ability to operate our business, continue to grow organically, and pursue our business strategy. However, in response to the global financial crisis, a number of changes to the regulatory capital framework have been adopted or continue to be considered. As these and other changes are implemented or future changes are considered or adopted that limit our ability to manage our balance sheet and capital resources effectively or access funding on commercially acceptable terms, we may experience a material adverse effect on our financial condition and regulatory capital position.

In addition to the changes to the capital adequacy framework described above, the Basel Committee also published its global quantitative liquidity framework, comprising the LCR and NSFR metrics, with objectives to (1) promote the short-term resilience of banks’ liquidity risk profiles by ensuring they have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant stress scenario; and (2) promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding on an ongoing basis. The LCR was subsequently revised by the Basel Committee in January 2013 and includes a revised timetable for phase-in of the standard from 2015 to 2019, as well as some technical changes to some of the stress scenario assumptions. In January 2014, the Basel Committee published amendments to the leverage ratio and technical revisions to the NSFR, confirming that it remains its intention that the latter ratio, including any future revisions, will become a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. In January 2014, the Basel Committee proposed uniform disclosure standards related to the LCR and issued a new modification to the ratio.

Significant United States Regulation

From time to time, we are or may become subject to or involved in formal and informal reviews, investigations, examinations, proceedings, and information gathering requests by federal and state government agencies, including, among others, the FRB, the OCC, the CFPB, the FDIC, the DOJ, the SEC, FINRA the Federal Trade Commission and various state regulatory and enforcement agencies.


19




The DFA which was adopted in 2010, will continue to result in significant structural reforms affecting the financial services industry. This legislation provided for, among other things, the establishment of the CFPB with broad authority to regulate the credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services that we offer, the creation of a structure to regulate systemically important financial companies, more comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counterOTC derivatives market, prohibitions on engaging in certain proprietary trading activities, restrictions on ownership of, investment in or sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds and restrictions on interchange fees earned through debit card transactions, and a requirement that bank regulators phase out the treatment of trust preferred capital instruments as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.transactions.

The DFA provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of over-the-counter ("OTC")OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives. Entities that are swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participants are required to register with the SEC, or the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC"),CFTC or both, and are or will be subject to new capital, margin, business conduct, record-keeping, clearing, execution, reporting and other requirements. We may register as a swap dealer with the CFTC.

In July 2013, United States bank regulators issued the United States Basel III final rules implementing the Basel III capital framework for United States banks and BHCs. Certain aspects of the United States Basel III final rules, such as new minimum capital ratios and a revised methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets, became effective on January 1, 2015. Other aspects of the United States Basel III final rules, such as the capital conservation buffer and the new regulatory deductions from and adjustments to capital, began to be phased in over several years on January 1, 2015.
15

In addition, in October 2014, the Federal Reserve and other United States regulators issued a final rule introducing a quantitative LCR requirement on certain large banks and BHCs. The LCR is broadly consistent with the Basel Committee’s revised Basel III liquidity rules, but is more stringent in several important respects. The Federal Reserve has stated that it intends through future rule-makings to apply the Basel III LCR and NSFR to the United States operations


In February 2014, the Federal Reserve issued the Final Rule to enhance its supervision and regulation of certain FBOs. Among other things, this rule required FBOs, such as the Company, with over $50 billion of United States non-branch assets to establish or designate a United States IHC and to transfer its entire ownership interest in substantially all of its United States subsidiaries to that IHC by July 1, 2016. United States branches and agencies were not required to be transferred to the IHC. As a result of this rule, Santander transferred substantially all of its equity interests in its U.S. bank and non-bank subsidiaries previously outside the Company to the Company, which became an IHC effective July 1, 2016. These subsidiaries included Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, as well as several other subsidiaries. The entities transferred approximately $14.1 billion of assets and approximately $11.8 billion of liabilities to the Company on July 1, 2016. The IHC is subject to an enhanced supervision framework, including enhanced risk-based and leverage capital requirements, liquidity requirements, risk/management requirements, and stress-testing requirements. A phased-in approach is being used for those standards and requirements. SHUSA's status as an IHC will require it to invest significant management attention and resources.

Within the DFA, the Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities” from engaging in certain forms of proprietary trading orand from sponsoring or investing in covered funds, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Volcker Rule also limits the ability of banking entities and their affiliates to enter into certain transactions with such funds with which they or their affiliates have certain relationships. The Volcker Rule became effective in July 2012 and, in December 2013, United States regulators issued final rulesregulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The final rulesRule contain exclusions and certain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, and trading in United States government and agency obligations as well as certain foreign government obligations, and trading solely outside the United States, and also permit certain ownership interests in certain types of funds to be retained. In December 2014, the Federal Reserve issued an order requiring all banking entities to conform to the Volcker Rule and implement a compliance program by July 21, 2016. The Company adopted the necessary measures to our activities and was in compliance with the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2016.

Furthermore, Title I of the DFA and the implementing regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC require each BHC with assets of $50 billion or more, including Santander, to prepare and submit a plan for the orderly resolution of our subsidiaries and operations domiciled in the United States in the event of future material financial distress or failure. The plan must include information on resolution strategy, major counterparties, and interdependencies, among other things, and requires substantial effort, time, and cost to prepare. Santander submitted its most recent United States resolution plan in December 2015. The United States resolution plan is subject to review by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.


20




In December 2016, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule on TLAC, LTD, and clean holding company requirements for systemically important U.S. BHCs and IHCs of systemically important FBOs. Covered institutions must be in compliance with this rule by January 1, 2019 and SHUSA, as the IHC for Santander in the U.S., will be subject to these requirements. The TLAC requirement will create material additional quantitative requirements for the Company, including new minimum risk-based and leverage TLAC ratios of (i) the Company's regulatory capital plus certain types of long-term unsecured debt instruments and other eligible liabilities that can be written down or converted into equity during resolution to (ii) the Company's RWA and the Basel III leverage ratio denominator.

On November 4, 2015, SC entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance ("AOD") with the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "Massachusetts AG"). The Massachusetts AG had alleged that SC violated the maximum permissible interest rates allowed by Massachusetts law due to the inclusion of guaranteed auto protection ("GAP") charges in the calculation of finance charges. Among other things, the AOD requires SC, with respect to any loan that exceeded maximum rates, to issue refunds of all finance charges paid to date and to waive all future finance charges. The AOD also requires SC to undertake certain remedial measures, including ensuring that the interest rates on its loans do not exceed maximum rates (when GAP charges are included) in the future, and provides that SC pay $150 thousand to the Massachusetts AG to reimburse its costs in implementing the AOD.

On February 25, 2015, SC entered into a consent order with the DOJ, approved by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, that resolves the DOJ’s claims against the Company that certain of its repossession and collection activities during the period of time between January 2008 and February 2013 violated the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (SCRA). The consent order requires us to pay a civil fine in the amount of $55,000, as well as at least $9.4 million to affected servicemembers, consisting of $10,000 per servicemember plus compensation for any lost equity (with interest) for each repossession by us and $5,000 per servicemember for each instance where we sought to collect repossession-related fees on accounts where a repossession was conducted by a prior account holder. The consent order also requires us to undertake additional remedial measures. The consent order also subjects us to monitoring by the DOJ for compliance with SCRA for a period of five years.

On July 31, 2015, the CFPB notified SC that it had referred to the Department of Justice (the "DOJ") certain alleged violations by SC of the ECOA regarding (i) statistical disparities in mark-ups charged by automobile dealers to protected groups on loans originated by those dealers and purchased by SC and (ii) the treatment of certain types of income in SC's underwriting process. On September 25, 2015, the DOJ notified SC that it had initiated an investigation under the ECOA of SC's pricing of automobile loans based on the referral from the CFPB.

Each of these aspects of the DFA, as well as other changes in United States banking regulations, may directly and indirectly impact various aspects of our business. The full spectrum of risks that the DFA, including the Volcker Rule, poses to us is not yet known. However, such risks could be material and could materially and adversely affect us.

Our resolution in a bankruptcy proceeding could result in losses for holders of our debt and equity securities.

Under regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, and as required by Section 165(d) of the DFA, we and Santander must provide to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a plan (a “SectionSection 165(d) Resolution Plan”) for our rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress affecting the Company or the failure of the Company.Plan. The purpose of this DFA provision of the DFA is to provide regulators with plans that would enable them to resolve failing financial companies that pose a significant risk to the financial stability of the United States in a manner that mitigates such risk. The most recently filed Section 165(d) Resolution Plan by Santander, dated as of December 16, 2015 (the “2015 Resolution Plan”)31, 2018, provides a roadmap for the orderly resolution of the material U.S. operations of Santander under hypothetical stress scenarios and the failure of one or more of its U.S. material entities (“U.S. MEs”).MEs. Material entities are defined as subsidiaries or foreign offices of Santander that are significant to the activities of a critical operation or core business line. The U.S. MEs identified in the 20152018 Resolution Plan include, among other entities, the Company, the Bank and SC.

The 20152018 Resolution Plan describes a strategy for resolving Santander’s U.S. operations, including its U.S. MEs and the core business lines that operate within those U.S. MEs, in a manner that would substantially mitigate the risk that the resolutions would have serious adverse effects on U.S. or global financial stability. Under the 20152018 Resolution Plan’s hypothetical resolutions of the U.S. MEs, the Bank would be placed into FDIC receivership and the Company and SC would be placed into bankruptcy under Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, respectively.

The strategy described in the 20152018 Resolution Plan contemplates a “multiple point of entry” strategy, in which Santander and the Company would each undergo separate resolution proceedings under the laws of SpainEuropean regulations and the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, respectively. In a scenario wherein which the Bank and SC were in resolution, the Company would file a voluntary petition under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, and holders of our LTD and other debt securities would be junior to the claims of priority (as determined by statute) and secured creditors of the Company.

21




The Company, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC are not obligated to follow the Company’s preferred resolution strategy for resolving its U.S. operations under its resolution plan. In addition, Santander could in the future change its resolution strategy for resolving its U.S. operations. In an alternative scenario, the Company alone could enter bankruptcy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the Company’s subsidiaries would be recapitalized as needed, using assets of the Company, so that they could continue normal operations as going concerns or subsequently be wound down in an orderly manner. As a result, the losses incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries would be imposed first on the holders of the Company’s equity securities and thereafter on unsecured creditors, including holders of our LTD and other debt securities. Holders of our LTD and other debt securities would be junior to the claims of creditors of the Company’s subsidiaries and to the claims of priority (as determined by statute) and secured creditors of the Company. Under either of these scenarios, in a resolution of the Company under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, holders of our LTD and other debt securities would realize value only to the extent available to the Company as a shareholder of the Bank, SC and its other subsidiaries, and only after any claims of priority and secured creditors of the Company have been fully repaid.

In December 2016, the Federal Reserve finalized rules requiring intermediate holding companies of foreign G-SIBs, including the Company, to maintain minimum amounts of LTD and TLAC. It is possible that the Company’s resolution strategy in connection with the implementation of those rules, which will become effective on January 1, 2019, could change on or before that date. Further, even if Santander’s and the Company’s strategy for resolving its U.S. operations does not change, it is possible that the Federal Reserve or the FDIC could choose not to follow the current strategy.

The resolution of the Company under the orderly liquidation authority could result in greater losses for holders of our equity and debt securities.

The ability of holders of our LTD and other debt securities to recover the full amount that would otherwise be payable on those securities in a resolution proceeding under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code may be impaired by the exercise of the FDIC’s powers under the “orderly liquidation authority” under Title II of the DFA.

Title II of the DFA created a new resolution regime known as the “orderly liquidation authority” to which financial companies, including U.S. intermediate holding companiesIHC of FBOs with assets of $50 billion or more, such as the Company, can be subjected. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver in order to liquidate a financial company if, upon the recommendation of applicable regulators, the United States Secretary of the Treasury determines that the entity is in severe financial distress, the entity’s failure would have serious adverse effects on the U.S. financial system, and resolution under the orderly liquidation authority would avoid or mitigate those effects, among other things. Absent such determinations, the Company would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.


16





If the FDIC iswere appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the orderly liquidation authority, rather than the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, would determine the powers of the receiver and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have transacted with the Company. There are substantial differences between the rights available to creditors under the orderly liquidation authority and under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. For example, under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances (which would otherwise be respected under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code), and an administrative claims procedures is used to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings). Under the orderly liquidation authority, in certain circumstances, the FDIC could elevate the priority of claims if it determines that doing so is necessary to facilitate a smooth and orderly liquidation without the need to obtain the consent of other creditors or prior court review. Furthermore, the FDIC has the right to transfer assets or liabilities of the failed company to a third party or “bridge” entity under the orderly liquidation authority.

Regardless of what resolution strategy Santander might prefer for resolving its U.S. operations, the FDIC could determine that it is a desirable strategy to resolve the Company in a manner that would, among other things, impose losses on the Company’s shareholder, unsecured debt holdersdebtholders (including holders of our LTD) and other creditors, while permitting the Company’s subsidiaries to continue to operate. It is likely that the application of such an entry strategy in which the Company would be the only legal entity in the U.S. to enter resolution proceedings would result in greater losses to holders of our LTD and other debt securities than the losses that would result from the application of a bankruptcy proceeding or a different resolution strategy for the Company. Assuming the Company entered resolution proceedings and support from the Company to its subsidiaries was sufficient to enable the subsidiaries to remain solvent, losses at the subsidiary level could be transferred to the Company and ultimately borne by the Company’s security holderssecurityholders (including holders of our LTD and other debt securities), with the result that third-party creditors of the Company’s subsidiaries would receive full recoveries on their claims, while the Company’s security holderssecurityholders (including holders of our LTD) and other unsecured creditors could face significant losses. In addition, in a resolution under the orderly liquidation authority, holders of our LTD and other debt securities of the Company could face losses ahead of our other similarly situated creditors if the FDIC exercised its right, described above, to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims.

22



claims described above.

The orderly liquidation authority also requires that creditors and shareholders of the financial company in receivership must bear all losses before taxpayers are exposed to any losses, and amounts owed by the financial company or the receivership to the U.S. government would generally receive a statutory payment priority over the claims of private creditors, including holders of our LTD and other debt securities. In addition, under the orderly liquidation authority, claims of creditors (including holders of our LTD and other debt securities) could be satisfied through the issuance of equity or other securities in a bridge entity to which the Company’s assets are transferred, as described above. If securities were to be delivered in satisfaction of claims, there can be no assurance that the value of the securities of the bridge entity would be sufficient to repay all or any part of the creditor claims for which the securities were exchanged.

Although the FDIC has issued regulations to implement the orderly liquidation authority, not all aspects of how the FDIC might exercise this authority are known, and additional rulemaking is possible.

United States stress testing, capital planning, and related supervisory actions

The Company is subject to stress testing and capital planning requirements under regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank ActDFA and other banking laws and policies. Effective January 2017, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule adjusting its capital plan and stress testing rules, exempting from the qualitative portion of the CCAR certain BHCs and U.S. IHCs of FBOs with total consolidated assets between $50 billion and $250 billion and total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion, and that are not identified as global systemically important banks. Such firms, including the Company, are still required to meet CCAR’s quantitative requirements and are subject to regular supervisory assessments that examine their capital planning processes.In 2014,2017, 2018, and 2019 the Federal Reserve provided its non-objection to SHUSA’s capital plan; however, in 2015 and 2016, the Federal Reserve, as part of its CCAR process, objected on qualitative grounds to the capital plans the Company submitted. In its 2016 public report on CCAR, the Federal Reserve cited broad and substantial weaknesses in the Company’s capital planning processes, including weaknesses in assumptions and analysis underlying the capital plan and capital adequacy process, and deficiencies in the risk management framework, including features of risk measurement and monitoring, stress testing processes, governance, internal controls and oversight functions. As a result of the CCAR objections, the Company is not permitted to make any capital distributions without the Federal Reserve's approval, other than the continued payment of dividends on the Company’s outstanding class of preferred stock, until a new capital plan is approved by the Federal Reserve. There is the risk that the Federal Reserve willcould object to the Company’s nextfuture capital plan.plans, which would limit the Company's ability to make capital distributions or take certain capital actions.

In addition, we are subject to supervisory actions in the United States related to the CCAR stress testing and capital planning processes. Specifically, on September 15, 2014, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB
17





Other supervisory actions and restrictions on U.S. activities

In addition to the foregoing, U.S. bank regulatory agencies from time to time take supervisory actions under certain circumstances that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities. In somemany instances, we are subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these actions or the full details of these actions.actions publicly. In addition, as part of the regular examination process, certain U.S. subsidiaries’ regulators may advise certain U.S. subsidiariesthe subsidiary to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. The U.S. supervisory environment has become significantly more demanding and restrictive since the financial crisis of 2008. Under the BHC Act, the Federal Reserve has the authority to disallow us and certain of our U.S. subsidiaries from engaging in certain categories of new activities in the United States or acquiring shares or control of other companies in the United States. Such actions and restrictions currently applicable to us or certain of our U.S. subsidiaries could adversely affect our costs and revenues. Moreover, efforts to comply with nonpublic supervisory actions or restrictions could require material investments in additional resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention. As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and we may be subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these matters or the full details of these actions. In addition to such confidential actions and restrictions, on July 2, 2015, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of that written agreement, the Company is required to make enhancements with respect to, among other matters, Board oversight of the consolidated organization, risk management, capital planning and liquidity risk management.

We are subject to potential intervention by any of our regulators or supervisors, particularly in response to customer complaints.

As noted above, our business and operations are subject to increasingly significant rules and regulations relating to the banking and financial services business. These apply to business operations, affect financial returns, include reserve and reporting requirements, and prudential andthe conduct of business regulations.our business. These requirements are setestablished by the relevant central banks and regulatory authorities that authorize, regulate and supervise us in the jurisdictions in which we operate.


23



the cost of credit, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, and restrict our ability to raise interest rates.

In their supervisory roles, regulators seek to maintain the safety and soundness of financial institutions with the aim of strengthening, but not guaranteeing, the protection of customers and the financial system. Supervisors' continuing supervision of financial institutions is conducted through a variety of regulatory tools, including the collection of information by way of reports obtained from skilled persons, visits to firms and regular meetings with management to discuss issues such as performance, risk management and strategy. In general, regulators have an outcome-focused regulatory approach that involves proactive enforcement and penalties for infringement. As a result, we face increased supervisory intrusion and scrutiny (resulting in increasing internal compliance costs and supervision fees), and in the event of a breach of our regulatory obligations we are likely to face more stringent regulatory fines.

Some of the regulators focus strongly on consumer protection and on conduct risk and will continue to do so.risk. This has included a focus on the design and operation of products, the behavior of customers and the operation of markets. Some of the laws in the relevant jurisdictions in which we operate give regulators the power to make temporary product intervention rules either to improve a company's systems and controls in relation to product design, product management and implementation, or address problems identified with financial products. These problems may potentially cause significant detriment to consumers because of certain product features, governance flaws or distribution strategies. Such rules may prevent institutions from entering into product agreements with customers until such problems have been solved. Some regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate also require us to be in compliance with training, authorization and supervision of personnel, systems, processes and documentation requirements. Sales practices with retail customers, including incentive compensation structures related to such practices, have recently been a focus of various regulatory and governmental agencies. If we fail to be compliant with such regulations, there would be a risk of an adverse impact on our business from sanctions, fines or other actions imposed by regulatory authorities. Customers of financial services institutions, including our customers, may seek redress if they consider that they have suffered loss as a result of the mis-selling of a particular product, or through incorrect application of the terms and conditions of a particular product. Given the inherent unpredictability of litigation and the evolution of judgments by the relevant authorities, it is possible that an adverse outcome in some matters could harm our reputation or have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects arising from any penalties imposed or compensation awarded, together with the costs of defending such actions, thereby reducing our profitability.

We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.

As noted above, we face risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings, including tax proceedings that could subject us to monetary judgments, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties. The current regulatory environment reflects an increased supervisory focus on enforcement, combined with uncertainty about the evolution of the regulatory regime, and may lead to material operational and compliance costs. In general, amounts financial institutions pay in settlements of regulatory proceedings or investigations and the severity of terms of regulatory settlements have been increasing. In certain cases, regulatory authorities have required criminal pleas, admissions of wrongdoing, limitations on asset growth, managerial changes, and other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, all of which could have significant economic consequences for a financial institution.


18





We are subject to certaincivil and tax claims and party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business from time to time, including in connection with lending activities, relationships with our employees and other commercial or tax matters. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly when the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or when the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in the early stages of investigation or discovery, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. We believe that we have established adequate reserves related to the costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with these various claims and legal proceedings. However, the amount of these provisions is substantially less than the total amount of the claims asserted against us and, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves we have currently accrued. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and our level of income for that period.

In addition, from time to time, the Company is, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by the SEC and law enforcement authorities.

Often, the announcement or other publication of claims or actions that may arise from such litigation and regulatory proceedings or of any related settlement may spur the initiation of similar claims by other customers, clients or governmental entities. In any such claim or action, demands for substantial monetary damages may be asserted against us and may result in financial liability, changes in our business practices or an adverse effect on our reputation or client demand for our products and services. In regulatory settlements since the financial crisis, fines imposed by regulators have increased substantially and may in some cases exceed the profit earned or harm caused by the breach.


24




Our operations are subject to regularRegular and ongoing inspection by our banking and other regulators may result in the U.S. As a result of such inspections, regulators may identify areas in which we may need to take actions, which may be significant, to enhance our regulatory compliance or risk management practices. Such remedial actions may entail significant costs, management attention, and systems development, and such efforts may affect our ability to expand our business until those remedial actions are completed. In some instances, we are subjected to significant legal restrictions on our ability to disclose these types of actions or the full detail of these actions publicly. Our failure to implement enhanced compliance and risk management procedures in a manner and timeframe deemed to be responsive by the applicable regulatory authority could adversely impact our relationship with that regulatory authority and lead to restrictions on our activities or other sanctions.

In addition, theThe magnitude and complexity of projects required to address the expectations of the Company’s regulators’regulatory and legal proceedings, in addition to the challenging macroeconomic environment and pace of regulatory change, may result in execution risk and adversely affect the successful execution of such regulatory or legal priorities.

In many cases, we are required to self-report inappropriate or non-compliant conduct to regulatory authorities, and our failure to do so may represent an independent regulatory violation. Even when we promptly bring matters to the attention of appropriate authorities, we may nonetheless experience regulatory fines, liabilities to clients, harm to our reputation or other adverse effects in connection with self-reported matters.

We may not be able to detect money laundering and other illegal or improper activities fully or on a timely basis, which could expose us to additional liability and could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are required to comply with anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and other laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations require us, among other things, to adopt and enforce “know-your-customer” policies and procedures and to report suspicious and large transactions to applicable regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations have become increasingly complex and detailed, require improved systems and sophisticated monitoring and compliance personnel, and have become the subject of enhanced government supervision.

While we have adopted policies and procedures aimed at detecting and preventing the use of our banking network for money laundering and related activities, those policies and procedures may not completely eliminate instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering and other illegal or improper activities. Emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies and blockchain, could limit our ability to track the movement of funds. Our ability to comply with legal requirements depends on our ability to improve detection and reporting capabilities and reduce variation in control processes and oversight accountability.

19





These require implementing and embedding effective controls and monitoring within our business and on-going changes to systems and operations. Financial crime is continually evolving and subject to increasingly stringent regulatory oversight and focus. Even known threats can never be fully eliminated, and there will be instances in which we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering or other illegal or improper activities. To the extent we fail to fully comply with applicable laws and regulations, the relevant government agencies to which we report have the authority to impose fines and other penalties on us. In addition, our business and reputation could suffer if customers use our banking network for money laundering or other illegal or improper purposes.

While we review our relevant counterparties’ internal policies and procedures with respect to such matters, to a large degree we rely on our relevant counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate anti-money laundering procedures. Such measures, procedures and compliance may not be completely effective in preventing third parties from using our and our relevant counterparties’ services as a conduits for money laundering (including illegal cash operations) or other illegal activities without our and our counterparties’ knowledge. If we are associated with, or even accused of being associated with, or become a party to, money laundering or other illegal activities, our reputation could suffer and/or we could become subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement (including being added to any “blacklists” that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us), any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

An incorrect interpretation of tax laws and regulations may adversely affect us.

The preparation of our tax returns requires the use of estimates and interpretations of complex tax laws and regulations, and is subject to review by taxing authorities. We are subject to the income tax laws of the United States and certain foreign countries. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and relevant governmental taxing authorities, which are sometimes subject to prolonged evaluation periods until a final resolution is reached. In establishing a provision for income tax expense and filing returns, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. If the judgments, estimates, and assumptions we use in preparing our tax returns are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations.

Changes in taxes and other assessments may adversely affect us.

The legislatures and tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate regularly enact reforms to the tax and other assessment regimes to which we and our customers are subject. Such reforms include changes in the rate of assessments and, occasionally, enactment of temporary taxes, the proceeds of which are earmarked for designated governmental purposes. The effects of these changes and any other changes that result from enactment of additional tax reforms cannot be quantified and there can be no assurance that any such reforms would not have an adverse effect upon our business. Aspects of recent U.S. federal income tax reform such as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 limit or eliminate certain income tax deductions, including the home mortgage interest deduction, the deduction of interest on home equity loans and a limitation on the deductibility of property taxes. These limitations and eliminations could affect demand for some of our retail banking products and the valuation of assets securing certain of our loans adversely, increasing our provision for loan losses and reducing profitability.

Credit Risks

If the level of our NPLs increases or our credit quality deteriorates in the future, or if our loan and lease loss reserves are insufficient to cover loan and lease losses, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Non-performing or low credit quality loans have in the past negatively impacted and can continue to
negatively impact our results of operations. In particular, the amount of our reported NPLs may increase in the future as a result of growth in our total loan portfolio, including as a result of loan portfolios we may acquire in the future, or factors beyond our control, such as adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in economic conditions in the United States, the impact of political events, events affecting certain industries or events affecting financial markets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively control the level of the NPLs in our loan portfolio.


2520





Our loan and lease loss reserves are based on our current assessment of and expectations concerning various factors affecting the quality of our loan portfolio. These factors include, among other things, our borrowers’ financial condition, repayment abilities and repayment intentions, the realizable value of any collateral, the prospects for support from any guarantor, government macroeconomic policies, interest rates and the legal and regulatory environment. As the last global financial crisis demonstrated, many of these factors are beyond our control. As a result, there is no precise method for predicting loan and credit losses, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses. If our assessment of and expectations concerning the above-mentioned factors differ from actual developments, if the quality of our total loan portfolio deteriorates for any reason, including an increase in lending to individuals and small and medium enterprises, a volume increase in our credit card portfolio or the introduction of new products, or if future actual losses exceed our estimates of incurred losses, we may be required to increase our loan and lease loss reserves, which may adversely affect us. If we were unable to control or reduce the level of our non-performing or poor credit quality loans, this also could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, the FASB’s ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2020 and increased our ACL by approximately $2.5 billion. This standard replaces existing incurred loss impairment guidance and establishes a single allowance framework for financial assets carried at amortized cost. Upon adoption of this standard, companies must recognize credit losses on these assets equal to management’s estimate of credit losses over the assets’ remaining expected lives. It is possible that our ongoing reported earnings and lending activity will be impacted negatively in periods following adoption of this ASU. See “Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings” below.

Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, and this reduces the weighted average life of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. We would also be required to amortize net premiums into income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent in our commercial activity, and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.

The value of the collateral securing our loans may not be sufficient, and we may be unable to realize the full value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio.

The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may fluctuate or decline due to factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors affecting the United States. The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may be adversely affected by force majeure events such as natural disasters, particularly in locations in which a significant portion of our loan portfolio is composed of real estate loans. Natural disasters such as earthquakes and floods may cause widespread damage, which could impair the asset quality of our loan portfolio and have an adverse impact on the economy of the affected region. We also may not have sufficiently recent information on the value of collateral, which may result in an inaccurate assessment of impairment losses of our loans secured by such collateral. If any of the above were to occur, we may need to make additional provisions to cover actual impairment losses on our loans, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, auto industry technology changes, accelerated by environmental rules, could affect our auto consumer business, particularly the residual values of leased vehicles, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to counterparty risk in our banking business.

We are exposed to counterparty risk in addition to credit risks associated with lending activities. Counterparty risk may arise from, for example, investing in securities of third parties, entering into derivatives contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us or executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades that fail to settle at the required time due to non-delivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries.


21





We routinely transact with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, hedge funds and other institutional clients. We rely on information provided by or on behalf of counterparties, such as financial statements, and we may rely on representations of our counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Defaults by, and even rumors or questions about the solvency of, certain financial institutions and the financial services industry generally have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by other institutions. Many routine transactions we enter into expose us to significant credit risk in the event of default by one of our significant counterparties.

Liquidity and Financing Risks

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business and could have a material adverse effect on us.

Liquidity risk is the risk that we either do not have available sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they become due or can secure them only at excessive cost. This risk is inherent in any retail and commercial banking business and can be heightened by a number of enterprise-specific factors, including over-reliance on a particular source of funding, changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation. While we implement liquidity management processes to seek to mitigate and control these risks, unforeseen systemic market factors in particular make it difficult to eliminate these risks completely. Adverse and continued constraints in the supply of liquidity, including inter-bank lending, may materially and adversely affect the cost of funding our business, and extreme liquidity constraints may affect our current operations and our ability to fulfill regulatory liquidity requirements as well as limit growth possibilities.

Disruption and volatility in the global financial markets could have a material adverse effect on our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us.

Our cost of obtaining funding is directly related to prevailing market interest rates and to our credit spreads. Increases in interest rates and our credit spreads can significantly increase the cost of our funding. Changes in our credit spreads are market-driven, and may be influenced by market perceptions of our creditworthiness. Changes to interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously and may be unpredictable and highly volatile.

If wholesale markets financing ceases to becomebe available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits, with a view to attracting more customers, and/or to sell assets, potentially at depressed prices. The persistence or worsening of these adverse market conditions or an increase in base interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our ability to access liquidity and cost of funding.

We rely, and will continue to rely, primarily on deposits to fund lending activities. The ongoing availability of this type of funding is sensitive to a variety of factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and the confidence of depositors in the economy in general, and the financial services industry in particular, as well as competition betweenamong banks for deposits. Any of these factors could significantly increase the amount of deposit withdrawals in a short period of time, thereby reducing our ability to access deposit funding in the future on appropriate terms, or at all. If these circumstances were to arise, they could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We anticipate that our customers will continue to make deposits (particularly demand deposits and short-term time deposits) in the near future, and we intend to maintain our emphasis on the use of banking deposits as a source of funds. The short-term nature of some deposits could cause liquidity problems for us in the future if deposits are not made in the volumes we expect or are not renewed. If a substantial number of our depositors withdraw their demand deposits, or do not roll over their time deposits upon maturity, we may be materially and adversely affected.

There can be no assurance that, in the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we will be able to maintain levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments, or the liquidation of certain assets. If this were to happen, we could be materially adversely affected.

Credit, market and liquidity risk may have an adverse effect on our credit ratings and our cost of funds. Any downgrading in our credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our interest margins and results of operations.

Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings of our debt are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally.


22





Any downgrade in our or Santander's debt credit ratings would likely increase our borrowing costs and require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivativederivatives contracts, and could limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our commercial business. For example, a ratings downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market certain of our products, engage in certain longer-term and derivatives transactions and retain customers, particularly customers who need a minimum rating threshold in order to invest. In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivativederivatives contracts, we may be required to maintain a minimum credit rating or terminate the contracts. Any of these results of a ratings downgrade, in turn, could reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on us, including our operating results and financial condition.


26




We conduct a significant number of our material derivativederivatives activities through Santander and Santander UK. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2016,2018, if all of the rating agencies were to downgrade Santander’s or Santander UK’s long-term senior debt ratings, we would be required to post additional collateral pursuant to derivativederivatives and other financial contracts. Refer to further discussion in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

While certain potential impacts of these downgrades are contractual and quantifiable, the full consequences of a credit rating downgrade are inherently uncertain, as they depend uponon numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including market conditions at the time of any downgrade, whether any downgrade of a company's long-term credit rating precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit rating, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. Actual outflows could be higher or lower than this hypothetical example depending on certain factors, including which credit rating agency downgrades our credit rating, any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce cash outflows and the potential liquidity impact from loss of unsecured funding (such as from money market funds) or loss of secured funding capacity. Although unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in our stress testing scenarios and a portion of our total liquid assets is held against these risks, it is still the case that a credit rating downgrade could have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Bank, and SC.

In addition, if we were required to cancel our derivatives contracts with certain counterparties and were unable to replace those contracts, our market risk profile could be altered.

There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain their current ratings or outlooks. Failure to maintain favorable ratings and outlooks could increase the cost of funding and adversely affect interest margins, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Credit Risks

If the level of our non-performing loans increases or our credit quality deteriorates in the future, or if our loan and lease loss reserves are insufficient to cover loan and lease losses, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Non-performing or low credit quality loans have in the past negatively impacted and can continue to negatively impact our results of operations. In particular, the amount of our reported non-performing loans may increase in the future as a result of growth in our total loan portfolio, including as a result of loan portfolios that we may acquire in the future, or factors beyond our control, such as adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in economic conditions in the United States, the impact of political events, events affecting certain industries or events affecting financial markets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively control the level of the non-performing loans ("NPLs") in our loan portfolio.

Our loan and lease loss reserves are based on our current assessment of and expectations concerning various factors affecting the quality of our loan portfolio. These factors include, among other things, our borrowers’ financial condition, repayment abilities and repayment intentions, the realizable value of any collateral, the prospects for support from any guarantor, government macroeconomic policies, interest rates and the legal and regulatory environment. As the last global financial crisis demonstrated, many of these factors are beyond our control. As a result, there is no precise method for predicting loan and credit losses, and there can be no assurance that our current or future loan and lease loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses. If our assessment of and expectations concerning the above-mentioned factors differ from actual developments, if the quality of our total loan portfolio deteriorates for any reason, including an increase in lending to individuals and small and medium enterprises, a volume increase in our credit card portfolio or the introduction of new products, or if future actual losses exceed our estimates of incurred losses, we may be required to increase our loan and lease loss reserves, which may adversely affect us. If we were unable to control or reduce the level of our non-performing or poor credit quality loans, this also could have a material adverse effect on us.

Mortgage loans are one of our principal assets, comprising 9.1% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016. In addition, we have exposure to a number of large real estate developers. As a result, we are exposed to developments in housing markets. From 2002 to 2007, demand for housing and mortgage financing increased significantly driven by, among other things, economic growth, declining unemployment rates, demographic and social trends and historically low interest rates. During late 2007, the housing market began to adjust as a result of excess supply and higher interest rates. For a prolonged time after 2008, persistent housing oversupply, decreased housing demand, rising unemployment, subdued earnings growth, greater pressure on disposable income, a decline in the availability of mortgage financing and the continued effect of market volatility caused home prices to decline, while mortgage delinquencies increased. Higher unemployment rates coupled with declining real estate prices, could have a material adverse impact on our mortgage payment delinquency rates, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

27




Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, and this reduces the weighted average life of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. We would also be required to amortize net premiums into income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent in our commercial activity, and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.

The value of the collateral securing our loans may not be sufficient, and we may be unable to realize the full value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio.

The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may fluctuate or decline due to factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors affecting the United States. The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may be adversely affected by force majeure events such as natural disasters, particularly in locations in which a significant portion of our loan portfolio is composed of real estate loans. Natural disasters such as earthquakes and floods may cause widespread damage, which could impair the asset quality of our loan portfolio and have an adverse impact on the economy of the affected region. We also may not have sufficiently recent information on the value of collateral, which may result in an inaccurate assessment of impairment losses of our loans secured by such collateral. If any of the above were to occur, we may need to make additional provisions to cover actual impairment losses of our loans, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to counterparty risk in our banking business.

We are exposed to counterparty risk in addition to credit risks associated with lending activities. Counterparty risk may arise from, for example, investing in securities of third parties, entering into derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us or executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades from proprietary trading activities that fail to settle at the required time due to non-delivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries.

We routinely transact with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, hedge funds and other institutional clients. We rely on information provided by or on behalf of counterparties, such as financial statements, and we may rely on representations of our counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Defaults by, and even rumors or questions about the solvency of, certain financial institutions and the financial services industry generally have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by other institutions. Many of the routine transactions we enter into expose us to significant credit risk in the event of default by one of our significant counterparties.

Market Risks

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates and other market risks, which may materially and adversely affect us.

Market risk refers to the probability of variations in our net interest income or in the market value of our assets and liabilities due to volatility of interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. Changes in interest rates affect the following areas, among others, of our business:business, among others:

net interest income;
the volume of loans originated;
the market value of our securities holdings;
the value of our loans and deposits;
gains from sales of loans and securities; and
gains and losses from derivatives.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including increased regulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors. Variations in interest rates could affect our net interest income, which comprises the majority of our revenue, reducing our growth rate and potentially resulting in losses. This is a result of the different effect a change in interest rates may have on the interest earned on our assets and the interest paid on our borrowings. In addition, we may incur costs (which, in turn, will impact our results) as we implement strategies to reduce future interest rate exposure.

28




Increases in interest rates may reduce the volume of loans we originate. Sustained high interest rates have historically discouraged customers from borrowing and have resulted in increased delinquencies in outstanding loans and deterioration in the quality of assets. Increases in interest rates may also reduce the propensity of our customers to prepay or refinance fixed-rate loans. Increases in interest rates may reduce the value of our financial assets and the collateral used to secure our loans, and may reduce gains or require us to record losses on sales of our loans or securities.


23





In addition, we may experience increased delinquencies in a low interest rate environment when such an environment is accompanied by high unemployment and recessionary conditions.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk as a result of mismatches between assets and liabilities denominated in different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies may negatively affect our earnings and value of our assets and securities.

Some of our investment management services fees are based on financial market valuations of assets certain of our subsidiaries manage or hold in custody for clients. Changes in these valuations can affect noninterest income positively or negatively, and ultimately affect our financial results. Significant changes in the volume of activity in the capital markets, and in the number of assignments we are awarded, could also affect our financial results.

We are also exposed to equity price risk in our investments in equity securities. The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of our investment and trading portfolios. The volatility of world equity markets due to economic uncertainty and sovereign debt concerns has had a particularly strong impact on the financial sector. Continued volatility may affect the value of our investments in equity securities and, depending on their fair value and future recovery expectations, could become a permanent impairment which would be subject to write-offs against our results. To the extent any of these risks materialize, our net interest income and the market value of our assets and liabilities could be materially adversely affected.

Market conditions have resulted, and could result, in material changes to the estimated fair values of our financial assets. Negative fair value adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In the past ninerecent years, financial markets have been subject to volatility and the resulting widening of credit spreads. We have material exposures to securities and other investments that are recorded at fair value and are therefore exposed to potential negative fair value adjustments. Asset valuations in future periods, reflecting then-prevailing market conditions, may result in negative changes in the fair values of our financial assets, and also may translate into increased impairments. In addition, the value we ultimately realize on
disposal of the asset may be lower than its current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to record negative fair value adjustments, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, to the extent that fair values are determined using financial valuation models, such values may be inaccurate or subject to change, as the data used by such models may not be available or may become unavailable due to changes in market conditions, particularly for illiquid assets and in times of economic instability. In such circumstances, our valuation methodologies require us to make assumptions, judgments and estimates in order to establish fair value, and reliable assumptions are difficult to make and are inherently uncertain. In addition, valuation models are complex, making them inherently imperfect predictors of actual results. Any resulting impairments or write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to market, operational and other related risks associated with our derivativederivatives transactions that could have a material adverse effect on us.

We enter into derivativederivatives transactions for trading purposes as well as for hedging purposes. We are subject to market, credit and operational risks associated with these transactions, including basis risk (the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding and/or hedge cost) and credit or default risk (the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder, including providing sufficient collateral).

The execution and performance of derivativederivatives transactions dependsdepend on our ability to maintain adequate control and administration systems and to hire and retain qualified personnel. Moreover, our ability to adequately monitor, analyze and report derivativederivatives transactions continues to depend, to a great extent, on our information technologyIT systems. These factors further increase the risks associated with these transactions and could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, disputes with counterparties may arise regarding the terms or the settlement procedures of derivativederivatives contracts, including with respect to the value of underlying collateral, which could cause us to incur unexpected costs, including transaction, operational, legal and litigation costs, or result in credit losses, all of which may impair our ability to manage our risk exposure from these products.


29
24





Risk Management

Failure to successfully implement and continue to improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, could materially and adversely affect us, and we may be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.

The management of risk is an integral part of our activities. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance and legal reporting systems. Although we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, such techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate.

We rely on quantitative models to measure risks and to estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in such processes as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital adequacy, and calculating economic and regulatory capital levels, as well as estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed or implemented models present the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporating models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy of that information. Also, information we provide to the public or our regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could be inaccurate or misleading.

Some of our qualitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based on our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of our risk exposures. These qualitative tools and metrics may fail to predict future risk exposures. These risk exposures could, for example, arise from factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This would limit our ability to manage our risks. Our losses therefore could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses. We could face adverse consequences as a result of decisions based on models that are poorly developed, implemented, or used, or as a result of a modeled outcome being misunderstood or used of for purposes for which it was not designed. In addition, if existing or potential customers believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek to limit transactions with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, operating results, financial condition, and prospects.

As a commercial bank, one of the main types of risks inherent in our business is credit risk. For example, an important feature of our credit risk management is to employ an internal credit rating system to assess the particular risk profile of a customer. Since this process involves detailed analyses of the customer, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human orand IT systems errors. In exercising their judgment on the current and future credit risk of our customers, our employees may not always assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system.

We have been refining our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers. However, we may not be able to timely detect all possible risks before they occur or, due to limited tools available to us, our employees may not be able to implement them effectively, which may increase our credit risk. Failure to effectively implement,
consistently follow or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of non-performing loansNPLs and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

General Business and Industry Risks

The financial problems our customers face could adversely affect us.

Market turmoil and economic recession could materially and adversely affect the liquidity, businesses and/or financial conditionscondition of our borrowers, which could in turn increase our NPL ratios, impair our loan and other financial assets and result in decreased demand for borrowings in general. In addition, our customers may further decrease their risk tolerance to non-deposit investments such as stocks, bonds and mutual funds significantly, which would adversely affect our fee and commission income. Any of the conditions described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


3025





We depend in part upon dividends and other funds from subsidiaries.

SomeMost of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, to the extent we decide to do so, depends in part on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and pay dividends to us. Payment of dividends, distributions and advances by our subsidiaries will be contingent on our subsidiaries’ earnings and business considerations, and are limited by legal regulatory, and contractualregulatory restrictions. Additionally, our right to receive any assets of any of our subsidiaries as an equity holder of such subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors.

Increased competition and industry consolidation may adversely affect our results of operations.

We face substantial competition in all parts of our business from numerous banks and non-bank providers of financial services, including in originating loans and attracting deposits.deposits, providing customer service, the quality and range of products and services, technology, interest rates and overall reputation, and we expect competitive conditions to continue to intensify. Our competition in originating loans comes principally from other domestic and foreign banks, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and other lenders and purchasers of loans.

There has been a trend towards consolidation in the banking industry, which has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages such as a more diversified product and customer base, the ability to reach more customers and potential customers, operational efficiencies, lower-cost funding and larger branch networks. Many competitors are also focused on cross-selling their products, which could affect our ability to maintain or grow existing customer relationships or require us to offer lower interest rates or fees on our lending products or higher interest rates on deposits. There can be no assurance that increased competition will not adversely affect our growth prospects and therefore our operations. We also face competition from non-bank competitors such as brokerage companies, department stores (for some credit products), leasing and factoring companies, mutual fund and pension fund management companies and insurance companies.

Increasing competitionNon-traditional providers of banking services, such as internet based e-commerce providers, mobile telephone companies and internet search engines, may offer and/or increase their offerings of financial products and services directly to customers. These non-traditional providers of banking services currently have an advantage over traditional providers because they are not subject to the same regulatory or legislative requirements to which we are subject. Several of these competitors may have long operating histories, large customer bases, strong brand recognition and significant financial, marketing and other resources. They may adopt more aggressive pricing and rates and devote more resources to technology, infrastructure and marketing.

New competitors may enter the market or existing competitors may adjust their services with unique product or service offerings or approaches to providing banking services. If we are unable to compete successfully with current and new competitors, or if we are unable to anticipate and adapt our offerings to changing banking industry trends, including technological changes, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, our failure to anticipate or adapt to emerging technologies or changes in customer behavior effectively, including among younger customers, could require that we increase the rates we offer on depositsdelay or lower the rates we charge on loans,prevent our access to new digital-based markets, which could alsowould in turn have a materialan adverse effect on us,our competitive position and business. Furthermore, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. Our customers may choose to conduct business or offer products in areas that may be considered speculative or risky. Such new technologies and the rise in customer use of internet and mobile banking platforms in recent years could negatively impact our investments in bank premises, equipment and personnel for our branch network. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include closing and/or selling certain branches and restructuring our remaining branches and workforce. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a number of our remaining branches or otherwise reform our retail distribution channel. Furthermore, our failure to keep pace with innovation or to swiftly and effectively implement such changes to our distribution strategy could have an adverse effect on our profitability. It may also negatively affect our business results and prospects by, among other things, limiting our ability to increase our customer base and expand our operations and increasing competition for investment opportunities.competitive position.

In addition, ifIf our customer service levels were perceived by the market to be materially below those of our competitors, we could lose existing and potential business. If we are not successful in retaining and strengthening customer relationships, we may lose market share, incur losses on some or all of our activities or fail to attract new deposits or retain existing deposits, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.


26





Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to continue offering products and services from third parties, and we may not be able to manage various risks we face as we expand our range of products and services that could have a material adverse effect on us.

The success of our operations and our profitability depend, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to continue offering products and services from third parties. However, we cannot guarantee that our new products and services will be responsive to client demands or successful once they are offered to our clients, or that they will be successful in the future. In addition, our clients’ needs or desires may change over time, and such changes may render our products and services obsolete, outdated or unattractive, and we may not be able to develop new products that meet our clients’ changing needs. Our success is also dependent on our ability to anticipate and leverage new and existing technologies that may have an impact on products and services in the banking industry. Technological changes may further intensify and complicate the competitive landscape and influence client behavior. If we cannot respond in a timely fashion to the changing needs of our clients, we may lose clients, which could in turn materially and adversely affect us.

Advances in technology have allowed non-bank institutions to offer products and services traditionally regarded as banking products, and for our banking and non-banking competitors to offer electronic and internet-based services. New technologies could require the Company to modify or enhance its products and services to attract and retain customers and remain competitive.

The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources, including regulatory approvals. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry, our ability to access technical and other information from our clients and the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in
a timely manner at competitive prices. Our failure to manage these risks and uncertainties also exposes us to the enhanced risk of operational lapses, which may result in the recognition of financial statement liabilities. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives, vendor relationships and shifting market preferences may also determine whether initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our clients. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, as well as on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.


31




As we expand the range of our products and services, some of which may be at an early stage of development in the markets of certain regions in which we operate, we will be exposed to new and potentially increasingly complex risks and development expenses. Our employees and risk management systems as well as our experience and that of our partners may not be adequate to enable us to handle or manage such risks properly. In addition, the cost of developing products that are not launched is likely to affect our results of operations. Any or all of these factors, individually or collectively, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Further, our customers may assert complaints and seek redress if they consider that they have suffered loss from our products or services, for example, as a result of any alleged mis-selling or incorrect application of the terms or conditions of a particular product. This could in turn subject us to risks of potential legal action by our customers and intervention by our regulators. For further detail on our legal and regulatory risk exposures, please see the Risk Factor entitled “We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.

If we are unable to manage the growth of our operations, this could have an adverse impact on our profitability.

We cannot ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to manage our growth effectively or deliver our strategic growth objectives. Challenges that may result from our strategic growth decisions include our ability to:

manage efficiently the operations and employees of expanding businesses;
maintain or grow our existing customer base;
align our current IT systems adequately with those of an enlarged group;
apply our risk management policies effectively to an enlarged group; and
manage a growing number of entities without over-committing management or losing key personnel.

Any failure to manage growth effectively, including any or all of the above challenges associated with our growth plans, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Goodwill impairments may be required in relation to acquired businesses.

We have made business acquisitions for which it is possible that the goodwill which has been attributed to those businesses may have to be written down if our valuation assumptions are required to be reassessed as a result of any deterioration in the business’ underlying profitability, asset quality or other relevant matters. Impairment testing with respect to goodwill is performed annually, more frequently if impairment indicators are present, and includes a comparison of the carrying amount of the reporting unit with its fair value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than the fair value, therethe impairment is an indication thatmeasured as this excess of carrying value over fair value. We recognized a $10.5 million impairment exists and a second step to measure the amount of impairment, if any, must be performed. This second step involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill determined in 2017 primarily due to the same manner asunfavorable economic environment in Puerto Rico and the amountadditional adverse effect of goodwill recognized in a business combination upon acquisition. There were noHurricane Maria. We did not recognize any impairments of goodwill recognized in 20142018 or 2016. The Company recorded a goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of 2015 related to the goodwill from the first quarter consolidation and Change in Control of SC.2019. It is reasonably possible we may be required to record impairment of our remaining $4.5 billion of goodwill attributable to SC and SBNA in the future. There can be no assurance that we will not have to write down the value attributed to goodwill further in the future, which would not impact risk-based capital ratios adversely, but would adversely affect our results of operations and stockholder's equity.

We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued service of key members of our management team. The ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals is a key element of our strategy. The successful implementation of our growth strategy depends on the availability of skilled management, both at our head office and at each of our business units. If we or one of our business units or other functions fails to staff its operations appropriately or loses one or more of its key senior executives and fails to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations, including control and operational risks, may be adversely affected.

The financial industry in the United States has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees. In addition, due to our relationship with Santander, we are subject to indirect regulation by the European Central Bank, which has recently imposed compensation restrictions that may apply to certain of our executive officers and other employees under the Capital Requirements DirectiveCRD IV prudential rules. These restrictions may impact our ability to retain our experienced management team and key employees and our ability to attract appropriately qualified personnel, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

3227





If we fail or are unable to attract and train, motivate and retain qualified professionals appropriately, our business may also be adversely affected.

We rely on third parties for important products and services.

Third-party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, internet connections and network access. Third parties can be sources of operational risk to us, including with respect to security breaches affecting those parties. We may be required to take steps to protect the integrity of our operational systems, thereby increasing our operational costs and potentially decreasing customer satisfaction. In addition, any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason, their performing their services poorly, or employee misconduct could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to customers and otherwise to conduct business.business, which could lead to reputational damage and regulatory investigations and intervention. Replacing these third-party vendors could also entail significant delays and expense. Further, the operational and regulatory risk we face as a result of these arrangements may be increased to the extent that we restructure them.  Any restructuring could involve significant expense to us and entail significant delivery and execution risk, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations.

If a third party obtains access to our customer information and that third party experiences a cyberattack or breach of its systems, this could result in several negative outcomes for us, including losses from fraudulent transactions, potential legal and regulatory liability and associated damages, penalties and restitution, increased operational costs to remediate the consequences of the third party’s security breach, and harm to our reputation from the perception that our systems or third-party systems or services that we rely on may not be secure.

Damage to our reputation could cause harm to our business prospects.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.employees and conducting business transactions with our counterparties. Damage to our reputation can therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources including, among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory outcomes, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, dealing with sectors that are not well perceived by the public (e.g., weapons industries), dealing with customers on sanctions lists, ratings downgrades, compliance failures, unethical
behavior, and the activities of customers and counterparties.counterparties, including activities that affect the environment negatively. Further, adverse publicity, regulatory actions or fines, litigation, operational failures or the failure to meet client expectations or other obligations could materially and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain clients or our sources of funding for the same or other businesses.

Actions by the financial services industry generally or by certain members of, or individuals in, the industry can also affect our reputation. For example, the role played by financial services firms in the financial crisis and the seeming shift toward increasing regulatory supervision and enforcement hashave caused public perception of us and others in the financial services industry to decline. Activists increasingly target financial services firms with criticism for relationships with clients engaged in businesses whose products are perceived to be harmful to the health of customers, or whose activities are perceived to affect public safety affect the environment, climate or workers’ rights negatively. Such criticism could increase dissatisfaction among customers, investors and employees of the Company and damage the Company’s reputation. Alternatively, yielding to such activism could damage the Company’s reputation with groups whose views are not aligned with those of the activists. In either case, certain clients and customers may cease to do business with the Company, and the Company’s ability to attract new clients and customers may be diminished.

Preserving and enhancing our reputation also depends on maintaining systems, procedures and controls that address known risks and regulatory requirements, as well as our ability to timely identify, understand and mitigate additional risks that arise due to changes in our businesses and the markets in which we operate, the regulatory environment and customer expectations.

We could suffer significant reputational harm if we fail to identify and manage potential conflicts of interest properly. The failure to adequately address, or the perceived failure to adequately address, conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions against us. Therefore, there can be no assurance that conflicts of interest will not arise in the future that could cause material harm to us.

We may be the subject of misinformation and misrepresentations propagated deliberately to harm our reputation or for other deceitful purposes, including by others seeking to gain an illegal market advantage by spreading false information about us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to neutralize or contain false information that may be propagated regarding the Company, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects effectively.


28





Fraudulent activity associated with our products or networks could cause us to suffer reputational damage, the use of our products to decrease and our fraud losses to be materially adversely affected. We are subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with merchants, customers and other third parties handling customer information. The risk of fraud continues to increase for the financial services industry in general. Credit and debit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are prevalent, and perpetrators are growing more sophisticated. Our resources, customer authentication methods and fraud prevention tools may not be sufficient to accurately predict or prevent fraud. Additionally, our fraud risk continues to increase as third parties that handle confidential consumer information suffer security breaches and we expand our direct banking business and introduce new products and features. Our financial condition, the level of our fraud charge-offs and other results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to increase significantly. High-profile fraudulent activity could negatively impact our brand and reputation. In addition, significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention and reputational and financial damage to our brands, which could negatively impact the use of our products and services and have a material adverse effect on our business.

The Bank engages in transactions with its subsidiaries or affiliates that others may not consider to be on an arm’s-length basis.

The Bank and its subsidiaries have entered into a number of services agreements pursuant to which we render services, such as administrative, accounting, finance, treasury, legal services and others.

United States law applicable to public companiescertain financial institutions, including the Bank and financial groupsother Santander entities and institutions provide foroffices in the U.S., establish several procedures designed to ensure that the transactions entered into with or among our subsidiaries and/or affiliates do not deviate from prevailing market conditions for those types of transactions.

The Bank isand its affiliates are likely to continue to engage in transactions with ourtheir respective affiliates. Future conflicts of interests between us and any of affiliates, or among our affiliates may arise, which conflicts are not required to be and may not be resolved in ourSHUSA's favor.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by disasters, natural or otherwise, by terrorist activities or by international hostilities.

Neither the occurrence nor potential impact of disasters (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other severe weather conditions, pandemics, and other significant public health emergencies, dislocations, fires, explosions, andor other catastrophic accidents or events), terrorist activities or international hostilities can be predicted. However, these occurrences could impact us directly (for example, by causing significant damage to our facilities, orpreventing a subset of our employees from working for a prolonged period and otherwise preventing us from conducting our business in the ordinary course), or indirectly as a result of their impact on our borrowers, depositors, other customers, suppliers or other counterparties. We could also suffer adverse consequences to the extent that disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities affect the financial markets or the economy in general or in any particular region. These types of impacts could lead, for example, to an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies and defaults that could result in our experiencing higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.

33




Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our resiliency planning and our ability to anticipate the nature of any such event that may occur. The adverse impact of disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses with which we deal.

Technology and Cybersecurity Risks

Any failure to effectively maintain, secure, improve or upgrade our IT infrastructure and management information systems in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our ability to remain competitive depends in part on our ability to maintain, protect and upgrade our IT on a timely and cost-effective basis. We must continually make significant investments and improvements in our IT infrastructure in order to remain competitive. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the level of capital expenditures necessary to support the improvement or upgrading of our IT infrastructure in the future. Any failure to improve or upgrade our IT infrastructure and management information systems effectively and in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us.


29





Risks relating to data collection, processing, storage systems and security are inherent in our business.

Like other financial institutions with a large customer base, we have been subject to and are likely to continue to be the subject of attempted cyberattacks in light of the fact that we manage and hold confidential personal information of customers in the conduct of our banking operations, as well as a large number of assets. Our business depends on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately, and on our ability to rely on our digital technologies, computer and e-mail services, spreadsheets, software and networks, as well as on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. The proper functioning of financial controls, accounting and other data collection and processing systems is critical to our businesses and our ability to compete effectively. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, or external events that interrupt normal business operations. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures proves to be inadequate or is circumvented. Although we work with our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop secure transmission capabilities and prevent information security risk, we routinely exchange personal, confidential and proprietary information by electronic means, and wewhich may be a target for attempted cyberattacks.

Many companies across the targetcountry and in the financial services industry have reported significant breaches in the security of attempted cyber-attacks such as denialtheir websites or other systems. Cybersecurity risks have increased significantly in recent years due to the development and proliferation of services, malwarenew technologies, increased use of the internet and phishing-based attacks. Cyber-attacks continuetelecommunications technology to evolve in scopeconduct financial transactions, and increased sophistication and we may incur significant costsactivities of organized crime groups, state-sponsored and individual hackers, terrorist organizations, disgruntled employees and vendors, activists and other third parties. Financial institutions, the government and retailers have in our attempts to modify and enhance our protective measures, investigate or remediate any vulnerability or resulting breach, or communicate with our customers regarding cyber-attacks. If we are unable to maintain an effectiverecent years reported cyber incidents that compromised data, collection, management and processing system, we may be materially and adversely affected, including with regard to our reputation, operating results, financial condition and prospects throughresulted in the paymenttheft of compensation to customers, regulatory penalties and fines, and/funds or the losstheft or destruction of corporate information and other assets.

We take protective measures and continuously monitor and develop our systems to protect our technology infrastructure and data from misappropriation or corruption, butcorruption. We have policies, practices and controls designed to prevent or limit disruptions to our systems and enhance the security of our infrastructure. These include performing risk management for information systems that store, transmit or process information assets identifying and managing risks to information assets managed by third-party service providers through
on-going oversight and auditing of the service providers’ operations and controls. We develop controls regarding user access to software on the principle that access is forbidden to a system unless expressly permitted, limited to the minimum amount necessary for business purposes, and terminated promptly when access is no longer required. We seek to educate and make our employees aware of information security and privacy controls and their specific responsibilities on an ongoing basis.

Nevertheless, while we have not experienced material losses or other material consequences relating to cyberattacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, our systems, software and networks, neverthelessas well as those of our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyberattacks such as denial of service, malware, ransomware, phishing, and other events that could have aresult in security impactbreaches or give rise to the manipulation or loss of significant amounts of sensitivepersonal, proprietary or confidential information as well asof our customers, employees, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties, disrupt, sabotage or degrade service on our systems, or result in the theft or loss of significant levels of liquid assets, including cash. An interception, misuse or mishandlingAs cybersecurity threats continue to evolve and increase in sophistication, we cannot guarantee the effectiveness of personal, confidential or proprietary information sentour policies, practices and controls to or received from a client, vendor, service provider, counterparty or third partyprotect against all such circumstances that could result in legal liability, regulatory actiondisruptions to our systems. This is because, among other reasons, the techniques used in cyberattacks change frequently, cyberattacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, and reputational harm. There canthird parties may seek to gain access to our systems either directly or by using equipment or passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers or other authorized users of our systems. In the event of a cyberattack or security breach affecting a vendor or other third party entity on whom we rely, our ability to conduct business, and the security of our customer information, could be no assuranceimpaired in a manner to that of a cyberattack or security breach affecting us directly. We also may not receive information or notice of the breach in a timely manner, or we will not suffer material losses from operational risk inmay have limited options to influence how and when the future, including relating to anycyberattack or security breaches.breach is addressed.

ComputerAs financial institutions are becoming increasingly interconnected with central agents, exchanges and clearinghouses, they may be increasingly susceptible to negative consequences of cyberattacks and security breaches affecting the systems of companies have been targeted in recent years, not only by cyber criminals, but also by activists and rogue states. We have been and continuesuch third parties. It could take a significant amount of time for a cyberattack to be subjectinvestigated, during which time we may not be in a position to fully understand and remediate the attack, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, any or all of which could further increase the costs and consequences associated with a rangeparticular cyberattack. The perception of cyber-attacks, such as deniala security breach affecting us or any part of service, malware and phishing. Cyber-attacksthe financial services industry, whether correct or not, could give rise to theresult in a loss of significant amountsconfidence in our cybersecurity measures or otherwise damage our reputation with customers and third parties with whom we do business. Should such adverse events occur, we may not have indemnification or other protection from the third party sufficient to compensate or protect us from the consequences.


30





As attempted attackscyberattacks continue to evolve in scope and sophistication, we may incur significant costs in our attempts to modify or enhance our protective measures against such attacks to investigate or remediate any vulnerability or resulting breach, or in communicating cyber-attackscyberattacks to our customers. FailureAn interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information sent to effectively manage our cyber security riskor received from a client, vendor, service provider, counterparty or third party or a cyberattack could harm our reputation and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and prospects through the payment of compensation to customers, regulatory penalties and fines, and/or the loss of assets.

A breach in the security of our systems could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and create significant financial and legal exposures.


34




Although we devote significant resourcesinability to maintain and regularly update our systems and processesrecover or restore data that are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information belonging to us, our customers and clients, there is no assurance that all of our security measures will provide absolute security. Many institutions in our industry have reported significant breaches in the security of their websiteshas been stolen, manipulated or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, including through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber-attacks and other means.

Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate, detect or recognize threats to our systems or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as persons associated with external service providers or who are or may be involved in organized crime or linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, third-party service providers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. These risks may increase in the future as we increase mobile and internet-based product offerings and expand internal usage of web-based applications.

A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems could cause serious negative consequences, including significant disruption of operations, misappropriation of confidential information, ordestroyed, damage to our computers or systems and those of our clients, customers and counterparties, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or our customers, lossother significant disruption of confidenceoperations, including disruptions in our security measures,ability to use our accounting, deposit, loan and other systems and our ability to communicate with and perform transactions with customers, vendors and other parties. These effects could be exacerbated if we would need to shut down portions of our technology infrastructure temporarily to address a cyberattack, if our technology infrastructure is not sufficiently redundant to meet our business needs while an aspect of our technology is compromised, or if a technological or other solution to a cyberattack is slow to be developed. Even if we timely resolve the technological issues in a cyberattack, a temporary disruption in our operations could adversely affect customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposuresatisfaction and harmbehavior, expose us to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us.reputational damage, contractual claims, regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions, or litigation.

U.S. banking agencies and other federal and state government agencies have increased their attention on cybersecurity and data privacy risks, and have proposed enhanced risk management standards that would apply to us. Such legislation and regulations relating to cybersecurity and data privacy may require that we modify systems, change service providers, or alter business practices or policies regarding information security, handling of data and privacy. Changes such as these could subject us to heightened operational costs. To the extent we do not successfully meet supervisory standards pertaining to cybersecurity, we could be subject to supervisory actions, litigation and reputational damage.

Financial Reporting and Control Risks

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The accounting standard setters and other regulatory bodies periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. These changes can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.operations, as well as affect the calculation of our capital ratios. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

For example, as noted in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K, in June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The adoption of this standard resulted in the increase in the ACL of approximately $2.5 billion and a decrease to opening retained earnings, net of income taxes, at January 1, 2020. The estimated increase is based on forecasts of expected future economic conditions and is primarily driven by the fact that the allowance will cover expected credit losses over the full expected life of the loan portfolios. The standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s other financial instruments. Additionally, we elected to utilize regulatory relief which will permit us to phase in 25 percent of the capital impact of CECL in our calculation of regulatory capital amounts and ratios in 2020, and an additional 25 percent each subsequent year until fully phased-in by the first quarter of 2023.

Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates which, if inaccurate, could cause material misstatement of the results of our operations and financial position.

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The accounting policies deemed critical to our results and financial position, based upon materiality and significant judgments and estimates, include impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, valuation of financial instruments, impairment of available-for-sale financial assets, deferred tax assets and provisions for liabilities.

The allowance for credit losses ("ACL")ACL is a significant critical estimate. Due to the inherent nature of this estimate, we cannot provide assurance that the Company will not significantly increase the ACL or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the provided allowance.


31





The valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value can be subjective, in particular when models are used which include unobservable inputs. Given the uncertainty and subjectivity associated with valuing such instruments it is possible that the results of our operations and financial position could be materially misstated if the estimates and assumptions used prove inaccurate.

If the judgments, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations and a corresponding effect on our funding requirements and capital ratios.



35




Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.fraud, and lapses in these controls could materially and adversely affect our operations, liquidity and/or reputation.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

These We also maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting. However, these controls may not achieve their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures have inherent limitations, which include the possibilities that judgmentsand internal controls over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in decision-making can be faulty,judgement and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controlsresulting from human failures. Controls can be circumvented by the individual actscollusion or improper management override. Because of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by any unauthorized override of the controls. Consequently, our businessesthese limitations, there are exposed to risk from potential non-compliance with policies, employee misconduct or negligence and fraud, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions have sufferedrisks that material losses due to the actions of ‘rogue traders’ or other employees. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.prevented or detected, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.

Lapses in internal controls including internal control over financial reporting could materially and adversely affect our operations, liquidity and/or reputation.

We have identified control deficiencies in our financial reporting process and for which remediation was still in process as of December 31, 2016. These control deficiencies contributed to the restatement of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in our previously filed Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015. See Part II, Item 9A in this Form 10-K. We have initiated certain measures, including increasing the number of employees on, and the expertise of, our financial reporting team, and the enhancement of our model risk management framework and documentation process to remediate these weaknesses, and plan to implement additional appropriate measures as part of this effort. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fully remediate our existing material weaknesses. Further, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer from other material weaknesses in disclosure controls and processes over financial reporting in the future. If we fail to remediate theseany future material weaknesses or fail to otherwise maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, such failure could result in a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis and which could cause investors and other users to lose confidence in our financial statements and limit our ability to raise capital. Additionally, failure to remediate the material weaknesses or otherwise failing to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting may negatively impact our operating results and financial condition, impair our ability to timely file our periodic reports with the SEC, subject us to additional litigation and regulatory actions and cause us to incur substantial additional costs in future periods relating to the implementation of remedial measures.

Internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that we timely report information as required in the SEC’s rules and regulations. We also maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting. However, these controls may not achieve, and in some cases have not achieved, their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Controls can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected, and that information may not be reported on a timely basis. If our controls are not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny.

We have identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting for which remediation was still in process as of December 31, 2016. Certain of these material weaknesses involved the design of controls and failure of controls to operate effectively, resulting in misstatements in our publicly filed financial statements. As a result, we restated the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the unaudited financial statements included in certain of our previously filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

If we are unable to effectively remediate and adequately manage our internal controls over financial reporting in the future, we may be unable to produce accurate or timely financial information. Any negative results caused by our inability to meet our reporting requirements or comply with legal and regulatory requirements could lead investors and other users to lose confidence in our financial data and could adversely affect our business. Significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting could also reduce our ability to obtain financing or could increase the cost of any financing we obtain.


36




Failure to satisfy obligations associated with being a public companysecurities filings may have adverse regulatory, economic, and reputational consequences.

As a public company, we are required to prepare and distribute periodic reports containing our Consolidated Financial Statements with the SEC, evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and maintain internal policies, including those relating to disclosure controls and procedures.

On March 31, 2016, weWe filed an extension request under Rule 12b-25 with the SEC, resulting in the extension of the deadline for filing our Annual Report on Form 10-K from 90 days after the fiscal year-end (March 30, 2016) to 105 days after the fiscal year end (April 14, 2016). On August 16, 2016, we filed an extension request under Rule 12b-25 with the SEC, resulting in the extension of the deadline for filing our2015 and certain Quarterly ReportReports on Form 10-Q from 46 daysin 2016 after the fiscal quarter-end (August 15, 2016) to 53 days after the fiscal quarter-end (August 22, 2016). On November 15, 2016, we filed an extension request under Rule 12b-25 with the SEC, resulting in the extension of the deadline for filing our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2016 from 45 days after the fiscal quarter-end (November 14, 2016) to 51 days after the fiscal quarter-end (November 21, 2016). We did not file those quarterly reportstime periods prescribed by the extensions of the deadlines for them.SEC’s regulations. Those failures to file our periodic reports for the second and third quarters of 2016 within the time periods prescribed by the SEC, have, among other consequences, resulted in the suspension of our eligibility to use Form S-3 registration statements until we have timely filed our SEC periodic reports for a period of 12 months. Our inability to use Form S-3 registration statements will increase the time and resources we need to expend if we choose to access the public capital markets.We timely filed our SEC periodic reports for 12 consecutive months as of November 13, 2017. If in the future we are not able to file our periodic reports within the time periods prescribed by the SEC, among other consequences, the suspension of our eligibilitywe would be unable to use Form S-3 registration statements until we have timely filed our SEC periodic reports for a period of 12 monthsconsecutive months. Our inability to use Form S-3 registration statements would continue.increase the time and resources we need to spend if we choose to access the public capital markets.

Risks Associated with our Majority-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary

The financial results of SC could have a negative impact on the Company's operating results and financial condition.

SC historically has provided a significant source of funding to the Company through earnings. Our investment in SC involves risk, including the possibility that poor operating results of SC could negatively affect the operating results of SHUSA.

Factors that affect the financial results of SC in addition to those which have been previously addressed include, but are not limited to:
Periods of economic slowdown may result in decreased demand for automobiles as well as declining values of automobiles and other consumer products used as collateral to secure outstanding loans. Higher gasoline prices, the general availability of consumer credit, and other factors which impact consumer confidence could increase loss frequency and decrease consumer demand for automobiles. In addition, during an economic slowdown, servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in finance charge income. Changes in the economy may impact the collateral value of repossessed automobiles and repossession, and foreclosure sales may not yield sufficient proceeds to repay the receivables in full and result in losses.

32





SC’s growth strategy is subject to significant risks, some of which are outside its control, including general economic conditions, the ability to obtain adequate financing for growth, laws and regulatory environments in the states in which the business seeks to operate, competition in new markets, the ability to attract new customers, the ability to recruit qualified personnel, and the ability to obtain and maintain all required approvals, permits, and licenses on a timely basis

SC’s business may be negatively impacted if it is unsuccessful in developing and maintaining relationships with automobile dealerships that correlate to SC’s ability to acquire loans and automotive leases. In addition, economic downturns may result in the closure of dealerships and corresponding decreases in sales and loan volumes.
SC's business could be negatively impacted if it is unsuccessful in developing and maintaining its serviced for others portfolio. As this is a significant and growing portion of SC's business strategy, if an institution for which SC currently services assets chooses to terminate SC's rights as a servicer or if SC fails to add additional institutions or portfolios to its servicing platform, SC may not achieve the desired revenue or income from this platform.
SC has repurchase obligations in its capacity as a servicer in securitizations and whole loan sales. If significant repurchases of assets or other payments are required under its responsibility as a servicer, this could have a material adverse effect on SC’s financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations.

37




operations, and liquidity.
The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention, which increases the costs of SC's operations and may divert focus from business operations. As a result of its IPO, SC is now required to remain in compliance with the reporting requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"),NYSE, maintain corporate infrastructure required of a public company, and incur significant legal and financial compliance costs, which may divert SC management’s attention and resources from implementing its growth strategy.
The market price of SC Common Stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in SC Common Stock to decline. Conditions affecting the market price of SC Common Stock may be beyond SC’s control and include general market conditions, economic factors, actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly operating results, changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations related to future financial performance, analysts’ estimates of SC’s financial performance or lack of research or reports by industry analysts, changes in market valuations of similar companies, future sales of SC Common Stock, or additions or departures of its key personnel.

SC's business and results of operations could be negatively impacted if it fails to manage and complete divestitures. SC regularly evaluates its portfolio in order to determine whether an asset or business may no longer be aligned with its strategic objectives. For example, in October 2015, SC disclosed a decision to exit the personal lending business and to explore strategic alternatives for its existing personal lending assets. Of its two primary lending relationships, SC completed the sale of substantially all of its loans associated with the Lending ClubLendingClub relationship in February 2016. SC continues to classify loans from its other primary lending relationship, Bluestem, as held-for-sale. SC remains a party to agreements with Bluestem that obligate it to purchase new advances originated by Bluestem, along with existing balances on accounts with new advances, for an initial term ending in April 2020 and which is renewable through April 2022 at Bluestem's option. Both parties have the right to terminate this agreement upon written notice if certain events were to occur, including if there is a material adverse change in the financial reporting condition of either party. Although SC is seeking a third party willing and able to take on this obligation, it may not be successful in finding such a party, and Bluestem may not agree to the substitution. SC has recorded significant lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on this portfolio and may continue to do so as long as the portfolio is held, particularly due to the new volume it is committed to purchase.

Until SC finds a third party to assume this obligation, there is a risk that material changes to its relationship with Bluestem, or the loss or discontinuance of Bluestem’s business, would materially and adversely affect SC’s business, financial condition and results of operations. On March 9, 2020, Bluestem Brands, Inc., together with certain of its affiliates, filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
SC's business could be negatively impacted if access to funding is reduced. Adverse changes in SC's ABS program or in the ABS market generally could materially adversely affect its ability to securitize loans on a timely basis or upon terms acceptable to SC. This could increase its cost of funding, reduce its margins, or cause it to hold assets until investor demand improves.

As with SHUSA, adverse outcomes to current and future litigation against SC may negatively impact its financial position, liquidity, and results of operations.operations, and liquidity. SC is party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. In particular, as a consumer finance company, it is subject to various consumer claims and litigation seeking damages and statutory penalties. Some litigation against it could take the form of class action complaints by consumers. As the assignee of loans originated by automotive dealers, it also may be named as a co-defendant in lawsuits filed by consumers principally against automotive dealers.

SC's agreement with FCAThe Chrysler Agreement may not result in currently anticipated levels of growth and is subject to certain performance conditions that could result in termination of the agreement. If we failSC fails to meet certain of these performance conditions, FCA may electseek to terminate the agreement. In addition, FCA has the option to acquire an equity participation in the Chrysler Capital portion of SC's business.


33





In February 2013, SC entered into a ten-year Master Private Label Financingthe Chrysler Agreement (the Chrysler Agreement) with FCA wherebythrough which SC launched the Chrysler Capital brand whichon May 1, 2013. Through the Chrysler Capital brand, SC originates private-label loans and leases to facilitate the purchase of FCA vehicles by consumers and FCA-franchised automotive dealers. The financing services that SC provides under the Chrysler Agreement which launched May 1, 2013, include providing (1) credit lines to finance FCA-franchised dealers’ acquisitions of vehicles and other products that FCA sells or distributes, (2) automotive loans and leases to finance consumer acquisitions of new and used vehicles at FCA-franchised dealerships, (3) financing for commercial and fleet customers, and (4) ancillary services. In addition, SC may facilitate, for an affiliate, offerings to dealers for dealer loan financing, construction loans, real estate loans, working capital loans, and revolving lines of credit. On June 28, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment of the Chrysler Agreement which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions. This amendment also terminated a previously disclosed tolling agreement, dated July 11, 2018, between SC and FCA.

In May 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Chrysler Agreement, in May 2013 SC paid FCA a $150 million upfront, nonrefundable payment, which willto be amortized over ten years. In addition, in June 2019, in connection with the execution of the amendment to the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid a $60 million upfront fee to FCA. The unamortized portion would be recognized as expense immediately if the Chrysler Agreement iswere terminated in accordance with its terms.


38



term.

As part of the Chrysler Agreement, SC received limited exclusivity rights to participate in specified minimum percentages of certain of FCA's financing incentive programs, which include loan rate subvention and automotive lease residual support subvention. Among other covenants, SC has committed to certain revenue sharing arrangements. SC bears the risk of loss on loans originated pursuant to the Chrysler Agreement, while FCA shares in any residual gains and losses in respect of automotive leases, subject to specific provisions in the Chrysler Agreement, including limitations on ourSC’s participation in such gains and losses.

The Chrysler Agreement is subject to early termination in certain circumstances, including SC's failure to meet certain key performance metrics, provided FCA treats SC in a manner consistent with other comparable OEMs. FCA may also terminate the agreement if, among other circumstances, (i) a person other than Santander and its affiliates or SC's other stockholders owns 20% or more of SC’s common stock and Santander and its affiliates own fewer shares of common stock than such person, (ii) SC controls, or becomes controlled by, an OEM that competes with FCA or (iii) certain of SC’s credit facilities become impaired. In addition, under the Chrysler Agreement, FCA has the option to acquire, for fair market value, an equity participation in an operating entity through whichthe business offering and providing the financial services contemplated by the Chrysler Agreement are offered and provided, through either an equity interest in the new entity or participation in a joint venture or other similar business relationship or structure.Agreement. There is no maximum limit on the size of FCA’s potential equity participation. Although the Chrysler Agreement contains provisions that are designed to address a situation in which the parties disagree on the fair market value of the equity participation interest, there is a risk that SC ultimately receives less than what SCit believes to be the fair market value for such interest, and the loss of its associated revenue and profits may not be offset fully by the immediate proceeds for such interest. There can be no assurance that SC would be able to re-deploy the immediate proceeds for such interest in other businesses or investments that would provide comparable returns, thereby reducing SC’s profitability.

The Chrysler Agreement is subject to early termination in certain circumstances, including the failure by either party to comply with certain of their ongoing obligations under the Chrysler Agreement. These obligations include the Company's meeting specified escalating penetration rates for the first five years of the agreement. SC has not met these penetration rates in the past and may not meet these penetration rates in the future. If SC continues not to meet these specified penetration rates, FCA may elect to terminate the Chrysler Agreement. FCA may also terminate the agreement if, among other circumstances, (i) a person other than Santander and its affiliates or our other stockholders owns 20% or more of our common stock and Santander and its affiliates own fewer shares of common stock than such person, (ii) SC becomes, control, or become controlled by, an OEM that competes with FCA or (iii) certain of our credit facilities become impaired.    

The loans and leases originated through Chrysler Capital are expected to provide us with a significant portion of our projected growth over the next several years. OurSC’s ability to realize the full strategic and financial benefits of ourits relationship with FCA depends in part on the successful development of ourits Chrysler Capital business, which will requirerequires a significant amount of management’smanagement's time and effort.effort as well as the success of FCA's business. If FCA exercises its equity option, if the Chrysler Agreement (or FCA's limited exclusivity obligations thereunder) were to terminate, or if SC otherwise is unable to realize the expected benefits of ourits relationship with FCA, including as a result of FCA's bankruptcy or if the Chrysler Agreement were to terminate,loss of business, there wouldcould be a materially adverse impact to ourSHUSA's and SC’s business, financial condition, results of operations, profitability, loan and lease volume, the credit quality of ourSHUSA's and SC’s portfolio, liquidity, reputation, funding costs and growth, and the Company’sSHUSA's and SC's ability to obtain or find other OEM relationships or to otherwise implement itsour business strategy wouldcould be materially adversely affected.


ITEM 1B - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

SHUSA currently has an open comment letter from the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC on its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as filed on March 18, 2015, Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015, as filed on May 13, 2015, and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2015, as filed on November 13, 2015, with respect to accounting methodologies for the fair value option loan portfolios associated with our RICs and auto loans portfolio, the ACL associated with our RICs and auto loan portfolio, executive compensation, and certain loan credit quality disclosures.None.

34





ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company utilized 796760 buildings that occupy a total of 6.7 million square feet, including 205184 owned properties with 1.51.4 million square feet, 466453 leased properties with 3.43.8 million square feet, and 125 sale and leaseback123 sale-and-leaseback properties with 1.71.5 million square feet. The executive and primary administrative offices for SHUSA and the Bank are located at 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts. This location is leased by the Company.The Company leases this location. SC's corporate headquarters are located at 1601 Elm Street, Dallas, Texas. This location is leased by SC.SC leases this location.

TenEleven major buildings serve as the headquarters or house significant operational and administrative functions, and are identified below:: Operations Center - 2 Morrissey Boulevard, Dorchester, Massachusetts - Leased,Massachusetts-Leased; Call Center and Operations and Loan Processing Center - Santander Way,Center-Santander Way; 95 Amaral Street, Riverside, Rhode Island - Leased,Island-Leased; SHUSA/SBNA Administrative Offices - 75Offices-75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts - Leased,Massachusetts-Leased; Call Center and Operations and Loan Processing Center - 450Center-450 Penn Street, Reading, Pennsylvania - Leased,Reading; Pennsylvania-Leased; Loan Processing Center - 601Center-601 Penn Street,Street; Reading, Pennsylvania - Owned,Pennsylvania-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices-1130 Berkshire Boulevard, Wyomissing, Pennsylvania-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices-1401 Brickell Avenue, Miami, Florida-Owned; Operations and Administrative Offices - 1130 Berkshire Boulevard, Wyomissing, PennsylvaniaSan Juan, Puerto Rico-Leased; Computer Data Center - Owned, Administrative Offices and Branch - 446 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts - Leased, Operations and Administrative Offices - 1401 Brickell Avenue, Miami, Florida - Owned, Operations and Administrative Offices - Ponce de León, Hato Rey, - LeasedPuerto Rico-Leased; SAM Administrative Offices-Guaynabo Puerto Rico-leased; and SC Administrative Offices - 1601Offices-1601 Elm Street, Dallas, Texas - Leased.


39



Texas-Leased.

The majority of these teneleven Company properties of the Company identified above are utilized for general corporate purposes. The remaining 786749 properties consist primarily of bank branches and lending offices. Of the total number of buildings, and square feet, 723 buildings and 3.0 million square feet arethe Bank has 588 retail branches, of the Bank.and BSPR has 27 retail branches.

For additional information regarding the Company's properties refer to Note 6 - "Premises and Equipment" and Note 199 - "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees""Other Assets" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.


ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Reference should be madeRefer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure regarding the lawsuit filed by SHUSA against the IRS and Note 1920 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for SHUSA’s litigation disclosure,disclosures, which are incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

40



PART II


ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company has one class of common stock. The Company’s common stock was traded on the NYSE under the symbol “SOV” through January 29, 2009. On January 30, 2009, all shares of the Company's common stock were acquired by Santander and de-listed from the NYSE. Following this de-listing, there has not been, nor is there currently, an established public trading market in shares of the Company’s common stock. As of the date of this filing, Santander was the sole holder of the Company’s common stock.

At December 31, 2016,February 28, 2019, 530,391,043 shares of common stock were outstanding. There were no issuances of common stock during 2016.2019, 2018, or 2017.

TheDuring the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company did not pay anydeclared and paid cash dividends onof $400.0 million, $410.0 million, and $10.0 million respectively, to its common stock in 2016 or 2015. Refer to Item 1- Business for discussion of regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends.shareholder.

Refer to the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section in Item 7 of the MD&A for the two most recent fiscal years' activity on the Company's common stock.


4135





ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 
2016 (1)(2)
 
2015 (1)(2)
 
2014 (1)(2)
 
2013(1)
 
2012(1)
 
2019 (1)
 
2018 (1)
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 2015
Balance Sheet Data                    
Total assets (3)
 $137,370,523 $141,106,832 $132,839,460 $92,909,464 $99,457,434 $149,499,477
 $135,634,285
 $128,274,525
 $138,360,290
 $141,106,832
Loans held for investment, net of allowance 82,005,321 83,779,641 81,961,652 56,642,671 58,929,103
Loans HFI, net of allowance 89,059,251
 83,148,738
 76,795,794
 82,005,321
 83,779,641
Loans held-for-sale 2,586,308 3,190,067 294,261 144,266 1,364,888 1,420,223
 1,283,278
 2,522,486
 2,586,308
 3,190,067
Total investments(2) 19,415,330 22,768,783 18,083,235 12,644,597 20,221,149 19,274,235
 15,189,024
 16,871,855
 19,415,330
 22,768,783
Total deposits and other customer accounts 67,240,690 65,583,428 62,148,002 60,079,462 60,497,295 67,326,706
 61,511,380
 60,831,103
 67,240,690
 65,583,428
Borrowings and other debt obligations (4)(3)
 43,524,445 49,828,582 40,381,582 14,025,101 20,046,914 50,654,406
 44,953,784
 39,003,313
 43,524,445
 49,828,582
Total liabilities 114,991,765 119,259,732 107,919,751 77,259,026 84,401,201 125,100,647
 111,787,053
 104,583,693
 115,981,532
 119,259,732
Total stockholder's equity (5)
 22,378,758 21,847,100 24,919,709 15,650,438 15,056,233 24,398,830
 23,847,232
 23,690,832
 22,378,758
 21,847,100
Summary Statement of OperationsSummary Statement of Operations         Summary Statement of Operations         
Total interest income $7,989,751 $8,137,616 $7,330,742 $2,706,915 $3,081,464 $8,650,195
 $8,069,053
 $7,876,079
 $7,989,751
 $8,137,616
Total interest expense 1,425,059 1,236,210 1,087,642 837,364 949,104 2,207,427
 1,724,203
 1,452,129
 1,425,059
 1,236,210
Net interest income 6,564,692 6,901,406 6,243,100 1,869,551 2,132,360 6,442,768
 6,344,850
 6,423,950
 6,564,692
 6,901,406
Provision for credit losses (6)(4)
 2,979,725 4,079,743 2,459,998 108,279 472,735 2,292,017
 2,339,898
 2,759,944
 2,979,725
 4,079,743
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 3,584,967 2,821,663 3,783,102 1,761,272 1,659,625 4,150,751
 4,004,952
 3,664,006
 3,584,967
 2,821,663
Total non-interest income (7)(5)
 2,755,705 2,896,217 5,059,462 1,552,830 1,544,185 3,729,117
 3,244,308
 2,901,253
 2,755,705
 2,905,035
Total general and administrative expenses(8)
 5,122,211 4,724,400 3,777,173 2,215,411 1,995,445
Total other expenses (9)
 263,983 4,648,674 358,173 170,475 492,100
Total general, administrative and other expenses (6)
 6,365,852
 5,832,325
 5,764,324
 5,386,194
 9,381,892
Income/(loss) before income taxes 954,478 (3,655,194) 4,707,218 928,216 716,265 1,514,016
 1,416,935
 800,935
 954,478
 (3,655,194)
Income tax provision/(benefit) (10)
 313,715 (599,758) 1,673,123 145,012 (31,891)
Net income / (loss) $640,763 $(3,055,436) $3,034,095 $783,204 $748,156
Selected Financial Ratios (11)
          
Income tax provision/(benefit) (7)
 472,199
 425,900
 (157,040) 313,715
 (599,758)
Net income / (loss) (9)
 $1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
 $640,763
 $(3,055,436)
Selected Financial Ratios (8)
          
Return on average assets 0.45% (2.18)% 2.46% 0.81% 0.77% 0.73% 0.76% 0.71% 0.45% (2.18)%
Return on average equity 2.88% (11.98)% 12.95% 5.10% 5.05% 4.23% 4.11% 4.10% 2.88% (11.98)%
Average equity to average assets 15.75% 18.15 % 18.99% 15.96% 15.31% 17.31% 18.37% 17.39% 15.67% 18.15 %
Efficiency ratio 57.79% 95.67 % 36.59% 69.71% 67.66% 62.58% 60.82% 61.81% 57.79% 95.67 %
(1)On July 1, 2016, ownership of several Santander subsidiaries, including Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, were transferred to the Company. As these entities were and are solely owned and controlled by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016, in accordance with ASCAccounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, the transaction has been accounted for under the common control guidance, which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. Additionally, as this transaction represents a change in reporting entity, the guidance requires retrospective combination of the entities for all periods presented in these financial statements as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control. On July 1, 2017, an additional Santander subsidiary, SFS, a finance company located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to the Company. On July 2, 2018, an additional Santander subsidiary, SAM, an investment adviser located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to the Company. SFS and SAM are entities under common control of Santander; however, their results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows are immaterial to the historical financial results of the Company on both an individual and aggregate basis. As a result, the Company has reported the results of SFS on a prospective basis beginning July 1, 2017 and the results of SAM on a prospective basis beginning July 1, 2018.

(2)Financial results for the years ended 2016, 2015 and 2014 include the impact of the changeThe increase in control in the first quarter of 2014 (the "Change in Control"). Priortotal investments from 2018 to 2019 was due to the Changepurchase of additional AFS treasury securities. The decreases in Control, the Company accounted for its investmentTotal investments and corresponding decreases in SC through an equity method investment. Following the Change in Control, the Company consolidated the financial results of SC in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company’s consolidation of SC is treated as an acquisition of SCBorrowings and other debt obligations from 2016 to 2017 and 2015 to 2016 were primarily driven by the Company in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") No. 805 - Business Combinations (ASC 805). Referuse of proceeds from the sales of investment securities to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.repurchase and pay off its outstanding borrowings.

(3)The decrease in investment securities from 2012 to 2013 and from 2015 to 2016 reflect sales used to pay down borrowed funds. The increase in total assets from 2013 to 2014 is due to the Change in Control of SC. The increase from 2014 to 2015 is due to an increase in the investment portfolio as the Company invested in high quality liquid assets as well as growth in the loan portfolio and the operating lease portfolio.

(4)The decrease in borrowingsBorrowings and other debt obligations from 20152018 to 2016 and from 2012 to 2013 reflects the Company's use of portions of the proceeds from the sale of investment securities to pay off borrowed funds. The Change in Control2019 was the primary cause of the increase in borrowings and other debt obligations in from 2013 to 2014. The increase from 2014 to 2015 is primarily a result of the Company funding the growth of the loan portfolio and operating lease portfolio.

(4)The decrease in the Provision for credit losses from 2017 to 2018 was primarily due to lower net charge-offs on the RIC portfolio, accompanied by a recovery on the purchased RIC portfolio and lower provision on the originated RIC portfolio and the commercial loan portfolio. The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was primarily due to significantly lower provision on the purchased RIC portfolio, accompanied by slightly lower net charge-offs across the total loan portfolio.
(5)ReferThe increase in Non-interest income from 2018 to 2019 and 2017 to 2018 is primarily attributable to an increase in lease income corresponding to the Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity for detailsgrowth of the increase during 2014.operating lease portfolio.

42





(6)In 2012General, administrative, and 2013, the Company experienced favorable credit quality trendsother expenses increased annually between 2016 and declining provisions due, in large part, to the modest economic recovery in the U.S. and the Company’s footprint. The provision started increasing during 20142019, primarily due to the Changegrowth in Control of SC as the Company consolidated SC's RIC portfolio. The provision for credit losses in 2015compensation and 2016 is primarilybenefits and lease expense, driven by SC's RICcorresponding growth of the operating lease portfolio. In 2015, this line included a $4.5 billion goodwill impairment charge on SC.

(7)The increase in Non-interest income in 2014 includes a $2.4 billion gain on acquisition, which is related to the Change in Control. Refer to the MD&A for further discussion.

(8)Increases in general and administrative expenses from 2015 to 2016 are primarily related to increased compensation costs, technology expenses, and increased lease expenses relating to the SC's leased vehicle portfolio. Additional increases from 2014 to 2015 are a result of an increase in head count resulting in additional compensation and benefit expenses, increases in professional services related to consulting costs due to the Change in Control, preparation for and implementation of new capital requirements, and other regulatory and governance related-projects The increase from 2013 to 2014 and the following years are attributable to the Change in Control. Refer to the MD&A for further discussion.

(9)Other expenses increased in 2015 due to an impairment charge to goodwill in the amount of $4.5 billion on the Company's consumer finance subsidiary. Other expenses in 2014 included a one-time impairment charge of $97.5 million related to long-lived assets. This also includes debt extinguishment charges of $114.2 million, zero, and $127.1 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

(10)Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.information on the Company's income taxes. The income tax benefit in 2017 was due to the impact of the TCJA, resulting in a tax benefit to the Company. The income tax benefit in 2015 iswas primarily the result of the benefit recorded for the release of the deferred tax liability in conjunction with the goodwill impairment charge. The higher income tax provision in 2014 was primarily attributable to the deferred tax expense recorded on the book gain resulting from the Change in Control. The tax benefit in 2012 is mainly due to new investments in 2012 that qualify for federal tax credits.

(11)(8)For further information onthe calculation components of these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.

(9)Includes net income/(loss) attributable to NCI of $288.6 million, $283.6 million, $405.6 million, $277.9 million, and $(1.7) billion for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

4336



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESTable of Contents

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ("MD&A")&A


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. ("SHUSA" or the "Company")SHUSA is the parent holding company of Santander Bank, National Association, (the "Bank" or "SBNA"),SBNA, a national banking association, and owns approximately 59%72.4% (as of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "SC"),December 31, 2019) of SC, a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing.company. SHUSA is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and the Bank's main office is in Wilmington, Delaware. SC is headquartered in Dallas, Texas. SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. ("Santander").Santander. SHUSA is also the parent company of Santander BanCorp (together with its subsidiaries, “Santander BanCorp”), a holding company headquartered in Puerto Rico whichthat offers a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Banco Santander Puerto Rico; Santander Securities, LLC (“SSLLC”),BSPR; SSLLC, a registered broker-dealer locatedheadquartered in Puerto Rico; Banco Santander International (“BSI”),Boston; BSI, a financial services company locatedheadquartered in Miami whichthat offers a full range of banking services to foreign individuals and corporations based primarily in Latin America; Santander Investment Securities Inc. (“SIS”),SIS, a registered broker-dealer locatedheadquartered in New York providing services in investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities; and several other subsidiaries. SSLLC, SIS and another SHUSA subsidiary, Santander Asset Management, LLC, are registered investment advisers with the SEC.

The Bank's principal markets are in the Mid-Atlantic and Northeastern United States. The Bank uses its deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Bank earns interest income on its loan and investment portfolios. In addition, the Bank generates non-interest income from a number of sources, including deposit and loan services, sales of loans and investment securities, capital markets products and bank-owned life insurance ("BOLI").BOLI. The principal non-interest expenses include employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and facility-related costs, technology and other administrative expenses. The volumes, and accordingly the financial results of the Bank are affected by the economic environment, including interest rates and consumer and business confidence and spending, as well as the competitive conditions within the Bank's geographic footprint.

SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC's primary business is the indirect origination and securitization of retail installment contracts ("RICs"),RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to subprime retail consumers. Further information about SC’s business is provided below in the “Chrysler Capital” section.

SC is managed through a single reporting segment which included vehicle financial products and services, including RICs, vehicle leases, and dealer loans, as well as financial products and services related to recreational and marine vehicles and other consumer finance products.

SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile and recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally, SC has severalother relationships through which it provides personal unsecured loans, private-label credit cards andholds other consumer finance products.

In 2014, SC's registration statement for an initial public offering ("IPO") of shares However, in 2015, SC announced its exit from personal lending and, accordingly, all of its common stock (the “SC Common Stock”) was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Prior to the IPO, the Company owned approximately 65% of SC Common Stock.

Immediately following the IPO, the Company owned approximately 61% of the shares of SC Common Stock. The IPO resulted in a change in control and consolidation of SC (the "Change in Control").

Prior to the Change in Control, the Company accounted for its investment in SC under the equity method. Following the Change in Control, the Company consolidated the financial results of SC in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company’s consolidation of SC is treatedpersonal lending assets are classified as an acquisition of SC by the Company in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805 - Business Combinations (ASC 805). SC Common Stock is now listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "SC".

The Company became a IHC for Santander's U.S. subsidiary activities on July 1, 2016. The Company's other subsidiaries include Santander BanCorp (together with its subsidiaries, "Santander BanCorp"), a financial holding company headquartered in Puerto Rico which offers a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Banco Santander Puerto Rico; Santander Securities, LLC ("SSLLC"), a broker-dealer located in Puerto Rico, Banco Santander International ("BSI"), a financial services company located in Miami which offers a full range of banking services to foreign individuals and corporations based primarily in Latin America; Santander Investment Securities Inc. ("SIS"), a registered broker-dealer located in New York, New York providing services in investment banking, institutional sales, trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed income securities, as well as several other subsidiaries. Refer to Note 24 for additional details on the formation of the IHC.

44


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

HFS at December 31, 2019.

Chrysler Capital

SC offers a full spectrum of auto financing products and services to Chrysler customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand ("Chrysler Capital"), the trade name used in providing services Since May 2013, under the ten-year private label financing agreement with Fiat Chrysler Automobiles US LLC ("FCA"), formerly Chrysler Group LLC, signed by SC inFCA that became effective May 1, 2013 (the "Chrysler Agreement")., SC has operated as FCA’s preferred provider for consumer loans, leases and dealer loans and provides services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit.

Under the terms of the Chrysler Agreement, certain standards were agreed to, including SC meeting specified escalating penetration rates for the first five years, and FCA treating SC in a manner consistent with comparable original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") treatment of their captive providers, primarily in regard to sales support. The failure of either party to meet its obligations under the agreement could result in the agreement being terminated. The targeted and actual penetration rates that the Company must meet under the terms of the Chrysler Agreement were as follows as of December 31, 2016.
  Program Year (a)
  1 2 3 4 5
Retail 20% 30% 40% 50% 50%
Lease 11% 14% 14% 14% 15%
Total 31% 44% 54% 64% 65%
           
Actual Penetration (b) 30% 29% 26% 17% 

(a) Each Program Year runs from May 1 to April 30. Retail and lease penetration is based on a percentage of FCA retail sales.
(b) Actual penetration rates shown for Program Year 1, 2 and 3 are as of April 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, the end date of each of those Program Years. Actual penetration rate shown for Program Year 4, which ends April 30, 2017, is as of December 31, 2016.

The target penetration rate as of April 30, 2016 (the end of the third year of the Chrysler Agreement) was 54%. SC's actual penetration rate as of December 31, 2016 was 17%, which declined from 29% in December 2015. SC's penetration rate has been constrained due to a more competitive landscape and low interest rates, causing its subvented loan offers not to be materially more attractive than other lenders' offers. While SC has not achieved the targeted penetration rates to date, Chrysler Capital continues to be a focal point of its strategy,the Company's strategy. On June 28, 2019, SC continues to work with FCA to improve penetration rates, and SC remains committedentered into an amendment to the Chrysler Agreement with FCA, which modified the Chrysler Agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions under the Chrysler Agreement. The amendment also established an operating framework that is mutually beneficial for both parties for the remainder of the contract. The Company's average penetration rate for the third quarter of 2019 was 34%, an increase from 30% for the same period in 2018.

SC has dedicated financing facilities in place for its Chrysler Capital business and has worked strategically and collaboratively with FCA to continue to strengthen its relationship and create value within the Chrysler Capital program. During the fourth quarter of 2015, SC partnered with FCA to roll out two new pilot programs, including a dealer rewards program and a nonprime subvention program. During the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, SC originated more than $8.0$12.8 billion in Chrysler Capital loans, which represented 49%56% of the UPB of its total RIC originations, with an approximately even share between prime and non-prime, as well as more than $5.5$8.5 billion in Chrysler Capital leases. Additionally, substantially all of the leases originated by SC during the year ended December 31, 20162019 were made under the Chrysler Agreement. Since its May 1, 2013 launch, Chrysler Capital has originated more than $38.0$65.9 billion in retail loans (excluding the SBNA RIC origination program) and $17.6purchased $41.9 billion in leases, and facilitated the origination of $3.0 billion in leases and dealer loans for the Bank. As of December 31, 2016, SC's auto RIC portfolio consisted of $7.4 billion of Chrysler Capital loans, which represents 32% of SC's auto RIC portfolio.leases.

Since May 1, 2013, SC has been the preferred provider for FCA’s consumer loans and leases and dealer loans under the terms of the Chrysler Agreement. Business generated under the Chrysler Agreement is branded as Chrysler Capital. In connection with entering into the Chrysler Agreement, SC paid FCA a $150 million upfront, non-refundable fee, which is being amortized over the ten-year term as an adjustment to finance and other interest income. SC has also executed an equity option agreement with FCA whereby FCA may elect to purchase an equity participation of any percentage in the Chrysler Capital portion of SC's business at fair market value.

Until January 31, 2017, SC had a flow agreement with Bank of America whereby it was committed to sell a contractually determined amount of eligible Chrysler Capital loans to Bank of America on a monthly basis, depending on the amount and credit quality of eligible current month originations and prior month sales. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, SC sold $2.1 billion and $3.0 billion of loans under this agreement, respectively.37



45


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESItem 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


SC has sold loans to Citizen’s Bank (“CBP”) under a flow agreement and predecessor sale agreements. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, SC sold $0.7 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, to CBP under this flow agreement and predecessor purchase agreements. On February 13, 2017, SC and CBP entered into a mutual agreement to terminate this flow agreement effective May 1, 2017.

SC is currently seeking to enter into new flow agreements related to Chrysler Capital loans and leases with one or more parties; however, there can be no assurance that new flow agreements will be executed or that the new flow agreements will be on terms as favorable as prior agreements, including SC's prior flow agreements with Bank of America and CBP.


ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Overview

Despite a decline in the gross domestic product growth rate duringDuring the fourth quarter the U.S. economy continued to recover during 2016 as theof 2019, unemployment rate continued its downward trend over the past number of yearsremained low and year-to-date market results improved.were positive, recovering from a volatile fourth quarter of 2018.

The unemployment rate at December 31, 2016 decreased to 4.7%2019 was 3.5% compared to 5.0%3.5% at September 30, 20162019, and was down from 5.0%lower compared to 3.9% one year ago. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, this job growth is primarily attributable toemployment rose in the professionalretail trade, and business services and health care sectors.healthcare, while mining employment decreased.

The Bureau of Economic AnalysisBEA advance estimate indicates that real GDPgross domestic product grew at an annualized rate of 1.9%2.1% for the fourth quarter of 2016, compared to 3.5% in2019, consistent with the advance estimated growth of 2.1% for the third quarter of 2016. The deceleration2019. Growth continued to be driven by increases in real GDP in the fourth quarter reflected a downturn in exports, an acceleration in imports, a deceleration in PCE, and a downturn inpersonal consumption expenditures, federal government spending, that were partly offset by an upturn in residential fixed investment, an acceleration in private inventory investment, an upturn inand state and local government spending,spending. In addition, imports, which are a subtraction to in the calculation of the gross domestic product, decreased. These positive contributions were offset by decreases to private inventory investment and an acceleration in nonresidentialnon-residential fixed investment.investments.

Market results were positive in the fourth quarter of 2016. The total year-to-date returns for the following indices based on closing prices at December 31, 20162019 were:
  December 31, 20162019
Dow Jones Industrial Average 13.4%22.0%
S&P 500 9.5%28.5%
NASDAQ Composite 7.5%34.8%

At its December 20162019 meeting, the Federal Open Market Committee decided to raisemaintain the federal funds rate target at 1.50%, to 0.50%-0.75% from 0.25%-0.50%. Inflation is running at just overcontinue to support economic expansion, current strength in labor market conditions, and inflation near its targeted objective. Overall inflation remains below the targeted rate of 2.0%.

Subsequent to the year end, on March 15, 2017, the Federal Open Market Committee decided to further raise the federal funds rate target to 0.75%-1.00%, indicating that the labor market has continued to strengthen and that economic activity has continued to expand at a moderate pace.

The 10-yearten-year Treasury bond rate at December 31, 20162019 was 2.45%1.90%, updown from 2.27%2.69% at December 31, 2015. Over the past year, the 10-year Treasury bond rate increased 18 basis points.2018. Within the industry, changes in this metric isare often considered to correspond to changes in 15-year and 30-year mortgage rates.

According toCurrent mortgage origination and refinancing information is not yet available. Based on the most current information released based on September 2019 statistics, published by the Mortgage Bankers Association, mortgage originations showedincreased 29.74% year-over-year, which included an overall yearly increaseincreased 6.21% in mortgage originations for home purchases and an increased 103.1% in mortgage originations from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016refinancing activity from the same period in 2018. These rates are representative of 12.68%. This was despite a fourth quarter decrease of 16.22% from September 30, 2016 to December 31, 2016. Refinancing activity showed an overall increase year-on-year of 20.98% from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, despite having decreased by 9.51% from September 30, 2016 to December 31, 2016. After reaching its peak in 2009, theU.S. national average mortgage origination activity.

The ratio of nonperforming loans ("NPLs")NPLs to total gross loans for U.S. banks declined for six consecutive years, to just under 1.5% in 2015. This trend confirmed an improvement in credit quality and downwardNPL trends in general allowance reserves. For 2016,have remained relatively low since that time. NPLs for U.S. commercial banks were approximately 0.87% of loans using the NPL ratio remained consistent with 2015 levels.


46


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

latest available data, which was as of the third quarter of 2019, compared to 0.95% for the prior year.

Changing market conditions are considered a significant risk factor to the Company. The continued low interest rate environment presentscan present challenges in the growth of net interest income for the banking industry, which continues to rely on non-interest activities to support revenue growth. Changing market conditions and political uncertainty could have an overall impact on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. Such conditions could also impact the Company's credit risk and the associated provision for credit losses and legal expense.

38





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Credit Rating Actions

The following table presents Moody'sMoody’s, S&P and Standard & Poor's ("S&P")Fitch credit ratings for the Bank, BSPR, SHUSA, Santander, and the Kingdom of Spain, and Banco Santander Puerto Rico as of December 31, 2016:2019:
 BANK SHUSA
BSPR(1)(2)
 SANTANDERSPAINPuerto RicoSHUSA
 Moody'sS&P Moody'sS&PMoody'sS&PFitch Moody'sS&PFitch Moody'sS&PFitch
Long-TermBaa2Baa1A-BBB+Baa1N/ABBB+ Baa3BBB+A3A-Baa2BBB+Baa2BBB-
Short-TermP-1A-2F-2P-1/P-2N/AF-2 n/aA-2F-2
OutlookP-2A-2StableStableStableStableN/AStableStableStableStable

SANTANDERSPAIN
Moody'sS&PFitchMoody'sS&PFitch
Long-TermA2AA-Baa1AA-
Short-TermP-1A-1F-2 P-2A-2A-1F-1
Outlook P-2A-3
OutlookStableStableStable StableStableStableStableStableStableStableNegative

(1)    P-1 Short Term Deposit Rating; P-2 Short Term Debt Rating.
Subsequent to(2)    Outlook currently is Stable and under review with the year end, on February 9, 2017, Standard & Poor`s upgraded the outlookpossibility of the Santander Group from stable to positive.a downgrade.

Also subsequent to the year end, on February 8, 2017, Moody`sMoody's announced completion of its periodic reviews and affirmed the debtits ratings over SHUSA, SBNA and depositBSPR in March 2019. Spain in August 2019 and Santander in June 2019. Fitch affirmed its ratings of Banco Santander Puerto Rico.and outlook for Spain in December 2019 and BSPR in October 2019.

SHUSA funds its operations independently of the other entities owned by Santander, and believes its business is not necessarily closely related to the business or outlook of other entities owned by Santander. Future changes in the credit ratings of its parent, Santander, or the Kingdom of Spain, however, could impact SHUSA's or its subsidiaries' credit ratings, and any other change in the condition of Santander could affect SHUSA.

At this time, SC is not rated by the major credit rating agencies.


REGULATORY MATTERS

The activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank and SC, are subject to regulation under various U.S. federal laws and regulatory agencies which impose regulations, supervise and conduct examinations, and may affect the operations and management of the Company and its ability to take certain actions, including the Bank Holdingmaking distributions to our parent. The Company ("BHC") Act,is regulated on a consolidated basis by the Federal Reserve, Act,including the National Bank Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "DFA"), the Truth-in-Lending Act (which governs disclosuresFRB of credit terms to consumer borrowers), the Truth-in-Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act ("the ECOA") (which prohibits creditors from discriminating against applicants on the basis of race, color, religion or other factors), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (which governs the provision of consumer information to credit reporting agenciesBoston, and the use of consumer information),CFPB. The Company's banking and bank holding company subsidiaries are further supervised by the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (which governs the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies), the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (which requires financial institutions to provide certain information about home mortgage and refinanced loans), the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (the “SCRA”) (which provides certain protections for individuals on active duty in the military), Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce), the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (which contains certain requirements relating to the mortgage settlement process), the Expedited Funds Availability Act (which establishes the maximum permissible hold periods for checks and other depositsFDIC and the disclosure requirements for funds availability), the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act (which establishes fair practices relating to the extension of credit under open-end consumer credit plans) and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of, debit cards, automated teller machines ("ATMs") and other electronic banking services), as well as other federal and state laws.

OCC. As SC is a subsidiary of the Company, itSC is also subject to regulatory oversight fromby the Federal Reserve for BHC regulatory supervision purposes, as well as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB").


47


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


DFA

The DFA, enacted on July 21, 2010, instituted major changes to bankingCFPB. Santander BanCorp and financial institution regulatory regimes as a result of the financial crisis. The DFA includes a number of provisions designed to promote enhanced supervision and regulation of financial companies and financial markets. The DFA introduced substantial reforms that reshape the financial services industry, including significantly enhanced regulation. This enhanced regulation has involved and will continue to involve higher compliance costs and negatively affect the Company's revenue and earnings. More specifically, the DFA imposes enhanced prudential standards ("EPS") on BHCs with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets (often referred to as “systemically important financial institutions”), including the Company, and requires the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") to establish prudential standards for such BHCs thatBSPR also are more stringent than those applicable to other BHCs, including standards for risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits; heightened capital and liquidity standards, including eliminating trust preferred securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital; enhanced risk management requirements; and credit exposure reporting and concentration limits. These changes have impacted and are expected to continue impacting the profitability and growth of the Company.

The DFA mandates an enhanced supervisory framework, which means that the Company is subject to annual stress testssupervised by the Federal Reserve, and the Company and the Bank are required to conduct semi-annual and annual stress tests, respectively, reporting results to the Federal Reserve and thePuerto Rico Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"). The Federal Reserve also has discretionary authority to establish additional prudential standards, on its own or at the Financial Stability Oversight Council's recommendation, regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, short-term debt limits, and otherwise as deemed appropriate.

Under the Durbin Amendment to the DFA, in June 2011 the Federal Reserve issued the final rule implementing debit card interchange fee and routing regulation. The final rule establishes standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers, including the Bank, are “reasonable and proportional” to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions, and prohibits network exclusivity arrangements on debit cards to ensure merchants have choices in how debit card transactions are routed.

The DFA established the CFPB, which has broad powers to set the requirements for the terms and conditions of consumer financial products. This has resulted in and is expected to continue to result in increased compliance costs and reduced revenue.

In March 2013, the CFPB issued a bulletin recommending that indirect vehicle lenders, including SC, take steps to monitor and impose controls over vehicle dealer "mark-up" policies under which dealers impose higher interest rates on certain consumers, with the mark-up shared between the dealer and the lender. In accordance with SC's policy, dealers were allowed to mark-up interest rates by a maximum of 2.00%, but in October 2014 SC reduced the maximum compensation (participation from 2.00% (industry practice) to 1.75%). SC plans to continue to evaluate this policy for effectiveness and may make further changes to strengthen oversight of dealers and mark-up rates.

On July 31, 2015, the CFPB notified SC that it had referred to the Department of Justice (the "DOJ") certain alleged violations by SC of the ECOA regarding (i) statistical disparities in mark-ups charged by automobile dealers to protected groups on loans originated by those dealers and purchased by SC and (ii) the treatment of certain types of income in SC's underwriting process. On September 25, 2015, the DOJ notified SC that it had initiated an investigation under the ECOA of SC's pricing of automobile loans based on the referral from the CFPB.

On February 25, 2015, we entered into a consent order with the DOJ, approved by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, that resolves the DOJ’s claims against the Company that certain of its repossession and collection activities during the period of time between January 2008 and February 2013 violated the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act ("SCRA"). The consent order requires us to pay a civil fine in the amount of $55,000, as well as at least $9.4 million to affected servicemembers, consisting of $10,000 per servicemember plus compensation for any lost equity (with interest) for each repossession by us and $5,000 per servicemember for each instance where we sought to collect repossession-related fees on accounts where a repossession was conducted by a prior account holder. The consent order also requires us to undertake additional remedial measures. The consent order also subjects us to monitoring by the DOJ for compliance with SCRA for a period of five years.


48


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company routinely executes interest rate swaps for the management of its asset/liability mix, and also executes such swaps with its borrower clients. Under the DFA, the Bank is required to post collateral with certain of its counterparties and clearing exchanges. While clearing these financial instruments offers some benefits and additional transparency in valuation, the system requirements for clearing execution add operational complexities to the business and accordingly increase operational risk exposure.

Provisions of the DFA relating to the applicability of state consumer protection laws to national banks, including the Company's bank subsidiaries, became effective in July 2011. Questions may arise as to whether certain state consumer financial laws that were previously preempted by federal law are no longer preempted as a result of these new provisions. Depending on how such questions are resolved, the Company's bank subsidiaries may experience an increase in state-level regulation of its retail banking business and additional compliance obligations, which likely would impact revenue and costs. SC is already subject to such state-level regulation.

The DFA and certain other legislation and regulations impose various restrictions on compensation of certain executive officers. The Company's ability to attract and/or retain talented personnel may be adversely affected by these restrictions.

Other requirements of the DFA include increases in the amount of deposit insurance assessments the Company's bank subsidiaries must pay; changes to the nature and levels of fees charged to consumers, which are negatively affecting the Company's bank subsidiaries' income; banning banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and restricting their sponsorship of, or investing in, hedge funds and private equity funds, subject to limited exceptions; and increasing regulation of the derivatives markets through measures that broaden the derivative instruments subject to regulation and requiring clearing and exchange trading as well as imposing additional capital and margin requirements for derivatives market participants, which will increase the cost of conducting this business.

Volcker Rule

The DFA added new section 13 to the BHC Act, which is commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” The Volcker Rule prohibits a “banking entity” from engaging in “proprietary trading” or engaging in any of the following activities with respect to a hedge fund or a private equity fund (together, a “Covered Fund”): (i) acquiring or retaining any equity, partnership or other ownership interest in the Covered Fund; (ii) controlling the Covered Fund; or (iii) engaging in certain transactions with the fund if the banking entity or any affiliate is an investment adviser or sponsor to the Covered Fund. These prohibitions are subject to certain exemptions for permitted activities.

Because the term “banking entity” includes an insured depository institution, a depository institution holding company and any affiliate of any of the foregoing, the Volcker Rule has sweeping worldwide application and covers entities such as Santander, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and numerous other Santander subsidiaries in the United States and abroad.

The Company implemented certain policies and procedures, training programs, record keeping, internal controls and other compliance requirements that were necessary to comply with the Volcker Rule before July 21, 2015. As required by the Volcker Rule, the compliance infrastructure has been tailored to each banking entity based on the size of theentity and its level oftrading and Covered Fund activities. SHUSA's compliance program includes, among other things, processes for prior approval of new activities and investments that are permitted under the rule, testing and auditing for compliance and a process for attesting annually that the compliance program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the Volcker Rule.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends on its capital levels with respect to various capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.


49


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Basel III

New and evolving capital standards, both as a result of the DFA and the implementation in the U.S. of Basel III, have and will continue to have a significant effect on banks and BHCs, including the Company and the Bank. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC released final U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules implementing the global regulatory capital reforms of Basel III. The final rules established a comprehensive capital framework that includes both the advanced approaches for the largest internationally active U.S. banks, formerly known as Basel II, and a standardized approach that applies to all banking organizations with over $500 million in assets. Subject to various transition periods, this rule became effective for SHUSA on January 1, 2015.

The rules narrow the definition of regulatory capital and establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratios and prompt corrective action thresholds that, when fully phased in, require banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank, to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 ("CET1") capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, a total capital ratio of 8.0% and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets for the quarter.

A capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above these minimum ratios is being phased in over three years starting in 2016, beginning at 0.625% and increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. This capital conservation buffer is required for banking institutions and BHCs to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions, including paying dividends.

The U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules include deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"), deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities are deducted from CET1 to the extent any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 for the Company and the Bank began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased in over three years.

As of December 31, 2016, the Bank's and the Company's CET1 ratios under the transitional provisions provided under Basel III, the Bank's and the Company's CET1 ratios under the standardized approach were 16.17% and 14.51%, respectively. Under Basel III, on a fully phased-in basis under the standardized approach (Non-GAAP), were 15.76% and 13.74%, respectively. The calculation of the CET1 ratio on both a fully phased-in and transition basis is based on management's interpretation of the final rules adopted by the Federal Reserve in July 2013. As part of the implementation of any regulations, management interprets the rules with advice from its counsel and compliance professionals. If the regulators were to interpret the rules differently, there could be an impact to the results of the calculation which may have a negative impact to the calculation of CET1. The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2016, it would remain above regulatory minimums under the currently enacted capital adequacy requirements of Basel III, including when implemented on a fully phased-in basis.

See the Bank Regulatory Capital section of this Management's Discussion and AnalysisCommissioner of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (the "MD&A") for the Company's capital ratios under Basel III standards. The implementation of certain regulations and standards relating to regulatory capital could disproportionately affect the Company's regulatory capital position relative to that of its competitors, including those that may not be subject to the same regulatory requirements as the Company.

The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and BHCs to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio ("LCR"), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets ("HQLA") equal to its expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon. The other, referred to as the net stable funding ratio ("NSFR"), is designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon.


50


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


On October 24, 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and the OCC issued a proposal to implement the Basel III LCR for certain internationally active banks and nonbank financial companies and a modified version of the LCR for certain depository institution holding companies that are not internationally active. On September 3, 2014, the agencies approved the final LCR rule. The agencies stressed that LCR is a key component in their effort to strengthen the liquidity soundness of the U.S. financial sector and is used to complement the broader liquidity regulatory framework and supervisory process such as EPS and Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review ("CCAR"). The agencies have mandated a phased implementation approach under which the most globally important covered companies (more than $700 billion in assets) and large regional financial institutions ($250 billion to $700 billion in assets) were required to report their LCR calculation beginning January 1, 2015. Smaller covered companies (more than $50 billion in assets) such as the Company were required to report their LCR calculation monthly beginning January 1, 2016. On November 13, 2015, the Federal Reserve published a revised final LCR rule. Under this revision, the Company was required to calculate the modified US LCR (the "US LCR") on a monthly basis beginning with data as of January 31, 2016 for the BHC. There is no requirement to submit the calculation to the Federal Reserve. The Company will be required to publicly disclose its US LCR results starting October 1, 2018. Based on management's interpretation of the final rule, effective on January 1, 2016, the Company's LCR was in excess of the regulatory minimum of 90% which will increase to 100% on January 1, 2017.

On October 31, 2014, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued the final standard for the NSFR. The NSFR requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to their on- and off-balance sheet activities, thus reducing the likelihood that disruptions to a bank's regular sources of funding will erode its liquidity position in a way that could increase the risk of its failure and potentially lead to broader systemic stress. In May 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule for NSFR applicable to U.S. financial institutions. The proposed rule will become a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this proposed rule would have on its financial position, results of operations and disclosures.

Stress Tests and Capital Adequacy

The Company is subject to written agreements with the Federal Reserve Bank (the "FRB") of Boston which address stress testing and capital adequacy:

On September 15, 2014, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Company must serve as a source of strength to the Bank; strengthen Board oversight of planned capital distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries; and not declare or pay, and not permit any non-bank subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Company to declare or pay, any dividends, and not make, or permit any such subsidiary to make, any capital distribution, in each case without the prior written approval of the FRB of Boston.

On July 2, 2015, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of that written agreement, the Company is required to make enhancements with respect to, among other matters, Board oversight of the consolidated organization, risk management, capital planning and liquidity risk management.

The Company remains subject to the capital plan rule, which requires the Company and the Bank to perform stress tests and submit the results to the Federal Reserve and the OCC on an annual basis. The Company is also required to submit a mid-year stress test to the Federal Reserve. In addition, together with the annual stress test submission, the Company is required to submit a proposed capital plan to the Federal Reserve. As a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, SC is included in the Company's stress tests and capital plans.

Under the revised capital plan rule , the Company is considered a large and non-complex BHC, and the Federal Reserve may object to the Company’s capital plan if the Federal Reserve determines that the Company has not demonstrated an ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon. Large and non-complex BHCs are no longer subject to the qualitative objection criteria of the capital plan rule which are applied to larger banks which fall outside the large and non-complex BHC definition.

In June 2016, the Federal Reserve, as part of its CCAR process, objected on qualitative grounds to the capital plan submitted by the Company. However, the Company is permitted to continue the payment of dividends on the Company's outstanding class of preferred stock. In 2017, while no longer subject to the qualitative requirements of the revised capital plan rule, the Company remains subject to the written agreements with the FRB of Boston described above, and may not make or permit any subsidiary to make any capital distribution, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve.


51


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Institutions.

Payment of Dividends

The Parent CompanySHUSA is the parent holding company of SBNA and other consolidated subsidiaries, and is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. SHUSA and SBNA are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends, including regulatory capital minimums and the requirement to remain "well-capitalized" under prompt corrective action regulations. As a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, SC is included in various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends as described in the “Stress Tests and Capital Adequacy” discussion in this section. Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this MD&A for detail of the capital actions of the Company and its subsidiaries during the period.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity ("TLAC")
39

The Federal Reserve adopted a rule on December 15, 2016 that will require certain U.S. organizations to maintain a minimum amount of loss-absorbing instruments, including a minimum amount of unsecured long-term debt (the “TLAC Rule”). The TLAC Rule, which amends Regulation YY, applies to U.S. global systemically important banks and to IHCs with $50 billion or more in U.S. non-branch assets that are controlled by a global systemically important FBOs; the Company is such an IHC.



Under the TLAC Rule, companies are required to maintain a minimum amountItem 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of TLAC, which consistsFinancial Condition and Results of a minimum amount of long-term debt (“LTD”) and Tier 1 capital. As a result, SHUSA will need to hold the higher of 18% of its Risk Weighted Assets ("RWAs") or 9% of its total consolidated assets in the form of TLAC. SHUSA must maintain a TLAC buffer composed solely of common equity Tier 1 capital and will be subject to restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments based on the size of the TLAC buffer it maintains. In addition to TLAC, the rule requires SHUSA to hold LTD in an amount no less than the greater of 6% of its RWAs or 3.5% of its total consolidated assets. The final rule is effective January 1, 2019.Operations

Enhanced Prudential Standards ("EPS") for Liquidity

On February 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve approved the final rule implementing certain of the EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA (the "Final Rule"). The Final Rule applies the EPS to (i) U.S. BHCs with $50 billion (and in some cases $10 billion) or more in total consolidated assets and (ii) FBOs with a U.S. banking presence exceeding $50 billion in consolidated U.S. non-branch assets. The Final Rule implements, as new requirements for U.S. BHCs, risk management requirements (including requirements, duties and qualifications for a risk management committee and chief risk officer), liquidity stress testing and buffer requirements. U.S. BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more on June 30, 2014 were subject to the liquidity requirements as of January 1, 2015.

Risk Retention Rule

On December 24, 2014, the Federal Reserve issued its final credit risk retention rule, which generally requires sponsors of asset-backed securities ("ABS") to retain not less than five percent of the credit risk of the assets collateralizing the ABS. Compliance with the rule with respect to ABS collateralized by residential mortgages is required beginning December 24, 2015. Compliance with the rule with regard to all other classes of ABS is required beginning December 24, 2016. SHUSA, primarily through SC, is an active participant in the structured finance markets and is expected to comply with the retention requirements effective December 24, 2016.  

FBOs

OnIn February 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve issued the final rule to strengthen regulatory oversight of FBOs (the “FBO Final Rule”).implementing certain EPS mandated by the DFA. Under the FBO Final Rule, FBOs with over $50 billion of U.S. non-branch assets, including Santander, mustwere required to consolidate U.S. subsidiary activities under an IHC. In addition, the FBO Final Rule requiresrequired U.S. BHCs and FBOs with at least $50 billion in total U.S. consolidated non-branch assets to be subject to EPS and heightened capital, liquidity, risk management, and stress testing requirements. Due to both its global and U.S. non-branch total consolidated asset size, Santander was subject to both of the above provisions of the FBO Final Rule. As a result of this rule, Santander has transferred substantially all of its U.S. bank and non-bank subsidiaries previously outside the Company to the Company, which became an IHC effective July 1, 2016.

Economic Growth Act

In May 2018, the Economic Growth Act was signed into law. The Economic Growth Act scales back certain requirements of the DFA. In October 2019, the Federal Reserve finalized a rulemaking implementing the changes required by the Economic Growth Act. The rulemaking provides a tailored approach to the EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA. Under the new tailored approach, banks are placed into different categories based on asset size, cross-jurisdictional activity, reliance on short-term wholesale funding, nonbank assets, and off-balance sheet exposure. The tailoring rule applies to both Santander and the Company. Both Santander and the Company were placed into Category four of the tailoring rule. The new tailored standards are discussed further below.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules are applicable to both SHUSA and the Bank and establish a comprehensive capital framework that includes both the advanced approaches for the largest internationally active U.S. banks, formerly known as Basel II, and a standardized approach that applies to all banking organizations with over $500 million in assets.

These subsidiaries include Santander BanCorp,rules narrow the definition of regulatory capital and establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratios and prompt corrective action thresholds that, when fully phased in, require banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank, to maintain a Puerto Rico bank holding company, Banco Santander International, a private bank headquartered in Miami, Santander Investment Securities, Inc.minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a broker-dealer locatedTier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, a total capital ratio of 8.0% and a minimum leverage ratio, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets for the quarter, of 4.0%. A further capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above these minimum ratios was phased in New York,effective January 1, 2019. This buffer is required for banking institutions and Santander Securities LLC,BHCs to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions, including paying dividends.

These U.S. Basel III regulatory capital rules include deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that MSRs, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities are deducted from CET1 to the extent any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 for the Company and the Bank began on January 1, 2015 and was initially planned over three years, with a Puerto Rico broker-dealer. Afully phased-in requirement of January 1, 2018. However, during 2017, the regulatory agencies finalized changes to the capital rules that became effective on January 1, 2018.  These changes extended the current treatment and deferred the final transition provision phase-in at non-advanced approach institutions for certain capital elements, and suspended the risk-weight to 100 percent for certain deferred taxes and mortgage servicing assets not disallowed from capital, in lieu of advancing to 250 percent.  During 2019, the regulatory agencies approved a final rule which includes simplifications for non-advanced approaches to the generally applicable capital rules, specifically with regard to the treatment of minority interest, as well as modifying the risk-weight to 250 percent for certain deferred taxes and mortgage servicing assets not disallowed from capital.  This final rule will become effective on April 1, 2020. 

See the Bank Regulatory Capital section of this MD&A for the Company's capital ratios under Basel III standards. The implementation of certain regulations and standards relating to regulatory capital could disproportionately affect the Company's regulatory capital position relative to that of its competitors, including those that may not be subject to the same regulatory requirements as the Company.


40





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



If capital has reached the significantly or critically undercapitalized levels, further material restrictions can be imposed, including restrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management and, in critically undercapitalized situations, appointment of a receiver or conservator. Critically undercapitalized institutions generally may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt. All but well-capitalized institutions are prohibited from accepting brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act and OCC regulations, institutions which are not categorized as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are restricted from making capital distributions, which include cash dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest payments on certain convertible debt and other transactions charged to the capital account of the institution. At December 31, 2019, the Bank met the criteria to be classified as “well-capitalized.”

On April 10, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a NPR seeking comment on a proposal to simplify capital rules for large banks.  If finalized as proposed, the NPR would replace the capital conservation buffer. The capital conservation buffer would be replaced with a new SCB. The SCB is calculated as the maximum decline in CET1 in the severely adverse scenario (subject to a 2.5% floor) plus four quarters of dividends. The proposal would result in new regulatory capital minimums which are equal to 4.5% CET1 plus the SCB, any GSIB surcharge, and any countercyclical capital buffer. The GSIB buffer is applicable only to the largest and most complex firms and does not apply to SHUSA. These new minimums would be firm-specific and would trigger restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses in the event a firm falls below their new minimums. Firms would still submit a capital plan annually. Supervisory expectations for capital planning processes would not change under the proposal. The Company does not expect this NPR, if finalized as proposed, to have a material impact on its current or future planned capital actions. This rule was finalized on March 4, 2020, and its impact is being usedevaluated.

Stress Testing and Capital Planning

The DFA also requires certain banks and BHCs, including the Company, to perform a stress test and submit a capital plan to the Federal Reserve and receive a notice of non-objection before taking capital actions, such as paying dividends, implementing common equity repurchase programs, or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. In June 2018, the Company announced that the Federal Reserve did not object to the planned capital actions described in the Company’s capital plan through June 30, 2019. In February 2019, the Federal Reserve announced that SHUSA, as well as other less complex firms, would receive a one-year extension of the requirement to submit its capital plan until April 5, 2020. The Federal Reserve also announced that, for the standardsperiod beginning July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, the Company would be allowed to make capital distributions up to the amount that would have allowed it to remain above all minimum capital requirements in CCAR 2018, adjusted for any changes in the Company’s regulatory capital ratios since the Federal Reserve acted on the 2018 capital plan.

In October 2019, the Federal Reserve finalized rules that tailor the stress testing and requirements at bothcapital actions a company is required to perform based on the FBOcompany’s asset size, cross-jurisdictional activity, reliance on short-term wholesale funding, nonbank assets, and off-balance sheet exposure. Under the tailoring rules, the Company is required to submit a capital plan to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis. The Company is also subject to supervisory stress testing on a two-year cycle. The Company continues to evaluate planned capital actions in its annual capital plan and on an ongoing basis.

Liquidity Rules

The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and the IHC. AsOCC have established a U.S. BHC with morerule to implement the Basel III LCR for certain internationally active banks and nonbank financial companies, and a modified version of the LCR for certain depository institution holding companies that are not internationally active. The LCR is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to its expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon. Smaller covered companies (more than $50 billion in assets) such as the Company were required to calculate the LCR monthly beginning January 2016.

In October 2019, the Federal Reserve finalized rules that tailor the liquidity requirements based on a company’s asset size, cross-jurisdictional activity, reliance on short-term wholesale funding, nonbank assets, and off-balance sheet exposure. In light of the fact that the Company is under $250 billion in assets and has less than $50 billion in short-term wholesale funding, the Company is no longer required to disclose the US LCR.


41





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The NSFR is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon The NSFR requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to their on- and off-balance sheet activities, thereby reducing the likelihood that disruptions to a bank's regular sources of funding will erode its liquidity in a way that could increase the risk of its failure and potentially lead to broader systemic stress. In May 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule for NSFR applicable to U.S. financial institutions. The proposed rule has not been finalized, and the Company is currently evaluating the impact the proposed rule would have on its financial position, results of operations and disclosures.

Resolution Planning

The DFA requires all BHCs and FBOs with assets of $50 billion or more to prepare and regularly update resolution plans. The 165(d) Resolution Plan must assume that the covered company is resolved under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and that no “extraordinary support” is received from the U.S. or any other government. The most recent 165(d) Resolution Plan was submitted to the Federal Reserve and FDIC in December 2018. In addition, under amended Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act rules, the IDI resolution plan rule requires that a bank with assets of $50 billion or more develop a plan for its resolution that supports depositors’ rapid access to their insured deposits, maximizes the net present value return from the sale or disposition of its assets, and minimizes the amount of any loss realized by creditors in resolution. The most recent IDI resolution plan was submitted to the FDIC in June 2018. SHUSA and SBNA are currently awaiting feedback.

TLAC

The TLAC Rule requires certain U.S. organizations to maintain a minimum amount of loss-absorbing instruments, including a minimum amount of unsecured LTD. The TLAC Rule applies to U.S. GSIBs and to IHCs with $50 billion or more in U.S. non-branch assets that are controlled by a global systemically important FBO. The Company is such an IHC.

Under the TLAC Rule, companies are required to maintain a minimum amount of TLAC, which consists of a minimum amount of LTD and Tier 1 capital. As a result, SHUSA must hold the higher of 18% of its RWAs or 9% of its total consolidated assets in the Company wasform of TLAC, of which 6% of its RWAs or 3.5% of total consolidated assets must consist of LTD. In addition, SHUSA must maintain a TLAC buffer composed solely of CET1 capital and will be subject to EPS as of January 1, 2015. Other standardsrestrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments based on the size of the FBO FinalTLAC buffer it maintains. The TLAC Rule will be phased in throughbecame effective on January 1, 2019.

Volcker Rule
52
The DFA added new Section 13 to the Bank Holding Company Act, which is commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” The Volcker Rule prohibits a “banking entity” from engaging in “proprietary trading” or engaging in any of the following activities with respect to a Covered Fund: (i) acquiring or retaining any equity, partnership or other ownership interest in the Covered Fund; (ii) controlling the Covered Fund; or (iii) engaging in certain transactions with the fund if the banking entity or any affiliate is an investment adviser or sponsor to the Covered Fund. These prohibitions are subject to certain exemptions for permitted activities.

Because the term “banking entity” includes an IDI, a depository institution holding company and any of their affiliates, the Volcker Rule has sweeping worldwide application and covers entities such as Santander, the Company, and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (including the Bank and SC), as well as other Santander subsidiaries in the United States and abroad.

The Company implemented certain policies and procedures, training programs, recordkeeping, internal controls and other compliance requirements that were necessary to comply with the Volcker Rule. As required by the Volcker Rule, the compliance infrastructure has been tailored to each banking entity based on its size and its level of trading and Covered Fund activities. SHUSA's compliance program includes, among other things, processes for prior approval of new activities and investments permitted under the Volcker Rule, testing and auditing for compliance and a process for attesting annually that the compliance program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the rule.

In October 2019, the joint agencies responsible for administering the Volcker Rule finalized revisions to Volcker Rule. The final rule tailors the Volcker Rule’s compliance requirements to the amount of a firm’s trading activity, revise the definition of a trading account, clarify certain key provisions in the Volcker Rule, and simplify the information companies are required to provide the banking agencies. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this final rule.


42



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Risk Retention Rule

In December 2014, the Federal Reserve issued its final credit risk retention rule, which generally requires sponsors of ABS to retain at least five percent of the credit risk of the assets collateralizing ABS. SHUSA, primarily through SC, is an active participant in the structured finance markets and began to comply with the retention requirements effective in December 2016.

Market Risk Rule

The market risk rule requires certain national banks to measure and hold risk-based regulatory capital for the market risk of their covered positions. The bank must measure and hold capital for its market risk using its internal-risk based models. The market risk rule outlines quantitative requirements for the bank's internal risk based models, as well as qualitative requirements for the bank's management of market risk. Banks subject to the market risk rule must also measure and hold market risk regulatory capital for the specific risk associated with certain debt and equity positions.

A bank is subject to the market risk capital rules if its consolidated trading activity, defined as the sum of trading assets and liabilities as reported in its FFIEC 031 and FR Y-9C for the previous quarter, equals the lesser of: (1) 10 percent or more of the bank's total assets as reported in its Call Report and FR Y-9C for the previous quarter, or (2) $1 billion or more. At September 30, 2019, SBNA reported aggregate trading exposure in excess of the market risk threshold, and as a result, both the Company and SBNA began holding the market risk component within RWA of the risk-based capital ratios, and submitted the FFIEC 102 - Market Risk Regulatory Report beginning for the period ended December 31, 2019. The incorporation of market risk within regulatory capital has resulted in a decrease in the risk-based capital ratios.

Capital Simplification Rule

The federal banking agencies are adopting a final rule that simplifies for non-advanced approaches banking organizations the generally applicable capital rules and makes a number of technical corrections. Specifically, it reverses the previous transition provision freeze on MSRs and deferred tax assets by modifying the risk-weight from 100% to 250%. The rule will also replace the existing methodology for calculating includible minority interest with a flat 10% limit at each capital level. The increased risk weighting presents an unfavorable decline to the Company's risk-based ratios, but it is estimated that the Tier 1 and total capital ratios will improve overall due to the additional minority interest includible under the simplified rule. The capital simplification rule becomes effective April 1, 2020; however, regulators have granted the option for institutions to adopt early on January 1, 2020. The Company plans to adopt this new rule on April 1, 2020.

Heightened Standards

OCC guidelines to strengthen the governance and risk management practices of large financial institutions are commonly referred to as “heightened standards.” The heightened standards apply to insured national banks with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets. The heightened standards require covered institutions to establish and adhere to a written risk governance framework to manage and control their risk-taking activities. The heightened standards also provide minimum standards for the institutions’ boards of directors to oversee the risk governance framework.

Transactions with Affiliates

Depository institutions must remain in compliance with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and FRBthe Federal Reserve's Regulation W, ("Reg. W") which governs the activitiestransactions of the Company and its banking subsidiaries with affiliated companies and individuals. Section 23A placesimposes limits on certain specified “covered transactions,” which include loans, lines, and letters of credit to affiliated companies or individuals, and investments in affiliated companies, as well as certain other transactions with affiliated companies and individuals. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus for any one affiliate and 20% for all affiliates. Certain covered transactions also must meet collateral requirements that range from 100% to 130% depending on the type of transaction.

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits ana depository institution from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are considered arms-length.arms'-length. To meet the definition of arms-length,arm's-length, the terms of the transaction must be the same, or at least as favorable, as those for similar transactions with non-affiliated companies.

As a U.S. domiciled subsidiary of a global parent with significant non-bank affiliates, the Company faces elevated compliance risk in this area.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Surcharge Assessment
43

In March 2016, the FDIC finalized the rule to implement Section 334 of the DFA to provide for a surcharge assessment at an annual rate of 4.5 basis points on banks with over $10 billion in assets to increase the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC commenced the surcharge in the third quarter of 2016, and will continue for eight consecutive quarters. After the eight quarters, the FDIC may charge a shortfall assessment.



Bank RegulationsItem 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

As a national bank,

Regulation AB II

Regulation AB II, among other things, expanded disclosure requirements and modified the Bank is subject to the OCC's regulationsoffering and shelf registration process for ABS. SC must comply with these rules, which impact all offerings of publicly registered ABS and all reports under the National Bank Act. The various lawsExchange Act, for outstanding publicly-registered ABS, and regulations administered by the OCC for national banks affect the Bank's corporate practices and impose certain restrictions on its activities and investments to ensure that the Bank operates in a safe and sound manner. These laws and regulations also require the Bank to disclose substantial business and financial information to the OCC and the public.SC's public securitization platform.

Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA")CRA

SBNA and Banco Santander Puerto RicoBSPR are subject to the requirements of the CRA, which requires the appropriate Federalfederal financial supervisory agency to assess an institution's record of helping to meet the credit needs of the local communities in which it is located. Banco Santander Puerto Rico’sBSPR’s current CRA rating is “Outstanding.” The Bank’s most recent public“Outstanding” and SBNA’s current CRA report of examination rated the Bank as “Needs to Improve” for the January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 evaluation period. The Bank’s rating based solely on the applicable CRA lending, service and investment tests would have been “satisfactory.” However, the overall rating was lowered to “Needs to Improve” due to previously disclosed instances of non-compliance by the Bank that are being remediated.is "Satisfactory." The OCC takes into account the Bank’s CRA rating in considering certain regulatory applications the Bank makes, including applications related to establishing and relocating branches, and the Federal Reserve does the same with respect to certain regulatory applications the Company makes.

On December 12, 2019, the OCC and the FDIC jointly issued the CRA NPR to modernize the regulatory framework implementing the CRA.   The CRA NPR generally focuses on clarifying and expanding the activities that qualify for CRA consideration, providing benchmarks to determine what levels of activity are necessary to obtain a particular CRA rating, establishing additional assessment areas based on the location of a bank’s deposits, and increasing clarity and consistency in reporting.  The CRA NPR contemplates that regulators will provide a publicly available, non-exhaustive list of activities that would automatically receive CRA consideration.   In addition, there may be some negative impactsthe CRA NPR allows banks to receive consideration for certain qualifying activities conducted outside their assessment areas. It currently is unclear when and in what manner the OCC and FDIC will finalize the CRA NPR.

Other Regulatory Matters

On February 25, 2015, SC entered into a consent order with the DOJ, approved by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, which resolved the DOJ’s claims against SC that certain of its repossession and collection activities during the period of time between January 2008 and February 2013 violated the SCRA. The consent order required SC to pay a civil fine in the amount of $55,000, as well as at least $9.4 million to affected service members, consisting of $10,000 per service member plus compensation for any lost equity (with interest) for each repossession by SC and $5,000 per service member for each instance where SC sought to collect repossession-related fees on aspectsaccounts for which a repossession was conducted by a prior account-holder. The consent order required SC to undertake additional remedial measures. The consent order also subjected SC to monitoring by the DOJ for compliance with the SCRA for a period of five years. The consent order terminated as of February 26, 2019.

On March 21, 2017, SC and the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of that agreement, SC is required to enhance its compliance risk management program, board oversight of risk management and senior management oversight of risk management, and the Company is required to enhance its oversight of SC's management and operations.

As of December 31, 2019, SSLLC had received 751 FINRA arbitration cases related to Puerto Rico bonds and Puerto Rico CEFs that SSLLC previously recommended and/or sold to clients. Most of these cases are based upon concerns regarding the local Puerto Rico securities market. The statements of claims allege, among other things, fraud, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract, unsuitability, over-concentration and failure to supervise. There were 439 arbitration cases pending as of December 31, 2019. The Company has experienced a decrease in the volume of claims since September 30, 2019; however, it is reasonably possible that it could experience an increase in claims in future periods.

On August 8, 2019, bond insurers National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation and MBIA Insurance Corporation filed suit in Puerto Rico state court against eight Puerto Rico municipal bond underwriters, including SSLLC, alleging that the underwriters made misrepresentations in connection with the issuance of the Bank’s business as a resultdebt and that the bond insurers relied on such misrepresentations in agreeing to insure certain of the downgrade. For example, certain categoriesbonds. The complaint alleges damages of depositors are restricted from making deposits in banks with a “Needsnot less than $720 million. The defendants removed the case to Improve” rating.federal court, and plaintiffs have sought to return the case to state court.


In addition, SSLLC, Santander BanCorp, BSPR, the Company and Santander are defendants in a putative class action alleging federal securities and common law claims relating to the solicitation and purchase of more than $180 million of Puerto Rico bonds and $101 million of CEFs during the period from December 2012 to October 2013. The case is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Puerto Rico and is captioned Jorge Ponsa-Rabell, et. al. v. SSLLC, Civ. No. 3:17-cv-02243. The amended complaint alleges that defendants acted in concert to defraud purchasers in connection with the underwriting and sale of Puerto Rico municipal bonds, CEFs and open-end funds. In May 2019, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

5344



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Disclosure Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act

Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) to the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), an issuer is required to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports, as applicable, whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with individuals or entities designated pursuant to certain Executive Orders. Disclosure is generally required even where the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

The following activities are disclosed in response to Section 13(r) with respect to affiliates of SHUSA within the Santander group.

Group. During the period covered by this annual report:

Santander U.K. plc ("Santander U.K.")UK holds two savings and one current accounts for two customers, with the first customer holding one savings account and one current account and the second customer holding one savings account. Both of the customers, who are resident in the U.K. whoUK, are currently designated by the U.S. under the Specially Designated Global Terrorist ("SDGT")SDGT sanctions program. RevenueRevenues and profits generated by Santander U.K.UK on these accounts in the year ended December 31, 20162019 were negligible relative to the overall revenues and profits of Santander.

During the company.
period covered by this annual report, Santander U.K.UK held aone savings account with a balance of £1.24, and one current account with a balance of £1,884.53, for aanother customer resident in the U.K.UK who is currently designated by the U.S. under the SDGT sanctions program. The savings account wascustomer relationship pre-dates the designations of the customer under these sanctions. The United Nations and European Union removed this customer from their equivalent sanctions lists in 2008. Santander UK determined to put a block on these accounts, and the accounts were subsequently closed on July 26, 2016. Revenue14 January 2019. Revenues and profits generated by Santander U.K.UK on this accountthese accounts in the year ended December 31, 2016 was2019 were negligible relative to the overall revenuesprofits of the company.Santander.
Santander U.K. held an account for a customer resident in the U.K. who is currently designated by the U.S. under the SDGT sanctions program. The account was closed on December 22, 2016. Revenue generated by Santander U.K. on this account in the year ended December 31, 2016 was negligible relative to the overall revenues of the company.

Santander U.K.UK holds two frozen current accounts for U.K.two UK nationals who are designated by the U.S. under the SDGT sanctions program. The accounts held by each customer have been frozen since their designation and have remained frozen through the year ended December 31, 2016.2019. The accounts are in arrears (£1,8451,844.73 in debit combined) and are currently being managed by Santander U.K.UK's Collections &and Recoveries Department. Revenues andNo revenues or profits were generated by Santander U.K.UK on these accounts in the year ended December 31, 2016 were negligible relative to the overall revenues and profits of the company.
In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2016, Santander U.K. has identified an Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") match on a power of attorney account. The power of attorney listed on the account is currently designated by the U.S. under the SDGT and Iranian Financial Sanction Regulation ("IFSR") sanctions program. The power of attorney was removed from the account on July 29, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2016, revenues and profits generated by Santander U.K. were negligible relative to the overall revenues and profits of the company.
An Iranian national, resident in the U.K., who is currently designated by the U.S. under the IFSR and the Non-Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction ("NPWMD") designation, held a mortgage with Santander U.K. that was issued prior to such designation. The mortgage account was redeemed and closed on April 13, 2016. No further drawdown has been made (or would be allowed) under this mortgage although Santander U.K. continued to receive repayment installments prior to redemption. Revenues generated by Santander U.K. on this account in the year ended December 31, 2016 were negligible relative to the overall revenues of the company. The same Iranian national also held two investment accounts with Santander ISA Managers Limited. The funds within both accounts were invested in the same portfolio fund. The accounts remained frozen until the investments were closed on May 12, 2016 and bank checks issued to the customer. Revenues generated by Santander U.K. on these accounts in the year ended December 31, 2016 were negligible relative to the overall revenues of the company.
In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2016, Santander U.K. held a basic current account for an Iranian resident in U.K. previously designated under the OFAC Iran designation. The account was closed in September 2016. Revenues generated by Santander U.K. on this account in the year ended December 31, 2016 were negligible relative to the overall revenues of the company.
In addition, the group has an outstanding legacy export credit facility with Bank Mellat. In 2005 Santander participated in a syndicated credit facility for Bank Mellat of €15.5 million, which matured on July 6, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, the group was owed €0.1 million not paid at maturity under this credit facility, corresponding to the 5% that was not covered by official export credit agencies.
2019.


54


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Santander has not been receiving payments from Bank Mellat under this or other credit facilities in recent years. Santander has been and expected to continue to be repaid any amounts due by official export credit agencies. No funds have been extended by Santander under this facility since it was granted.

SantanderGroup also has certain legacy performance guarantees for the benefit of Bank Sepah and Bank Mellat (stand-by letters of credit to guarantee the obligations - either under tender documents or under contracting agreements - of contractors who participated in public bids in Iran) that were in place prior to April 27, 2007. However, should any

During the period covered by this annual report, Santander Brasil held one current account with a balance of R$100.00 for a customer resident in Brazil who is currently designated by the U.S. under the SDGT sanctions program. The customer relationship pre-dates the designation of the contractors default in their obligationscustomer under these sanctions. Santander Brasil determined to terminate the account even prior to the customer being formally designated under the public bids,SDGT sanctions program on September 10, 2019, and the account was subsequently closed on October 9, 2019. Revenues and profits generated by Santander would need prior approval fromBrasil on this account in the Spanish governmentyear ended December 31, 2019 were negligible relative to pay any amounts due to Bank Sepah or Bank Mellat pursuant to Council Regulation (EU) No. 2015/1861.the overall profits of Santander.

In the aggregate, all of the transactions described above resulted in gross revenues and net profits forin the year ended December 31, 2016,2019 which were negligible relative to the overall revenues and profits of Santander. Santander has undertaken significant steps to withdraw from the Iranian market, such as closing its representative office in Iran and ceasing all banking activities therein, including correspondent relationships, deposit-taking from Iranian entities and issuing export letters of credit, except for the legacy transactions described above. Santander is not contractually permitted to cancel these arrangements without either (i) paying the guaranteed amount - which payment would be subject to prior approval (in the case of the performance guarantees), or (ii) forfeiting the outstanding amounts due to it (in the case of the export credits). Accordingly,As such, Santander intends to continue to provide the guarantees and hold these assets in accordance with company policy and applicable laws.

The Company does not have any activities, transactions, or dealings which would require disclosure under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act.

5545



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

This MD&A is based on the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes that have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The significant accounting policies of the Company are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, accordingly, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. However, the Company is not currently aware of any likely events or circumstances that would result in materially different results. Management identified accounting for ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, estimates of expected residual values of leased vehicles subject to operating leases, accretion of discounts and subvention on RICs, goodwill, fair value measurements and income taxes as the Company's most critical accounting estimates, in that they are important to the portrayal of the Company's financial condition and results and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

ALLL for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments represent management's best estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The adequacy of SHUSA's ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is regularly evaluated. This evaluation process is subject to several estimates and applications of judgment. Management's evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance to absorb loan and lease losses takes into consideration the risks in the loan portfolio, past loan and lease loss experience, specific loans that have loss potential, geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, economic conditions, the level of originations and other relevant factors. Management also considers loan quality, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, the amount of NPLs, and industry trends. Changes in these estimates could have a direct material impact on the provision for credit losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and/or could result in a change in the recorded allowance and reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The loan portfolio represents the largest asset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the methodology used to determine the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments for the periods presented is included in the Credit Risk Management section of this MD&A. 

The ALLL includes: (i) an allocated allowance, which is comprised of allowances established on loans specifically evaluated for impairment and loans collectively evaluated for impairment, based on historical loan and lease loss experience adjusted for current trends general economic conditions and other risk factors, and (ii) an unallocated allowance to account for a level of imprecision in management's estimation process. Generally, the Company’s loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost, net of the ALLL. The ALLL includes the estimate of credit losses to be realized during the loss emergence period based on the recorded investment in the loan, including net discounts that are expected at the time of charge-off. In the case of loans purchased in a bulk purchase or business combination, the entire discount on the loan portfolio is considered as available to absorb the credit losses when determining the ALLL. For these loans, the Company records provisions for credit losses when incurred losses exceed the unaccreted purchase discount. Reserve levels are collectively reviewed for adequacy and approved quarterly.

The Company's allocated reserves are principally based on various models subject to the Company's Model Risk Management Framework. New models are approved by the Company's Model Risk Management Committee. Models, inputs and documentation are further reviewed and validated at least annually, and the Company completes a detailed variance analysis of historical model projections against actual observed results on a quarterly basis. Required actions resulting from the Company's analysis, if necessary, are governed by its Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Committee.

The Company's unallocated allowance is no more than 5% of the overall allowance. This is considered to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models to otherwise provide for coverage of inherent losses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolio. Imprecisions include loss factors in the loan portfolio that may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and specific components of the allowance, as well as potential variability in estimates. Period-to-period changes in the Company's historical unallocated ALLL positions are considered in light of these factors.

46





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Valuation of Automotive Lease Assets and Residuals

The Company has significant investments in vehicles in SC's operating lease portfolio. In accounting for operating leases, management must make a determination at the beginning of the lease contract of the estimated realizable value (i.e., residual value) of the vehicle at the end of the lease. Residual value represents an estimate of the market value of the vehicle at the end of the lease term, which typically ranges from two to four years. At contract inception, the Company determines the projected residual value based on an internal evaluation of the expected future value. This evaluation is based on a proprietary model using internally-generated data that is compared against third-party, independent data for reasonableness. The customer is obligated to make payments during the term of the lease for the difference between the purchase price and the contract residual value plus a finance charge. However, since the customer is not obligated to purchase the vehicle at the end of the contract, the Company is exposed to a risk of loss to the extent the value of the vehicle is below the residual value estimated at contract inception. Management periodically performs a detailed review of the estimated realizable value of leased vehicles to assess the appropriateness of the carrying value of leased assets.

To account for residual risk, the Company depreciates automobile operating lease assets to estimated realizable value on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The estimated realizable value is initially based on the residual value established at contract inception. Periodically, the Company revises the projected value of the leased vehicle at termination based on current market conditions and other relevant data points, and adjusts depreciation expense appropriately over the remaining term of the lease.

The Company periodically evaluates its investment in operating leases for impairment if circumstances, such as a systemic and material decline in used vehicle values occurs. These circumstances could include, for example, a decline in the residual value of our lease portfolio due to an event caused by shocks to oil and gas prices (which may have a pronounced impact on certain models of vehicles) or pervasive manufacturer defects (which may systemically affect the value of a particular brand or model). Impairment is determined to exist if the fair value of the leased asset is less than its carrying value and it is determined that the net carrying value is not recoverable. The net carrying value of a leased asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows expected to result from the lease payments and the estimated residual value upon eventual disposition. If our operating lease assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value as estimated by DCF. No such impairment was recognized in 2019, 2018, or 2017.

The Company's depreciation methodology for operating lease assets considers management's expectation of the value of the vehicles upon lease termination, which is based on numerous assumptions and factors influencing used vehicle values. The critical assumptions underlying the estimated carrying value of automobile lease assets include: (1) estimated market value information obtained and used by management in estimating residual values, (2) proper identification and estimation of business conditions, (3) our remarketing abilities, and (4) automobile manufacturer vehicle and marketing programs. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the value of the lease residuals. Expected residual values include estimates of payments from automobile manufacturers
related to residual support and risk-sharing agreements, if any. To the extent an automotive manufacturer is not able to fully honor its obligation relative to these agreements, the Company's depreciation expense would be negatively impacted.

Accretion of Discounts and Subvention on RICs

LHFI include the RIC portfolio which consists largely of nonprime automobile loans, and which are primarily acquired individually from dealers at a nonrefundable discount from the contractual principal amount. The Company also pays dealer participation on certain receivables. The amortization of discounts, subvention payments from manufacturers, and other origination costs are recognized as adjustments to the yield of the related contracts. The Company applies significant assumptions, including prepayment speeds, in estimating the accretion rates used to approximate effective yield.

The Company estimates future principal prepayments specific to pools of homogeneous loans which are based on the vintage, credit quality at origination and term of the loan. Prepayments in our portfolio are sensitive to credit quality, with higher credit quality loans experiencing higher voluntary prepayment rates than lower credit quality loans. The impact of defaults is not considered in the prepayment rate; the prepayment rate only considers voluntary prepayments. The resulting prepayment rate specific to each pool is based on historical experience and is used as an input in the calculation of the constant effective yield.

47





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Goodwill

The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires the Company to make use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price paid for acquisitions to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities represents goodwill. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to periodic impairment testing.

As more fully described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below. The Company conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis on October 1, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. As of December 31, 2019, the reporting units with assigned goodwill were Consumer and Business Banking, C&I, CRE & VF, CIB, and SC.

An entity's quantitative goodwill impairment analysis must be completed unless the entity determines, based on certain qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, including goodwill, and that no impairment exists. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the preceding qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative analysis of the goodwill impairment test.

The quantitative analysis requires a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including its allocated goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of the carrying value, the related goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no further analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than the fair value, impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. A recognized impairment charge cannot exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to a reporting unit, and cannot subsequently be reversed even if the fair value of the reporting unit recovers. The Company utilizes the market capitalization approach to determine the fair value of its SC reporting unit, as it is a publicly traded company that has a single reporting unit. Determining the fair value of the remaining reporting units requires significant valuation inputs, assumptions, and estimates.

The Company determines the carrying value of each reporting unit using a risk-based capital approach. Certain of the Company's assets are assigned to a Corporate/Other category. These assets are related to the Company's corporate-only programs, such as BOLI, and are not employed in or related to the operations of a reporting unit or considered in determining the fair value of a reporting unit.

Goodwill impairment testing involves management's judgment, requiring an assessment of whether the carrying value of the reporting unit can be supported by its fair value. This is performed using widely-accepted valuation techniques, such as the guideline public company market approach (earnings and price-to-tangible book value multiples of comparable public companies), the market capitalization approach (share price of the reporting unit and control premium of comparable public companies), and the income approach (the DCF method). The Company uses a combination of these accepted methodologies to determine the fair valuation of reporting units. Several factors are taken into account, including actual operating results, future business plans, economic projections, and market data.

The guideline public company market approach ("market approach") includes earnings and price-to-tangible book value multiples of comparable public companies which were applied to the earnings and equity for all of the Company's reporting units. The market capitalization plus control premium approach was applied to the Company's SC reporting unit, as the SC reporting unit is a publicly traded subsidiary whose securities are traded in an active market.

In connection with the market capitalization plus control premium approach applied to the Company's SC reporting unit, the Company used SC's stock price as of the date of the annual impairment analysis. The Company also considered historical auto loan industry transactions and control premiums over the last three years in determining the control premium.


48





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The DCF method of the income approach incorporates the reporting units' forecasted cash flows, including a terminal value to estimate the fair value of cash flows beyond the final year of the forecasts. The discount rates utilized to obtain the net present value of the reporting units' cash flows were estimated using a capital asset pricing model. Significant inputs to this model include a risk-free rate of return, beta (which is a measure of the level of non-diversifiable risk associated with comparable companies for each specific reporting unit), market equity risk premium, and, in certain cases, additional premium for size and/or unsystematic company-specific risk factors. The Company utilized discount rates that it believes adequately reflect the risk and uncertainty in the financial markets. The Company estimated expected rates of equity returns based on historical market returns and risk/return rates for similar industries of the reporting unit. The Company uses its internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows, so actual results may differ from forecasted results.

All of the preceding fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions in the future. Examples of events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying key assumptions and ultimately impacts the estimated fair value of the aforementioned reporting units include such items as:

a prolonged downturn in the business environment in which the reporting units operate;
an economic recovery that significantly differs from our assumptions in timing or degree;
volatility in equity and debt markets resulting in higher discount rates and unexpected regulatory changes;
Specific to the SC reporting unit, a decrease in SC's share price would impact the fair value of the reporting segment.

Refer to the Financial Condition, Goodwill section of this MD&A for further details on the Company's goodwill, including the results of management's goodwill impairment analyses.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to estimate the fair value of certain assets and liabilities for both measurement and disclosure purposes. Refer to Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models, and significant assumptions utilized. The Company follows the fair value hierarchy set forth in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements to prioritize the inputs utilized to measure fair value. The Company reviews and modifies, as necessary, the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Accordingly, there may be reclassifications between hierarchy levels due to changes in inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

The Company has numerous internal controls in place to ensure the appropriateness of fair value measurements, including controls over the inputs into and the outputs from the fair value measurements. Certain valuations are benchmarked to market indices when appropriate and available.

Considerable judgment is used in forming conclusions from observable market data used to estimate the Company's Level 2 fair value measurements and in estimating inputs to the Company's internal valuation models used to estimate Level 3 fair value measurements. Level 3 inputs such as interest rate movements, prepayment speeds, credit losses, recovery rates and discount rates are inherently difficult to estimate. Changes to these inputs can have a significant effect on fair value measurements. Accordingly, the Company's estimates of fair value are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized or would be paid in a current market exchange.

49





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which includes considerable judgment. Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, including investments in subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that apply or will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse or be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance will be established if the Company determines that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. This requires periodic analysis of the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and when the deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets. The critical assumptions used in the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowance analysis are as follows: (a) the expectation of future earnings; (b) estimates of the Company's long-term annual growth rate, based on the Company's long-term economic outlook in the U.S.; (c) estimates of the dividend income payout ratio from the Company's consolidated subsidiary, SC, based on current policies and practices of SC; (d) estimates of book income to tax income differences, based on the analysis of historical differences and the historical timing of the reversal of temporary differences; (e) the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid; (f) estimates of tax credits to be earned on current investments, based on the Company's evaluation of the credits applicable to each investment; (g) experience with operating loss and tax credit carryforwards not expiring unused; (h) estimates of applicable state tax rates based on current/most recent enacted tax rates and state apportionment calculations; (i) tax planning strategies; and (j) current tax laws. Significant judgment is required to assess future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Company makes certain assertions in regards to its investment in subsidiaries, which impact whether a deferred tax liability is recorded for the book over tax basis difference in the investment in these subsidiaries. This requires the Company to make judgments with respect to its ability to permanently reinvest its earnings in foreign subsidiaries and its ability to recover its investment in domestic subsidiaries in a tax free manner.

The Company bases its expectations of future earnings, which are used to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets, on financial performance forecasts of its operating subsidiaries and unconsolidated investees. The budgets and estimates used in these forecasts are approved by the Company's management, and the assumptions underlying the forecasts are reviewed at least annually and adjusted as necessary based on current developments or when new information becomes available. The updates made and the variances between the Company's forecasts and its actual performance have not been significant enough to alter the Company's conclusions with regard to the realizability of its deferred tax asset. The Company continues to forecast sufficient taxable income to fully realize its current deferred tax assets. Forecasted taxable income is subject to changes in overall market and global economic conditions.

In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws in the U.S., its states and municipalities, and abroad. Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending on changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company reviews its tax balances quarterly and as new information becomes available. Interest and penalties on income tax payments are included within income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company recognizes tax benefits in its financial statements when it is more likely than not the related tax position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. See Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the Company's income taxes.


50





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


The following discussion reviews the Company's financial performance over the past three years. This review is analyzed in the following two sections - "Results of OperationsMD&A compares and discusses operating results for the Years Endedyears ended December 31, 20162019 and 2015"2018. For a discussion of our results of operations for 2018 versus 2017, See Part II, Item 7: Management's Discussion and "ResultsAnalysis of Operations forFinancial Condition and Results of Operation" included in our 2018 Form 10-K, filed with the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014." Each section includes a detailed income statement and segment results review. Key consolidated balance sheet trends are discussed in the "Financial Condition" section.

On July 1, 2016, ownership of several Santander subsidiaries, including Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, were transferred to the Company. As these entities were and are solely owned and controlled by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016, in accordance with ASC 805, the transaction has been accounted for under the common control guidance, which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. Additionally, as this transaction represents a change in reporting entity, the guidance requires retrospective combination of the entities for all periods presented in these financial statements as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control. The following discussion has been updated to reflect the effects of the recast except for Capital ratios as of December 31, 2015 have not been re-cast for the consolidation of IHC entities as regulatory filings are only impacted prospectively.SEC on March 15, 2019.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20162019 AND 20152018

  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
  2016 2015 Dollar Percentage
 (in thousands)    
Net interest income $6,564,692
 $6,901,406
 $(336,714) (4.9)%
Provision for credit losses (2,979,725) (4,079,743) 1,100,018
 (27.0)%
Total non-interest income 2,755,705
 2,896,217
 (140,512) (4.9)%
General and administrative expenses (5,122,211) (4,724,400) (397,811) 8.4 %
Other expenses (263,983) (4,648,674) 4,384,691
 (94.3)%
Income/(loss) before income taxes 954,478

(3,655,194) 4,609,672
 (126.1)%
Income tax provision/(benefit) 313,715
 (599,758) 913,473
 (152.3)%
Net income / (loss)(1)
 $640,763
 $(3,055,436) $3,696,199
 (121.0)%
(1)Includes non-controlling interest ("NCI")
 Year Ended December 31, Year To Date Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $97,918
 1.5 %
Provision for credit losses(2,292,017) (2,339,898) (47,881) (2.0)%
Total non-interest income3,729,117
 3,244,308
 484,809
 14.9 %
General, administrative and other expenses(6,365,852) (5,832,325) 533,527
 9.1 %
Income before income taxes1,514,016

1,416,935
 97,081
 6.9 %
Income tax provision472,199
 425,900
 46,299
 10.9 %
Net income$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $50,782
 5.1 %
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest288,648
 283,631
 5,017
 1.8 %
Net income attributable to SHUSA$753,169
 $707,404
 $45,765
 6.5 %

The Company reported pre-tax income of $1.0$1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, compared to a pre-tax lossincome of $3.7$1.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2018. Factors contributing to this change have been discussed further in the sections below.

51





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



                
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET / NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
 
2019 (1)
 
2018 (1)
  Change due to
(dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 Increase/(Decrease)VolumeRate
EARNING ASSETS               
INVESTMENTS AND INTEREST EARNING DEPOSITS$22,175,778
 $551,713
 2.49% $21,342,992
 $522,677
 2.45% $29,036
$20,470
$8,566
LOANS(3):
            


Commercial loans33,452,626
 1,430,831
 4.28% 31,416,207
 1,325,001
 4.22% 105,830
86,791
19,039
Multifamily8,398,303
 346,766
 4.13% 8,191,487
 328,147
 4.01% 18,619
8,520
10,099
Total commercial loans41,850,929
 1,777,597
 4.25% 39,607,694
 1,653,148
 4.17% 124,449
95,311
29,138
Consumer loans:               
Residential mortgages9,959,837
 400,943
 4.03% 9,716,021
 392,660
 4.04% 8,283
9,189
(906)
Home equity loans and lines of credit5,081,252
 256,030
 5.04% 5,602,240
 261,745
 4.67% (5,715)(38,604)32,889
Total consumer loans secured by real estate15,041,089
 656,973
 4.37% 15,318,261
 654,405
 4.27% 2,568
(29,415)31,983
RICs and auto loans32,594,822
 4,972,829
 15.26% 27,559,139
 4,570,641
 16.58% 402,188
712,717
(310,529)
Personal unsecured2,449,744
 664,069
 27.11% 2,362,910
 630,394
 26.68% 33,675
23,407
10,268
Other consumer(4)
374,712
 27,014
 7.21% 526,170
 37,788
 7.18% (10,774)(10,932)158
Total consumer50,460,367
 6,320,885
 12.53% 45,766,480
 5,893,228
 12.88% 427,657
695,777
(268,120)
Total loans92,311,296
 8,098,482
 8.77% 85,374,174
 7,546,376
 8.84% 552,106
791,088
(238,982)
Intercompany investments
 
 % 3,572
 142
 3.98% (142)(142)
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS114,487,074
 8,650,195
 7.56% 106,720,738
 8,069,195
 7.56% 581,000
811,416
(230,416)
Allowance for loan losses(5)
(3,802,702)     (3,835,182)        
Other assets(6)
31,624,211
     28,346,465
        
TOTAL ASSETS$142,308,583
     $131,232,021
        
INTEREST-BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES               
Deposits and other customer related accounts:               
Interest-bearing demand deposits$10,724,077
 $83,794
 0.78% $9,116,631
 $40,355
 0.44% $43,439
$8,071
$35,368
Savings5,794,992
 13,132
 0.23% 5,887,341
 12,325
 0.21% 807
(159)966
Money market24,962,744
 317,300
 1.27% 25,308,245
 248,683
 0.98% 68,617
(3,321)71,938
CDs8,291,400
 160,245
 1.93% 5,989,993
 87,765
 1.47% 72,480
39,944
32,536
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS49,773,213
 574,471
 1.15% 46,302,210
 389,128
 0.84% 185,343
44,535
140,808
BORROWED FUNDS:               
FHLB advances, federal funds, and repurchase agreements5,471,080
 143,804
 2.63% 2,066,575
 53,674
 2.60% 90,130
89,499
631
Other borrowings41,710,311
 1,489,152
 3.57% 38,152,038
 1,281,401
 3.36% 207,751
124,401
83,350
TOTAL BORROWED FUNDS (7)
47,181,391
 1,632,956
 3.46% 40,218,613
 1,335,075
 3.32% 297,881
213,900
83,981
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES96,954,604
 2,207,427
 2.28% 86,520,823
 1,724,203
 1.99% 483,224
258,435
224,789
Noninterest bearing demand deposits14,572,605
     15,117,229
        
Other liabilities(8)
6,141,813
     5,490,385
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES117,669,022
     107,128,437
        
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY24,639,561
     24,103,584
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY$142,308,583
     $131,232,021
        
                
NET INTEREST SPREAD (9)
    5.28%     5.57%    
NET INTEREST MARGIN (10)
    5.63%     5.95%    
NET INTEREST INCOME (11)
  $6,442,768
     $6,344,850
      
(1)Average balances are based on daily averages when available. When daily averages are unavailable, mid-month averages are substituted.
(2)Yields calculated using taxable equivalent net interest income.
(3)Interest on loans includes amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loan portfolios and amortization of deferred loan fees, net of origination costs. Average loan balances includes non-accrual loans and LHFS.
(4)Other consumer primarily includes RV and marine loans.
(5)Refer to Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(6)Other assets primarily includes leases, goodwill and intangibles, premise and equipment, net deferred tax assets, equity method investments, BOLI, accrued interest receivable, derivative assets, miscellaneous receivables, prepaid expenses and MSRs. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(7)Refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(8)Other liabilities primarily includes accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, net deferred tax liabilities and the unfunded lending commitments liability.
(9)Represents the difference between the yield on total earning assets and the cost of total funding liabilities.
(10)Represents annualized, taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(11)Intercompany investment income is eliminated from this line item.



52





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



NET INTEREST INCOME
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
INTEREST INCOME:       
Interest-earning deposits$174,189
 $137,753
 $36,436
 26.5 %
Investments AFS280,927
 297,557
 (16,630) (5.6)%
Investments HTM70,815
 68,525
 2,290
 3.3 %
Other investments25,782
 18,842
 6,940
 36.8 %
Total interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits551,713
 522,677
 29,036
 5.6 %
Interest on loans8,098,482
 7,546,376
 552,106
 7.3 %
Total interest income8,650,195
 8,069,053
 581,142
 7.2 %
INTEREST EXPENSE:    
 
Deposits and customer accounts574,471
 389,128
 185,343
 47.6 %
Borrowings and other debt obligations1,632,956
 1,335,075
 297,881
 22.3 %
Total interest expense2,207,427
 1,724,203
 483,224
 28.0 %
NET INTEREST INCOME$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $97,918
 1.5 %

Net interest income increased $97.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

Interest Income on Investment Securities and Interest-Earning Deposits

Interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits increased $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The average balances of investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $22.2 billion with an average yield of 2.49%, compared to an average balance of $21.3 billion with an average yield of 2.45% for the corresponding period in 2018. The increase in interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning deposits resulting from 2018 increases to the federal funds rate. During 2019, the federal funds rate was lowered three times; this has had an effect of partially offsetting increases in interest income on deposits and investments.

Interest Income on Loans

Interest income on loans increased $552.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to the growth of total loans. The average balance of total loans increased $6.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. Factors contributing2019 compared to these changes were2018. This overall increase in loans was primarily driven by the continued growth of the commercial portfolio, auto loans and RICs; however, the average rate has decreased on the RIC portfolio due to more prime loan originations as follows:a result of the SBNA origination program.

Net interest income decreased $336.7Interest Expense on Deposits and Related Customer Accounts

Interest expense on deposits and related customer accounts increased $185.3 million for the year ended December 31, 20162019 compared to 2015.2018. This decreaseincrease was primarily due to yield decreasesoverall higher interest rates and increased deposits. Higher rates were offered to customers on loans,various deposit products in order to attract and grow the customer base. The average balance of total interest-bearing deposits was $49.8 billion with an average cost of 1.15% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to an average balance of $46.3 billion with an average cost of 0.84% for the year ended December 31, 2018.


53





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds

Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $297.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase in interest expensewas due to higher borrowing levels and associated interest rates in 2016being paid and increased balances during the year ended December 31, 2019. The average balance of total borrowings was $47.2 billion with an average cost of 3.46% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2015.an average balance of $40.2 billion with an average cost of 3.32% for 2018. The average balance of borrowed funds increased for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to increases in FHLB advances, credit facilities and secured structured financings.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.1 billionis based on credit loss experience, growth or contraction of specific segments of the loan portfolio, and the estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio. The provision for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This decreasecredit losses was primarily related to the buildupcomprised of the allowanceprovision for loan and lease losses ("ALLL") coverage ratio throughout 2015, mainly onfor the retail installment contract ("RIC")years ended December 31, 2019 and auto loan portfolio. The provision continues to reflect the growthDecember 31, 2018 of the RIC$2.3 billion and auto loan portfolio.$2.4 billion, respectively.
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(in thousands) 2019 2018 DollarPercentage
ALLL, beginning of period $3,897,130
 $3,994,887
 $(97,757)(2.4)%
Charge-offs:       
Commercial (185,035) (108,750) (76,285)70.1 %
Consumer (5,364,673) (4,974,547) (390,126)7.8 %
Unallocated (275) 
 (275)100.0 %
Total charge-offs (5,549,983) (5,083,297) (466,686)9.2 %
Recoveries:       
Commercial 53,819
 60,140
 (6,321)(10.5)%
Consumer 2,954,391
 2,572,607
 381,784
14.8 %
Total recoveries 3,008,210
 2,632,747
 375,463
14.3 %
Charge-offs, net of recoveries (2,541,773) (2,450,550) (91,223)3.7 %
Provision for loan and lease losses (1)
 2,290,832
 2,352,793
 (61,961)(2.6)%
ALLL, end of period $3,646,189
 $3,897,130
 $(250,941)(6.4)%
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period $95,500
 $109,111
 $(13,611)(12.5)%
Release of reserves for unfunded lending commitments (1)
 1,185
 (12,895) 14,080
(109.2)%
Loss on unfunded lending commitments (4,859) (716) (4,143)578.6 %
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period 91,826
 95,500
 (3,674)(3.8)%
Total ACL, end of period $3,738,015
 $3,992,630
 $(254,615)(6.4)%
(1)The provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations is the sum of the total provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded lending commitments.

Total non-interest income decreased $140.5The Company's net charge-offs increased $91.2 million for the year ended December 31, 20162019 compared to 2015. This decrease was primarily in miscellaneous income attributable to less sales of operating leases and fair value mark-downs of the fair value associated with personal unsecured LHFS during the current period when compared with the prior period, offset by an increase in lease income.2018.

Total general and administrative expensesConsumer charge-offs increased $397.8$390.1 million for the year ended December 31, 20162019 compared to 2015.2018. The increase was primarily comprised of a $391.2 million increase in RIC and consumer auto loan charge-offs.

Consumer recoveries increased $381.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The increase was primarily comprised of a $345.6 million increase in RIC and consumer auto loan recoveries, and a $21.1 million increase in indirect purchased loan recoveries.

Consumer net charge-offs as a percentage of average consumer loans were 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 5.2% in 2018.

54





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Commercial charge-offs increased $76.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The increase was primarily comprised of an $89.1 million increase in Corporate Banking charge-offs.

Commercial recoveries decreased $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

NON-INTEREST INCOME
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Consumer fees $391,495
 $413,934
 $(22,439) (5.4)%
Commercial fees 157,351
 154,213
 3,138
 2.0 %
Lease income 2,872,857
 2,375,596
 497,261
 20.9 %
Miscellaneous income, net 301,598
 307,282
 (5,684) (1.8)%
Net gains/(losses) recognized in earnings 5,816
 (6,717) 12,533
 186.6 %
Total non-interest income $3,729,117
 $3,244,308
 $484,809
 14.9 %

Total non-interest income increased $484.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase in lease expenses and compensation and benefits.income. The increase was partially offset by decreases in consumer fees due to the reduction of loans serviced by the Company.

Other expensesConsumer fees

Consumer fees decreased $4.4$22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This decrease was primarily related to a decrease in loan fees income, which was attributable to a reduction in loans serviced by the Company.

Commercial fees

Commercial fees consists of deposit overdraft fees, deposit automated teller machine fees, cash management fees, letter of credit fees, and loan syndication fees for commercial accounts. Commercial fees remained relatively stable for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

Lease income

Lease income increased $497.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was the result of the growth in the Company's lease portfolio, with an average balance of $15.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 20162019, compared to 2015.$12.3 billion for 2018.

Miscellaneous income/(loss)
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Mortgage banking income, net $44,315
 $34,612
 $9,703
 28.0 %
BOLI 62,782
 58,939
 3,843
 6.5 %
Capital market revenue 197,042
 165,392
 31,650
 19.1 %
Net gain on sale of operating leases 135,948
 202,793
 (66,845) (33.0)%
Asset and wealth management fees 175,611
 165,765
 9,846
 5.9 %
Loss on sale of non-mortgage loans (397,965) (351,751) (46,214) (13.1)%
Other miscellaneous income, net 83,865
 31,532
 52,333
 166.0 %
     Total miscellaneous income/(loss) $301,598
 $307,282
 $(5,684) (1.8)%

Miscellaneous income decreased $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in net gain on sale of operating leases and an impairmentincrease in loss on sale of goodwillnon-mortgage loans, partially offset by an increase in the amountcapital market revenue and an increase in Other miscellaneous income due to lower losses on securitization transactions.

55





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of $4.5 billion recorded in 2015, with no impairment recorded inFinancial Condition and Results of Operations



GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER EXPENSES
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar Percentage
Compensation and benefits $1,945,047
 $1,799,369
 $145,678
 8.1 %
Occupancy and equipment expenses 603,716
 659,789
 (56,073) (8.5)%
Technology, outside services, and marketing expense 656,681
 590,249
 66,432
 11.3 %
Loan expense 405,367
 384,899
 20,468
 5.3 %
Lease expense 2,067,611
 1,789,030
 278,581
 15.6 %
Other expenses 687,430
 608,989
 78,441
 12.9 %
Total general, administrative and other expenses $6,365,852
 $5,832,325
 $533,527
 9.1 %

Total general, administrative and other expenses increased $533.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. There2019 compared to 2018. The most significant factors contributing to these increases were as follows:

Technology, outside services, and marketing expense increased $66.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2018. The increase was alsoprimarily due to increases in outside service expenses.
Lease expense increased $278.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to the continued growth of the Company's leased vehicle portfolio.
Other expenses increased $78.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the corresponding period in 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in losses on debt extinguishment associatedlegal expenses and investments in qualified housing, offset by a decrease in operational risk. FDIC insurance premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes $25.3 million of FDIC insurance premiums that relate to periods from the first quarter 2015 through the fourth quarter of 2018 which was partially offset due to the FDIC surcharges that ended in 2018 as disclosed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

INCOME TAX PROVISION

An income tax provision of $472.2 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to an income tax provision of $425.9 million for 2018. This resulted in an ETR of 31.2% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 30.1% for 2018.

The Company's ETR in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company's interpretations by tax authorities that examine tax returns filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year-to-year comparison of the ETR.

LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS

General

The Company's segments at December 31, 2019 consisted of Consumer and Business Banking, C&I, CRE & VF, CIB and SC. For additional information with repositioningrespect to the balance sheet.Company's reporting segments and changes to the segments beginning in the first quarter of 2019, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


56



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



TheResults Summary

Consumer and Business Banking
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income$1,504,887
 $1,298,571
 $206,316
 15.9 %
Total non-interest income359,849
 310,839
 49,010
 15.8 %
Provision for credit losses156,936
 100,523
 56,413
 56.1 %
Total expenses1,655,923
 1,575,407
 80,516
 5.1 %
Income/(loss) before income taxes51,877
 (66,520) 118,397
 178.0 %
Intersegment revenue2,093
 2,507
 (414) (16.5)%
Total assets23,934,172
 21,024,740
 2,909,432
 13.8 %

Consumer and Business Banking reported income tax provision increased $913.5before income taxes of $51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, compared to 2015. The increaselosses before income taxes of $66.5 million for the periodyear ended December 31, 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Net interest income increased $206.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019compared to 2018. This increase was primarily driven by deposit product margin due to a higher interest rate environment combined with increased auto loan volumes.
Non-interest income increased by $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019compared to 2018. This increase was the result of gains on the sale of 14 branches and gains on the sale of conforming mortgage loan portfolios.
The provision for credit losses increased $56.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was due to discrete tax provisions recognizedreserve builds for the large growth of the auto portfolio in 20162019.
Total assets increased $2.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to discrete tax benefits2018. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in auto loans.

C&I Banking
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $231,270
 $228,491
 $2,779
 1.2 %
Total non-interest income 71,323
 82,435
 (11,112) (13.5)%
(Release of) /provision for credit losses 31,796
 (35,069) 66,865
 190.7 %
Total expenses 238,681
 225,495
 13,186
 5.8 %
Income before income taxes 32,116
 120,500
 (88,384) (73.3)%
Intersegment revenue 6,377
 4,691
 1,686
 35.9 %
Total assets 7,031,238
 6,823,633
 207,605
 3.0 %

C&I reported income before income taxes of $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $120.5 million for 2018. Contributing to these changes were:

The provision for credit losses increased $66.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to release of reserves in 2018 related to the strategic exits of middle market, asset-based lending, and legacy oil and gas portfolios.


57





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CRE & VF
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $417,418
 $413,541
 $3,877
 0.9 %
Total non-interest income 11,270
 6,643
 4,627
 69.7 %
(Release of) /provision for credit losses 13,147
 15,664
 (2,517) (16.1)%
Total expenses 135,319
 116,392
 18,927
 16.3 %
Income before income taxes 280,222
 288,128
 (7,906) (2.7)%
Intersegment revenue 5,950
 4,729
 1,221
 25.8 %
Total assets 19,019,242
 18,888,676
 130,566
 0.7 %

CRE & VF reported income before income taxes of $280.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to income before income taxes of $288.1 million for 2018. The results of this reportable segment were relatively consistent period-over-period.

CIB
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $152,083
 $136,582
 $15,501
 11.3 %
Total non-interest income 208,955
 195,023
 13,932
 7.1 %
(Release of)/Provision for credit losses 6,045
 9,335
 (3,290) (35.2)%
Total expenses 270,226
 234,949
 35,277
 15.0 %
Income before income taxes 84,767
 87,321
 (2,554) (2.9)%
Intersegment expense (14,420) (12,362) (2,058) (16.6)%
Total assets 9,943,547
 8,521,004
 1,422,543
 16.7 %

CIB reported income before income taxes of $84.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $87.3 million for 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Total expenses increased $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to higher compensation related to higher headcount.
Total assets increased $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, primarily driven by an increase in loan balances in the global transaction banking portfolio as a result of generating business with new customers.

Other
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $72,535
 $240,110
 $(167,575) (69.8)%
Total non-interest income 415,473
 402,006
 13,467
 3.3 %
(Release of)/Provision for credit losses (7,322) 24,254
 (31,576) (130.2)%
Total expenses 770,254
 786,543
 (16,289) (2.1)%
Loss before income taxes (274,924) (168,681) (106,243) (63.0)%
Intersegment (expense)/revenue 
 435
 (435) (100.0)%
Total assets 40,648,746
 36,416,377
 4,232,369
 11.6 %

58





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Other category reported losses before income taxes of $274.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to losses before income taxes of $168.7 million for 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Net interest income decreased $167.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to higher interest rates.
The provision for credit losses decreased $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to the release of reserves related to the sale of loan portfolios at BSPR, and loan portfolios that were in run-off.

SC

The CODM manages SC on a historical basis by reviewing the results of SC prior to the first quarter 2014 change in control and consolidation of SC (the "Change in Control") basis. The line of business results table discloses SC's operating information on the same basis that it is reviewed by the CODM.

  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $3,971,826
 $3,958,280
 $13,546
 0.3 %
Total non-interest income 2,760,370
 2,297,517
 462,853
 20.1 %
Provision for credit losses 2,093,749
 2,205,585
 (111,836) (5.1)%
Total expenses 3,284,179
 2,857,944
 426,235
 14.9 %
Income before income taxes 1,354,268
 1,192,268
 162,000
 13.6 %
Intersegment revenue 
 
 
 0.0%
Total assets 48,922,532
 43,959,855
 4,962,677
 11.3 %

SC reported income before income taxes of $1.4 billion for the year which resultedended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $1.2 billion for 2018. Contributing to this change were:

Total non-interest income increased $462.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to increasing operating lease income from the continued growth in a higher effective tax ratethe operating lease vehicle portfolio.
The provision of credit losses decreased $111.8 million for 2016.the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to lower TDR balances and better recovery rates.
Total expenses increased $426.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to increasing lease expense from the continued growth in the operating lease vehicle portfolio.
Total assets increased $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to continued growth in RICs and operating lease receivables. This growth was driven by increased originations.

59





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



FINANCIAL CONDITION

LOAN PORTFOLIO

The Company's LHFI portfolioconsisted of the following at the dates indicated:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent
Commercial LHFI:                    
CRE $8,468,023
 9.1% $8,704,481
 10.0% $9,279,225
 11.5% $10,112,043
 11.8% $9,846,236
 11.3%
C&I 16,534,694
 17.8% 15,738,158
 18.1% 14,438,311
 17.9% 18,812,002
 21.9% 20,908,107
 24.0%
Multifamily 8,641,204
 9.3% 8,309,115
 9.5% 8,274,435
 10.1% 8,683,680
 10.1% 9,438,463
 10.8%
Other commercial 7,390,795
 8.2% 7,630,004
 8.8% 7,174,739
 8.9% 6,832,403
 8.0% 6,257,072
 7.2%
Total commercial loans (1)
 41,034,716
 44.4% 40,381,758
 46.4% 39,166,710
 48.4% 44,440,128
 51.8% 46,449,878
 53.3%
                     
Consumer loans secured by real estate:                    
Residential mortgages 8,835,702
 9.5% 9,884,462
 11.4% 8,846,765
 11.0% 7,775,272
 9.1% 7,566,301
 8.7%
Home equity loans and lines of credit 4,770,344
 5.1% 5,465,670
 6.3% 5,907,733
 7.3% 6,001,192
 7.1% 6,151,232
 7.1%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate 13,606,046
 14.6% 15,350,132
 17.7% 14,754,498
 18.3% 13,776,464
 16.2% 13,717,533
 15.8%
                     
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:                    
RICs and auto loans 36,456,747
 39.3% 29,335,220
 33.7% 24,966,121
 30.9% 25,573,721
 29.8% 24,647,798
 28.3%
Personal unsecured loans 1,291,547
 1.4% 1,531,708
 1.8% 1,285,677
 1.6% 1,234,094
 1.4% 1,177,998
 1.4%
Other consumer 316,384
 0.3% 447,050
 0.4% 617,675
 0.8% 795,378
 0.8% 1,032,579
 1.2%
                     
Total consumer loans 51,670,724
 55.6% 46,664,110
 53.6% 41,623,971
 51.6% 41,379,657
 48.2% 40,575,908
 46.7%
Total LHFI $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0% $80,790,681
 100.0% $85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
                     
Total LHFI with:                    
Fixed $61,775,942
 66.6% $56,696,491
 65.1% $50,703,619
 62.8% $51,752,761
 60.3% $52,283,715
 60.1%
Variable 30,929,498
 33.4% 30,349,377
 34.9% 30,087,062
 37.2% 34,067,024
 39.7% 34,742,071
 39.9%
Total LHFI $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0% $80,790,681
 100.0% $85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
(1) As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $395.8 million of commercial loans that were denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

Commercial

Commercial loans increased approximately $653.0 million, or 1.6%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. This increase was comprised of increases in C&I loans of $796.5 million and multifamily loans of $332.1 million, offset by decreases in other commercial loans of $239.2 million, and CRE loans of $236.5 million. The increase is reflective of continued investment of resources to grow the commercial business.

  At December 31, 2019, Maturing
(in thousands) 
In One Year
Or Less
 
One to Five
Years
 
After Five
Years
 
Total (1)
CRE loans $1,748,087
 $5,245,277

$1,474,659
 $8,468,023
C&I and other commercial 10,683,269
 11,367,553

1,990,960
 24,041,782
Multifamily loans 734,815
 5,447,661

2,458,728
 8,641,204
Total $13,166,171

$22,060,491

$5,924,347
 $41,151,009
Loans with:        
Fixed rates $4,815,879
 $8,569,337

$3,455,594
 $16,840,810
Variable rates 8,350,292
 13,491,154

2,468,753
 24,310,199
Total $13,166,171

$22,060,491

$5,924,347
 $41,151,009
(1) Includes LHFS.

60





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Consumer Loans Secured By Real Estate

Consumer loans secured by real estate decreased $1.7 billion, or 11.4%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. This decrease was comprised of a decrease in the residential mortgage portfolio of $1.0 billion, primarily due to the sale of residential mortgage loans to the FNMA in 2019, and a decrease in the home equity loans and lines of credit portfolio of $695.3 million.

Consumer Loans Not Secured By Real Estate

RICs and auto loans

RICs and auto loans increased $7.1 billion, or 24.3%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. The increase in the RIC and auto loan portfolio was primarily due to an increase of purchased financial receivables from third-party lenders and originations, net of securitizations. RICs are collateralized by vehicle titles, and the lender has the right to repossess the vehicle in the event the consumer defaults on the payment terms of the contract. Most of the Company's RICs held for investment are pledged against warehouse lines or securitization bonds. Refer to further discussion of these in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2019, 66.2% (includes loans with no FICO score equivalent to 8.7% of the total portfolio) of the Company's RIC and auto loan portfolio was comprised of nonprime loans (defined by the Company as customers with a FICO score of below 640) with customers who did not qualify for conventional consumer finance products as a result of, among other things, a lack of or adverse credit history, low income levels and/or the inability to provide adequate down payments. While underwriting guidelines are designed to establish that the customer would be a reasonable credit risk, nonprime loans will nonetheless experience higher default rates than a portfolio of obligations of prime customers. Additionally, higher unemployment rates, higher gasoline prices, unstable real estate values, re-sets of adjustable rate mortgages to higher interest rates, the general availability of consumer credit, and other factors that impact consumer confidence or disposable income could lead to an increase in delinquencies, defaults, and repossessions, as well as decreased consumer demand for used automobiles and other consumer products, weaken collateral values and increase losses in the event of default. Because SC's historical focus for such credit has been predominantly on nonprime consumers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions, and losses on these loans could be more dramatically affected by a general economic downturn.

The Company's automated originations process for these credits reflects a disciplined approach to credit risk management to mitigate the risks of nonprime customers. The Company's robust historical data on both organically originated and acquired loans provides it with the ability to perform advanced loss forecasting. Each applicant is automatically assigned a proprietary custom score using information such as FICO scores, DTI ratios, LTV ratios, and over 30 other predictive factors, placing the applicant in one of 100 pricing tiers. The pricing in each tier is continuously monitored and adjusted to reflect market and risk trends. In addition to the Company's automated process, it maintains a team of underwriters for manual review, consideration of exceptions, and review of deal structures with dealers.

At December 31, 2019, a typical RIC was originated with an average annual percentage rate of 16.3% and was purchased from the dealer at a premium of 0.5%. All of the Company's RICs and auto loans are fixed-rate loans.

The Company records an ALLL to cover its estimate of inherent losses on its RICs incurred as of the balance sheet date.

Personal unsecured and other consumer loans

Personal unsecured and other consumer loans decreased from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019 by $370.8 million.

As a result of the strategic evaluation of SC's personal lending portfolio, in the third quarter of 2015, SC began reviewing strategic alternatives for exiting its personal loan portfolios. SC's other significant personal lending relationship is with Bluestem. SC continues to perform in accordance with the terms and operative provisions of the agreements under which it is obligated to purchase personal revolving loans originated by Bluestem for a term ending in 2020, or 2022 if extended at Bluestem's option. The Bluestem loan portfolio is carried as held-for-sale in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, the Company has recorded lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on this portfolio, and there may be further such adjustments required in future period financial statements. Management is currently evaluating alternatives for the Bluestem portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, SC's personal unsecured portfolio was held-for-sale and thus does not have a related allowance.

61





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Extending credit to customers exposes the Company to credit risk, which is the risk that contractual principal and interest due on loans will not be collected due to the inability or unwillingness of the borrower to repay the loan. The Company manages credit risk in its loan portfolio through adherence to consistent standards, guidelines, and limitations established by the Company’s Board of Directors as set forth in its Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement. Written loan policies further implement these underwriting standards, lending limits, and other standards or limits deemed necessary and prudent. Various approval levels based on the amount of the loan and other key credit attributes have also been created. To ensure credit quality, loans are originated in accordance with the Company’s credit and governance standards consistent with its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. Loans over certain dollar thresholds require approval by the Company's credit committees, with higher balance loans requiring approval by more senior level committees.

The Credit Risk Review group conducts ongoing independent reviews of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolios and credit management processes to ensure the accuracy of the risk ratings and adherence to established policies and procedures, verify compliance with applicable laws and regulations, provide objective measurement of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio, and ensure that proper documentation exists. The results of these periodic reviews are reported to business line management, Risk and the Audit Committees of both the Company and the Bank. The Company maintains a classification system for loans that identifies those requiring a higher level of monitoring by management because of one or more factors, including borrower performance, business conditions, industry trends, the liquidity and value of the collateral, economic conditions, or other factors. Loan credit quality is subject to scrutiny by business unit management, credit risk professionals, and Internal Audit.

The following discussion summarizes the underwriting policies and procedures for the major categories within the loan portfolio and addresses SHUSA’s strategies for managing the related credit risk. Additional credit risk management related considerations are discussed further in the "ALLL" section of this MD&A.

Commercial Loans

Commercial loans principally represent commercial real estate loans (including multifamily loans), loans to C&I customers, and automotive dealer floor plan loans. Credit risk associated with commercial loans is primarily influenced by prevailing and expected economic conditions and the level of underwriting risk SHUSA is willing to assume. To manage credit risk when extending commercial credit, the Company focuses on assessing the borrower’s capacity and willingness to repay and obtaining sufficient collateral. C&I loans are generally secured by the borrower’s assets and by guarantees. CRE loans are originated primarily within the Mid-Atlantic, New York, and New England market areas and are secured by real estate at specified LTV ratios and often by a guarantee.

Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate

Credit risk in the direct and indirect consumer loan portfolio is controlled by strict adherence to underwriting standards that consider DTI levels, the creditworthiness of the borrower, and collateral values. In the home equity loan portfolio, CLTV ratios are generally limited to 90% for both first and second liens. SHUSA originates and purchases fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans that are secured by the underlying 1-4 family residential properties. Credit risk exposure in this area of lending is minimized by the evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrower, credit scores, and adherence to underwriting policies that emphasize conservative LTV ratios of generally no more than 80%. Residential mortgage loans originated or purchased in excess of an 80% LTV ratio are generally insured by private mortgage insurance, unless otherwise guaranteed or insured by the Federal, state, or local government. SHUSA also utilizes underwriting standards which comply with those of the FHLMC or the FNMA. Credit risk is further reduced, since a portion of the Company’s mortgage loan production is sold to investors in the secondary market without recourse.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

The Company’s consumer loans not secured by real estate include RICs acquired from manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of used and new automobiles and trucks, as well as acquired consumer marine, RV and credit card loans. Credit risk is mitigated to the extent possible through early and robust collection practices, which includes the repossession of vehicles.


62





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Collections

The Company closely monitors delinquencies as another means of maintaining high asset quality. Collection efforts generally begin within 15 days after a loan payment is missed by attempting to contact all borrowers and offer a variety of loss mitigation alternatives. If these attempts fail, the Company will attempt to gain control of collateral in a timely manner in order to minimize losses. While liquidation and recovery efforts continue, officers continue to work with the borrowers, if appropriate, to recover all money owed to the Company. The Company monitors delinquency trends at 30, 60, and 90 DPD. These trends are discussed at monthly management Credit Risk Review Committee meetings and at the Company's and the Bank's Board of Directors' meetings.

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents the composition of non-performing assets at the dates indicated:    
  Period Ended Change
(dollars in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Dollar Percentage
Non-accrual loans:        
Commercial:        
CRE $83,117
 $88,500
 $(5,383) (6.1)%
C&I 153,428
 189,827
 (36,399) (19.2)%
Multifamily 5,112
 13,530
 (8,418) (62.2)%
Other commercial 31,987
 72,841
 (40,854) (56.1)%
Total commercial loans 273,644
 364,698
 (91,054) (25.0)%
         
Consumer loans secured by real estate:  
  
    
Residential mortgages 134,957
 216,815
 (81,858) (37.8)%
Home equity loans and lines of credit 107,289
 115,813
 (8,524) (7.4)%
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:     

 

RICs and auto loans 1,643,459
 1,545,322
 98,137
 6.4 %
Personal unsecured loans 2,212
 3,602
 (1,390) (38.6)%
Other consumer 11,491
 9,187
 2,304
 25.1 %
Total consumer loans 1,899,408
 1,890,739
 8,669
 0.5 %
Total non-accrual loans 2,173,052
 2,255,437
 (82,385) (3.7)%
         
Other real estate owned 66,828
 107,868
 (41,040) (38.0)%
Repossessed vehicles 212,966
 224,046
 (11,080) (4.9)%
Other repossessed assets 4,218
 1,844
 2,374
 128.7 %
Total OREO and other repossessed assets 284,012
 333,758
 (49,746) (14.9)%
Total non-performing assets $2,457,064
 $2,589,195
 $(132,131) (5.1)%
         
Past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and accruing interest $93,102
 $98,979
 $(5,877) (5.9)%
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans (1)
 2.8% 2.9%    n/a    n/a
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets 1.6% 1.9%    n/a    n/a
NPLs as a percentage of total loans 2.3% 2.6%    n/a    n/a
ALLL as a percentage of total NPLs 167.8% 172.8%    n/a    n/a
(1) Annualized net loan charge-offs are based on year-to-date charge-offs.

Potential problem loans are loans not currently classified as NPLs for which management has doubts about the borrowers’ ability to comply with the present repayment terms. These assets are principally loans delinquent for more than 30 days but less than 90 days. Potential problem commercial loans totaled approximately $179.9 million and $98.8 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. This increase was primarily due to loans to one large borrower within the CRE portfolio.

Potential problem consumer loans amounted to $4.7 billion at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. Management has included these loans in its evaluation of the Company's ACL and reserved for them during the respective periods.

Non-performing assets decreased to $2.5 billion, or 1.6% of total assets, at December 31, 2019, compared to $2.6 billion, or 1.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2018, primarily attributable to a decrease in NPLs in consumer RICs.


63





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Commercial

Commercial NPLs decreased $91.1 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Commercial NPLs accounted for 0.7% and 0.9% of commercial LHFI at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The decrease in commercial NPLs was comprised of decreases of $36.4 million in C&I and $40.9 million in the Other commercial portfolio.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

RICs and amortizing personal loans are classified as non-performing when they are more than 60 DPD (i.e., 61 or more DPD) with respect to principal or interest. Except for loans accounted for using the FVO, at the time a loan is placed on non-performing status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. When an account is 60 days or less past due, it is returned to performing status and the Company returns to accruing interest on the loan. The accrual of interest on revolving personal loans continues until the loan is charged off.

RIC TDRs are placed on non-accrual status when the account becomes past due more than 60 days. For loans in non-accrual status, interest income is recognized on a cash basis; however, the Company continues to assess the recognition of cash received on those loans in order to identify whether certain of the loans should also be placed on a cost recovery basis. For loans on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is resumed if a delinquent account subsequently becomes 60 days or less past due. However, for TDR loans placed on a cost recovery basis, the Company returns to accrual status when a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved. NPLs in the RIC and auto loan portfolio increased by $98.1 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Non-performing RICs and auto loans accounted for 4.5% and 5.3% of total RICs and auto loans at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate

The following table shows NPLs compared to total loans outstanding for the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit
NPLs $134,957
 $107,289
 $216,815
 $115,813
Total LHFI 8,835,702
 4,770,344
 9,884,462
 5,465,670
NPLs as a percentage of total LHFI 1.5% 2.2% 2.2% 2.1%
NPLs in foreclosure status 15.5% 84.2% 43.3% 56.7%

The NPL ratio is usually higher for the Company's residential mortgage loan portfolio compared to its consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio due to a number of factors, including the prolonged workout and foreclosure resolution processes for residential mortgage loans, differences in risk profiles, and mortgage loans located outside the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States. As of December 31, 2019, the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio has a higher NPL ratio compared to the residential mortgage portfolio, primarily due to the NPL loan sale in 2019.

64





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Delinquencies

The Company generally considers an account delinquent when an obligor fails to pay substantially all (defined as 90%) of the scheduled payment by the due date.    

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company's delinquencies consisted of the following:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRICs and auto loansPersonal Unsecured and Other Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRICs and auto loansPersonal Unsecured and Other Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal
Total delinquencies $404,945$4,768,833$206,703$339,844$5,720,325 $495,854$4,760,361$226,181$232,264$5,714,660
Total loans(1)
 $13,902,871$36,456,747$2,615,036$41,151,009$94,125,663 $15,564,653$29,335,220$3,047,515$40,381,758$88,329,146
Delinquencies as a % of loans 2.9%13.1%7.9%0.8%6.1% 3.2%16.2%7.4%0.6%6.5%
(1)Includes LHFS.

Overall, total delinquencies increased by $5.7 million, or 0.1%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, primarily driven by commercial loans, which increased $107.6 million, offset by consumer loans secured by real estate, which decreased $90.9 million. The increase in the commercial portfolio was due to loans to two customers that became delinquent in the fourth quarter of 2019, partially offset by the mortgage decrease due to the NPL and FNMA sales.

TDRs

TDRs are loans that have been modified as the Company has agreed to make certain concessions to both meet the needs of customers and maximize its ultimate recovery on the loans. TDRs occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties and the loan is modified with terms that would otherwise not be granted to the borrower. The types of concessions granted are generally interest rate reductions, limitations on accrued interest charged, term extensions, and deferments of principal.

TDRs are generally placed in nonaccrual status upon modification, unless the loan was performing immediately prior to modification. For most portfolios, TDRs may return to accrual status after a sustained period of repayment performance, as long as the Company believes the principal and interest of the restructured loan will be paid in full. RIC TDRs are placed on nonaccrual status when the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is not reasonably assured, and considered for return to accrual when a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved. To the extent the TDR is determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on the operation of the collateral, the loan may be returned to accrual status based on the foregoing parameters. To the extent the TDR is determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on disposal of the collateral, the loan may not be returned to accrual status.

The following table summarizes TDRs at the dates indicated:
  As of December 31, 2019
(in thousands) Commercial% Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate% RICs and Auto Loans% Other Consumer% Total TDRs
Performing $64,538
49.5% $182,105
67.8% $3,332,246
86.6% $67,465
91.7% $3,646,354
Non-performing 65,741
50.5% 86,335
32.2% 515,573
13.4% 6,128
8.3% 673,777
Total $130,279
100.0% $268,440
100.0% $3,847,819
100.0% $73,593
100.0% $4,320,131
               
% of loan portfolio 0.3%n/a
 2.0%n/a
 10.6%n/a
 4.6%n/a
 4.7%
(1) Excludes LHFS.            
               
  As of December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Commercial% Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate% RICs and Auto Loans% Other Consumer% Total TDRs
Performing $78,744
42.4% $262,449
72.3% $4,587,081
87.3% $141,605
79.6% $5,069,879
Non-performing 107,024
57.6% 100,543
27.7% 664,688
12.7% 36,235
20.4% 908,490
Total $185,768
100.0% $362,992
100.0% $5,251,769
100.0% $177,840
100.0% $5,978,369
               
% of loan portfolio 0.5%n/a
 2.3%n/a
 17.9%n/a
 9.0%n/a
 6.9%
(1) Excludes LHFS.

65





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table provides a summary of TDR activity:
  Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
(in thousands) RICs and Auto Loans 
All Other Loans(1)
 RICs and Auto Loans 
All Other Loans(1)(2)
TDRs, beginning of period $5,251,769
 $726,600
 $6,037,695
 $805,292
New TDRs(1)
 1,153,160
 145,135
 1,877,058
 192,733
Charged-Off TDRs (1,389,044) (13,706) (1,706,788) (14,554)
Sold TDRs (1,139) (83,204) (2,884) (7,148)
Payments on TDRs (1,166,927) (302,513) (953,312) (249,723)
TDRs, end of period $3,847,819
 $472,312
 $5,251,769
 $726,600
(1)New TDRs includes drawdowns on lines of credit that have previously been classified as TDRs.
(2) Rollforward adjusted through the New TDRs line item to include RV/Marine TDRs in the amount of $56.0 million that were not identified at December 31, 2018.

In accordance with its policies and guidelines, the Company at times offers payment deferrals to borrowers on its RICs, under which the consumer is allowed to move up to three delinquent payments to the end of the loan. More than 90% of deferrals granted are for two months. The policies and guidelines limit the number and frequency of deferrals that may be granted to one deferral every six months and eight months over the life of a loan, while some marine and RV contracts have a maximum of twelve months in extensions to reflect their longer term. Additionally, the Company generally limits the granting of deferrals on new accounts until a requisite number of payments has been received. During the deferral period, the Company continues to accrue and collect interest on the loan in accordance with the terms of the deferral agreement.

At the time a deferral is granted, all delinquent amounts may be deferred or paid, which may result in the classification of the loan as current and therefore not considered delinquent. However, there are instances when a deferral is granted but the loan is not brought completely current, such as when the account's DPD is greater than the deferment period granted. Such accounts are aged based on the timely payment of future installments in the same manner as any other account. Historically, the majority of deferrals are approved for borrowers who are either 31-60 or 61-90 days delinquent, and these borrowers are typically reported as current after deferral. A customer is limited to one deferral each six months, and if a customer receives two or more deferrals over the life of the loan, the loan will advance to a TDR designation.

The Company evaluates the results of its deferral strategies based upon the amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred compared to the extent to which the collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time. Based on this evaluation, the Company believes that payment deferrals granted according to its policies and guidelines are an effective portfolio management technique and result in higher ultimate cash collections from the portfolio.

Changes in deferral levels do not have a direct impact on the ultimate amount of consumer finance receivables charged off. However, the timing of a charge-off may be affected if the previously deferred account ultimately results in a charge-off. To the extent deferrals impact the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off, historical charge-off ratios, loss confirmation periods, and cash flow forecasts used in the determination of the adequacy of the ALLL for loans classified as TDRs are also impacted. Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore increase the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses. Changes in these ratios and periods are considered in determining the appropriate level of the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses. For loans that are classified as TDRs, the Company generally compares the present value of expected cash flows to the outstanding recorded investment of TDRs to determine the amount of allowance and related provision for credit losses that should be recorded. For loans that are considered collateral-dependent, such as certain bankruptcy modifications, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, less its estimated costs to sell.

ACL

The ACL is maintained at levels management considers adequate to provide for losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Management's evaluation takes into consideration the risks inherent in the portfolio, past loan and lease loss experience, specific loans with loss potential, geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, the level of originations, credit quality metrics such as FICOscores and CLTV, internal risk ratings, economic conditions and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the ACL may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.


66





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table presents the allocation of the ALLL and the percentage of each loan type to total LHFI at the dates indicated:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Amount 
% of Loans
to Total LHFI
 Amount % of Loans
to Total LHFI
Allocated allowance:        
Commercial loans $399,829
 44.4% $441,083
 46.4%
Consumer loans 3,199,612
 55.6% 3,409,024
 53.6%
Unallocated allowance 46,748
 n/a
 47,023
 n/a
Total ALLL 3,646,189
 100.0% 3,897,130
 100.0%
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments 91,826
   95,500
  
Total ACL $3,738,015
   $3,992,630
  

General

The ACL decreased by $254.6 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. This change in the overall ACL was primarily attributable to the decreased amount of TDRs within SC's RIC and auto loan portfolio.

Management regularly monitors the condition of the Company's portfolio, considering factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquencies and NPLs, changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, the experience and ability of staff, and regional and national economic conditions and trends.

The risk factors inherent in the ACL are continuously reviewed and revised by management when conditions indicate that the estimates initially applied are different from actual results. The Company also performs a comprehensive analysis of the ACL on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Company performs a review each quarter of allowance levels and trends by major portfolio against the levels of peer banking institutions to benchmark our allowance and industry norms.

Commercial

For the commercial loan portfolio excluding small business loans (businesses with annual sales of up to $3 million), the Company has specialized credit officers, a monitoring unit, and workout units that identify and manage potential problem loans. Changes in management factors, financial and operating performance, company behavior, industry factors and external events and circumstances are evaluated on an ongoing basis to determine whether potential impairment is evident and/or additional analysis is needed. For the commercial loan portfolios, risk ratings are assigned to each loan to differentiate risk within the portfolio, reviewed on an ongoing basis by credit risk management and revised, if needed, to reflect the borrower’s current risk profile and the related collateral position.

The risk ratings consider factors such as financial condition, debt capacity and coverage ratios, market presence and quality of management. Generally, credit officers reassess a borrower’s risk rating on at least an annual basis, and more frequently if warranted. This reassessment process is managed by credit officers and is overseen by the credit monitoring group to ensure consistency and accuracy in risk ratings, as well as the appropriate frequency of risk rating reviews by the Company’s credit officers. The Company’s Credit Risk Review Committee assesses whether the Company’s Credit Risk Review Framework and risk management guidelines established by the Company’s Board and applicable laws and regulations are being followed, and reports key findings and relevant information to the Board. The Company’s Credit Risk Review group regularly performs loan reviews and assesses the appropriateness of assigned risk ratings. When credits are downgraded below a certain level, the Company’s Workout Department becomes responsible for managing the credit risk. Risk rating actions are generally reviewed formally by one or more credit committees depending on the size of the loan and the type of risk rating action being taken. Detailed analyses are completed that support the risk rating and management’s strategies for the customer relationship going forward.


67





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If a loan is identified as impaired and is collateral-dependent, an initial appraisal is obtained to provide a baseline to determine the property’s fair market value. The frequency of appraisals depends on the type of collateral being appraised. If the collateral value is subject to significant volatility (due to location of the asset, obsolescence, etc.), an appraisal is obtained more frequently. At a minimum, updated appraisals for impaired loans are obtained within a 12-month period if the loan remains outstanding for that period of time.

If a loan is identified as impaired and is not collateral-dependent, impairment is measured based on a DCF methodology.

The portion of the ALLL related to the commercial portfolio was $399.8 million at December 31, 2019 (1.0% of commercial LHFI) and $441.1 million at December 31, 2018 (1.1% of commercial LHFI). The primary factor resulting in the decreased ACL allocated to the commercial portfolio was in part due to the charge-off to three large commercial borrowers.

Consumer

The consumer loan and small business loan portfolios are monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, LTV ratios, and internal and external credit scores. Management evaluates the consumer portfolios throughout their lifecycles on a portfolio basis. When problem loans are identified that are secured with collateral, management examines the loan files to evaluate the nature and type of collateral. Management documents the collateral type, the date of the most recent valuation, and whether any liens exist to determine the value to compare against the committed loan amount.

Residential mortgages not adequately secured by collateral are generally charged off to fair value less cost to sell when deemed to be uncollectible or are delinquent 180 days or more, whichever comes first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Examples that would demonstrate repayment likelihood include a loan that is secured by collateral and is in the process of collection, a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance, or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For residential mortgage loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated into the loan and lease loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge-off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience within various CLTV bands in these portfolios. CLTVs are refreshed quarterly by applying Federal Housing Finance Agency Home Price Index changes at a state-by-state level to the last known appraised value of the property to estimate the current CLTV. The Company's ALLL incorporates the refreshed CLTV information to update the distribution of defaulted loans by CLTV as well as the associated loss given default for each CLTV band. Reappraisals at the individual property level are not considered cost-effective or necessary on a recurring basis; however, reappraisals are performed on certain higher risk accounts to support line management activities and default servicing decisions, or when other situations arise for which the Company believes the additional expense is warranted.


68





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



A home equity loan or line of credit not adequately secured by collateral is treated similarly to the way residential mortgages are treated. The Company incorporates home equity loan or line of credit loss severity assumptions into the loan and lease loss reserve model following the same methodology as for residential mortgage loans. To ensure the Company has captured losses inherent in its home equity portfolios, the Company estimates its ALLL for home equity loans and lines of credit by segmenting its portfolio into sub-segments based on the nature of the portfolio and certain risk characteristics such as product type, lien positions, and origination channels. Projected future defaulted loan balances are estimated within each portfolio sub-segment by incorporating risk parameters, including the current payment status as well as historical trends in delinquency rates. Other assumptions, including prepayment and attrition rates, are also calculated at the portfolio sub-segment level and incorporated into the estimation of the likely volume of defaulted loan balances. The projected default volume is stratified across CLTV ratio bands, and a loss severity rate for each CLTV band is applied based on the Company's historical net credit loss experience. This amount is then adjusted, as necessary, for qualitative considerations to reflect changes in underwriting, market, or industry conditions, or changes in trends in the composition of the portfolio, including risk composition, seasoning, and underlying collateral.

The Company considers the delinquency status of its senior liens in cases in which the Company services the lien. The Company currently services the senior lien on 23.5% of its junior lien home equity principal balances. Of the junior lien home equity loan and line of credit balances that are current, 1.1% have a senior lien that is one or more payments past due. When the senior lien is delinquent but the junior lien is current, allowance levels are adjusted to reflect loss estimates consistent with the delinquency status of the senior lien. The Company also extrapolates these impacts to the junior lien portfolio when the senior lien is serviced by another investor and the delinquency status of that senior lien is unknown.

Depository and lending institutions in the U.S. generally are expected to experience a significant volume of home equity lines of credit that will be approaching the end of their draw periods over the next several years, following the growth in home equity lending experienced during 2003 through 2007. As a result, many of these home equity lines of credit will either convert to amortizing loans or have principal due as balloon payments. The Company's home equity lines of credit generated after 2007 are generally open-ended, revolving loans with fixed-rate lock options and draw periods of up to 10 years, along with amortizing repayment periods of up to 20 years. The Company currently monitors delinquency rates for amortizing and non-amortizing lines, as well as other credit quality metrics, including FICO credit scoring model scores and LTV ratios. The Company's home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten considering fully drawn and fully amortizing levels. As a result, the Company currently does not anticipate a significant deterioration in credit quality when these home equity lines of credit begin to amortize.

For RICs, including RICs acquired from a third-party lender that are considered to have no credit deterioration at acquisition, and personal unsecured loans at SC, the Company maintains an ALLL for the Company's HFI portfolio not classified as TDRs at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses of the recorded investment inherent in the portfolio, based on a holistic assessment, including both quantitative and qualitative considerations. For TDR loans, the allowance is comprised of impairment measured using a DCF model. RICs and personal unsecured loans are considered separately in assessing the required ALLL using product-specific allowance methodologies applied on a pooled basis.

The quantitative framework is supported by credit models that consider several credit quality indicators including, but not limited to, historical loss experience and current portfolio trends. The transition-based Markov model provides data on a granular and disaggregated/segment basis as it utilizes recently observed loan transition rates from various loan statuses to forecast future losses. Transition matrices in the Markov model are categorized based on account characteristics such as delinquency status, TDR type (e.g., deferment, modification, etc.), internal credit risk, origination channel, seasoning, thin/thick file and time since TDR event. The credit models utilized differ among the Company's RIC and personal loan portfolios. The credit models are adjusted by management through qualitative reserves to incorporate information reflective of the current business environment.

The allowance for consumer loans was $3.2 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The allowance as a percentage of HFI consumer loans was 6.2% at December 31, 2019 and 7.3% at December 31, 2018. The decrease in the allowance for consumer loans was primarily attributable to lower TDR volume and rate improvement in SC's RIC and auto loan portfolio.

The Company's allowance models and reserve levels are back-tested on a quarterly basis to ensure that both remain within appropriate ranges. As a result, management believes that the current ALLL is maintained at a level sufficient to absorb inherent losses in the consumer portfolios.

69





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Unallocated

The Company reserves for certain inherent but undetected losses that are probable within the loan and lease portfolios. This is considered to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models and to otherwise provide for coverage of inherent losses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolios. These imprecisions may include loss factors inherent in the loan portfolio that may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and specific components of the allowance, as well as potential variability in estimates. Period-to-period changes in the Company's historical unallocated ALLL positions are considered in light of these factors. The unallocated ALLL was $46.7 million and $47.0 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments decreased $3.7 million from $95.5 million at December 31, 2018 to $91.8 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease of the unfunded reserve is primarily related to the Company strategically reducing its exposure to certain business relationships and industries. The net impact of the change in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments to the overall ACL was immaterial.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities consist primarily of U.S. Treasuries, MBS, ABS and FHLB and FRB stock. MBS consist of pass-through, CMOs and adjustable rate mortgages issued by federal agencies. The Company’s MBS are either guaranteed as to principal and interest by the issuer or have ratings of “AAA” by S&P and Moody’s at the date of issuance. The Company’s AFS investment strategy is to purchase liquid fixed-rate and floating-rate investments to manage the Company's liquidity position and interest rate risk adequately.

Total investment securities AFS increased $2.7 billion to $14.3 billion at December 31, 2019, compared to $11.6 billion at December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the composition of the Company's investment portfolio changed due to an increase in U.S. Treasury securities and MBS, partially offset by a decrease in ABS. U.S. Treasuries increased by $2.3 billionprimarily due to investment purchases of $3.8 billion as offset by $1.5 billion of sales. MBS increased by $739.4 million primarily due to investment purchases and a decrease in unrealized losses, partially offset by sales, maturities and principal paydowns. For additional information with respect to the Company’s investment securities, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity are classified as HTM securities. HTM securities are reported at cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Total investment securities HTM were $3.9 billion at December 31, 2019. The Company had 99 investment securities classified as HTM as of December 31, 2019.

Total gross unrealized losses on investment securities AFS decreased by $258.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily related to a decrease in unrealized losses of $246.1 million on MBS, primarily due to a decrease in interest rates.

The average life of the AFS investment portfolio (excluding certain ABS) at December 31, 2019 was approximately 3.86 years. The average effective duration of the investment portfolio (excluding certain ABS) at December 31, 2019 was approximately 2.85 years. The actual maturities of MBS AFS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.


70





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table presents the fair value of investment securities by obligor at the dates indicated:
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Investment securities AFS:    
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies $9,735,337
 $5,485,392
FNMA and FHLMC securities 4,326,299
 5,550,628
State and municipal securities 9
 16
Other securities (1)
 278,113
 596,951
Total investment securities AFS 14,339,758
 11,632,987
Investment securities HTM:    
U.S. government agencies 3,938,797
 2,750,680
Total investment securities HTM(2)
 3,938,797
 2,750,680
Other investments 995,680
 805,357
Total investment portfolio $19,274,235
 $15,189,024
(1)Other securities primarily include corporate debt securities and ABS.
(2)HTM securities are measured and presented at amortized cost.

The following table presents the securities of single issuers (other than obligations of the United States and its political subdivisions, agencies, and corporations) having an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of the Company's stockholder's equity that were held by the Company at December 31, 2019:
  December 31, 2019
(in thousands) Amortized Cost Fair Value
FNMA $2,467,867
 $2,463,166
GNMA (1)
 9,581,198
 9,601,626
Government - Treasuries 4,086,733
 4,090,938
Total $16,135,798
 $16,155,730
(1)Includes U.S. government agency MBS.

GOODWILL

The Company records the excess of the cost of acquired entities over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired less the fair value of liabilities assumed as goodwill. Consistent with ASC 350, the Company does not amortize goodwill, and reviews the goodwill recorded for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for goodwill impairment. At December 31, 2019, goodwill totaled $4.4 billion and represented 3.0% of total assets and 18.2% of total stockholder's equity. The following table shows goodwill by reporting units at December 31, 2019:

(in thousands) Consumer and Business Banking 
C&I(1)
 CRE and Vehicle Finance CIB SC Total
Goodwill at December 31, 2018 $1,880,304
 $1,412,995
 $
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
Re-allocations during the period 
 (1,095,071) 1,095,071
 
 
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2019 $1,880,304
 $317,924
 $1,095,071
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
(1) Formerly Commercial Banking

The Company made a change in its reportable segments beginning January 1, 2019 and, accordingly, has re-allocated goodwill to the related reporting units based on the estimated fair value of each reporting unit. Upon re-allocation, management tested the new reporting units for impairment, using the same methodology and assumptions as used in the October 1, 2018 goodwill impairment test, and noted that there was no impairment. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on the change in reportable segments.

The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2019 using generally accepted valuation methods. The Company completes a quarterly review for impairment indicators over each of its reporting units, which includes consideration of economic and organizational factors that could impact the fair value of the Company's reporting units. At the completion of the 2019 fourth quarter review, the Company did not identify any indicators which resulted in the Company's conclusion that an interim impairment test would be required to be completed.

71





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



For the Consumer and Business Banking reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market approach ("market approach") and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.4x was selected based on publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 9.1%, which was most representative of the reporting unit's cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 4.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Consumer and Business Banking reporting unit by 10.3%, indicating the reporting unit was not considered to be impaired.

For the C&I reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the marketplace that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.4x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate 12.7%, which was most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 4.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Commercial Banking reporting unit by 18.0%, indicating the C&I reporting unit was not considered to be impaired.

For the CRE&VF reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the marketplace that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.5x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate 9.4%, which was most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Commercial Banking reporting unit by 20.5%, indicating the CRE&VF reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.

For the CIB reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.3x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit and was equally considered with the projected earnings multiples of 8.0x and 7.5x and 7.0x, which were
applied to the reporting unit's 2019, 2020, and 2021 projected earnings, respectively, due to the nature of the business, which operates outside of the traditional savings and loan bank model. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 10.3%, which is most representative of the reporting unit's cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the CIB reporting unit by 25.2%, indicating that the CIB reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.

For the SC reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, the Company used only the market capitalization approach. For the market capitalization approach, SC's stock price from October 1, 2019 of $25.53 was used and a 25.0% control premium was used based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market-place that were determined to be comparable. The results of the fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value of the SC reporting unit by 67.9%, indicating that the SC reporting unit was not considered to be impaired. Management continues to monitor SC's stock price, along with changes in the financial position and results of operations that would impact the reporting unit's carrying value on a regular basis. Through the date of this filing, there have been no indicators which would change management's assessment as of October 1, 2019.

Management continues to monitor changes in financial position and results of operations that would impact each of the reporting units estimated fair value or carrying value on a regular basis. Through the date of this filing, there have been no indicators which would change management's assessment as of October 1, 2019.

DEFERRED TAXES AND OTHER TAX ACTIVITY

The Company had a net deferred tax liability balance of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2019 (consisting of a deferred tax asset balance of $503.7 million and a deferred tax liability balance of $1.5 billion), compared to a net deferred tax liability balance of $587.5 million at December 31, 2018 (consisting of a deferred tax asset balance of $625.1 million and a deferred tax liability balance of $1.2 billion). The $429.9 million increase in net deferred liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities related to accelerated depreciation from leasing transactions and changes in depreciation on company owned assets.

72





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

See further discussion of the Company's off-balance sheet arrangements in Note 7 and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this MD&A.

For a discussion of the status of litigation with which the Company is involved with the IRS, please refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Company's capital priorities are to support client growth and business investment while maintaining appropriate capital in light of economic uncertainty and the Basel III framework.

The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, based on the Bank’s capital calculations, the Bank was considered well-capitalized under the applicable capital framework. In addition, the Company's capital levels as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, based on the Company’s capital calculations, exceeded the required capital ratios for BHCs.

For a discussion of Basel III, which became effective for SHUSA and the Bank on January 1, 2015, including the standardized approach and related future changes to the minimum U.S. regulatory capital ratios, see the section captioned "Regulatory Matters" in this MD&A.

Federal banking laws, regulations and policies also limit the Bank's ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank's total distributions to SHUSA within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years, (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. The OCC's prior approval would also be required if the Bank were notified by the OCC that it is a problem institution or in troubled condition.

Any dividend declared and paid or return of capital has the effect of reducing capital ratios. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company paid cash dividends of $400.0 million, and $410.0 million, respectively, to its common stock shareholder and cash dividends to preferred shareholders of zero and $10.95 million, respectively. On August 15, 2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its outstanding preferred stock.

The following schedule summarizes the actual capital balances of SHUSA and the Bank at December 31, 2019:
  SHUSA
       
  December 31, 2019 
Well-capitalized Requirement(1)
 
Minimum Requirement(1)
CET1 capital ratio 14.63% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 15.80% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 17.23% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 13.13% 5.00% 4.00%
(1)As defined by Federal Reserve regulations. The Company's ratios are presented under a Basel III phasing-in basis.
  Bank
       
  December 31, 2019 
Well-capitalized Requirement(2)
 
Minimum Requirement(2)
CET1 capital ratio 15.80% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 15.80% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 16.77% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 12.77% 5.00% 4.00%
(2)As defined by OCC regulations. The Bank's ratios are presented on a Basel III phasing-in basis.


73





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



In February 2019, the Federal Reserve announced that the Company, as well as other less complex firms, would receive a one-year extension of the requirement to submit its results for the supervisory capital stress tests until April 5, 2020.  The Federal Reserve also announced that, for the period beginning on July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, the Company would be allowed to make capital distributions up to an amount that would have allowed the Company to remain well-capitalized under the minimum capital requirements for CCAR 2018.

In June 2019, the Company announced its planned capital actions for the period from July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020.  These planned capital actions are:  (1) common stock dividends of $125 million per quarter from SHUSA to Santander, (2) common stock dividends paid by SC, and (3) an authorization to repurchase up to $1.1 billion of SC’s outstanding common stock.  Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for discussion of the capital actions taken, including SC’s share repurchase plans and activities.

Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for discussion of the capital actions taken, including SC's share repurchase plans and activities.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overall

The Company continues to maintain strong liquidity. Liquidity represents the ability of the Company to obtain cost-effective funding to meet the needs of customers as well as the Company's financial obligations. Factors that impact the liquidity position of the Company include loan origination volumes, loan prepayment rates, the maturity structure of existing loans, core deposit growth levels, CD maturity structure and retention, the Company's credit ratings, investment portfolio cash flows, the maturity structure of the Company's wholesale funding, and other factors. These risks are monitored and managed centrally. The Company's Asset/Liability Committee reviews and approves the Company's liquidity policy and guidelines on a regular basis. This process includes reviewing all available wholesale liquidity sources. The Company also forecasts future liquidity needs and develops strategies to ensure adequate liquidity is available at all times. SHUSA conducts monthly liquidity stress test analyses to manage its liquidity under a variety of scenarios, all of which demonstrate that the Company has ample liquidity to meet its short-term and long-term cash requirements.

Further changes to the credit ratings of SHUSA, Santander and its affiliates or the Kingdom of Spain could have a material adverse effect on SHUSA's business, including its liquidity and capital resources. The credit ratings of SHUSA have changed in the past and may change in the future, which could impact its cost of and access to sources of financing and liquidity. Any reductions in the long-term or short-term credit ratings of SHUSA would increase its borrowing costs and require it to replace funding lost due to the downgrade, which may include the loss of customer deposits, limit its access to capital and money markets and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivatives contracts and other secured funding arrangements. See further discussion on the impacts of credit ratings actions in the "Economic and Business Environment" section of this MD&A.

Sources of Liquidity

Company and Bank

The Company and the Bank have several sources of funding to meet liquidity requirements, including the Bank's core deposit base, liquid investment securities portfolio, ability to acquire large deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale deposit purchases, and federal funds purchased, as well as through securitizations in the ABS market and committed credit lines from third-party banks and Santander. The Company has the following major sources of funding to meet its liquidity requirements: dividends and returns of investments from its subsidiaries, short-term investments held by non-bank affiliates, and access to the capital markets.

SC

SC requires a significant amount of liquidity to originate and acquire loans and leases and to service debt. SC funds its operations through its lending relationships with 13 third-party banks, SHUSA, and through securitizations in the ABS market and flow agreements. SC seeks to issue debt that appropriately matches the cash flows of the assets that it originates. SC has more than $7.3 billion of stockholders’ equity that supports its access to the securitization markets, credit facilities, and flow agreements.


74





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC completed on-balance sheet funding transactions totaling approximately $18.2 billion, including:

securitizations on its SDART platform for approximately $3.2 billion;
securitizations on its DRIVE, deeper subprime platform, for approximately $4.5 billion;
lease securitizations on its SRT platform for approximately $3.7 billion;
lease securitization on its PSRT platform for approximately $1.2 billion;
private amortizing lease facilities for approximately $4.6 billion;
securitization on its SREV platform for approximately $0.9 billion;
issuance of retained bonds on its SDART platform for approximately $129.8 million; and
issuance of a retained bond on its SRT platform for approximately $60.4 million.

For information regarding SC's debt, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

IHC

On June 6, 2017, SIS entered into a revolving subordinated loan agreement with SHUSA not to exceed $290.0 million for a two-year term to mature in 2019. On October 16, 2018, the revolving loan agreement was increased to $895.0 million.

As needed, SIS will draw down from another subordinated loan with Santander in order to enable SIS to underwrite certain large transactions in excess of the subordinated loan described above. At December 31, 2019, there was no outstanding balance on the subordinated loan.

BSI's primary sources of liquidity are from customer deposits and deposits from affiliated banks.

BSPR's primary sources of liquidity include core deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale and/or brokered deposits, and liquid investment securities.

Institutional borrowings

The Company regularly projects its funding needs under various stress scenarios, and maintains contingency plans consistent with the Company’s access to diversified sources of contingent funding. The Company maintains a substantial level of total available liquidity in the form of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding sources. These include cash, unencumbered liquid assets, and capacity to borrow at the FHLB and the FRB’s discount window. 

Available Liquidity

As of December 31, 2019, the Bank had approximately $20.3 billion in committed liquidity from the FHLB and the FRB. Of this amount, $12.4 billion was unused and therefore provides additional borrowing capacity and liquidity for the Company. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, liquid assets (cash and cash equivalents and LHFS) and securities AFS exclusive of securities pledged as collateral) totaled approximately $15.0 billion and $15.9 billion, respectively. These amounts represented 24.3% and 25.8% of total deposits at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Bank, BSI and BSPR had $1.1 billion, $1.3 billion, and $838.4 million, respectively, in cash held at the FRB. Management believes that the Company has ample liquidity to fund its operations.

BSPR has $647.6 million in committed liquidity from the FHLB, all of which was unused as of December 31, 2019, as well as $2.2 billion in liquid assets aside from cash unused as of December 31, 2019.


75





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

As of January 1, 2018, the classification of restricted cash within the Company's SCF changed. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Net cash flows from operating activities $6,849,157
 $7,015,061
 $4,964,060
Net cash flows from investing activities (17,242,333) (12,460,839) 3,281,179
Net cash flows from financing activities 11,197,124
 5,829,308
 (10,959,272)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net cash flow from operating activities was $6.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was primarily comprised of net income of $1.0 billion, $1.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $2.4 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.3 billion of provisions for credit losses, partially offset by $1.5 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Net cash flow from operating activities was $7.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was primarily comprised of net income of $991.0 million, $4.3 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $1.9 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.3 billion of provision for credit losses, partially offset by $3.0 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Net cash flow from operating activities was $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was primarily comprised of net income of $958.0 million, $4.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $1.6 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.8 billion of provision for credit losses, partially offset by $4.9 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Cash flows from investing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash flow from investing activities was $(17.2) billion, primarily due to $10.2 billion in normal loan activity, $10.5 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS, $8.6 billion in operating lease purchases and originations, and $1.6 billion of purchases of HTM investment securities, partially offset by $8.1 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $2.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, and $3.5 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash flow from investing activities was $(12.5) billion, primarily due to $8.5 billion in normal loan activity, $2.4 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS, and $9.9 billion in operating lease purchases and originations, partially offset by $3.9 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $1.0 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, and $3.6 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash flow from investing activities was $3.3 billion, primarily due to $8.4 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $2.7 billion in normal loan activity, $3.1 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases, and $1.2 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, partially offset by $6.2 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS and $6.0 billion in operating lease purchases and originations.

Cash flows from financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash flow from financing activities was $11.2 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in net borrowing activity of $5.6 billion and a $6.3 billion increase in deposits, partially offset by $400.0 million in dividends paid on common stock and $338.0 million in stock repurchases attributable to NCI.

Net cash flow from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $5.8 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in net borrowing activity of $5.9 billion, partially offset by $410.0 million in dividends paid on common stock and $200.0 million in redemption of preferred stock.

Net cash flow from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $(11.0) billion, which was primarily due to a decrease in net borrowing activity of $4.7 billion and a $6.2 billion decrease in deposits.

See the SCF for further details on the Company's sources and uses of cash.


76





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Credit Facilities

Third-Party Revolving Credit Facilities

Warehouse Lines

SC uses warehouse facilities to fund its originations. Each facility specifies the required collateral characteristics, collateral concentrations, credit enhancement, and advance rates. SC's warehouse facilities generally are backed by auto RICs or auto leases. These facilities generally have one- or two-year commitments, staggered maturities and floating interest rates. SC maintains daily and long-term funding forecasts for originations, acquisitions, and other large outflows such as tax payments to balance the desire to minimize funding costs with its liquidity needs.

SC's warehouse facilities generally have net spread, delinquency, and net loss ratio limits. Generally, these limits are calculated based on the portfolio collateralizing the respective line; however, for certain of SC's warehouse facilities, delinquency and net loss ratios are calculated with respect to its serviced portfolio as a whole. Failure to meet any of these covenants could trigger increased overcollateralization requirements or, in the case of limits calculated with respect to the specific portfolio underlying certain credit lines, result in an event of default under these agreements. If an event of default occurred under one of these agreements, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the impacted agreement to be immediately due and payable, enforce their interests against collateral pledged under the agreement, restrict SC's ability to obtain additional borrowings under the agreement, and/or remove SC as servicer. SC has never had a warehouse facility terminated due to failure to comply with any ratio or a failure to meet any covenant. A default under one of these agreements can be enforced only with respect to the impacted warehouse facility.

SC has one credit facility with eight banks providing an aggregate commitment of $5.0 billion for the exclusive use of providing short-term liquidity needs to support Chrysler Finance lease financing. As of December 31, 2019, there was an outstanding balance of approximately $1.1 billion on this facility in the aggregate. The facility requires reduced advance rates in the event of delinquency, credit loss, or residual loss ratios, as well as other metrics exceeding specified thresholds.

SC has seven credit facilities with eleven banks providing an aggregate commitment of $6.5 billion for the exclusive use of providing short-term liquidity needs to support core and Chrysler Capital loan financing. As of December 31, 2019, there was an outstanding balance of approximately $3.9 billion on these facilities in the aggregate. These facilities reduced advance rates in the event of delinquency, credit loss, as well as various other metrics exceeding specific thresholds.

Repurchase Agreements

SC also obtains financing through investment management or repurchase agreements under which it pledges retained subordinate bonds on its own securitizations as collateral for repurchase agreements with various borrowers and at renewable terms ranging up to 365 days. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were outstanding balances of $422.3 million and $298.9 million, respectively, under these repurchase agreements.

SHUSA Lending to SC

The Company provides SC with $3.5 billion of committed revolving credit that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. The Company also provides SC with $5.7 billion of term promissory notes with maturities ranging from May 2020 to July 2024. These loans eliminate in the consolidation of SHUSA.

Secured Structured Financings

SC's secured structured financings primarily consist of both public, SEC-registered securitizations, as well as private securitizations under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and privately issues amortizing notes. SC has on-balance sheet securitizations outstanding in the market with a cumulative ABS balance of approximately $28.0 billion.

Flow Agreements

In addition to SC's credit facilities and secured structured financings, SC has a flow agreement in place with a third party for charged-off assets. Loans and leases sold under these flow agreements are not on SC's balance sheet, but provide a stable stream of servicing fee income and may also provide a gain or loss on sale. SC continues to actively seek additional flow agreements.


77





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Off-Balance Sheet Financing

Beginning in 2017, SC had the option to sell a contractually determined amount of eligible prime loans to Santander through securitization platforms. As all of the notes and residual interests in the securitizations are acquired by Santander, SC recorded these transactions as true sales of the RICs securitized, and removed the sold assets from its consolidated balance sheets. Beginning in 2018, this program was replaced with a new program with SBNA, whereby SC has agreed to provide SBNA with origination support services in connection with the processing, underwriting, and purchasing of retail loans, primarily from FCA dealers, all of which are serviced by SC.

Uses of Liquidity

The Company uses liquidity for debt service and repayment of borrowings, as well as for funding loan commitments and satisfying deposit withdrawal requests.

SIS uses liquidity primarily to support underwriting transactions.

The primary use of liquidity for BSI is to meet customer liquidity requirements, such as maturing deposits, investment activities, funds transfers, and payment of its operating expenses.

BSPR uses liquidity for funding loan commitments and satisfying deposit withdrawal requests.

At December 31, 2019, the Company's liquidity to meet debt payments, debt service and debt maturities was in excess of 12 months.

Dividends, Contributions and Stock Issuances

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 530,391,043 shares of common stock outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid dividends of $400.0 million to its sole shareholder, Santander. During the first quarter of 2020, the Company declared a cash dividend of $125.0 million on its common stock, which was paid on March 2, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, Santander made cash contributions of $88.9 million to the Company.

SC paid a dividend of $0.20 per share in February and May 2019, and a dividend of $0.22 per share in August and November 2019. Further, SC declared a cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which was paid on February 20, 2020, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 10, 2020. SC has paid a total of $291.5 million in dividends through December 31, 2019, of which $85.2 million has been paid to NCI and $206.3 million has been paid to the Company, which eliminates in the consolidated results of the Company.

The following table presents information regarding the shares of SC Common Stock repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands, except per share amounts):
$200 Million Share Repurchase Program - January 2019 (1)
  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $17,780
Average price per share $18.40
Number of shares repurchased 965,430
   
$400 Million Share Repurchase Program - May 2019 through June 2019  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $86,864
Average price per share $23.16
Number of shares repurchased 3,749,692
   
$1.1 Billion Share Repurchase Program - July 2019 through June 2020  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $233,350
Average price per share $25.47
Number of shares repurchased 9,155,288
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2018, SC purchased 9.5 million shares of SC Common Stock under its share repurchase program at a cost of approximately $182 million.

78





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



In June 2018, the SC Board of Directors announced purchases of up to $200 million, excluding commissions, of outstanding SC Common Stock through June 2019.

In May 2019, the Company announced an amendment to its 2018 capital plan, which authorized SC to repurchase up to $400 million of outstanding SC Common Stock through June 30, 2019, which concluded with the repurchase of $86.8 million of SC Common Stock.

In June 2019, SC announced its planned capital actions for the third quarter of 2019 through the second quarter of 2020, which includes an authorization to repurchase up to $1.1 billion of outstanding SC Common Stock through the end of the second quarter of 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC purchased 13.9 million shares of SC Common Stock under its share repurchase program at a cost of approximately $338 million, excluding commissions.

On January 30, 2020, SC commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash up to $1 billion of shares of SC Common Stock, at a range of between $23 and $26 per share. The tender offer expired on February 27, 2020 and was closed on March 4, 2020. In connection with the completion of the tender offer, SC acquired approximately 17.5 million shares of SC Common Stock for approximately $455.4 million. After the completion of the tender offer, SHUSA's ownership in SC increased to approximately 76.3%.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, SHUSA's subsidiaries had the following capital activity which eliminated in consolidation:
The Bank declared and paid $250.0 million in dividends to SHUSA.
BSI declared and paid $25.0 million in dividends to SHUSA.
Santander BanCorp declared and paid $1.25 million in dividends to SHUSA.
SHUSA contributed $110.0 million to SSLLC.
SHUSA contributed $105.0 million to SFS.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management and to meet required capital needs. These obligations require the Company to make cash payments over time as detailed in the table below.
  Payments Due by Period
(in thousands) Total Less than
1 year
 Over 1 year
to 3 years
 Over 3 years
to 5 years
 Over
5 years
Payments due for contractual obligations:          
FHLB advances (1)
 $7,136,454
 $5,830,669
 $1,305,785
 $
 $
Notes payable - revolving facilities 5,399,931
 1,864,182
 3,535,749
 
 
Notes payable - secured structured financings 28,206,898
 203,114
 10,381,235
 11,461,822
 6,160,727
Other debt obligations (1) (2)
 14,569,222
 2,728,846
 3,607,386
 4,580,226
 3,652,764
CDs (1)
 9,493,234
 7,037,872
 2,354,465
 94,654
 6,243
Non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefits 124,840
 13,376
 26,860
 26,996
 57,608
Operating leases(3)
 794,537
 139,597
 250,416
 197,677
 206,847
Total contractual cash obligations $65,725,116
 $17,817,656
 $21,461,896
 $16,361,375
 $10,084,189
Other commitments:          
Commitments to extend credit $30,685,478
 $5,623,071
 $5,044,127
 $7,282,066
 $12,736,214
Letters of credit 1,592,726
 1,090,622
 238,958
 227,671
 35,475
Total Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments $98,003,320
 $24,531,349
 $26,744,981
 $23,871,112
 $22,855,878
(1)Includes interest on both fixed and variable rate obligations. The interest associated with variable rate obligations is based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2019. The contractual amounts to be paid on variable rate obligations are affected by changes in market interest rates. Future changes in market interest rates could materially affect the contractual amounts to be paid.
(2)Includes all carrying value adjustments, such as unamortized premiums and discounts and hedge basis adjustments.
(3)Does not include future expected sublease income or interest of $82.9 million.

Excluded from the above table are deposits of $58.0 billion that are due on demand by customers.


79





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Company is a party to financial instruments and other arrangements with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. See further discussion on these risks in Note 14 and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises primarily through the Company’s traditional business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in market interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the spread between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. Interest rate risk is managed by the Company's Treasury group and measured by its Market Risk Department, with oversight by the Asset/Liability Committee. In managing interest rate risk, the Company seeks to minimize the variability of net interest income across various likely scenarios, while at the same time maximizing
net interest income and the net interest margin. To achieve these objectives, the Treasury group works closely with each business line in the Company. The Treasury group also uses various other tools to manage interest rate risk, including wholesale funding maturity targeting, investment portfolio purchase strategies, asset securitizations/sales, and financial derivatives.

Interest rate risk focuses on managing four elements of risk associated with interest rates: basis risk, repricing risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Basis risk stems from rate index timing differences with rate changes, such as differences in the extent of changes in Federal funds rates compared with the three-month LIBOR. Repricing risk stems from the different timing of contractual repricing, such as one-month versus three-month reset dates, as well as the related maturities. Yield curve risk stems from the impact on earnings and market value resulting from different shapes and levels of yield curves. Option risk stems from prepayment or early withdrawal risk embedded in various products. These four elements of risk are analyzed through a combination of net interest income and balance sheet valuation simulations, shocks to those simulations, and scenario and market value analyses, and the subsequent results are reviewed by management. Numerous assumptions are made to produce these analyses, including assumptions about new business volumes, loan and investment prepayment rates, deposit flows, interest rate curves, economic conditions and competitor pricing.

Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis

The Company utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to evaluate the impact of interest rate risk, including simulating the impact of changing interest rates on expected future interest income and interest expense, to estimate the Company's net interest income sensitivity. This simulation is run monthly and includes various scenarios that help management understand the potential risks in the Company's net interest income sensitivity. These scenarios include both parallel and non-parallel rate shocks as well as other scenarios that are consistent with quantifying the four elements of risk described above. This information is used to develop proactive strategies to ensure that the Company’s risk position remains within SHUSA Board of Directors-approved limits so that future earnings are not significantly adversely affected by future interest rates.

The table below reflects the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s net interest income based on interest rate changes at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018:
  
The following estimated percentage increase/(decrease) to
net interest income would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by the amounts below December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Down 100 basis points (1.12)% (3.07)%
Up 100 basis points 1.31 % 2.87 %
Up 200 basis points 2.56 % 5.58 %

MVE Analysis

The Company also evaluates the impact of interest rate risk by utilizing MVE modeling. This analysis measures the present value of all estimated future cash flows of the Company over the estimated remaining life of the balance sheet. MVE is calculated as the difference between the market value of assets and liabilities. The MVE calculation utilizes only the current balance sheet, and therefore does not factor in any future changes in balance sheet size, balance sheet mix, yield curve relationships or product spreads, which may mitigate the impact of any interest rate changes.


80





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Management examines the effect of interest rate changes on MVE. The sensitivity of MVE to changes in interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk, and highlights the potential capital at risk due to adverse changes in market interest rates. The following table discloses the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s MVE at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
  
The following estimated percentage
increase/(decrease) to MVE would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by the amounts below December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Down 100 basis points (3.01)% (1.55)%
Up 100 basis points (0.49)% (1.25)%
Up 200 basis points (3.17)% (3.49)%

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s profile reflected a decrease of MVE of 3.01% for downward parallel interest rate shocks of 100 basis points and an increase of 0.49% for upward parallel interest rate shocks of 100 basis points. The asymmetrical sensitivity between up 100 and down 100 shock is due to the negative convexity as a result of the prepayment option embedded in mortgage-related products, the impact of which is not fully offset by the behavior of the funding base (largely NMDs).

In downward parallel interest rate shocks, mortgage-related products’ prepayments increase, their duration decreases and their market value appreciation is therefore limited. At the same time, with deposit rates remaining at comparatively low levels, the Company cannot effectively transfer interest rate declines to its NMD customers. For upward parallel interest rate shocks, extension risk weighs on a sizable portion of the Company’s mortgage-related products, which are predominantly long-term and fixed-rate; and for larger shocks, the loss in market value is not offset by the change in NMD.

Limitations of Interest Rate Risk Analyses

Since the assumptions used are inherently uncertain, the Company cannot predict precisely the effect of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income or MVE. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, the difference between actual experience and the assumed volume, characteristics of new business, behavior of existing positions, and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.

Uses of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks

To mitigate interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange, equity and credit risks, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows.

Through the Company’s capital markets and mortgage banking activities, it is subject to price risk. The Company employs various tools to measure and manage price risk in its portfolios. In addition, SHUSA's Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities. The level of price risk exposure at any point in time depends on the market environment and expectations of future price and market movements, and will vary from period to period.

Management uses derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of interest rate movements on the fair value of certain liabilities, assets and highly probable forecasted cash flows. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps that have underlying interest rates based on key benchmark indices and forward sale or purchase commitments. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated interest rate environments.

The Company's derivatives portfolio includes mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps. As part of its overall business strategy, the Bank originates residential mortgages. It sells a portion of this production to the FHLMC, the FNMA, and private investors. The Company uses forward sales as a means of hedging against the economic impact of changes in interest rates on the mortgages that are originated for sale and on interest rate lock commitments.

The Company typically retains the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that are sold. The majority of the Company's residential MSRs are accounted for at fair value. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs, using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase MBS. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


81





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to gains and losses on these contracts increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

The Company also utilizes forward contracts to manage market risk associated with certain expected investment securities sales and equity options, which manage its market risk associated with certain customer deposit products.

For additional information on foreign exchange contracts, derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

BORROWINGS AND OTHER DEBT OBLIGATIONS

The Company has term loans and lines of credit with Santander and other lenders. The Bank utilizes borrowings and other debt obligations as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management. The Bank also utilizes repurchase agreements, which are short-term obligations collateralized by securities. In addition, SC has warehouse lines of credit and securitizes some of its RICs and operating leases, which are structured secured financings. Total borrowings and other debt obligations at December 31, 2019 were $50.7 billion, compared to $45.0 billion at December 31, 2018. Total borrowings increased $5.7 billion, primarily due to new debt issuances of $3.8 billion, an increase in FHLB advances at the Bank of $2.2 billion and an overall increase of $2.2 billion in SC debt, partially offset by $2.3 billion of debt maturities and calls. See further detail on borrowings activity in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
Parent Company & other subsidiary borrowings and other debt obligations    
Parent Company senior notes:    
Balance $9,949,214 $8,351,685
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.68% 3.79%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $9,949,214 $8,351,685
Average amount outstanding during the year $8,961,588 $7,626,199
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.81% 3.66%
Junior subordinated debentures to capital trusts:(1)
    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $154,640
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $118,650
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 3.92%
Subsidiary subordinated notes:    
Balance $602 $40,703
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.00% 2.00%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $41,026 $40,934
Average amount outstanding during the year $30,791 $40,784
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.12% 2.03%
Subsidiary short-term and overnight borrowings:    
Balance $1,831 $59,900
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.38% 1.86%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $34,323 $132,827
Average amount outstanding during the year $19,162 $71,432
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.42% 2.19%
(1) Includes related common securities.

82





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
Bank borrowings and other debt obligations    
REIT preferred:    
Balance $125,943 $145,590
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 13.17% 13.22%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $146,066 $145,590
Average amount outstanding during the year $133,068 $144,827
Weighted average interest rate during the year 13.04% 13.22%
Bank subordinated notes:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $192,125
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $78,408
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 9.04%
Term loans:    
Balance $0 $126,172
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % 8.57%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $126,257 $139,888
Average amount outstanding during the year $21,023 $130,722
Weighted average interest rate during the year 5.86% 5.70%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $150,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $41,096
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 1.90%
FHLB advances:    
Balance $7,035,000 $4,850,000
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.30% 2.74%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $7,035,000 $4,850,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $5,465,329 $2,025,479
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.63% 2.61%

83





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
SC borrowings and other debt obligations    
Revolving credit facilities:    
Balance $5,399,931 $4,478,214
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.44% 3.92%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $6,753,790 $5,632,053
Average amount outstanding during the year $5,532,273 $5,043,462
Weighted average interest rate during the year 6.58% 5.60%
Public securitizations:    
Balance $18,807,773 $19,225,169
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  1.35% - 3.42%
  1.16% - 3.53%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $19,656,531 $19,647,748
Average amount outstanding during the year $19,000,303 $18,353,127
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.54% 2.52%
Privately issued amortizing notes:    
Balance $9,334,112 $7,676,351
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  1.05% - 3.90%
  0.88% - 3.17%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $9,334,112 $7,676,351
Average amount outstanding during the year $7,983,672 $6,379,987
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.48% 3.54%

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURESValuation of Automotive Lease Assets and Residuals

The Company has significant investments in vehicles in SC's operating lease portfolio. In accounting for operating leases, management must make a determination at the beginning of the lease contract of the estimated realizable value (i.e., residual value) of the vehicle at the end of the lease. Residual value represents an estimate of the market value of the vehicle at the end of the lease term, which typically ranges from two to four years. At contract inception, the Company determines the projected residual value based on an internal evaluation of the expected future value. This evaluation is based on a proprietary model using internally-generated data that is compared against third-party, independent data for reasonableness. The customer is obligated to make payments during the term of the lease for the difference between the purchase price and the contract residual value plus a finance charge. However, since the customer is not obligated to purchase the vehicle at the end of the contract, the Company is exposed to a risk of loss to the extent the value of the vehicle is below the residual value estimated at contract inception. Management periodically performs a detailed review of the estimated realizable value of leased vehicles to assess the appropriateness of the carrying value of leased assets.

To account for residual risk, the Company depreciates automobile operating lease assets to estimated realizable value on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The estimated realizable value is initially based on the residual value established at contract inception. Periodically, the Company revises the projected value of the leased vehicle at termination based on current market conditions and other relevant data points, and adjusts depreciation expense appropriately over the remaining term of the lease.

The Company periodically evaluates its investment in operating leases for impairment if circumstances, such as a systemic and material decline in used vehicle values occurs. These circumstances could include, for example, a decline in the residual value of our lease portfolio due to an event caused by shocks to oil and gas prices (which may have a pronounced impact on certain models of vehicles) or pervasive manufacturer defects (which may systemically affect the value of a particular brand or model). Impairment is determined to exist if the fair value of the leased asset is less than its carrying value and it is determined that the net carrying value is not recoverable. The net carrying value of a leased asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows expected to result from the lease payments and the estimated residual value upon eventual disposition. If our operating lease assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value as estimated by DCF. No such impairment was recognized in 2019, 2018, or 2017.

The Company's non-generally accepted accounting principle ("GAAP")depreciation methodology for operating lease assets considers management's expectation of the value of the vehicles upon lease termination, which is based on numerous assumptions and factors influencing used vehicle values. The critical assumptions underlying the estimated carrying value of automobile lease assets include: (1) estimated market value information has limitations asobtained and used by management in estimating residual values, (2) proper identification and estimation of business conditions, (3) our remarketing abilities, and (4) automobile manufacturer vehicle and marketing programs. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the value of the lease residuals. Expected residual values include estimates of payments from automobile manufacturers
related to residual support and risk-sharing agreements, if any. To the extent an analytical tool and, therefore, shouldautomotive manufacturer is not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results or any performance measures under GAAP as set forth inable to fully honor its obligation relative to these agreements, the Company's financial statements. These limitations shoulddepreciation expense would be compensated for by relyingnegatively impacted.

Accretion of Discounts and Subvention on RICs

LHFI include the RIC portfolio which consists largely of nonprime automobile loans, and which are primarily acquired individually from dealers at a nonrefundable discount from the contractual principal amount. The Company also pays dealer participation on certain receivables. The amortization of discounts, subvention payments from manufacturers, and other origination costs are recognized as adjustments to the Company's GAAP results and using this non-GAAP information only as a supplementyield of the related contracts. The Company applies significant assumptions, including prepayment speeds, in estimating the accretion rates used to evaluate the Company's performance.approximate effective yield.

The Company estimates future principal prepayments specific to pools of homogeneous loans which are based on the vintage, credit quality at origination and term of the loan. Prepayments in our portfolio are sensitive to credit quality, with higher credit quality loans experiencing higher voluntary prepayment rates than lower credit quality loans. The impact of defaults is not considered in the prepayment rate; the prepayment rate only considers various measures when evaluating capital utilizationvoluntary prepayments. The resulting prepayment rate specific to each pool is based on historical experience and adequacy. These calculations are intended to complementis used as an input in the capital ratios defined by banking regulatorscalculation of the constant effective yield.

47





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Goodwill

The acquisition method of accounting for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because GAAP does not include capital ratio measures,business combinations requires the Company believes that there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratiosmake use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price paid for acquisitions to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities represents goodwill. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not formally defined by GAAPamortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to periodic impairment testing.

As more fully described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below. The Company conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis on October 1, and aremore frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. As of December 31, 2019, the reporting units with assigned goodwill were Consumer and Business Banking, C&I, CRE & VF, CIB, and SC.

An entity's quantitative goodwill impairment analysis must be completed unless the entity determines, based on certain qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, including goodwill, and that no impairment exists. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the preceding qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative analysis of the goodwill impairment test.

The quantitative analysis requires a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including its allocated goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of the carrying value, the related goodwill is considered not to be non-GAAP financial measures. Since analystsimpaired and banking regulators may assessno further analysis is necessary. If the Company's capital adequacy using these ratios,carrying value of the Company believes they are usefulreporting unit is higher than the fair value, impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. A recognized impairment charge cannot exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to provide investorsa reporting unit, and cannot subsequently be reversed even if the ability to assess its capital adequacy onfair value of the same basis.reporting unit recovers. The Company believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflectutilizes the levelmarket capitalization approach to determine the fair value of its SC reporting unit, as it is a publicly traded company that has a single reporting unit. Determining the fair value of the remaining reporting units requires significant valuation inputs, assumptions, and estimates.

The Company determines the carrying value of each reporting unit using a risk-based capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures may allow readers to compare certain aspectsapproach. Certain of the Company's capitalizationassets are assigned to other organizations. However, because therea Corporate/Other category. These assets are no standardized definitions for these ratios,related to the Company's calculations maycorporate-only programs, such as BOLI, and are not employed in or related to the operations of a reporting unit or considered in determining the fair value of a reporting unit.

Goodwill impairment testing involves management's judgment, requiring an assessment of whether the carrying value of the reporting unit can be directlysupported by its fair value. This is performed using widely-accepted valuation techniques, such as the guideline public company market approach (earnings and price-to-tangible book value multiples of comparable with thosepublic companies), the market capitalization approach (share price of other organizations,the reporting unit and control premium of comparable public companies), and the usefulnessincome approach (the DCF method). The Company uses a combination of these measuresaccepted methodologies to investors may be limited. As a result,determine the Company encourages readers to consider its Consolidated Financial Statements in their entiretyfair valuation of reporting units. Several factors are taken into account, including actual operating results, future business plans, economic projections, and not to rely on any single financial measure.market data.

The following tableguideline public company market approach ("market approach") includes earnings and price-to-tangible book value multiples of comparable public companies which were applied to the related GAAP measures includedearnings and equity for all of the Company's reporting units. The market capitalization plus control premium approach was applied to the Company's SC reporting unit, as the SC reporting unit is a publicly traded subsidiary whose securities are traded in our non-GAAP financial measures.an active market.

 Year Ended December 31,  
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012  
 (in thousands)  
Return on Average Assets:           
Net income/(loss)$640,763
 $(3,055,436) $3,034,095
 $783,204
 $748,156
  
Average assets141,148,249
 140,461,913
 123,410,743
 96,183,449
 96,842,754
  
Return on average assets0.45% (2.18)% 2.46% 0.81% 0.77%  
            
Return on Average Equity:           
Net income/(loss)$640,763
 $(3,055,436) $3,034,095
 $783,204
 $748,156
  
Average equity22,232,729
 25,495,652
 23,434,691
 15,353,336
 14,822,056
  
Return on average equity2.88% (11.98)% 12.95% 5.10% 5.05%  
            
Average Equity to Average Assets:           
Average equity$22,232,729
 $25,495,652
 $23,434,691
 $15,353,336
 $14,822,056
  
Average assets141,148,249
 140,461,913
 123,410,743
 96,183,449
 96,842,754
  
Average equity to average assets15.75% 18.15 % 18.99% 15.96% 15.31%  
            
Efficiency Ratio:           
General and administrative expenses$5,122,211
 $4,724,400
 $3,777,173
 $2,215,411
 $1,995,445
  
Other expenses263,983
 4,648,674
 358,173
 170,475
 492,100
  
Total expenses (numerator)5,386,194
 9,373,074
 4,135,346
 2,385,886
 2,487,545
  
            
Net interest income$6,564,692
 $6,901,406
 $6,243,100
 $1,869,551
 $2,132,360
  
Non-interest income2,755,705
 2,896,217
 5,059,462
 1,552,830
 1,544,185
  
In connection with the market capitalization plus control premium approach applied to the Company's SC reporting unit, the Company used SC's stock price as of the date of the annual impairment analysis. The Company also considered historical auto loan industry transactions and control premiums over the last three years in determining the control premium.


5748



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The DCF method of the income approach incorporates the reporting units' forecasted cash flows, including a terminal value to estimate the fair value of cash flows beyond the final year of the forecasts. The discount rates utilized to obtain the net present value of the reporting units' cash flows were estimated using a capital asset pricing model. Significant inputs to this model include a risk-free rate of return, beta (which is a measure of the level of non-diversifiable risk associated with comparable companies for each specific reporting unit), market equity risk premium, and, in certain cases, additional premium for size and/or unsystematic company-specific risk factors. The Company utilized discount rates that it believes adequately reflect the risk and uncertainty in the financial markets. The Company estimated expected rates of equity returns based on historical market returns and risk/return rates for similar industries of the reporting unit. The Company uses its internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows, so actual results may differ from forecasted results.

All of the preceding fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions in the future. Examples of events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying key assumptions and ultimately impacts the estimated fair value of the aforementioned reporting units include such items as:

a prolonged downturn in the business environment in which the reporting units operate;
an economic recovery that significantly differs from our assumptions in timing or degree;
volatility in equity and debt markets resulting in higher discount rates and unexpected regulatory changes;
Specific to the SC reporting unit, a decrease in SC's share price would impact the fair value of the reporting segment.

Refer to the Financial Condition, Goodwill section of this MD&A for further details on the Company's goodwill, including the results of management's goodwill impairment analyses.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to estimate the fair value of certain assets and liabilities for both measurement and disclosure purposes. Refer to Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models, and significant assumptions utilized. The Company follows the fair value hierarchy set forth in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements to prioritize the inputs utilized to measure fair value. The Company reviews and modifies, as necessary, the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Accordingly, there may be reclassifications between hierarchy levels due to changes in inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

The Company has numerous internal controls in place to ensure the appropriateness of fair value measurements, including controls over the inputs into and the outputs from the fair value measurements. Certain valuations are benchmarked to market indices when appropriate and available.

Considerable judgment is used in forming conclusions from observable market data used to estimate the Company's Level 2 fair value measurements and in estimating inputs to the Company's internal valuation models used to estimate Level 3 fair value measurements. Level 3 inputs such as interest rate movements, prepayment speeds, credit losses, recovery rates and discount rates are inherently difficult to estimate. Changes to these inputs can have a significant effect on fair value measurements. Accordingly, the Company's estimates of fair value are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized or would be paid in a current market exchange.

49





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which includes considerable judgment. Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, including investments in subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that apply or will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse or be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance will be established if the Company determines that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. This requires periodic analysis of the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and when the deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets. The critical assumptions used in the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowance analysis are as follows: (a) the expectation of future earnings; (b) estimates of the Company's long-term annual growth rate, based on the Company's long-term economic outlook in the U.S.; (c) estimates of the dividend income payout ratio from the Company's consolidated subsidiary, SC, based on current policies and practices of SC; (d) estimates of book income to tax income differences, based on the analysis of historical differences and the historical timing of the reversal of temporary differences; (e) the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid; (f) estimates of tax credits to be earned on current investments, based on the Company's evaluation of the credits applicable to each investment; (g) experience with operating loss and tax credit carryforwards not expiring unused; (h) estimates of applicable state tax rates based on current/most recent enacted tax rates and state apportionment calculations; (i) tax planning strategies; and (j) current tax laws. Significant judgment is required to assess future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Company makes certain assertions in regards to its investment in subsidiaries, which impact whether a deferred tax liability is recorded for the book over tax basis difference in the investment in these subsidiaries. This requires the Company to make judgments with respect to its ability to permanently reinvest its earnings in foreign subsidiaries and its ability to recover its investment in domestic subsidiaries in a tax free manner.

The Company bases its expectations of future earnings, which are used to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets, on financial performance forecasts of its operating subsidiaries and unconsolidated investees. The budgets and estimates used in these forecasts are approved by the Company's management, and the assumptions underlying the forecasts are reviewed at least annually and adjusted as necessary based on current developments or when new information becomes available. The updates made and the variances between the Company's forecasts and its actual performance have not been significant enough to alter the Company's conclusions with regard to the realizability of its deferred tax asset. The Company continues to forecast sufficient taxable income to fully realize its current deferred tax assets. Forecasted taxable income is subject to changes in overall market and global economic conditions.

In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws in the U.S., its states and municipalities, and abroad. Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending on changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company reviews its tax balances quarterly and as new information becomes available. Interest and penalties on income tax payments are included within income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company recognizes tax benefits in its financial statements when it is more likely than not the related tax position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. See Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the Company's income taxes.


50





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following MD&A compares and discusses operating results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. For a discussion of our results of operations for 2018 versus 2017, See Part II, Item 7: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" included in our 2018 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 Year Ended December 31, Year To Date Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $97,918
 1.5 %
Provision for credit losses(2,292,017) (2,339,898) (47,881) (2.0)%
Total non-interest income3,729,117
 3,244,308
 484,809
 14.9 %
General, administrative and other expenses(6,365,852) (5,832,325) 533,527
 9.1 %
Income before income taxes1,514,016

1,416,935
 97,081
 6.9 %
Income tax provision472,199
 425,900
 46,299
 10.9 %
Net income$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $50,782
 5.1 %
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest288,648
 283,631
 5,017
 1.8 %
Net income attributable to SHUSA$753,169
 $707,404
 $45,765
 6.5 %

The Company reported pre-tax income of $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to pre-tax income of $1.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2018. Factors contributing to this change have been discussed further in the sections below.

51





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



   Total net interest income and non-interest income (denominator)9,320,397
 9,797,623
 11,302,562
 3,422,381
 3,676,545
  
            
Efficiency ratio57.79% 95.67 % 36.59% 69.71% 67.66%  
            
 Transitional 
Fully Phased In(5)
 SBNA 
SHUSA(4)
 SBNA SHUSA
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2016
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1
(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1
(1)
            
Total stockholder's equity (U.S. GAAP)$13,418,228
 $13,325,978
 $19,621,883
 $17,136,805
 $13,418,228
 $19,621,883
Less: Preferred stock
 
 (195,445)
(195,445) 
 (195,445)
Goodwill(3,402,637) (3,402,637) (4,454,925) (4,444,389) (3,402,637) (4,454,925)
Intangible assets(3,679) (6,715) (597,244)
(639,055) (3,679) (597,244)
Deferred taxes on goodwill and intangible assets343,807
 344,678
 586,992

584,805
 344,295
 587,481
Other adjustments to CET1 / Common equity tier 1(3)
(153,817) (125,440) 437,177

638,892
 (258,439) 50,612
Disallowed deferred tax assets(406,341) (418,420) (455,396)
(244,388) (406,341) (758,993)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss210,141
 140,212
 193,208

139,641
 210,141
 193,208
Common equity tier 1 capital (numerator)$10,005,702
 $9,857,656
 $15,136,250
 $12,976,866
 $9,901,568
 $14,446,577
Risk weighted assets (denominator)(2)
61,885,512
 71,395,253
 104,333,528
 108,395,130
 62,843,106
 105,178,518
Ratio16.17% 13.81 % 14.51% 11.97% 15.76% 13.74%
            

(1) CET1 is calculated under Basel III regulations required as of January 1, 2015.
(2) Under the banking agencies' risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together with the measure for market risk, resulting in the Company's and the Bank's total RWAs.
(3) Represents the impact of noncontrolling interests, transitional and other intangible adjustments for regulatory capital.
(4) Capital ratios as of December 31, 2015 have not been re-cast for the consolidation of IHC entities as regulatory filings are only impacted prospectively.
(5) Represents non-GAAP measures




58


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


                          
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET / NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
2016 (1)
 
2015 (1)
 InterestChange due to
2019 (1)
 
2018 (1)
  Change due to
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 Increase/ DecreaseVolumeRate
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 Increase/(Decrease)VolumeRate
EARNING ASSETS                          
INVESTMENTS AND INTEREST EARNING DEPOSITS$29,287,122
 $378,404
 1.29% $27,457,675
 $405,594
 1.48% $(27,190)$30,869
$(58,059)$22,175,778
 $551,713
 2.49% $21,342,992
 $522,677
 2.45% $29,036
$20,470
$8,566
LOANS(3):
            
            
Commercial loans37,313,431
 1,219,667
 3.27% 35,765,796
 1,141,115
 3.19% 78,552
50,150
28,402
33,452,626
 1,430,831
 4.28% 31,416,207
 1,325,001
 4.22% 105,830
86,791
19,039
Multifamily9,126,075
 331,344
 3.63% 8,927,502
 361,858
 4.05% (30,514)8,276
(38,790)8,398,303
 346,766
 4.13% 8,191,487
 328,147
 4.01% 18,619
8,520
10,099
Total commercial loans46,439,506
 1,551,011
 3.34% 44,693,298
 1,502,973
 3.36% 48,038
58,426
(10,388)41,850,929
 1,777,597
 4.25% 39,607,694
 1,653,148
 4.17% 124,449
95,311
29,138
Consumer loans:                          
Residential mortgages7,887,893
 316,015
 4.01% 8,165,625
 339,541
 4.16% (23,526)(11,345)(12,181)9,959,837
 400,943
 4.03% 9,716,021
 392,660
 4.04% 8,283
9,189
(906)
Home equity loans and lines of credit6,076,177
 219,691
 3.62% 6,165,718
 218,018
 3.54% 1,673
(3,037)4,710
5,081,252
 256,030
 5.04% 5,602,240
 261,745
 4.67% (5,715)(38,604)32,889
Total consumer loans secured by real estate13,964,070
 535,706
 3.84% 14,331,343
 557,559
 3.89% (21,853)(14,382)(7,471)15,041,089
 656,973
 4.37% 15,318,261
 654,405
 4.27% 2,568
(29,415)31,983
Retail installment contracts and auto loans26,636,271
 4,831,270
 18.14% 24,637,592
 4,843,916
 19.66% (12,646)(279,353)266,707
RICs and auto loans32,594,822
 4,972,829
 15.26% 27,559,139
 4,570,641
 16.58% 402,188
712,717
(310,529)
Personal unsecured2,310,996
 610,998
 26.44% 3,340,235
 721,318
 21.59% (110,320)(405,526)295,206
2,449,744
 664,069
 27.11% 2,362,910
 630,394
 26.68% 33,675
23,407
10,268
Other consumer(4)
910,686
 82,362
 9.04% 1,156,606
 106,256
 9.19% (23,894)(22,265)(1,629)374,712
 27,014
 7.21% 526,170
 37,788
 7.18% (10,774)(10,932)158
Total consumer43,822,023
 6,060,336
 13.83% 43,465,776
 6,229,049
 14.33% (168,713)(721,526)552,813
50,460,367
 6,320,885
 12.53% 45,766,480
 5,893,228
 12.88% 427,657
695,777
(268,120)
Total loans90,261,529
 7,611,347
 8.43% 88,159,074
 7,732,022
 8.77% (120,675)(663,100)542,425
92,311,296
 8,098,482
 8.77% 85,374,174
 7,546,376
 8.84% 552,106
791,088
(238,982)
Allowance for loan and lease losses (5)
(3,664,095) 
 % (2,631,602) 
 % 





NET LOANS86,597,434
 7,611,347
 8.79% 85,527,472
 7,732,022
 9.04% (120,675)(663,100)542,425
Intercompany investments14,640
 904
 6.17% 14,591
 886
 6.07% 18
3
15

 
 % 3,572
 142
 3.98% (142)(142)
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS115,899,196
 7,990,655
 6.89% 112,999,738
 8,138,502
 7.20% (147,847)(632,228)484,381
114,487,074
 8,650,195
 7.56% 106,720,738
 8,069,195
 7.56% 581,000
811,416
(230,416)
Allowance for loan losses(5)
(3,802,702)     (3,835,182)      
Other assets(6)
25,249,053
     27,462,175
      31,624,211
     28,346,465
      
TOTAL ASSETS$141,148,249
     $140,461,913
      $142,308,583
     $131,232,021
      
INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES             
INTEREST-BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES             
Deposits and other customer related accounts:                          
Interest bearing demand deposits$11,682,723
 $42,013
 0.36% $12,953,809
 $56,327
 0.43% $(14,314)$(5,181)$(9,133)
Interest-bearing demand deposits$10,724,077
 $83,794
 0.78% $9,116,631
 $40,355
 0.44% $43,439
$8,071
$35,368
Savings5,956,770
 12,723
 0.21% 6,488,645
 14,389
 0.22% (1,666)(1,149)(517)5,794,992
 13,132
 0.23% 5,887,341
 12,325
 0.21% 807
(159)966
Money market25,029,571
 126,417
 0.51% 23,135,793
 127,576
 0.55% (1,159)43,042
(44,201)24,962,744
 317,300
 1.27% 25,308,245
 248,683
 0.98% 68,617
(3,321)71,938
Certificates of deposit9,738,344
 95,869
 0.98% 9,589,966
 90,853
 0.95% 5,016
1,421
3,595
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS52,407,408
 277,022
 0.53% 52,168,213
 289,145
 0.55% (12,123)38,133
(50,256)
CDs8,291,400
 160,245
 1.93% 5,989,993
 87,765
 1.47% 72,480
39,944
32,536
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS49,773,213
 574,471
 1.15% 46,302,210
 389,128
 0.84% 185,343
44,535
140,808
BORROWED FUNDS:                          
FHLB advances, federal funds, and repurchase agreements9,466,243
 126,799
 1.34% 10,219,740
 181,414
 1.78% (54,615)(12,617)(41,998)5,471,080
 143,804
 2.63% 2,066,575
 53,674
 2.60% 90,130
89,499
631
Other borrowings38,042,187
 1,021,238
 2.68% 35,108,308
 765,651
 2.18% 255,587
67,909
187,678
41,710,311
 1,489,152
 3.57% 38,152,038
 1,281,401
 3.36% 207,751
124,401
83,350
TOTAL BORROWED FUNDS (7)
47,508,430
 1,148,037
 2.42% 45,328,048
 947,065
 2.09% 200,972
55,292
145,680
47,181,391
 1,632,956
 3.46% 40,218,613
 1,335,075
 3.32% 297,881
213,900
83,981
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES99,915,838
 1,425,059
 1.43% 97,496,261
 1,236,210
 1.27% 188,849
93,425
95,424
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES96,954,604
 2,207,427
 2.28% 86,520,823
 1,724,203
 1.99% 483,224
258,435
224,789
Noninterest bearing demand deposits14,410,397
     12,710,485
      14,572,605
     15,117,229
      
Other liabilities(8)
4,589,285
     4,759,515
      6,141,813
     5,490,385
      
TOTAL LIABILITIES118,915,520
     114,966,261
      117,669,022
     107,128,437
      
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY22,232,729
     25,495,652
      24,639,561
     24,103,584
      
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY$141,148,249
     $140,461,913
      $142,308,583
     $131,232,021
      
                          
NET INTEREST SPREAD (9)
    5.46%     5.93%      5.28%     5.57%  
NET INTEREST MARGIN (10)
    5.66%     6.11%      5.63%     5.95%  
NET INTEREST INCOME  $6,564,692
     $6,901,406
    
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities    1.16x
     1.16x
  
NET INTEREST INCOME (11)
  $6,442,768
     $6,344,850
    
(1)Average balances are based on daily averages when available. When daily averages are unavailable, mid-month averages are substituted.
(2)Yields calculated using taxable equivalent net interest incomeincome.
(3)Interest on loans includes amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loan portfolios and amortization of deferred loan fees, net of origination costs. Average loan balances includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale ("LHFS").LHFS.

59


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


(4)Other consumer primarily includes recreational vehicle ("RV")RV and marine loans.
(5)Refer to Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(6)Other assets primarily includes goodwill and intangibles, premise and equipment, net deferred tax assets, equity method investments, bank owned life insurance ("BOLI"), accrued interest receivable, derivative assets, miscellaneous receivables, prepaid expenses and mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"). Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(7)Refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(8)Other liabilities primarily includes accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, net deferred tax liabilities and the unfunded lending commitments liability.
(9)Represents the difference between the yield on total earning assets and the cost of total funding liabilities.
(10)Represents annualized, taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.


NET INTEREST INCOME
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2016 2015 Dollar Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
INTEREST INCOME:       
Interest-earning deposits$57,361
 $21,745
 $35,616
 163.8 %
Investments available-for-sale284,796
 331,379
 (46,583) (14.1)%
Investments held-to-maturity3,526
 
 3,526
 100%
Other investments32,721
 52,470
 (19,749) (37.6)%
Total interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits378,404
 405,594
 (27,190) (6.7)%
Interest on loans7,611,347
 7,732,022
 (120,675) (1.6)%
Total Interest Income7,989,751
 8,137,616
 (147,865) (1.8)%
INTEREST EXPENSE:    
 
Deposits and customer accounts277,022
 289,145
 (12,123) (4.2)%
Borrowings and other debt obligations1,148,037
 947,065
 200,972
 21.2 %
Total Interest Expense1,425,059
 1,236,210
 188,849
 15.3 %
 NET INTEREST INCOME$6,564,692
 $6,901,406
 $(336,714) (4.9)%

Net interest income decreased $336.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This overall decrease was primarily due to yield decreases on loans, and an increase in interest expense due to higher borrowing levels and associated interest rates in 2016 compared to 2015.

Interest Income on Investment Securities and Interest-Earning Deposits

Interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits decreased $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The average balance of investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $29.3 billion with an average yield of 1.29%, compared to an average balance of $27.5 billion with an average yield of 1.48% for 2015. The decrease in interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to a decrease of $66.3 million in interest income on investment available-for-sale securities and other investments, offset by $35.6 million increase in interest income on short term deposits compared to the corresponding period in 2015.

Interest Income on Loans

Interest income on loans decreased $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The average balance of total loans was $90.3 billion with an average yield of 8.43% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $88.2 billion with an average yield of 8.77% for 2015. The increases in the average balance of total loans of $2.1 billion was primarily due to the growth of the RIC and auto loan portfolio. The average balance of RICs and auto loans, which comprised a majority of the increases, was $26.6 billion with an average yield of 18.14% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $24.6 billion with an average yield of 19.66% for 2015.


60


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The decrease in interest income on loans was primarily due to the activity in originations in the unsecured loan portfolios as the Company sold the LendingClub loans in February 2016. Interest income on the personal unsecured loans portfolio decreased $110.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The average balance of the portfolio decreased from $3.3 billion in 2015 to $2.3 billion in 2016.

Interest Expense on Deposits and Related Customer Accounts

Interest expense on deposits and related customer accounts decreased $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The average balance of total interest-bearing deposits was $52.4 billion with an average cost of 0.53% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to an average balance of $52.2 billion with an average cost of 0.55% for 2015. The decrease in interest expense on deposits and customer-related accounts during the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to the decrease in the interest rate paid on deposits during the year.

Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds

Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $201.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The increase in interest expense on borrowed funds was due to the increase in the interest rate paid for the year ended December 31, 2016. These increases were primarily due to $1.6 billion of new debt issued by SHUSA, and net $1.4 billion of SC on balance sheet securitization activity from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. The average balance of total borrowings was $47.5 billion with an average cost of 2.42% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to an average balance of $45.3 billion with an average cost of 2.09% for 2015.

61


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is based on credit loss experience, growth or contraction of specific segments of the loan portfolio, and the estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $3.0 billion, compared to $4.1 billion for the corresponding period in 2015. This decrease for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily related to the buildup of the ALLL coverage ratio throughout 2015, mainly on the RIC and auto loan portfolio. The provision continues to reflect the growth of the RIC and auto loan portfolio.
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
ALLL, beginning of period$3,246,145
 $1,777,889
Charge-offs:   
Commercial(245,399) (175,234)
Consumer(4,720,135) (4,489,848)
Total charge-offs(4,965,534) (4,665,082)
Recoveries:   
Commercial86,312
 65,217
Consumer2,442,921
 2,030,177
Total recoveries2,529,233
 2,095,394
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(2,436,301) (2,569,688)
Provision for loan and lease losses (1)
3,004,620
 4,065,061
Other(2):
   
Consumer
 (27,117)
ALLL, end of period$3,814,464
 $3,246,145
    
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period$149,021
 $134,003
Provision for unfunded lending commitments (1)
(24,895) 14,682
Loss on unfunded lending commitments(1,708) 336
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period122,418
 149,021
Total ACL, end of period$3,936,882
 $3,395,166

(1)The provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations is the sum of the total provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded lending commitments.
(2)The "Other" amount represents the impact on the ALLL in connection with SC classifying approximately $1 billion of RICs as held-for-sale during the first quarter of 2015.

The Company's net charge-offs decreased $133.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015.

Commercial charge-offs increased $70.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $66.6 million increase in Corporate Banking charge-offs.

Commercial recoveries increased $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $15.6 million increase in Commercial Real Estate, and a $7.6 million increase in Corporate Banking recoveries. Commercial loan net charge-offs as a percentage of average commercial loans, including multifamily loans, were 0.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 0.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Consumer charge-offs increased $230.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $251.1 million increase in Consumer Auto loans, offset by an $8.4 million decrease in Home Equity loans and a $6.5 million decrease in Home Mortgage charge-offs.

Consumer recoveries increased $412.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $420.8 million increase in Consumer Auto loan recoveries.

Consumer net charge-offs as a percentage of average consumer loans were 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 5.7% for 2015.

62


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


NON-INTEREST INCOME
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2016 2015 Dollar Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Consumer fees$499,591
 $495,727
 $3,864
 0.8 %
Commercial fees190,248
 216,057
 (25,809) (11.9)%
Mortgage banking income, net63,790
 108,569
 (44,779) (41.2)%
Equity method investments gains/(losses), net(11,054) (8,818) (2,236) 25.4 %
Bank-owned life insurance57,796
 57,913
 (117) (0.2)%
Capital markets revenue190,647
 141,667
 48,980
 34.6 %
Lease income1,839,307
 1,482,850
 356,457
 24.0 %
Miscellaneous (loss)/income(132,123) 383,425
 (515,548) (134.5)%
Net (losses)/gain recognized in earnings57,503
 18,827
 38,676
 205.4 %
Total non-interest income$2,755,705
 $2,896,217
 $(140,512) (4.9)%

Total non-interest income decreased $140.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to decreases in miscellaneous income attributable to the decrease in sale of operating leases, and the mark-down of the fair value associated with personal unsecured LHFS, partially offset by increases in lease income.

Consumer Fees

Consumer fees increased $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The increase in consumer fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to a $9.7 million increase in insurance and investment activities. This was partially offset by a $5.8 million decrease in loan fee income, which was attributable to the reduction of loans serviced by the Company due to loan sales and payoffs, and lower reserve recourse releases in 2016.

Commercial Fees

Commercial fees consists of deposit overdraft fees, deposit ATM fees, cash management fees, letter of credit fees, and loan syndication fees for commercial accounts. Commercial fees decreased $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015, primarily due to a decrease in loan syndication fees of $13.0 million.

Mortgage Banking Revenue
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
  2016 2015 Dollar Percentage
  (dollars in thousands)
Mortgage and multifamily servicing fees $42,996
 $45,151
 $(2,155) (4.8)%
Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and related securities 35,720
 49,682
 (13,962) (28.1)%
Net gains on sales of multifamily mortgage loans 6,368
 30,261
 (23,893) (79.0)%
Net gains on hedging activities (723) 5,757
 (6,480) (112.6)%
Net gains/(losses) from changes in MSR fair value 3,887
 3,948
 (61) (1.5)%
MSR principal reductions (24,458) (26,230) 1,772
 (6.8)%
     Total mortgage banking income, net
$63,790

$108,569
 $(44,779) (41.2)%

Mortgage banking income consisted of fees associated with servicing loans not held by the Company, as well as originations, amortization, and changes in the fair value of MSRs and recourse reserves. Mortgage banking income also included gains or losses on the sale of mortgage loans, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"). Gains or losses on mortgage banking derivative and hedging transactions are also included in Mortgage banking income.

Mortgage banking revenue decreased $44.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The decrease for 2016 was primarily attributable to $23.9 million lower gains on sales of multifamily mortgage loans, driven by lower provision releases, $14.0 million lower gains on sales of residential mortgage loans driven by lower residential mortgage sale activity, and $6.5 million lower gains on hedging activity.

63


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Since 2014, mortgage interest rates have remained stable, resulting in relative stability in mortgage banking fees from rate changes.

The following table details interest rates on certain residential mortgage loans for the Bank as of the dates indicated:
 30-Year Fixed 15-Year Fixed
December 31, 20143.99% 3.25%
March 31, 20153.88% 3.13%
June 30, 20154.13% 3.38%
September 30, 20153.88% 3.13%
December 31, 20154.13% 3.38%
March 31, 20163.63% 2.88%
June 30, 20163.50% 2.75%
September 30, 20163.50% 2.88%
December 31, 20164.38% 3.63%

Other factors, such as portfolio sales, servicing, and re-purchases, have continued to affect mortgage banking revenue.

Mortgage and multifamily servicing fees decreased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company serviced mortgage and multifamily real estate loans for the benefit of others with a principal balance totaling $621.1 million and $858.2 million, respectively. The decrease in loans serviced for others is primarily due to paydowns received during 2016.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and related securities decreased $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold $2.2 billion of mortgage loans for gains of $35.7 million, compared to $2.5 billion of loans sold for gains of $49.7 million for 2015.

The Company periodically sells qualifying mortgage loans to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the "FHLMC"), the Government National Mortgage Association and the FNMA in return for MBS issued by those agencies. The Company records these transactions as sales when the transfers meet all of the accounting criteria for a sale. For those loans sold to the agencies for which the Company retains the servicing rights, the Company recognizes the servicing rights at fair value. These loans are also generally sold with standard representation and warranty provisions, which the Company recognizes at fair value. Any difference between the carrying value of the transferred mortgage loans and the fair value of the MBS, servicing rights, and representation and warranty reserves is recognized as gain or loss on sale.

Net gains on sales of multifamily mortgage loans decreased $23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a $3.0 million release in the FNMA recourse reserve for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to a $29.9 million release for 2015.

The Company previously sold multifamily loans in the secondary market to FNMA while retaining servicing. In September 2009, the Bank elected to stop selling multifamily loans to FNMA and, since that time, has retained all production for the multifamily loan portfolio. Under the terms of the multifamily sales program with FNMA, the Company retained a portion of the credit risk associated with those loans. As a result of that agreement, the Company retains a 100% first loss position on each multifamily loan sold to FNMA under the program until the earlier to occur of (i) the aggregate approved losses on the multifamily loans sold to FNMA reaching the maximum loss exposure for the portfolio as a whole or (ii) all of the loans sold to FNMA under the program are fully paid off.

At December 31, 2016, the Company serviced loans with a principal balance of $341.7 million, for FNMA, compared to $552.1 million in 2015. These loans had a credit loss exposure of $34.4 million as of both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Losses, if any, resulting from representation and warranty defaults would be in addition to the Company's credit loss exposure. The servicing asset for these loans has completely amortized.

The Company has established a liability related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for multifamily loans sold to the FNMA. This liability represents the amount the Company estimates it would have to pay a third party to assume the retained recourse obligation. The estimated liability represents the present value of the estimated losses the portfolio is projected to incur based upon internal specific information and an industry-based default curve with a range of estimated losses. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had a liability of $3.8 million and $6.8 million, respectively, related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for multifamily loans sold to the FNMA under this program.

64


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Net gains on hedging activities decreased $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This variance for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to the decrease in the mortgage loan pipeline valuation and the Company's hedging strategy in the current mortgage rate environment.

Net gains from changes in MSR fair value was $3.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2016 and a net gain of $3.9 million for 2015. The carrying value of the related MSRs at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $146.6 million and $147.2 million, respectively. The MSR asset fair value changes for the year ended December 31, 2016 were the result of decreases in interest rates.

The Company recognized $24.5 million of principal reductions for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $26.2 million for 2015. Principal reduction activity is impacted by changes in the level of prepayments and mortgage refinancing and generally follows along with interest rates.

Equity method investments gains/(losses), net

Equity method investments gains/(losses), net consists of income and losses on investments in unconsolidated entities and joint ventures in which the Company has an interest, but does not have a controlling interest. These include investments in community reinvestment projects and entities which own wind power generating projects. Equity method investments gains/(losses), net decreased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015.

BOLI

BOLI income represents fluctuations in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies on certain employees. The Bank is the beneficiary and the recipient of the insurance proceeds. Income from BOLI decreased $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015.

Capital Markets Revenue

Capital markets revenue increased $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $41.4 million increase in investment banking income and a $9.1 million increase in commission fees.

Lease income

Lease income increased $356.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015. The average leased vehicle portfolio balance as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $9.1 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively. These increases were the result of the growth of the Company's lease portfolio.

Miscellaneous Income

Miscellaneous income decreased $515.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015, primarily due to additional lower of cost or market adjustments of $198.0 million on SC's personal unsecured portfolio. SC also earned $167.0 million less on lease and other miscellaneous sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015, primarily due to a lack of bulk loan and lease sales in 2016. Total other income decreased $332.8 million, including a $17.1 million decrease in miscellaneous income, mainly due to lower fair value adjustments on the Company's fair value option ("FVO") loan portfolio. For further discussion please see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net gains/(losses) recognized in earnings

The Company recognized $57.5 million of gains for the year ended December 31, 2016 in net (losses)/gains on sale of investment securities as a result of overall balance sheet and interest rate risk management. The net gain realized for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily comprised of the sale of U.S. Treasury securities with a book value of $3.2 billion for a gain of $7.0 million, corporate debt securities with a book value of $1.4 billion for a gain of $5.9 million, MBS, including FHLMC residential debt securities and collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs"), with a book value of $1.3 billion for a gain of $24.7 million, and state and municipal securities with a book value of $748.0 million for a gain of $19.9 million.


65


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company recognized $18.8 million of gains for the year ended December 31, 2015, in net (losses)/gains on sale of investment securities as a result of overall balance sheet and interest rate risk management. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily comprised of the sale of state and municipal securities with a book value of $421.5 million for a gain of $12.1 million, the sale of corporate debt securities with a book value of $566.2 million for a gain of $6.7 million, and the sale of ABS with a book value of $683.9 million for a loss of $0.2 million, offset by other-than-temporary-impairment ("OTTI") of $1.1 million.


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2016 2015 Dollar Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits$1,719,645
 $1,598,497
 $121,148
 7.6 %
Occupancy and equipment expenses618,597
 591,569
 27,028
 4.6 %
Technology expense245,321
 220,984
 24,337
 11.0 %
Outside services285,900
 295,676
 (9,776) (3.3)%
Marketing expense112,858
 85,205
 27,653
 32.5 %
Loan expense415,267
 384,051
 31,216
 8.1 %
Lease expense1,305,712
 1,121,531
 184,181
 16.4 %
Other administrative expenses418,911
 426,887
 (7,976) (1.9)%
Total general and administrative expenses$5,122,211
 $4,724,400
 $397,811
 8.4 %

Total general and administrative expenses increased $397.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. Factors contributing to this increase were as follows:

Compensation and benefits expense increased $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The primary driver of this increase was the Company's headcount, in particular within its consumer finance subsidiary.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $27.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This was primarily due to an increase in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $30.9 million due to more assets being placed in service. There was a decrease in rental expense, which was almost completely offset by an increase in maintenance and repair expense.

Technology expense increased $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to the Company's increased technology services relating to Produban, a Santander affiliate.

Outside services decreased $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This decrease was primarily due to decreased consulting service fees related to regulatory initiatives, including preparation for meeting the requirements of the IHC which became effective on July 1, 2016. Consulting fees decreased $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The decrease was offset by an increase in accounting and audit services expense and outside bank service charge expense.

Loan expense increased $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $51.0 million in loan collection expenses. This was offset by $19.9 million decrease in loan servicing and loan origination expenses, primarily associated with the activity in the RIC and auto loan portfolio.

Lease expense increased $184.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to the continued growth of the Company's leased vehicle portfolio and depreciation associated with that portfolio.

66


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


OTHER EXPENSES
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2016 2015 Dollar Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Amortization of intangibles$70,034
 $79,921
 $(9,887) (12.4)%
Deposit insurance premiums and other expenses77,976
 61,503
 16,473
 26.8 %
Loss on debt extinguishment114,232
 
 114,232
 100%
Impairment of capitalized software
 
 
 0%
Impairment of goodwill
 4,507,095
 (4,507,095) (100.0)%
Investment expense on affordable housing projects1,741
 155
 1,586
 1,023.2 %
Total other expenses$263,983
 $4,648,674
 $(4,384,691) (94.3)%

Total other expenses decreased $4.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. The primary factors contributing to this decrease were:

Amortization of intangibles decreased $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015. This decrease for the period was primarily due to the Company's core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships from its acquisitions in 2006 and before becoming fully amortized in the second quarter of 2016.

Deposit insurance premiums and other expenses increased $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in FDIC insurance premiums and an additional $13.9 million FDIC quarterly surcharge which commenced in the third quarter of 2016.

There were $114.2 million of losses on debt extinguishment during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to no such losses for the year ended December 31, 2015. These expenses were primarily related to early termination fees incurred by the Company in association with the 2016 termination of FHLB advances. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Bank terminated $3.8 billion of FHLB advances.

There was no impairment of goodwill recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company recorded an impairment of goodwill in the amount of $4.5 billion in 2015 related to the SC reporting unit. For further discussion on this matter, see the section of this MD&A captioned "Goodwill".


INCOME TAX PROVISION

An income tax provision of $313.7 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a benefit of $599.8 million for 2015. This resulted in an effective tax rate of 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 16.4% for 2015.

The income tax provision in 2016 included a provision of $36.0 million related to increases in reserves regarding a dispute with the United States for certain financing transactions. The lower income tax provision in 2015 was primarily due a $996.1 million reduction in the deferred tax liability related to an impairment of the goodwill with respect to the Company's investment in SC.

During 2015, the Company also increased the reserve by $104.2 million for income taxes under this dispute with the United States for certain financing transactions.

The Company's effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company's interpretations by tax authorities that examine tax returns filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.


67


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS

General

The Company's segments at December 31, 2016 consisted of Consumer and Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, GCB, and SC. For additional information with respect to the Company's reporting segments, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Results Summary

Consumer and Business Banking

Net interest income increased $234.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The average balances of the Consumer and Business Banking segment's gross loans were $16.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $17.3 billion for the corresponding period in 2015. The average balances of deposits was $40.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $39.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2015, primarily driven by growth in non-interest-bearing deposits. Total non-interest income increased $82.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The provision for credit losses increased $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. Total expenses decreased $60.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015.

Total assets as of December 31, 2016 were $19.8 billion, compared to $20.0 billion as of December 31, 2015.

Commercial Banking

Net interest income increased $73.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. Total average gross loans were $11.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $10.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2015. Total non-interest income increased $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The provision for credit losses increased $62.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015, primarily driven by reserves for the energy finance business line. Total expenses increased $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015.

Total assets were $12.0 billion as of December 31, 2016, compared to $16.6 billion as of December 31, 2015. Total average deposits were $8.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $8.9 billion as of December 31, 2015.

Commercial Real Estate

Net interest income increased $14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The average balance of this segment's gross loans increased to $15.2 billion during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $14.5 billion for the corresponding period in 2015. The average balance of deposits was $843.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $787.5 million for the corresponding period in 2015. Total non-interest income decreased $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The provision for credit losses was $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $25.7 million for the corresponding period in 2015. Total expenses increased $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. Total assets were $14.6 billion as of December 31, 2016, compared to $15.1 billion as of December 31, 2015.

GCB

Net interest income increased $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The average balance of this segment's gross loans was $9.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $9.6 billion for the corresponding period in 2015. The average balance of deposits was $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.8 billion for the corresponding period in 2015. Total non-interest income decreased $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The provision for credit losses decreased $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. Total expenses increased $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015.

68


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Total assets were $9.4 billion as of December 31, 2016, compared to $12.1 billion as of December 31, 2015.

Other

Net interest income decreased $309.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. Total non-interest income decreased $83.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The provision for credit losses decreased $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. Total expenses increased $194.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015.

Total assets were $43.0 billion as of December 31, 2016, compared to $41.8 billion as of December 31, 2015.

SC

Net interest income decreased $165.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The fluctuation was primarily related to an increase in interest expense during the period. SC's cost of funds increased during 2016 due to higher market rates and increased spreads. Total non-interest income increased $129.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The provision for credit losses decreased $317.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015. The decrease in provision for credit losses is primarily attributable to the lower of cost or fair value adjustment that was recorded in 2015 related to the transfer of the personal unsecured loan portfolio to held for sale from held for investment that did nor recur in 2016. Total expenses increased $409.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the corresponding period in 2015, attributable to growth in leased vehicle portfolio during the year which increased leased vehicle expenses. Compensation expense also increased in 2016 compared to 2015 as SC continues to invest in the control and compliance functions.

Total assets were $38.5 billion as of December 31, 2016, compared to $35.6 billion as of December 31, 2015.


69


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
  2015 2014 Dollar Percentage
         
  (dollars in thousands)
Net interest income $6,901,406
 $6,243,100
 $658,306
 10.5 %
Provision for credit losses (4,079,743) (2,459,998) (1,619,745) 65.8 %
Total non-interest income 2,896,217
 5,059,462
 (2,163,245) (42.8)%
General and administrative expenses (4,724,400) (3,777,173) (947,227) 25.1 %
Other expenses (4,648,674) (358,173) (4,290,501) 1,197.9 %
(Loss)/income before income taxes (3,655,194) 4,707,218
 (8,362,412) (177.7)%
Income tax provision/(benefit) (599,758) 1,673,123
 (2,272,881) (135.8)%
Net (loss)/income including Noncontrolling interest $(3,055,436) $3,034,095
 $(6,089,531) (200.7)%

The Company reported a pre-tax loss of $3.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to pre-tax income of $4.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014. Factors contributing to this decrease are as follows:

Net interest income increased $658.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to increased interest income on loans as a result of the growing RIC and auto loan portfolio.

Provisions for credit losses increased $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. The increase was primarily due to the continued growth in the RIC and auto loan portfolio and the related provisions for these portfolios.

Total non-interest income decreased $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the one-time net gain recognized in the first quarter of 2014 related to the Change in Control.

Total general and administrative expenses increased $947.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to increases in lease expense and compensation and benefits throughout the year.

Other expenses increased $4.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to an impairment charge to goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2015 of $4.5 billion.

The income tax provision decreased $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. This decrease was due to the income tax provision on the gain on the Change in Control that occurred in 2014 and the creation of a tax benefit from the impairment to goodwill in 2015.


70


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


                
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET / NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 
2015 (1)
 
2014 (1)
 InterestChange due to
 
Average
Balance
 

Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 
Average
Balance
 

Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 Increase/ DecreaseVolumeRate
 (dollars in thousands)
EARNING ASSETS               
INVESTMENTS AND INTEREST EARNING DEPOSITS$27,457,675
 $405,594
 1.48% $20,828,904
 $323,165
 1.55% $82,429
$97,044
$(14,615)
LOANS(3):
               
Commercial loans35,765,796
 1,141,115
 3.19% 31,633,860
 1,067,443
 3.37% 73,672
126,394
(52,722)
Multifamily8,927,502
 361,858
 4.05% 9,032,193
 375,949
 4.16% (14,091)(4,323)(9,768)
Total commercial loans44,693,298
 1,502,973
 3.36% 40,666,053
 1,443,392
 3.55% 59,581
122,071
(62,490)
Consumer loans:               
Residential mortgages8,165,625
 339,541
 4.16% 10,436,974
 441,420
 4.23% (101,879)(94,563)(7,316)
Home equity loans and lines of credit6,165,718
 218,018
 3.54% 6,218,560
 223,186
 3.59% (5,168)(1,886)(3,282)
Total consumer loans secured by real estate14,331,343
 557,559
 3.89% 16,655,534
 664,606
 3.99% (107,047)(96,449)(10,598)
Retail installment contracts and auto loans24,637,592
 4,843,916
 19.66% 19,865,513
 4,100,250
 20.64% 743,666
926,719
(183,053)
Personal unsecured3,340,235
 721,318
 21.59% 2,371,170
 676,266
 28.52% 45,052
111,011
(65,959)
Other consumer(4)
1,156,606
 106,256
 9.19% 1,440,909
 123,063
 8.54% (16,807)(27,261)10,454
Total consumer43,465,776
 6,229,049
 14.33% 40,333,126
 5,564,185
 13.80% 664,864
914,019
(249,155)
Total loans88,159,074
 7,732,022
 8.77% 80,999,179
 7,007,577
 8.65% 724,445
1,036,090
(311,645)
Allowance for loan and lease losses (5)
(2,631,602) 
 % (1,377,325) 
 % 


NET LOANS85,527,472
 7,732,022
 9.04% 79,621,854
 7,007,577
 8.80% 724,445
1,036,090
(311,645)
Intercompany investments14,591
 886
 6.07% 8,425
 
 % 886

886
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS112,999,738
 8,138,502
 7.20% 100,459,183
 7,330,742
 7.30% 807,760
1,133,134
(325,374)
Other assets(6)
27,462,175
     22,951,560
        
TOTAL ASSETS$140,461,913
     $123,410,743
        
INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES               
Deposits and other customer related accounts:               
Interest bearing demand deposits$12,953,809
 $56,327
 0.43% $11,578,973
 $35,219
 0.30% $21,108
$4,571
$16,537
Savings6,488,645
 14,389
 0.22% 7,541,288
 19,931
 0.26% (5,542)(2,574)(2,968)
Money market23,135,793
 127,576
 0.55% 19,718,976
 88,243
 0.45% 39,333
16,808
22,525
Certificates of deposit9,589,966
 90,853
 0.95% 9,156,581
 95,172
 1.04% (4,319)4,963
(9,282)
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS52,168,213
 289,145
 0.55% 47,995,818
 238,565
 0.50% 50,580
23,767
26,813
BORROWED FUNDS:               
FHLB advances, federal funds, and repurchase agreements10,219,740
 181,414
 1.78% 7,676,418
 264,830
 3.45% (83,416)179,299
(262,715)
Other borrowings35,108,308
 765,651
 2.18% 28,057,731
 584,247
 2.08% 181,404
152,660
28,744
TOTAL BORROWED FUNDS (7)
45,328,048
 947,065
 2.09% 35,734,149
 849,077
 2.38% 97,988
331,959
(233,971)
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES97,496,261
 1,236,210
 1.27% 83,729,967
 1,087,642
 1.30% 148,568
355,726
(207,158)
Noninterest bearing demand deposits12,710,485
     12,400,508
        
Other liabilities(8)
4,759,515
     3,845,577
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES114,966,261
     99,976,052
        
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY25,495,652
     23,434,691
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY$140,461,913
     $123,410,743
        
                
NET INTEREST SPREAD (9)
    5.93%     6.00%    
NET INTEREST MARGIN (10)
    6.11%     6.21%    
NET INTEREST INCOME  $6,901,406
     $6,243,100
      
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities    1.16x
     1.20x
    
(1)Average balances are based on daily averages when available. When daily averages are unavailable, mid-month averages are substituted.
(2)Yields calculated using taxable equivalent net interest income

71


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


(3)Interest on loans includes amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loan portfolios and amortization of deferred loan fees, net of origination costs. Average loan balances includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale ("LHFS").
(4)Other consumer primarily includes recreational vehicle ("RV") and marine loans.
(5)Refer to Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(6)Other assets primarily includes goodwill and intangibles, premise and equipment, net deferred tax assets, equity method investments, BOLI, accrued interest receivable, derivative assets, miscellaneous receivables, prepaid expenses and MSRs. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(7)Refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(8)Other liabilities primarily includes accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, net deferred tax liabilities and the unfunded lending commitments liability.
(9)Represents the difference between the yield on total earning assets and the cost of total funding liabilities.
(10)Represents annualized, taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(11)Intercompany investment income is eliminated from this line item.



52





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



NET INTEREST INCOME
Year Ended December 31, YTD ChangeYear Ended December 31, YTD Change
2015 2014 Dollar Percentage
(in thousands)    
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
INTEREST INCOME:    
         
Interest-earning deposits$21,745
 $24,992
 $(3,247) (13.0)%$174,189
 $137,753
 $36,436
 26.5 %
Investments available-for-sale331,379
 261,017
 70,362
 27.0 %
Investments AFS280,927
 297,557
 (16,630) (5.6)%
Investments HTM70,815
 68,525
 2,290
 3.3 %
Other investments52,470
 37,156
 15,314
 41.2 %25,782
 18,842
 6,940
 36.8 %
Total interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits405,594
 323,165
 82,429
 25.5 %551,713
 522,677
 29,036
 5.6 %
Interest on loans7,732,022
 7,007,577
 724,445
 10.3 %8,098,482
 7,546,376
 552,106
 7.3 %
Total interest income8,137,616
 7,330,742
 806,874
 11.0 %8,650,195
 8,069,053
 581,142
 7.2 %
INTEREST EXPENSE:    
 
    
 
Deposits and customer accounts289,145
 238,565
 50,580
 21.2 %574,471
 389,128
 185,343
 47.6 %
Borrowings and other debt obligations947,065
 849,077
 97,988
 11.5 %1,632,956
 1,335,075
 297,881
 22.3 %
Total Interest Expense1,236,210
 1,087,642
 148,568
 13.7 %
NET INTEREST INCOME:$6,901,406
 $6,243,100
 $658,306
 10.5 %
Total interest expense2,207,427
 1,724,203
 483,224
 28.0 %
NET INTEREST INCOME$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $97,918
 1.5 %

Net interest income increased $658.3$97.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to 2014. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to increased interest income on loans as a result of the growing RIC and auto loan portfolio.2018.

Net Interest Income on Investment Securities and Interest-Earning Deposits

Interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits increased $82.4$29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014.2018. The average balancebalances of investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 20152019 was $27.5$22.2 billion with an average yield of 1.48%2.49%, compared to an average balance of $20.8$21.3 billion with an average yield of 1.55%2.45% for 2014. Overall, the corresponding period in 2018. The increase in interest income on investment securities was primarily attributable to an increase of $63.1 million in CMOs as the average balance increased to $8.2 billion from $4.6 billionand interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared2019 was primarily due to 2014.an increase in the average yield on interest-earning deposits resulting from 2018 increases to the federal funds rate. During 2019, the federal funds rate was lowered three times; this has had an effect of partially offsetting increases in interest income on deposits and investments.

Interest Income on Loans

Interest income on loans increased $724.4$552.1 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019, compared to 2014. The2018. This increase in interest income on loans was primarily due to the growth of originations in the RIC and autototal loans. The average balance of total loans and unsecured loan portfolios. Interest income on the RIC and auto loans portfolio increased $743.6 million$6.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014.2018. This was offset by a decrease in interest on residential mortgage loans of 101.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The average balance of total loans was $88.2 billion with an average yield of 8.77% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $81.0 billion with an average yield of 8.65% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Thisoverall increase in the average balance of total loans was primarily driven by the continued growth of the commercial portfolio, auto loans and RICs; however, the average rate has decreased on the RIC portfolio due to the growth in the RIC and automore prime loan portfolio. The average balance of RICs and auto loans, which comprisedoriginations as a majorityresult of the increase, was $24.6 billion with an average yield of 19.66% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $19.9 billion with an average yield of 20.64% for the year ended 2014.

72


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

SBNA origination program.

Interest Expense on Deposits and Related Customer Accounts

Interest expense on deposits and related customer accounts increased $50.6$185.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to 2014.2018. This increase was primarily due to overall higher interest rates and increased deposits. Higher rates were offered to customers on various deposit products in order to attract and grow the customer base. The average balance of total interest-bearing deposits was $52.2$49.8 billion with an average cost of 0.55%1.15% for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019, compared to an average balance of $48.0$46.3 billion with an average cost of 0.50%0.84% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in interest expense on deposits2018.


53





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and customer-related accounts during the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to an increase in the volumeAnalysis of deposit accounts, along with an increase in average interest rates.Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds

Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $98.0$297.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to 2014.2018. This increase was due to higher interest rates being paid and increased balances during the year ended December 31, 2019. The average balance of total borrowings was $45.3$47.2 billion with an average cost of 2.09%3.46% for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019, compared to an average balance of $35.7$40.2 billion with an average cost of 2.38%3.32% for 2018. The average balance of borrowed funds increased for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in interest expense on borrowed funds was2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to $3.1 billion of new debt issued by SBNAincreases in FHLB advances, credit facilities and the Company and net $2.5 billion of SC securitization activity.secured structured financings.


PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is based on credit loss experience, growth or contraction of specific segments of the loan portfolio, and the estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The provision for credit losses was primarily comprised of the provision for loan and lease losses for the yearyears ended December 31, 2015 was $4.1 billion compared to $2.5 billion for the year ended2019 and December 31, 2014. Of the increase, all but an immaterial amount is attributable to the RIC, unsecured2018 of $2.3 billion and auto loan portfolios added from the Change in Control and subsequent origination activity within the same portfolios.

The following table presents the activity in the ACL for the periods indicated:$2.4 billion, respectively.
Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
2015 2014
(in thousands)
   
(in thousands) 2019 2018 DollarPercentage
ALLL, beginning of period$1,777,889
 $917,126
 $3,897,130
 $3,994,887
 $(97,757)(2.4)%
Charge-offs:          
Commercial(175,234) (117,028) (185,035) (108,750) (76,285)70.1 %
Consumer(3)
(4,489,848) (2,714,784)
Consumer (5,364,673) (4,974,547) (390,126)7.8 %
Unallocated (275) 
 (275)100.0 %
Total charge-offs(4,665,082) (2,831,812) (5,549,983) (5,083,297) (466,686)9.2 %
Recoveries:          
Commercial65,217
 42,084
 53,819
 60,140
 (6,321)(10.5)%
Consumer(3)
2,030,177
 1,169,451
Consumer 2,954,391
 2,572,607
 381,784
14.8 %
Total recoveries2,095,394
 1,211,535
 3,008,210
 2,632,747
 375,463
14.3 %
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(2,569,688) (1,620,277) (2,541,773) (2,450,550) (91,223)3.7 %
Provision for loan and lease losses (1)
4,065,061
 2,542,260
 2,290,832
 2,352,793
 (61,961)(2.6)%
Other(2):
   
Commercial
 
Consumer(27,117) (61,220)
ALLL, end of period$3,246,145
 $1,777,889
 $3,646,189
 $3,897,130
 $(250,941)(6.4)%
   
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period134,003
 221,624
 $95,500
 $109,111
 $(13,611)(12.5)%
Provision for unfunded lending commitments (1)
14,682
 (82,262)
Release of reserves for unfunded lending commitments (1)
 1,185
 (12,895) 14,080
(109.2)%
Loss on unfunded lending commitments336
 (5,359) (4,859) (716) (4,143)578.6 %
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period149,021
 134,003
 91,826
 95,500
 (3,674)(3.8)%
ACL, end of period$3,395,166
 $1,911,892
Total ACL, end of period $3,738,015
 $3,992,630
 $(254,615)(6.4)%
(1)The provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations is the sum of the total provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded lending commitments.
(2)For 2015, the "Other" amount represents the impact on the ALLL in connection with SC classifying approximately $1 billion of RICs as held-for-sale during the first quarter of 2015. For 2014, the “Other” amount represents the impact on the allowance for loan and lease losses in connection with the sale of approximately $484.2 million of TDRs and NPLs classified as held-for-sale during the third quarter of 2014.
(3)Unallocated charge-offs and recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2015 are included in Consumer.

73


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company's net charge-offs increased $91.2 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014. The ratio of net loan2018.

Consumer charge-offs to average total loans increased to 2.9%$390.1 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2.0%2018. The increase was primarily comprised of a $391.2 million increase in RIC and consumer auto loan charge-offs.

Consumer recoveries increased $381.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This2019 compared to 2018. The increase was primarily related to thecomprised of a $345.6 million increase in RIC and consumer auto loan portfoliorecoveries, and the $1.4 billion of net charge-offsa $21.1 million increase in that portfolio. Commercialindirect purchased loan recoveries.

Consumer net charge-offs as a percentage of average commercialconsumer loans was 0.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The consumer loan net charge-off ratio was 5.7%were 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 3.8%5.2% in 2018.

54





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Commercial charge-offs increased $76.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.2019 compared to 2018. The increase in consumer charge-offs was primarily duecomprised of an $89.1 million increase in Corporate Banking charge-offs.

Commercial recoveries decreased $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the credit quality of the RIC and auto loan portfolio added in the Change in Control, a majority of which are considered non-prime loans (defined by the Company as customers with Fair Isaac Corporation ("FICO") score of below 640).2018.


NON-INTEREST INCOME
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2015 2014 Dollar Percentage
        
 (in thousands)    
Consumer fees$495,727
 $424,182
 $71,545
 16.9 %
Commercial fees216,057
 212,475
 3,582
 1.7 %
Mortgage banking income, net108,569
 205,060
 (96,491) (47.1)%
Equity method investments(8,818) 8,514
 (17,332) (203.6)%
BOLI57,913
 60,278
 (2,365) (3.9)%
Capital markets revenue141,667
 182,453
 (40,786) (22.4)%
Lease income1,482,850
 789,265
 693,585
 87.9 %
Miscellaneous income383,425
 732,827
 (349,402) (47.7)%
Net gain recognized in earnings18,827
 2,444,408
 (2,425,581) (99.2)%
     Total non-interest income$2,896,217
 $5,059,462
 $(2,163,245) (42.8)%
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Consumer fees $391,495
 $413,934
 $(22,439) (5.4)%
Commercial fees 157,351
 154,213
 3,138
 2.0 %
Lease income 2,872,857
 2,375,596
 497,261
 20.9 %
Miscellaneous income, net 301,598
 307,282
 (5,684) (1.8)%
Net gains/(losses) recognized in earnings 5,816
 (6,717) 12,533
 186.6 %
Total non-interest income $3,729,117
 $3,244,308
 $484,809
 14.9 %

Total non-interest income decreased $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended 2014. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to the one-time gain recognized in 2014 included in Net gain recognized in earnings, which related to the Change in Control.

Consumer Fees

Consumer fees increased $71.5$484.8 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014. The2018. This increase was primarily due to the $89.5 millionan increase in loan servicinglease income. The increase was partially offset by decreases in consumer fees which is largely attributabledue to the Company's growing RIC and auto loan portfolio.reduction of loans serviced by the Company.

Consumer fees

Consumer fees decreased $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This growthdecrease was offset byprimarily related to a decrease in insurance service and consumer deposit fees.loan fees income, which was attributable to a reduction in loans serviced by the Company.

Commercial Feesfees

Commercial fees consists of deposit overdraft fees, deposit ATMautomated teller machine fees, cash management fees, letter of credit fees, and loan syndication fees for commercial accounts. Commercial fees remained relatively stable for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

Lease income

Lease income increased $3.6$497.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to 2018. This increase was the corresponding periodresult of the growth in 2014.the Company's lease portfolio, with an average balance of $15.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $12.3 billion for 2018.

Mortgage Banking RevenueMiscellaneous income/(loss)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2015 2014
 (in thousands)
Mortgage and multifamily servicing fees$45,151
 $44,234
Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and related securities49,682
 147,173
Net gains on sales of multifamily mortgage loans30,261
 26,378
Net gains / (losses) on hedging activities5,757
 13,858
Net (losses) / gains from changes in MSR fair value3,948
 (2,817)
MSR principal reductions(26,230) (23,766)
     Total mortgage banking income, net$108,569
 $205,060
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Mortgage banking income, net $44,315
 $34,612
 $9,703
 28.0 %
BOLI 62,782
 58,939
 3,843
 6.5 %
Capital market revenue 197,042
 165,392
 31,650
 19.1 %
Net gain on sale of operating leases 135,948
 202,793
 (66,845) (33.0)%
Asset and wealth management fees 175,611
 165,765
 9,846
 5.9 %
Loss on sale of non-mortgage loans (397,965) (351,751) (46,214) (13.1)%
Other miscellaneous income, net 83,865
 31,532
 52,333
 166.0 %
     Total miscellaneous income/(loss) $301,598
 $307,282
 $(5,684) (1.8)%

74


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Mortgage bankingMiscellaneous income consisted of fees associated with servicing loans not held by the Company, as well as originations, amortization, and changes in the fair value of MSRs and recourse reserves. Mortgage banking income also includes gains or losses on the sale of mortgage loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, and MBS. Lastly, gains or losses on mortgage banking derivative and hedging transactions are also included in Mortgage banking income.

Mortgage banking revenue decreased $96.5$5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014.2018. This changedecrease was primarily due to a decrease in thenet gain on salessale of residential mortgageoperating leases and an increase in loss on sale of non-mortgage loans, and related securities, partially offset by an increase in the changecapital market revenue and an increase in MSR fair value discussed in further detail below.Other miscellaneous income due to lower losses on securitization transactions.

Since 2013, mortgage interest rates have remained stable, resulting in relative stability in mortgage banking fee fluctuations from rate changes.
55

The following table details certain residential mortgage rates for the Bank as



Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the dates indicated:Financial Condition and Results of Operations



GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER EXPENSES
 30-Year Fixed 15-Year Fixed
December 31, 20134.63% 3.50%
March 31, 20144.38% 3.50%
June 30, 20144.13% 3.38%
September 30, 20144.25% 3.50%
December 31, 20143.99% 3.25%
March 31, 20153.88% 3.13%
June 30, 20154.13% 3.38%
September 30, 20153.88% 3.13%
December 31, 20154.13% 3.38%
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar Percentage
Compensation and benefits $1,945,047
 $1,799,369
 $145,678
 8.1 %
Occupancy and equipment expenses 603,716
 659,789
 (56,073) (8.5)%
Technology, outside services, and marketing expense 656,681
 590,249
 66,432
 11.3 %
Loan expense 405,367
 384,899
 20,468
 5.3 %
Lease expense 2,067,611
 1,789,030
 278,581
 15.6 %
Other expenses 687,430
 608,989
 78,441
 12.9 %
Total general, administrative and other expenses $6,365,852
 $5,832,325
 $533,527
 9.1 %

Other factors, such as portfolio sales, servicing,Total general, administrative and re-purchases have continued to affect mortgage banking revenue.

Mortgage and multifamily servicing feesother expenses increased $0.9$533.5 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company serviced mortgage and multifamily real estate loans for the benefit of others with a principal balance totaling $858.2 million and $2.9 billion, respectively.2018. The most significant factors contributing to these increases were as follows:

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loansTechnology, outside services, and related securities decreased $97.5marketing expense increased $66.4 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019, compared to 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company sold $2.5 billion of mortgage loans for a gain of $49.7 million, compared2018. The increase was primarily due to $3.3 billion of loans sold for a gain of $147.2increases in outside service expenses.
Lease expense increased $278.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company periodically sells qualifying mortgage loans to the FHLMC, GNMA and FNMA in return for MBS issued by those agencies. The Company records these transactions as sales when the transfers met all the accounting criteria for a sale. For those loans sold to the agencies for which the Company retains the servicing rights, the Company recognizes the servicing rights at fair value. These loans are also generally sold with standard representation and warranty provisions which the Company recognizes at fair value. Any difference between the carrying value of the transferred mortgage loans and the fair value of MBS, servicing rights, and representation and warranty reserves are recognized as gain or loss on sale.

Net gains on sales of multifamily mortgage loans increased $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to a $29.9 million release in the FNMA recourse reserve for the year ended December 31, 2015. The release of FNMA recourse reserves was attributable to the $1.4 billion purchases of multifamily mortgages during the third quarter from the FNMA.

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company serviced loans with a principal balance of $552.1 million and $2.6 billion, respectively, for FNMA. These loans had a credit loss exposure of $34.4 million and $152.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Losses, if any, resulting from representation and warranty defaults would be in addition to the Company's credit loss exposure. The servicing asset for these loans has completely amortized.


75


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company has established a liability related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for multifamily loans sold to the FNMA. This liability represents the amount the Company estimated it would have to pay a third party to assume the retained recourse obligation. The estimated liability represents the present value of the estimated losses the portfolio is projected to incur based upon specific internal information and an industry-based default curve with a range of estimated losses. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had a liability of $6.8 million and $40.7 million, respectively, related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for loans sold to FNMA under this program.

Net gains/(losses) on hedging activities decreased $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in the mortgage loan pipeline valuation and the Company's hedging strategy in the current mortgage rate environment.

Net gains / (losses) from changes in MSR fair value resulted in a gain of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to a loss of $2.8 million for 2014. The carrying value of the related MSRs at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $147.2 million and $145.0 million, respectively. The MSR asset fair value increase for the year ended December 31, 2015 was the result of increases in interest rates.

MSR principal reductions resulted in an increase of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This was due to continued increases in prepayments and mortgage refinancings as a result of the anticipation of rising interest rates in the near future.

Equity Method Investments

Equity method investments (loss) / income, net decreased $17.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily attributable to the Change in Control. In 2014, the Company included one month of accounting for SC as an equity method investment prior to the Change in Control. The Company began accounting for SC as a consolidated subsidiary beginning January 28, 2014.

BOLI

BOLI income represents fluctuations in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies on certain employees. The Bank is the beneficiary and the recipient of the insurance proceeds. Income from BOLI decreased $2.4 million, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014.

Lease Income

Lease income increased $693.6 million on an average leased vehicle portfolio balance of $7.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to an average balance of $4.4 billion for 2014. This increase was the result of the Company's efforts to grow the lease portfolio.

Miscellaneous Income

Miscellaneous income decreased $349.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to a $235.9 million decrease in fair value associated with the portfolio of loans the Company accounts for at the FVO. The decrease was also attributable to a reclassification the Company made of its personal unsecured loans from loans held for investment to LHFS in the third quarter of 2015 and credit losses attributable to these portfolios.

Net gain recognized in earnings

Net gains recognized in earnings decreased $2.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to the one-time gain the Company recognized in connection with the Change in Control during the first quarter of 2014.


76


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily comprised of the sale of state and municipal securities with a
book value of $421.5 million for a gain of $12.1 million, the sale of corporate debt securities with a book value of $566.2 million for a gain of $6.7 million, and the sale of ABS with a book value of $683.9 million for a loss of $0.2 million, offset by OTTI of $1.1 million. The net gain realized for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily comprised of the sale of state and municipal securities with a book value of $89.0 million for a gain of $5.2 million, the sale of corporate debt securities with a book value of $219.6 million for a gain of $4.8 million, and the sale of MBS with a book value of $579.4 million for a gain of $13.1 million.


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2015 2014 Dollar Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits$1,598,497
 $1,444,193
 $154,304
 10.7%
Occupancy and equipment expenses591,569
 524,299
 67,270
 12.8%
Technology expense220,984
 203,551
 17,433
 8.6%
Outside services295,676
 235,474
 60,202
 25.6%
Marketing expense85,205
 59,135
 26,070
 44.1%
Loan expense384,051
 339,388
 44,663
 13.2%
Lease expense1,121,531
 595,468
 526,063
 88.3%
Other administrative expenses426,887
 375,665
 51,222
 13.6%
Total general and administrative expenses$4,724,400
 $3,777,173
 $947,227
 25.1%

Total general and administrative expenses increased $0.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. Factors contributing to this increase were as follows:

Compensation and benefits expense increased $154.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. The primary driver of this increase was the Company's continued investment in personnel through increased salary, benefits and headcount. During the third quarter, the Company initiated a process to improve its operating efficiency, specifically focused on organizational simplification. As a result of this process, the Company incurred a severance accrual of $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $67.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 2014. This was primarily due to an increase in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $37.6 million. This was partially attributable to the Bank closing 29 branches located throughout its footprint in 2015 in order to gain operational efficiencies. These closures resulted in accelerated depreciation expense of $7.6 million of related assets and a vacancy accrual charge of $6.4 million in the form of rent expense.

Technology services expense increased $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. The increase was primarily due to the Company's increased technology services relating to Produban, a Santander subsidiary.

Outside services increased $60.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to increased consulting service fees that related to regulatory-related initiatives, including preparation for meeting the requirements of the IHC implementation rules. Consulting fees increased $93.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 2014. This increase was offset by a decrease in outside processing services and outside bank service charges.

Loan expense increased $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $63.4 million in collection expenses largely associated with the growing RIC and auto loan portfolio. This increase was offset by a decrease in loan servicing expenses.

Lease expense increased $526.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014.2018. This increase was primarily due to the continued growth of the Company's leased vehicle portfolio.

Other administrative expenses increased $51.2$78.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019, compared to 2014.the corresponding period in 2018. This increase was dueprimarily attributable to a $28.2 million increase of operation risk, $21.3 millionan increase in non-income related taxlegal expenses and $12.5 million increaseinvestments in miscellaneous expense that were recognized throughout the year. This was partiallyqualified housing, offset by a $13.5 million decrease in other employee expenses throughout the year.

77


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


OTHER EXPENSES
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
 2015 2014 Dollar Percentage
 (dollars in thousands)
Amortization of intangibles$79,921
 $105,412
 $(25,491) (24.2)%
Deposit insurance premiums and other costs61,503
 61,152
 351
 0.6 %
Loss on debt extinguishment
 127,063
 (127,063) (100.0)%
Impairment of long-lived assets
 64,546
 (64,546) (100.0)%
Impairment of goodwill4,507,095
 
 4,507,095
 100%
Investment income/expense on qualified affordable housing projects155
 
 155
 100%
Total other expenses$4,648,674
 $358,173
 $4,290,501
 1,197.9 %

Total other expenses increased $4.3 billionoperational risk. FDIC insurance premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes $25.3 million of FDIC insurance premiums that relate to periods from the first quarter 2015 compared to 2014. The primary factors contributing to this increase were:

Amortization of intangibles decreased $25.5 million forthrough the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily due to an impairment of $28.5 million recognized in 2014 offset by a fourth quarter 2015 impairment of $3.5 million on the Company's indefinite-lived trade name.

There were no losses on debt extinguishment during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $127.1 million of losses in 2014. This expense2018 which was primarily related to early termination fees incurred by the Company in association with the 2014 termination of legacy FHLB advances.

No impairment charges were recorded on capitalized software during 2015. In the second quarter of 2014, an impairment charge on capitalized software of $64.5 million was recordedpartially offset due to the restructuring of the Company's capitalized software.

For the yearFDIC surcharges that ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an impairment of goodwill in the amount of $4.5 billion. For further discussion on this matter, see the section of this MD&A captioned "Goodwill".

The Company incurred an investment expense on affordable housing projects of $155 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015. This expense was directly related to LIHTC investments. This is attributable2018 as disclosed in Note 17 to the adoption of ASU 2014-01.Consolidated Financial Statements.


INCOME TAX PROVISION

An income tax benefitprovision of $599.8$472.2 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 20152019, compared to aan income tax provision of $1.7 billion$425.9 million for 2018. This resulted in an ETR of 31.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014, resulting in an effective tax rate of 16.4% for the year ended December 31, 20152019, compared to 35.5%30.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The lower income tax provision in 2015 was primarily due to two factors. In 2015, the Company recognized an impairment of the goodwill with respect to its investment in SC, which reduced the Company's deferred tax liability for the excess carrying value over its tax basis in the investment. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $996.1 million for the reduction in the deferred tax liability. In 2014, the Company recognized a tax expense of $913.4 million (approximately $837.6 million of which was deferred) on a book gain of $2.4 billion related to the Change in Control. The book gain was primarily due to the excess of fair value over the carrying value of the assets on SC's books at the time of the Change in Control. The $837.6 million of deferred tax liability would be recognized upon the Company's disposition of its interest in SC or if the goodwill associated with the Change in Control becomes impaired.


78


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The lower effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was driven primarily by two components. The first was the 2015 impairment of goodwill related to the Company's investment in SC in the amount of $4.5 billion, which put the Company in a consolidated pretax loss position. The Company was not able to recognize a tax benefit for the impairment. In addition, the Company increased the reserve by $104.2 million for income taxes under a dispute with the United States for certain financing transactions. Both of these items reduced the overall effective tax rate on a pre-tax base that was a loss.2018.

The Company's ETR in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company's interpretations by tax authorities that examine tax returns filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year-to-year comparison of the ETR.


LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS

General

The Company's segments at December 31, 20152019 consisted of Consumer and Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, GCB,C&I, CRE & VF, CIB and SC. For additional information with respect to the Company's reporting segments and changes to the segments beginning in the first quarter of 2019, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


56





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Results Summary

Consumer and Business Banking
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income$1,504,887
 $1,298,571
 $206,316
 15.9 %
Total non-interest income359,849
 310,839
 49,010
 15.8 %
Provision for credit losses156,936
 100,523
 56,413
 56.1 %
Total expenses1,655,923
 1,575,407
 80,516
 5.1 %
Income/(loss) before income taxes51,877
 (66,520) 118,397
 178.0 %
Intersegment revenue2,093
 2,507
 (414) (16.5)%
Total assets23,934,172
 21,024,740
 2,909,432
 13.8 %

Net interestConsumer and Business Banking reported income increased $31.9before income taxes of $51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019, compared to losses before income taxes of $66.5 million for the corresponding period in 2014 . year ended December 31, 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Net interest income increased $206.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019compared to 2018. This increase was primarily driven by deposit product margin due to a higher interest rate environment combined with increased auto loan volumes.
Non-interest income increased by $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019compared to 2018. This increase was the result of gains on the sale of 14 branches and gains on the sale of conforming mortgage loan portfolios.
The average balanceprovision for credit losses increased $56.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was due to reserve builds for the large growth of the Consumer and Business Banking segment's gross loans was $17.3auto portfolio in 2019.
Total assets increased $2.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to $19.7 billion2018. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in auto loans.

C&I Banking
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $231,270
 $228,491
 $2,779
 1.2 %
Total non-interest income 71,323
 82,435
 (11,112) (13.5)%
(Release of) /provision for credit losses 31,796
 (35,069) 66,865
 190.7 %
Total expenses 238,681
 225,495
 13,186
 5.8 %
Income before income taxes 32,116
 120,500
 (88,384) (73.3)%
Intersegment revenue 6,377
 4,691
 1,686
 35.9 %
Total assets 7,031,238
 6,823,633
 207,605
 3.0 %

C&I reported income before income taxes of $32.1 million for the corresponding periodyear ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $120.5 million for 2018. Contributing to these changes were:

The provision for credit losses increased $66.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to release of reserves in 2014,2018 related to the decrease driven by a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") sale duringstrategic exits of middle market, asset-based lending, and legacy oil and gas portfolios.


57





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CRE & VF
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $417,418
 $413,541
 $3,877
 0.9 %
Total non-interest income 11,270
 6,643
 4,627
 69.7 %
(Release of) /provision for credit losses 13,147
 15,664
 (2,517) (16.1)%
Total expenses 135,319
 116,392
 18,927
 16.3 %
Income before income taxes 280,222
 288,128
 (7,906) (2.7)%
Intersegment revenue 5,950
 4,729
 1,221
 25.8 %
Total assets 19,019,242
 18,888,676
 130,566
 0.7 %

CRE & VF reported income before income taxes of $280.2 million for the third quarteryear ended December 31, 2019 compared to income before income taxes of 2014 and$288.1 million for 2018. The results of this reportable segment were relatively consistent period-over-period.

CIB
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $152,083
 $136,582
 $15,501
 11.3 %
Total non-interest income 208,955
 195,023
 13,932
 7.1 %
(Release of)/Provision for credit losses 6,045
 9,335
 (3,290) (35.2)%
Total expenses 270,226
 234,949
 35,277
 15.0 %
Income before income taxes 84,767
 87,321
 (2,554) (2.9)%
Intersegment expense (14,420) (12,362) (2,058) (16.6)%
Total assets 9,943,547
 8,521,004
 1,422,543
 16.7 %

CIB reported income before income taxes of $84.8 million for the securitizationyear ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $2.1 billion of mortgage loans$87.3 million for 2018. Factors contributing to MBS as part of securitization transactions. The average balance of deposits was $39.4this change were:

Total expenses increased $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to higher compensation related to higher headcount.
Total assets increased $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to $38.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2014,2018, primarily driven by growthan increase in money market accounts. Total non-interestloan balances in the global transaction banking portfolio as a result of generating business with new customers.

Other
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $72,535
 $240,110
 $(167,575) (69.8)%
Total non-interest income 415,473
 402,006
 13,467
 3.3 %
(Release of)/Provision for credit losses (7,322) 24,254
 (31,576) (130.2)%
Total expenses 770,254
 786,543
 (16,289) (2.1)%
Loss before income taxes (274,924) (168,681) (106,243) (63.0)%
Intersegment (expense)/revenue 
 435
 (435) (100.0)%
Total assets 40,648,746
 36,416,377
 4,232,369
 11.6 %

58





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Other category reported losses before income decreased $100.9taxes of $274.9 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. The provisionlosses before income taxes of $168.7 million for credit losses2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Net interest income decreased $22.3$167.6 million for the year ended December 31, 20152019 compared to the corresponding period in 2014, driven by an improvement in2018, due to higher interest rates.
The provision for credit quality in 2015. Total expenses increased $74.7losses decreased $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to the corresponding period in 2014, primarily2018, due to increased consulting service fees, which were mostlythe release of reserves related to the Comprehensive Capital Analysissale of loan portfolios at BSPR, and Review (“CCAR”) plan, as well as increased maintenance expenses.loan portfolios that were in run-off.

Total assetsSC

The CODM manages SC on a historical basis by reviewing the results of SC prior to the first quarter 2014 change in control and consolidation of SC (the "Change in Control") basis. The line of business results table discloses SC's operating information on the same basis that it is reviewed by the CODM.

  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $3,971,826
 $3,958,280
 $13,546
 0.3 %
Total non-interest income 2,760,370
 2,297,517
 462,853
 20.1 %
Provision for credit losses 2,093,749
 2,205,585
 (111,836) (5.1)%
Total expenses 3,284,179
 2,857,944
 426,235
 14.9 %
Income before income taxes 1,354,268
 1,192,268
 162,000
 13.6 %
Intersegment revenue 
 
 
 0.0%
Total assets 48,922,532
 43,959,855
 4,962,677
 11.3 %

SC reported income before income taxes of $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $20.0 billion,2019, compared to $20.9income before income taxes of $1.2 billion for the corresponding period in 2014. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease within the mortgage loan portfolio.2018. Contributing to this change were:

Commercial Banking

Net interestTotal non-interest income increased $34.0$462.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to 2018, due to increasing operating lease income from the corresponding periodcontinued growth in 2014. the operating lease vehicle portfolio.
The provision of credit losses decreased $111.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to lower TDR balances and better recovery rates.
Total average gross loans were $10.4expenses increased $426.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to increasing lease expense from the continued growth in the operating lease vehicle portfolio.
Total assets increased $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015,2019 compared to $8.8 billion for the corresponding period2018, due to continued growth in 2014,RICs and operating lease receivables. This growth was driven by growth in the dealer lending and commercial equipment and vehicle financing ("CEVF") business lines. Total non-interest income increased $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014 due primarily to growth in the indirect leasing business line, which was launched in 2014. The Commercial Banking segment ceased originations in the indirect leasing business line during the second quarter of 2015. The provision for credit losses decreased $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014, driven by a reversal of a management adjustment to provisions for Business Banking. Total expenses increased $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014, due primarily to growth in the indirect leasing business line.

Total assets were $16.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $15.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014, driven by the growth in the indirect leasing business line. Total average deposits were $8.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $7.8 billion for the corresponding period in 2014, driven by the growth in non-interest bearing core deposits.originations.

7959


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Commercial Real Estate

Net interest income increased $23.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. The average balance of this segment's gross loans was $14.5 billion and $14.3 billion, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The average balance of deposits remained flat at $0.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Total non-interest income increased $7.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the corresponding period in 2014, due to increased releases of recourse reserves during 2015. The provision for credit losses was $25.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to provision releases of $98.2 million for the corresponding period in 2014. Total expenses decreased $8.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014.

Total assets, which includes the related ACL, were $15.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $14.0 billion for the corresponding period in 2014.

GCB

Net interest income increased $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. The average balance of this segment's gross loans was $9.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $7.7 billion for the corresponding period in 2014. The average balance of deposits was $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.2 billion for the corresponding period in 2014. Total non-interest income increased $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. The provision for credit losses increased $40.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. Total expenses increased $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to corresponding period in 2014.

Total assets was $12.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $10.2 billion for the corresponding period in 2014.

Other

Net interest income decreased $151.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the corresponding period in 2014. Total non-interest income increased $81.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. There was a provision for credit losses of $75.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a provision of $50.6 million for the corresponding period in 2014. Total expenses increased $144.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014.

Total assets were $41.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $40.7 billion for the corresponding period in 2014.

SC

From December 2011 until January 28, 2014, SC was accounted for as an equity method investment. In 2014, SC's results of operations were consolidated with SHUSA. SC is managed as a separate business unit, with its own systems and processes, and is reported as a separate segment.

Net interest income increased $459.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the corresponding period of 2014. Total non-interest income increased $255.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. This increase in income was primarily attributable to increases in loans and leased vehicles during the year. A one time gain on Change in Control of $2.4 billion occurred in 2014 due to the consolidation of SCUSA. The provision for credit losses increased $267.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014. Total expenses increased $278.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the corresponding period in 2014, also attributable to the growth in the loan and leased vehicle portfolios during the year.

Total assets were $35.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $31.9 billion for the corresponding period of 2014.


80


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIESFINANCIAL CONDITION

LOAN PORTFOLIO

The Company's LHFI portfolioconsisted of the following at the dates indicated:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent
Commercial LHFI:                    
CRE $8,468,023
 9.1% $8,704,481
 10.0% $9,279,225
 11.5% $10,112,043
 11.8% $9,846,236
 11.3%
C&I 16,534,694
 17.8% 15,738,158
 18.1% 14,438,311
 17.9% 18,812,002
 21.9% 20,908,107
 24.0%
Multifamily 8,641,204
 9.3% 8,309,115
 9.5% 8,274,435
 10.1% 8,683,680
 10.1% 9,438,463
 10.8%
Other commercial 7,390,795
 8.2% 7,630,004
 8.8% 7,174,739
 8.9% 6,832,403
 8.0% 6,257,072
 7.2%
Total commercial loans (1)
 41,034,716
 44.4% 40,381,758
 46.4% 39,166,710
 48.4% 44,440,128
 51.8% 46,449,878
 53.3%
                     
Consumer loans secured by real estate:                    
Residential mortgages 8,835,702
 9.5% 9,884,462
 11.4% 8,846,765
 11.0% 7,775,272
 9.1% 7,566,301
 8.7%
Home equity loans and lines of credit 4,770,344
 5.1% 5,465,670
 6.3% 5,907,733
 7.3% 6,001,192
 7.1% 6,151,232
 7.1%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate 13,606,046
 14.6% 15,350,132
 17.7% 14,754,498
 18.3% 13,776,464
 16.2% 13,717,533
 15.8%
                     
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:                    
RICs and auto loans 36,456,747
 39.3% 29,335,220
 33.7% 24,966,121
 30.9% 25,573,721
 29.8% 24,647,798
 28.3%
Personal unsecured loans 1,291,547
 1.4% 1,531,708
 1.8% 1,285,677
 1.6% 1,234,094
 1.4% 1,177,998
 1.4%
Other consumer 316,384
 0.3% 447,050
 0.4% 617,675
 0.8% 795,378
 0.8% 1,032,579
 1.2%
                     
Total consumer loans 51,670,724
 55.6% 46,664,110
 53.6% 41,623,971
 51.6% 41,379,657
 48.2% 40,575,908
 46.7%
Total LHFI $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0% $80,790,681
 100.0% $85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
                     
Total LHFI with:                    
Fixed $61,775,942
 66.6% $56,696,491
 65.1% $50,703,619
 62.8% $51,752,761
 60.3% $52,283,715
 60.1%
Variable 30,929,498
 33.4% 30,349,377
 34.9% 30,087,062
 37.2% 34,067,024
 39.7% 34,742,071
 39.9%
Total LHFI $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0% $80,790,681
 100.0% $85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
(1) As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $395.8 million of commercial loans that were denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

Commercial

Commercial loans increased approximately $653.0 million, or 1.6%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. This MD&Aincrease was comprised of increases in C&I loans of $796.5 million and multifamily loans of $332.1 million, offset by decreases in other commercial loans of $239.2 million, and CRE loans of $236.5 million. The increase is basedreflective of continued investment of resources to grow the commercial business.

  At December 31, 2019, Maturing
(in thousands) 
In One Year
Or Less
 
One to Five
Years
 
After Five
Years
 
Total (1)
CRE loans $1,748,087
 $5,245,277

$1,474,659
 $8,468,023
C&I and other commercial 10,683,269
 11,367,553

1,990,960
 24,041,782
Multifamily loans 734,815
 5,447,661

2,458,728
 8,641,204
Total $13,166,171

$22,060,491

$5,924,347
 $41,151,009
Loans with:        
Fixed rates $4,815,879
 $8,569,337

$3,455,594
 $16,840,810
Variable rates 8,350,292
 13,491,154

2,468,753
 24,310,199
Total $13,166,171

$22,060,491

$5,924,347
 $41,151,009
(1) Includes LHFS.

60





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Consumer Loans Secured By Real Estate

Consumer loans secured by real estate decreased $1.7 billion, or 11.4%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. This decrease was comprised of a decrease in the residential mortgage portfolio of $1.0 billion, primarily due to the sale of residential mortgage loans to the FNMA in 2019, and a decrease in the home equity loans and lines of credit portfolio of $695.3 million.

Consumer Loans Not Secured By Real Estate

RICs and auto loans

RICs and auto loans increased $7.1 billion, or 24.3%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. The increase in the RIC and auto loan portfolio was primarily due to an increase of purchased financial receivables from third-party lenders and originations, net of securitizations. RICs are collateralized by vehicle titles, and the lender has the right to repossess the vehicle in the event the consumer defaults on the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes that have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The significant accounting policiespayment terms of the Company are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments, and accordingly, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. However, the Company is not currently aware of any likely events or circumstances that would result in materially different results. Management identified accounting for consolidation, business combinations, ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, goodwill, derivatives and hedging activities and income taxes as the Company's most critical accounting policies and estimates, in that they are important to the portrayalcontract. Most of the Company's financial condition and results and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a resultRICs held for investment are pledged against warehouse lines or securitization bonds. Refer to further discussion of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

The Company’s senior management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and estimates with the Company's Audit Committee. Information concerning the Company’s implementation and the impact of new accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") is discussed in Note 211 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Consolidation

The purposeAs of consolidated financial statements isDecember 31, 2019, 66.2% (includes loans with no FICO score equivalent to present the results of operations and the financial position8.7% of the Company and its subsidiaries as if the consolidated group were a single economic entity. There is a presumption that consolidated financial statements are more meaningful than separate financial statements and that they are usually necessary for a fair presentation when onetotal portfolio) of the entitiesCompany's RIC and auto loan portfolio was comprised of nonprime loans (defined by the Company as customers with a FICO score of below 640) with customers who did not qualify for conventional consumer finance products as a result of, among other things, a lack of or adverse credit history, low income levels and/or the inability to provide adequate down payments. While underwriting guidelines are designed to establish that the customer would be a reasonable credit risk, nonprime loans will nonetheless experience higher default rates than a portfolio of obligations of prime customers. Additionally, higher unemployment rates, higher gasoline prices, unstable real estate values, re-sets of adjustable rate mortgages to higher interest rates, the general availability of consumer credit, and other factors that impact consumer confidence or disposable income could lead to an increase in delinquencies, defaults, and repossessions, as well as decreased consumer demand for used automobiles and other consumer products, weaken collateral values and increase losses in the consolidated group directly or indirectlyevent of default. Because SC's historical focus for such credit has been predominantly on nonprime consumers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions, and losses on these loans could be more dramatically affected by a controlling financial interest in the other entities.general economic downturn.

The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements includeautomated originations process for these credits reflects a disciplined approach to credit risk management to mitigate the assets, liabilities, revenuesrisks of nonprime customers. The Company's robust historical data on both organically originated and expensesacquired loans provides it with the ability to perform advanced loss forecasting. Each applicant is automatically assigned a proprietary custom score using information such as FICO scores, DTI ratios, LTV ratios, and over 30 other predictive factors, placing the applicant in one of 100 pricing tiers. The pricing in each tier is continuously monitored and adjusted to reflect market and risk trends. In addition to the Company's automated process, it maintains a team of underwriters for manual review, consideration of exceptions, and review of deal structures with dealers.

At December 31, 2019, a typical RIC was originated with an average annual percentage rate of 16.3% and was purchased from the dealer at a premium of 0.5%. All of the CompanyCompany's RICs and its consolidated subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, the Consolidated Financial Statements include any voting rights entities ("VOEs") in which the Company has a controlling financial interest and any variable interest entities ("VIE's") for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The Company consolidates its VIEs if the Company has: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary). The Company generally consolidates its VOEs if the Company, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the entity and the noncontrolling shareholders do not hold any substantive participating or controlling rights. Interests in VIEs and VOEs can include equity interests in corporations, partnerships and similar legal entities, subordinated debt, derivative contracts, leases, service agreements, guarantees, standby letters of credit, loan commitments, and other contracts, agreements and financial instruments.

Upon the occurrence of certain significant events, as required by the VIE model the Company reassesses whether a legal entity in which the Company is involved is a VIE. The reassessment also considers whether the Company has acquired or disposed of a financial interest that could be significant to the VIE, or whether an interest in the VIE has become significant or is no longer significant. The consolidation status of the entities with which the Company is involved may change as a result of such reassessments. Changes in consolidation statusauto loans are applied prospectively, with assets and liabilities of a newly consolidated VIE initially recorded at fair value. A gain or loss may be recognized upon deconsolidation of a VIE, depending on the carrying amounts of deconsolidated assets and liabilities compared to the fair value of retained interests and ongoing contractual arrangements.fixed-rate loans.

The Company usesrecords an ALLL to cover its estimate of inherent losses on its RICs incurred as of the equity methodbalance sheet date.

Personal unsecured and other consumer loans

Personal unsecured and other consumer loans decreased from December 31, 2018 to accountDecember 31, 2019 by $370.8 million.

As a result of the strategic evaluation of SC's personal lending portfolio, in the third quarter of 2015, SC began reviewing strategic alternatives for unconsolidated investmentsexiting its personal loan portfolios. SC's other significant personal lending relationship is with Bluestem. SC continues to perform in VOEsaccordance with the terms and operative provisions of the agreements under which it is obligated to purchase personal revolving loans originated by Bluestem for a term ending in 2020, or VIEs2022 if extended at Bluestem's option. The Bluestem loan portfolio is carried as held-for-sale in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, the Company has significant influence overrecorded lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on this portfolio, and there may be further such adjustments required in future period financial statements. Management is currently evaluating alternatives for the entity's operatingBluestem portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, SC's personal unsecured portfolio was held-for-sale and financing decisions butthus does not maintain control. Unconsolidated investments in VOEs or VIEs in which the Company hashave a voting or economic interest of less than 20% are generally carried at cost. These investments are included in "Equity method investments" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the Company's proportionate share of income or loss is included in other income.

Refer to Note 7, Variable Interest Entities and Equity Method Investments to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the re-consolidation of SC effective in January 2014.related allowance.

8161





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Extending credit to customers exposes the Company to credit risk, which is the risk that contractual principal and interest due on loans will not be collected due to the inability or unwillingness of the borrower to repay the loan. The Company manages credit risk in its loan portfolio through adherence to consistent standards, guidelines, and limitations established by the Company’s Board of Directors as set forth in its Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement. Written loan policies further implement these underwriting standards, lending limits, and other standards or limits deemed necessary and prudent. Various approval levels based on the amount of the loan and other key credit attributes have also been created. To ensure credit quality, loans are originated in accordance with the Company’s credit and governance standards consistent with its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. Loans over certain dollar thresholds require approval by the Company's credit committees, with higher balance loans requiring approval by more senior level committees.

The Credit Risk Review group conducts ongoing independent reviews of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolios and credit management processes to ensure the accuracy of the risk ratings and adherence to established policies and procedures, verify compliance with applicable laws and regulations, provide objective measurement of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio, and ensure that proper documentation exists. The results of these periodic reviews are reported to business line management, Risk and the Audit Committees of both the Company and the Bank. The Company maintains a classification system for loans that identifies those requiring a higher level of monitoring by management because of one or more factors, including borrower performance, business conditions, industry trends, the liquidity and value of the collateral, economic conditions, or other factors. Loan credit quality is subject to scrutiny by business unit management, credit risk professionals, and Internal Audit.

The following discussion summarizes the underwriting policies and procedures for the major categories within the loan portfolio and addresses SHUSA’s strategies for managing the related credit risk. Additional credit risk management related considerations are discussed further in the "ALLL" section of this MD&A.

Commercial Loans

Commercial loans principally represent commercial real estate loans (including multifamily loans), loans to C&I customers, and automotive dealer floor plan loans. Credit risk associated with commercial loans is primarily influenced by prevailing and expected economic conditions and the level of underwriting risk SHUSA is willing to assume. To manage credit risk when extending commercial credit, the Company focuses on assessing the borrower’s capacity and willingness to repay and obtaining sufficient collateral. C&I loans are generally secured by the borrower’s assets and by guarantees. CRE loans are originated primarily within the Mid-Atlantic, New York, and New England market areas and are secured by real estate at specified LTV ratios and often by a guarantee.

Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate

Credit risk in the direct and indirect consumer loan portfolio is controlled by strict adherence to underwriting standards that consider DTI levels, the creditworthiness of the borrower, and collateral values. In the home equity loan portfolio, CLTV ratios are generally limited to 90% for both first and second liens. SHUSA originates and purchases fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans that are secured by the underlying 1-4 family residential properties. Credit risk exposure in this area of lending is minimized by the evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrower, credit scores, and adherence to underwriting policies that emphasize conservative LTV ratios of generally no more than 80%. Residential mortgage loans originated or purchased in excess of an 80% LTV ratio are generally insured by private mortgage insurance, unless otherwise guaranteed or insured by the Federal, state, or local government. SHUSA also utilizes underwriting standards which comply with those of the FHLMC or the FNMA. Credit risk is further reduced, since a portion of the Company’s mortgage loan production is sold to investors in the secondary market without recourse.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

The Company’s consumer loans not secured by real estate include RICs acquired from manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of used and new automobiles and trucks, as well as acquired consumer marine, RV and credit card loans. Credit risk is mitigated to the extent possible through early and robust collection practices, which includes the repossession of vehicles.


62



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Collections

The Company closely monitors delinquencies as another means of maintaining high asset quality. Collection efforts generally begin within 15 days after a loan payment is missed by attempting to contact all borrowers and offer a variety of loss mitigation alternatives. If these attempts fail, the Company will attempt to gain control of collateral in a timely manner in order to minimize losses. While liquidation and recovery efforts continue, officers continue to work with the borrowers, if appropriate, to recover all money owed to the Company. The Company monitors delinquency trends at 30, 60, and 90 DPD. These trends are discussed at monthly management Credit Risk Review Committee meetings and at the Company's and the Bank's Board of Directors' meetings.

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents the composition of non-performing assets at the dates indicated:    
  Period Ended Change
(dollars in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Dollar Percentage
Non-accrual loans:        
Commercial:        
CRE $83,117
 $88,500
 $(5,383) (6.1)%
C&I 153,428
 189,827
 (36,399) (19.2)%
Multifamily 5,112
 13,530
 (8,418) (62.2)%
Other commercial 31,987
 72,841
 (40,854) (56.1)%
Total commercial loans 273,644
 364,698
 (91,054) (25.0)%
         
Consumer loans secured by real estate:  
  
    
Residential mortgages 134,957
 216,815
 (81,858) (37.8)%
Home equity loans and lines of credit 107,289
 115,813
 (8,524) (7.4)%
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:     

 

RICs and auto loans 1,643,459
 1,545,322
 98,137
 6.4 %
Personal unsecured loans 2,212
 3,602
 (1,390) (38.6)%
Other consumer 11,491
 9,187
 2,304
 25.1 %
Total consumer loans 1,899,408
 1,890,739
 8,669
 0.5 %
Total non-accrual loans 2,173,052
 2,255,437
 (82,385) (3.7)%
         
Other real estate owned 66,828
 107,868
 (41,040) (38.0)%
Repossessed vehicles 212,966
 224,046
 (11,080) (4.9)%
Other repossessed assets 4,218
 1,844
 2,374
 128.7 %
Total OREO and other repossessed assets 284,012
 333,758
 (49,746) (14.9)%
Total non-performing assets $2,457,064
 $2,589,195
 $(132,131) (5.1)%
         
Past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and accruing interest $93,102
 $98,979
 $(5,877) (5.9)%
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans (1)
 2.8% 2.9%    n/a    n/a
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets 1.6% 1.9%    n/a    n/a
NPLs as a percentage of total loans 2.3% 2.6%    n/a    n/a
ALLL as a percentage of total NPLs 167.8% 172.8%    n/a    n/a
(1) Annualized net loan charge-offs are based on year-to-date charge-offs.

Potential problem loans are loans not currently classified as NPLs for which management has doubts about the borrowers’ ability to comply with the present repayment terms. These assets are principally loans delinquent for more than 30 days but less than 90 days. Potential problem commercial loans totaled approximately $179.9 million and $98.8 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. This increase was primarily due to loans to one large borrower within the CRE portfolio.

Potential problem consumer loans amounted to $4.7 billion at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. Management has included these loans in its evaluation of the Company's ACL and reserved for them during the respective periods.

Non-performing assets decreased to $2.5 billion, or 1.6% of total assets, at December 31, 2019, compared to $2.6 billion, or 1.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2018, primarily attributable to a decrease in NPLs in consumer RICs.


63





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Commercial

Commercial NPLs decreased $91.1 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Commercial NPLs accounted for 0.7% and 0.9% of commercial LHFI at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The decrease in commercial NPLs was comprised of decreases of $36.4 million in C&I and $40.9 million in the Other commercial portfolio.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

RICs and amortizing personal loans are classified as non-performing when they are more than 60 DPD (i.e., 61 or more DPD) with respect to principal or interest. Except for loans accounted for using the FVO, at the time a loan is placed on non-performing status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. When an account is 60 days or less past due, it is returned to performing status and the Company returns to accruing interest on the loan. The accrual of interest on revolving personal loans continues until the loan is charged off.

RIC TDRs are placed on non-accrual status when the account becomes past due more than 60 days. For loans in non-accrual status, interest income is recognized on a cash basis; however, the Company continues to assess the recognition of cash received on those loans in order to identify whether certain of the loans should also be placed on a cost recovery basis. For loans on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is resumed if a delinquent account subsequently becomes 60 days or less past due. However, for TDR loans placed on a cost recovery basis, the Company returns to accrual status when a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved. NPLs in the RIC and auto loan portfolio increased by $98.1 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Non-performing RICs and auto loans accounted for 4.5% and 5.3% of total RICs and auto loans at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate

The following table shows NPLs compared to total loans outstanding for the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit
NPLs $134,957
 $107,289
 $216,815
 $115,813
Total LHFI 8,835,702
 4,770,344
 9,884,462
 5,465,670
NPLs as a percentage of total LHFI 1.5% 2.2% 2.2% 2.1%
NPLs in foreclosure status 15.5% 84.2% 43.3% 56.7%

The NPL ratio is usually higher for the Company's residential mortgage loan portfolio compared to its consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio due to a number of factors, including the prolonged workout and foreclosure resolution processes for residential mortgage loans, differences in risk profiles, and mortgage loans located outside the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States. As of December 31, 2019, the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio has a higher NPL ratio compared to the residential mortgage portfolio, primarily due to the NPL loan sale in 2019.

64





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Delinquencies

The Company generally considers an account delinquent when an obligor fails to pay substantially all (defined as 90%) of the scheduled payment by the due date.    

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company's delinquencies consisted of the following:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRICs and auto loansPersonal Unsecured and Other Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRICs and auto loansPersonal Unsecured and Other Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal
Total delinquencies $404,945$4,768,833$206,703$339,844$5,720,325 $495,854$4,760,361$226,181$232,264$5,714,660
Total loans(1)
 $13,902,871$36,456,747$2,615,036$41,151,009$94,125,663 $15,564,653$29,335,220$3,047,515$40,381,758$88,329,146
Delinquencies as a % of loans 2.9%13.1%7.9%0.8%6.1% 3.2%16.2%7.4%0.6%6.5%
Item 7.(1)Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsIncludes LHFS.


In accordance with ASC 810-10, ConsolidationOverall, total delinquencies increased by $5.7 million, or 0.1%, the Company performs an analysis on a quarterly basis of each variable interestfrom December 31, 2018 to determine if it is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Those entities inDecember 31, 2019, primarily driven by commercial loans, which the Company is considered the primary beneficiary are consolidated and, accordingly, the entity's assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are includedincreased $107.6 million, offset by consumer loans secured by real estate, which decreased $90.9 million. The increase in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Ascommercial portfolio was due to loans to two customers that became delinquent in the fourth quarter of December 31, 20162019, partially offset by the mortgage decrease due to the NPL and 2015, there were no VIEs for which the Company was considered the primary beneficiary.FNMA sales.


Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, and records the identifiable assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interests of the acquired business at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Any changes in the estimated acquisition date fair values of the net assets recorded prior to the finalization of a more detailed analysis, but not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, will change the amount of the purchase price allocable to goodwill. Any subsequent changes to any purchase price allocations that are material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements will be adjusted retrospectively. All acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. The application of business combination principles including the determination of the fair value of the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Please see the related discussion under the caption Goodwill below.

On July 1, 2016, ownership of several Santander subsidiaries, including Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, were transferred to the Company. As these entities were and are solely owned and controlled by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016, in accordance with ASC 805, the transaction has been accounted for under the common control guidance, which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. Additionally, as this transaction represents a change in reporting entity, the guidance requires retrospective combination of the entities for all periods presented in these financial statements as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control.


ALLL for Originated Loans and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments represent management's best estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The adequacy of SHUSA's ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is regularly evaluated. This evaluation process is subject to several estimates and applications of judgment. Management's evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance to absorb loan and lease losses takes into consideration the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, past loan and lease loss experience based on recorded investment, loans that have loss potential, delinquency trends, economic conditions, the level of originations and other relevant factors. Management also considers loan quality, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, the amount of NPLs, and industry trends. Changes in these estimates could have a direct material impact on the provision for credit losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and/or could result in a change in the recorded allowance

and reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the methodology used to determine the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments for the periods presented is included in the Credit Risk Management section of this MD&A. 

The ALLL includes: (i) an allocated allowance, which is comprised of allowances established on loans individually evaluated for impairment (specific reserves) and loans collectively evaluated for impairment (general reserves) based on historical loan and lease loss experience adjusted for current trends general economic conditions and other risk factors, and (ii) an unallocated allowance to account for a level of imprecision in management's estimation process. Generally, the Company’s loans held for investment are carried at amortized cost, net of the ALLL. The ALLL includes the estimate of credit losses to be realized during the loss emergence period based on the net discounts that are expected at the time of charge-off. In the case of loans purchased in a bulk purchase or business combination, the entire discount on the loan portfolio is considered as available to absorb the credit losses when determining the ALLL. For these loans, the Company records provisions for credit losses when incurred losses exceed the unaccreted purchase discount. Reserve levels are collectively reviewed for adequacy and approved quarterly by Board-level committees.


82


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company's allocated reserves are principally based on its various models subject to the Company's Model Risk Management framework. New models are approved by the Company's Model Risk Management Committee, and inputs are reviewed periodically by the Company's internal audit function. Models, inputs and documentation are further reviewed and validated at least annually, and the Company completes a detailed variance analysis of historical model projections against actual observed results on a quarterly basis. Required actions resulting from the Company's analysis, if necessary, are governed by its Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Committee.

The Company's unallocated allowance is no more than 5% of the overall allowance. This is considered to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models to otherwise provide for coverage of inherent losses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolio. Imprecisions include loss factors inherent in the loan portfolio that may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and specific components of the allowance, as well as potential variability in estimates. Period-to-period changes in the Company's historical unallocated ALLL positions are considered in light of these factors.

ALLL for Purchased Loans

The Company assesses the collectability of the recorded investment in the RICs and personal unsecured loans on a collective basis quarterly and determines the ALLL at levels considered adequate to cover probable credit losses incurred in the portfolio. Purchased loans, including the loans acquired at the Change in Control, were initially recognized at fair value with no allowance. The Company only recognizes an allowance for loan losses on purchased loans through a provision expense when incurred losses in the portfolio exceed the unaccreted purchase discount on the portfolio.

Loans purchased in a bulk purchase or business combination are expected to have greater uncertainty in cash flows which generally results in larger discounts compared to newly originated loans. Purchase discounts on purchased loans are accreted over the remaining expected lives of the loans using the retrospective effective interest method. The unamortized portion of the purchase discount is a reduction to the loans’ recorded investment and therefore reduces the allowance requirements. Because the loans purchased in a bulk purchase or in a business combination are initially recognized at fair value with no allowance, the Company considers the entire discount on the purchased portfolio as available to absorb the credit losses in the purchased portfolio when determining the ACL. Except for purchased loan portfolios acquired with evidence of credit deterioration (on which we elected to apply the FVO), this accounting policy is applicable to all loan purchases, including loan portfolio acquisitions or business combinations. Currently, the portfolio acquired in the Change of Control is the only purchased loan portfolio meeting this criteria.

The other considerations utilized by the Company to determine the ALLL for purchased loans are described in the “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Originated Loans and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments” section above.


Loan Modifications and TDRs

TDRs are loans that have been modified for whichas the Company has agreed to make certain concessions to customers to both meet the needs of the customers and maximize theits ultimate recovery ofon the loan.loans. TDRs occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties and the loan is modified involving a concessionwith terms that would otherwise not be granted to the borrower. CommercialThe types of concessions granted are generally interest rate reductions, limitations on accrued interest charged, term extensions, and consumer deferments of principal.

TDRs are generally placed in nonaccrual status upon modification, unless the loan was performing immediately prior to modification. For most portfolios, TDRs may return to accrual status after a sustained period of repayment performance, as long as the Company believes the principal and interest of the restructured loan will be paid in full. RIC TDRs are placed on non-accrualnonaccrual status untilwhen the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is not reasonably assured, and considered for return to accrual when a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved (typically defined as six months for a monthly amortizing loan). RIC TDRs are generally on non-accrual status until they become 60 days or less past due. All costs incurred byachieved. To the Company in connection with aextent the TDR are expensed as incurred. The TDR classification remainsis determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.

Commercial Loan TDRs

Alloperation of the Company’s commercialcollateral, the loan modifications aremay be returned to accrual status based on the circumstances offoregoing parameters. To the individual customer, including specific customers' complete relationship withextent the Company. Loan terms are modifiedTDR is determined to meet each borrower’s specific circumstances at a point in time and may allow for modifications such as term extensions, interest rate reductions, etc. Modifications for commercial loan TDRs generally, although not always, result in bifurcation of the original loan into A and B notes. The A note is restructured to allow for an upgraded risk rating and return to accrual status after a sustained period of payment performance has been achieved (typically six months for monthly payment schedules). The B note, if any, is structured as a deficiency notebe collateral-dependent and the balance is charged off but the debt is usually not forgiven. As TDRs, they will be subject to analysis for specific reserves by either calculating the present valuesource of expected future cash flows or, if collateral-dependent, calculating the fair valuerepayment depends on disposal of the collateral, less its estimated cost to sell. The TDR classification will remain on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.may not be returned to accrual status.

The following table summarizes TDRs at the dates indicated:
  As of December 31, 2019
(in thousands) Commercial% Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate% RICs and Auto Loans% Other Consumer% Total TDRs
Performing $64,538
49.5% $182,105
67.8% $3,332,246
86.6% $67,465
91.7% $3,646,354
Non-performing 65,741
50.5% 86,335
32.2% 515,573
13.4% 6,128
8.3% 673,777
Total $130,279
100.0% $268,440
100.0% $3,847,819
100.0% $73,593
100.0% $4,320,131
               
% of loan portfolio 0.3%n/a
 2.0%n/a
 10.6%n/a
 4.6%n/a
 4.7%
(1) Excludes LHFS.            
               
  As of December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Commercial% Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate% RICs and Auto Loans% Other Consumer% Total TDRs
Performing $78,744
42.4% $262,449
72.3% $4,587,081
87.3% $141,605
79.6% $5,069,879
Non-performing 107,024
57.6% 100,543
27.7% 664,688
12.7% 36,235
20.4% 908,490
Total $185,768
100.0% $362,992
100.0% $5,251,769
100.0% $177,840
100.0% $5,978,369
               
% of loan portfolio 0.5%n/a
 2.3%n/a
 17.9%n/a
 9.0%n/a
 6.9%
(1) Excludes LHFS.

8365



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table provides a summary of TDR activity:
  Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
(in thousands) RICs and Auto Loans 
All Other Loans(1)
 RICs and Auto Loans 
All Other Loans(1)(2)
TDRs, beginning of period $5,251,769
 $726,600
 $6,037,695
 $805,292
New TDRs(1)
 1,153,160
 145,135
 1,877,058
 192,733
Charged-Off TDRs (1,389,044) (13,706) (1,706,788) (14,554)
Sold TDRs (1,139) (83,204) (2,884) (7,148)
Payments on TDRs (1,166,927) (302,513) (953,312) (249,723)
TDRs, end of period $3,847,819
 $472,312
 $5,251,769
 $726,600
Item 7.(1)Management’s Discussion and AnalysisNew TDRs includes drawdowns on lines of Financial Condition and Results of Operationscredit that have previously been classified as TDRs.


Consumer Loan(2) Rollforward adjusted through the New TDRs

The majority line item to include RV/Marine TDRs in the amount of the Company's TDR balance is comprised of RIC and auto loans. The terms of the modifications for the RIC and auto loan portfolio generally include one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan$56.0 million that were not identified at a rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk or an extension of the maturity date.

RICs were a new portfolio for the Company in 2014 as a result of the Change in Control. The RIC and auto loan portfolio is primarily comprised of nonprime loans which lead to a higher rate of modifications and deferrals, and thus a higher volume of TDRs, than other portfolios. Loan portfolios acquired as part of a business combination like the Change in Control could not be designated as TDRs under GAAP at the Change in Control date. As a result, the increase in TDRs is primarily driven by RICs and auto loans originated prior to the Change in Control date which received their first modification, deferral greater than 90 days or second deferral subsequent to the Change in Control date and during the reporting period. As a percentage of the RIC and auto loan portfolio recorded investment, there have been no significant increases in modification or deferral activity during the reporting period. The increased TDR activity at SHUSA may continue until the loan portfolios acquired as part of the Change in Control runoff.December 31, 2018.

In accordance with ourits policies and guidelines, the Company at times offers extensions (deferrals)payment deferrals to consumersborrowers on ourits RICs, under which the consumer is allowed to defer a maximum ofmove up to three delinquent payments per event to the end of the loan. More than 90% of deferrals granted are for two payments. Ourmonths. The policies and guidelines limit the number and frequency of each new deferraldeferrals that may be granted to one deferral every six months regardless of the length of any prior deferral. The maximum number ofand eight months extended forover the life of thea loan, for all automobile RICs is eight, while some marine and RV contracts have a maximum of twelve months extendedin extensions to reflect their longer term. Additionally, wethe Company generally limitlimits the granting of deferrals on new accounts until a requisite number of payments has been received. During the deferral period, we continuethe Company continues to accrue and collect interest on the loan in accordance with the terms of the deferral agreement.

At the time a deferral is granted, all delinquent amounts may be deferred or paid, resultingwhich may result in the classification of the loan as current and therefore not considered delinquent. However, there are instances when a delinquent account. Thereafterdeferral is granted but the accountloan is not brought completely current, such as when the account's DPD is greater than the deferment period granted. Such accounts are aged based on the timely payment of future installments in the same manner as any other account. Historically, the majority of deferrals are approved for borrowers who are either 31-60 or 61-90 days delinquent, and these borrowers are typically reported as current after deferral. A customer is limited to one deferral each six months, and if a customer receives two or more deferrals over the life of the loan, the loan will advance to a TDR designation.

The Company evaluates the results of its deferral strategies based upon the amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred compared to the extent to which the collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time. Based on this evaluation, the Company believes that payment deferrals granted according to its policies and guidelines are an effective portfolio management technique and result in higher ultimate cash collections from the portfolio.

Changes in deferral levels do not have a direct impact on the ultimate amount of consumer finance receivables charged off. However, the timing of a charge-off may be affected if the previously deferred account ultimately results in a charge-off. To the extent that deferrals impact the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off, historical charge-off ratios, loss confirmation periods, and cash flow forecasts for loans classified as TDRs used in the determination of the adequacy of the ALLL for loans classified as TDRs are also impacted. Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore increase the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses. Changes in these ratios and periods are considered in determining the appropriate level of the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses. For loans that are classified as TDRs, the Company generally compares the present value of expected cash flows to the outstanding recorded investment of TDRs to determine the amount of allowance and related provision for credit losses that should be recorded. For loans that are considered collateral-dependent, such as certain bankruptcy modifications, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, less its estimated costs to sell.

ACL

The primary modification programACL is maintained at levels management considers adequate to provide for losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the Company’s residential mortgageloan portfolio. Management's evaluation takes into consideration the risks inherent in the portfolio, past loan and home equity portfolios is a proprietary program designed to keep customers in their homeslease loss experience, specific loans with loss potential, geographic and when appropriate, prevent them from entering into foreclosure. The program isindustry concentrations, delinquency trends, the level of originations, credit quality metrics such as FICOscores and CLTV, internal risk ratings, economic conditions and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to all customers facing a financial hardship regardless of their delinquency status. The main goal ofmake such evaluations, future adjustments to the modification program is to reviewACL may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the customer’s entire financial condition to ensure thatassumptions used in making the proposed modified payment solution is affordable according to a specific debt-to-income ("DTI") ratio range. The main modification benefits of the program allow for term extensions, interest rate reductions, and/or deferment of principal. The Company reviews each customer on a case-by-case basis to determine which benefit or combination of benefits will be offered to achieve the target DTI range.evaluations.

Consumer TDRs in the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are generally placed on non-accrual status until the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is reasonably assured and a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved (typically six months for a monthly amortizing loan). Any loan that has remained current for the six months immediately prior to modification will remain on accrual status after the modification is implemented. The TDR classification will remain on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.

8466



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



In addition to those identified as TDRs above, accounting guidance also requires loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy to be considered TDRs and collateral-dependent, regardless of delinquency status. These loans must be written down to fair market value and classified as non-accrual/non-performing forThe following table presents the remaining lifeallocation of the loan.ALLL and the percentage of each loan type to total LHFI at the dates indicated:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Amount 
% of Loans
to Total LHFI
 Amount % of Loans
to Total LHFI
Allocated allowance:        
Commercial loans $399,829
 44.4% $441,083
 46.4%
Consumer loans 3,199,612
 55.6% 3,409,024
 53.6%
Unallocated allowance 46,748
 n/a
 47,023
 n/a
Total ALLL 3,646,189
 100.0% 3,897,130
 100.0%
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments 91,826
   95,500
  
Total ACL $3,738,015
   $3,992,630
  

TDR Impact to ALLLGeneral

The ALLL establishedACL decreased by $254.6 million from December 31, 2018 to recognize lossesDecember 31, 2019. This change in the overall ACL was primarily attributable to the decreased amount of TDRs within SC's RIC and auto loan portfolio.

Management regularly monitors the condition of the Company's portfolio, considering factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquencies and NPLs, changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, the experience and ability of staff, and regional and national economic conditions and trends.

The risk factors inherent in fundedthe ACL are continuously reviewed and revised by management when conditions indicate that the estimates initially applied are different from actual results. The Company also performs a comprehensive analysis of the ACL on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Company performs a review each quarter of allowance levels and trends by major portfolio against the levels of peer banking institutions to benchmark our allowance and industry norms.

Commercial

For the commercial loan portfolio excluding small business loans intended(businesses with annual sales of up to $3 million), the Company has specialized credit officers, a monitoring unit, and workout units that identify and manage potential problem loans. Changes in management factors, financial and operating performance, company behavior, industry factors and external events and circumstances are evaluated on an ongoing basis to determine whether potential impairment is evident and/or additional analysis is needed. For the commercial loan portfolios, risk ratings are assigned to each loan to differentiate risk within the portfolio, reviewed on an ongoing basis by credit risk management and revised, if needed, to reflect the borrower’s current risk profile and the related collateral position.

The risk ratings consider factors such as financial condition, debt capacity and coverage ratios, market presence and quality of management. Generally, credit officers reassess a borrower’s risk rating on at least an annual basis, and more frequently if warranted. This reassessment process is managed by credit officers and is overseen by the credit monitoring group to ensure consistency and accuracy in risk ratings, as well as the appropriate frequency of risk rating reviews by the Company’s credit officers. The Company’s Credit Risk Review Committee assesses whether the Company’s Credit Risk Review Framework and risk management guidelines established by the Company’s Board and applicable laws and regulations are being followed, and reports key findings and relevant information to the Board. The Company’s Credit Risk Review group regularly performs loan reviews and assesses the appropriateness of assigned risk ratings. When credits are downgraded below a certain level, the Company’s Workout Department becomes responsible for managing the credit risk. Risk rating actions are generally reviewed formally by one or more credit committees depending on the size of the loan and the type of risk rating action being taken. Detailed analyses are completed that support the risk rating and management’s strategies for the customer relationship going forward.


67





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



A loan is considered to be held for investmentimpaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Prior to loans being placed in TDR status, the Company generally measures its allowance underwill be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If a loss contingency methodologyloan is identified as impaired and is collateral-dependent, an initial appraisal is obtained to provide a baseline to determine the property’s fair market value. The frequency of appraisals depends on the type of collateral being appraised. If the collateral value is subject to significant volatility (due to location of the asset, obsolescence, etc.), an appraisal is obtained more frequently. At a minimum, updated appraisals for impaired loans are obtained within a 12-month period if the loan remains outstanding for that period of time.

If a loan is identified as impaired and is not collateral-dependent, impairment is measured based on a DCF methodology.

The portion of the ALLL related to the commercial portfolio was $399.8 million at December 31, 2019 (1.0% of commercial LHFI) and $441.1 million at December 31, 2018 (1.1% of commercial LHFI). The primary factor resulting in whichthe decreased ACL allocated to the commercial portfolio was in part due to the charge-off to three large commercial borrowers.

Consumer

The consumer loans with similar risk characteristicsloan and small business loan portfolios are pooled and loss experience information is monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, loan-to-value ("LTV")LTV ratios, and internal and external credit scores. Management evaluates the consumer portfolios throughout their lifecycles on a portfolio basis. When problem loans are identified that are secured with collateral, management examines the loan files to evaluate the nature and type of collateral. Management documents the collateral type, the date of the most recent valuation, and whether any liens exist to determine the value to compare against the committed loan amount.

Upon TDR modification,Residential mortgages not adequately secured by collateral are generally charged off to fair value less cost to sell when deemed to be uncollectible or are delinquent 180 days or more, whichever comes first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Examples that would demonstrate repayment likelihood include a loan that is secured by collateral and is in the process of collection, a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance, or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For residential mortgage loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated into the loan and lease loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge-off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience within various CLTV bands in these portfolios. CLTVs are refreshed quarterly by applying Federal Housing Finance Agency Home Price Index changes at a state-by-state level to the last known appraised value of the property to estimate the current CLTV. The Company's ALLL incorporates the refreshed CLTV information to update the distribution of defaulted loans by CLTV as well as the associated loss given default for each CLTV band. Reappraisals at the individual property level are not considered cost-effective or necessary on a recurring basis; however, reappraisals are performed on certain higher risk accounts to support line management activities and default servicing decisions, or when other situations arise for which the Company believes the additional expense is warranted.


68





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



A home equity loan or line of credit not adequately secured by collateral is treated similarly to the way residential mortgages are treated. The Company incorporates home equity loan or line of credit loss severity assumptions into the loan and lease loss reserve model following the same methodology as for residential mortgage loans. To ensure the Company has captured losses inherent in its home equity portfolios, the Company estimates its ALLL for home equity loans and lines of credit by segmenting its portfolio into sub-segments based on the nature of the portfolio and certain risk characteristics such as product type, lien positions, and origination channels. Projected future defaulted loan balances are estimated within each portfolio sub-segment by incorporating risk parameters, including the current payment status as well as historical trends in delinquency rates. Other assumptions, including prepayment and attrition rates, are also calculated at the portfolio sub-segment level and incorporated into the estimation of the likely volume of defaulted loan balances. The projected default volume is stratified across CLTV ratio bands, and a loss severity rate for each CLTV band is applied based on the Company's historical net credit loss experience. This amount is then adjusted, as necessary, for qualitative considerations to reflect changes in underwriting, market, or industry conditions, or changes in trends in the composition of the portfolio, including risk composition, seasoning, and underlying collateral.

The Company considers the delinquency status of its senior liens in cases in which the Company services the lien. The Company currently services the senior lien on 23.5% of its junior lien home equity principal balances. Of the junior lien home equity loan and line of credit balances that are current, 1.1% have a senior lien that is one or more payments past due. When the senior lien is delinquent but the junior lien is current, allowance levels are adjusted to reflect loss estimates consistent with the delinquency status of the senior lien. The Company also extrapolates these impacts to the junior lien portfolio when the senior lien is serviced by another investor and the delinquency status of that senior lien is unknown.

Depository and lending institutions in the U.S. generally measures impairmentare expected to experience a significant volume of home equity lines of credit that will be approaching the end of their draw periods over the next several years, following the growth in home equity lending experienced during 2003 through 2007. As a result, many of these home equity lines of credit will either convert to amortizing loans or have principal due as balloon payments. The Company's home equity lines of credit generated after 2007 are generally open-ended, revolving loans with fixed-rate lock options and draw periods of up to 10 years, along with amortizing repayment periods of up to 20 years. The Company currently monitors delinquency rates for amortizing and non-amortizing lines, as well as other credit quality metrics, including FICO credit scoring model scores and LTV ratios. The Company's home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten considering fully drawn and fully amortizing levels. As a result, the Company currently does not anticipate a significant deterioration in credit quality when these home equity lines of credit begin to amortize.

For RICs, including RICs acquired from a third-party lender that are considered to have no credit deterioration at acquisition, and personal unsecured loans at SC, the Company maintains an ALLL for the Company's HFI portfolio not classified as TDRs at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses of the recorded investment inherent in the portfolio, based on a holistic assessment, including both quantitative and qualitative considerations. For TDR loans, the allowance is comprised of impairment measured using a DCF model. RICs and personal unsecured loans are considered separately in assessing the required ALLL using product-specific allowance methodologies applied on a pooled basis.

The quantitative framework is supported by credit models that consider several credit quality indicators including, but not limited to, historical loss experience and current portfolio trends. The transition-based Markov model provides data on a granular and disaggregated/segment basis as it utilizes recently observed loan transition rates from various loan statuses to forecast future losses. Transition matrices in the Markov model are categorized based on account characteristics such as delinquency status, TDR type (e.g., deferment, modification, etc.), internal credit risk, origination channel, seasoning, thin/thick file and time since TDR event. The credit models utilized differ among the Company's RIC and personal loan portfolios. The credit models are adjusted by management through qualitative reserves to incorporate information reflective of the current business environment.

The allowance for consumer loans was $3.2 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The allowance as a percentage of HFI consumer loans was 6.2% at December 31, 2019 and 7.3% at December 31, 2018. The decrease in the allowance for consumer loans was primarily attributable to lower TDR volume and rate improvement in SC's RIC and auto loan portfolio.

The Company's allowance models and reserve levels are back-tested on a quarterly basis to ensure that both remain within appropriate ranges. As a result, management believes that the current ALLL is maintained at a level sufficient to absorb inherent losses in the consumer portfolios.

69





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Unallocated

The Company reserves for certain inherent but undetected losses that are probable within the loan and lease portfolios. This is considered to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models and to otherwise provide for coverage of inherent losses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolios. These imprecisions may include loss factors inherent in the loan portfolio that may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and specific components of the allowance, as well as potential variability in estimates. Period-to-period changes in the Company's historical unallocated ALLL positions are considered in light of these factors. The unallocated ALLL was $46.7 million and $47.0 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments decreased $3.7 million from $95.5 million at December 31, 2018 to $91.8 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease of the unfunded reserve is primarily related to the Company strategically reducing its exposure to certain business relationships and industries. The net impact of the change in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments to the overall ACL was immaterial.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities consist primarily of U.S. Treasuries, MBS, ABS and FHLB and FRB stock. MBS consist of pass-through, CMOs and adjustable rate mortgages issued by federal agencies. The Company’s MBS are either guaranteed as to principal and interest by the issuer or have ratings of “AAA” by S&P and Moody’s at the date of issuance. The Company’s AFS investment strategy is to purchase liquid fixed-rate and floating-rate investments to manage the Company's liquidity position and interest rate risk adequately.

Total investment securities AFS increased $2.7 billion to $14.3 billion at December 31, 2019, compared to $11.6 billion at December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the composition of the Company's investment portfolio changed due to an increase in U.S. Treasury securities and MBS, partially offset by a decrease in ABS. U.S. Treasuries increased by $2.3 billionprimarily due to investment purchases of $3.8 billion as offset by $1.5 billion of sales. MBS increased by $739.4 million primarily due to investment purchases and a decrease in unrealized losses, partially offset by sales, maturities and principal paydowns. For additional information with respect to the Company’s investment securities, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity are classified as HTM securities. HTM securities are reported at cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Total investment securities HTM were $3.9 billion at December 31, 2019. The Company had 99 investment securities classified as HTM as of December 31, 2019.

Total gross unrealized losses on investment securities AFS decreased by $258.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily related to a decrease in unrealized losses of $246.1 million on MBS, primarily due to a decrease in interest rates.

The average life of the AFS investment portfolio (excluding certain ABS) at December 31, 2019 was approximately 3.86 years. The average effective duration of the investment portfolio (excluding certain ABS) at December 31, 2019 was approximately 2.85 years. The actual maturities of MBS AFS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.


70





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table presents the fair value of investment securities by obligor at the dates indicated:
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Investment securities AFS:    
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies $9,735,337
 $5,485,392
FNMA and FHLMC securities 4,326,299
 5,550,628
State and municipal securities 9
 16
Other securities (1)
 278,113
 596,951
Total investment securities AFS 14,339,758
 11,632,987
Investment securities HTM:    
U.S. government agencies 3,938,797
 2,750,680
Total investment securities HTM(2)
 3,938,797
 2,750,680
Other investments 995,680
 805,357
Total investment portfolio $19,274,235
 $15,189,024
(1)Other securities primarily include corporate debt securities and ABS.
(2)HTM securities are measured and presented at amortized cost.

The following table presents the securities of single issuers (other than obligations of the United States and its political subdivisions, agencies, and corporations) having an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of the Company's stockholder's equity that were held by the Company at December 31, 2019:
  December 31, 2019
(in thousands) Amortized Cost Fair Value
FNMA $2,467,867
 $2,463,166
GNMA (1)
 9,581,198
 9,601,626
Government - Treasuries 4,086,733
 4,090,938
Total $16,135,798
 $16,155,730
(1)Includes U.S. government agency MBS.

GOODWILL

The Company records the excess of the cost of acquired entities over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired less the fair value of liabilities assumed as goodwill. Consistent with ASC 350, the Company does not amortize goodwill, and reviews the goodwill recorded for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for goodwill impairment. At December 31, 2019, goodwill totaled $4.4 billion and represented 3.0% of total assets and 18.2% of total stockholder's equity. The following table shows goodwill by reporting units at December 31, 2019:

(in thousands) Consumer and Business Banking 
C&I(1)
 CRE and Vehicle Finance CIB SC Total
Goodwill at December 31, 2018 $1,880,304
 $1,412,995
 $
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
Re-allocations during the period 
 (1,095,071) 1,095,071
 
 
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2019 $1,880,304
 $317,924
 $1,095,071
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
(1) Formerly Commercial Banking

The Company made a change in its reportable segments beginning January 1, 2019 and, accordingly, has re-allocated goodwill to the related reporting units based on the estimated fair value of each reporting unit. Upon re-allocation, management tested the new reporting units for impairment, using the same methodology and assumptions as used in the October 1, 2018 goodwill impairment test, and noted that there was no impairment. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on the change in reportable segments.

The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2019 using generally accepted valuation methods. The Company completes a quarterly review for impairment indicators over each of its reporting units, which includes consideration of economic and organizational factors that could impact the fair value of the Company's reporting units. At the completion of the 2019 fourth quarter review, the Company did not identify any indicators which resulted in the Company's conclusion that an interim impairment test would be required to be completed.

71





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



For the Consumer and Business Banking reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market approach ("market approach") and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.4x was selected based on publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 9.1%, which was most representative of the reporting unit's cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 4.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Consumer and Business Banking reporting unit by 10.3%, indicating the reporting unit was not considered to be impaired.

For the C&I reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the marketplace that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.4x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate 12.7%, which was most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 4.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Commercial Banking reporting unit by 18.0%, indicating the C&I reporting unit was not considered to be impaired.

For the CRE&VF reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the marketplace that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.5x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate 9.4%, which was most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Commercial Banking reporting unit by 20.5%, indicating the CRE&VF reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.

For the CIB reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.3x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit and was equally considered with the projected earnings multiples of 8.0x and 7.5x and 7.0x, which were
applied to the reporting unit's 2019, 2020, and 2021 projected earnings, respectively, due to the nature of the business, which operates outside of the traditional savings and loan bank model. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 10.3%, which is most representative of the reporting unit's cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the CIB reporting unit by 25.2%, indicating that the CIB reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.

For the SC reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, the Company used only the market capitalization approach. For the market capitalization approach, SC's stock price from October 1, 2019 of $25.53 was used and a 25.0% control premium was used based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market-place that were determined to be comparable. The results of the fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value of the SC reporting unit by 67.9%, indicating that the SC reporting unit was not considered to be impaired. Management continues to monitor SC's stock price, along with changes in the financial position and results of operations that would impact the reporting unit's carrying value on a regular basis. Through the date of this filing, there have been no indicators which would change management's assessment as of October 1, 2019.

Management continues to monitor changes in financial position and results of operations that would impact each of the reporting units estimated fair value or carrying value on a regular basis. Through the date of this filing, there have been no indicators which would change management's assessment as of October 1, 2019.

DEFERRED TAXES AND OTHER TAX ACTIVITY

The Company had a net deferred tax liability balance of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2019 (consisting of a deferred tax asset balance of $503.7 million and a deferred tax liability balance of $1.5 billion), compared to a net deferred tax liability balance of $587.5 million at December 31, 2018 (consisting of a deferred tax asset balance of $625.1 million and a deferred tax liability balance of $1.2 billion). The $429.9 million increase in net deferred liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities related to accelerated depreciation from leasing transactions and changes in depreciation on company owned assets.

72





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

See further discussion of the Company's off-balance sheet arrangements in Note 7 and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this MD&A.

For a discussion of the status of litigation with which the Company is involved with the IRS, please refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Company's capital priorities are to support client growth and business investment while maintaining appropriate capital in light of economic uncertainty and the Basel III framework.

The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, based on the Bank’s capital calculations, the Bank was considered well-capitalized under the applicable capital framework. In addition, the Company's capital levels as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, based on the Company’s capital calculations, exceeded the required capital ratios for BHCs.

For a discussion of Basel III, which became effective for SHUSA and the Bank on January 1, 2015, including the standardized approach and related future changes to the minimum U.S. regulatory capital ratios, see the section captioned "Regulatory Matters" in this MD&A.

Federal banking laws, regulations and policies also limit the Bank's ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank's total distributions to SHUSA within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years, (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. The OCC's prior approval would also be required if the Bank were notified by the OCC that it is a problem institution or in troubled condition.

Any dividend declared and paid or return of capital has the effect of reducing capital ratios. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company paid cash dividends of $400.0 million, and $410.0 million, respectively, to its common stock shareholder and cash dividends to preferred shareholders of zero and $10.95 million, respectively. On August 15, 2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its outstanding preferred stock.

The following schedule summarizes the actual capital balances of SHUSA and the Bank at December 31, 2019:
  SHUSA
       
  December 31, 2019 
Well-capitalized Requirement(1)
 
Minimum Requirement(1)
CET1 capital ratio 14.63% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 15.80% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 17.23% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 13.13% 5.00% 4.00%
(1)As defined by Federal Reserve regulations. The Company's ratios are presented under a Basel III phasing-in basis.
  Bank
       
  December 31, 2019 
Well-capitalized Requirement(2)
 
Minimum Requirement(2)
CET1 capital ratio 15.80% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 15.80% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 16.77% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 12.77% 5.00% 4.00%
(2)As defined by OCC regulations. The Bank's ratios are presented on a Basel III phasing-in basis.


73





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



In February 2019, the Federal Reserve announced that the Company, as well as other less complex firms, would receive a one-year extension of the requirement to submit its results for the supervisory capital stress tests until April 5, 2020.  The Federal Reserve also announced that, for the period beginning on July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, the Company would be allowed to make capital distributions up to an amount that would have allowed the Company to remain well-capitalized under the minimum capital requirements for CCAR 2018.

In June 2019, the Company announced its planned capital actions for the period from July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020.  These planned capital actions are:  (1) common stock dividends of $125 million per quarter from SHUSA to Santander, (2) common stock dividends paid by SC, and (3) an authorization to repurchase up to $1.1 billion of SC’s outstanding common stock.  Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for discussion of the capital actions taken, including SC’s share repurchase plans and activities.

Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for discussion of the capital actions taken, including SC's share repurchase plans and activities.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overall

The Company continues to maintain strong liquidity. Liquidity represents the ability of the Company to obtain cost-effective funding to meet the needs of customers as well as the Company's financial obligations. Factors that impact the liquidity position of the Company include loan origination volumes, loan prepayment rates, the maturity structure of existing loans, core deposit growth levels, CD maturity structure and retention, the Company's credit ratings, investment portfolio cash flows, the maturity structure of the Company's wholesale funding, and other factors. These risks are monitored and managed centrally. The Company's Asset/Liability Committee reviews and approves the Company's liquidity policy and guidelines on a regular basis. This process includes reviewing all available wholesale liquidity sources. The Company also forecasts future liquidity needs and develops strategies to ensure adequate liquidity is available at all times. SHUSA conducts monthly liquidity stress test analyses to manage its liquidity under a variety of scenarios, all of which demonstrate that the Company has ample liquidity to meet its short-term and long-term cash requirements.

Further changes to the credit ratings of SHUSA, Santander and its affiliates or the Kingdom of Spain could have a material adverse effect on SHUSA's business, including its liquidity and capital resources. The credit ratings of SHUSA have changed in the past and may change in the future, which could impact its cost of and access to sources of financing and liquidity. Any reductions in the long-term or short-term credit ratings of SHUSA would increase its borrowing costs and require it to replace funding lost due to the downgrade, which may include the loss of customer deposits, limit its access to capital and money markets and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivatives contracts and other secured funding arrangements. See further discussion on the impacts of credit ratings actions in the "Economic and Business Environment" section of this MD&A.

Sources of Liquidity

Company and Bank

The Company and the Bank have several sources of funding to meet liquidity requirements, including the Bank's core deposit base, liquid investment securities portfolio, ability to acquire large deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale deposit purchases, and federal funds purchased, as well as through securitizations in the ABS market and committed credit lines from third-party banks and Santander. The Company has the following major sources of funding to meet its liquidity requirements: dividends and returns of investments from its subsidiaries, short-term investments held by non-bank affiliates, and access to the capital markets.

SC

SC requires a significant amount of liquidity to originate and acquire loans and leases and to service debt. SC funds its operations through its lending relationships with 13 third-party banks, SHUSA, and through securitizations in the ABS market and flow agreements. SC seeks to issue debt that appropriately matches the cash flows of the assets that it originates. SC has more than $7.3 billion of stockholders’ equity that supports its access to the securitization markets, credit facilities, and flow agreements.


74





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC completed on-balance sheet funding transactions totaling approximately $18.2 billion, including:

securitizations on its SDART platform for approximately $3.2 billion;
securitizations on its DRIVE, deeper subprime platform, for approximately $4.5 billion;
lease securitizations on its SRT platform for approximately $3.7 billion;
lease securitization on its PSRT platform for approximately $1.2 billion;
private amortizing lease facilities for approximately $4.6 billion;
securitization on its SREV platform for approximately $0.9 billion;
issuance of retained bonds on its SDART platform for approximately $129.8 million; and
issuance of a retained bond on its SRT platform for approximately $60.4 million.

For information regarding SC's debt, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

IHC

On June 6, 2017, SIS entered into a revolving subordinated loan agreement with SHUSA not to exceed $290.0 million for a two-year term to mature in 2019. On October 16, 2018, the revolving loan agreement was increased to $895.0 million.

As needed, SIS will draw down from another subordinated loan with Santander in order to enable SIS to underwrite certain large transactions in excess of the subordinated loan described above. At December 31, 2019, there was no outstanding balance on the subordinated loan.

BSI's primary sources of liquidity are from customer deposits and deposits from affiliated banks.

BSPR's primary sources of liquidity include core deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale and/or brokered deposits, and liquid investment securities.

Institutional borrowings

The Company regularly projects its funding needs under various stress scenarios, and maintains contingency plans consistent with the Company’s access to diversified sources of contingent funding. The Company maintains a substantial level of total available liquidity in the form of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding sources. These include cash, unencumbered liquid assets, and capacity to borrow at the FHLB and the FRB’s discount window. 

Available Liquidity

As of December 31, 2019, the Bank had approximately $20.3 billion in committed liquidity from the FHLB and the FRB. Of this amount, $12.4 billion was unused and therefore provides additional borrowing capacity and liquidity for the Company. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, liquid assets (cash and cash equivalents and LHFS) and securities AFS exclusive of securities pledged as collateral) totaled approximately $15.0 billion and $15.9 billion, respectively. These amounts represented 24.3% and 25.8% of total deposits at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Bank, BSI and BSPR had $1.1 billion, $1.3 billion, and $838.4 million, respectively, in cash held at the FRB. Management believes that the Company has ample liquidity to fund its operations.

BSPR has $647.6 million in committed liquidity from the FHLB, all of which was unused as of December 31, 2019, as well as $2.2 billion in liquid assets aside from cash unused as of December 31, 2019.


75





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

As of January 1, 2018, the classification of restricted cash within the Company's SCF changed. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Net cash flows from operating activities $6,849,157
 $7,015,061
 $4,964,060
Net cash flows from investing activities (17,242,333) (12,460,839) 3,281,179
Net cash flows from financing activities 11,197,124
 5,829,308
 (10,959,272)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net cash flow from operating activities was $6.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was primarily comprised of net income of $1.0 billion, $1.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $2.4 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.3 billion of provisions for credit losses, partially offset by $1.5 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Net cash flow from operating activities was $7.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was primarily comprised of net income of $991.0 million, $4.3 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $1.9 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.3 billion of provision for credit losses, partially offset by $3.0 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Net cash flow from operating activities was $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was primarily comprised of net income of $958.0 million, $4.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $1.6 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.8 billion of provision for credit losses, partially offset by $4.9 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Cash flows from investing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash flow from investing activities was $(17.2) billion, primarily due to $10.2 billion in normal loan activity, $10.5 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS, $8.6 billion in operating lease purchases and originations, and $1.6 billion of purchases of HTM investment securities, partially offset by $8.1 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $2.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, and $3.5 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash flow from investing activities was $(12.5) billion, primarily due to $8.5 billion in normal loan activity, $2.4 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS, and $9.9 billion in operating lease purchases and originations, partially offset by $3.9 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $1.0 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, and $3.6 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash flow from investing activities was $3.3 billion, primarily due to $8.4 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $2.7 billion in normal loan activity, $3.1 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases, and $1.2 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, partially offset by $6.2 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS and $6.0 billion in operating lease purchases and originations.

Cash flows from financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash flow from financing activities was $11.2 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in net borrowing activity of $5.6 billion and a $6.3 billion increase in deposits, partially offset by $400.0 million in dividends paid on common stock and $338.0 million in stock repurchases attributable to NCI.

Net cash flow from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $5.8 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in net borrowing activity of $5.9 billion, partially offset by $410.0 million in dividends paid on common stock and $200.0 million in redemption of preferred stock.

Net cash flow from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $(11.0) billion, which was primarily due to a decrease in net borrowing activity of $4.7 billion and a $6.2 billion decrease in deposits.

See the SCF for further details on the Company's sources and uses of cash.


76





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Credit Facilities

Third-Party Revolving Credit Facilities

Warehouse Lines

SC uses warehouse facilities to fund its originations. Each facility specifies the required collateral characteristics, collateral concentrations, credit enhancement, and advance rates. SC's warehouse facilities generally are backed by auto RICs or auto leases. These facilities generally have one- or two-year commitments, staggered maturities and floating interest rates. SC maintains daily and long-term funding forecasts for originations, acquisitions, and other large outflows such as tax payments to balance the desire to minimize funding costs with its liquidity needs.

SC's warehouse facilities generally have net spread, delinquency, and net loss ratio limits. Generally, these limits are calculated based on the portfolio collateralizing the respective line; however, for certain of SC's warehouse facilities, delinquency and net loss ratios are calculated with respect to its serviced portfolio as a whole. Failure to meet any of these covenants could trigger increased overcollateralization requirements or, in the case of limits calculated with respect to the specific portfolio underlying certain credit lines, result in an event of default under these agreements. If an event of default occurred under one of these agreements, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the impacted agreement to be immediately due and payable, enforce their interests against collateral pledged under the agreement, restrict SC's ability to obtain additional borrowings under the agreement, and/or remove SC as servicer. SC has never had a warehouse facility terminated due to failure to comply with any ratio or a failure to meet any covenant. A default under one of these agreements can be enforced only with respect to the impacted warehouse facility.

SC has one credit facility with eight banks providing an aggregate commitment of $5.0 billion for the exclusive use of providing short-term liquidity needs to support Chrysler Finance lease financing. As of December 31, 2019, there was an outstanding balance of approximately $1.1 billion on this facility in the aggregate. The facility requires reduced advance rates in the event of delinquency, credit loss, or residual loss ratios, as well as other metrics exceeding specified thresholds.

SC has seven credit facilities with eleven banks providing an aggregate commitment of $6.5 billion for the exclusive use of providing short-term liquidity needs to support core and Chrysler Capital loan financing. As of December 31, 2019, there was an outstanding balance of approximately $3.9 billion on these facilities in the aggregate. These facilities reduced advance rates in the event of delinquency, credit loss, as well as various other metrics exceeding specific thresholds.

Repurchase Agreements

SC also obtains financing through investment management or repurchase agreements under which it pledges retained subordinate bonds on its own securitizations as collateral for repurchase agreements with various borrowers and at renewable terms ranging up to 365 days. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were outstanding balances of $422.3 million and $298.9 million, respectively, under these repurchase agreements.

SHUSA Lending to SC

The Company provides SC with $3.5 billion of committed revolving credit that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. The Company also provides SC with $5.7 billion of term promissory notes with maturities ranging from May 2020 to July 2024. These loans eliminate in the consolidation of SHUSA.

Secured Structured Financings

SC's secured structured financings primarily consist of both public, SEC-registered securitizations, as well as private securitizations under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and privately issues amortizing notes. SC has on-balance sheet securitizations outstanding in the market with a cumulative ABS balance of approximately $28.0 billion.

Flow Agreements

In addition to SC's credit facilities and secured structured financings, SC has a flow agreement in place with a third party for charged-off assets. Loans and leases sold under these flow agreements are not on SC's balance sheet, but provide a stable stream of servicing fee income and may also provide a gain or loss on sale. SC continues to actively seek additional flow agreements.


77





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Off-Balance Sheet Financing

Beginning in 2017, SC had the option to sell a contractually determined amount of eligible prime loans to Santander through securitization platforms. As all of the notes and residual interests in the securitizations are acquired by Santander, SC recorded these transactions as true sales of the RICs securitized, and removed the sold assets from its consolidated balance sheets. Beginning in 2018, this program was replaced with a new program with SBNA, whereby SC has agreed to provide SBNA with origination support services in connection with the processing, underwriting, and purchasing of retail loans, primarily from FCA dealers, all of which are serviced by SC.

Uses of Liquidity

The Company uses liquidity for debt service and repayment of borrowings, as well as for funding loan commitments and satisfying deposit withdrawal requests.

SIS uses liquidity primarily to support underwriting transactions.

The primary use of liquidity for BSI is to meet customer liquidity requirements, such as maturing deposits, investment activities, funds transfers, and payment of its operating expenses.

BSPR uses liquidity for funding loan commitments and satisfying deposit withdrawal requests.

At December 31, 2019, the Company's liquidity to meet debt payments, debt service and debt maturities was in excess of 12 months.

Dividends, Contributions and Stock Issuances

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 530,391,043 shares of common stock outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid dividends of $400.0 million to its sole shareholder, Santander. During the first quarter of 2020, the Company declared a cash dividend of $125.0 million on its common stock, which was paid on March 2, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, Santander made cash contributions of $88.9 million to the Company.

SC paid a dividend of $0.20 per share in February and May 2019, and a dividend of $0.22 per share in August and November 2019. Further, SC declared a cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which was paid on February 20, 2020, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 10, 2020. SC has paid a total of $291.5 million in dividends through December 31, 2019, of which $85.2 million has been paid to NCI and $206.3 million has been paid to the Company, which eliminates in the consolidated results of the Company.

The following table presents information regarding the shares of SC Common Stock repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands, except per share amounts):
$200 Million Share Repurchase Program - January 2019 (1)
  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $17,780
Average price per share $18.40
Number of shares repurchased 965,430
   
$400 Million Share Repurchase Program - May 2019 through June 2019  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $86,864
Average price per share $23.16
Number of shares repurchased 3,749,692
   
$1.1 Billion Share Repurchase Program - July 2019 through June 2020  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $233,350
Average price per share $25.47
Number of shares repurchased 9,155,288
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2018, SC purchased 9.5 million shares of SC Common Stock under its share repurchase program at a cost of approximately $182 million.

78





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



In June 2018, the SC Board of Directors announced purchases of up to $200 million, excluding commissions, of outstanding SC Common Stock through June 2019.

In May 2019, the Company announced an amendment to its 2018 capital plan, which authorized SC to repurchase up to $400 million of outstanding SC Common Stock through June 30, 2019, which concluded with the repurchase of $86.8 million of SC Common Stock.

In June 2019, SC announced its planned capital actions for the third quarter of 2019 through the second quarter of 2020, which includes an authorization to repurchase up to $1.1 billion of outstanding SC Common Stock through the end of the second quarter of 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC purchased 13.9 million shares of SC Common Stock under its share repurchase program at a cost of approximately $338 million, excluding commissions.

On January 30, 2020, SC commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash up to $1 billion of shares of SC Common Stock, at a range of between $23 and $26 per share. The tender offer expired on February 27, 2020 and was closed on March 4, 2020. In connection with the completion of the tender offer, SC acquired approximately 17.5 million shares of SC Common Stock for approximately $455.4 million. After the completion of the tender offer, SHUSA's ownership in SC increased to approximately 76.3%.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, SHUSA's subsidiaries had the following capital activity which eliminated in consolidation:
The Bank declared and paid $250.0 million in dividends to SHUSA.
BSI declared and paid $25.0 million in dividends to SHUSA.
Santander BanCorp declared and paid $1.25 million in dividends to SHUSA.
SHUSA contributed $110.0 million to SSLLC.
SHUSA contributed $105.0 million to SFS.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management and to meet required capital needs. These obligations require the Company to make cash payments over time as detailed in the table below.
  Payments Due by Period
(in thousands) Total Less than
1 year
 Over 1 year
to 3 years
 Over 3 years
to 5 years
 Over
5 years
Payments due for contractual obligations:          
FHLB advances (1)
 $7,136,454
 $5,830,669
 $1,305,785
 $
 $
Notes payable - revolving facilities 5,399,931
 1,864,182
 3,535,749
 
 
Notes payable - secured structured financings 28,206,898
 203,114
 10,381,235
 11,461,822
 6,160,727
Other debt obligations (1) (2)
 14,569,222
 2,728,846
 3,607,386
 4,580,226
 3,652,764
CDs (1)
 9,493,234
 7,037,872
 2,354,465
 94,654
 6,243
Non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefits 124,840
 13,376
 26,860
 26,996
 57,608
Operating leases(3)
 794,537
 139,597
 250,416
 197,677
 206,847
Total contractual cash obligations $65,725,116
 $17,817,656
 $21,461,896
 $16,361,375
 $10,084,189
Other commitments:          
Commitments to extend credit $30,685,478
 $5,623,071
 $5,044,127
 $7,282,066
 $12,736,214
Letters of credit 1,592,726
 1,090,622
 238,958
 227,671
 35,475
Total Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments $98,003,320
 $24,531,349
 $26,744,981
 $23,871,112
 $22,855,878
(1)Includes interest on both fixed and variable rate obligations. The interest associated with variable rate obligations is based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2019. The contractual amounts to be paid on variable rate obligations are affected by changes in market interest rates. Future changes in market interest rates could materially affect the contractual amounts to be paid.
(2)Includes all carrying value adjustments, such as unamortized premiums and discounts and hedge basis adjustments.
(3)Does not include future expected sublease income or interest of $82.9 million.

Excluded from the above table are deposits of $58.0 billion that are due on demand by customers.


79





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Company is a party to financial instruments and other arrangements with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. See further discussion on these risks in Note 14 and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises primarily through the Company’s traditional business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in market interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the spread between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. Interest rate risk is managed by the Company's Treasury group and measured by its Market Risk Department, with oversight by the Asset/Liability Committee. In managing interest rate risk, the Company seeks to minimize the variability of net interest income across various likely scenarios, while at the same time maximizing
net interest income and the net interest margin. To achieve these objectives, the Treasury group works closely with each business line in the Company. The Treasury group also uses various other tools to manage interest rate risk, including wholesale funding maturity targeting, investment portfolio purchase strategies, asset securitizations/sales, and financial derivatives.

Interest rate risk focuses on managing four elements of risk associated with interest rates: basis risk, repricing risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Basis risk stems from rate index timing differences with rate changes, such as differences in the extent of changes in Federal funds rates compared with the three-month LIBOR. Repricing risk stems from the different timing of contractual repricing, such as one-month versus three-month reset dates, as well as the related maturities. Yield curve risk stems from the impact on earnings and market value resulting from different shapes and levels of yield curves. Option risk stems from prepayment or early withdrawal risk embedded in various products. These four elements of risk are analyzed through a combination of net interest income and balance sheet valuation simulations, shocks to those simulations, and scenario and market value analyses, and the subsequent results are reviewed by management. Numerous assumptions are made to produce these analyses, including assumptions about new business volumes, loan and investment prepayment rates, deposit flows, interest rate curves, economic conditions and competitor pricing.

Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis

The Company utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to evaluate the impact of interest rate risk, including simulating the impact of changing interest rates on expected future interest income and interest expense, to estimate the Company's net interest income sensitivity. This simulation is run monthly and includes various scenarios that help management understand the potential risks in the Company's net interest income sensitivity. These scenarios include both parallel and non-parallel rate shocks as well as other scenarios that are consistent with quantifying the four elements of risk described above. This information is used to develop proactive strategies to ensure that the Company’s risk position remains within SHUSA Board of Directors-approved limits so that future earnings are not significantly adversely affected by future interest rates.

The table below reflects the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s net interest income based on interest rate changes at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018:
  
The following estimated percentage increase/(decrease) to
net interest income would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by the amounts below December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Down 100 basis points (1.12)% (3.07)%
Up 100 basis points 1.31 % 2.87 %
Up 200 basis points 2.56 % 5.58 %

MVE Analysis

The Company also evaluates the impact of interest rate risk by utilizing MVE modeling. This analysis measures the present value of expectedall estimated future cash flows methodology considering all available evidence using the effective interest rate or fair value of collateral. The amount of the required valuation allowanceCompany over the estimated remaining life of the balance sheet. MVE is equal tocalculated as the difference between the loan’s impairedmarket value of assets and liabilities. The MVE calculation utilizes only the current balance sheet, and therefore does not factor in any future changes in balance sheet size, balance sheet mix, yield curve relationships or product spreads, which may mitigate the impact of any interest rate changes.


80





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Management examines the effect of interest rate changes on MVE. The sensitivity of MVE to changes in interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk, and highlights the potential capital at risk due to adverse changes in market interest rates. The following table discloses the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s MVE at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
  
The following estimated percentage
increase/(decrease) to MVE would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by the amounts below December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Down 100 basis points (3.01)% (1.55)%
Up 100 basis points (0.49)% (1.25)%
Up 200 basis points (3.17)% (3.49)%

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s profile reflected a decrease of MVE of 3.01% for downward parallel interest rate shocks of 100 basis points and an increase of 0.49% for upward parallel interest rate shocks of 100 basis points. The asymmetrical sensitivity between up 100 and down 100 shock is due to the negative convexity as a result of the prepayment option embedded in mortgage-related products, the impact of which is not fully offset by the behavior of the funding base (largely NMDs).

In downward parallel interest rate shocks, mortgage-related products’ prepayments increase, their duration decreases and their market value appreciation is therefore limited. At the same time, with deposit rates remaining at comparatively low levels, the Company cannot effectively transfer interest rate declines to its NMD customers. For upward parallel interest rate shocks, extension risk weighs on a sizable portion of the Company’s mortgage-related products, which are predominantly long-term and fixed-rate; and for larger shocks, the loss in market value is not offset by the change in NMD.

Limitations of Interest Rate Risk Analyses

Since the assumptions used are inherently uncertain, the Company cannot predict precisely the effect of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income or MVE. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, the difference between actual experience and the recorded investment.assumed volume, characteristics of new business, behavior of existing positions, and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.

WhenUses of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks

To mitigate interest rate risk and, to a consumer TDR subsequently defaults,lesser extent, foreign exchange, equity and credit risks, the Company generally measures impairment baseduses derivative financial instruments to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows.

Through the Company’s capital markets and mortgage banking activities, it is subject to price risk. The Company employs various tools to measure and manage price risk in its portfolios. In addition, SHUSA's Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities. The level of price risk exposure at any point in time depends on the market environment and expectations of future price and market movements, and will vary from period to period.

Management uses derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of interest rate movements on the fair value of certain liabilities, assets and highly probable forecasted cash flows. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps that have underlying interest rates based on key benchmark indices and forward sale or purchase commitments. The nature and volume of the collateral, if applicable, less its estimated costderivative instruments used to sell.manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated interest rate environments.

Typically, commercialThe Company's derivatives portfolio includes mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps. As part of its overall business strategy, the Bank originates residential mortgages. It sells a portion of this production to the FHLMC, the FNMA, and private investors. The Company uses forward sales as a means of hedging against the economic impact of changes in interest rates on the mortgages that are originated for sale and on interest rate lock commitments.

The Company typically retains the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans whose termsthat are modified in a TDR will have been identified as impaired prior to modification andsold. The majority of the Company's residential MSRs are accounted for generallyat fair value. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs, using a present valueinterest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase MBS. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


81





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to gains and losses on these contracts increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

The Company also utilizes forward contracts to manage market risk associated with certain expected future cash flows methodology, unlessinvestment securities sales and equity options, which manage its market risk associated with certain customer deposit products.

For additional information on foreign exchange contracts, derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 14 to the loan is considered collateral-dependent. Loans considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on the fair values of their collateral less its estimated cost to sell. Accordingly, upon TDR modification or if a TDR modification subsequently defaults, the allowance methodology remains unchanged.Consolidated Financial Statements.


Accretion of Discounts and Subvention on Retail Installment ContractsBORROWINGS AND OTHER DEBT OBLIGATIONS

Loans heldThe Company has term loans and lines of credit with Santander and other lenders. The Bank utilizes borrowings and other debt obligations as a source of funds for investment include the RIC portfolio which consists largely of nonprime automobile loans,its asset growth and asset/liability management. The Bank also utilizes repurchase agreements, which are primarily acquired individually from dealers at a nonrefundable discount from the contractual principal amount. The Company also pays dealer participation on certain receivables. The amortizationshort-term obligations collateralized by securities. In addition, SC has warehouse lines of discounts, subvention payments from manufacturers,credit and securitizes some of its RICs and operating leases, which are structured secured financings. Total borrowings and other origination costs are recognized as adjustmentsdebt obligations at December 31, 2019 were $50.7 billion, compared to $45.0 billion at December 31, 2018. Total borrowings increased $5.7 billion, primarily due to new debt issuances of $3.8 billion, an increase in FHLB advances at the Bank of $2.2 billion and an overall increase of $2.2 billion in SC debt, partially offset by $2.3 billion of debt maturities and calls. See further detail on borrowings activity in Note 11 to the yieldConsolidated Financial Statements.

  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
Parent Company & other subsidiary borrowings and other debt obligations    
Parent Company senior notes:    
Balance $9,949,214 $8,351,685
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.68% 3.79%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $9,949,214 $8,351,685
Average amount outstanding during the year $8,961,588 $7,626,199
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.81% 3.66%
Junior subordinated debentures to capital trusts:(1)
    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $154,640
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $118,650
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 3.92%
Subsidiary subordinated notes:    
Balance $602 $40,703
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.00% 2.00%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $41,026 $40,934
Average amount outstanding during the year $30,791 $40,784
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.12% 2.03%
Subsidiary short-term and overnight borrowings:    
Balance $1,831 $59,900
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.38% 1.86%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $34,323 $132,827
Average amount outstanding during the year $19,162 $71,432
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.42% 2.19%
(1) Includes related common securities.

82





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the related contracts. The Company applies significant assumptions including prepayment speeds in estimating the accretion rates used to approximate effective yield.Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
Bank borrowings and other debt obligations    
REIT preferred:    
Balance $125,943 $145,590
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 13.17% 13.22%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $146,066 $145,590
Average amount outstanding during the year $133,068 $144,827
Weighted average interest rate during the year 13.04% 13.22%
Bank subordinated notes:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $192,125
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $78,408
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 9.04%
Term loans:    
Balance $0 $126,172
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % 8.57%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $126,257 $139,888
Average amount outstanding during the year $21,023 $130,722
Weighted average interest rate during the year 5.86% 5.70%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $150,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $41,096
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 1.90%
FHLB advances:    
Balance $7,035,000 $4,850,000
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.30% 2.74%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $7,035,000 $4,850,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $5,465,329 $2,025,479
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.63% 2.61%

83





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
SC borrowings and other debt obligations    
Revolving credit facilities:    
Balance $5,399,931 $4,478,214
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.44% 3.92%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $6,753,790 $5,632,053
Average amount outstanding during the year $5,532,273 $5,043,462
Weighted average interest rate during the year 6.58% 5.60%
Public securitizations:    
Balance $18,807,773 $19,225,169
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  1.35% - 3.42%
  1.16% - 3.53%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $19,656,531 $19,647,748
Average amount outstanding during the year $19,000,303 $18,353,127
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.54% 2.52%
Privately issued amortizing notes:    
Balance $9,334,112 $7,676,351
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  1.05% - 3.90%
  0.88% - 3.17%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $9,334,112 $7,676,351
Average amount outstanding during the year $7,983,672 $6,379,987
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.48% 3.54%


Valuation of Automotive Lease Assets and Residuals

The Company has significant investments in vehicles in SC's operating lease portfolio. In accounting for operating leases, management must make a determination at the beginning of the lease contract of the estimated realizable value (i.e., residual value) of the vehicle at the end of the lease. Residual value represents an estimate of the market value of the vehicle at the end of the lease term, which typically ranges from two to four years. At contract inception, the Company determines the projected residual value based on an internal evaluation of the expected future value. This evaluation is based on a proprietary model using internally-generated data that is compared against third party,third-party, independent data for reasonableness. The customer is obligated to make payments during the term of the lease for the difference between the purchase price and the contract residual value plus a finance charge. However, since the customer is not obligated to purchase the vehicle at the end of the contract, the Company is exposed to a risk of loss to the extent the value of the vehicle is below the residual value estimated at contract inception. Management periodically performs a detailed review of the estimated realizable value of leased vehicles to assess the appropriateness of the carrying value of leaseleased assets.


85


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


To account for residual risk, the Company depreciates automotiveautomobile operating lease assets to estimated realizable value on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The estimated realizable value is initially based on the residual value established at contract inception. Periodically, the Company revises the projected value of the leaseleased vehicle at termination based on current market conditions and other relevant data points, and adjusts depreciation expense appropriately over the remaining term of the lease. Impairment of the

The Company periodically evaluates its investment in operating lease asset is assessed upon the occurrence ofleases for impairment if circumstances, such as a triggering event. Triggering events are systemic observed events impacting theand material decline in used vehicle market, such asvalues occurs. These circumstances could include, for example, a decline in the residual value of our lease portfolio due to an event caused by shocks to oil and gas prices that(which may indicate impairmenthave a pronounced impact on certain models of vehicles) or pervasive manufacturer defects (which may systemically affect the operating lease asset.value of a particular brand or model). Impairment is determined to exist if the fair value of the leased asset is less than its carrying value and it is determined that the net carrying value is not recoverable. The net carrying value of a leased asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted expected undiscountedfuture cash flows generatedexpected to result from the lease payments and the estimated residual value upon eventual disposition. If our operating lease assets are less thanconsidered to be impaired, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying valueamount of the operating lease assets. Ifassets exceeds the operating lease assets are impaired, they are written down to their fair value as estimated by discounted cash flows. The Company has taken noDCF. No such impairment charges.was recognized in 2019, 2018, or 2017.

The Company's depreciation methodology for operating lease assets considers management's expectation of the value of the vehicles upon lease termination, which is based on numerous assumptions and factors influencing used vehicle values. The critical assumptions underlying the estimated carrying value of automotiveautomobile lease assets include: (1) estimated market value information obtained and used by management in estimating residual values, (2) proper identification and estimation of business conditions, (3) SC'sour remarketing abilities, and (4) automotiveautomobile manufacturer vehicle and marketing programs. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the value of the lease residuals. Expected residual values include estimates of payments from automotiveautomobile manufacturers
related to residual support and risk-sharing agreements, if any. To the extent an automotive manufacturer is not able to fully honor its obligation relative to these agreements, the Company's depreciation expense would be negatively impacted.

Accretion of Discounts and Subvention on RICs

LHFI include the RIC portfolio which consists largely of nonprime automobile loans, and which are primarily acquired individually from dealers at a nonrefundable discount from the contractual principal amount. The Company also pays dealer participation on certain receivables. The amortization of discounts, subvention payments from manufacturers, and other origination costs are recognized as adjustments to the yield of the related contracts. The Company applies significant assumptions, including prepayment speeds, in estimating the accretion rates used to approximate effective yield.

The Company estimates future principal prepayments specific to pools of homogeneous loans which are based on the vintage, credit quality at origination and term of the loan. Prepayments in our portfolio are sensitive to credit quality, with higher credit quality loans experiencing higher voluntary prepayment rates than lower credit quality loans. The impact of defaults is not considered in the prepayment rate; the prepayment rate only considers voluntary prepayments. The resulting prepayment rate specific to each pool is based on historical experience and is used as an input in the calculation of the constant effective yield.

47





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Goodwill

The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires the Company to make use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price paid for acquisitions to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities represents goodwill. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to periodic impairment testing.

As more fully described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below. The Company conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis on October 1, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. As of December 31, 2016,2019, the reporting units with assigned goodwill were Consumer and Business Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Corporate and Commercial Banking, GCB,C&I, CRE & VF, CIB, and SC.

Under ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, anAn entity's quantitative goodwill impairment analysis must be completed in two steps unless the entity determines, based on certain qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, including goodwill, and that no impairment exists. In that case, the two-step process may be bypassed. It is worth noting that anAn entity has an unconditional option to bypass the

preceding qualitative assessment (often referred to as "Step 0") for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first stepquantitative analysis of the goodwill impairment test. The Company did not apply the provisions of Step 0 in its 2016 goodwill impairment analysis.

The first step of ASC 350 ("Step 1")quantitative analysis requires a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including its allocated goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of the carrying value, the related goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no further analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than the fair value, thereimpairment is an indication thatmeasured as the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. A recognized impairment exists and a second step must be performed to measurecharge cannot exceed the amount of impairment,goodwill allocated to a reporting unit, and cannot subsequently be reversed even if any, for thatthe fair value of the reporting unit.unit recovers. The Company utilizes the market capitalization approach to determine the fair value of its SC reporting unit, as it is a publicly traded company that has a single reporting unit. Determining the fair value of the remaining reporting units requires significant valuation inputs, assumptions, and estimates.

The Company determines the carrying value of each reporting unit using a risk-based capital approach. Certain of the Company's assets are assigned to a Corporate / Corporate/Other category. These assets are related to the Company's corporate-only programs, such as BOLI, and are not employed in or related to the operations of a reporting unit or considered in determining the fair value of a reporting unit.

86


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


When required, the second step of testing ("Step 2") involves calculating the implied fair value of each of the affected reporting units. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that is recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit determined in step one over the fair value of the net assets and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit were being acquired. If the implied fair value of goodwill is in excess of the reporting unit's allocated goodwill amount, then no impairment charge is required. If the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recognized for the excess. A recognized impairment charge cannot exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to a reporting unit and cannot subsequently be reversed even if the fair value of the reporting unit recovers.

Goodwill impairment testing involves management's judgment, to the extent that it requiresrequiring an assessment of whether the carrying value of the reporting unit can be supported by its fair value. This is performed using widely-accepted valuation techniques, such as the guideline public company market approach (earnings and price-to-tangible book value multiples of comparable public companies), the market capitalization approach (share price of the reporting unit and control premium of comparable public companies), and the income approach (the discounted cash flow ("DCF")DCF method).

The Company uses a combination of these accepted methodologies to determine the fair valuation of reporting units. Several factors are taken into account, including actual operating results, future business plans, economic projections, and market data.

The guideline public company market approach ("market approach") includedincludes earnings and price-to-tangible book value multiples of comparable public companies which were applied to the earnings and equity for all of the Company's reporting units. In addition, theThe market capitalization plus control premium approach was applied to the Company's SC reporting unit, as the SC reporting unit is a publicly traded subsidiary whose securities are traded in an active market.

In connection with the market capitalization plus control premium approach applied to the Company's SC reporting unit, the Company used SC's stock price as of the date of the annual impairment analysis. The Company also considered historical auto loan industry transactions and control premiums over the last three years in determining the control premium.


48





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The DCF method of the income approach incorporatedincorporates the reporting units' forecasted cash flows, including a terminal value to estimate the fair value of cash flows beyond the final year of the forecasts. The discount rates utilized to obtain the net present value of the reporting units' cash flows were estimated using a capital asset pricing model. Significant inputs to this model include a risk-free rate of return, beta (which is a measure of the level of non-diversifiable risk associated with comparable companies for each specific reporting unit), market equity risk premium, and, in certain cases, additional premium for size and/or unsystematic company-specific risk factors. The Company utilized discount rates that it believes adequately reflect the risk and uncertainty in the financial markets. The Company estimated expected rates of equity returns based on historical market returns and risk/return rates for similar industries of the reporting unit. The Company uses its internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows, so actual results may differ from forecasted results.

All of the preceding fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions in the future. Examples of events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying key assumptions and ultimately impacts the estimated fair value of the aforementioned reporting units include such items as:

a prolonged downturn in the business environment in which the reporting units operate;
an economic recovery that significantly differs from our assumptions in timing or degree;
volatility in equity and debt markets resulting in higher discount rates;rates and
unexpected regulatory changes.changes;
Specific to the SC reporting unit, a decrease in SC's share price would impact the fair value of the reporting segmentsegment.

Refer to the Financial Condition, Goodwill section of this MD&A for further details on the Company's goodwill, including the results of management's goodwill impairment analyses.


87


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Fair Value of Financial InstrumentsMeasurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to determineestimate the fair value adjustments toof certain instrumentsassets and fair value disclosures.liabilities for both measurement and disclosure purposes. Refer to Note 1816 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models, and significant assumptions utilized. The Company follows the fair value hierarchy set forth in Note 1816 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in order to prioritize the inputs utilized to measure fair value. The Company reviews and modifies, as necessary, the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. As such,Accordingly, there may be reclassifications between hierarchy levels due to changes in inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

The Company has numerous internal controls in place to ensure the appropriateness of fair value measurements. Additionally, a number of internal controls are in place to ensure the fair value measurements, are reasonable, including controls over the inputs into and the outputs from the fair value measurements. Certain valuations will also beare benchmarked to market indices when appropriate and available.

Considerable judgment is used in forming conclusions from observable market observable data used to estimate the Company's Level 2 fair value measurements and in estimating inputs to the Company's internal valuation models used to estimate Level 3 fair value measurements. Level 3 inputs such as interest rate movements, prepayment speeds, credit losses, recovery rates and discount rates are inherently difficult to estimate. Changes to these inputs can have a significant effect on fair value measurements. Accordingly, the Company's estimates of fair value are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized or would be paid in a current market exchange.

49



Derivatives and Hedging Activities


SHUSAItem 7.    Management’s Discussion and its subsidiaries use derivative instruments as partAnalysis of the risk management process to manage risk associated with financial assetsFinancial Condition and liabilities and mortgage banking activities, to assist commercial banking customers with risk management strategies, and for certain other market exposures.

Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to changes in the fair valueResults of an asset, liability or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk (such as interest rate risk) are considered fair value hedges. Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents the relationships of qualifying hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction.

Fair value hedges that are highly effective are accounted for by recording the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument and the related hedged asset, liability or firm commitment on the Consolidated Balance Sheet with the corresponding income or expense recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the fair value of the derivative is recorded as an other asset or other liability. Actual cash receipts or payments and related amounts accrued during the period on derivatives included in a fair value hedge relationship are recorded as adjustments to the income or expense associated with the hedged asset or liability.

Cash flow hedges that are highly effective are accounted for by recording the fair value of the derivative instrument on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as an asset or liability, with a corresponding charge or credit for the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative, net of tax, recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income within Stockholder's equity on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amounts are reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income to the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Where certain cash flow hedging relationships have been terminated, the Company continues to defer the net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassifies it into Interest expense as the future cash flows occur, unless it becomes probable that the future cash flows will not occur.

The portion of gains and losses on derivative instruments not considered highly effective in hedging the change in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item, or derivatives not designated in hedging relationships, are recognized immediately in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.


88


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


During 2016 and 2015, the Company had cash flow and fair value hedges recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as “Other assets” or “Other liabilities,” as applicable. For both fair value and cash flow hedges, certain assumptions and forecasts related to the impact of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange and credit risk on the fair value of the derivative and the item being hedged must be documented at the inception of the hedging relationship to demonstrate that the derivative instrument will be effective in hedging the designated risk. If these assumptions or forecasts do not accurately reflect subsequent changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument or the designated item being hedged, the Company might be required to discontinue the use of hedge accounting for that derivative instrument. Once hedge accounting is terminated, all subsequent changes in the fair market value of the derivative instrument must be recorded in earnings, possibly resulting in greater volatility in earnings.


Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which includes considerable judgment. Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.bases, including investments in subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using

enacted tax rates that apply or will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse or be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance will be established if the Company determines that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. This requires periodic analysis of the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and when the deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets. The critical assumptions used in the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowance analysis wereare as follows: (a) the expectationsexpectation of future earnings; (b) estimates of the Company's long-term annual growth rate, based on the Company's long-term economic outlook in the U.S.; (c) estimates of the dividend income payout ratio from the Company's consolidated subsidiary, SC, based on the current policies and practices of SC; (d) estimates of book income to tax income differences, based on the analysis of historical differences and the historical timing of the reversal of temporary differences; (e) the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid; (f) estimates of tax credits to be earned on current investments, based on the Company's evaluation of the credits applicable to each investment; (g) experience with operating loss and tax credit carry-forwardscarryforwards not expiring unused; (h) estimates of applicable state tax rates based on current/most recent enacted tax rates and state apportionment calculations; (i) tax planning strategies; and (j) current tax laws. Significant judgment is required to assess future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Company makes certain assertions in regards to its investment in subsidiaries, which impact whether a deferred tax liability is recorded for the book over tax basis difference in the investment in these subsidiaries. This requires the Company to make judgments with respect to its ability to permanently reinvest its earnings in foreign subsidiaries and its ability to recover its investment in domestic subsidiaries in a tax free manner.

The Company bases its expectations of future earnings, which are used to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets, on financial performance forecasts of its operating subsidiaries and unconsolidated investees. The budgets and estimates used in these forecasts are approved by the Company's management, and the assumptions underlying the forecasts are reviewed at least annually and adjusted as necessary based on current developments or when new information becomes available. The updates made and the variances between the Company's forecasts and its actual performance have not been significant enough to alter the Company's conclusions with regard to the realizability of its deferred tax asset including the effect of the SC transaction that occurred in 2011 and the Change in Control that occurred in the first quarter of 2014.asset. The Company continues to forecast sufficient taxable income to fully realize its current deferred tax assets. Forecasted taxable income is subject to changes in overall market and global economic conditions.

In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws in the U.S., its states and municipalities, and abroad. Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending on changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company reviews its tax balances quarterly and adjusts the balances as new information becomes available. Interest and penalties on income tax payments are included within income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company recognizes tax benefits in its financial statements when it is more likely than not the related tax position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. See Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the Company's income taxes.


8950



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following MD&A compares and discusses operating results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. For a discussion of our results of operations for 2018 versus 2017, See Part II, Item 7: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" included in our 2018 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2019.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND SUBSIDIARIES2018

 Year Ended December 31, Year To Date Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $97,918
 1.5 %
Provision for credit losses(2,292,017) (2,339,898) (47,881) (2.0)%
Total non-interest income3,729,117
 3,244,308
 484,809
 14.9 %
General, administrative and other expenses(6,365,852) (5,832,325) 533,527
 9.1 %
Income before income taxes1,514,016

1,416,935
 97,081
 6.9 %
Income tax provision472,199
 425,900
 46,299
 10.9 %
Net income$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $50,782
 5.1 %
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest288,648
 283,631
 5,017
 1.8 %
Net income attributable to SHUSA$753,169
 $707,404
 $45,765
 6.5 %

The Company reported pre-tax income of $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to pre-tax income of $1.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2018. Factors contributing to this change have been discussed further in the sections below.

51





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



                
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET / NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
 
2019 (1)
 
2018 (1)
  Change due to
(dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield/
Rate
(2)
 Increase/(Decrease)VolumeRate
EARNING ASSETS               
INVESTMENTS AND INTEREST EARNING DEPOSITS$22,175,778
 $551,713
 2.49% $21,342,992
 $522,677
 2.45% $29,036
$20,470
$8,566
LOANS(3):
            


Commercial loans33,452,626
 1,430,831
 4.28% 31,416,207
 1,325,001
 4.22% 105,830
86,791
19,039
Multifamily8,398,303
 346,766
 4.13% 8,191,487
 328,147
 4.01% 18,619
8,520
10,099
Total commercial loans41,850,929
 1,777,597
 4.25% 39,607,694
 1,653,148
 4.17% 124,449
95,311
29,138
Consumer loans:               
Residential mortgages9,959,837
 400,943
 4.03% 9,716,021
 392,660
 4.04% 8,283
9,189
(906)
Home equity loans and lines of credit5,081,252
 256,030
 5.04% 5,602,240
 261,745
 4.67% (5,715)(38,604)32,889
Total consumer loans secured by real estate15,041,089
 656,973
 4.37% 15,318,261
 654,405
 4.27% 2,568
(29,415)31,983
RICs and auto loans32,594,822
 4,972,829
 15.26% 27,559,139
 4,570,641
 16.58% 402,188
712,717
(310,529)
Personal unsecured2,449,744
 664,069
 27.11% 2,362,910
 630,394
 26.68% 33,675
23,407
10,268
Other consumer(4)
374,712
 27,014
 7.21% 526,170
 37,788
 7.18% (10,774)(10,932)158
Total consumer50,460,367
 6,320,885
 12.53% 45,766,480
 5,893,228
 12.88% 427,657
695,777
(268,120)
Total loans92,311,296
 8,098,482
 8.77% 85,374,174
 7,546,376
 8.84% 552,106
791,088
(238,982)
Intercompany investments
 
 % 3,572
 142
 3.98% (142)(142)
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS114,487,074
 8,650,195
 7.56% 106,720,738
 8,069,195
 7.56% 581,000
811,416
(230,416)
Allowance for loan losses(5)
(3,802,702)     (3,835,182)        
Other assets(6)
31,624,211
     28,346,465
        
TOTAL ASSETS$142,308,583
     $131,232,021
        
INTEREST-BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES               
Deposits and other customer related accounts:               
Interest-bearing demand deposits$10,724,077
 $83,794
 0.78% $9,116,631
 $40,355
 0.44% $43,439
$8,071
$35,368
Savings5,794,992
 13,132
 0.23% 5,887,341
 12,325
 0.21% 807
(159)966
Money market24,962,744
 317,300
 1.27% 25,308,245
 248,683
 0.98% 68,617
(3,321)71,938
CDs8,291,400
 160,245
 1.93% 5,989,993
 87,765
 1.47% 72,480
39,944
32,536
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS49,773,213
 574,471
 1.15% 46,302,210
 389,128
 0.84% 185,343
44,535
140,808
BORROWED FUNDS:               
FHLB advances, federal funds, and repurchase agreements5,471,080
 143,804
 2.63% 2,066,575
 53,674
 2.60% 90,130
89,499
631
Other borrowings41,710,311
 1,489,152
 3.57% 38,152,038
 1,281,401
 3.36% 207,751
124,401
83,350
TOTAL BORROWED FUNDS (7)
47,181,391
 1,632,956
 3.46% 40,218,613
 1,335,075
 3.32% 297,881
213,900
83,981
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES96,954,604
 2,207,427
 2.28% 86,520,823
 1,724,203
 1.99% 483,224
258,435
224,789
Noninterest bearing demand deposits14,572,605
     15,117,229
        
Other liabilities(8)
6,141,813
     5,490,385
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES117,669,022
     107,128,437
        
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY24,639,561
     24,103,584
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY$142,308,583
     $131,232,021
        
                
NET INTEREST SPREAD (9)
    5.28%     5.57%    
NET INTEREST MARGIN (10)
    5.63%     5.95%    
NET INTEREST INCOME (11)
  $6,442,768
     $6,344,850
      
Item 7.(1)Average balances are based on daily averages when available. When daily averages are unavailable, mid-month averages are substituted.
(2)Yields calculated using taxable equivalent net interest income.
(3)Interest on loans includes amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loan portfolios and amortization of deferred loan fees, net of origination costs. Average loan balances includes non-accrual loans and LHFS.
(4)Other consumer primarily includes RV and marine loans.
(5)Refer to Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(6)Other assets primarily includes leases, goodwill and intangibles, premise and equipment, net deferred tax assets, equity method investments, BOLI, accrued interest receivable, derivative assets, miscellaneous receivables, prepaid expenses and MSRs. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(7)Refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
(8)Other liabilities primarily includes accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, net deferred tax liabilities and the unfunded lending commitments liability.
(9)Represents the difference between the yield on total earning assets and the cost of total funding liabilities.
(10)Represents annualized, taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(11)Intercompany investment income is eliminated from this line item.



52





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



NET INTEREST INCOME
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
INTEREST INCOME:       
Interest-earning deposits$174,189
 $137,753
 $36,436
 26.5 %
Investments AFS280,927
 297,557
 (16,630) (5.6)%
Investments HTM70,815
 68,525
 2,290
 3.3 %
Other investments25,782
 18,842
 6,940
 36.8 %
Total interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits551,713
 522,677
 29,036
 5.6 %
Interest on loans8,098,482
 7,546,376
 552,106
 7.3 %
Total interest income8,650,195
 8,069,053
 581,142
 7.2 %
INTEREST EXPENSE:    
 
Deposits and customer accounts574,471
 389,128
 185,343
 47.6 %
Borrowings and other debt obligations1,632,956
 1,335,075
 297,881
 22.3 %
Total interest expense2,207,427
 1,724,203
 483,224
 28.0 %
NET INTEREST INCOME$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $97,918
 1.5 %

Net interest income increased $97.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

Interest Income on Investment Securities and Interest-Earning Deposits

Interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits increased $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The average balances of investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $22.2 billion with an average yield of 2.49%, compared to an average balance of $21.3 billion with an average yield of 2.45% for the corresponding period in 2018. The increase in interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning deposits resulting from 2018 increases to the federal funds rate. During 2019, the federal funds rate was lowered three times; this has had an effect of partially offsetting increases in interest income on deposits and investments.

Interest Income on Loans

Interest income on loans increased $552.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to the growth of total loans. The average balance of total loans increased $6.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This overall increase in loans was primarily driven by the continued growth of the commercial portfolio, auto loans and RICs; however, the average rate has decreased on the RIC portfolio due to more prime loan originations as a result of the SBNA origination program.

Interest Expense on Deposits and Related Customer Accounts

Interest expense on deposits and related customer accounts increased $185.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to overall higher interest rates and increased deposits. Higher rates were offered to customers on various deposit products in order to attract and grow the customer base. The average balance of total interest-bearing deposits was $49.8 billion with an average cost of 1.15% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to an average balance of $46.3 billion with an average cost of 0.84% for the year ended December 31, 2018.


53





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds

Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $297.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was due to higher interest rates being paid and increased balances during the year ended December 31, 2019. The average balance of total borrowings was $47.2 billion with an average cost of 3.46% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to an average balance of $40.2 billion with an average cost of 3.32% for 2018. The average balance of borrowed funds increased for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to increases in FHLB advances, credit facilities and secured structured financings.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is based on credit loss experience, growth or contraction of specific segments of the loan portfolio, and the estimate of losses inherent in the portfolio. The provision for credit losses was primarily comprised of the provision for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 of $2.3 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively.
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(in thousands) 2019 2018 DollarPercentage
ALLL, beginning of period $3,897,130
 $3,994,887
 $(97,757)(2.4)%
Charge-offs:       
Commercial (185,035) (108,750) (76,285)70.1 %
Consumer (5,364,673) (4,974,547) (390,126)7.8 %
Unallocated (275) 
 (275)100.0 %
Total charge-offs (5,549,983) (5,083,297) (466,686)9.2 %
Recoveries:       
Commercial 53,819
 60,140
 (6,321)(10.5)%
Consumer 2,954,391
 2,572,607
 381,784
14.8 %
Total recoveries 3,008,210
 2,632,747
 375,463
14.3 %
Charge-offs, net of recoveries (2,541,773) (2,450,550) (91,223)3.7 %
Provision for loan and lease losses (1)
 2,290,832
 2,352,793
 (61,961)(2.6)%
ALLL, end of period $3,646,189
 $3,897,130
 $(250,941)(6.4)%
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period $95,500
 $109,111
 $(13,611)(12.5)%
Release of reserves for unfunded lending commitments (1)
 1,185
 (12,895) 14,080
(109.2)%
Loss on unfunded lending commitments (4,859) (716) (4,143)578.6 %
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period 91,826
 95,500
 (3,674)(3.8)%
Total ACL, end of period $3,738,015
 $3,992,630
 $(254,615)(6.4)%
(1)The provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations is the sum of the total provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded lending commitments.

The Company's net charge-offs increased $91.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

Consumer charge-offs increased $390.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The increase was primarily comprised of a $391.2 million increase in RIC and consumer auto loan charge-offs.

Consumer recoveries increased $381.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The increase was primarily comprised of a $345.6 million increase in RIC and consumer auto loan recoveries, and a $21.1 million increase in indirect purchased loan recoveries.

Consumer net charge-offs as a percentage of average consumer loans were 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 5.2% in 2018.

54





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Commercial charge-offs increased $76.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The increase was primarily comprised of an $89.1 million increase in Corporate Banking charge-offs.

Commercial recoveries decreased $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

NON-INTEREST INCOME
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Consumer fees $391,495
 $413,934
 $(22,439) (5.4)%
Commercial fees 157,351
 154,213
 3,138
 2.0 %
Lease income 2,872,857
 2,375,596
 497,261
 20.9 %
Miscellaneous income, net 301,598
 307,282
 (5,684) (1.8)%
Net gains/(losses) recognized in earnings 5,816
 (6,717) 12,533
 186.6 %
Total non-interest income $3,729,117
 $3,244,308
 $484,809
 14.9 %

Total non-interest income increased $484.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase in lease income. The increase was partially offset by decreases in consumer fees due to the reduction of loans serviced by the Company.

Consumer fees

Consumer fees decreased $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This decrease was primarily related to a decrease in loan fees income, which was attributable to a reduction in loans serviced by the Company.

Commercial fees

Commercial fees consists of deposit overdraft fees, deposit automated teller machine fees, cash management fees, letter of credit fees, and loan syndication fees for commercial accounts. Commercial fees remained relatively stable for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018.

Lease income

Lease income increased $497.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was the result of the growth in the Company's lease portfolio, with an average balance of $15.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $12.3 billion for 2018.

Miscellaneous income/(loss)
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Mortgage banking income, net $44,315
 $34,612
 $9,703
 28.0 %
BOLI 62,782
 58,939
 3,843
 6.5 %
Capital market revenue 197,042
 165,392
 31,650
 19.1 %
Net gain on sale of operating leases 135,948
 202,793
 (66,845) (33.0)%
Asset and wealth management fees 175,611
 165,765
 9,846
 5.9 %
Loss on sale of non-mortgage loans (397,965) (351,751) (46,214) (13.1)%
Other miscellaneous income, net 83,865
 31,532
 52,333
 166.0 %
     Total miscellaneous income/(loss) $301,598
 $307,282
 $(5,684) (1.8)%

Miscellaneous income decreased $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in net gain on sale of operating leases and an increase in loss on sale of non-mortgage loans, partially offset by an increase in capital market revenue and an increase in Other miscellaneous income due to lower losses on securitization transactions.

55





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER EXPENSES
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar Percentage
Compensation and benefits $1,945,047
 $1,799,369
 $145,678
 8.1 %
Occupancy and equipment expenses 603,716
 659,789
 (56,073) (8.5)%
Technology, outside services, and marketing expense 656,681
 590,249
 66,432
 11.3 %
Loan expense 405,367
 384,899
 20,468
 5.3 %
Lease expense 2,067,611
 1,789,030
 278,581
 15.6 %
Other expenses 687,430
 608,989
 78,441
 12.9 %
Total general, administrative and other expenses $6,365,852
 $5,832,325
 $533,527
 9.1 %

Total general, administrative and other expenses increased $533.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. The most significant factors contributing to these increases were as follows:

Technology, outside services, and marketing expense increased $66.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in outside service expenses.
Lease expense increased $278.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to the continued growth of the Company's leased vehicle portfolio.
Other expenses increased $78.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the corresponding period in 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in legal expenses and investments in qualified housing, offset by a decrease in operational risk. FDIC insurance premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes $25.3 million of FDIC insurance premiums that relate to periods from the first quarter 2015 through the fourth quarter of 2018 which was partially offset due to the FDIC surcharges that ended in 2018 as disclosed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

INCOME TAX PROVISION

An income tax provision of $472.2 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to an income tax provision of $425.9 million for 2018. This resulted in an ETR of 31.2% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 30.1% for 2018.

The Company's ETR in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company's interpretations by tax authorities that examine tax returns filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year-to-year comparison of the ETR.

LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS

General

The Company's segments at December 31, 2019 consisted of Consumer and Business Banking, C&I, CRE & VF, CIB and SC. For additional information with respect to the Company's reporting segments and changes to the segments beginning in the first quarter of 2019, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


56





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Results Summary

Consumer and Business Banking
 Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands)2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income$1,504,887
 $1,298,571
 $206,316
 15.9 %
Total non-interest income359,849
 310,839
 49,010
 15.8 %
Provision for credit losses156,936
 100,523
 56,413
 56.1 %
Total expenses1,655,923
 1,575,407
 80,516
 5.1 %
Income/(loss) before income taxes51,877
 (66,520) 118,397
 178.0 %
Intersegment revenue2,093
 2,507
 (414) (16.5)%
Total assets23,934,172
 21,024,740
 2,909,432
 13.8 %

Consumer and Business Banking reported income before income taxes of $51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to losses before income taxes of $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Net interest income increased $206.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019compared to 2018. This increase was primarily driven by deposit product margin due to a higher interest rate environment combined with increased auto loan volumes.
Non-interest income increased by $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019compared to 2018. This increase was the result of gains on the sale of 14 branches and gains on the sale of conforming mortgage loan portfolios.
The provision for credit losses increased $56.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was due to reserve builds for the large growth of the auto portfolio in 2019.
Total assets increased $2.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in auto loans.

C&I Banking
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $231,270
 $228,491
 $2,779
 1.2 %
Total non-interest income 71,323
 82,435
 (11,112) (13.5)%
(Release of) /provision for credit losses 31,796
 (35,069) 66,865
 190.7 %
Total expenses 238,681
 225,495
 13,186
 5.8 %
Income before income taxes 32,116
 120,500
 (88,384) (73.3)%
Intersegment revenue 6,377
 4,691
 1,686
 35.9 %
Total assets 7,031,238
 6,823,633
 207,605
 3.0 %

C&I reported income before income taxes of $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $120.5 million for 2018. Contributing to these changes were:

The provision for credit losses increased $66.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily due to release of reserves in 2018 related to the strategic exits of middle market, asset-based lending, and legacy oil and gas portfolios.


57





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CRE & VF
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $417,418
 $413,541
 $3,877
 0.9 %
Total non-interest income 11,270
 6,643
 4,627
 69.7 %
(Release of) /provision for credit losses 13,147
 15,664
 (2,517) (16.1)%
Total expenses 135,319
 116,392
 18,927
 16.3 %
Income before income taxes 280,222
 288,128
 (7,906) (2.7)%
Intersegment revenue 5,950
 4,729
 1,221
 25.8 %
Total assets 19,019,242
 18,888,676
 130,566
 0.7 %

CRE & VF reported income before income taxes of $280.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to income before income taxes of $288.1 million for 2018. The results of this reportable segment were relatively consistent period-over-period.

CIB
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $152,083
 $136,582
 $15,501
 11.3 %
Total non-interest income 208,955
 195,023
 13,932
 7.1 %
(Release of)/Provision for credit losses 6,045
 9,335
 (3,290) (35.2)%
Total expenses 270,226
 234,949
 35,277
 15.0 %
Income before income taxes 84,767
 87,321
 (2,554) (2.9)%
Intersegment expense (14,420) (12,362) (2,058) (16.6)%
Total assets 9,943,547
 8,521,004
 1,422,543
 16.7 %

CIB reported income before income taxes of $84.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $87.3 million for 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Total expenses increased $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to higher compensation related to higher headcount.
Total assets increased $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, primarily driven by an increase in loan balances in the global transaction banking portfolio as a result of generating business with new customers.

Other
  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $72,535
 $240,110
 $(167,575) (69.8)%
Total non-interest income 415,473
 402,006
 13,467
 3.3 %
(Release of)/Provision for credit losses (7,322) 24,254
 (31,576) (130.2)%
Total expenses 770,254
 786,543
 (16,289) (2.1)%
Loss before income taxes (274,924) (168,681) (106,243) (63.0)%
Intersegment (expense)/revenue 
 435
 (435) (100.0)%
Total assets 40,648,746
 36,416,377
 4,232,369
 11.6 %

58





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Other category reported losses before income taxes of $274.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to losses before income taxes of $168.7 million for 2018. Factors contributing to this change were:

Net interest income decreased $167.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to higher interest rates.
The provision for credit losses decreased $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to the release of reserves related to the sale of loan portfolios at BSPR, and loan portfolios that were in run-off.

SC

The CODM manages SC on a historical basis by reviewing the results of SC prior to the first quarter 2014 change in control and consolidation of SC (the "Change in Control") basis. The line of business results table discloses SC's operating information on the same basis that it is reviewed by the CODM.

  Year Ended December 31, YTD Change
(dollars in thousands) 2019 2018 Dollar increase/(decrease) Percentage
Net interest income $3,971,826
 $3,958,280
 $13,546
 0.3 %
Total non-interest income 2,760,370
 2,297,517
 462,853
 20.1 %
Provision for credit losses 2,093,749
 2,205,585
 (111,836) (5.1)%
Total expenses 3,284,179
 2,857,944
 426,235
 14.9 %
Income before income taxes 1,354,268
 1,192,268
 162,000
 13.6 %
Intersegment revenue 
 
 
 0.0%
Total assets 48,922,532
 43,959,855
 4,962,677
 11.3 %

SC reported income before income taxes of $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income before income taxes of $1.2 billion for 2018. Contributing to this change were:

Total non-interest income increased $462.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to increasing operating lease income from the continued growth in the operating lease vehicle portfolio.
The provision of credit losses decreased $111.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to lower TDR balances and better recovery rates.
Total expenses increased $426.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to increasing lease expense from the continued growth in the operating lease vehicle portfolio.
Total assets increased $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, due to continued growth in RICs and operating lease receivables. This growth was driven by increased originations.

59





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



FINANCIAL CONDITION


LOAN PORTFOLIO

The Company's loanLHFI portfolio consisted of the following at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent
Commercial LHFI:                    
CRE $8,468,023
 9.1% $8,704,481
 10.0% $9,279,225
 11.5% $10,112,043
 11.8% $9,846,236
 11.3%
C&I 16,534,694
 17.8% 15,738,158
 18.1% 14,438,311
 17.9% 18,812,002
 21.9% 20,908,107
 24.0%
Multifamily 8,641,204
 9.3% 8,309,115
 9.5% 8,274,435
 10.1% 8,683,680
 10.1% 9,438,463
 10.8%
Other commercial 7,390,795
 8.2% 7,630,004
 8.8% 7,174,739
 8.9% 6,832,403
 8.0% 6,257,072
 7.2%
Total commercial loans (1)
 41,034,716
 44.4% 40,381,758
 46.4% 39,166,710
 48.4% 44,440,128
 51.8% 46,449,878
 53.3%
Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent                    
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans:                   
Commercial real estate loans$10,112,043
 11.8% $9,846,236
 11.3% $9,741,442
 11.6% $10,356,603
 17.9% $11,027,258
 18.1%
Commercial and industrial loans and other commercial25,644,405
 29.8% 27,165,179
 31.2% 23,993,013
 28.7% 19,274,185
 33.5% 20,012,672
 32.9%
Multifamily8,683,680
 10.1% 9,438,463
 10.8% 8,705,890
 10.4% 8,237,029
 14.3% 7,572,555
 12.4%
Total Commercial Loans44,440,128
 51.7% 46,449,878
 53.3% 42,440,345
 50.7% 37,867,817
 65.7% 38,612,485
 63.4%
Consumer loans secured by real estate:                                       
Residential mortgages7,775,272
 9.1% 7,566,301
 8.7% 8,190,461
 9.8% 11,152,747
 19.3% 12,798,701
 21.0% 8,835,702
 9.5% 9,884,462
 11.4% 8,846,765
 11.0% 7,775,272
 9.1% 7,566,301
 8.7%
Home equity loans and lines of credit6,001,192
 7.0% 6,151,232
 7.1% 6,211,298
 7.4% 6,311,694
 10.9% 6,638,466
 10.9% 4,770,344
 5.1% 5,465,670
 6.3% 5,907,733
 7.3% 6,001,192
 7.1% 6,151,232
 7.1%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate13,776,464
 16.1% 13,717,533
 15.8% 14,401,759
 17.2% 17,464,441
 30.2% 19,437,167
 31.9% 13,606,046
 14.6% 15,350,132
 17.7% 14,754,498
 18.3% 13,776,464
 16.2% 13,717,533
 15.8%
                    
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:                                       
RICs and auto loans - originated22,104,918
 25.8% 18,539,588
 21.3% 9,935,503
 11.9% 81,804
 0.1% 295,398
 0.5%
RICs and auto loans - purchased3,468,803
 4.0% 6,108,210
 7.0% 12,449,526
 14.8% 
 % 
 %
RICs and auto loans 36,456,747
 39.3% 29,335,220
 33.7% 24,966,121
 30.9% 25,573,721
 29.8% 24,647,798
 28.3%
Personal unsecured loans1,234,094
 1.4% 1,177,998
 1.4% 3,205,847
 3.8% 985,679
 1.7% 861,425
 1.4% 1,291,547
 1.4% 1,531,708
 1.8% 1,285,677
 1.6% 1,234,094
 1.4% 1,177,998
 1.4%
Other consumer795,378
 0.9% 1,032,579
 1.2% 1,306,562
 1.6% 1,321,985
 2.3% 1,676,325
 2.8% 316,384
 0.3% 447,050
 0.4% 617,675
 0.8% 795,378
 0.8% 1,032,579
 1.2%
Total Consumer Loans41,379,657
 48.3% 40,575,908
 46.7% 41,299,197
 49.3% 19,853,909
 34.3% 22,270,315
 36.6%
Total loans held for investment$85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0% $83,739,542
 100.0% $57,721,726
 100.0% $60,882,800
 100.0%
Total Loans with:                   
                    
Total consumer loans 51,670,724
 55.6% 46,664,110
 53.6% 41,623,971
 51.6% 41,379,657
 48.2% 40,575,908
 46.7%
Total LHFI $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0% $80,790,681
 100.0% $85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
                    
Total LHFI with:                    
Fixed$51,752,761
 60.3% $52,283,715
 60.1% $50,237,181
 60.0% $28,632,554
 49.6% $29,980,651
 49.2% $61,775,942
 66.6% $56,696,491
 65.1% $50,703,619
 62.8% $51,752,761
 60.3% $52,283,715
 60.1%
Variable34,067,024
 39.7% 34,742,071
 39.9% 33,502,361
 40.0% 29,089,172
 50.4% 30,902,149
 50.8% 30,929,498
 33.4% 30,349,377
 34.9% 30,087,062
 37.2% 34,067,024
 39.7% 34,742,071
 39.9%
Total loans$85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0% $83,739,542
 100.0% $57,721,726
 100.0% $60,882,800
 100.0%
Total LHFI $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0% $80,790,681
 100.0% $85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
(1) As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $395.8 million of commercial loans that were denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

Commercial

Commercial loans decreasedincreased approximately $2.0 billion,$653.0 million, or 4.3%1.6%, from December 31, 20152018 to December 31, 2016. The decrease from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 20162019. This increase was primarily due to a decreasecomprised of increases in commercial and industrialC&I loans of $2.1 billion$796.5 million and multifamily loans of $754.8 million. These were$332.1 million, offset by an increasedecreases in commercial real estate loans of $265.8 million and other commercial loans of $575.3$239.2 million, and CRE loans of $236.5 million.

The increase is reflective of continued investment of resources to grow the commercial business.

90
  At December 31, 2019, Maturing
(in thousands) 
In One Year
Or Less
 
One to Five
Years
 
After Five
Years
 
Total (1)
CRE loans $1,748,087
 $5,245,277

$1,474,659
 $8,468,023
C&I and other commercial 10,683,269
 11,367,553

1,990,960
 24,041,782
Multifamily loans 734,815
 5,447,661

2,458,728
 8,641,204
Total $13,166,171

$22,060,491

$5,924,347
 $41,151,009
Loans with:        
Fixed rates $4,815,879
 $8,569,337

$3,455,594
 $16,840,810
Variable rates 8,350,292
 13,491,154

2,468,753
 24,310,199
Total $13,166,171

$22,060,491

$5,924,347
 $41,151,009
(1) Includes LHFS.

60



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The following table presents the contractual maturityItem 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company's commercial loans at December 31, 2016:Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 At December 31, 2016, Maturing
 
In One Year
Or Less
One to Five
Years
After Five
Years
Total(1)
 (in thousands)
Commercial real estate loans$2,391,352
$5,895,329
$1,825,361
$10,112,042
Commercial and industrial loans and other11,083,131
12,058,065
2,624,275
25,765,471
Multi-family loans961,531
6,373,192
1,348,957
8,683,680
Total$14,436,014
$24,326,586
$5,798,593
$44,561,193
Loans with:    
Fixed rates$4,869,928
$11,121,021
$2,279,945
$18,270,894
Variable rates9,566,086
13,205,565
3,518,648
26,290,299
Total$14,436,014
$24,326,586
$5,798,593
$44,561,193

(1) Includes LHFS.

Consumer Loans Secured By Real Estate

Consumer loans secured by real estate increased $58.9 million,decreased $1.7 billion, or 0.4%11.4%, from December 31, 20152018 to December 31, 2016. The primary drivers2019. This decrease was comprised of the increase were related toa decrease in the residential mortgage portfolio of $209.0 million, offset by$1.0 billion, primarily due to the sale of residential mortgage loans to the FNMA in 2019, and a decrease in the home equity loans and lines of credit portfolio of $150.0$695.3 million.

Consumer Loans Not Secured By Real Estate

The consumer loan portfolio not secured by real estateRICs and auto loans

RICs and auto loans increased $744.8 million,$7.1 billion, or 2.8%24.3%, from December 31, 20152018 to December 31, 2016.2019. The increase was primarily due to the $3.6 billion increase in the RICs and auto loans - originated portfolio. The growth was offset by a decrease in the RIC and auto loan portfolio -was primarily due to an increase of purchased portfoliofinancial receivables from third-party lenders and originations, net of $2.6 billion.securitizations. RICs are collateralized by vehicle titles, and the lender has the right to repossess the vehicle in the event the consumer defaults on the payment terms of the contract. Most of the Company's RICs held for investment are pledged against warehouse lines or securitization bonds. Refer to further discussion of these in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2016, 70.6%2019, 66.2% (includes loans with no FICO score equivalent to 8.7% of the total portfolio) of the Company's RIC and auto loan portfolio was comprised of nonprime loans (defined by the Company as customers with a FICO score of below 640) with customers who did not qualify for conventional consumer finance products as a result of, among other things, a lack of or adverse credit history, low income levels and/or the inability to provide adequate down payments. While underwriting guidelines wereare designed to establish that the customer would be a reasonable credit risk, nonprime loans will nonetheless experience higher default rates than a portfolio of obligations of prime customers. Additionally, higher unemployment rates, higher gasoline prices, unstable real estate values, re-sets of adjustable rate mortgages to higher interest rates, the general availability of consumer credit, and other factors that impact consumer confidence or disposable income could lead to an increase in delinquencies, defaults, and repossessions, as well as decreasedecreased consumer demand for used automobiles and other consumer products, weaken collateral values and increase losses in the event of default. Because SC's historical focus for such credit has been predominantly on nonprime consumers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions, and losses on these loans could be more dramatically affected by a general economic downturn.

The Company's automated originations process for these credits reflects a disciplined approach to credit risk management to mitigate the risks of nonprime customers. The Company's robust historical data on both organically originated and acquired loans provides it with the ability to perform advanced loss forecasting. Each applicant is automatically assigned a proprietary custom score using information such as FICO scores, DTI ratios, LTV ratios, and over 30 other predictive factors, placing the applicant in one of 100 pricing tiers. The pricing in each tier is continuously monitored and adjusted to reflect market and risk trends. In addition to the Company's automated process, it maintains a team of underwriters for manual review, consideration of exceptions, and review of deal structures with dealers. We experienced a default rate of 8.7% for nonprime RIC and auto loans and 4.6% for prime RIC and auto loans during the period ended December 31, 2016.


91


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Credit Score Range(2)
 
Retail installment contracts and auto loans(3)
 
Retail installment contracts and auto loans(3)
  
Standard file(4)
 
Non-Standard file(5)
 
Standard file(4)
 
Non-Standard file(5)
         
No FICOs(1)
 5.5% 61.7% 6.0% 64.5%
<600 60.1% 20.6% 61.3% 21.3%
600-639 19.4% 7.9% 19.5% 6.7%
>=640 15.0% 9.8% 13.2% 7.5%
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
(1) Consists primarily of loans for which credit scores are not considered in the ALLL model.
(2) Credit scores updated quarterly.
(3) RICs include $924.7 million and $905.7 million of LHFS at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, that do not have an allowance.
(4) Defined as borrowers with greater than 36 months of credit history or four or more trade lines
(5) Defined as borrowers with less than 36 months of credit history or less than four trade lines.

At December 31, 2016,2019, a typical RIC was originated with an average APRannual percentage rate of 15.7%16.3% and was purchased from the dealer at a discountpremium of 0.5%. All of the Company's RICs and auto loans are fixed-rate loans.

Nonprime RICs and personal unsecured loans have a higher inherent risk of loss than prime loans. The Company records an ALLL to cover its estimate of inherent losses on its RICs incurred as of the balance sheet date. As of

Personal unsecured and other consumer loans

Personal unsecured and other consumer loans decreased from December 31, 2016, SC's personal unsecured portfolio was held for sale and thus does not have a related allowance.2018 to December 31, 2019 by $370.8 million.

As a result of the strategic evaluation of SC's personal lending portfolio, in the third quarter of 2015, SC began reviewing strategic alternatives for exiting its personal loan portfolios. In connection with this review, on October 9, 2015, SC delivered a 90-day notice of termination of its loan purchase agreement with LendingClub. On February 1, 2016, SC completed the sale of substantially all of its LendingClub loans to a third-party buyer at an immaterial premium to par value.

SC's other significant personal lending relationship is with Bluestem. SC continues to perform in accordance with the terms and operative provisions of the agreements under which it is obligated to purchase personal revolving loans originated by Bluestem for a term ending in 2020, or 2022 if extended at Bluestem's option. The Bluestem loan portfolio is carried as held for saleheld-for-sale in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, the Company has recorded lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on these portfolios,this portfolio, and there may be further such adjustments required in future periods'period financial statements. Management is currently evaluating alternatives for the Bluestem portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, SC's personal unsecured portfolio was held-for-sale and thus does not have a related allowance.

61





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Extending credit to customers exposes the Company to credit risk, which is the risk that contractual principal and interest due on loans will not be collected due to the inability or unwillingness of the borrower to repay the loan. The Company manages credit risk in its loan portfolio through adherence to consistent standards, guidelines, and limitations established by the Company’s Board of Directors as set forth in its Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement. Written loan policies establishfurther implement these underwriting standards, lending limits, and other standards or limits deemed necessary and prudent. Various approval levels based on the amount of the loan and other key credit attributes have also been established.created. To ensure consistency andcredit quality, loans are originated in accordance with the Company'sCompany’s credit and governance standards authority to approve loans is shared jointly between the businesses and the Creditconsistent with its Enterprise Risk Review group.Management Framework. Loans over certain dollar thresholds require approval by the Company's credit committees, with higher balance loans requiring approval by more senior level committees.

The Credit Risk Review group conducts ongoing independent reviews of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolios and credit management processes to ensure the accuracy of the risk ratings and adherence to established policies and procedures, verify compliance with applicable laws and regulations, provide objective measurement of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio, and ensure that proper documentation exists. The results of these periodic reviews are reported to business line management, Risk Management and the Audit CommitteeCommittees of both the Company and the Bank. The Company maintains a classification system for loans that identifies those requiring a higher level of monitoring by management because of one or more factors, including borrower performance, business conditions, industry trends, the natureliquidity and value of the collateral, collateral margin, economic conditions, or other factors. Loan credit quality is subject to scrutiny by business unit management, credit risk professionals, and Internal Audit.

92


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The following discussion summarizes the underwriting policies and procedures for the major categories within the loan portfolio and addresses SHUSA’s strategies for managing the related credit risk. Additional credit risk management related considerations are discussed further in the "Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses""ALLL" section of this MD&A.

Commercial Loans

Commercial loans principally represent commercial real estate loans (including multifamily loans), loans to commercial and industrialC&I customers, and automotive dealer floor plan loans. Credit risk associated with commercial loans is primarily influenced by prevailing and expected economic conditions and the level of underwriting risk SHUSA is willing to assume. To manage credit risk when extending commercial credit, the Company focuses on assessing the borrower’s capacity and willingness to repay and obtaining sufficient collateral. Commercial and industrialC&I loans are generally secured by the borrower’s assets and by personal guarantees. Commercial real estateCRE loans are originated primarily within the Mid-Atlantic, New York, and New England market areas and are secured by real estate at specified LTV ratios and often by a guarantee of the borrower.guarantee.

Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate

Credit risk in the direct and indirect consumer loan portfolio is controlled by strict adherence to underwriting standards that consider DTI levels, the creditworthiness of the borrower, and collateral values. In the home equity loan portfolio, CLTV ratios are generally limited to 90% for both first and second liens. SHUSA originates and purchases fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans that are secured by the underlying 1-4 family residential properties. Credit risk exposure in this area of lending is minimized by the evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrower, including debt-to-equity ratios, credit scores, and adherence to underwriting policies that emphasize conservative LTV ratios of generally no more than 80%. Residential mortgage loans originated or purchased in excess of an 80% LTV ratio are generally insured by private mortgage insurance, unless otherwise guaranteed or insured by the Federal, state, or local government. SHUSA also utilizes underwriting standards which comply with those of the FHLMC or the FNMA. Credit risk is further reduced, since a portion of the Company’s fixed-rate mortgage loan production is sold to investors in the secondary market without recourse.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

The Company’s consumer loans not secured by real estate include RICs acquired RICs from manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of used and new automobiles and trucks, as well as acquired consumer marine, RV and credit card loans. Credit risk is mitigated to the extent possible through early and aggressiverobust collection practices, which includes the repossession of vehicles.


62





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Collections

The Company closely monitors delinquencies as another means of maintaining high asset quality. Collection efforts generally begin within 15 days after a loan payment is missed by attempting to contact all borrowers and offer a variety of loss mitigation alternatives. If these attempts fail, the Company will attempt to gain control of collateral in a timely manner in order to minimize losses. While liquidation and recovery efforts continue, officers continue to work with the borrowers, if appropriate, to recover all money owed to the Company. The Company monitors delinquency trends at 30, 60, and 90 days past due.DPD. These trends are discussed at monthly management Credit Risk Review Committee meetings and at the Company's and the Bank's Board of Directors' meetings.

93


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents the composition of non-performing assets at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 Period Ended Change
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Dollar Percentage
Non-accrual loans:           
Commercial:           
Commercial real estate$179,220
 $164,369
Commercial and industrial loans and other commercial193,465
 98,520
CRE $83,117
 $88,500
 $(5,383) (6.1)%
C&I 153,428
 189,827
 (36,399) (19.2)%
Multifamily8,196
 9,162
 5,112
 13,530
 (8,418) (62.2)%
Other commercial 31,987
 72,841
 (40,854) (56.1)%
Total commercial loans380,881
 272,051
 273,644
 364,698
 (91,054) (25.0)%
Consumer: 
  
        
Consumer loans secured by real estate:  
  
    
Residential mortgages287,140
 304,935
 134,957
 216,815
 (81,858) (37.8)%
Consumer loans secured by real estate120,065
 127,171
RICs and auto loans - originated1,045,587
 701,785
RICs - purchased284,486
 417,276
Personal unsecured and other consumer17,895
 28,748
Home equity loans and lines of credit 107,289
 115,813
 (8,524) (7.4)%
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:     

 

RICs and auto loans 1,643,459
 1,545,322
 98,137
 6.4 %
Personal unsecured loans 2,212
 3,602
 (1,390) (38.6)%
Other consumer 11,491
 9,187
 2,304
 25.1 %
Total consumer loans1,755,173
 1,579,915
 1,899,408
 1,890,739
 8,669
 0.5 %
Total non-accrual loans2,136,054
 1,851,966
 2,173,052
 2,255,437
 (82,385) (3.7)%
           
Other real estate owned116,705
 117,746
 66,828
 107,868
 (41,040) (38.0)%
Repossessed vehicles173,754
 172,375
 212,966
 224,046
 (11,080) (4.9)%
Other repossessed assets3,838
 374
 4,218
 1,844
 2,374
 128.7 %
Total other real estate owned and other repossessed assets294,297
 290,495
Total OREO and other repossessed assets 284,012
 333,758
 (49,746) (14.9)%
Total non-performing assets$2,430,351
 $2,142,461
 $2,457,064
 $2,589,195
 $(132,131) (5.1)%
           
Past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and accruing interest$93,845
 $79,952
 $93,102
 $98,979
 $(5,877) (5.9)%
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans (1)
2.7% 2.9% 2.8% 2.9%    n/a    n/a
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets1.8% 1.5% 1.6% 1.9%    n/a    n/a
NPLs as a percentage of total loans2.5% 2.1% 2.3% 2.6%    n/a    n/a
ALLL as a percentage of total NPLs178.6% 175.3% 167.8% 172.8%    n/a    n/a
(1) Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans is calculated as annualized net loan charge-offs divided by the average loan balance for theare based on year-to-date period ended December 31, 2016.charge-offs.

No commercial loans were 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2016. Potential problem loans are loans not currently classified as NPLs for which management has doubts about the borrowers’ ability to comply with the present repayment terms. These assets are principally loans delinquent for more than 30 days but less than 90 days. Potential problem commercial loans totaled approximately $120.7$179.9 million and $118.6$98.8 million at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively. This increase was primarily due to loans to one large borrower within the CRE portfolio.

Potential problem consumer loans amounted to $4.3 billion and $3.8$4.7 billion at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015, respectively.2018. Management has included these loans in its evaluation of the Company's ACL and reserved for them during the respective periods.

Non-performing assets increased during the period,decreased to $2.4$2.5 billion,, or 1.8% of total assets, at December 31, 2016, compared to $2.1 billion, or 1.5%1.6% of total assets, at December 31, 2015,2019, compared to $2.6 billion, or 1.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2018, primarily attributable to an increasea decrease in NPLs in the commercial and industrial and RIC auto loan portfolios, offset by a decrease in the mortgage and home equity loan portfolios.consumer RICs.

General

Non-performing assets consist of NPLs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, other real estate owned ("OREO") properties, and other repossessed assets. When interest accruals are suspended, accrued but uncollected interest income is reversed, with accruals charged against earnings. The Company generally places all commercial loans and consumer loans secured by real estate on non-performing status at 90 days past due for interest, principal or maturity, or earlier if it is determined that the collection of principal or interest on the loan is in doubt. For certain individual portfolios, including the RIC portfolio, non-performing status will begin at 60 days past due. Personal unsecured loans, including credit cards, generally continue to accrue interest until they are 180 days delinquent, at which point they are charged-off and all accrued but uncollected interest is removed from interest income. 

9463



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


In general, when the borrower's ability to make required interestItem 7.    Management’s Discussion and principal payments has resumedAnalysis of Financial Condition and collectability is no longer believed to be in doubt, the loan or lease is returned to accrual status. Generally, commercial loans categorized as non-performing remain in non-performing status until the payment status is current and an event occurs that fully remediates the impairment or the loan demonstrates a sustained periodResults of performance without a past due event, and there is reasonable assurance as to the collectability of all amounts due. Within the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios, accrual status is generally systematically driven, so that if the customer makes a payment that brings the loan below 90 days past due, the loan automatically returns to accrual status.Operations



Commercial

Commercial NPLs increased $108.8decreased $91.1 million from December 31, 20152018 to December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, commercial2019. Commercial NPLs accounted for 0.7% and 0.9% of commercial loans held for investment, compared to 0.6% of commercial loans held for investmentLHFI at December 31, 2015.2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The increasedecrease in commercial NPLs was primarily attributablecomprised of decreases of $36.4 million in C&I and $40.9 million in the Other commercial portfolio.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

RICs and amortizing personal loans are classified as non-performing when they are more than 60 DPD (i.e., 61 or more DPD) with respect to principal or interest. Except for loans accounted for using the FVO, at the time a loan is placed on non-performing status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. When an increaseaccount is 60 days or less past due, it is returned to performing status and the Company returns to accruing interest on the loan. The accrual of interest on revolving personal loans continues until the loan is charged off.

RIC TDRs are placed on non-accrual status when the account becomes past due more than 60 days. For loans in non-accrual status, interest income is recognized on a cash basis; however, the Company continues to assess the recognition of cash received on those loans in order to identify whether certain of the loans should also be placed on a cost recovery basis. For loans on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is resumed if a delinquent account subsequently becomes 60 days or less past due. However, for TDR loans placed on a cost recovery basis, the Company returns to accrual status when a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved. NPLs in the commercial real estateRIC and auto loan portfolio increased by $98.1 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Non-performing RICs and auto loans accounted for 4.5% and 5.3% of $14.9 milliontotal RICs and an increase of $86.8 million in the commercialauto loans at December 31, 2019 and industrial portfolio, primarily related to the energy sector.December 31, 2018, respectively.

Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate

The following table shows NPLs compared to total loans outstanding for the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit
 (dollars in thousands)
        
Non-performing loans$287,140
 $120,065
 $304,935
 $127,171
Total loans held for investment7,775,272
 6,001,192
 7,566,301
 6,151,232
NPLs as a percentage of total loans held for investment3.7% 2.0% 4.0% 2.1%
NPLs in foreclosure status58.6% 38.4% 60.1% 23.5%
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit Residential mortgages Home equity loans and lines of credit
NPLs $134,957
 $107,289
 $216,815
 $115,813
Total LHFI 8,835,702
 4,770,344
 9,884,462
 5,465,670
NPLs as a percentage of total LHFI 1.5% 2.2% 2.2% 2.1%
NPLs in foreclosure status 15.5% 84.2% 43.3% 56.7%

The NPL ratio is significantlyusually higher for the Company's residential mortgage loan portfolio compared to its consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio due to a number of factors, including the prolonged workout and foreclosure resolution processes for residential mortgage loans, differences in risk profiles, and mortgage loans located outside the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic United States.

Consumer Loans Not Secured by Real Estate

RICs and amortizing term personal loans are classified as non-performing when they are greater than 60 days past due with respect to principal or interest. Except for loans accounted for using the FVO, at the time a loan is placed on non-performing status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. When an account is 60 days or less past due, it is returned to a performing status and the Company returns to accruing interest on the loan. The accrual As of interest on revolving personal loans continues until the loan is charged off.

Interest is accrued when earned in accordance with the terms of the RIC. For certain RICs, the Company considers 50% of a single payment due sufficient to qualify as a payment for past due classification purposes. The Company aggregates partial payments in determining whether a full payment has been missed in computing past due status.

NPLs in the RIC and auto loan portfolio increased $211.0 million from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. The increase is attributed to2019, the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio has a $343.8 million increase in RICs and auto loans - originated offset by a $132.8 million decrease in RICs - purchased. At December 31, 2016, non-performing RICs and auto loans accounted for 5.2% of total RIC and auto loans,higher NPL ratio compared to 4.5% of total RICs and auto loans at December 31, 2015. The decrease wasthe residential mortgage portfolio, primarily attributabledue to seasonalitythe NPL loan sale in the RIC and auto loan portfolio, where delinquencies tend to be highest during the holiday months of November to January. NPLs in the other consumer loan portfolio decreased $10.9 million from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, non-performing personal unsecured and other consumer loans accounted for 0.9% and 1.3% of total other consumer loans, respectively.2019.

9564



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Delinquencies

The Company generally considers an account delinquent when an obligor fails to pay substantially all (defined as 90%) of the scheduled payment by the due date.    

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company's delinquencies consisted of the following:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRICs and auto loansPersonal Unsecured and Other Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRICs and auto loansPersonal Unsecured and Other Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal
Total delinquencies $404,945$4,768,833$206,703$339,844$5,720,325 $495,854$4,760,361$226,181$232,264$5,714,660
Total loans(1)
 $13,902,871$36,456,747$2,615,036$41,151,009$94,125,663 $15,564,653$29,335,220$3,047,515$40,381,758$88,329,146
Delinquencies as a % of loans 2.9%13.1%7.9%0.8%6.1% 3.2%16.2%7.4%0.6%6.5%
Item 7.(1)Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsIncludes LHFS.

Overall, total delinquencies increased by $5.7 million, or 0.1%, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019, primarily driven by commercial loans, which increased $107.6 million, offset by consumer loans secured by real estate, which decreased $90.9 million. The increase in the commercial portfolio was due to loans to two customers that became delinquent in the fourth quarter of 2019, partially offset by the mortgage decrease due to the NPL and FNMA sales.

TDRs

TDRs are loans that have been modified as the Company has agreed to make certain concessions to both meet the needs of the customers and maximize its ultimate recovery on the loans. TDRs occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties and the loan is modified with terms that would otherwise not be granted to the borrower. The types of concessions granted are generally interest rate reductions, limitations on accrued interest charged, term extensions, and deferments of principal.

TDRs are generally placed in nonaccrual status upon modification, unless the loan was performing immediately prior to modification. For most portfolios, TDRs may return to accrual status after demonstrating at least six consecutive monthsa sustained period of sustained payments following modification,repayment performance, as long as the Company believes the principal and interest of the restructured loan will be paid in full. ForRIC TDRs are placed on nonaccrual status when the RIC portfolio, loans mayCompany believes repayment under the revised terms is not reasonably assured, and considered for return to accrual status when the balance is 60 days or less past due.a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved. To the extent the TDR is determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on the operation of the collateral, the loan may be returned to accrual status based on the foregoing parameters. To the extent the TDR is determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on disposal of the collateral, the loan may not be returned to accrual status.

The following table summarizes TDRs at the dates indicated:
  As of December 31, 2019
(in thousands) Commercial% Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate% RICs and Auto Loans% Other Consumer% Total TDRs
Performing $64,538
49.5% $182,105
67.8% $3,332,246
86.6% $67,465
91.7% $3,646,354
Non-performing 65,741
50.5% 86,335
32.2% 515,573
13.4% 6,128
8.3% 673,777
Total $130,279
100.0% $268,440
100.0% $3,847,819
100.0% $73,593
100.0% $4,320,131
               
% of loan portfolio 0.3%n/a
 2.0%n/a
 10.6%n/a
 4.6%n/a
 4.7%
(1) Excludes LHFS.            
               
  As of December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Commercial% Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate% RICs and Auto Loans% Other Consumer% Total TDRs
Performing $78,744
42.4% $262,449
72.3% $4,587,081
87.3% $141,605
79.6% $5,069,879
Non-performing 107,024
57.6% 100,543
27.7% 664,688
12.7% 36,235
20.4% 908,490
Total $185,768
100.0% $362,992
100.0% $5,251,769
100.0% $177,840
100.0% $5,978,369
               
% of loan portfolio 0.5%n/a
 2.3%n/a
 17.9%n/a
 9.0%n/a
 6.9%
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 (in thousands)
Performing   
Commercial$214,474
 $158,828
Residential mortgage268,777
 273,521
RICs and auto loans4,556,770
 3,434,412
Other consumer129,767
 117,621
Total performing5,169,788
 3,984,382
Non-performing   
Commercial148,038
 98,081
Residential mortgage139,274
 136,230
RICs and auto loans604,864
 421,356
Other consumer44,951
 48,933
Total non-performing937,127
 704,600
Total$6,106,915
 $4,688,982
(1) Excludes LHFS.

Performing TDRs totaled $5.2 billion at December 31, 2016, an increase
65





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of $1.2 billion compared to December 31, 2015. Non-performing TDRs totaled $937.1 million at December 31, 2016, an increaseFinancial Condition and Results of $232.5 million compared to December 31, 2015.Operations



The following table provides a summary of TDR activity:
         
  Year Ended December 31, 2016 Year Ended December 31, 2015
  RICs and auto loans 
All other loans(1)
 RICs and auto loans 
All other loans(1)
  (in thousands)
TDRs, beginning of period $3,866,236
 $833,308
 $1,840,970
 $817,375
New TDRs(2)
 3,483,890
 209,605
 4,174,668
 220,780
Charged-Off TDRs (1,599,828) (27,977) (1,095,858) (23,138)
Sold TDRs 70,512
 (14,686) (605,978) (8,931)
Payments on TDRs (658,875) (55,270) (447,566) (172,778)
TDRs, end of period $5,161,935
 $944,980
 $3,866,236
 $833,308

(1) Excludes SC personal unsecured loans, which amounted to $38.8 million and $17.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, that were reclassified to LHFS during the third quarter of 2015.
(2) New TDRs includes draw downs on lines of credit that have previously been classified as TDRs.


96


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

  Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
(in thousands) RICs and Auto Loans 
All Other Loans(1)
 RICs and Auto Loans 
All Other Loans(1)(2)
TDRs, beginning of period $5,251,769
 $726,600
 $6,037,695
 $805,292
New TDRs(1)
 1,153,160
 145,135
 1,877,058
 192,733
Charged-Off TDRs (1,389,044) (13,706) (1,706,788) (14,554)
Sold TDRs (1,139) (83,204) (2,884) (7,148)
Payments on TDRs (1,166,927) (302,513) (953,312) (249,723)
TDRs, end of period $3,847,819
 $472,312
 $5,251,769
 $726,600
Item 7.(1)Management’s Discussion and AnalysisNew TDRs includes drawdowns on lines of Financial Condition and Results of Operationscredit that have previously been classified as TDRs.


Commercial

Performing commercial(2) Rollforward adjusted through the New TDRs line item to include RV/Marine TDRs in the amount of $56.0 million that were $214.5 million, or 59.2% of total commercial TDRsnot identified at December 31, 2016 compared to $158.8 million, or 61.8% of total commercial TDRs at December 31, 2015. The increase in performing commercial TDRs is primarily attributable to one material borrower who was delinquent and non-performing which became current and performing. The decrease as a percentage of the total commercial TDRs and the overall increase to commercial TDRs can be attributed to four new obligors being modified during the period, comprising $69.6 million of the increase.

Residential Mortgages

Performing residential mortgage TDRs decreased from $273.5 million, or 66.8% of total residential mortgage TDRs at December 31, 2015, to $268.8 million, or 65.9% of total residential TDRs at December 31, 2016.

RICs

The RIC and auto loan portfolio is primarily comprised of nonprime loans (70.6% at December 31, 2016), which lead to a higher rate of modifications and deferrals, and thus a higher volume of TDRs, than other portfolios. Total RIC and auto loan portfolio TDRs (performing and non-performing) comprised 15.6% of the Company’s total RIC and auto loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 20.2% at December 31, 2016. As a percentage of the RIC and auto loan portfolio recorded investment, there have been no significant increases in modification or deferral activity during the reporting period. The increased TDR activity at SHUSA may continue until the loan portfolios acquired as part of the Change in Control either pay-off or charge-off.2018.

In accordance with its policies and guidelines, the Company at times offers payment deferrals to borrowers on its RICs, under which the consumer is allowed to move up to three delinquent payments to the end of the loan. More than 90% of deferrals granted are for two months. The policies and guidelines limit the number and frequency of deferrals that may be granted to one deferral every six months and eight months over the life of a loan, while some marine and RV contracts have a maximum of twelve months in extensions to reflect their longer term. Additionally, the Company generally limits the granting of deferrals on new accounts until a requisite number of payments has been received. During the deferral period, the Company continues to accrue and collect interest on the loan in accordance with the terms of the deferral agreement.

At the time a deferral is granted, all delinquent amounts may be deferred or paid, resultingwhich may result in the classification of the loan as current and therefore not considered delinquent. However, there are instances when a delinquent account. Thereafter,deferral is granted but the accountloan is not brought completely current, such as when the account's DPD is greater than the deferment period granted. Such accounts are aged based on the timely payment of future installments in the same manner as any other account. Historically, the majority of deferrals are approved for borrowers who are either 31-60 or 61-90 days delinquent, and these borrowers are typically reported as current after deferral. A customer is limited to one deferral each six months, and if a customer receives two or more deferrals over the life of the loan, the loan will advance to a TDR designation.

The Company evaluates the results of its deferral strategies based upon the amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred compared to the extent to which the collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time. Based on this evaluation, the Company believes that payment deferrals granted according to its policies and guidelines are an effective portfolio management technique and result in higher ultimate cash collections from the portfolio.

Changes in deferral levels do not have a direct impact on the ultimate amount of consumer finance receivables charged off. However, the timing of a charge-off may be affected if anthe previously deferred account is modified resultingultimately results in a deferral.charge-off. To the extent that deferrals impact the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off, historical charge-off ratios, loss confirmation periods, and cash flow forecasts used in the determination of the adequacy of the ALLL for loans classified as TDRs are also impacted. Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore increase the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses. Changes in these ratios and periods are considered in determining the appropriate level of the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses.

Other Consumer Loans

Performing other consumer loan For loans that are classified as TDRs, increased from $117.6 million, or 70.6% of total other consumer loan TDRs at December 31, 2015 to $129.8 million, or 74.3% of total other consumer loan TDRs, at December 31, 2016. If a customer’s financial difficulty is not temporary, the Company may agree, orgenerally compares the present value of expected cash flows to the outstanding recorded investment of TDRs to determine the amount of allowance and related provision for credit losses that should be required by arecorded. For loans that are considered collateral-dependent, such as certain bankruptcy court, to grant a modification involving one or a combinationmodifications, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the following: a reduction in interest rate, a reduction in the loan's principal balance, or an extension of the maturity date. The servicer also may grant concessions on the Company's revolving personal loans in the form of principal or interest rate reductions or payment plans.

TDR activity in the personal loan and other consumer portfolios was negligiblecollateral, less its estimated costs to overall TDR activity.

97


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Delinquencies

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company's delinquencies consisted of the following:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRetail Installment Contracts and auto loansOther Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal Consumer Loans Secured by Real EstateRetail Installment Contracts and auto loansOther Consumer LoansCommercial LoansTotal
 (dollars in thousands)
Total Delinquencies$568,517$4,261,192$245,588$257,153$5,332,450 $553,644$3,713,852$251,623$258,992$4,778,111
Total Loans(1)
$14,239,357$26,498,469$3,107,074$44,561,193$88,406,093 $13,961,077$25,553,507$4,164,992$46,536,277$90,215,853
Delinquencies as a % of Loans4.0%16.1%7.9%0.6%6.0% 4.0%14.5%6.0%0.6%5.3%

(1) Includes LHFS

Overall, total delinquencies increased by $554.3 million, or 11.6%, from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. Consumer loans secured by real estate delinquencies increased $14.9 million, primarily due to improvements in credit quality in the residential mortgage portfolio. RICs and auto loan and other consumer loan delinquencies increased $547.3 million and decreased $6.0 million, respectively, primarily due to seasonality in the RIC and auto loan portfolio, where delinquencies tend to be highest during the holiday months of November to January. Commercial delinquencies decreased $1.8 million.sell.


ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ("ACL")ACL

The ACL is maintained at levels that management considers adequate to provide for losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Management's evaluation takes into consideration the risks inherent in the portfolio, past loan and lease loss experience, specific loans with loss potential, geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, the level of originations, credit quality metrics such as FICOscores and CLTV, internal risk ratings, economic conditions and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the ACL may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.


66





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table presents the allocation of the ALLL and the percentage of each loan type to total LHFI at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Amount 
% of Loans
to Total HFI Loans
 Amount % of Loans
to Total HFI Loans
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands) Amount 
% of Loans
to Total LHFI
 Amount % of Loans
to Total LHFI
Allocated allowance:               
Commercial loans$449,837
 51.8% $456,812
 53.3% $399,829
 44.4% $441,083
 46.4%
Consumer loans3,317,604
 48.2% 2,742,088
 46.7% 3,199,612
 55.6% 3,409,024
 53.6%
Unallocated allowance47,023
 n/a
 47,245
 n/a
 46,748
 n/a
 47,023
 n/a
Total ALLL3,814,464
 100.0% 3,246,145
 100.0% 3,646,189
 100.0% 3,897,130
 100.0%
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments122,418
   149,022
   91,826
   95,500
  
Total ACL$3,936,882
   $3,395,167
   $3,738,015
   $3,992,630
  

General

The ACL increased $541.7decreased by $254.6 million from December 31, 20152018 to December 31, 2016. The increase2019. This change in the overall ACL was primarily attributable to continued growth inthe decreased amount of TDRs within SC's RIC and auto loan portfolio.

Management regularly monitors the condition of the Company's portfolio, considering factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquencies and NPLs, changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, the experience and ability of staff, and regional and national economic conditions and trends.

98


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Generally, the Company’s LHFI are carried at amortized cost, net of ALLL, which includes the estimate of any related net discounts that are expected at the time of charge-off. In the case of loans purchased in a bulk purchase or business combination, the entire discount on the loan portfolio is considered as available to absorb the credit losses when determining the ALLL. For these loans, the Company records provisions for credit losses when incurred losses exceed the unaccreted purchase discount.

The risk factors inherent in the ACL are continuously reviewed and revised by management when conditions indicate that the estimates initially applied are different from actual results. The Company also performs a comprehensive analysis of the ACL on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Company performs a review each quarter of allowance levels based on nationally published statistics is conducted quarterly.

The ACL is subjectand trends by major portfolio against the levels of peer banking institutions to review by banking regulators. The Company’s primary regulators regularly conduct examinations of the ACLbenchmark our allowance and make assessments regarding its adequacy and the methodology employed in its determination.industry norms.

Commercial

For the commercial loan portfolio excluding small business loans (businesses with annual sales of up to $3.0$3 million), the Company has specialized credit officers, a monitoring unit, and workout units that identify and manage potential problem loans. Changes in management factors, financial and operating performance, company behavior, industry factors and external events and circumstances are evaluated on an ongoing basis to determine whether potential impairment is evident and/or additional analysis is needed. For the commercial loan portfolios, risk ratings are assigned to each loan to differentiate risk within the portfolio, reviewed on an ongoing basis by credit risk management and revised, if needed, to reflect the borrower’s current risk profile and the related collateral position.

The risk ratings consider factors such as financial condition, debt capacity and coverage ratios, market presence and quality of management. Generally, credit officers reassess a borrower’s risk rating on at least an annual basis, and more frequently if warranted. This reassessment process is managed by credit officers and is overseen by the Credit Monitoringcredit monitoring group to ensure consistency and accuracy in risk ratings, as well as the appropriate frequency of risk rating reviews by the Company’s credit officers. The Company’s Credit Risk Review Committee assesses whether the Company’s Credit Risk Review Framework and risk management guidelines established by the Company’s Board and applicable laws and regulations are being followed, and reports key findings and relevant information to the Board. The Company’s Credit Risk Review group regularly performs loan reviews and assesses the appropriateness of assigned risk ratings. When credits are downgraded below a certain level, the Company’s Workout Department becomes responsible for managing the credit risk. Risk rating actions are generally reviewed formally by one or more credit committees depending on the size of the loan and the type of risk rating action being taken. Detailed analyses are completed that support the risk rating and management’s strategies for the customer relationship going forward.


67





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay (e.g., less than 90 days) or insignificant shortfall in the amount of payments does not necessarily result in the loan being identified as impaired. Impaired commercial loans are comprised of all TDRs plus non-accrual loans in excess of $1 million that are not TDRs. In addition, the Company may perform a specific reserve analysis on loans that fail to meet this threshold if the nature of the collateral or business conditions warrant. The Company performs a specific reserve analysis on certain loans regardless of loan size. If a loan is identified as impaired and is collateral-dependent, an initial appraisal is obtained to provide a baseline to determine the property’s fair market value. The frequency of appraisals depends on the type of collateral being appraised. If the collateral value is subject to significant volatility (due to location of the asset, obsolescence, etc.), an appraisal is obtained more frequently. At a minimum, updated appraisals for impaired loans are obtained within a 12-month period if the loan remains outstanding for that period of time.

If a loan is identified as impaired and is not collateral-dependent, impairment is measured based on a DCF methodology.

When the Company determines that the value of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes impairment through a provision estimate or a charge-off to the allowance. Management performs these assessments on at least a quarterly basis. For commercial loans, a charge-off is recorded when a loan, or a portion thereof, is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance on the Company’s books as an asset is not warranted. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis, and partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, with additional charge-offs or loan and lease loss provisions taken on the remaining loan balance, if warranted, utilizing the same criteria.

The portion of the ALLL related to the commercial portfolio was $449.8$399.8 million at December 31, 20162019 (1.0% of commercial LHFI) and $456.8$441.1 million at December 31, 2015 (1.0%2018 (1.1% of commercial LHFI). The primary factor resulting in the decreased ACL allocated to the commercial portfolio is,was in part due to the current economic environment impacting ourcharge-off to three large commercial customers, primarily in the energy sector. Management recorded additional reserves for this portfolio during the first quarter of 2016.

99


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

borrowers.

Consumer

The consumer loan and small business loan portfolios are monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, LTV ratios, and internal and external credit scores. Management evaluates the consumer portfolios throughout their life cycleslifecycles on a portfolio basis. When problem loans are identified that are secured with collateral, management examines the loan files to evaluate the nature and type of collateral. Management documents the collateral type, the date of the most recent valuation, and whether any liens exist to determine the value to compare against the committed loan amount.

Residential mortgages not adequately secured by collateral are generally charged-offcharged off to fair value less cost to sell when deemed to be uncollectible or are delinquent 180 days or more, whichever comes first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Examples that would demonstrate repayment likelihood include a loan that is secured by collateral and is in the process of collection, a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance, or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For residential mortgage loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated into the loan and lease loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge-off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience within various CLTV bands in these portfolios. CLTVs are refreshed quarterly by applying Federal Housing Finance Agency Home Price Index changes at a state-by-state level to the last known appraised value of the property to estimate the current CLTV. The Company's ALLL incorporates the refreshed CLTV information to update the distribution of defaulted loans by CLTV as well as the associated loss given default for each CLTV band. Reappraisals at the individual property level are not considered cost-effective or necessary on a recurring basis; however, reappraisals are performed on certain higher risk accounts to support line management activities and default servicing decisions, or when other situations arise for which the Company believes the additional expense is warranted.


68





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



A home equity loan or line of credit not adequately secured by collateral is treated similarly to the way residential mortgages are treated. The Company incorporates home equity loan or line of credit loss severity assumptions into the loan and lease loss reserve model following the same methodology as for residential mortgage loans. To ensure the Company has captured losses inherent in its home equity portfolios, the Company estimates its ALLL for home equity loans and lines of credit by segmenting its portfolio into sub-segments based on the nature of the portfolio and certain risk characteristics such as product type, lien positions, and origination channels. Projected future defaulted loan balances are estimated within each portfolio sub-segment by incorporating risk parameters, including the current payment status as well as historical trends in delinquency rates. Other assumptions, including prepayment and attrition rates, are also calculated at the portfolio sub-segment level and incorporated into the estimation of the likely volume of defaulted loan balances. The projected default volume is stratified across CLTV ratio bands, and a loss severity rate for each CLTV band is applied based on the Company's historical net credit loss experience. This amount is then adjusted, as necessary, for qualitative considerations to reflect changes in underwriting, market, or industry conditions, or changes in trends in the composition of the portfolio, including risk composition, seasoning, and underlying collateral.

The Company considers the delinquency status of its senior liens in cases in which the Company services the lien. The Company currently services the senior lien on 24.6%23.5% of its junior lien home equity principal balances. Of the junior lien home equity loan and line of credit balances that are current, 1.0%1.1% have a senior lien that is one or more payments past due. When the senior lien is delinquent but the junior lien is current, allowance levels are adjusted to reflect loss estimates consistent with the delinquency status of the senior lien. The Company also extrapolates these impacts to the junior lien portfolio when the senior lien is serviced by another investor and the delinquency status of that senior lien is unknown.

Depository and lending institutions in the U.S. generally are expected to experience a significant volume of home equity lines of credit that will be approaching the end of their draw periods over the next several years, following the growth in home equity lending experienced during 2003 through 2007. As a result, many of these home equity lines of credit will either convert to amortizing loans or have principal due as balloon payments. The Company's home equity lines of credit generated after 2007 are generally open-ended, revolving loans with fixed-rate lock options and draw periods of up to 10 years, along with amortizing repayment periods of up to 20 years. The Company currently monitors delinquency rates for amortizing and non-amortizing lines, as well as other credit quality metrics, including FICO credit scoring model scores and LTV ratios. The Company's home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten considering fully drawn and fully amortizing levels. As a result, the Company currently does not anticipate a significant deterioration in credit quality when these home equity lines of credit begin to amortize.


100


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


For RICs, including RICs acquired from a third-party lender that are considered to have no credit deterioration at acquisition, and personal unsecured loans at SC, the Company estimatesmaintains an ALLL for the ALLLCompany's HFI portfolio not classified as TDRs at a level consideredestimated to be adequate to cover probableabsorb credit losses of the recorded investment inherent in the non-TDR portfolio, based on a holistic assessment, including both quantitative and recordsqualitative considerations. For TDR loans, the allowance is comprised of impairment on the TDR portfoliomeasured using a discounted cash flowDCF model. RICs and personal unsecured loans are considered separately in assessing the required ALLL using product-specific allowance methodologies applied on a pooled basis. For RICs, the Company segregates the portfolio based on homogeneity into pools based on source, then further stratifies each pool by vintage and custom loss forecasting score. For each vintage and risk segment, the Company's vintage model predicts the timing of unit losses and the loan balances at the time of default. Auto loans are charged off when an account becomes 120 days delinquent if the Company has not repossessed the vehicle. The Company writes the vehicle down to the estimated recovery amount of the collateral when the automobile is repossessed and legally available for disposition.

The Company considers changesquantitative framework is supported by credit models that consider several credit quality indicators including, but not limited to, historical loss experience and current portfolio trends. The transition-based Markov model provides data on a granular and disaggregated/segment basis as it utilizes recently observed loan transition rates from various loan statuses to forecast future losses. Transition matrices in the used vehicle index when forecasting recovery rates to apply to the gross losses forecasted by the vintage model. Its models do not include other macro-economic factors. Instead, the ALLL process considers factorsMarkov model are categorized based on account characteristics such as unemployment ratesdelinquency status, TDR type (e.g., deferment, modification, etc.), internal credit risk, origination channel, seasoning, thin/thick file and bankruptcy trends as potentialtime since TDR event. The credit models utilized differ among the Company's RIC and personal loan portfolios. The credit models are adjusted by management through qualitative overlays. Management reviews idiosyncratic and systemic risks facingreserves to incorporate information reflective of the business. This qualitative overlay framework enables the ALLL process to arrive at a provision that reflects all relevant information, including both quantitative model outputs and qualitative overlays.

No allowance was associated with the personal unsecured loan portfolio at SC as of December 31, 2016, as the portfolio was held for sale in the third quarter of 2015. Future originations will also be classified as held-for-sale. During the first nine months of 2015, the Company employed product-specific models in determining the required ALLL. For the fixed-rate installment loan portfolio, a vintage modeling approach was employed in which the models predicted the timing of losses and the loan balance at the time of default. As these were unsecured loans, the total loss was the loan balance at the time of default. For revolving loans, the model stratified the portfolio based on delinquency categories and age of account. Loss rates were derived from historical experience to determine expected portfolio losses over the next 12 months.current business environment.

The allowance for consumer loans was $3.3$3.2 billion and $2.7$3.4 billion at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively. The allowance as a percentage of held-for-investmentHFI consumer loans was 8.0%6.2% at December 31, 20162019 and 6.8%7.3% at December 31, 2015.2018. The increasedecrease in the allowance for consumer loans was primarily attributable to lower TDR volume and rate improvement in SC's RIC and auto loan portfolio growth.portfolio.

The Company's allowance models and reserve levels are back-tested on a quarterly basis to ensure that both remain within appropriate ranges. As a result, management believes that the current ALLL is maintained at a level sufficient to absorb inherent losses in the consumer portfolios.

69





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Unallocated

Additionally, theThe Company reserves for certain inherent but undetected losses that are probable within the loan and lease portfolios. This is considered to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models orand to otherwise provide for coverage of inherent losses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolios. These imprecisions may include loss factors inherent in the loan portfolio that may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and specific components of the allowance, as well as potential variability in estimates. Period-to-period changes in the Company's historical unallocated allowance for loan and lease lossALLL positions are considered in light of these factors. The unallocated ALLL was $46.7 million and $47.0 million at December 31, 20162019 and $47.2 million at December 31, 2015.2018, respectively.

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

In addition to the ALLL, the Company estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments consists of two elements: (i) an allocated reserve, which is determined by an analysis of historical loss experience and risk factors, current economic conditions, performance trends within specific portfolio segments, and any other pertinent information, and (ii) an unallocated reserve to account for a level of imprecision in management's estimation process. Additions to the reserve for unfunded lending commitments are made by charges to the provision for credit losses, and this reserve is classified within Other liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet. Once an unfunded lending commitment becomes funded and is carried as a loan, the corresponding reserves are transferred to the ALLL.

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments decreased $3.7 million from $149.0$95.5 million at December 31, 20152018 to $122.4$91.8 million at December 31, 2016. This change was2019. The decrease of the unfunded reserve is primarily duerelated to a reduction during 2016 in off-balance sheet lending commitments. During the year ended December 31, 2016, SBNA transferred $6.5 billion of unfunded commitmentsCompany strategically reducing its exposure to extend credit to an unconsolidated related party.certain business relationships and industries. The net impact of the change in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments to the overall ACL was immaterial.

101


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities consist primarily of U.S. Treasuries, MBS, ABS and stock in the FHLB and the FRB.FRB stock. MBS consist of pass-through, CMOs and adjustable rate mortgages issued by federal agencies. The Company’s MBS are either guaranteed as to principal and interest by the issuer or have ratings of “AAA” by S&P and Moody’s at the date of issuance. The Company’s available-for-saleAFS investment strategy is to purchase liquid fixed-rate and floating-rate investments to manage the Company's liquidity position and interest rate risk adequately.

Total investment securities available-for-sale decreased $4.7AFS increased $2.7 billion to $17.0$14.3 billion at December 31, 2016,2019, compared to $21.7$11.6 billion at December 31, 2015.2018. During the year-endedyear ended December 31, 2016,2019, the composition of the Company's investment portfolio changed by decreasesdue to an increase in U.S. Treasury securities corporate debt securities, and state and municipal securities which wereMBS, partially offset by increasesa decrease in high quality liquid assets ("HQLA") such as MBS. HQLA are low-risk assets that can easily and immediately be converted into cash at little or no loss of value, such as cash or investment securities guaranteedABS. U.S. Treasuries increased by a sovereign entity. U.S. Treasury securities decreased by $2.2$2.3 billionprimarily due to sales and maturitiesinvestment purchases of $5.2$3.8 billion as offset by $3.0 billion of investment purchases. Corporate debt securities decreased by $1.5 billion primarily due to sales and maturities of $1.4 billion. State and municipal securities decreasedsales. MBS increased by $767.9$739.4 million primarily due to investment purchases and a decrease in unrealized losses, partially offset by sales, of $748.0 million. Throughout 2016, the Company continued the strategy it implemented in 2015 to improve its liquidity by selling non-HQLAmaturities and reinvesting the funds into HQLA.principal paydowns. For additional information with respect to the Company’s investment securities, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity are classified as held-to-maturityHTM securities. Held-to-maturityHTM securities are reported at cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Total investment securities held-to-maturityHTM were $1.7$3.9 billion at December 31, 2016.2019. The Company had 099 investment securities classified as held-to-maturityHTM as of December 31, 2015.

Total trading securities increased $1.4 million to $1.6 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $0.2 million at December 31, 2015.2019.

Total gross unrealized losses increasedon investment securities AFS decreased by $14.6$258.2 million to $233.5 million during the year-ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to increases in interest rates. The majority of the increase in unrealized losses was in the MBS portfolios. The unrealized losses increased within the MBS portfolios by $28.6 million, decreased within the corporate debt securities portfolio by $11.2 million, and decreased within the U.S. Treasury securities portfolio by $3.4 million. Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

Other investments, which consists primarily of FHLB stock and FRB stock, decreased from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015 to $730.8 million at December 31, 2016, primarily due to the Company redeeming $492.8 million of FHLB stock at par, partially offset by the Company's purchase of $172.2 million of FHLB stock at par. There was no gain or loss associated with these redemptions. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not purchase any FRB stock.2019. This decrease was primarily related to a decrease in unrealized losses of $246.1 million on MBS, primarily due to a decrease in interest rates.

The average life of the available-for-saleAFS investment portfolio (excluding certain ABS) at December 31, 20162019 was approximately 4.563.86 years. The average effective duration of the investment portfolio (excluding certain ABS) at December 31, 20162019 was approximately 3.122.85 years. The actual maturities of MBS available-for-saleAFS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.


10270



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table presents the fair value of investment securities by obligor at the dates indicated:

December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(in thousands)
Investment securities available-for-sale:   
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Investment securities AFS:    
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies$8,163,027
 $9,087,134
 $9,735,337
 $5,485,392
FNMA and FHLMC securities7,639,823
 8,630,503
 4,326,299
 5,550,628
State and municipal securities30
 767,880
 9
 16
Other securities (1)
1,221,345
 3,255,655
 278,113
 596,951
Total investment securities available-for-sale17,024,225
 21,741,172
Investment securities held-to-maturity:   
Total investment securities AFS 14,339,758
 11,632,987
Investment securities HTM:    
U.S. government agencies1,658,644
 
 3,938,797
 2,750,680
Total investment securities held-to-maturity (2)
1,658,644
 
Trading securities1,630
 248
Total investment securities HTM(2)
 3,938,797
 2,750,680
Other investments730,831
 1,027,363
 995,680
 805,357
Total investment portfolio$19,415,330
 $22,768,783
 $19,274,235
 $15,189,024

(1) Other securities primarily include corporate debt securities and ABS.
(2) Held-to-maturity securities are measured and presented at amortized cost.
(1)Other securities primarily include corporate debt securities and ABS.
(2)HTM securities are measured and presented at amortized cost.

The following table presents the securities of single issuers (other than obligations of the United States and its political subdivisions, agencies, and corporations) having an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of the Company's stockholder's equity that were held by the Company at December 31, 2016:

2019:
At December 31, 2016 December 31, 2019
Amortized Cost Fair Value
(in thousands)
(in thousands) Amortized Cost Fair Value
FNMA$4,364,660
 $4,293,980
 $2,467,867
 $2,463,166
FHLMC3,423,979
 3,345,844
GNMA (1)
8,668,310
 8,578,078
 9,581,198
 9,601,626
Government - Treasuries 4,086,733
 4,090,938
Total$16,456,949
 $16,217,902
 $16,135,798
 $16,155,730

(1) Includes U.S government agency MBS.
(1)Includes U.S. government agency MBS.


GOODWILL

The Company records the excess of the cost of acquired entities over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired less the fair value of liabilities assumed as goodwill. Consistent with ASC 350, the Company does not amortize goodwill, and reviews the goodwill recorded for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for goodwill impairment. At December 31, 2016,2019, goodwill totaled $4.5$4.4 billion and represented 3.2%3.0% of total assets and 19.9%18.2% of total stockholder's equity. The following table shows goodwill by reportable segmentsreporting units at December 31, 20162019:

  
Consumer and Business Banking (1)
 
Commercial Real Estate(2) 
 
Commercial Banking(2)
 Global Corporate Banking SC Santander BanCorp Total
  (in thousands)
Goodwill at December 31, 2016 $1,880,303
 $870,411
 $542,584
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $10,537
 $4,454,925

(in thousands) Consumer and Business Banking 
C&I(1)
 CRE and Vehicle Finance CIB SC Total
Goodwill at December 31, 2018 $1,880,304
 $1,412,995
 $
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
Re-allocations during the period 
 (1,095,071) 1,095,071
 
 
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2019 $1,880,304
 $317,924
 $1,095,071
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
(1) Consumer and Business Banking were formerly designated as the Retail Banking segment and were renamed during the first quarter of 2016.
(2) Commercial Real Estate andFormerly Commercial Banking were formerly disclosed as the combined Real Estate and Commercial Banking segment.



103


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company includingmade a change in its Santander BanCorp subsidiary,reportable segments beginning January 1, 2019 and, accordingly, has re-allocated goodwill to the related reporting units based on the estimated fair value of each reporting unit. Upon re-allocation, management tested the new reporting units for impairment, using the same methodology and assumptions as used in the October 1, 2018 goodwill impairment test, and noted that there was no impairment. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on the change in reportable segments.

The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 20162019 using generally accepted valuation methods. After conducting an analysisThe Company completes a quarterly review for impairment indicators over each of its reporting units, which includes consideration of economic and organizational factors that could impact the fair value of eachthe Company's reporting unit asunits. At the completion of October 1, 2016,the 2019 fourth quarter review, the Company determined that no impairment of goodwill was identified as a result of the annual impairment analyses. A discussion of the key assumptions useddid not identify any indicators which resulted in the Company's conclusion that an interim impairment test for our largest reporting units follows.would be required to be completed.

71





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



For the Consumer and Business Banking reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market approach ("market approach") and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 35.0%25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected tangible book value (TBV)TBV of 1.5X1.4x was selected based on publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 9.1%, which iswas most representative of the reporting unit's cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 4.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Consumer and Business Banking reporting unit by 31.0%10.3%, indicating the reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.impaired.

For the Commercial Real EstateC&I reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 35.0%25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market placemarketplace that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.5X1.4x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 9.9%12.7%, which is most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Commercial Real Estate reporting unit by 27.0% indicating the Commercial Real Estate reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment

For the Corporate and Commercial Banking reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 35.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.5X was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate 10.0% which is most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 4.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Corporate and Commercial Banking reporting unit by 42.0%18.0%, indicating the Corporate and Commercial BankingC&I reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.impaired.

For the GCBCRE&VF reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 35.0%25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the marketplace that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.5x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate 9.4%, which was most representative of the business' cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the Commercial Banking reporting unit by 20.5%, indicating the CRE&VF reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.

For the CIB reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, an equal weighting of the market and income approach was applied. For the market approach, the Company selected a 25.0% control premium based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market place that were determined to be comparable. The projected TBV of 1.2X1.3x was selected based on the selected publicly traded peers of the reporting unit and was equally considered with the projected earnings multiples of 9.0X8.0x and 8.0X7.5x and 7.0x, which were
applied to the reporting unit's 20172019, 2020, and 20182021 projected earnings, respectively, due to the nature of the business, which operates outside of the traditional savings and loan bank model. For the income approach, the Company selected a discount rate of 11.2%10.3%, which is most representative of the reporting unit's cost of equity at the time of the analysis. Long-term growth rates of 3.0% were applied in determining the terminal value. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value for the GCBCIB reporting unit by 47.0%25.2%, indicating that the GCBCIB reporting unit was not considered to be impaired or at risk for impairment.

For the SC reporting unit's fair valuation analysis, the Company used only the market capitalization approach. For the market capitalization approach, SC's stock price from October 1, 20162019 of $12.16$25.53 was used and a 35.0%25.0% control premium was used based on the Company's review of transactions observable in the market placemarket-place that were determined to be comparable. The results of the equally weighted fair value analyses exceeded the carrying value of the SC reporting unit by 5.3%67.9%, indicating that the SC reporting unit was not considered to be impaired. Management continues to monitor SC's stock price, along with changes in the financial position and results of operations that would impact the reporting unit's carrying value on a regular basis. Through the date of this filing, there have been no indicators which would change management's assessment as of October 1, 2016.2019.

104


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Total premisesManagement continues to monitor changes in financial position and equipment, net, was $996.5 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015. The decrease in total premises and equipment was primarily due to accumulated depreciationresults of operations that would impact each of the reporting units estimated fair value or carrying value on a regular basis. Through the date of this filing, there have been no indicators which increased $243.8 million from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. The increase in accumulated depreciation was offset by increases in computer softwarewould change management's assessment as of $128.1 million related to software and license purchases and increased information technology ("IT") services as well as increases in furniture, fixtures and equipment and leasehold improvements of $44.0 million and $32.4 million, respectively.October 1, 2019.


DEFERRED TAXES AND OTHER TAX ACTIVITY

The Company'sCompany had a net deferred tax liability balance wasof $1.0 billion at December 31, 2019 (consisting of a deferred tax asset balance of $503.7 million and a deferred tax liability balance of $430.5$1.5 billion), compared to a net deferred tax liability balance of $587.5 million at December 31, 20162018 (consisting of a deferred tax asset balance of $625.1 million and $230.6a deferred tax liability balance of $1.2 billion). The $429.9 million at December 31, 2015. The $200.0 million increase in net deferred liabilities for the year ended December 31, 20162019 was primarily due to a $667.7 millionan increase in deferred tax liabilities related to accelerated depreciation onfrom leasing transactions; a $124.0 million decrease in the deferred tax asset established for SC loan mark-to-market adjustments under Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") Section 475; a $67.7 million increase in deferred tax liabilities related to unremitted foreign earnings of a subsidiary of SC,transactions and a $29.7 million increase in net deferred tax liabilities related to other temporary differences; partially offset by a $671.6 million increase in deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits; and a $17.5 million increase in the deferred tax asset for unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income. The IRC Section 475 mark-to-market adjustment deferred tax asset is related to SC's business as a dealer in auto and other consumer loans. The mark-to-market adjustment is required under IRC Section 475 for tax purposes, but is not required for book purposes.

The Company filed a lawsuit against the United States in 2009 in Federal District Court in Massachusetts relating to the proper tax consequences of two financing transactions with an international bank through which the Company borrowed $1.2 billion. As a result of these financing transactions, the Company paid foreign taxes of $264.0 million during the years 2003 through 2007 and claimed a corresponding foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid during those years, which the IRS disallowed. The IRS also disallowed the Company's deductions for interest expense and transaction costs, totaling $74.6 million in tax liability, and assessed penalties and interest totaling approximately $92.5 million. The Company has paid the taxes, penalties and interest associated with the IRS adjustments for all tax years, and the lawsuit will determine whether the Company is entitled to a refund of the amounts paid.

On November 13, 2015, the Federal District Court issued a written opinion in favor of the Company on all contested issues, and in a judgment issued on January 13, 2016, ordered amounts assessed by the IRS for the years 2003 through 2005 to be refunded to the Company. The IRS appealed that decision. On December 15, 2016, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit partially reversed the decision of the Federal District Court. Pursuant to the First Circuit's judgment, the Company is not entitled to claim the foreign tax credits it claimed but will be allowed to exclude from income $132.0 million (representing half of the U.K. taxes the Company paid) and will be allowed to claim the interest expense deductions. The court ordered the case to be remanded to the Federal District Court for further proceedings to determine, among other issues, whether penalties should be sustained. On March 16, 2017, the Company filed a petition requesting the U.S. Supreme Court to hear its appeal of the First Circuit Court’s decision.

In response to the First Circuit's judgment, the Company used its previously established $230.1 million tax reserve to write off deferred tax assets and a portion of the receivable that would not be realized under the Court's decision. Additionally, the Company established a $36.0 million tax reserve in relation to items that have not yet been determined by the courts. The Company believes that this reserve amount adequately provides for potential exposure to the IRS related to these items. Over the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that changes in the reserve for uncertain tax positions could range from a decrease of $36.0 million to no change.

In 2013, two different federal courts decided cases involving similar financing structures entered into by the Bank of New York Mellon Corp. ("BNY Mellon") and BB&T Corp. ("BB&T") in favor of the IRS. BNY Mellon and BB&T each appealed. On May 14, 2015, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit decided BB&T's appeal by affirming the trial court's decision to disallow BB&T's foreign tax credits and to allow penalties, but reversing the trial court and allowed BB&T's entitlement to interest deductions. On September 9, 2015, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit upheld the trial court's decision in BNY Mellon's case, allowing BNY Mellon to claim interest deductions, but disallowing BNY Mellon's claimed foreign tax credits. On September 29, 2015, BB&T filed a petition requesting the U.S. Supreme Court to hear its appeal of the Federal Circuit Court’s decision. BNY Mellon filed a petition requesting the U.S. Supreme Court hear its appeal of the Second Circuit’s decisiondepreciation on November 3, 2015. On March 7, 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court denied BB&T's and BNY Mellon's petitions.company owned assets.

10572



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



OTHER ASSETS

Other assets at December 31, 2016 were $1.9 billion, compared to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2015. The decrease in other assets was primarily due to decreases in income tax receivables, partially offset by activity in miscellaneous assets and receivables and derivative assets.

Income tax receivables decreased $339.5 million, primarily due to the decrease in accrued federal tax receivables.

The decrease above was partially offset by increases in miscellaneous assets and receivables of $93.4 million, primarily due to increases in capitalized lease equipment, and in derivative assets of $30.7 million, primarily related to an increase in capital markets trading due to fluctuations in mark-to-market valuations.


DEPOSITS AND OTHER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

The Company's banking subsidiaries attract deposits within their primary market areas by offering a variety of deposit instruments, including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, customer repurchase agreements, certificates of deposit ("CDs") and retirement savings plans. The Bank also issues wholesale deposit products such as brokered deposits and government deposits on a periodic basis, which serve as an additional source of liquidity for the Company.

During the second quarter of 2016, there was a $1.2 billion reclassification of interest-bearing demand deposits to noninterest-bearing demand deposits. This was due to the end of a promotional product offered by the Company.

Total deposits and other customer accounts increased $1.7 billion from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily comprised of increases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $2.5 billion, or 19.3%, and money market accounts of $74.6 million, or 0.3%. These increases were offset by a decrease in interest-bearing deposit accounts of $426.2 million, or 3.6%, and CDs of $470.5 million, or 4.9%, primarily due to the shift in deposits to non-interest bearing demand deposits money market accounts. The Company continues to focus its efforts on attracting and increasing lower-cost deposits. The cost of deposits was 0.53% and 0.55% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Time deposits of greater than $250,000 totaled $1.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.


BORROWINGS AND OTHER DEBT OBLIGATIONS

The Company has term loans and lines of credit with Santander and other lenders. The Bank utilizes borrowings and other debt obligations as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management. Collateralized advances are available from the FHLB if certain standards related to creditworthiness are met. The Bank also utilizes repurchase agreements, which are short-term obligations collateralized by securities. In addition, SC has warehouse lines of credit and securitizes some of its RICs and operating leases, which are structured secured financings. Total borrowings and other debt obligations at December 31, 2016 were $43.5 billion, compared to $49.8 billion at December 31, 2015. Total borrowings decreased $6.3 billion, primarily due to a decrease of $7.9 billion in FHLB advances and the maturity of $475.7 million in the Parent Company's senior notes. This was offset by $1.6 billion and $0.9 billion of new debt issued by the Parent Company and SC, respectively. See further detail on borrowings activity in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

106


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


     
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015
  (in thousands)
Parent Company & other IHC entities borrowings and other debt obligations    
Parent Company senior notes:    
Balance $4,184,644 $3,061,157
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.35% 3.89%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $5,680,872 $3,668,312
Average amount outstanding during the year $4,215,926 $2,619,067
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.40% 3.74%
IHC entity subordinated notes:    
Balance $40,457 $40,549
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.00% 2.00%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $40,457 $40,549
Average amount outstanding during the year $40,503 $40,549
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.00% 2.00%
Junior subordinated debentures to capital trusts:    
Balance $233,871 $233,819
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 4.34% 4.13%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $233,871 $233,819
Average amount outstanding during the year $233,845 $233,792
Weighted average interest rate during the year 4.35% 4.10%
Short-term borrowings:    
Balance $279,004 $701,930
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.35% 0.50%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $701,930 $701,930
Average amount outstanding during the year $490,467 $701,930
Weighted average interest rate during the year 0.35% 0.50%

107


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


     
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015
  (in thousands)
Bank borrowings and other debt obligations    
REIT preferred:    
Balance $156,457 $154,930
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 13.46% 13.66%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $156,457 $154,930
Average amount outstanding during the year $155,678 $154,155
Weighted average interest rate during the year 13.46% 13.59%
Bank senior notes:    
Balance $997,848 $995,796
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.18% 2.01%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $997,848 $997,808
Average amount outstanding during the year $996,769 $966,584
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.12% 2.01%
Bank subordinated notes:    
Balance $498,882 $498,175
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 8.92% 8.92%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $498,882 $498,175
Average amount outstanding during the year $498,504 $497,830
Weighted average interest rate during the year 8.92% 8.92%
Term loans:    
Balance $151,515 $161,243
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 7.08% 6.48%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $161,352 $170,724
Average amount outstanding during the year $154,412 $163,979
Weighted average interest rate during the year 6.07% 6.09%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $0
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $2,877
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 0.32%
Federal funds purchased:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $100,000 $100,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $273 $11,658
Weighted average interest rate during the year 0.36% 0.16%
FHLB advances:    
Balance $5,950,000 $13,885,000
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.85% 1.40%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $13,785,000 $13,885,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $9,465,970 $10,208,082
Weighted average interest rate during the year 1.34% 1.78%

108


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


     
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015
  (in thousands)
SC borrowings and other debt obligations    
Revolving credit facilities:    
Balance $9,414,817 $9,202,779
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.36% 1.81%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $10,864,269 $11,413,550
Average amount outstanding during the year $9,920,858 $10,116,963
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.36% 2.20%
Public securitizations:    
Balance $13,444,543 $12,679,987
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  0.89% - 2.46%
 0.89% - 2.29%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $14,202,169 $13,619,087
Average amount outstanding during the year $13,146,712 $12,896,163
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.53% 1.82%
Privately issued amortizing notes:    
Balance $8,172,407 $8,213,217
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  0.88% - 2.86%
 0.88% - 2.81%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $8,786,543 $8,213,217
Average amount outstanding during the year $8,263,205 $6,960,713
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.34% 1.48%

109


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued Expenses
  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Accrued interest $130,098
 $128,647
Accrued federal/foreign/state tax credits 122,843
 217,466
Deposits payable 96,596
 105,532
Expense accruals 653,938
 565,882
Payroll/tax benefits payable 353,790
 374,302
Accounts payable 291,768
 162,679
Miscellaneous payable 1,172,679
 1,223,005
    Total accrued expenses $2,821,712
 $2,777,513

Accrued expenses increased $44.2 million, or 1.6%, from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. The increase in accrued expenses was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $129.1 million due to a rise in customer money payable accounts and an increase in payroll and litigation accruals of $88.1 million at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015. This was partially offset by a decrease in income tax payable of $94.6 million, and a decrease in miscellaneous payables of $50.3 million driven by a fall in derivative unrealized losses from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

Other Liabilities
  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Total derivative activity $348,941
 $339,730
Official checks and money orders in process 140,607
 110,258
Deferred gains/credits 30,096
 46,064
Reserve for unfunded commitments 122,417
 149,022
Nostro credit 128,524
 5,335
Miscellaneous liabilities 40,287
 18,085
    Total other liabilities $810,872

$668,494

Other liabilities increased $142.4 million, or 21.3%, from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016. The increase in other liabilities was primarily related to an increase in Nostro credit, which is a clearing account for securities transactions entered into on the behalf of customers, of $123.2 million, and an increase in derivative activity of $9.2 million due to fluctuations in mark-to-market valuations. These increases were offset by a decrease in the reserve for unfunded commitments of $26.6 million associated with off-balance sheet lending commitments.


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

See further discussion of the Company's off-balance sheet arrangements in Note 7 and Note 1920 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this MD&A.


PREFERRED STOCK

In April 2006,For a discussion of the Company’s Boardstatus of Directors authorized 8,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and grantedlitigation with which the Company authorityis involved with the IRS, please refer to issue fractional shares of the Series C Preferred Stock. Dividends on each share of Series C Preferred Stock are payable quarterly, on a non-cumulative basis, at an annual rate of 7.30%, when and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors. In May 2006, the Company issued 8,000,000 depository shares of Series C Preferred Stock for net proceeds of $195.4 million. Each depository share represents 1/1000th ownership interest in a share of Series C Preferred Stock. As a holder of depository shares, the depository shareholder is entitled to all proportional rights and preferences of the Series C Preferred Stock. The Company’s Board of Directors declared cash dividends to preferred stockholders totaling $14.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

110


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The shares of Series C Preferred Stock are redeemedable in whole or in part for cash, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price of $25,000 per share(equivalent to $25 per depository share), subjectNote 15 to the prior approval of the OCC. As of December 31, 2016, no shares of the Series C Preferred Stock had been redeemed.

In August 2010, Santander BanCorp, a subsidiary of the Company, issued 3.0 million shares of Series B preferred stock, $25 par value, designated as the 8.75% noncumulative preferred stock to an affiliate. The shares of the Series B preferred stock are redeemable in whole or in part for cash on or after September 30, 2015, and semiannually thereafter on each March 31 and September 30 at the option of Santander BanCorp, with the consent of the FDIC and any other applicable regulatory authority. Dividends on the Series B preferred stock are payable when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors of Santander BanCorp. On March 31, 2016, the 3.0 million shares of the Series B preferred stock were redeemed.Consolidated Financial Statements.


BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Company's capital priorities are to support client growth and business investment and to maintainwhile maintaining appropriate capital in light of economic uncertainty and the Basel III framework. The Company continues to improve its capital levels and ratios through retention of quarterly earnings and RWA optimization.

The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. At December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015, respectively,2018, based on the Bank’s capital calculations, the Bank metwas considered well-capitalized under the well-capitalizedapplicable capital ratio requirements. Theframework. In addition, the Company's capital levels as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, based on the Company’s capital calculations, exceeded the required capital ratios required for BHCs.

For a discussion of Basel III, which became effective for SHUSA and the Bank on January 1, 2015, including the standardized approach and related future changes to the minimum U.S. regulatory capital ratios, see the section captioned "Regulatory Matters" in this MD&A.

The FDIA established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. A depository institution's capital tier depends on its capital levels in relation to various capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.

Federal banking laws, regulations and policies also limit the Bank's ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank's total distributions to SHUSA within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years;years, (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. The OCC's prior approval would also be required if the Bank were notified by the OCC that it is a problem institution or in troubled condition. In addition, the Bank must obtain the OCC's prior written approval to make any capital distribution until it has positive retained earnings. Under a written agreement with the FRB of Boston, the Company must not declare or pay, and must not permit any non-bank subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Company, including SC, to declare or pay, any dividends, and the Company must not make, or permit any such subsidiary to make, any capital distribution, in each case without the prior written approval of the FRB of Boston.

Any dividend declared and paid or return of capital has the effect of reducing the Bank's capital ratios. The Bank did not declare and pay any return of capital to SHUSA duringDuring the yearyears ended December 31, 2016.2019 and 2018, the Company paid cash dividends of $400.0 million, and $410.0 million, respectively, to its common stock shareholder and cash dividends to preferred shareholders of zero and $10.95 million, respectively. On August 15, 2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its outstanding preferred stock.

The following schedule summarizes the actual capital balances of SHUSA and the Bank and SHUSA at December 31, 2016:2019:
  BANK
       
  December 31, 2016 
Well-capitalized Requirement(1)
 
Minimum Requirement(1)
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 16.17% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 16.17% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 17.39% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 12.34% 5.00% 4.00%

(1) As defined by OCC regulations. Presentation under a Basel III transitional basis.

111


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

  SHUSA
       
  December 31, 2019 
Well-capitalized Requirement(1)
 
Minimum Requirement(1)
CET1 capital ratio 14.63% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 15.80% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 17.23% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 13.13% 5.00% 4.00%
Item 7.(1)Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsAs defined by Federal Reserve regulations. The Company's ratios are presented under a Basel III phasing-in basis.
  Bank
       
  December 31, 2019 
Well-capitalized Requirement(2)
 
Minimum Requirement(2)
CET1 capital ratio 15.80% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 15.80% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 16.77% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 12.77% 5.00% 4.00%
(2)As defined by OCC regulations. The Bank's ratios are presented on a Basel III phasing-in basis.


73





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  SHUSA
       
  December 31, 2016 
Well-capitalized Requirement(2)
 
Minimum Requirement(2)
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 14.51% 6.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 16.14% 8.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 18.00% 10.00% 8.00%
Leverage ratio 12.52% 5.00% 4.00%
In February 2019, the Federal Reserve announced that the Company, as well as other less complex firms, would receive a one-year extension of the requirement to submit its results for the supervisory capital stress tests until April 5, 2020.  The Federal Reserve also announced that, for the period beginning on July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, the Company would be allowed to make capital distributions up to an amount that would have allowed the Company to remain well-capitalized under the minimum capital requirements for CCAR 2018.

In June 2019, the Company announced its planned capital actions for the period from July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020.  These planned capital actions are:  (1) common stock dividends of $125 million per quarter from SHUSA to Santander, (2) As definedcommon stock dividends paid by Federal Reserve regulations. Presentation under a Basel III phased in basis.SC, and (3) an authorization to repurchase up to $1.1 billion of SC’s outstanding common stock.  Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for discussion of the capital actions taken, including SC’s share repurchase plans and activities.

Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for discussion of the capital actions taken, including SC's share repurchase plans and activities.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overall

The Company continues to maintain strong liquidity positions.liquidity. Liquidity represents the ability of the Company to obtain cost-effective funding to meet the needs of customers as well as the Company's financial obligations. Factors that impact the liquidity position of the Company include loan origination volumes, loan prepayment rates, the maturity structure of existing loans, core deposit growth levels, CD maturity structure and retention, the Company's credit ratings, investment portfolio cash flows, the maturity structure of the Company's wholesale funding, and other factors. These risks are monitored and managed centrally. The Bank'sCompany's Asset/Liability Committee reviews and approves the Company's liquidity policy and guidelines on a regular basis. This process includes reviewing all available wholesale liquidity sources. The Company also forecasts future liquidity needs and develops strategies to ensure adequate liquidity is available at all times. SHUSA conducts monthly liquidity stress test analyses to manage its liquidity under a variety of scenarios, all of which demonstrate that the Company has ample liquidity to meet its short-term and long-term cash requirements.

Further changes to the credit ratings of SHUSA, Santander and its affiliates or the Kingdom of Spain could have a material adverse effect on SHUSA's business, including its liquidity and capital resources. The credit ratings of SHUSA have changed in the past and may change in the future, which could impact its cost of and access to sources of financing and liquidity. Any reductions in the long-term or short-term credit ratings of SHUSA would:would increase its borrowing costs;costs and require it to replace funding lost due to the downgrade, which may include the loss of customer deposits; anddeposits, limit its access to capital and money markets and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivatives contracts and other secured funding arrangements. See further discussion on the impacts of credit ratings actions in the Economic"Economic and Business EnvironmentEnvironment" section of this MD&A.

Sources of Liquidity

Company and Bank

The Company and the Bank have several sources of funding to meet liquidity requirements, including the Bank's core deposit base, liquid investment securities portfolio, ability to acquire large deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale deposit purchases, and federal funds purchased, as well as through securitizations in the ABS market and committed credit lines from third-party banks and Santander. The Company has the following major sources of funding to meet its liquidity requirements: dividends and returns of investments from its subsidiaries, short-term investments held by non-bank affiliates, and access to the capital markets.

On September 15, 2014, the Company entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Company must serve as a source of strength to the Bank; strengthen Board oversight of planned capital distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries; and not declare or pay, and not permit any non-bank subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Company to declare or pay, any dividends, and not make, or permit any such subsidiary to make any capital distribution, in each case without the prior written approval of the FRB of Boston.

On July 2, 2015, the Company entered into another written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Company is required to make enhancements with respect to, among other matters, Board oversight of the consolidated organization, risk management, capital planning and liquidity risk management.


112


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


SC

SC requires a significant amount of liquidity to originate and acquire loans and leases and to service debt. SC funds its operations through its lending relationships with 13 third-party banks, SHUSA, and Santander, as well as through securitizations in the ABS market and large flow agreements. SC seeks to issue debt that appropriately matches the cash flows of the assets that it originates. SC has over $5.2more than $7.3 billion of stockholders’ equity that supports its access to the securitization markets, credit facilities, and flow agreements.


74





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



During the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, SC completed on-balance sheet funding transactions totaling approximately $13.0$18.2 billion, including:

three securitizations on its Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust ("SDART")SDART platform for $3.4approximately $3.2 billion;
issuancessecuritizations on its DRIVE, deeper subprime platform, for approximately $4.5 billion;
lease securitizations on its SRT platform for approximately $3.7 billion;
lease securitization on its PSRT platform for approximately $1.2 billion;
private amortizing lease facilities for approximately $4.6 billion;
securitization on its SREV platform for approximately $0.9 billion;
issuance of retained bonds on its SDART platform for $429.0approximately $129.8 million; and
three securitizationsissuance of a retained bond on its DRIVE, deeper subprimeSRT platform for $3.1 billion;
a securitization on its Chrysler Capital Auto Receivables Trust ("CCART") platform for $945.0 million;
nine private amortizing lease facilities for $2.0 billion;
four top-ups of private amortizing lease facilities for $1.4 billion; and
four private amortizing loan facilities for $1.7 billion.

SC also completed $4.6 billion in asset sales, which consisted of $2.8 billion of recurring monthly sales with its third party flow partners, an off-balance sheet CCART securitization of $886.0 million, and a sale of personal lending assets of $869.3approximately $60.4 million. Additionally, the Company completed several sales of charged off assets totaling $65.0 million in proceeds.

For information regarding SC's debt, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

IHC

On June 6, 2017, SIS entered into a two-year revolving subordinated loan agreement with Santander effective June 8, 2015,SHUSA not to exceed $290.0 million for a two-year term to mature in 2019. On October 16, 2018, the aggregate,revolving loan agreement was increased to $895.0 million.

As needed, SIS will draw down from another subordinated loan with a maturity dateSantander in order to enable SIS to underwrite certain large transactions in excess of June 8, 2017.the subordinated loan described above. At December 31, 2019, there was no outstanding balance on the subordinated loan.

BSI's primary sources of liquidity are from customer deposits and deposits from affiliated banks.

Banco Santander Puerto Rico'sBSPR's primary sources of liquidity include core deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale and brokerand/or brokered deposits, and liquid investment securities.

Institutional borrowings

The Company regularly projects its funding needs under various stress scenarios, and maintains contingency plans consistent with the Company’s access to diversified sources of contingent funding. The Company maintains a substantial level of total available liquidity in the form of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding sources. These include cash, unencumbered liquid assets, and capacity to borrow at the FHLB and the FRB’s discount window. 

Available Liquidity

As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Bank had approximately $21.7$20.3 billion in committed liquidity from the FHLB and the FRB. Of this amount, $14.6$12.4 billion was unused and therefore provides additional borrowing capacity and liquidity for the Company. At December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, liquid assets (cash and cash equivalents and LHFS), and securities available-for-saleAFS exclusive of securities pledged as collateral) totaled approximately $21.1$15.0 billion and $25.5$15.9 billion, respectively. These amounts represented 31.4%24.3% and 38.8%25.8% of total deposits at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Bank, Banco Santander InternationalBSI and Banco Santander Puerto RicoBSPR had $1.1 billion, $3.5$1.3 billion, and $979.2$838.4 million, respectively, in cash held at the FRB. Management believes that the Company has ample liquidity to fund its operations.

Santander Investment Securities Inc.BSPR has committed liquidity of $290.0 million from Santander, all of which was unused as of December 31, 2016.

Banco Santander Puerto Rico has $908.5$647.6 million in committed liquidity from the FHLB, all of which was unused as of December 31, 20162019, as well as $282.3 million$2.2 billion in liquid assets aside from cash unused as of December 31, 2016.2019.


11375



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Cash, and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

As of January 1, 2018, the classification of restricted cash within the Company's SCF changed. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015 2014
  (in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities $5,101,674
 $5,082,953
 $4,424,946
Net cash provided by / (used in) investing activities 356,752
 (16,675,016) (14,409,853)
Net cash (used in) / provided by financing activities (4,869,574) 14,148,948
 6,634,574
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Net cash flows from operating activities $6,849,157
 $7,015,061
 $4,964,060
Net cash flows from investing activities (17,242,333) (12,460,839) 3,281,179
Net cash flows from financing activities 11,197,124
 5,829,308
 (10,959,272)

Cash provided byflows from operating activities

Net cash provided byflow from operating activities was $5.1$6.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, which iswas primarily comprised of net income of $0.6$1.0 billion, $5.9$1.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $1.1$2.4 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $3.0$2.3 billion of provisions for credit losses, partially offset by $6.2$1.5 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Net cash provided byflow from operating activities was $5.1$7.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015,2018, which was primarily comprised of net lossincome of $3.1 billion, $4.1 billion of provisions for credit losses, $6.9$991.0 million, $4.3 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFS, $1.9 billion in depreciation, amortization and $1.7accretion, and $2.3 billion of provision for credit losses, partially offset by $3.0 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Net cash flow from operating activities was $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was primarily comprised of net income of $958.0 million, $4.6 billion in proceeds from sales of trading securities,LHFS, $1.6 billion in depreciation, amortization and accretion, and $2.8 billion of provision for credit losses, partially offset by $7.7$4.9 billion of originations of LHFS, net of repayments.

Cash used inflows from investing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, net cash provided byflow from investing activities was $0.4$(17.2) billion, primarily due $17.0to $10.2 billion in normal loan activity, $10.5 billion of available-for-salepurchases of investment securities AFS, $8.6 billion in operating lease purchases and originations, and $1.6 billion of purchases of HTM investment securities, partially offset by $8.1 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $1.7$2.6 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, and $2.4$3.5 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of leased vehicles partially offset by $12.2 billion of purchases of investment securities available-for-sale, $5.6 billion in leased vehicle purchases, and $1.8 billion in normal loan activity .operating leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2015,2018, net cash used inflow from investing activities was $16.7$(12.5) billion, primarily due to $13.6$8.5 billion in normal loan activity, $2.4 billion of purchases of investment securities available-for-sale, $9.4AFS, and $9.9 billion in normal loan activity,operating lease purchases and $5.8 billion in leased vehicle purchases,originations, partially offset by $8.8$3.9 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and repayments and $2.0prepayments, $1.0 billion in proceeds from sales of leased vehicles.LHFI, and $3.6 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash flow from investing activities was $3.3 billion, primarily due to $8.4 billion of AFS investment securities sales, maturities and prepayments, $2.7 billion in normal loan activity, $3.1 billion in proceeds from sales and terminations of operating leases, and $1.2 billion in proceeds from sales of LHFI, partially offset by $6.2 billion of purchases of investment securities AFS and $6.0 billion in operating lease purchases and originations.

Cash provided byflows from financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, net cash used inflow from financing activities was $4.9$11.2 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in net borrowing activity of $5.6 billion and a $6.3 billion increase in deposits, partially offset by $400.0 million in dividends paid on common stock and $338.0 million in stock repurchases attributable to NCI.

Net cash flow from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $5.8 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in net borrowing activity of $5.9 billion, partially offset by $410.0 million in dividends paid on common stock and $200.0 million in redemption of preferred stock.

Net cash flow from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $(11.0) billion, which was primarily due to a decrease in net borrowing activity of $6.4$4.7 billion partially offset byand$1.7$6.2 billion increasedecrease in deposits.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $14.1 billion, which was primarily due to an increase in deposits of $3.4 billion and an increase in net borrowing activity of $10.6 billion.

See the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ("SCF")SCF for further details on the Company's sources and uses of cash.


76





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Credit Facilities

Third-Party Revolving Credit Facilities

Warehouse FacilitiesLines

SC uses warehouse linesfacilities to fund its originations. Each linefacility specifies the required collateral characteristics, collateral concentrations, credit enhancement, and advance rates. SC's warehouse linesfacilities generally are backed by auto RICs and, in some cases, leases or personal loans.auto leases. These credit linesfacilities generally have one- or two-year commitments, staggered maturities and floating interest rates. SC maintains daily and long-term funding forecasts for originations, acquisitions, and other large outflows such as tax payments in order to balance the desire to minimize funding costs with its liquidity needs.

114


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


SC's warehouse linesfacilities generally have net spread, delinquency, and net loss ratio limits. Generally, these limits are calculated based on the portfolio collateralizing the respective line; however, for certain of SC's warehouse lines,facilities, delinquency and net loss ratios are calculated with respect to its serviced portfolio as a whole. Failure to meet any of these covenants could trigger increased overcollateralization requirements or, in the case of limits calculated with respect to the specific portfolio underlying certain credit lines, result in an event of default under these agreements. If an event of default occurred under one of these agreements, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the impacted agreement to be immediately due and payable, enforce their interests against collateral pledged under the agreement, restrict SC's ability to obtain additional borrowings under the agreement, and/or remove SC as servicer. SC has never had a warehouse linefacility terminated due to failure to comply with any ratio or a failure to meet any covenant. A default under one of these agreements can be enforced only with respect to the impacted warehouse line.facility.

SC has twoone credit facilitiesfacility with eight banks providing an aggregate commitment of $3.9$5.0 billion for the exclusive use of supplyingproviding short-term liquidity needs to support Chrysler Capital retailFinance lease financing. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015,2019, there was an outstanding balance of approximately $1.1 billion on these facilities of $3.7 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. One ofthis facility in the facilities can be used exclusively for loan financing, and the other for lease financing. Both facilities requireaggregate. The facility requires reduced advance rates in the event of delinquency, credit loss, or residual loss ratios, as well as other metrics exceeding specified thresholds.

SC has seven credit facilities with eleven banks providing an aggregate commitment of $6.5 billion for the exclusive use of providing short-term liquidity needs to support core and Chrysler Capital loan financing. As of December 31, 2019, there was an outstanding balance of approximately $3.9 billion on these facilities in the aggregate. These facilities reduced advance rates in the event of delinquency, credit loss, as well as various other metrics exceeding specific thresholds.

Repurchase FacilityAgreements

SC also obtains financing through two investment management or repurchase agreements under which it pledges retained subordinatedsubordinate bonds on its own securitizations as collateral for repurchase agreements with various borrowers and at renewable terms ranging up to 365 days. As of December 31, 2016,2019 and December 31, 2018, there was anwere outstanding balancebalances of $743.0$422.3 million and $298.9 million, respectively, under these repurchase facilities.agreements.

Santander Credit FacilitiesSHUSA Lending to SC

Santander historically has provided, and continues to provide, SC's business with significant funding support in the form of committed credit facilities. Through Santander’s New York branch (“Santander NY"), SantanderThe Company provides SC with $3.0$3.5 billion of long-term committed revolving credit facilities.

that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. The facilities offered through Santander NY are structured as three- and five-year floating rate facilities,Company also provides SC with current maturity dates$5.7 billion of December 31, 2017 and 2018.term promissory notes with maturities ranging from May 2020 to July 2024. These facilities currently permit unsecured borrowing, but generally are collateralized by RICs as well as securitization notes payable and residuals owned by SC. Any secured balances outstanding underloans eliminate in the facilities at the timeconsolidation of their maturity will amortize to match the maturities and expected cash flows of the corresponding collateral.

During 2016, when the facilities offered through Santander NY were lowered to $3.0 billion, the commitments from the branch totaled $4.5 billion. There was an average outstanding balance of approximately $2.4 billion and $3.7 billion under these facilities during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The maximum outstanding balance during each period was $3.0 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively.

Santander also serves as the counterparty for many of SC's derivative financial instruments, with outstanding notional amounts of $7.3 billion and $13.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

In August 2015, under a new agreement with Santander, SC agreed to begin paying Santander a fee of 12.5 basis points per annum on certain warehouse facilities, as they renew, for which Santander provides a guarantee of SC's servicing obligations.SHUSA.

Secured Structured Financings

SC's secured structured financings primarily consist of both public, SEC-registered securitizations. SC also executessecuritizations, as well as private securitizations under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and privately issues amortizing notes.


115


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


SC obtains long-term funding for its receivables through securitizations in the ABS market. ABS provides an attractive source of funding due to the cost efficiency of the market, a large and deep investor base, and terms that appropriately match the cash flows of the debt to the cash flows of the underlying assets. The term structure of a securitization generally locks in fixed rate funding for the life of the underlying fixed-rate assets, and the matching amortization of the assets and liabilities provides committed funding for the collateralized loans throughout their terms. In certain cases, SC may choose to issue floating rate securities based on market conditions; in such cases, SC generally executes hedging arrangements outside of the securitization trust (the “Trust") to lock in its cost of funds. Because of prevailing market rates, SC did not issue ABS in 2008 or 2009, but began issuing ABS again in 2010. SC was the largest issuer of retail auto ABS every year from 2011 through 2015, and has issued a total of over $53 billion in retail auto ABS since 2010.

SC executes each securitization transaction by selling receivables to Trusts that issue ABS to investors. In order to attain specified credit ratings for each class of bonds, these securitization transactions have credit enhancement requirements in the form of subordination, restricted cash accounts, excess cash flow, and overcollateralization, under which more receivables are transferred to the Trusts than the amount of ABS issued by the Trusts.

Excess cash flows result from the difference between the finance and interest income received from the obligors on the receivables and the interest paid to the ABS investors, net of credit losses and expenses. Initially, excess cash flows generated by the Trusts are used to pay down outstanding debt in the Trusts, increasing overcollateralization until the targeted percentage level of assets has been reached. Once the targeted percentage level of overcollateralization is reached and maintained, excess cash flows generated by the Trusts are released to SC as distributions from the Trusts. SC also receives monthly servicing fees as servicer for the Trusts. SC's securitizations may require an increase in credit enhancement levels if cumulative net losses exceed a specified percentage of the pool balance. None of SC's securitizations has cumulative net loss percentages above their respective limits.

SC's on-balance sheet securitization transactions utilize bankruptcy-remote special purpose entities, which are considered VIEs that meet the requirements to be consolidated in SC's financial statements. Following a securitization, the finance receivables and notes payable related to the securitized RICs remain on SC's Consolidated Balance Sheet. SC recognizes finance and interest income and fee income, as well as provisions for credit losses, on the collateralized RICs, and interest expense on the ABS issued. While these Trusts are consolidated in SC's financial statements, they are separate legal entities; thus, the finance receivables and other assets sold to these Trusts are legally owned by the Trusts, available only to satisfy the notes payable related to the securitized RICs, and not available to SC's creditors or other subsidiaries.

ABS credit spreads have been widening, beginning in the second half of 2015 and continuing into 2016. However beginning in the second quarter of 2016 and through the end of the year, ABS credit spreads have improved through strong market demand. SC completed eight securitizations in 2016, in addition to issuing several retained bonds on existing securitizations. SC currently has 35 securitizations outstanding in the market with a cumulative ABS balance of approximately $14.4$28.0 billion.

Flow Agreements

In addition to SC's securitizations generally have several classes of notes, with principal paid sequentially based on seniority, and any excess spread distributed to the residual holder. SC generally retains the lowest bond class and the residual, except in the case of off-balance sheet securitizations, which are described further below. SC uses the proceeds from securitization transactions to repay borrowings outstanding under its credit facilities originate and acquire loanssecured structured financings, SC has a flow agreement in place with a third party for charged-off assets. Loans and leases sold under these flow agreements are not on SC's balance sheet, but provide a stable stream of servicing fee income and for general corporate purposes.may also provide a gain or loss on sale. SC generally exercises clean-up call options on its securitizations when the collateral pool balance reaches 10% of its original balance.continues to actively seek additional flow agreements.

SC also periodically privately issues amortizing notes in transactions that are structured similarly to its public and Rule 144A securitizations, but are issued to banks and conduits. SC's securitizations and private issuances are collateralized by vehicle RICs, loans and leases.
77





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Off-Balance Sheet Financing

Beginning in 2017, SC periodically executes Chrysler Capital-branded securitizations under Rule 144Ahad the option to sell a contractually determined amount of the Securities Act. Historically, aseligible prime loans to Santander through securitization platforms. As all of the notes and residual interests in thesethe securitizations were issued to third parties,are acquired by Santander, SC recorded these transactions as true sales of the RICs securitized, and removed the sold assets from its Consolidated Balance Sheets. In April and November 2016, SC executedconsolidated balance sheets. Beginning in 2018, this program was replaced with a Chrysler Capital securitization for which it has not sold the residual and, as a result, has retained the associated assets and bonds on its Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In 2015, SC sold its residual interests in certain aged Trusts, resulting in the deconsolidation of the assets and liabilities of those Trusts. As these Trusts season to the point of reaching the threshold for the optional clean-up call,new program with SBNA, whereby SC has been exercisingagreed to provide SBNA with origination support services in connection with the call options, paying off the remaining debt,processing, underwriting, and returning the remaining assets to its books.


116


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

purchasing of retail loans, primarily from FCA dealers, all of which are serviced by SC.

Uses of Liquidity

The Company uses liquidity for debt service and repayment of borrowings, as well as for funding loan commitments and satisfying deposit withdrawal requests.

Santander Investment Securities Inc.SIS uses liquidity primarily to support underwriting deals.transactions.

The primary use of liquidity for Banco Santander InternationalBSI is to meet customer liquidity requirements, such as loan financing, maturing deposits, investment activities, and fundfunds transfers, and for payment of the entity'sits operating expenses.

Banco Santander Puerto RicoBSPR uses liquidity for funding loan commitments and satisfying deposit withdrawal requests, and repayments of borrowings.

Dividends and Stock Issuancesrequests.

At December 31, 2016,2019, the Company's liquidity to meet debt payments, debt service and debt maturities was in excess of 12 months.

There were no dividends declared or paid duringDividends, Contributions and Stock Issuances

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 530,391,043 shares of common stock outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2016 on2019, the Company's common stock. On January 19, 2017, SHUSA's BoardCompany paid dividends of Directors$400.0 million to its sole shareholder, Santander. During the first quarter of 2020, the Company declared a cash dividend of $125.0 million on its common stock, which was paid on March 2, 2020.

During the Company's preferred stockyear ended December 31, 2019, Santander made cash contributions of $0.45625$88.9 million to the Company.

SC paid a dividend of $0.20 per share in February and May 2019, and a dividend of $0.22 per share in August and November 2019. Further, SC declared a cash dividend of $0.22 per share, which was paid on February 15, 201720, 2020, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 1, 2017 for SHUSA's Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. As10, 2020. SC has paid a total of $291.5 million in dividends through December 31, 2016,2019, of which $85.2 million has been paid to NCI and $206.3 million has been paid to the Company, which eliminates in the consolidated results of the Company.

The following table presents information regarding the shares of SC Common Stock repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2019 ($ in thousands, except per share amounts):
$200 Million Share Repurchase Program - January 2019 (1)
  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $17,780
Average price per share $18.40
Number of shares repurchased 965,430
   
$400 Million Share Repurchase Program - May 2019 through June 2019  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $86,864
Average price per share $23.16
Number of shares repurchased 3,749,692
   
$1.1 Billion Share Repurchase Program - July 2019 through June 2020  
Total cost (including commissions paid) of shares repurchased $233,350
Average price per share $25.47
Number of shares repurchased 9,155,288
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2018, SC purchased 9.5 million shares of SC Common Stock under its share repurchase program at a cost of approximately $182 million.

78





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



In June 2018, the SC Board of Directors announced purchases of up to $200 million, excluding commissions, of outstanding SC Common Stock through June 2019.

In May 2019, the Company announced an amendment to its 2018 capital plan, which authorized SC to repurchase up to $400 million of outstanding SC Common Stock through June 30, 2019, which concluded with the repurchase of $86.8 million of SC Common Stock.

In June 2019, SC announced its planned capital actions for the third quarter of 2019 through the second quarter of 2020, which includes an authorization to repurchase up to $1.1 billion of outstanding SC Common Stock through the end of the second quarter of 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, SC purchased 13.9 million shares of SC Common Stock under its share repurchase program at a cost of approximately $338 million, excluding commissions.

On January 30, 2020, SC commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash up to $1 billion of shares of SC Common Stock, at a range of between $23 and $26 per share. The tender offer expired on February 27, 2020 and was closed on March 4, 2020. In connection with the completion of the tender offer, SC acquired approximately 17.5 million shares of SC Common Stock for approximately $455.4 million. After the completion of the tender offer, SHUSA's ownership in SC increased to approximately 76.3%.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, SHUSA's subsidiaries had 530,391,043 of common stock outstanding.the following capital activity which eliminated in consolidation:
The Bank declared and paid $250.0 million in dividends to SHUSA.
BSI declared and paid $25.0 million in dividends to SHUSA.
Santander BanCorp declared and paid $1.25 million in dividends to SHUSA.
SHUSA contributed $110.0 million to SSLLC.
SHUSA contributed $105.0 million to SFS.


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management to fund acquisitions, and to meet required capital needs. These obligations require the Company to make cash payments over time as detailed in the table below.
Payments Due by Period Payments Due by Period
Total Less than
1 year
 Over 1 yr
to 3 yrs
 Over 3 yrs
to 5 yrs
 Over
5 yrs
(in thousands)
(in thousands) Total Less than
1 year
 Over 1 year
to 3 years
 Over 3 years
to 5 years
 Over
5 years
Payments due for contractual obligations:          
FHLB advances (1)
$5,961,159
 $4,248,485
 $1,712,674
 $
 $
 $7,136,454
 $5,830,669
 $1,305,785
 $
 $
Notes payable - revolving facilities9,414,817
 2,717,452
 6,697,365
 
 
 5,399,931
 1,864,182
 3,535,749
 
 
Notes payable - secured structured financings21,660,062
 1,878,807
 5,022,692
 9,785,771
 4,972,792
 28,206,898
 203,114
 10,381,235
 11,461,822
 6,160,727
Other debt obligations (1) (2)
4,533,226
 1,118,573
 2,987,415
 331,665
 95,573
 14,569,222
 2,728,846
 3,607,386
 4,580,226
 3,652,764
Junior subordinated debentures due to capital trust entities (1) (2)
237,965
 237,965
 
 
 
CDs (1)
8,538,043
 6,643,692
 1,053,776
 840,575
 
 9,493,234
 7,037,872
 2,354,465
 94,654
 6,243
Non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefits128,328
 12,903
 26,203
 25,396
 63,826
 124,840
 13,376
 26,860
 26,996
 57,608
Operating leases(3)
725,035
 116,087
 238,835
 146,474
 223,639
 794,537
 139,597
 250,416
 197,677
 206,847
Total contractual cash obligations$51,198,635
 $16,973,964
 $17,738,960
 $11,129,881
 $5,355,830
 $65,725,116
 $17,817,656
 $21,461,896
 $16,361,375
 $10,084,189
Other commitments:          
Commitments to extend credit $30,685,478
 $5,623,071
 $5,044,127
 $7,282,066
 $12,736,214
Letters of credit 1,592,726
 1,090,622
 238,958
 227,671
 35,475
Total Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments $98,003,320
 $24,531,349
 $26,744,981
 $23,871,112
 $22,855,878
(1)
Includes interest on both fixed and variable rate obligations. The interest associated with variable rate obligations is based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2016.2019. The contractual amounts to be paid on variable rate obligations are affected by changes in market interest rates. Future changes in market interest rates could materially affect the contractual amounts to be paid.
(2)Includes all carrying value adjustments, such as unamortized premiums and discounts and hedge basis adjustments.
(3)Does not include future expected sublease income.income or interest of $82.9 million.

During 2016, the Bank terminated $3.8 billion of FHLB advances. As a consequence, the Company incurred costs of $114.2 million through a loss on debt extinguishment.

In February 2016, SHUSA issued a $1.5 billion of senior unsecured floating rate notes with a maturity of August 2017 to Santander. As of December 31, 2016 the Company repaid this note at par with no prepayment penalty.


117


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


On May 23, 2016, the Company issued $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of its 2.70% Senior Notes due May 2019 and $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its senior floating rate notes due November 2017, which have a floating rate equal to the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 145 basis points.

Excluded from the above table are deposits of $58.1$58.0 billion that are due on demand by customers.


79





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Company is a party to financial instruments and other arrangements with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. See further discussion on these risks in Note 14 and Note 1920 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Lending Arrangements

SC is obligated to make purchase price holdback payments to a third-party originator of loans that it purchases on a periodic basis when losses are lower than originally expected. SC is also obligated to make total return settlement payments to this third-party originator in 2017 if returns on the purchased loans are greater than originally expected. These obligations are accounted for as derivatives.

SC has extended revolving lines of credit to certain auto dealers. Under these arrangements, SC is committed to lend up to each dealer's established credit limit. At December 31, 2016, there was an outstanding balance of $2.5 million and a committed amount of $2.9 million.

Under terms of agreements with LendingClub, SC was previously committed to purchase, at a minimum, the lesser of $30.0 million per month or 50% of the lending platform company's aggregate "near-prime" (as that term is defined in the agreements) originations. This commitment could be reduced or canceled with 90 days' notice. In October 2015, SC gave notice of termination of its agreement with LendingClub and, accordingly, ceased originations on this platform in January 2016.

In April 2013, SC entered into certain agreements with Bluestem. The terms of the agreements include a commitment by SC to purchase new advances originated by Bluestem, along with existing balances on accounts with new advances, for an initial term ending in April 2020 and, based on an amendment in June 2014, renewable through April 2022 at Bluestem's option.

Each customer account generated under the agreements generally is approved with a credit limit higher than the amount of the initial purchase, with each subsequent purchase automatically approved as long as it does not cause the account to exceed its limit and the customer is in good standing. SC is required to make a monthly profit-sharing payment to Bluestem. Although SC has classified loans originated under this agreement as held for sale, it continues to perform in accordance with the terms and operative provisions of these agreements. SC expects seasonal origination volumes to remain consistent with historical trends.

In 2015, SC made a strategic decision to exit the personal lending market to focus on its core objectives of expanding the reach and realizing the full value of its vehicle finance platform. SC believes that this will create other opportunities, such as expanding its serviced for others platform, diversifying its funding sources and growing its capital. SC commenced certain marketing activities to find buyers for its personal lending assets. On February 1, 2016, SC completed the sale of assets from its personal lending portfolio to an unrelated third party. The portfolio was comprised solely of LendingClub installment loans with an unpaid principal balance of approximately $869.3 million. Additionally, on March 24, 2016, in preparation for the sale or liquidation of SC's portfolio of loans originated under terms of an agreement under which SC reviews point-of-sale credit applications for retail store customers, SC notified most of the retailers for which it reviews applications that it will no longer fund new originations effective April 11, 2016.

In April 2014, SC entered into an application transfer agreement with Nissan, whereby SC has the first opportunity to review for its own portfolio any credit applications turned down by Nissan's captive finance company. The agreement does not require SC to originate any loans, but for each loan originated SC will pay Nissan a referral fee, comprised of a volume bonus fee and a loss betterment bonus fee. The loss betterment bonus fee will be calculated annually and is based on the amount by which losses on loans originated under the agreement are lower than an established percentage threshold.


118


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Other

On July 2, 2015, SC announced the departure of Thomas G. Dundon from his roles as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of SC, effective as of the close of business on July 2, 2015. In connection with Mr. Dundon's departure, and subject to the terms and conditions of his employment agreement, including Mr. Dundon's execution of a release of claims against SC, Mr. Dundon became entitled to receive certain payments and benefits under his employment agreement. The separation agreement also provided for the modification of terms for certain other equity-based awards. Certain of the payments, agreements to make payments and benefits may be effective only upon receipt of certain required regulatory approvals.

As of December 31, 2016, SC has not made any payments to Mr. Dundon arising from or pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement. If all applicable conditions are satisfied, including receipt of required regulatory approvals and satisfaction of any conditions thereto, SC will be obligated to make a cash payment to Mr. Dundon of up to $115.1 million. This amount would be recorded as compensation expense in its Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income.

The Company entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Dundon, DDFS, and Santander related to his departure from SC. Pursuant to the separation agreement the Company was deemed to have delivered an irrevocable notice to exercise its option to acquire all of the shares of SC Common Stock owned by DDFS and consummate the transactions contemplated by the call option notice, subject to the receipt of all required regulatory approvals (the "Call Transaction"). At that date, the SC Common Stock held by DDFS ("the DDFS Shares") represented approximately 9.7% of SC Common Stock. The separation agreement did not affect Santander’s option to assume the Company’s obligation under the Call Transaction as provided in the Shareholders Agreement that was entered into by the same parties on January 28, 2014 (the "Shareholders Agreement"). Under the separation agreement, because the Call Transaction was not consummated prior to October 15, 2015 (the “Call End Date”), DDFS is free to transfer any or all of the DDFS Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014, between DDFS and Santander (the "Loan Agreement"). In the event the Call Transaction were to be completed after the Call End Date, interest would accrue on the price paid per share in the Call Transaction at the overnight LIBOR rate on the third business day preceding the consummation of the Call Transaction plus 100 basis points with respect to the shares of SC Common Stock that were ultimately sold in the Call Transaction. The Amended and Restated Loan Agreement provides for a $300.0 million revolving loan, which as of December 31, 2015, had an unpaid principal balance of approximately $290.0 million. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, 29,598,506 shares of the SC’s Common Stock owned by DDFS LLC are pledged as collateral under a related pledge agreement. Because the Call Transaction was not consummated prior to the Call End Date, DDFS LLC is free to transfer any or all shares of Company Common Stock it owns, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014, between DDFS LLC and Santander (the Loan Agreement). The Loan Agreement provides for a $300.0 million revolving loan which as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 had an unpaid principal balance of approximately $290.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, 29,598,506 shares of SC common stock owned by DDFS LLC are pledged as collateral under a related pledge agreement (the "Pledge Agreement"). The Shareholders Agreement further provides that Santander may, at its option, become the direct beneficiary of the Call Option, and Santander has exercised this option. If consummated in full, DDFS LLC would receive $928.3 million plus interest that has accrued since the Call End Date. To date, the Call Transaction has not been consummated.

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, if at any time the value of SC Common Stock pledged under the Pledge Agreement is less than 150% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement, DDFS has an obligation to either (a) repay a portion of the outstanding principal amount such that the value of the pledged collateral is equal to at least 200% of the outstanding principal amount, or (b) pledge additional shares of SC Common Stock such that the value of the additional shares of SC Common Stock, together with the 29,598,506 shares already pledged under the Pledge Agreement, is equal to at least 200% of the outstanding principal amount. The value of the pledged collateral is less than 150% of aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement, and DDFS has not taken any of the collateral posting actions described in clauses (a) or (b) above. If Santander declares the borrower’s obligations under the Loan Agreement due and payable as a result of an event of default (including with respect to the collateral posting obligations described above), under the terms of the Loan Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, Santander’s ability to rely upon the shares of SC Common Stock subject to the Pledge Agreement is, subject to certain exceptions, limited to the right to consummate the Call Transaction at the price specified in the Shareholders Agreement. If the borrower fails to pay its obligations under the Loan Agreement when due, including because of Santander’s declaration of such obligations as due and payable as a result of an event of default, a higher default interest rate will apply to such overdue amounts.


119


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


In connection with, and pursuant to, the separation agreement, on July 2, 2015, DDFS LLC and Santander entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement and an amendment to the Pledge Agreement that provide, among other things, that the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement will become due and payable upon the consummation of the Call Transaction and that the amount otherwise payable to DDFS under the Call Transaction will be reduced by the amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement, including principal, interest and fees, and further that any net cash proceeds received by DDFS on account of sales of SC Common Stock after the Call End Date are applied to the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement.

On August 31, 2016, Mr. Dundon, DDFS LLC, SC, Santander and SHUSA entered into a Second Amendment to the Separation Agreement, and Mr. Dundon, DDFS LLC, Santander and SHUSA entered into a Third Amendment to the Shareholders Agreement, whereby the price per share to be paid to DDFS LLC in connection with the Call Transaction was reduced from $26.83 to $26.17, the arithmetic mean of the daily volume-weighted average price for a share of SC common stock for each of the ten consecutive complete trading days immediately prior to July 2, 2015, the date on which the call option was exercised.


ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises primarily through the Company’s traditional business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in market interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the spread between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. Interest rate risk is managed by the Company's Treasury group and measured by its Market Risk Department, with oversight by the Asset/Liability Committee. In managing interest rate risk, the Company seeks to minimize the variability of net interest income across various likely scenarios, while at the same time maximizing
net interest income and the net interest margin. To achieve these objectives, the Treasury group works closely with each business line in the Company. The Treasury group also uses various other tools to manage interest rate risk, including wholesale funding maturity targeting, investment portfolio purchase strategies, asset securitizations/sales, and financial derivatives.

Interest rate risk focuses on managing four elements of risk associated with interest rates: basis risk, repricing risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Basis risk stems from rate index timing differences with rate changes, such as differences in the extent of changes in Federal funds rates compared with the three-month LIBOR. Repricing risk stems from the different timing of contractual repricing, such as one-month versus three-month reset dates, as well as the related maturities. Yield curve risk stems from the impact on earnings and market value resulting from different shapes and levels of yield curves. Option risk stems from prepayment or early withdrawal risk embedded in various products. These four elements of risk are analyzed through a combination of net interest income and balance sheet valuation simulations, shocks to those simulations, and scenario and market value analyses, and the subsequent results are reviewed by management. Numerous assumptions are made to produce these analyses, including assumptions about new business volumes, loan and investment prepayment rates, deposit flows, interest rate curves, economic conditions and competitor pricing.

Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis

The Company utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to evaluate the impact of interest rate risk, including simulating the impact of changing interest rates on expected future interest income and interest expense, to estimate the Company's net interest income sensitivity. This simulation is run monthly and includes various scenarios that help management understand the potential risks in the Company's net interest income sensitivity. These scenarios include both parallel and non-parallel rate shocks as well as other scenarios that are consistent with quantifying the four elements of risk described above. This information is used to develop proactive strategies to ensure that the Company’s risk position remains within SHUSA Board of Directors-approved limits so that future earnings are not significantly adversely affected by future interest rates.


120


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The table below reflects the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s net interest income based on interest rate changes at December 31, 2016:

2019 and December 31, 2018:
If interest rates changed in parallel by the
amounts below at December 31, 2016
The following estimated percentage increase/(decrease) to
net interest income would result
Down 100 basis points(2.14)%
Up 100 basis points2.36 %
Up 200 basis points4.36 %
  
The following estimated percentage increase/(decrease) to
net interest income would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by the amounts below December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Down 100 basis points (1.12)% (3.07)%
Up 100 basis points 1.31 % 2.87 %
Up 200 basis points 2.56 % 5.58 %

Market Value of Equity ("MVE")MVE Analysis

The Company also evaluates the impact of interest rate risk by utilizing MVE modeling. This analysis measures the present value of all estimated future cash flows of the Company over the estimated remaining life of the balance sheet. MVE is calculated as the difference between the market value of assets and liabilities. The MVE calculation utilizes only the current balance sheet, and therefore does not factor in any future changes in balance sheet size, balance sheet mix, yield curve relationships or product spreads, which may mitigate the impact of any interest rate changes.


80





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Management examines the effect of interest rate changes on MVE. The sensitivity of MVE to changes in interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk, and highlights the potential capital at risk due to adverse changes in market interest rates. The following table discloses the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s MVE at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015.

2018.
 
The following estimated percentage
increase/(decrease) to MVE would result
 
The following estimated percentage
increase/(decrease) to MVE would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
If interest rates changed in parallel by the amounts below December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Down 100 basis points (1.23)% (3.43)% (3.01)% (1.55)%
Up 100 basis points (0.76)% 0.60 % (0.49)% (1.25)%
Up 200 basis points (2.50)% (0.11)% (3.17)% (3.49)%

As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company’s MVE profile showedreflected a decrease of 1.23%MVE of 3.01% for downward parallel interest rate shocks of 100 basis points and a decreasean increase of 0.76%0.49% for upward parallel interest rate shocks of 100 basis points. The asymmetrical sensitivity between up 100 and down 100 shock is due to the negative convexity as a result of the prepayment option embedded in mortgage-related products, the impact of which is not fully offset by the behavior of the funding base (largely non-maturity deposits ("NMDs"))NMDs).

In downward parallel interest rate shocks, mortgage-related products’ prepayments increase, their duration decreases and their market value appreciation is therefore limited. At the same time, with deposit rates already close to zero,remaining at comparatively low levels, the Company cannot effectively transfer interest rate declines to its NMD customers. For upward parallel interest rate shocks, extension risk weighs on a sizable portion of the Company’s mortgage-related products, which are predominantly long-term and fixed-rate; and for larger shocks, the loss in market value is not offset by the change in NMD.

Limitations of Interest Rate Risk Analyses

Since the assumptions used are inherently uncertain, the Company cannot predict precisely the effect of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income or MVE. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, the difference between actual experience and the assumed volume, characteristics of new business, behavior of existing positions, and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.

Uses of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks

To mitigate interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange, equity and credit risks, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows.


121


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Through the Company’s capital markets and mortgage banking activities, it is subject to price risk. The Company employs various tools to measure and manage price risk in its portfolios. In addition, SHUSA's Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities. The level of price risk exposure at any point in time depends on the market environment and expectations of future price and market movements, and will vary from period to period.

Management uses derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of interest rate movements on the fair value of certain liabilities, assets and highly probable forecasted cash flows. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps that have underlying interest rates based on key benchmark indices and forward sale or purchase commitments. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated interest rate environments.

The Company enters into cross-currency swaps to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk on certain Euro-denominated investments. TheseCompany's derivatives are designated as fair value hedges at inception.

The Company's derivative portfolio includes mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps. As part of its overall business strategy, the Bank originates fixed-rate residential mortgages. It sells a portion of this production to the FHLMC, the FNMA, and private investors. The Company uses forward sales as a means of hedging against the economic impact of changes in interest rates on the mortgages that are originated for sale and on interest rate lock commitments.

The Company typically retains the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that are sold. The majority of the Company's residential MSRs are accounted for at fair value. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs, using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase MBS. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 916 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


81





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to gains and losses on these contracts increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

The Company also utilizes forward contracts to manage market risk associated with certain expected investment securities sales and equity options, which manage its market risk associated with certain customer deposit products.

For additional information on foreign exchange contracts, derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

BORROWINGS AND OTHER DEBT OBLIGATIONS

The Company has term loans and lines of credit with Santander and other lenders. The Bank utilizes borrowings and other debt obligations as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management. The Bank also utilizes repurchase agreements, which are short-term obligations collateralized by securities. In addition, SC has warehouse lines of credit and securitizes some of its RICs and operating leases, which are structured secured financings. Total borrowings and other debt obligations at December 31, 2019 were $50.7 billion, compared to $45.0 billion at December 31, 2018. Total borrowings increased $5.7 billion, primarily due to new debt issuances of $3.8 billion, an increase in FHLB advances at the Bank of $2.2 billion and an overall increase of $2.2 billion in SC debt, partially offset by $2.3 billion of debt maturities and calls. See further detail on borrowings activity in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

122
  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
Parent Company & other subsidiary borrowings and other debt obligations    
Parent Company senior notes:    
Balance $9,949,214 $8,351,685
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.68% 3.79%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $9,949,214 $8,351,685
Average amount outstanding during the year $8,961,588 $7,626,199
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.81% 3.66%
Junior subordinated debentures to capital trusts:(1)
    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $154,640
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $118,650
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 3.92%
Subsidiary subordinated notes:    
Balance $602 $40,703
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.00% 2.00%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $41,026 $40,934
Average amount outstanding during the year $30,791 $40,784
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.12% 2.03%
Subsidiary short-term and overnight borrowings:    
Balance $1,831 $59,900
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.38% 1.86%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $34,323 $132,827
Average amount outstanding during the year $19,162 $71,432
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.42% 2.19%
(1) Includes related common securities.

82





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
Bank borrowings and other debt obligations    
REIT preferred:    
Balance $125,943 $145,590
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 13.17% 13.22%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $146,066 $145,590
Average amount outstanding during the year $133,068 $144,827
Weighted average interest rate during the year 13.04% 13.22%
Bank subordinated notes:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $192,125
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $78,408
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 9.04%
Term loans:    
Balance $0 $126,172
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % 8.57%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $126,257 $139,888
Average amount outstanding during the year $21,023 $130,722
Weighted average interest rate during the year 5.86% 5.70%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:    
Balance $0 $0
Weighted average interest rate at year-end % %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $0 $150,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $0 $41,096
Weighted average interest rate during the year % 1.90%
FHLB advances:    
Balance $7,035,000 $4,850,000
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 2.30% 2.74%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $7,035,000 $4,850,000
Average amount outstanding during the year $5,465,329 $2,025,479
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.63% 2.61%

83





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



  Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2019 2018
SC borrowings and other debt obligations    
Revolving credit facilities:    
Balance $5,399,931 $4,478,214
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 3.44% 3.92%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $6,753,790 $5,632,053
Average amount outstanding during the year $5,532,273 $5,043,462
Weighted average interest rate during the year 6.58% 5.60%
Public securitizations:    
Balance $18,807,773 $19,225,169
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  1.35% - 3.42%
  1.16% - 3.53%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $19,656,531 $19,647,748
Average amount outstanding during the year $19,000,303 $18,353,127
Weighted average interest rate during the year 2.54% 2.52%
Privately issued amortizing notes:    
Balance $9,334,112 $7,676,351
Weighted average interest rate range at year-end  1.05% - 3.90%
  0.88% - 3.17%
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year $9,334,112 $7,676,351
Average amount outstanding during the year $7,983,672 $6,379,987
Weighted average interest rate during the year 3.48% 3.54%

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Company's non-GAAP information has limitations as an analytical tool and, therefore, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results or any performance measures under GAAP as set forth in the Company's financial statements. These limitations should be compensated for by relying primarily on the Company's GAAP results and using this non-GAAP information only as a supplement to evaluate the Company's performance.

The Company considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Company believes that there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by GAAP and are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Company's capital adequacy using these ratios, the Company believes they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess its capital adequacy on the same basis. The Company believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures may allow readers to compare certain aspects of the Company's capitalization to other organizations. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, the Company's calculations may not be directly comparable with those of other organizations, and the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider its Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.


84





Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



The following table includes the related GAAP measures included in our non-GAAP financial measures.
 Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)2019 2018 2017 2016 
2015(1)
  
Return on Average Assets:           
Net income/(loss)$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
 $640,763
 $(3,055,436)  
Average assets142,308,583
 131,232,021
 134,522,957
 141,921,781
 140,461,913
  
Return on average assets0.73% 0.76% 0.71% 0.45% (2.18)%  
            
Return on Average Equity:           
Net income/(loss)$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
 $640,763
 $(3,055,436)  
Average equity24,639,561
 24,103,584
 23,388,410
 22,232,729
 25,495,652
  
Return on average equity4.23% 4.11% 4.10% 2.88% (11.98)%  
            
Average Equity to Average Assets:           
Average equity$24,639,561
 $24,103,584
 $23,388,410
 $22,232,729
 $25,495,652
  
Average assets142,308,583
 131,232,021
 134,522,957
 141,921,781
 140,461,913
  
Average equity to average assets17.31% 18.37% 17.39% 15.67% 18.15%  
            
Efficiency Ratio:           
General, administrative, and other expenses
(numerator)
$6,365,852
 $5,832,325
 $5,764,324
 $5,386,194
 $9,381,892
  
            
Net interest income$6,442,768
 $6,344,850
 $6,423,950
 $6,564,692
 $6,901,406
  
Non-interest income3,729,117
 3,244,308
 2,901,253
 2,755,705
 2,905,035
  
   Total net interest income and non-interest income (denominator)10,171,885
 9,589,158
 9,325,203
 9,320,397
 9,806,441
  
            
Efficiency ratio62.58% 60.82% 61.81% 57.79% 95.67%  
(1) General, administrative, and other expenses includes $4.5 billion goodwill impairment charge on SC.  
            
            
 Transitional 
Fully Phased In(4)
 SBNA SHUSA SBNA SHUSA
 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1
(1)
 
Common Equity
Tier 1
(1)
            
Total stockholder's equity (GAAP)$13,680,941
 $13,407,676
 $22,021,460
 $21,321,057
 $13,680,941
 $22,021,460
Goodwill(3,402,637) (3,402,637) (4,444,389) (4,444,389) (3,402,637) (4,444,389)
Intangible assets(1,802) (2,176) (416,204) (475,193) (1,802) (416,204)
Deferred taxes on goodwill and intangible assets242,333
 238,747
 397,485
 392,563
 242,333
 397,485
Other adjustments to CET1(3)
(238,923) (230,942) (39,362) (39,275) (238,923) (39,362)
Disallowed deferred tax assets(129,885) (167,701) (215,330) (317,667) (129,885) (215,330)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss69,792
 336,332
 88,207
 321,652
 69,792
 88,207
CET1 capital (numerator)$10,219,819
 $10,179,299
 $17,391,867
 $16,758,748
 $10,219,819
 $17,391,867
RWAs (denominator)(2)
64,677,883
 59,394,280
 118,898,213
 107,915,606
 66,140,440
 119,981,713
Ratio15.80% 17.14% 14.63% 15.53% 15.45% 14.50%
            
(1)CET1 is calculated under Basel III regulations required as of January 1, 2015.
(2)Under the banking agencies' risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together with the measure for market risk, resulting in the Company's and the Bank's total RWAs.
(3)Represents the impact of NCI, transitional and other intangible adjustments for regulatory capital.
(4)Represents non-GAAP measures

85



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presented selected quarterly consolidated financial data (unaudited):
  
THREE MONTHS ENDED(1)
  December 31, 2016 September 30,
2016
 June 30,
2016
 March 31,
2016
 December 31, 2015 September 30,
2015
 June 30,
2015
 March 31,
2015
             
  (in thousands)
Total interest income $1,931,625
 $1,970,948
 $2,029,409
 $2,057,769
 $2,019,498
 $2,020,507
 $2,110,235
 $1,987,376
Total interest expense 348,738
 349,832
 364,522
 361,967
 336,199
 307,923
 305,536
 286,552
Net interest income 1,582,887
 1,621,116
 1,664,887
 1,695,802
 1,683,299
 1,712,584
 1,804,699
 1,700,824
Provision for credit losses 779,585
 687,913
 613,778
 898,449
 1,075,045
 954,060
 981,685
 1,068,953
Net interest income after provision for credit loss 803,302
 933,203
 1,051,109
 797,353
 608,254
 758,524
 823,014
 631,871
Gain/(loss) on investment securities, net (376) (179) 30,798
 27,260
 1,261
 (2,594) 10,980
 9,180
Total fees and other income 616,948
 726,507
 688,839
 665,908
 601,955
 808,230
 795,265
 671,940
General and administrative expenses 1,352,618
 1,279,340
 1,264,872
 1,225,381
 1,340,110
 1,172,326
 1,141,369
 1,070,595
Other expenses 64,258
 45,970
 77,169
 76,586
 4,543,525
 34,064
 34,205
 36,880
Total expenses 1,416,876
 1,325,310
 1,342,041
 1,301,967
 5,883,635
 1,206,390
 1,175,574
 1,107,475
Income/(loss) before income taxes 2,998
 334,221
 428,705
 188,554
 (4,672,165) 357,770
 453,685
 205,516
Income tax provision/(benefit) (26,977) 108,576
 153,256
 78,860
 (1,016,517) 217,872
 144,281
 54,606
Net income/(loss) before noncontrolling interest $29,975
 $225,645
 $275,449
 $109,694
 $(3,655,648) $139,898
 $309,404
 $150,910

(1) All prior periods have been recast to disclose the results of the IHC. Refer to FN 1 for additional information.

  THREE MONTHS ENDED
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 September 30,
2019
 June 30,
2019
 March 31,
2019
 December 31, 2018 September 30,
2018
 June 30,
2018
 March 31,
2018
Total interest income $2,147,955
 $2,185,107
 $2,176,090
 $2,141,043
 $2,094,575
 $2,042,938
 $2,001,073
 $1,930,467
Total interest expense 548,907
 565,997
 554,365
 538,158
 490,925
 444,177
 408,987
 380,114
Net interest income 1,599,048
 1,619,110
 1,621,725
 1,602,885
 1,603,650
 1,598,761
 1,592,086
 1,550,353
Provision for credit losses 607,539
 603,635
 480,632
 600,211
 731,202
 621,014
 433,802
 553,880
Net interest income after provision for credit loss 991,509
 1,015,475
 1,141,093
 1,002,674
 872,448
 977,747
 1,158,284
 996,473
Total fees and other income 866,385
 998,865
 960,605
 897,446
 806,664
 823,744
 818,754
 801,863
Gain/(loss) on investment securities, net 3,170
 2,267
 2,379
 (2,000) (4,785) (1,688) 419
 (663)
General, administrative and other expenses 1,647,808
 1,633,244
 1,542,386
 1,542,414
 1,490,829
 1,450,387
 1,449,749
 1,441,360
Income before income taxes 213,256
 383,363
 561,691
 355,706
 183,498
 349,416
 527,708
 356,313
Income tax provision 87,732
 112,927
 155,326
 116,214
 51,738
 109,949
 168,151
 96,062
Net income before NCI 125,524
 270,436
 406,365
 239,492
 131,760
 239,467
 359,557
 260,251
Less: Net income attributable to NCI 38,562
 66,831
 110,743
 72,512
 31,861
 72,491
 104,141
 75,138
Net income attributable to SHUSA $86,962
 $203,605
 $295,622
 $166,980
 $99,899
 $166,976
 $255,416
 $185,113


20162019 FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

SHUSA reported net income for the fourth quarter of 20162019 of $30.0$125.5 million compared to a net income of $225.6$270.4 million for the third quarter of 20162019. The most significant period-over-period variances were:
an increase in total fees and other income of $132.5 million, primarily comprised of the mark to market on the personal unsecured portfolio HFS included in miscellaneous income, net.
a lossdecrease in the income tax provision of $3.7 billion$25.2 million primarily due to lower income before taxes.

SHUSA reported net income for the fourth quarter of 2015. The decrease in2019 of $125.5 million, compared to net income betweenof $131.8 million for the third and fourth quarter of 2016 was primarily related2018. The most significant period over period variances were:
an increase in interest expense of $58.0 million, due to an increasehigher deposit volume and rates.
a decrease in the provision for credit losses of $123.6 million as a result of lower TDR balances and better recovery rates
an increase in general and administrative expenses. Theand other expenses of $157.0 million, including an increase in net income betweenlease expense of $78.0 million, resulting from the fourth quarterincreasing leased vehicle portfolio, and an increase in compensation and benefits expense of 2016 and the fourth quarter of 2015 is primarily the$45.7 million as a result of an impairment on goodwill that was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2015.increased headcount.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company had a net loss on investment securities of $0.4 million, compared to a net loss of $0.2 million during the third quarter of 2016 and a net gain of $1.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2015. The net loss on investment securities for the fourth quarter of 2016 was primarily due to customer facilitation trading gain/loss at SIS.

The provision for credit losses was $779.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2016, compared to $687.9 million during the third quarter of 2016 and $1.1 billion during the fourth quarter of 2015. Thean increase in theincome tax provision for credit losses from the third quarter of 2016 to the fourth quarter$36.0 million as a result of 2016 was primarily due to higher charge-offs in accordance with seasonality. The decrease in the provision from the fourth quarter of 2015 to the fourth quarter of 2016 was primarily due the impacts of purchase accounting on the retail installment contract portfolio which resulted in higher provisions during 2015 and lower provisions during 2016. Further information about the accounting for these portfolios is included in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.income before taxes.



12386



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Total fees and other income during the fourth quarter of 2016 were $616.9 million, compared to $726.5 million for the third quarter of 2016 and $602.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2015. The decrease from the third quarter of 2016 to the fourth quarter of 2016 was primarily due to subsequent markdowns to the fair value of the personal unsecured LHFS portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2016.

General and administrative expenses for the fourth quarter of 2016 were $1.4 billion, compared to $1.3 billion for the third quarter of 2016 and $1.3 billion for the fourth quarter of 2015. The increase in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to the third quarter of 2016 and the fourth quarter of 2015, was primarily due to an increase in consulting expenses in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to the third quarter of 2016 and the fourth quarter of 2015. In addition, there is an increase in lease expenses from the continued growth in the Company's lease portfolio over the year.

Other expenses for the fourth quarter of 2016 were $64.3 million, compared to $46.0 million for the third quarter of 2016 and $4.5 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. The increase in other expenses in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to the third quarter of 2016 relates to a loss on debt extinguishment in the fourth quarter of 2016. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2015 to the fourth quarter of 2016 primarily related to a $4.5 billion goodwill impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Income tax benefit for the fourth quarter of 2016 was $27.0 million, compared to an income tax provision of $108.6 million in the third quarter of 2016 and an income tax benefit of $1.0 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. The variance between the income tax provision for the third quarter of 2016 and the fourth quarter of 2016 is primarily due to decreases in net taxable income, the components of which are discussed above. The decrease between the fourth quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2016 was primarily due to an increase in net taxable income, resulting from a $4.5 billion goodwill impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2015.


ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 7, MD&A of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Asset"Asset and Liability ManagementManagement" above.

124


Table of Contents


ITEM 8 - CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary DataPage


125
87



Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In our opinion,We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20162019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income stockholder’s(loss), of stockholder's equity and of cash flows for each of the year thenthree years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and its subsidiariesthe Company as ofDecember 31, 2016,2019 and 2018, and the results of theirits operations and theirits cash flows for each of the year thenthree years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain,maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016,2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) because material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting existed as of that date related to the Company’s control environment, as well as material weaknesses related to the control environment, risk assessment, control activities and monitoring at the Company’s consolidated subsidiary Santander Consumer USA, Inc. (“SC”); application of effective interest methodCOSO.

Basis for accretion at SC; methodology to estimate credit loss allowance at SC; loans modified as TDRs at SC; development, approval, and monitoring of models used to estimate the credit loss allowance at SC; identification, governance, and monitoring of models used to estimate accretion at SC; review of new, unusual or significant transactions at SC; review of statement of cash flows and footnotes; and goodwill impairment assessment. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses referred to above are described in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered these material weaknesses in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2016 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management's report referred to above.Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integratedaudit. audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our auditaudits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessingstatements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our auditaudits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.


88



Table of Contents


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 20, 2017

126


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
Santander Holdings USA, Inc.11, 2020

We have auditedserved as the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/(loss), stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2016 the Company recognized a change in reporting entity due to a merger of entities under common control and the 2015 and 2014 consolidated financial statements reflect retrospective application for the change in reporting entity. As discussed in Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements, the accompanying 2015 and 2014 consolidated financial statements have been restated to correct misstatements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

April 14, 2016 (December 7, 2016 as to the effects of the restatement discussed in Note 25 and March 20, 2017 as to the effects of the change in reporting entity for a merger of entities under common control discussed in Note 24, the change in reportable segments discussed in Note 23, and the retrospective adoption of ASU 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent) discussed in Note 1)Company’s auditor since 2016.



12789



Table of Contents


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(in thousands)December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
ASSETS      
Cash and cash equivalents$10,035,859
 $9,447,007
$7,644,372
 $7,790,593
Investment securities:      
Available-for-sale at fair value17,024,225
 21,741,172
Held-to-maturity (fair value of $1,635,413 as of December 31, 2016)1,658,644
 
Trading securities1,630
 248
Other investments730,831
 1,027,363
Loans held-for-investment (1) (5)
85,819,785
 87,025,786
Allowance for loan and lease losses (5)
(3,814,464) (3,246,145)
Net loans held-for-investment82,005,321
 83,779,641
Loans held-for-sale (2)
2,586,308
 3,190,067
AFS at fair value14,339,758
 11,632,987
HTM (fair value of $3,957,227 and $2,676,049 as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)3,938,797
 2,750,680
Other investments (includes trading securities of $1,097 and $10 as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)995,680
 805,357
LHFI(1) (5)
92,705,440
 87,045,868
ALLL (5)
(3,646,189) (3,897,130)
Net LHFI89,059,251
 83,148,738
LHFS (2)
1,420,223
 1,283,278
Premises and equipment, net (3)
996,498
 1,034,462
798,122
 805,940
Operating leases, net (5)(6)
9,747,223
 8,397,413
Accrued interest receivable (5)
599,321
 635,331
Equity method investments255,344
 266,569
Operating lease assets, net (5)(6)
16,495,739
 14,078,793
Goodwill4,454,925
 4,454,925
4,444,389
 4,444,389
Intangible assets, net597,244
 667,276
416,204
 475,193
Bank-owned life insurance1,767,101
 1,727,267
BOLI1,860,846
 1,833,290
Restricted cash (5)
3,016,948
 2,630,508
3,881,880
 2,931,711
Other assets (4) (5)
1,893,101
 2,107,583
4,204,216
 3,653,336
TOTAL ASSETS$137,370,523
 $141,106,832
$149,499,477
 $135,634,285
LIABILITIES      
Accrued expenses and payables$2,821,712
 $2,777,513
$4,476,072
 $3,035,848
Deposits and other customer accounts67,240,690
 65,583,428
67,326,706
 61,511,380
Borrowings and other debt obligations (5)
43,524,445
 49,828,582
50,654,406
 44,953,784
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance163,498
 171,137
153,420
 160,728
Deferred tax liabilities, net430,548
 230,578
1,521,034
 1,212,538
Other liabilities (5)
810,872
 668,494
969,009
 912,775
TOTAL LIABILITIES114,991,765
 119,259,732
125,100,647
 111,787,053
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)
 
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY      
Preferred stock(7)
195,445
 270,445
Common stock and paid-in capital (no par value; 800,000,000 shares authorized; 530,391,043 shares outstanding at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015)16,599,497
 16,629,822
Common stock and paid-in capital (no par value; 800,000,000 shares authorized; 530,391,043 shares outstanding at both December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018)17,954,441
 17,859,304
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(193,208) (170,530)(88,207) (321,652)
Retained earnings3,020,149
 2,672,393
4,155,226
 3,783,405
TOTAL SHUSA STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY19,621,883
 19,402,130
22,021,460
 21,321,057
Noncontrolling interest2,756,875
 2,444,970
NCI2,377,370
 2,526,175
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY22,378,758
 21,847,100
24,398,830
 23,847,232
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY$137,370,523
 $141,106,832
$149,499,477
 $135,634,285
 
(1) Loans held-for-investment ("LHFI")LHFI includes $217.2$102.0 million and $335.4$126.3 million of loans recorded at fair value at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively.
(2) RecordedIncludes $289.0 million and $209.5 million of loans recorded at the fair value option ("FVO") or lower of cost or fair value.FVO at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
(3) Net of accumulated depreciation of $1.2$1.5 billion and $970.8$1.4 billion at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
(4) Includes MSRs of $130.9 million and $149.7 million at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(4) Includes mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") of $150.3 million and $151.5 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively, for which the Company has elected the FVO. See Note 916 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(5) The Company has interests in certain securitization trusts ("Trusts")Trusts that are considered variable interest entities ("VIEs")VIEs for accounting purposes. The Company consolidatesAt December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, LHFI included $26.5 billion and $24.1 billion, Operating leases assets, net included $16.5 billion and $14.0 billion, restricted cash included $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion, other assets included $625.4 million and $685.4 million, Borrowings and other debt obligations included $34.2 billion and $31.9 billion, and Other liabilities included $188.1 million and $122.0 million of assets or liabilities that were included within VIEs, where it is deemed the primary beneficiary.respectively. See Note 7 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(6) Net of accumulated depreciation of $2.8$4.2 billion and $1.9$3.5 billion at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively.
(7) Series C preferred stock has no par value, $25,000 liquidation preference; 7,500,000 shares authorized, 8,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Series B preferred stock had $25 par value, zero and 3,000,000 shares authorized, zero and 3,000,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

See accompanying unaudited notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

12890





SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands)
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015 2014
 (in thousands)
INTEREST INCOME:      
Loans $7,611,347
 $7,732,022
 $7,007,577
Interest-earning deposits 57,361
 21,745
 24,992
Investment securities:      
Available-for-sale 284,796
 331,379
 261,017
Held-to-maturity 3,526
 
 
Other investments 32,721
 52,470
 37,156
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME 7,989,751
 8,137,616
 7,330,742
INTEREST EXPENSE:      
Deposits and other customer accounts 277,022
 289,145
 238,565
Borrowings and other debt obligations 1,148,037
 947,065
 849,077
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 1,425,059
 1,236,210
 1,087,642
NET INTEREST INCOME 6,564,692
 6,901,406
 6,243,100
Provision for credit losses 2,979,725
 4,079,743
 2,459,998
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES 3,584,967
 2,821,663
 3,783,102
NON-INTEREST INCOME:      
Consumer fees 499,591
 495,727
 424,182
Commercial fees 190,248
 216,057
 212,475
Mortgage banking income, net 63,790
 108,569
 205,060
Equity investment (expense)/income, net (11,054) (8,818) 8,514
Bank-owned life insurance 57,796
 57,913
 60,278
Capital market revenue 190,647
 141,667
 182,453
Lease income 1,839,307
 1,482,850
 789,265
Miscellaneous (expense)/income, net (1)
 (132,123) 383,425
 732,827
TOTAL FEES AND OTHER INCOME 2,698,202
 2,877,390
 2,615,054
Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings (44) (1,092) 
Gain on change in control 
 
 2,417,563
Net gain on sale of investment securities 57,547
 19,919
 26,845
Net gain recognized in earnings 57,503
 18,827
 2,444,408
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME 2,755,705
 2,896,217
 5,059,462
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES:      
Compensation and benefits 1,719,645
 1,598,497
 1,444,193
Occupancy and equipment expenses 618,597
 591,569
 524,299
Technology expense 245,321
 220,984
 203,551
Outside services 285,900
 295,676
 235,474
Marketing expense 112,858
 85,205
 59,135
Loan expense 415,267
 384,051
 339,388
Lease expense 1,305,712
 1,121,531
 595,468
Other administrative expenses 418,911
 426,887
 375,665
TOTAL GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES 5,122,211
 4,724,400
 3,777,173
OTHER EXPENSES:      
Amortization of intangibles 70,034
 79,921
 105,412
Deposit insurance premiums and other expenses 77,976
 61,503
 61,152
Loss on debt extinguishment 114,232
 
 127,063
Investment expense on qualified affordable housing projects 1,741
 155
 
Impairment of capitalized software 
 
 64,546
Impairment of goodwill 
 4,507,095
 
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES 263,983
 4,648,674
 358,173
INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION 954,478
 (3,655,194) 4,707,218
Income/(benefit) tax provision 313,715
 (599,758) 1,673,123
NET INCOME/(LOSS) INCLUDING NONCONTROLLING INTEREST 640,763
 (3,055,436) 3,034,095
LESS: NET INCOME/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST 277,879
 (1,653,719) 464,648
NET INCOME/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. $362,884
 $(1,401,717) $2,569,447
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
INTEREST INCOME:     
Loans$8,098,482
 $7,546,376
 $7,377,345
Interest-earning deposits174,189
 137,753
 86,205
Investment securities:     
AFS280,927
 297,557
 352,601
HTM70,815
 68,525
 38,609
Other investments25,782
 18,842
 21,319
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME8,650,195
 8,069,053
 7,876,079
INTEREST EXPENSE:     
Deposits and other customer accounts574,471
 389,128
 241,044
Borrowings and other debt obligations1,632,956
 1,335,075
 1,211,085
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE2,207,427
 1,724,203
 1,452,129
NET INTEREST INCOME6,442,768
 6,344,850
 6,423,950
Provision for credit losses2,292,017
 2,339,898
 2,759,944
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES4,150,751
 4,004,952
 3,664,006
NON-INTEREST INCOME:     
Consumer and commercial fees548,846
 568,147
 616,438
Lease income2,872,857
 2,375,596
 2,017,775
Miscellaneous income, net(1) (2)
301,598
 307,282
 269,484
TOTAL FEES AND OTHER INCOME3,723,301
 3,251,025
 2,903,697
Net gain/(loss) on sale of investment securities5,816
 (6,717) (2,444)
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME3,729,117
 3,244,308
 2,901,253
GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER EXPENSES:     
Compensation and benefits1,945,047
 1,799,369
 1,895,326
Occupancy and equipment expenses603,716
 659,789
 669,113
Technology, outside service, and marketing expense656,681
 590,249
 581,164
Loan expense405,367
 384,899
 386,468
Lease expense2,067,611
 1,789,030
 1,553,096
Other expenses687,430
 608,989
 679,157
TOTAL GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER EXPENSES6,365,852
 5,832,325
 5,764,324
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION/(BENEFIT)1,514,016
 1,416,935
 800,935
Income tax provision/(benefit)472,199
 425,900
 (157,040)
NET INCOME INCLUDING NCI1,041,817
 991,035
 957,975
LESS: NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NCI288,648
 283,631
 405,625
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHUSA$753,169
 $707,404
 $552,350
(1) Includes $399.3Netted down by impact of$404.6 million, loss incurred$382.3 million, and $386.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 of lower of cost or market adjustmentadjustments on a portion of the Company's unsecured loan portfolio held for sale.LHFS portfolio.
(2) Includes equity investment income/(expense), net.

See accompanying unaudited notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.Statements.

12991





SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

(In thousands)

  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015 2014
 (in thousands)
NET INCOME/(LOSS) INCLUDING NONCONTROLLING INTEREST $640,763
 $(3,055,436) $3,034,095
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS), NET OF TAX      
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments, net of tax (1)
 9,856
 (2,321) 25,163
Net unrealized (losses)/gains on available-for-sale investment securities, net of tax (34,812) (44,102) 148,916
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gains/ (losses), net of tax 2,278
 4,160
 (24,452)
TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME, NET OF TAX (22,678) (42,263) 149,627
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) 618,085
 (3,097,699) 3,183,722
NET INCOME/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST 277,879
 (1,653,719) 464,648
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHUSA $340,206
 $(1,443,980) $2,719,074
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
NET INCOME INCLUDING NCI$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
OCI, NET OF TAX     
Net unrealized (losses)/gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments, net of tax (1) (2)
(301) (3,796) 337
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS and HTM investment securities, net of tax (2)
222,887
 (80,891) (9,744)
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gains, net of tax (2)
10,859
 560
 4,184
TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE GAIN / (LOSS), NET OF TAX233,445
 (84,127) (5,223)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME1,275,262
 906,908
 952,752
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NCI288,648
 283,631
 405,625
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHUSA$986,614
 $623,277
 $547,127

(1) Excludes $10.8$(18.3) million, $(3.1) million, and $6.0 million of other comprehensive incomeOCI attributable to non-controlling interest ("NCI")NCI for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
(2) Excludes $39.1 million impact of OCI reclassified to Retained earnings as a result of the adoption of ASU 2018-02 for the year ended December 31, 2016. There was no material other comprehensive income attributable to NCI for the year ended December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.2018.

See accompanying unaudited notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


13092





SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015, AND 2014

(in (In thousands)
              
 Common Shares Outstanding Preferred Stock Common Stock and Paid-in Capital Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income Retained Earnings Noncontrolling Interest Total Stockholder's Equity
Balance, January 1, 2014520,307
 $270,445
 $14,110,840
 $(277,894) $1,546,974
 $
 $15,650,365
Comprehensive income attributable to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.
 
 
 149,627
 2,569,447
 
 2,719,074
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
 464,648
 464,648
Impact of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. stock option activity
 
 (752) 
 
 124,968
 124,216
Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. Change in Control
 
 
 
 
 3,483,446
 3,483,446
Issuance of common stock10,084
 
 2,521,000
 
 
 
 2,521,000
Stock issued in connection with employees benefit and incentive compensation plans
 
 (1,210) 
 
 
 (1,210)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
 (20,667) (20,667)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
 
 
 
 (21,163) 
 (21,163)
Balance, December 31, 2014530,391
 $270,445
 $16,629,878
 $(128,267) $4,095,258
 $4,052,395
 $24,919,709


 
Common
Shares
Outstanding
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock and
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Noncontrolling
Interest
 
Total
Stockholder's
Equity
Balance, January 1, 2015530,391
 $270,445
 $16,629,878
 $(128,267) $4,095,258
 $4,052,395
 $24,919,709
Comprehensive loss attributable to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.
 
 
 (42,263) (1,401,717) 
 (1,443,980)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
 (1,653,719) (1,653,719)
Impact of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. stock option activity
 
 (67) 
 
 46,294
 46,227
Issuance of common stock
 
 (14) 
 14
 
 
Stock issued in connection with employee benefit and incentive compensation plans
 
 25
 
 
 
 25
Dividends paid on preferred stock
 
 
 
 (21,162) 
 (21,162)
Balance, December 31, 2015530,391
 $270,445
 $16,629,822
 $(170,530) $2,672,393
 $2,444,970
 $21,847,100



131





 
Common
Shares
Outstanding
 
Preferred
Stock
 Common
Stock and
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Retained
Earnings
 Noncontrolling Interest 
Total
Stockholder's
Equity
Balance, January 1, 2016530,391
 $270,445
 $16,629,822
 $(170,530) $2,672,393
 $2,444,970
 $21,847,100
Comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.
 
 
 (22,678) 362,884
 
 340,206
Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
 10,807
 10,807
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
 
 277,879
 277,879
Impact of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. stock option activity
 
 69
 
 
 23,219
 23,288
Redemption of Preferred Stock
 (75,000) 
 
 
 
 (75,000)
Capital Distribution to Shareholder
 
 (30,789) 
 
 
 (30,789)
Stock issued in connection with employee benefit and incentive compensation plans
 
 395
 
 
 
 395
Dividends paid on preferred stock
 
 
 
 (15,128) 
 (15,128)
Balance, December 31, 2016530,391
 $195,445
 $16,599,497
 $(193,208) $3,020,149
 $2,756,875
 $22,378,758
 Common Shares Outstanding Preferred Stock Common Stock and Paid-in Capital Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income Retained Earnings Noncontrolling Interest Total Stockholder's Equity
Balance, January 1, 2017530,391
 $195,445
 $16,599,497
 $(193,208) $3,020,149
 $2,756,875
 $22,378,758
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of ASU 2016-09
 
 (26,457) 
 14,763
 37,401
 25,707
Comprehensive (loss)/income Attributable to SHUSA
 
 
 (5,223) 552,350
 
 547,127
Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI
 
 
 
 
 6,048
 6,048
Net income attributable to NCI
 
 
 
 
 405,625
 405,625
Impact of SC Stock Option Activity
 
 
 
 
 22,116
 22,116
Contribution of SFS from Shareholder (Note 1)  
 430,783
 
 (108,705) 
 322,078
Capital contribution from shareholder (Note 13)
 
 11,747
 
 
 
 11,747
Contribution of incremental SC shares from shareholder
 
 707,589
 
 
 (707,589) 
Dividends paid to NCI
 
 
 
 
 (4,475) (4,475)
Stock issued in connection with employee benefit and incentive compensation plans
 
 (149) 
 
 850
 701
Dividends declared and paid on common stock
 
 
 
 (10,000) 
 (10,000)
Dividends declared and paid on preferred stock
 
 
 
 (14,600) 
 (14,600)
Balance, December 31, 2017530,391
 $195,445
 $17,723,010
 $(198,431) $3,453,957
 $2,516,851
 $23,690,832
Cumulative-effect adjustment upon adoption of new ASUs and other (Note 1)
 
 
 (39,094) 47,549
 
 8,455
Comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to SHUSA
 
 
 (84,127) 707,404
 
 623,277
Other comprehensive loss attributable to NCI
 
 
 
 
 (3,130) (3,130)
Net income attributable to NCI
 
 
 
 
 283,631
 283,631
Impact of SC stock option activity
 
 
 
 
 12,411
 12,411
Contribution from shareholder and related tax impact (Note 13)
 
 88,468
 
 
 
 88,468
Contribution of SAM from Shareholder (Note 1)
 
 4,396
 
 
 
 4,396
Redemption of preferred stock
 (195,445) 
 
 (4,555) 
 (200,000)
Dividends declared and paid on common stock
 
 
 
 (410,000) 
 (410,000)
Dividends paid to NCI
 
 
 
 
 (57,511) (57,511)
Stock repurchase attributable to NCI
 
 43,430
 
 
 (226,077) (182,647)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
 
 
 
 (10,950) 
 (10,950)
Balance, December 31, 2018530,391
 $
 $17,859,304
 $(321,652) $3,783,405
 $2,526,175
 $23,847,232
Cumulative-effect adjustment upon adoption of ASU 2016-02
 
 
 
 18,652
 
 18,652
Comprehensive income attributable to SHUSA
 
 
 233,445
 753,169
 
 986,614
Other comprehensive loss attributable to NCI
 
 
 
 
 (18,265) (18,265)
Net income attributable to NCI
 
 
 
 
 288,648
 288,648
Impact of SC stock option activity
 
 
 
 
 10,176
 10,176
Contribution from shareholder (Note 13)
 
 88,927
 
 
 
 88,927
Dividends declared and paid on common stock
 
 
 
 (400,000) 
 (400,000)
Dividends paid to NCI
 
 
 
 
 (85,160) (85,160)
Stock repurchase attributable to NCI
 
 6,210
 
 
 (344,204) (337,994)
Balance, December 31, 2019530,391
 $
 $17,954,441
 $(88,207) $4,155,226
 $2,377,370
 $24,398,830

See accompanying unaudited notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

13293




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)


Year Ended December 31,
 2016
2015 2014
      
 (in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income/(loss) including noncontrolling interest$640,763
 $(3,055,436) $3,034,095
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Gain on SC Change in Control
 
 (2,280,027)
Net gain on sale of SC shares
 
 (137,536)
Gain on sale of branches
 
 (10,648)
Impairment of goodwill
 4,507,095
 
Impairment of capitalized software
 
 64,546
Provision for credit losses2,979,725
 4,079,743
 2,459,998
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)213,949
 (830,619) 1,836,376
Depreciation, amortization and accretion1,084,095
 518,207
 (20,011)
Net loss/(gain) on sale of loans455,330
 77,219
 (261,301)
Net gain on sale of investment securities(57,547) (18,827) (26,845)
Gain on residential loan securitizations
 (21,570) (48,373)
Net gain on sale of operating leases(473) (22,636) (4,570)
Other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") recognized in earnings44
 1,092
 
Loss on debt extinguishment114,232
 
 127,063
Net (gain)/loss on real estate owned and premises and equipment10,644
 (5,250) (25,954)
Stock-based compensation17,677
 (7,261) 5,447
Equity loss/(income) on equity method investments11,054
 8,818
 (8,514)
Originations of loans held-for-sale, net of repayments(6,215,770) (7,699,805) (4,687,656)
Purchases of loans held-for-sale(4,730) (5,906) 
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale5,883,608
 6,876,079
 5,182,991
Purchases of trading securities(629,947) (1,219,268) (1,191,879)
Proceeds from sales of trading securities657,494
 1,683,719
 758,742
Net change in:     
Revolving personal loans(317,506) (107,947) 
Other assets and bank-owned life insurance251,683
 439,766
 (385,091)
Other liabilities7,349
 (114,260) 52,879
Other
 
 (8,786)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES5,101,674
 5,082,953
 4,424,946
      
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities6,755,299
 2,809,779
 341,513
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of available-for-sale investment securities10,209,477
 5,994,381
 3,122,220
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities(12,205,062) (13,551,027) (6,084,584)
Proceeds from repayments and maturities of held to maturity investment securities11,784
 
 
Purchases of held to maturity investment securities(1,671,285) 
 
Proceeds from sales of other investments492,761
 325,594
 366,382
Proceeds from maturities of other investments45
 170
 22,778
Purchases of other investments(172,292) (506,476) (382,845)
Net change in restricted cash(390,902) (287,516) 65,184
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-investment1,737,780
 2,710,078
 3,653,267
Proceeds from the sales of equity method investments
 14,988
 8,615
Distributions from equity method investments4,819
 11,881
 7,990
Contributions to equity method and other investments(42,798) (101,018) (111,788)
Purchases of loans held-for-investment(278,810) (1,978,145) (1,266,322)
Net change in loans other than purchases and sales(1,843,299) (9,448,772) (10,049,071)
Purchases and originations of operating leases(5,642,120) (5,769,802) (6,217,516)
Proceeds from the sale and termination of operating leases2,351,817
 2,020,686
 463,843
Manufacturer incentives1,205,911
 1,192,235
 1,174,875
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned and premises and equipment67,702
 96,349
 132,908
Purchases of premises and equipment(234,075) (314,401) (318,442)
Confirming receivable
 106,000
 481,205
Net cash transferred on the sale of branches
 
 (151,286)
Proceeds from sale of SC shares
 
 320,145
Cash acquired in SC Change in Control
 
 11,076
NET CASH PROVIDED BY / (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES356,752
 (16,675,016) (14,409,853)
      
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Net change in deposits and other customer accounts1,657,262
 3,435,426
 2,344,327
Net change in short-term borrowings(522,927) (5,209,395) 1,521,444
Net proceeds from long-term borrowings46,598,213
 51,840,502
 37,888,395
Repayments of long-term borrowings(44,563,102) (45,669,188) (34,767,052)
Proceeds from FHLB advances (with terms greater than 3 months)5,850,000
 16,350,000
 
Repayments of FHLB advances (with terms greater than 3 months)(13,799,232) (6,670,000) (2,082,796)
Net change in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance(7,639) 4,993
 (14,901)
Cash dividends paid to preferred stockholders(15,128) (21,162) (21,709)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest
 
 (20,667)
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock7,979
 87,772
 1,787,533
Redemption of preferred stock(75,000) 
 
NET CASH (USED IN) / PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES(4,869,574) 14,148,948
 6,634,574
      
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS588,852
 2,556,885
 (3,350,333)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD9,447,007
 6,890,122
 10,240,455
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD$10,035,859
 $9,447,007
 $6,890,122
      
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES     
Income taxes received, net$(146,132) $(168,529) $(64,598)
Interest paid1,439,126
 1,270,060
 1,226,249
      
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS     
Loans transferred to other real estate owned83,364
 108,767
 75,833
Loans transferred from held-for-investment to held-for-sale, net143,825
 2,886,766
 243,771
Unsettled purchases of investment securities230,052
 697,057
 254,065
Unsettled sales of investment securities
 
 573,290
Residential loan securitizations26,736
 421,455
 2,141,966
Conversion of debt to common equity
 
 750,000
Liquidation of common equity securities
 
 24,742
Capital distribution to shareholder30,789
 
 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

133



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





Year Ended December 31,
 2019
2018 2017
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income including NCI$1,041,817
 $991,035
 $957,975
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Impairment of goodwill
 
 10,536
Provision for credit losses2,292,017
 2,339,898
 2,759,944
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)339,152
 416,875
 (196,614)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion2,402,611
 1,913,225
 1,606,862
Net loss on sale of loans397,037
 379,181
 373,532
Net (gain)/loss on sale of investment securities(5,816) 6,717
 2,444
Loss on debt extinguishment2,735
 3,470
 30,349
Net (gain)/loss on real estate owned, premises and equipment, and other assets(19,637) 10,610
 (9,567)
Stock-based compensation317
 913
 4,674
Equity (income)/loss on equity method investments(1,584) (4,324) 28,323
Originations of LHFS, net of repayments(1,462,963) (2,982,366) (4,920,570)
Purchases of LHFS(387) (1,381) (4,280)
Proceeds from sales of LHFS1,563,206
 4,264,959
 4,601,777
Net change in:     
Revolving personal loans(360,922) (371,716) (329,168)
Other assets, BOLI and trading securities(152,520) (200,380) (99,306)
Other liabilities814,094
 248,345
 147,149
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES6,849,157
 7,015,061
 4,964,060
      
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Proceeds from sales of AFS investment securities1,423,579
 1,262,409
 3,216,595
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of AFS investment securities6,688,603
 2,616,417
 5,231,910
Purchases of AFS investment securities(10,534,918) (2,421,286) (6,248,059)
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of HTM investment securities392,971
 338,932
 200,085
Purchases of HTM investment securities(1,595,777) (135,898) (352,786)
Proceeds from sales of other investments264,364
 153,294
 327,029
Proceeds from maturities of other investments13,673
 45
 560
Purchases of other investments(369,361) (214,427) (217,007)
Proceeds from sales of LHFI2,583,563
 1,016,652
 1,227,052
Proceeds from the sales of equity method investments
 
 25,145
Distributions from equity method investments4,539
 9,889
 10,522
Contributions to equity method and other investments(228,275) (122,816) (87,267)
Proceeds from settlements of BOLI policies34,941
 20,931
 37,028
Purchases of LHFI(897,907) (1,243,574) (723,793)
Net change in loans other than purchases and sales(10,184,035) (8,462,103) 2,724,489
Purchases and originations of operating leases(8,597,560) (9,859,861) (6,036,193)
Proceeds from the sale and termination of operating leases3,502,677
 3,588,820
 3,119,264
Manufacturer incentives794,237
 1,098,055
 878,219
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned and premises and equipment68,491
 53,569
 112,497
Purchases of premises and equipment(216,810) (159,887) (164,111)
Net cash paid for branch disposition(329,328) 
 
Upfront fee paid to FCA(60,000) 
 
NET CASH (USED IN)/PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES(17,242,333) (12,460,839) 3,281,179
      
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Net change in deposits and other customer accounts6,286,153
 680,277
 (6,218,010)
Net change in short-term borrowings191,931
 (168,769) (50,331)
Net proceeds from long-term borrowings48,043,664
 46,461,404
 43,325,311
Repayments of long-term borrowings(44,522,618) (43,277,142) (44,005,642)
Proceeds from FHLB advances (with terms greater than 3 months)4,435,000
 4,900,000
 1,000,000
Repayments of FHLB advances (with terms greater than 3 months)(2,500,000) (2,000,000) (5,000,000)
Net change in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance(7,308) 1,407
 (4,177)
Cash dividends paid to preferred stockholders
 (10,950) (14,600)
Dividends paid on common stock(400,000) (410,000) (10,000)
Dividends paid to NCI(85,160) (57,511) (4,475)
Stock repurchase attributable to NCI(337,994) (182,647) 
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock4,529
 8,204
 13,652
Capital contribution from shareholder88,927
 85,035
 9,000
Redemption of preferred stock
 (200,000) 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY/(USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES11,197,124
 5,829,308
 (10,959,272)
      
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH803,948
 383,530
 (2,714,033)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD10,722,304
 10,338,774
 13,052,807
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF PERIOD (1)
$11,526,252
 $10,722,304
 $10,338,774
      
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES     
Income taxes paid, net$35,355
 $26,261
 $3,954
Interest paid2,210,838
 1,694,850
 1,442,484
      
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS     
Loans transferred to/(from) other real estate owned(1,423) 86,467
 44,650
Loans transferred from/(to) HFI (from)/to HFS, net2,727,067
 731,944
 202,760
Unsettled sales of investment securities
 
 39,783
Contribution of SFS from shareholder (2)

 
 322,078
Contribution of incremental SC shares from shareholder
 
 707,589
Contribution of SAM from shareholder (2)

 4,396
 
AFS investment securities transferred to HTM investment securities
 1,167,189
 
Adoption of lease accounting standard:     
ROU assets664,057
 
 
Accrued expenses and payables705,650
 
 

(1) The years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 include cash and cash equivalents balances of $7.6 billion, $7.8 billion, and $6.5 billion, respectively, and restricted cash balances of $3.9 billion, $2.9 billion, and $3.8 billion, respectively.
(2) The contributions of SFS and SAM were accounted for as non-cash transactions. Refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies for additional information.

See accompanying unaudited notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

94





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Introduction

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. ("SHUSA")SHUSA is the parent company (the "Parent Company")Parent Company of Santander Bank, National Association, (the "Bank" or "SBNA"),SBNA, a national banking association; Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "SC"),SC, a consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance;company; Santander BanCorp, (together with its subsidiaries, "Santander BanCorp"), a financial holding company headquartered in Puerto Rico whichthat offers a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Banco Santander Puerto Rico; Santander Securities, LLC ("SSLLC"),BSPR; SSLLC, a broker-dealer locatedheadquartered in Puerto Rico, Banco Santander International ("BSI"), an Edge Act corporation locatedBoston, Massachusetts; BSI, a financial services company headquartered in Miami, FL, whichFlorida that offers a full range of banking services to foreign individuals and corporations based primarily in Latin America; Santander Investment Securities Inc. ("SIS"),and SIS, a registered broker-dealer locatedheadquartered in New York NY providing services in investment banking, institutional sales, and trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed income securities; as well as several other subsidiaries. SSLLC, SIS, and another SHUSA subsidiary, SAM, are registered investment advisers with the SEC. SHUSA is headquartered in Boston Massachusetts and the Bank's mainhome office is in Wilmington, Delaware. SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. ("Santander").Santander. The Parent Company's two largest subsidiaries by asset size and revenue are the Bank and SC.

The Bank’s primary business consists of attracting deposits and providing other retail banking services through its network of retail branches, and originating small business loans, middle market, large and global commercial loans, multifamily loans, residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and auto and other consumer loans throughout the Mid-Atlantic and Northeastern areas of the United States, focused throughout Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, and Delaware. The Bank uses its deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios.

SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC's primary business is the indirect origination and securitizationservicing of retail installment contracts ("RICs")RICs and leases, principally, through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to retail consumers. Additionally, SC sells consumer RICs through flow agreements and, when market conditions are favorable, it accesses the ABS market through securitizations of consumer RICs.

In conjunction withSAF is SC’s primary vehicle brand, and is available as a ten-year private label financingfinance option for automotive dealers across the United States. Since May 2013, under its agreement with Fiat Chrysler Automobiles US LLC ("FCA") that became effective May 1, 2013 (the "Chrysler Agreement"),FCA, SC offers a full spectrum of auto financing productshas operated as FCA's preferred provider for consumer loans, leases, and dealer loans and provides services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer retail installment contracts ("RICs")RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit. RICs and vehicle leases entered into with FCA customers, as part of the Chrysler Agreement, represent a significant concentration of those portfolios and there is a risk that the Chrysler Agreement could be terminated prior to its expiration date. Refer to Note 1920 for additional details. On June 28, 2019, SC entered into an amendment to its agreement with FCA, which modified that agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions.

SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile and recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally, SC has other relationships through which it provides other consumer finance products. However, in 2015, SC announced its exit from personal lending and, accordingly, all of its personal lending assets are classified as HFS at December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 20162019, SC was owned approximately 58.8%72.4% by SHUSA and 41.2%27.6% by noncontrollingother shareholders. Common shares of SC ("SC Common Stock") areStock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE")NYSE under the trading symbol "SC."

Intermediate Holding Company ("IHC")During 2019, SBNA completed the sale of 14 bank branches and four ATMs located in central Pennsylvania, together with approximately $471 million of deposits and $102 million of retail and business loans, to First Commonwealth Bank for a gain of $30.9 million. 

On February 18, 2014,
95




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

IHC

The EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA Final Rule were enacted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") issued the final rule implementing certain of the enhanced prudential standards mandated by Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "DFA")(the “Final Rule")
to strengthen regulatory oversight of foreign banking organizations ("FBOs").FBOs. Under the Final Rule, FBOs with over $50 billion of U.S. non-branch assets, including Santander, were required to consolidate U.S. subsidiary activities under an IHC. Due to its U.S. non-branch total consolidated asset size, Santander wasis subject to the Final Rule. As a result of this rule, Santander transferred substantially all of its equity interests in U.S. bank and non-bank subsidiaries previously outside the Company to the Company, which became an IHC effective July 1, 2016. These subsidiaries included Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, as well as several other subsidiaries. ReferOn July 1, 2017, an additional Santander subsidiary, SFS, a finance company located in Puerto Rico, was transferred to Note 24 for additional detailsthe Company. Additionally, effective July 2, 2018, Santander transferred SAM to the IHC. The contribution of this transfer.SAM to the Company transferred approximately $5.4 million of assets, $1.0 million of liabilities, and $4.4 million of equity to the Company.

134



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAlthough SAM is an entity under common control, its results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows are immaterial to the historical financial results of the Company. As a result, the Company elected to report the results of SAM on a prospective basis beginning July 2, 2018. SFS’s results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows are immaterial to the historical financial results of the Company and the Company also elected to report its results prospectively. As a result of the 2017 contribution of SFS in 2017 and SAM in 2018, SHUSA's net income is understated by $1.0 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, a contribution to stockholder's equity of $4.4 million and $322.1 million was recorded on July 2, 2018, and July 1, 2017, respectively. These amounts are immaterial to the overall presentation of the Company's financial statements for each of the periods presented.


On October 21, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the stock of Santander BanCorp (the holding company that owns BSPR) for a total consideration of approximately $1.1 billion, subject to adjustment based on the consolidated Santander BanCorp balance sheet at closing. At December 31, 2019, BSPR had 27 branches, approximately 1,000 employees, and total assets of approximately $6.0 billion. Among other conditions precedent to the closing, the transaction requires the Company to transfer all of BSPR's non-performing assets and the equity of SAM to the Company or a third party prior to closing. In addition, the transaction requires review and approval of various regulators, whose input is uncertain. Subject to satisfaction of the closing conditions, the transaction is expected to close in the middle of 2020. Once it becomes apparent that this transaction is more likely than not to receive regulatory approval, the Company will recognize a deferred tax liability of approximately $50 million for the unremitted earnings of Santander BanCorp. Consummation of the transaction is not expected to result in any material gain or loss.



NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Basis of Presentation

These Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, including the Bank, SC, and certain special purpose financing trusts utilized in financing transactions that are considered variable interest entities ("VIEs").VIEs. The Company generally consolidates VIEs for which it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and generally consolidates voting interest entities ("VOEs")VOEs in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to Security and Exchange Commission ("SEC") regulations. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and pursuant to SEC regulations. Additionally, where applicable, the Company's accounting policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. However, inIn the opinion of management, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements reflect all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairlyfor a fair statement of the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Statements of Operations, Statements of Comprehensive Income, Statements of Stockholder's Equity and Statements of Cash Flows ("SCF")SCF for the periods indicated, and contain adequate disclosure of this interim financial information to make the information presented not misleading.

Significant Accounting Policies

Management has identified (i) accounting for consolidation, (ii) business combinations, (iii) the allowance for loan losses for originated and purchased loans and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, (iv) loan modifications and troubled debt restructurings, (v) goodwill, (vi) derivatives and hedging activities, and (vii) income taxes as the Company's significant accounting policies and estimates, in that they are importantCertain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the portrayal of the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and the accounting estimates related thereto require management's most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Recently Adopted Accounting Policies

Since January 1, 2016, the Company adopted the following Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Updates ("ASUs"), none of which had a material impact to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements:

The Company adopted ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (Topic 718) on a prospective basis. This ASU was issued by the FASB in June 2014 and requires that a performance target that affects vesting, and could be achieved after the requisite service period, be treated as a performance condition. Application of existing guidance in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting should continue to be used to account for such awards.
The Company also adopted ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), which was issued in August 2014. This ASU requires management to perform an assessment of going concern and provides specific guidance on when and how to assess or disclose going concern uncertainties. The new standard also defines terms used in the evaluation of going concern, such as "substantial doubt." The adoption of this ASUcurrent year presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, result of operations, or disclosures.
The Company also adopted ASU 2015-01, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items on a prospective basis. This ASU was issued by the FASB in January 2015 and eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP, which previously required the separate classification, presentation, and disclosure of extraordinary events and transactions. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s result of operations.

135



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The Company also adopted ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 820): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which the FASB issued in February 2015. This ASU changes the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities. Specifically, this ASU modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities ("VIEs") or voting interest entities ("VOEs"); eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; potentially changes the consolidation conclusions of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, in particular those that have fee arrangements and related party arrangements; and provides a scope exception for reporting entities with interests held in certain money market funds and similar unregistered money market funds. As the adoption did not result in any significant impact to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, it did not result in a retrospective or modified retrospective application.
The Company also adopted ASU 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent) on a retrospective basis. This ASU removes the requirement to categorize investments fair valued using the net asset value per share practical expedient within the fair value hierarchy. It also modifies disclosure requirements to include only investments for which the entity elects to use the practical expedient rather than the prior guidance which required disclosures for all investments eligible to use the practical expedient. The adoption of ASU 2015-07 had an immaterialmaterial impact on the Company's fair value disclosures.
The Company also adopted ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments on a prospective basis. This amendment eliminates the requirement to account for adjustments to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination retrospectively. Instead, the acquirer will recognize the adjustments to provisional amounts during the period in which the adjustments are determined, including the effect on earningsconsolidated financial condition or results of any amounts the acquirer would have recorded in previous periods if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date.
operations.

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include VOEs and VIEs in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, the Company generally consolidates a VIE if the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary because it has: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary). The Company generally consolidates its VOEs if the Company, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the entity and the noncontrolling shareholders do not hold any substantive participating or controlling rights. Interests in VIEs and VOEs can include equity interests in corporations, partnerships and similar legal entities, subordinated debt, securitizations, derivative contracts, leases, service agreements, guarantees, standby letters of credit, loan commitments, and other contracts, agreements and financial instruments.

Upon the occurrence of certain significant events, as required by the VIE model the Company reassesses whether a legal entity in which the Company is involved is a VIE. The reassessment process considers whether the Company has acquired or divested the power to direct the activities of the VIE through changes in governing documents or other circumstances. The reassessment also considers whether the Company has acquired or disposed of a financial interest that could be significant to the VIE, or whether an interest in the VIE has become significant or is no longer significant. The consolidation status of the entities with which the Company is involved may change as a result of such reassessments. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively, with assets and liabilities of a newly consolidated VIE initially recorded at fair value. A gain or loss may be recognized upon deconsolidation of a VIE, depending on the carrying amounts of deconsolidated assets and liabilities compared to the fair value of retained interests and ongoing contractual arrangements.

The Company uses the equity method to account for unconsolidated investments in VOEs if the Company has significant influence over the entity's operating and financing decisions but does not maintain a controlling financial interest. Unconsolidated investments in VOEs or VIEs in which the Company has a voting or economic interest of less than 20% generally are carried at cost. These investments are included in "Equity method investments" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the Company's proportionate share of income or loss is included in "Equity method investments (expense)/income, net" within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

136



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Business Combinations

The Company records the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any NCI of companies that are acquired at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, and includes the results of operations of the acquired companies in the Consolidated Statement of Operations from the date of acquisition. The Company recognizes as goodwill the excess of the acquisition price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. The Company accounted for its acquisition of SC in 2014 as a business combination.

The Company accounted for the July 1, 2016, transfer of ownership of several Santander subsidiaries (which were solely owned and contributed by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016) in accordance with ASC 805 common control guidance which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. See Note 24 for a detailed discussion of the 2016 transaction.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and those differences may be material. The most significant estimates pertain to consolidation, fair value measurements, allowance for loan and lease losses ("ALLL")the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, accretion of discounts and subvention on retail installment contracts,RICs, estimates of expected residual values of leased vehicles subject to operating leases, goodwill, derivatives and hedge activities, and income taxes. Actual results may differ from the estimates, and the differences may be material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company primarily earns interest and non-interest income from various sources, including:

Lending
Investment securities
Customer deposit and loan fees
Bank owned life insurance ("BOLI")
Loan sales and servicing
Leases

The principal source of revenue is interest income from loans and investment securities. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis primarily according to non-discretionary formulas in written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Revenue earned on interest-earning assets, including unearned income and the accretion of discounts recognized on acquired or purchased loans, is recognized based on the constant effective yield of such interest-earning assets. Unearned income pertains to the net of fees collected and certain costs incurred from loan originations.

Gains or losses on sales of investment securities are recognized on the trade date.

The Company recognizes revenue from servicing commercial mortgages and consumer loans as earned. Mortgage banking income, net includes fees associated with servicing loans for third parties based on the specific contractual terms and changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"). Gains or losses on sales of residential mortgage, multifamily and home equity loans are included within mortgage banking revenues and are recognized when the sale is complete.

Service charges on deposit accounts are recognized when earned.

Income from BOLI represents increases in the cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds and interest.

137



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

96





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

IncomeRecently Adopted Accounting Standards

Since January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the following FASB ASUs:
ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019, resulting in the recognition of a ROU asset ($664.1 million) and lease liability ($705.7 million) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for all operating leases with a term greater than 12 months. The Company adopted this ASU using the modified retrospective approach, with application at the adoption date and a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Under this approach, comparative periods were not adjusted. We elected the package of practical expedients permitted under transition guidance, which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification. We also elected not to recognize a lease liability and associated ROU asset for short-term leases. We did not elect (1) the hindsight practical expedient when determining the lease term and (2) the practical expedient to not separate non-lease components from lease components. The ASU required the Company to accelerate the recognition of $18.7 million of previously deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions, with such impact recorded to the opening balance of Retained earnings.

The ROU asset and lease liability will subsequently be de-recognized in a manner that effectively yields a straight-line lease expense over the lease term. Lessee accounting requirements for finance leases is recognized(previously described as partcapital leases) and lessor accounting requirements for operating, sales-type, and direct financing leases (sales-type and direct financing leases were both previously referred to as capital leases) are largely unchanged. This standard did not materially affect our Consolidated Statements of interest income over the termOperations or SCF.
The adoption of the lease usingfollowing ASUs did not have a material impact on the constant effective yield method; while income arisingCompany's financial position or results of operations:
ASU 2017-08, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.
ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from operating leases is recognized as part of other non-interest income over the termEquity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the lease onIndefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a straight-line basis.Scope Exception.
ASU 2018-07, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting.
ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract.
ASU 2018-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Inclusion of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.

Fair Value MeasurementsSignificant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, the Consolidated Financial Statements include any VOEs in which the Company has a controlling financial interest and any VIEs for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The Company consolidates its VIEs if the Company has (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary). The Company generally consolidates its VOEs if the Company, directly or indirectly, owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the entity and the noncontrolling shareholders do not hold any substantive participating or controlling rights. Interests in VIEs and VOEs can include equity interests in corporations, partnerships and similar legal entities, subordinated debt, securitizations, derivatives contracts, leases, service agreements, guarantees, standby letters of credit, loan commitments, and other contracts, agreements and financial instruments.


97




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Upon the occurrence of certain significant events, as required by the VIE model, the Company reassesses whether a legal entity in which the Company is involved is a VIE. The reassessment process considers whether the Company has acquired or divested the power to direct the activities of the VIE through changes in governing documents or other circumstances. The reassessment also considers whether the Company has acquired or disposed of a financial interest that could be significant to the VIE, or whether an interest in the VIE has become significant or is no longer significant. The consolidation status of the entities with which the Company is involved may change as a result of such reassessments. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively, with assets and liabilities of a newly consolidated VIE initially recorded at fair value. A gain or loss may be recognized upon deconsolidation of a VIE, depending on the carrying amounts of deconsolidated assets and liabilities compared to the fair value of retained interests and ongoing contractual arrangements.

The Company valuesuses the equity method to account for unconsolidated investments in VOEs if the Company has significant influence over the entity's operating and financing decisions but does not maintain a controlling financial interest. Unconsolidated investments in VOEs or VIEs in which the Company has a voting or economic interest of less than 20% generally are carried at cost less any impairment. These investments are included in Other assets and liabilities based on the principal marketConsolidated Balance Sheets, and the Company's proportionate share of income or loss is included in Miscellaneous income, net within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Sales of RICs and Leases

The Company, through SC, transfers RICs into newly formed Trusts which then issue one or more classes of notes payable backed by the RICs. The Company’s continuing involvement with the credit facilities and Trusts are in the form of servicing loans held by the SPEs and, generally, through holding a residual interest in the SPE. These transactions are structured without recourse. The Trusts are considered VIEs under GAAP and are consolidated when the Company has: (a) power over the significant activities of the entity and (b) an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE which are potentially significant to the VIE. The Company has power over the significant activities of those Trusts as servicer of the financial assets held in the Trust. Servicing fees are not considered significant variable interests in the Trusts; however, when the Company also retains a residual interest in the Trust, either in the form of a debt security or equity interest, the Company has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that are potentially significant to the SPE. Accordingly, these Trusts are consolidated within the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the associated RICs, borrowings under credit facilities and securitization notes payable remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Securitizations involving Trusts in which each would bethe Company does not retain a residual interest or any other debt or equity interest are treated as sales of the associated RICs. While these Trusts are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements, they are separate legal entities; thus, the finance receivables and other assets sold (into these Trusts are legally owned by the caseTrusts, are available only to satisfy the notes payable related to the securitized RICs, and are not available to the Company's creditors or other subsidiaries.

The Company also sells RICs and leases to VIEs or directly to third parties. The Company may determine that these transactions meet sale accounting treatment in accordance with applicable guidance. Due to the nature, purpose, and activity of assets) or transferred (in the case of liabilities). The principal market is the forum with the greatest volume and level of activity. In the absence of a principal market, valuation is based on the most advantageous market. In the absence of observable marketthese transactions, the Company considers liquidity valuation adjustments to reflecteither does not hold potentially significant variable interests or is not the uncertainty in pricing the instruments. The fair value of a financial asset is measured on a stand-alone basis and cannot be measuredprimary beneficiary as a group,result of the Company's limited further involvement with the exceptionfinancial assets. The transferred financial assets are removed from the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets at the time the sale is completed. The Company generally remains the servicer of certainthe financial instruments heldassets and managed onreceives servicing fees. The Company also recognizes a net portfolio basis. In measuringgain or loss for the difference between the fair value, of a nonfinancial asset, the Company assumes the highest and best use of the asset by a market participant, not just the intended use, to maximizeas measured based on sales proceeds plus (or minus) the value of any servicing asset (or liability) retained and the asset. The Company also considers whether any credit valuation adjustments are necessary based oncarrying value of the counterparty's credit quality.assets sold.

When measuring the fair value of a liability, the Company assumes that the transfer will not affect the nonperformance risk associated with the liability. The Company considers the effect of the credit risk on the fair value for any period in which fair value is measured. There are three valuation approaches for measuring fair value: the market approach, the income approach and the cost approach. Selecting the appropriate technique for valuing a particular asset or liability should consider the exit market for the asset or liability, the nature of the asset or liability being measured, and how a market participant would value the same asset or liability. Ultimately, selecting the appropriate valuation method requires significant judgment.

Valuation inputs refer to the assumptions market participants would use in pricing a given asset or liability. Inputs can be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are assumptions based on market data obtained from an independent source. Unobservable inputs are assumptions basedSee further discussion on the Company's own information or assessment of assumptions used by other market participantssecuritizations in pricing the asset or liability. The unobservable inputs are based on the best and most current information available on the measurement date.Note 7 to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash, and Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from depository institutions, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Cash and cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less and, accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value. As of December 31, 2016, theThe Company has maintained balances in various operating and money market accounts in excess of federally insured limits.


98




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Cash deposited to support securitization transactions, lockbox collections, and the related required reserve accounts areis recorded in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016Sheets as restricted cash. Excess cash flows generated by the Trusts are added to the restricted cash reserve account, creating additional over-collateralization until the contractual securitization requirement has been reached. Once the targeted reserve requirement is satisfied, additional excess cash flows generated by the Trusts are released to the Company as distributions from the Trusts. Lockbox collections are added to restricted cash and released when transferred to the appropriate warehouse line of creditfacility or Trust. The Company also maintains restricted cash primarily related to cash posted as collateral related to derivative agreements and cash restricted for investment purposes.

Investment Securities and Other Investments

Investment in debt securities are classified as either available for sale, held to maturity,AFS, HTM, trading, or other investments. Investments in equity securities are generally recorded at fair value with changes recorded in earnings. Management determines the appropriate classification at the time of purchase.

138



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Investments that are purchased principally for the purpose of economically hedging the MSR in the near term are classified as tradingDebt securities and carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of the Mortgage banking income, net, line of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Securities expected to be held for an indefinite period of time are classified as available for saleAFS and are carried at fair value, with temporary unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholder's equity, net of estimated income taxes.

Debt securities purchased which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity are classified as held to maturityHTM securities. Held to maturityHTM securities are reported at cost and adjusted for payments, amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Transfers of debt securities into the HTM category from the AFS category are made at fair value at the date of transfer. The unrealized holding gain or loss at the date of transfer is retained in OCI and in the carrying value of the HTM securities. Such amounts are amortized over the remaining lives of the securities. There were no transfers from AFS to HTM during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company conducts a comprehensive security-level impairment assessment quarterly on all securities with a fair value that is less than their amortized cost basis to determine whether the loss represents other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI").OTTI. The quarterly OTTI assessment takes into consideration whether (i) the Company has the intent to sell or, (ii) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before the expected recovery of its amortized cost. The Company also considers whether or not it would expect to receive all of the contractual cash flows from the investment based on its assessment of the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. The Company also considers the severity of the impairment in its assessment. In the event of a credit loss, the credit component of the impairment is recognized within non-interest income as a separate line item, and the non-credit component is recognized throughrecorded within accumulated other comprehensive income.OCI.

Realized gains and losses on sales of investment securities are recognized on the trade date and included in earnings within Net gain(losses)/gains on sale of investment securities, which is a component of non-interest income. Unamortized premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income over the contractualestimated life of the security using the interest method.

TradingDebt securities held for trading purposes and equity securities are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in non-interest income. Investments that are purchased principally for the purpose of economically hedging the MSR in the near term are classified as trading securities and carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of the Miscellaneous income, net line of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Other investments primarily include the Company's investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")FHLB of Pittsburgh and the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB").FRB. Although FHLB and FRB stock is anare equity interestinterests in the FHLB and FRB, respectively, it does not haveneither has a readily determinable fair value, because its ownership is restricted and it isthey are not readily marketable. FHLB stock can be sold back only at its par value of $100 per share and only to FHLBs or to another member institution. Accordingly, FHLB stock isand FRB stock are carried at cost. The Company evaluates this investment for impairment on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.

See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for detaildetails on the Company's investments.

Loans held for investment ("LHFI")LHFI

LHFI include commercial and consumer loans (including RICs) originated by the Company as well as RICs and personal unsecured loans acquired in connection withby the Change in Control and originated for investment by SC after the Change in Control andCompany, which the Company intends to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity. RICs consist largely of nonprime automobile finance receivables that are acquired individually from dealers at a nonrefundable discount from the contractual principal amount. RICs also include receivables originated through a direct lending program and loan portfolios purchased from other lenders. Personal unsecured loans include both revolving and amortizing term finance receivables acquired individually and also include private label revolving lines of credit.

139



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

99





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Originated LHFI

Originated LHFI are reported net of cumulative charge offs, unamortized loan origination fees and costs, and unamortized discounts and premiums and unearned income.premiums. Interest on loans is credited to income as it is earned. LoanFor most of the Company's originated LHFI, loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs and premiums and discounts are deferred and recognized as adjustments to interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the contractual life of the loan utilizing the effective interest method. For RICs, loan origination fees and costs, premiums and discounts are deferred and amortized over their estimated lives as adjustments to interest income utilizing the effective interest method using estimated prepayment speeds, which are updated on a quarterlymonthly basis. Premiums and discounts associated with RICs are deferred and amortized as adjustmentsThe Company estimates future principal prepayments specific to interest income utilizing the interest method using estimated prepayment speeds,pools of homogeneous loans, which are updatedbased on a quarterly basis. Interest income is generally not recognized on loans when the loan payment is 90 days or more delinquent for commercial loansvintage, credit quality at origination and consumer loans and more than 60 days delinquent for RICs or sooner if management believes the loan has become impaired. Credit cards continue to accrue interest until they become 180 days past due, at which point they are charged off.

When loans held for investment are re-designated as loans held for sale ("LHFS"), any specific and allocated allowance for credit losses ("ACL") is charged-off to reduce the basisterm of the loan. Prepayments in our portfolio are sensitive to credit quality, with higher credit quality loans experiencing higher voluntary prepayment rates than lower credit quality loans. The resulting prepayment rate specific to each pool is based on historical experience and is used as an input in the extentcalculation of the constant effective yield. The impact of defaults is not considered in the prepayment rate; the prepayment rate only considers voluntary prepayments. Our estimated fair value is lower than the loan's recorded investment.weighted average prepayment rates ranged from 5.1% to 11.0% at December 31, 2019 and 5.7% to 10.8% at December 31, 2018.

The Company’s LHFI including RICs and personal unsecured loans originated by SC since the Change in Control, are carried at amortized cost, net of the allowance for loan and lease losses ("ALLL").ALLL. When a RIC is originated, certain cost basis adjustments (the net discounts) to the principal balance of the loan are recognized in accordance with the accounting guidance for loan origination fees and costs in ASC 310-20. These cost basis adjustments generally include the following:

Origination costscosts.
Dealer discounts - dealer discounts to the principal balance of the loan generally occur in circumstances in which the contractual interest rate on the loan is not sufficient to compensate for the credit risk of the borrower.
Participation - participation fees, or premiums, paid to the dealer as a form of profit-sharing, rewarding the dealer for originating loans that perform.
Subvention - payments received from the vehicle manufacturer as compensation (yield enhancement) for the cost of below-market interest rates offered to consumers.

Originated loans are initially recorded at the proceeds paid to fund the loan. AnyLoan origination fees and costs and any discount at origination for loans is considered by the Company to reflect yield enhancements and is accreted to income using the effective interest method.

See LHFS subsection below for accounting treatment when an HFI loan is re-designated as LHFS.

Purchased LHFI

Purchased loans are generally loans acquired in a bulk purchase or business combination. RICs acquired directly from a dealer are considered to be originated loans, not purchased loans.

Purchase discounts and premiums on purchased loans that are deemed performing are accreted over the remaining expected lives of the loans to their par values, generally using the retrospective effective interest method, which considers the impact of estimated prepayments that is updated on a quarterly basis. The purchase discount on personal unsecured loans (given their revolving nature) are amortized on a straight-line basis in accordance with ASC 310-20.

Purchased loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date for which it is probable that the Company will not receive all contractually required payments receivable are accounted for as PCI loans. At acquisition, PCI loans are recorded at fair value with no allowance for credit losses, and accounted for individually or aggregated in pools based on similar risk characteristics. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each loan or pool of loans. The expected cash flows in excess of the amount paid for the loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recorded as interest income over the remaining estimated life of the loan or pool of loans.

The Company may irrevocably elect to account for certain loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration at fair value in accordance with ASC 825. Accordingly, the Company does not recognize interest income for these loans and recognizes the fair value adjustments on these loans as part of other non-interest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. For certain loans which the Company has elected to account for at fair value that are not considered non-accrual, the Company separately recognizes interest income from the total fair value adjustment. No ALLL is recognized for loans that the Company has elected to account for at fair value.

100




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

ALLL for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments (together, the ACL) are maintained at levels that management considers adequate to provide for losses on the recorded investment of the loan portfolio, based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Management's evaluation takes into consideration the risks in the loan portfolio, past loan and lease loss experience, specific loans with loss potential, geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, economic conditions and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the ACL may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.

The ALLL consists of two elements: (i) an allocated allowance, which is comprised of allowances established on loans specifically evaluated for impairment, and loans collectively evaluated for impairment, based on historical loan and lease loss experience adjusted for current trends and both general economic conditions and other risk factors in the Company's loan portfolios, and (ii) an unallocated allowance to account for a level of imprecision in management's estimation process. Reserve levels are collectively reviewed for adequacy and approved quarterly by Board-level committees.

The ALLL includes the estimate of credit losses that management expects will be realized during the loss emergence period, including the amount of net discounts that is included in the loans' recorded investment at the time of charge-off. In the case of loans purchased in a bulk purchase or business combination, the entire discount on the loan portfolio is considered as available to absorb the credit losses when determining the ALLL. For these loans, the Company records provisions for credit losses when incurred losses exceed the unaccreted purchase discount.

Provisions for credit losses are charged to provision expense in amounts sufficient to maintain the ACL at levels considered adequate to cover probable credit losses incurred in the Company’s held for investmentHFI loan portfolios. The Company uses the incurred loss approach in providing an ACL on the recorded investment of its existing loans. This approach requires that loan loss provisions are recognized and the corresponding allowance recorded when, based on all available information, it is probable that a credit loss has been incurred. The estimate for credit losses for loans that are individually evaluated for impairment is generally determined through an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, except for those that are deemed to be collateral dependent.  For those loans that are collectively assessed for impairment, the Company utilizes historical loan loss experience information as part of its evaluation. In addition, when establishing the collective ACL for originated loans, the Company’s estimate of losses on recorded investment includes the estimate of the related net discount balance that is expected at the time of charge-off. Although the ACL is established on a collective basis, actual charge-offs are recorded on a loan by loanloan-by-loan basis when losses are confirmed or when established delinquency thresholds have been met. Additional discussions related to the Company’s charge-off and credit loss provision policies are provided in the “Charge-offs of Uncollectible Loans” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Originated Loans and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments” sectionssection below.The

When a loan in any portfolio or class has been determined to be impaired (e.g., TDRs and non-accrual commercial loans in excess of $1 million) as of the balance sheet date, the Company applies different accounting policiesmeasures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company may measure impairment based on a loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell if the loan is a collateral-dependent loan. A specific reserve is established as a component of ACL for these impaired loans. Subsequent to the treatmentinitial measurement of discounts inimpairment, if there is a significant change to the ACLimpaired loan’s expected future cash flows (including the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans) the Company recalculates the impairment and adjusts the specific reserve. Some impaired loans have risk characteristics similar to other impaired loans purchased inand may be aggregated for the measurement of impairment. For those impaired loans that are collectively assessed for impairment, the Company utilizes historical loan loss experience information as part of its evaluation. When the Company determines that the present value of the estimated cash flows of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes impairment through a bulk purchaseprovision estimate or a business combination versus originated loans. Seecharge-off to the allowance. Management performs these assessments on at least a quarterly basis.

The Company's allocated reserves are principally based on its various models subject to the Company's model risk management framework. New models are approved by the Company's Model Risk Management Committee, and inputs are reviewed periodically by the Company's internal audit function. Models, inputs and documentation are further reviewed and validated at least annually, and the Company completes a detailed variance analysis of historical model projections against actual observed results on a quarterly basis. Required actions resulting from the Company's analysis, if necessary, are governed by its Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Purchased Loans” section below.

140



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCommittee.



101




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Originated Loans and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The ALLL for originated loans and reserve for unfunded lending commitments are maintained at levels that management considers adequateCompany's unallocated allowance is no more than 5% of the overall allowance. This is considered to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models to otherwise provide for losses on the recorded investmentcoverage of the loan portfolio, based upon an evaluation of known and inherent riskslosses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolio. Management's evaluation takes into consideration the risksImprecisions include loss factors inherent in the loan portfolio past loanthat may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and lease loss experience, specific loans with losscomponents of the allowance, as well as potential geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, economic conditions and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the ACL may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions usedvariability in making the evaluations.estimates.

The ALLL consistsunallocated allowance is also established in consideration of two elements: (i) an allocated allowance, which is comprised of allowances established on loans specifically evaluated for impairment, and loans collectively evaluated for impairment, based on historical loan and lease loss experience adjusted for current trends and both general economicseveral factors such as inherent delays in obtaining information regarding a customer's financial condition or changes in its unique business conditions and other riskthe interpretation of economic trends. While this analysis is conducted at least quarterly, the Company has the ability to revise the allowance factors whenever necessary in order to address improving or deteriorating credit quality trends or specific risks associated with a loan pool classification.

Regardless of the extent of the Company's analysis of customer performance, portfolio evaluations, trends or risk management processes established, a level of imprecision will always exist due to the judgmental nature of loan portfolios, and (ii)portfolio and/or individual loan evaluations. The Company maintains an unallocated allowance to account for a levelrecognize the existence of imprecision in management's estimation process. Reserve levels are collectively reviewed for adequacy and approved quarterly by Board-level committees.

Management regularly monitors the condition of borrowers and assesses both internal and external factors in determining whether any relationships have deteriorated considering factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquency and non-performing loans ("NPLs"), changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, experience and ability of staff and regional and national economic conditions and trends.these exposures.

For the commercial loan portfolio segment, the Company has specialized credit officers and workout units that identify and manage potential problem loans. Changes in management factors, financial and operating performance, company behavior, industry factors and external events and circumstances are evaluated on an ongoing basis to determine whether potential impairment is evident and additional analysis is needed. For the commercial loan portfolio segment, risk ratings are assigned to each loan to differentiate risk within the portfolio, and are reviewed on an ongoing basis by Credit Risk Management and revised, if needed, to reflect the borrower's current risk profile and the related collateral positions. The risk ratings consider factors such as financial condition, debt capacity and coverage ratios, market presence and quality of management. Generally, credit officers reassess a borrower's risk rating on no less than an annual basis, and more frequently if warranted. This reassessment process is managed on a continual basis by the Credit Risk Review group to ensure consistency and accuracy in risk ratings as well as appropriate frequency of risk rating review by the Company's credit officers. The Company's Credit Risk Review group regularly performs loan reviews and assesses the appropriateness of assigned risk ratings.

When a loan's risk rating is downgraded beyond a certain level, the Company's Workout Department becomes responsible for managing the credit risk. Risk rating actions are generally reviewed formally by one or more credit committees, depending on the size of the loan and the type of risk rating action being taken. Detailed analyses are completed that support the risk rating and management's strategies for the customer relationship going forward.

The consumer loan portfolio segment and small business loans are monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, loan-to-value ("LTV")LTV ratio, and credit scores. The Bank evaluates the consumer portfolios throughout their life cycles on a portfolio basis. When problem loans are identified that are secured with collateral, management examines the loan files to evaluate the nature and type of collateral supporting the loans. Management documents the collateral type, the date of the most recent valuation, and whether any liens exist, to determine the value to compare against the committed loan amount.

Within the consumer loan portfolio segment, for both residential and home equity loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated into the loan and lease loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience for six LTV bands within the portfolios. LTV ratios are updated based on movements in the state-level Federal Housing Finance Agency house pricing indices.

For non-troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") RICnon-TDR RICs and personal unsecured loans, the Company estimates the ALLL at a level considered adequate to cover probable credit losses inherent in the recorded investment of the portfolio. Probable losses are estimated based on contractual delinquency status and historical loss experience, in addition to the Company’s judgment of estimates of the value of the underlying collateral, bankruptcy trends, economic conditions such as unemployment rates, changes in the used vehicle value index, delinquency status, historical collection rates and other information in order to make the necessary judgments as to probable loan and lease losses.

141



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

When the Company determines that the present value of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes impairment through a provision estimate or a charge-off to the allowance. Management performs these assessments on at least a quarterly basis.

For the commercial loan portfolio segment, a charge-off is recorded when a loan, or a portion thereof, is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance on the Company's books as an asset is not warranted. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis and partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on not less than a quarterly basis, with additional charge-offs or loan and lease loss provisions taken on the remaining loan balance, if warranted, utilizing the same criteria.

Consumer loans (excluding auto loans and credit cards) and any portion of a consumer loan secured by a real estate mortgage not adequately secured are generally charged off when deemed to be uncollectible or delinquent 180 days or more (120 days for closed-end consumer loans not secured by real estate), whichever comes first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Factors that would demonstrate repayment include: a loan that is secured by collateral and is in the process of collection; a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance; or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate. Auto loans are charged off to the estimated net recovery value in the month an account becomes greater than 120 days delinquent if the Company has not repossessed the related vehicle. The Company charges off accounts in repossession to estimated net recovery value when the automobile is repossessed and legally available for disposition. Credit cards are charged off when they are 180 days delinquent or within 60 days after the receipt of notification of the cardholder's death or bankruptcy.

RICs acquired individually are charged off when the account becomes 120 days past due if the Company has not repossessed the related vehicle. The Company charges off accounts in repossession when the automobile is repossessed and is legally available for disposition. A charge-off represents the difference between the estimated net sales proceeds and the outstanding amount of the delinquent contract. Accounts in repossession that have been charged off and are pending liquidation are removed from RIC status and the related repossessed automobiles are included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Personal revolving and term loans are charged off when the account becomes 180 and 120 days past due, respectively.

Within the consumer loan portfolio segment, for both residential and home equity loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated into the loan and lease loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience for six LTV bands within the portfolios. LTV ratios are updated based on movements in the state-level Federal Housing Finance Agency house pricing indices.

The Company reserves for certain incurred, but undetected, losses within the loan portfolio. This is due to several factors such as inherent delays in obtaining information regarding a customer's financial condition or changes in its unique business conditions and the interpretation of economic trends. While this analysis is conducted at least quarterly, the Company has the ability to revise the allowance factors whenever necessary in order to address improving or deteriorating credit quality trends or specific risks associated with a loan pool classification.

Regardless of the extent of the Company's analysis of customer performance, portfolio evaluations, trends or risk management processes established, a level of imprecision will always exist due to the judgmental nature of loan portfolio and/or individual loan evaluations. The Company maintains an unallocated allowance to recognize the existence of these exposures.

In addition to the ALLL, management estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments. Unfunded lending commitments for commercial customers are analyzed and segregated by risk according to the Company's internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in conjunction with an analysis of historical loss experience, current economic conditions, and performance trends within specific portfolio segments, and any other pertinent information result in the estimation of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Additions to the reserve for unfunded lending commitments are made by charges to the provision for credit losses, and this reserve is classified within Other liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.


102




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Risk factors are continuously reviewed and revised by management when conditions warrant. A comprehensive analysis of the ACL is performed by the Company on a quarterly basis. In addition, a review of allowance levels based on nationally published statistics is conducted on at least an annual basis.

142



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The factors supporting the ACL do not diminish the fact that the entire ACL is available to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolio and related commitment portfolio, respectively. The Company's principal focus, therefore, is on the adequacy of the total ACL.

The ACL is subject to review by banking regulators. The Company's primary bank regulators conduct examinations of the ACL and make assessments regarding its adequacy and the methodology employed in its determination.

When a loan in any portfolio or class has been determined to be impaired (e.g., as discussed above, TDRs and non-accrual commercial loans in excess of $1 million) as of the balance sheet date, the Company measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company may measure impairment based on a loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell if the loan is a collateral-dependent loan. A specific reserve is established as a component of ACL for these impaired loans. Subsequent to the initial measurement of impairment, if there is a significant change to the impaired loan’s expected future cash flows, the Company recalculates the impairment and appropriately adjusts the specific reserve. This is also the case if there was a significant change in the initial estimate for impaired loans that are measured based on a loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell if the loan is a collateral-dependent loan. Some impaired loans have risk characteristics similar to other impaired loans and may be aggregated for the measurement of impairment. For those impaired loans that are collectively assessed for impairment, the Company utilizes historical loan loss experience information as part of its evaluation.

See the“Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Purchased Loans” section below and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for detail on the Company's purchased loans and related allowance.

Purchased Loans held for investment

Purchased loans are loans acquired in a bulk purchase or business combination. RICs acquired directly from a dealer are considered to be originated loans, not purchased loans. The Company has accounted for its January 2014 consolidation of SC as a business combination. The RIC and personal unsecured loans purchased in the Change in Control were initially recognized at fair value, and no ALLL was recognized at the Change in Control date pursuant to business combination accounting. The purchased portfolio acquired included performing loans as well as those loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration (defined as those on non-accrual status at the time of the acquisition). All of SC’s performing RICs and personal unsecured loans that were held for investment were recorded by the Company at a discount.

Subsequent to the Change in Control, the purchase discounts on the retail installment loans are accreted over the remaining expected lives of the loans to their par values using the retrospective effective interest method, which considers the impact of estimated prepayments that is updated on a quarterly basis. The purchase discount on the personal unsecured loans (given their revolving nature) are amortized on a straight-line basis in accordance with ASC 310-20.

The Company irrevocably elected to account for RICs acquired with evidence of credit deterioration at the Change in Control date at fair value in accordance with ASC 825. Accordingly, the Company does not recognize interest income for these RIC and recognizes the fair value adjustments on these loans as part of other non-interest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. For certain of the RICs which the Company has elected to account for at fair value but are not considered non-accruals, the Company separately recognizes interest income from the total fair value adjustment. No ALLL is recognized for loans that the Company has elected to account for at fair value.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Purchased Loans

The Company assesses the collectability of the recorded investment in the RICs and personal unsecured loans on a collective basis quarterly and determines the ALLL at levels considered adequate to cover probable credit losses incurred in the portfolio. Purchased loans, including the loans acquired at the Change in Control, were initially recognized at fair value with no allowance. The Company only recognizes an allowance for loan losses on purchased loans through a provision expense when incurred losses in the portfolio exceed the unaccreted purchase discount on the portfolio.


143



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Loans purchased in a bulk purchase or business combination are expected to have greater uncertainty in cash flows which generally result in larger discounts compared to newly originated loans. Purchase discounts on purchased loans are accreted over the remaining expected lives of the loans using the retrospective effective interest method. The unamortized portion of the purchase discount is a reduction to the loans’ recorded investment and therefore reduces allowance requirements. Because the loans purchased in a bulk purchase or in a business combination are initially recognized at fair value with no allowance, the Company considers the entire discount on the purchased portfolio as available to absorb the credit losses in the purchased portfolio when determining the ACL. Except for purchased loan portfolios acquired with evidence of credit deterioration (on which we elected to apply the fair value option ("FVO"), this accounting policy is applicable to all loan purchases, including loan portfolio acquisitions or business combinations. Currently, the portfolio acquired in the Change of Control is the only purchased loan portfolio meeting this criteria.

The other considerations utilized by the Company to determine the ALLL for purchased loans are described in the “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Originated Loans and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments” section.

Interest Recognition and Non-accrual loans

Interest from loans is accrued when earned in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. The accrual of interest is discontinued and accrued but uncollected interest is reversed once a loan is placed in non-accrual status. A loan is determined to be non-accrual when it is probable that scheduled payments of principal and interest will not be received when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company generally places commercial loans and consumer loans on a non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due. Additionally, loans may be placed on nonaccrual status based on other circumstances, such as receipt of notification of a customer’s bankruptcy filing. When the collectability of the recorded loan balance of a nonaccrual loan is in doubt, any cash payments received from the borrower are applied first to reduce the carrying value of the loan. Otherwise, interest income may be recognized to the extent cash is received. Generally, a nonaccrual loan is returned to accrual status when, based on the Company’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make the required principal and interest payments has resumed and collectability of remaining principal and interest is no longer doubtful. Interest income recognition resumes for nonaccrual loans that were accounted for on a cash basis method when they return to accrual status, while interest income that was previously recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the loan would be recognized as interest income based on the effective yield to maturity on the loan. Collateral- dependent loans are generally not returned to accrual status. Please refer to the TDRs section below for discussion related to TDR loans placed on non-accrual status. Credit cards continue to accrue interest until they become 180 days past due, at which point they are charged-off.

For RICs, the accrual of interest is discontinued and accrued, but uncollected interest is reversed once a RIC becomes more than 60 days past due (i.e. 61 or more days past due), and is resumed and reinstated if a delinquent account subsequently becomes 60 days or less past due. A Chrysler Capital RIC is considered current if the borrower has madeThe Company considers an account delinquent when an obligor fails to pay substantially all prior payments in full and at least(defined as 90%) of the scheduled payment currentlyby the due anddate. The payment following the partial payment must be a non-Chrysler Capital RIC is considered current iffull payment, or the borrower has made all prior payments in full andaccount will move into delinquency status at least 50% ofthat time. Loans accounted for using the payment currently due. Payments generallyFVO are applied to fees first, then interest, then principal, regardless of a contract's accrual status.not placed on nonaccrual.

Charge-off of Uncollectible Loans

Any loan may be charged-off if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events usually involve the receipt of specific adverse information about the borrower and may include bankruptcy (unsecured), foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the book value of the loan andwhen that collateral asset is the sole source of repayment. The Company generally charges off commercial loans when it is determined that the specific loan or a portion thereof is uncollectible. This determination is based on facts and circumstances of the individual loans and normally includes considering the viability of the related business, the value of any collateral, the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform and the overall financial condition of the borrower. Partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on not less than a quarterly basis, with additional charge-offs or loan and lease loss provisions taken on the remaining loan balance, if warranted, utilizing the same criteria.

The Company generally charges off consumer loans and personal unsecured loans, or a portion thereof, as follows: residential mortgage loans and home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of their collateral (net of selling costs) when they become 180 days past due;due, and other loans (closed-end), and automobile loans are charged-off when they become 120 days past due. Loans with respect to which a bankruptcy notice is received or for which fraud is discovered are written down to the collateral value less costs to sell within 60 days of such notice or discovery. Revolving personal unsecured loans are charged off when they become 180 days past due. Credit cards are charged off when they are 180 days delinquent or within 60 days after the receipt of notification of the cardholder’s death or bankruptcy. Charge-offs are not required when it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of delinquency status. Factors that would demonstrate repayment include a loan that is secured by collateral and is in the process of collection, a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance, or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

144



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

103





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

RICs acquired individuallyand auto loans are charged off against the allowance in the month in which the account becomes 120 days contractually delinquent if the Company has not repossessed the related vehicle. The Company charges off accounts in repossession when the automobile is repossessed and legally available for disposition. A net charge off represents the difference between the estimated net sales proceeds and the Company's recorded investment in the related contract. Accounts in repossession that have been charged off and are pending liquidation are removed from loans and the related repossessed automobiles are included in Other assets in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”)TDRs

TDRs are loans that have been modified for which the Company has agreed to make certain concessions to customers to both meet the needs of the customers and maximize the ultimate recovery of the loan. TDRs occur when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the loan is modified involvingto provide a concession that would otherwise not be granted to the borrower. The types of concessions granted are generally interest rate reductions, limitations on accrued interest charged, term extensions, and deferments of principal. TDRs are generally placed on non-accrual status untilat the Company believes repayment undertime of modification, unless the revised terms is reasonably assuredloan was performing immediately prior to modification and returned to accrual after a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved (typically defined as six months for a monthly amortizing loan). RICperformance. Collateral dependent TDRs are generally placed on non-accrual status until they become 60 days or less past due.not returned to accrual status. All costs incurred by the Company in connection with a TDR are expensed as incurred. The TDR classification remains on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.

Commercial Loan TDRs

All of the Company’s commercial loan modifications are based on the circumstances of the individual customer, including specific customers' complete relationship with the Company. Loan terms are modified to meet each borrower’s specific circumstances at a point in time and may allow for modifications such as term extensions and interest rate reductions. Commercial loan TDRs are generally restructured to allow for an upgraded risk rating and return to accrual status after a sustained period of payment performance has been achieved (typically 12 months for monthly payment schedules). As TDRs, they will be subject to analysis for specific reserves by either calculating the present value of expected future cash flows or, if collateral-dependent, calculating the fair value of the collateral less its estimated cost to sell.

Consumer Loan TDRs

The majority of the Company's TDR balance is comprised of RICs and auto loans. The terms of the modifications for the RIC and auto loan portfolio generally include one or a combination of: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan at a rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk or an extension of the maturity date.

In accordance with our policies and guidelines, the Company at times offers extensions (deferrals) to consumers on our RICs under which the consumer is allowed to defer a maximum of three payments per event to the end of the loan. More than 90% of deferrals granted are for two payments. Our policies and guidelines limit the frequency of each new deferral that may be granted to one deferral every six months, regardless of the length of any prior deferral. The maximum number of months extended for the life of the loan for all automobile RICs is eight, while some marine and RV contracts have a maximum of twelve months extended to reflect their longer term. Additionally, we generally limit the granting of deferrals on new accounts until a requisite number of payments has been received. During the deferral period, we continue to accrue and collect interest on the loan in accordance with the terms of the deferral agreement. The Company considers all individually acquired RICs that have been modified at least once, deferred for a period of 90 days or more, or deferred at least twice, as TDRs. Additionally, restructurings through bankruptcy proceedings are deemed to be TDRs.

RIC TDRs are placed on non-accrual status when the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is not reasonably assured and, at the latest, when the account becomes past due more than 60 days. For loans on nonaccrual status, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. For TDR loans on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest is resumed if a delinquent account subsequently becomes 60 days or less past due.

At the time a deferral is granted on a RIC, all delinquent amounts may be deferred or paid, resulting in the classification of the loan as current and therefore not considered a delinquent account. Thereafter, the account is aged based on the timely payment of future installments in the same manner as any other account.

104




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Changes in deferral levels do not have a direct impact on the ultimate amount of consumer finance receivables charged off. However, the timing of a charge-off may be affected if the previously deferred account ultimately results in a charge-off. To the extent that deferrals impact the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off, historical charge-off ratios, loss confirmation periods, and cash flow forecasts for loans classified as TDRs used in the determination of the adequacy of the ALLL are also impacted. Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore increase the ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses. Changes in these ratios and periods are considered in determining the appropriate level of ALLL and related provision for loan and lease losses.

The primary modification program for the Company’s residential mortgage and home equity portfolios is a proprietary program designed to keep customers in their homes and, when appropriate, prevent them from entering into foreclosure. The program is available to all customers facing a financial hardship regardless of their delinquency status. The main goal of the modification program is to review the customer’s entire financial condition to ensure that the proposed modified payment solution is affordable according to a specific DTI ratio range. The main modification benefits of the program allow for term extensions, interest rate reductions, and/or deferment of principal. The Company reviews each customer on a case-by-case basis to determine which benefit or combination of benefits will be offered to achieve the target DTI range.

Consumer TDRs in the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are generally placed on non-accrual status at the time of modification, and returned to accrual when they have made six consecutive on-time payments. In addition to those identified as TDRs above, loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy are considered TDRs and collateral-dependent, regardless of delinquency status. These loans are written down to fair market value and classified as non-accrual/non-performing for the remaining life of the loan.

TDR Impact to ALLL

The ALLL is established to recognize losses in funded loans that are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Prior to loans being placed in TDR status, the Company generally measures its allowance under a loss contingency methodology in which consumer loans with similar risk characteristics are pooled and loss experience information is monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, LTV and credit scores.

Upon TDR modification, the Company generally measures impairment based on a present value of expected future cash flows methodology considering all available evidence using the effective interest rate or fair value of collateral (less costs to sell). The amount of the required valuation allowance is equal to the difference between the loan’s impaired value and the recorded investment.

RIC TDRs that subsequently default continue to have impairment measured based on the difference between the recorded investment of the RIC and the present value of expected cash flows. For the Company's other consumer TDR portfolios, impairment on subsequently defaulted loans is generally measured based on the fair value of the collateral, if applicable, less its estimated cost to sell.

Typically, commercial loans whose terms are modified in a TDR will have been identified as impaired prior to modification and accounted for generally using a present value of expected future cash flows methodology, unless the loan is considered collateral-dependent. Loans considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on the fair values of their collateral less its estimated cost to sell. Accordingly, upon TDR modification or if a TDR modification subsequently defaults, the allowance methodology remains unchanged.

Impaired loans

A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay (e.g., less than 61 days for RICs or less than 90 days for all of the Company's other loans) or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments does not necessarily result in the loan being identified as impaired.

The Company considers all of its loans identified as TDRs as well asand all of its non-accrual commercial loans in excess of $1 million to be impaired as of the balance sheet date. The Company may perform an impairment analysis on loans that fail to meet this threshold if the nature of the collateral or business conditions warrant. The Company considers all individually acquired RICs that have been modified at least once, deferred for a period of 90 days or more, or deferred at least twice as TDRs.

For loans that are individually assessed for impairment, the
105




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The Company measures impairment on impaired loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, except that, as a practical expedient, the Company may measure impairment based on a loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, less the costs to sell, if the loan is a collateral-dependent loan. Some impaired loans share common risk characteristics. Such loans are collectively assessed for impairment and the Company utilizes historical loan loss experience information as part of its evaluation. Additional discussions relatedWhen the Company determines that the present value of the estimated cash flows of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, the Company recognizes impairment through a provision estimate or a charge-off to the Company’s loan and lease loss provisions is included in the “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for Originated Loans and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments” section above.allowance. Management performs these assessments on at least a quarterly basis.

Loans Held for Sale ("LHFS")LHFS

LHFS are recorded at either estimated fair value (if the FVO is elected) or the lower of cost or fair value. The Company has elected to account for most of its residential real estate mortgages originated with the intent to sell at fair value. Generally, residential loans are valued on an aggregate portfolio basis, and commercial loans are valued on an individual loan basis. Gains and losses on LHFS which are accounted for at fair value are recorded in Mortgage bankingMiscellaneous income, net. For residential mortgages for which the FVO is selected, direct loan origination costs and fees are recorded in Mortgage bankingMiscellaneous income, net at origination. The fair value of LHFS is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics, and related gains and losses are recorded in Mortgage banking income, net.

All other LHFS which the Company does not have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. When loans are transferred from held for investment, if the recorded investment of the loan exceeds its market value at the time of initial designation as held for sale,HFI, the Company will recognize a direct write-down ofcharge-off to the excess ofALLL, if warranted under the recorded investment over market through aCompany’s charge off to ALLL.policies. Any excess ALLL for the transferred loans is reversed through provision expense. Subsequent to the initial measurement of LHFS, market declines in the recorded investment, whether due to credit or market risk, are recorded through miscellaneous income, net as lower of cost or market adjustments.

145



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Leases (as Lessor)

The Company provides financing for various types of equipment, aircraft, energy and power systems, and automobiles through a variety of lease arrangements.

Prior toThe Company’s investments in leases that are accounted for as direct financing leases are carried at the Changeaggregate of lease payments plus estimated residual value of the leased property less unearned income, and are reported as part of LHFI in Control, leasedthe Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Leveraged leases, a form of financing lease, are carried net of non-recourse debt. The Company recognizes income over the term of the lease using the effective interest method, which provides a constant periodic rate of return on the outstanding investment on the lease.

Leased vehicles under operating leases wereare carried at amortized cost net of accumulated depreciation and any impairment charges and presented as Leased Vehicles,Operating lease assets, net in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. As a result of the Change in Control, theLeased assets acquired were adjusted toin a business combination are initially recorded at their estimated fair value. Leased vehicles purchased in connection with newly originated operating leases are recorded at amortized cost. The depreciation expense of the vehicles is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual term of the leases to the expected residual value. The expected residual value and, accordingly, the monthly depreciation expense may change throughout the term of the lease. The Company estimates expected residual values using independent data sources and internal statistical models that take into consideration economic conditions, current auction results, the Company’s remarketing abilities, and manufacturer vehicle and marketing programs.

Lease payments due from customers are recorded as income within Lease income in the Company’s Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations, unless and until a customer becomes more than 60 days delinquent, at which time the accrual of revenue is discontinued. The accrual is resumed and reinstated if a delinquent account subsequently becomes 60 days or less past due. Payments from the vehicle’s manufacturer under its subvention programs are recorded as reductions to the cost of the vehicle and are recognized as an adjustment to depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the contractual term of the lease.

The Company periodically evaluates its investment in operating leases for impairment if circumstances such as a generalsystemic and material decline in used vehicle values indicateoccurs. This would include, for example, a decline in the residual value of our lease portfolio due to an event caused by shocks to oil and gas prices that have a pronounced impact on certain models of vehicles, pervasive manufacturer defects, or other events that could systemically affect the value of a particular brand or model of leased asset, which indicates that impairment may exist.

The Company’s investments in leases that are accounted for as direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments plus estimated residual value of the leased property less unearned income, and are reported as part of LHFI in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Leveraged leases, a form of financing lease, are carried net of non-recourse debt. The Company recognizes income over the term of the lease using the constant effective yield method.
106




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Under the accounting for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, residual values of leased assets under operating leases are evaluated individually for impairment. When aggregate future cash flows from the operating lease, including the expected realizable fair value of the leased asset at the end of the lease, are less than the book value of the lease, an immediate impairment write-down is recognized if the difference is deemed not recoverable. Otherwise, reductions in the expected residual value result in additional depreciation of the leased asset over the remaining term of the lease. Upon disposition, a gain or loss is recorded for any difference between the net book value of the leased asset and the proceeds from the disposition of the asset, including any insurance proceeds. Gains or losses on the sale of leased assets are included in LeaseMiscellaneous income, net, while valuation adjustments on operating lease residuals are included in Other administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No impairment for leased assets was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, or 2017.

Leases (as Lessee)

Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized upon lease commencement based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term, discounted at the Company's estimated rate of interest for a collateralized borrowing for a similar term. The lease term includes options to extend or terminate a lease when the Company considers it reasonably certain that such options will be exercised. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated utilizing the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives are as follows:
Office buildings 10 to 3050 years
Leasehold improvements(1)
 10 to 30 years
Software(2)
 3 to 57 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 3 to 10 years
Automobiles 5 years

(1) Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the remaining term of the leases. The useful life of the leasehold improvements may be extended beyond the base term of the lease contract when the lease contract includes renewal option period(s) that are reasonably assured of being exercised at the date the leasehold improvements are purchased. At no point does the depreciable life exceed the economic useful life of the leasehold improvement or the expected term of the lease contract.
(2) The standard depreciable period for software is three years. However, for certain software implementation projects, a five-yearseven-year period is utilized.

146



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to Occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as incurred.

Cost and Equity Method Investments

For investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies and other investments that are not required to be consolidated, the Company uses either the equity method or the cost method of accounting. The Company uses the equity method for general and limited partnership ownership interests, limited liability companies and other unconsolidated equity investments in which the Company is considered to have significant influence over the operations of the investee. Under the equity method, the Company records its equity ownership share of net income or loss of the investee in "Equity investment (expense)/income, net." The Company uses the cost method for all other investments. Under the cost method, there is no change to the cost basis unless there is an other-than-temporary decline in value or dividends are received. If the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the Company writes down the cost basis of the investment to a new cost basis that represents realizable value. The amount of the write-down is accounted for as a loss included in "Equity investment (expense)/income, net." Distributions received from the income of an investee on cost method investments are included in "Equity investment (expense)/income, net."Other miscellaneous expenses." Investments accounted for under the equity method or cost method of accounting above are included in the caption "Equity method investments""Other Assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a related discussion of the Company's equity investments in securitization trusts ("Trusts") and entities.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities of companies acquired through business combinations accounted for under the acquisition method.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to periodic impairment testing. 

The Company conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis during the fourth quarter,at October 1, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below.

Under ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, anAn entity's goodwill impairment quantitative analysis is required to be completed in two steps unless the entity determines, based on certain qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, including goodwill, in which case the two-step process may be bypassed. Itno further analysis is worth noting that anrequired. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the preceding qualitative assessment (often referred to as step 0) for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first step of thequantitative goodwill impairment test.

107




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The first step required by ASC 350quantitative test includes a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its respective carrying amount, including its allocated goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of the carrying value, the related goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no further analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than the fair value, therethe impairment is an indication that impairment exists and a second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any, for that reporting unit.

147



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

When required, the second step of testing involves calculating the implied fair value of each of the affected reporting units. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same mannermeasured as the amount of goodwill that is recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of thecarrying value over fair value of the reporting unit determined in step one over the fair value of the net assets and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit were being acquired. If the implied fair value of goodwill is in excess of the reporting unit's allocated goodwill amount, then no impairment charge is required. If the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charged is recognized for the excess.value. A recognized impairment charge cannot exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to a reporting unit and cannot subsequently be reversed even if the fair value of the reporting unit recovers.

Goodwill impairment testing involves management judgment, requiring an assessment of whether the carrying value of the reporting unit can be supported by its fair value using widely accepted valuation techniques, such as the market approach (e.g., earnings and price-to-book value multiples of comparable public companies) and/or the income approach (e.g., the discounted cash flow ("DCF") method). These fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions in the future.

The Company's intangible assets consist of assets purchased or acquired through business combinations, including trade names and dealer networks, and core deposit intangibles.networks. Certain intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives. The Company evaluates identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indicator of impairment exists, but not less than annually. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life continue to be amortized over their useful lives.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to annual impairment testing as prescribed in ASC 350. The Company performs the impairment analysis during the fourth quarter, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an indefinite-lived intangible asset may be impaired. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of intangible assets with indefinite lives, an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.

MSRs

The Company has elected to measure most of its residential MSRs'MSRs at fair value to be consistent with the risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions. Assumptions incorporated into the residential MSRs valuation model reflect management's best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the residential MSRs. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Those MSRs not accounted for at fair value are accounted for at amortized cost, less impairment.

As a benchmark for the reasonableness of the residential MSRs' fair value, opinions of value from independent third parties ("Brokers") are obtained. Brokers provide a range of values based upon their own discounted cash flow DCF calculations of our portfolio that reflect conditions in the secondary market and any recently executed servicing transactions. Management compares the internally-developed residential MSR values to the ranges of values received from Brokers. If the residential MSRs fair value falls outside of the Brokers' ranges, management will assess whether a valuation adjustment is warranted. Residential MSRs value is considered to represent a reasonable estimate of fair value.

See Note 916 to thethese Consolidated Financial Statements for detail on MSRs.

BOLI

BOLI represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies for certain current and former employees who have provided positive consent to allow the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. Increases in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in non-interest income, and are not subject to income taxes.


148



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO")OREO and Other Repossessed Assets

OREO and other repossessed assets consist of properties, vehicles, and other assets acquired by, or in lieu of, foreclosure or repossession in partial or total satisfaction of NPLs, including RICs and leases. Assets obtained in satisfaction of a loan are recorded at the estimated fair value minus estimated costs to sell based upon the asset's appraisal value at the date of transfer. The excess of the carrying value of the loan over the fair value of the asset minus estimated costs to sell are charged to the ALLL at the initial measurement date. Subsequent to the acquisition date, OREO and repossessed assets are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, net of estimated cost to sell. Any declines in the fair value of OREO and repossessed assets below the initial cost basis are recorded through a valuation allowance with a charge to non-interest income. Increases in the fair value of OREO and repossessed assets net of estimated selling costs will reverse the valuation allowance, but only up to the cost basis which was established at the initial measurement date. Costs of holding the assets are recorded as operating expenses, except for significant property improvements, which are capitalized to the extent that the carrying value does not exceed the estimated fair value. The Company generally begins vehicle repossession activity once a customer's account becomes 60 days past due. The customer has an opportunity to redeem the repossessed vehicle by paying all outstanding balances, including finance changes and fees. Any vehicles not redeemed are sold at auction. OREO and other repossessed assets are recorded within Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

108




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company uses derivative financial instruments primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, and credit risk. Derivative financial instruments are also used to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. The Company also enters into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.activities, and often sells derivative products to commercial loan customers to hedge interest rate risk associated with loans made by the Company. The Company uses derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes for its own account. Derivative financial instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of each derivative financial instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as a hedge for accounting purposes, as well as the type of hedging relationship identified.

Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk such as interest rate risk are considered fair value hedges. Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to variability in expected future cash flows or other types of forecasted transactions are considered cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents the relationships of certain qualifying hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction.

Fair value hedges that are highly effective are accounted for by recording the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument and the related hedged asset, liability or firm commitment on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the corresponding income or expense recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the fair value of the derivative is recorded as an other asset or other liability. Actual cash receipts or payments and related amounts accrued during the period on derivatives included in a fair value hedge relationship are recorded as adjustments to the income or expense associated with the hedged asset or liability.

Cash flow hedges that are highly effective are accounted for by recording the fair value of the derivative instrument on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset or liability, with a corresponding charge or credit for the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive incomeOCI within stockholder's equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amounts are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive incomeOCI to the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period or periods the hedged transaction affects earnings. In the case in which certain cash flow hedging relationships have been terminated, the Company continues to defer the net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive incomeOCI and reclassifies it into interest expense as the future cash flows occur, unless it becomes probable that the future cash flows will not occur.

We discontinue hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge; or, for a cash flow hedge, it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period. If we determine that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value, with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a discontinued fair value hedge, the previously hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value.

149



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The portion of gains and losses on derivative instruments not considered highly effectiveChanges in hedging the change in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item, or derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recognized immediately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Derivatives are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as "Other assets" or "Other liabilities," as applicable. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted. Effective January 1, 2018, the TCJA, among other things, reduced the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse or be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

A valuation allowance will be established if the Company determines that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. This requires periodic analysis of the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and when the deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets. The critical assumptions used in the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowance analysis are as follows: (a) the expectations of future earnings (b) estimates of the Company's long-term annual growth rate, based on the Company's long-term economic outlook in the U.S.; (c) estimates of book income to tax income differences, based on the analysis of historical differences and the historical timing of the reversal of temporary differences; (d) the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid; (e) estimates of tax credits to be earned on current investments, based on the Company's evaluation of the credits applicable to each investment; (f) experience with operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards not expiring unused; (g) estimates of applicable state tax rates based on current/most recent enacted tax rates and state apportionment calculations; (h) tax planning strategies; and (i) current tax laws. Significant judgment is required to assess future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences.

The Company bases its expectations of future earnings, which are used to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets, on financial performance forecasts of the Company. The budgets and estimates used in these forecasts are approved by the Company's management, and the assumptions underlying the forecasts are reviewed at least annually and adjusted as necessary based on current developments or when new information becomes available. The updates made and the variances between the Company's forecasts and its actual performance have not been significant enough to alter the Company's conclusions with regard to the realizability of its deferred tax assets.
109




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities, and abroad. Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company reviews its tax balances quarterly and as new information becomes available. Interest and penalties on income tax payments are included within Income tax provision on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company recognizes tax benefits in its financial statements when it is more likely than not the related tax position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the Company's income taxes.


150



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Sale of Retail Installment Contracts and Leases

The Company, through SC, transfers RICs into newly formed Trusts which then issue one or more classes of notes payable backed by the RICs. The Company’s continuing involvement with the credit facilities and Trusts are in the form of servicing loans held by the special purpose entities ("SPEs") and, generally, through holding a residual interest in the SPE. These transactions are structured without recourse. The Trusts are considered VIEs under U.S. GAAP and are consolidated when the Company has: (a) power over the significant activities of the entity and (b) an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE which are potentially significant to the VIE. The Company has power over the significant activities of those Trusts as servicer of the financial assets held in the Trust. Servicing fees are not considered significant variable interests in the Trusts; however, when the Company also retains a residual interest in the Trust, either in the form of a debt security or equity interest, the Company has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that are potentially significant to the SPE. Accordingly, these Trusts are consolidated within the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the associated RICs, borrowings under credit facilities and securitization notes payable remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Securitizations involving Trusts in which the Company does not retain a residual interest or any other debt or equity interests are treated as sales of the associated RICs. While these Trusts are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements, these Trusts are separate legal entities; thus, the finance receivables and other assets sold to these Trusts are legally owned by the Trusts, are available only to satisfy the notes payable related to the securitized RICs, and are not available to our creditors or our other subsidiaries.

The Company also sells retail installment contracts and leases to VIEs or directly to third parties, which the Company may determine meet sale accounting treatment in accordance with the applicable guidance. Due to the nature, purpose, and activity of these transactions, the Company either does not hold potentially significant variable interests or is not the primary beneficiary as a result of the Company's limited further involvement with the financial assets. The transferred financial assets are removed from the Company's consolidated balance sheets at the time the sale is completed. The Company generally remains the servicer of the financial assets and receives servicing fees. The Company also recognizes a gain or loss for the difference between the fair value, as measured based on sales proceeds plus (or minus) the value of any servicing asset (or liability) retained and carrying value of the assets sold.

See further discussion on the Company's securitizations in Note 7 to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company, through Santander, sponsors stock plans under which incentive and non-qualified stock options and non-vested stock may be granted periodically to certain employees. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock options and non-vested stock awards based upon the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant, adjusted for expected forfeitures, which is charged to earnings over the requisite service period (i.e., the vesting period). Additionally,The impact of the Company estimates the numberforfeiture of awards for which it is probable that service will be rendered and adjusts compensation cost accordingly. Estimatedrecognized as forfeitures are subsequently adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures.occur. Amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Operations associated with the Bank'sCompany's stock compensation plan were negligible in all years presented.

The Company assumed stock-based arrangements in connection with the Change in Control. The Company was required to recognize stock option awards that were outstanding as of the Change in Control date at fair value. The portion of the fair value measurement of the share-based payments that is attributable to pre-business combination service is recognized as non-controlling interest and the portion relating to any remaining post business combination service is recognized as stock compensation expense over the remaining vesting period of the awards in the Company’s post-business combination financial statements.

151



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Guarantees

Certain off-balance sheet financial instruments of the Company meet the definition of a guarantee that require the Company to perform and make future payments in the event specified triggering events or conditions were to occur over the term of the guarantee. In accordance with the applicable accounting rules, it is the Company’s accounting policy to recognize a liability at inception associated with such a guarantee at the greater of the fair value of the guarantee or the Company's estimate of the contingent liability.liability arising from the guarantee. Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability is adjusted based on the passage of time to perform under the guarantee and the changes to the probabilities of occurrence related to the specified triggering events or conditions that would require the Company to perform on the guarantee.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, and records the identifiable assets, liabilities and any NCI of the acquired business at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Any changes in the estimated acquisition date fair values of the net assets recorded prior to the finalization of a more detailed analysis, but not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, will change the amount of the purchase price allocable to goodwill. Any subsequent changes to any purchase price allocations that are material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements will be adjusted retrospectively. All acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred.

The results of operations of the acquired companies are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations from the date of acquisition. The application of business combination principles, including the determination of the fair value of the net assets acquired, requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

The Company primarily earns interest and non-interest income from various sources, including:
Lending (interest income and loan fees)
Investment securities
Loan sales and servicing
Finance leases
BOLI
Depository services
Commissions and trailer fees
Interchange income, net.
Underwriting service Fees
Asset and wealth management fees

110




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Lending and Investment Securities

The principal source of revenue is interest income from loans and investment securities. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis primarily according to non-discretionary formulas in written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Revenue earned on interest-earning assets, including amortization of deferred loan fees and origination costs and the accretion of discounts recognized on acquired or purchased loans, is recognized based on the constant effective yield of such interest-earning assets.

Gains or losses on sales of investment securities are recognized on the trade date.

Loan Sales and Servicing

The Company recognizes revenue from servicing commercial mortgages and consumer loans as earned. Mortgage banking income, net includes fees associated with servicing loans for third parties based on the specific contractual terms and changes in the fair value of MSRs. Gains or losses on sales of residential mortgage, multifamily and home equity loans are included within mortgage banking revenues and are recognized when the sale is complete.

Finance Leases

Income from finance leases is recognized as part of interest income over the term of the lease using the constant effective yield method, while income arising from operating leases is recognized as part of other non-interest income over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis.

BOLI

Income from BOLI represents increases in the cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds and interest.

Depository services

Depository services are performed under an agreement with a customer, and those services include personal deposit account opening and maintenance, checking services, online banking services, debit card services, etc. Depository service fees related to customer deposits can generally be distinguished between monthly service fees and transactional fees within the single performance obligation of providing depository account services. Monthly account service and maintenance fees are provided over a period of time (usually a month), and revenue is recognized as the Company performs the service (usually at the end of the month). The services for transactional fees are performed at a point in time and revenue is recognized when the transaction occurs.

Commissions and trailer fees

Commission fees are earned from the selling of annuity contracts to customers on behalf of insurance companies, acting as the broker for certain equity trading, and sales of interests in mutual funds. The Company elected the expected value method for estimating commission fees due to the large number of customer contracts with similar characteristics. However, commissions and trailer fees are fully constrained as the Company cannot sufficiently estimate the consideration which it could be entitled to earn. Commissions are generally associated with point-in-time transactions or agreements that are one year or less. The performance obligation is satisfied immediately and revenue is recognized as the Company performs the service.

Interchange income, net

The Company has entered into agreements with payment networks under which the Company will issue the payment network's credit card as part of the Company's credit card portfolio. Each time a cardholder makes a purchase at a merchant and the transaction is processed, the Company receives an interchange fee in exchange for the authorization and settlement services provided to the payment networks.

The performance obligation for the Company is to provide authorization and settlement services to the payment network when the payment network submits a transaction for authorization. The Company considers the payment network to be the customer, and the Company is acting as a principal when performing the transaction authorization and settlement services. The performance obligation for authorization and settlement services is satisfied at a point in time, and revenue is recognized on the date when the Company authorizes and routes the payment to the merchant. The expenses paid to payment networks are accounted for as consideration payable to the customer and therefore reduce the transaction price. Therefore, interchange income is recorded net against the expenses paid to the payment network and the cost of rewards programs.

111




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The agreements also contain immaterial fixed consideration related to upfront sign-on bonuses and program development bonuses, which are amortized over the remainder of the agreements' life on a straight-line basis.

Underwriting service fees

SIS, as a registered broker-dealer, performs underwriting services by raising investment capital from investors on behalf of corporations that are issuing securities. Underwriting services have one performance obligation, which is satisfied on the day SIS purchases the securities.

Underwriting services include multiple parties in delivering the performance obligation. The Company has evaluated whether it is the principal or agent when we provide underwriting services. The Company acts as the principal when performing underwriting services, and recognizes fees on a gross basis. Revenue is recorded as the difference between the price the Company pays the issuer of the securities and the public offering price, and expenses are recorded as the proportionate share of the underwriting costs incurred by SIS. The Company is the principal because we obtain control of the services provided by third-party vendors and combine them with other services as part of delivering on the underwriting service.

Asset and wealth management fees

Asset and wealth management fees includes fee income generated from discretionary investment management and non-discretionary investment advisory contracts with customers. Discretionary investment management fees are earned for the management of the assets in the customer's account and are recognized as earned and charged to the customer on a quarterly basis. Non-discretionary investment advisory fees are earned for providing investment advisory services to customers, such as recommending the re-balancing or restructuring of the assets in the customer’s account. The investment advisory fee is recognized as earned and charged to the customer on a quarterly basis. The fee for the discretionary and nondiscretionary contracts is based on a percentage of the average assets included in the customer’s account.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to estimate the fair value of certain assets and liabilities for both measurement and disclosure purposes. The Company values assets and liabilities based on the principal market in which each would be sold (in the case of assets) or transferred (in the case of liabilities). The principal market is the forum with the greatest volume and level of activity. In the absence of a principal market, valuation is based on the most advantageous market. In the absence of observable market transactions, the Company considers liquidity valuation adjustments to reflect the uncertainty in pricing the instruments. The fair value of a financial asset is measured on a stand-alone basis and cannot be measured as a group, with the exception of certain financial instruments held and managed on a net portfolio basis. In measuring the fair value of a nonfinancial asset, the Company assumes the highest and best use of the asset by a market participant, not just the intended use, to maximize the value of the asset. The Company also considers whether any credit valuation adjustments are necessary based on the counterparty's credit quality.

When measuring the fair value of a liability, the Company assumes that the transfer will not affect the nonperformance risk associated with the liability. The Company considers the effect of the credit risk on the fair value for any period in which fair value is measured. There are three valuation approaches for measuring fair value: the market approach, the income approach and the cost approach. Selecting the appropriate technique for valuing a particular asset or liability should consider the exit market for the asset or liability, the nature of the asset or liability being measured, and how a market participant would value the same asset or liability. Ultimately, selecting the appropriate valuation method requires significant judgment. These assumptions result in classification of financial instruments into the fair value hierarchy levels 1, 2 and 3 for disclosure purposes.

Valuation inputs refer to the assumptions market participants would use in pricing a given asset or liability. Inputs can be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are assumptions based on market data obtained from an independent source. Unobservable inputs are assumptions based on the Company's own information or assessment of assumptions used by other market participants in pricing the asset or liability. The unobservable inputs are based on the best and most current information available on the measurement date.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated events from the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements on December 31, 20162019 through the issuance of these Consolidated Financial Statements, and has determined that there have been no material events that would require recognition in its Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosure in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 20162019 other than the transaction disclosed in Note 1513 of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

112




NOTE 2. RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), superseding the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605. This ASU requires an entity to recognize revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amendment includes a five-step process to assist an entity in achieving the main principle(s) of revenue recognition under ASC 605. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which formalized the deferral of the effective date of the amendment for a period of one-year from the original effective date. Following the issuance of ASU 2015-14, the amendment will be effective for the Company for the first annual period ending beginning after December 15, 2017. In March 2016, the FASB also issued ASU 2016-08, an amendment to the guidance in ASU 2014-09, which revises the structure of the indicators to provide indicators of when the entity is the principal or agent in a revenue transaction, and eliminated two of the indicators (“the entity’s consideration is in the form of a commission” and “the entity is not exposed to credit risk”) in making that determination. This amendment also clarifies that each indicator may be more or less relevant to the assessment depending on the terms and conditions of the contract. In April 2016, the FASB also issued ASU 2016-10, which clarifies the implementation guidance on identifying promised goods or services and on determining whether an entity's promise to grant a license with either a right to use the entity's intellectual property (which is satisfied at a point in time) or a right to access the entity's intellectual property (which is satisfied over time). In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12, an amendment to ASU 2014-09, which provided practical expedients related to disclosures of remaining performance obligations, as well as other amendments to guidance on transition, collectability, non-cash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes. The amendments, collectively, should be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or as a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.

Because the ASU does not apply to revenue associated with leases and financial instruments (including loans and securities), the Company does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on the elements of its Consolidated Statements of Operations most closely associated with leases and financial instruments (such as interest income, interest expense and securities gain). The Company expects to adopt this ASU in the first quarter of 2018 with a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Company’s ongoing implementation efforts include the identification of other revenue streams that are within the scope of the new guidance and reviewing related contracts with customers to determine the effect on certain non-interest income items presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

152



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 2. RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS (continued)

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This amendment requires that equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or which result in consolidation of the investee, be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value being recorded in net income. However, equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values will be measured at cost less impairment, if any, plus the effect of changes resulting from observable price transactions in orderly transactions or for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. This amendment also simplifies the impairment assessment of equity instruments that do not have readily determinable fair values, eliminates the requirement to disclose methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of instruments measured at their amortized cost on the balance sheet, requires that the disclosed fair values of financial instruments represent the "exit price," requires entities to separately present in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in fair value of a liability resulting from instrument-specific credit risk when the FVO has been elected for that liability, requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or in the accompanying notes, and clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset related to its available-for-sale securities in combination with its other deferred tax assets. This amendment will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted by public entities on a limited basis. Adoption of this amendment must be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, except for amendments related to equity instruments that do not have readily determinable fair values for which it should be applied prospectively. While the Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU, we do not expect the impact to be significant to our financial position or results of operations given the immaterial amount of our investment in equity securities.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this update supersedes the current lease accounting guidance for both lessees and lessors under ASC 840, Leases. The new guidance requires lessees to evaluate whether a lease is a finance lease using criteria similar to what lessees use today to determine whether they have a capital lease. Leases not classified as finance leases are classified as operating leases. This classification will determine whether the lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similarly to today’s guidance for operating leases. The new guidance will require lessors to account for leases using an approach that is substantially similar to the existing guidance for sales-type, direct financing leases and operating leases. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2018, with earlier adoption permitted. The Company does not intend to early adopt this ASU. Adoption of this amendment must be applied on a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of reviewing our existing property and equipment lease contracts as well as service contracts that may include embedded leases. Upon adoption, the Company expects to report higher assets and liabilities from recording the present value of the future minimum lease payments of the leases.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. This new guidance clarifies that a change in the counterparties to a derivative contract (i.e. a novation), in and of itself does not require the de-designation of a hedging relationship. An entity will, however, still need to evaluate whether it is probable that the counterparty will perform under the contract as part of its ongoing effectiveness assessment for hedge accounting. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, with earlier adoption permitted. Adoption of the new guidance can be applied on a modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.


153



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 2. RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS (continued)

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. This new guidance clarifies that an exercise contingency does not need to be evaluated to determine whether it relates to interest rates and credit risk in an embedded derivative analysis of hybrid financial instruments. In other words, a contingent put or call option embedded in a debt instrument would be evaluated for possible separate accounting as a derivative instrument without regard to the nature of the exercise contingency. However, as required under existing guidance, companies will still need to evaluate other relevant embedded derivative guidance, such as whether the payoff from the contingent put or call option is adjusted based on changes in an index other than interest rates or credit risk, and whether the debt involves a substantial premium or discount. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, with earlier adoption permitted. The new guidance is required to be adopted on a modified retrospective basis to all existing and future debt instruments. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323). This new guidance eliminates the requirement to apply the equity method of accounting retrospectively when a reporting entity obtains significant influence over a previously held investment. Instead, the equity method of accounting should be applied prospectively from the date significant influence is obtained. Investors should add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee (if any) to the current basis of their previously held interest. The new standard also provides specific guidance for available-for-sale securities that become eligible for the equity method of accounting. In those cases, any unrealized gain or loss recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income should be recognized in earnings at the date the investment initially qualifies for the use of the equity method of accounting. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, with earlier adoption permitted. Adoption of this new guidance can be applied only on a prospective basis for investments that qualify for the equity method of accounting after the effective date. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, the statement of cash flows ("SCF"), and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, with earlier adoption permitted. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the SCF should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU. At adoption of this ASU on January 1, 2017, the cumulative-effect for previously unrecognized excess tax benefits will be recognized through an adjustment in the Company’s beginning total equity, which at current income tax rates would approximate $26.5 million.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This new guidance significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-saleThe amendment introduces a new credit reserving framework known as CECL, which replaces the incurred loss impairment framework in current GAAP with one that reflects expected credit losses over the full expected life of financial assets and commitments, and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information, including estimation of future expected changes in macroeconomic conditions. Additionally, the standard changes the accounting framework for purchased credit-deteriorated HTM debt securities entities will be required to record allowances rather than reduceand loans, and dictates measurement of AFS debt securities using an allowance instead of reducing the carrying amount as they do todayit is under the current OTTI model. It also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. The new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2019, with earlier adoption permitted. Adoption of the new guidance can be applied only on a prospective basis as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.framework. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ofadopted the new guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements. It is expected thatJanuary 1, 2020.

The Company established a cross-functional working group for implementation of this standard. Generally, our implementation process included data sourcing and validation, development and validation of loss forecasting methodologies and models, including determining the length of the reasonable and supportable forecast period and selecting macroeconomic forecasting methodologies to comply with the new guidance, updating the design of our established governance, financial reporting, and internal control over financial reporting frameworks, and updating accounting policies and procedures. The status of our implementation was periodically presented to the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee. The Company completed multiple parallel model will include different assumptions used in calculatingruns to test and refine its current expected credit losses, such as estimating losses overloss models to satisfy the estimated liferequirements of a financial asset and will consider expected future changes in macroeconomic conditions. the new standard.

The adoption of this ASU may resultstandard resulted in anthe increase in the ACL of approximately $2.5 billion and a decrease to opening retained earnings, net of income taxes, at January 1, 2020. The estimated increase is based on forecasts of expected future economic conditions and is primarily driven by the Company’s ACL whichfact that the allowance will depend uponcover expected credit losses over the nature and characteristicsfull expected life of the Company's portfolio at the adoption date, as well as the macroeconomic conditions and forecasts at that date.loan portfolios. The Company currently doesstandard did not intend to early adopt this new guidance.


154



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 2. RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS (continued)

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This update amends the guidance in ASC 230 on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the SCF. The ASU’s amendments add or clarify guidance on eight cash flow issues including debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The guidance will be effective for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period, however any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the period of adoption. All of the amended guidance must be adopted in the same period. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have an impact on its financial position or results of operations and expects the impact to be disclosure only.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory, which will require an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. This eliminates the current exception for all intra-entity transfers of an asset other than inventory that requires deferral of the tax effects until the asset is sold to a third party or otherwise recovered through use. The guidance will be effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted at the beginning of an annual reporting period for which annual or interim financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810), Interest Held Through Related Parties That Are Under Common Control - which amends the guidance in GAAP on related parties that are under common control. Specifically, the new ASU requires that a single decision maker consider indirect interests held by related parties under common control on a proportionate basis in a manner consistent with its evaluation of indirect interests held through other related parties. The guidance will be effective for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that year. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (A consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), which requires that the SCF include restricted cash in the beginning and end-of-period total amounts shown on the SCF and that the SCF explain changes in restricted cash during the period. The guidance will be effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, however, adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have an impact on its financial position or result of operations and expects the impact to be disclosure only.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. This new guidance revises the definition of a business, potentially affecting areas of accounting such as acquisitions, disposals, goodwill impairment, and consolidation. Under the new guidance, when substantially all of the fair value of gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the assets acquired (or disposed of) would not represent a business. If this initial screen is met, no further analysis would be required. To be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create an output. In addition, the amendments narrow the definition of the term “output” so that it is consistent with how outputs are defined in ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted. Adoption of these amendments must be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU.


155



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 2. RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS (continued)

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. It removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. The new rules provide that a goodwill impairment will be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. All other goodwill impairment guidance will remain largely unchanged. The same one-step impairment test will be applied to goodwill at all reporting units, even those with zero or negative carrying amounts. Entities will be required to disclose the amount of goodwill at reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. The revised guidance will be applied prospectively, and is effective for calendar year-end SEC filers in 2020. Early adoption is permitted for impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU.

In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-05, Other Income - Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets. It defines an in-substance nonfinancial asset, unifies guidance related to partial sales of nonfinancial assets, eliminates rules specifically addressing the sales of real estate, removes exceptions to the financial asset derecognition model, and clarifies the accounting for contributions of nonfinancial assets to joint ventures. The revised guidance is effective January 1, 2018 and will be applied under either a full retrospective approach or a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this ASU.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. This new guidance changes how employers that sponsor defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans present the net periodic benefit cost in the income statement. An employer is required to report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. Other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations, if one is presented. The amendment also allows only the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization, when applicable. This new guidance will be effective for the Company for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted. The amendment will be applied retrospectively for the presentation requirements and prospectively for the capitalization of the service cost component requirements. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s other financial instruments. Additionally, we elected to utilize regulatory relief which will permit us to phase in 25 percent of the capital impact of CECL in our calculation of regulatory capital amounts and ratios in 2020, and an additional 25 percent each subsequent year until fully phased-in by the first quarter of 2023.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU removes the requirement to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU requires disclosure of changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in OCI (loss) for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2020 and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial position or results of operations.

In addition to those described in detail above, on January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, and it did not have a material impact on the Company's business, financial position, results of operations, or disclosures.




113




NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

InvestmentSummary of Investments in Debt Securities Summary - Available-for-saleAFS and Held-to-maturityHTM

The following tables present the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and approximate fair values of investments in debt securities available-for-saleAFS at the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2016
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 (in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities$1,857,357
 $1,826
 $(2,326) $1,856,857
ABS1,196,702
 16,410
 (2,388) 1,210,724
Equity securities11,716
 
 (565) 11,151
State and municipal securities30
 
 
 30
MBS:       
U.S. government agencies - Residential5,424,412
 3,253
 (64,537) 5,363,128
U.S. government agencies - Commercial948,696
 1,998
 (8,196) 942,498
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential debt securities7,765,003
 6,712
 (154,858) 7,616,857
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial debt securities23,636
 
 (670) 22,966
Non-agency securities14
 
 
 14
Total investment securities available-for-sale$17,227,566
 $30,199
 $(233,540) $17,024,225

156



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

 December 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 (in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities$4,015,214
 $2,090
 $(5,709) $4,011,595
Corporate debt securities1,476,801
 10,060
 (11,248) 1,475,613
ABS1,763,178
 7,826
 (1,494) 1,769,510
Equity securities10,894
 1
 (408) 10,487
State and municipal securities748,696
 19,616
 (432) 767,880
MBS:       
U.S. government agencies - Residential4,099,386
 10,675
 (36,877) 4,073,184
U.S. government agencies - Commercial1,006,161
 3,347
 (7,153) 1,002,355
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential debt securities8,636,745
 10,556
 (153,128) 8,494,173
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial debt securities138,094
 723
 (2,487) 136,330
Non-agency securities45
 
 
 45
Total investment securities available-for-sale$21,895,214
 $64,894
 $(218,936) $21,741,172
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Amortized
Cost
 Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 Fair
Value
 Amortized
Cost
 Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities $4,086,733
 $4,497
 $(292) $4,090,938
 $1,815,914
 $560
 $(11,729) $1,804,745
Corporate debt securities 139,696
 39
 (22) 139,713
 160,164
 12
 (62) 160,114
ABS 138,839
 1,034
 (1,473) 138,400
 435,464
 3,517
 (2,144) 436,837
State and municipal securities 9
 
 
 9
 16
 
 
 16
MBS:                
GNMA - Residential 4,868,512
 12,895
 (16,066) 4,865,341
 2,829,075
 861
 (85,675) 2,744,261
GNMA - Commercial 773,889
 6,954
 (1,785) 779,058
 954,651
 1,250
 (19,515) 936,386
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential 4,270,426
 14,296
 (30,325) 4,254,397
 5,687,221
 267
 (188,515) 5,498,973
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial 69,242
 2,665
 (5) 71,902
 51,808
 384
 (537) 51,655
Total investments in debt securities AFS $14,347,346
 $42,380
 $(49,968) $14,339,758
 $11,934,313
 $6,851
 $(308,177) $11,632,987

The following tables present the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and approximate fair values of investments in debt securities held-to-maturityHTM at the dates indicated:

 December 31, 2016
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 (in thousands)
MBS:       
U.S. government agencies - Residential1,658,644
 2,195
 (25,426) 1,635,413
Total investment securities held-to-maturity$1,658,644
 $2,195
 $(25,426) $1,635,413

The Company had no investment securities classified as held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2015.
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(in thousands) 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 Amortized
Cost
 Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 Fair
Value
MBS:                
GNMA - Residential $1,948,025
 $11,354
 $(7,670) $1,951,709
 $1,718,687
 $1,806
 $(54,184) $1,666,309
GNMA - Commercial 1,990,772
 20,115
 (5,369) 2,005,518
 1,031,993
 1,426
 (23,679) 1,009,740
Total investments in debt securities HTM $3,938,797
 $31,469
 $(13,039) $3,957,227
 $2,750,680
 $3,232
 $(77,863) $2,676,049

The Company continuously evaluates its investment strategies in light of changes in the regulatory and market environments that could have an impact on capital and liquidity. Based on this evaluation, it is reasonably possible that the Company may elect to pursue other strategies relative to its investment securities portfolio.

In 2015, the Company sold $395.2 million of qualifying residential loans to FHLMC in return for $416.7 million of MBS issued by FHLMC resulting in a net realized gain on sale of $22.0 million which is included in Mortgage banking income, net line of the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations.

As of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, the Company had investment securities available-for-sale with an estimated faircarrying value of $7.2$7.5 billion and $4.3$6.6 billion, respectively, pledged as collateral. $3.2 billioncollateral, which were comprised of the $7.2following: $2.7 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, were pledged as collateral at December 31, 2016 was collateral for the Company's borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB"). As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, securities pledged as collateral were also comprised of the following: $3.0FRB; $3.5 billion and $3.2$2.7 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure public fund deposits; $109.7$148.5 million and $117.6$78.0 million, respectively, were pledged to various independent parties to secure repurchase agreements, support hedging relationships, and for recourse on loan sales; $622.0$699.1 million and $623.0$423.3 million, respectively, were pledged to deposits with clearing organizations; and $271.2$461.9 million and $395.8$415.1 million, respectively, were pledged to secure the Company's customer overnight sweep product.

At December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, the Company had $44.8$46.0 million and $65.3$40.2 million, respectively, of accrued interest related to investment securities which is included in the Accrued interest receivableOther assets line of the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets.

157



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThere were no transfers of securities between AFS and HTM during the year ended December 31, 2019. In 2018, the Company transferred securities with approximately a $1.2 billion carrying value (fair value $1.2 billion) from AFS to HTM. Unrealized holding losses of $29.1 million were retained in OCI at the date of transfer and will be amortized over the remaining lives of the securities.



114




NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

The Company's state and municipal bond portfolio primarily consists of general obligation bonds of states, cities, counties and school districts. In March 2016, the Company decided to sell the entire municipal bond portfolio to reduce non-high quality liquid assets ("HQLA"), and to take gains to help cover the early terminations charges taken on FHLB advances.

Contractual Maturity of Investments in Debt Securities

Contractual maturities of the Company’s investments in debt securities available-for-saleAFS at December 31, 20162019 were as follows:
             
(in thousands) Due Within One Year Due After 1 Within 5 Years Due After 5 Within 10 Years Due After 10 Years/No Maturity 
Total(1)
 
Weighted Average Yield(2)
U.S Treasuries $3,289,865
 $801,073
 $
 $
 $4,090,938
 1.91%
Corporate debt securities 139,699
 
 14
 
 139,713
 2.60%
ABS 12,234
 63,123
 
 63,043
 138,400
 4.23%
State and municipal securities 
 9
 
 
 9
 7.75%
MBS:            
GNMA - Residential 1,738
 48
 60,710
 4,802,845
 4,865,341
 2.31%
GNMA - Commercial 
 
 
 779,058
 779,058
 2.41%
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential 301
 8,024
 266,204
 3,979,868
 4,254,397
 1.96%
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial 
 430
 52,298
 19,174
 71,902
 3.00%
Total fair value $3,443,837
 $872,707
 $379,226
 $9,643,988
 $14,339,758
 2.12%
Weighted Average Yield 2.02% 1.87% 2.27% 2.18% 2.12%  
Total amortized cost $3,441,868
 $869,377
 $375,291
 $9,660,810
 $14,347,346
 
(1)The maturities above do not represent the effective duration of the Company's portfolio, since the amounts above are based on contractual maturities and do not contemplate anticipated prepayments.
(2)Yields on tax-exempt securities are calculated on a tax equivalent basis and are based on the statutory federal tax rate.
    
            
 Due Within One Year Due After 1 Within 5 Years Due After 5 Within 10 Years Due After 10 Years/No Maturity 
Total (1)
 
Weighted Average Yield (2)
 (in thousands)
U.S Treasury securities$865,997
 $990,860
 $
 $
 $1,856,857
 0.80%
ABS399,539
 622,877
 36,257
 152,051
 1,210,724
 1.71%
State and municipal securities
 30
 
 
 30
 7.35%
MBS:           
U.S. government agencies - Residential
 4,988
 167
 5,357,973
 5,363,128
 1.44%
U.S government agencies - Commercial
 
 
 942,498
 942,498
 2.20%
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential debt securities154
 6,083
 196,193
 7,414,427
 7,616,857
 1.55%
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial debt securities
 7,536
 7,436
 7,994
 22,966
 2.52%
Non-agencies14
 
 
 
 14
 0.27%
Total fair value$1,265,704
 $1,632,374
 $240,053
 $13,874,943
 $17,013,074
 1.48%
Weighted Average Yield0.59% 1.54% 1.72% 1.55% 1.48%  
Total amortized cost$1,265,454
 $1,616,888
 $241,627
 $14,091,881
 $17,215,850
  
(1) The maturities above do not represent the effective duration of the Company's portfolio, since the amounts above are based on contractual maturities and do not contemplate anticipated prepayments.
(2) Yields on tax-exempt securities are calculated on a tax equivalent basis and are based on the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0%.

Contractual maturities of the Company’s investments in debt securities held-to-maturityHTM at December 31, 2016 are2019 were as follows:
       
  Due After 10 Years/No Maturity 
Total (1)
 Weighted Average Yield
 (in thousands)
MBS:      
U.S. government agencies - Residential 1,635,413
 1,635,413
 2.60%
Total fair value $1,635,413
 $1,635,413
 2.60%
Weighted Average Yield 2.60% 2.60%  
Total amortized cost $1,658,644
 $1,658,644
  
             
(in thousands) Due Within One Year Due After 1 Within 5 Years Due After 5 Within 10 Years Due After 10 Years/No Maturity 
Total(1)
 
Weighted Average Yield(2)
MBS:            
GNMA - Residential $
 $
 $
 $1,951,709
 $1,951,709
 2.26%
GNMA - Commercial 
 
 
 2,005,518
 2,005,518
 2.39%
Total fair value $
 $
 $
 $3,957,227
 $3,957,227
 2.32%
Weighted average yield % % % 2.32% 2.32%  
Total amortized cost $
 $
 $
 $3,938,797
 $3,938,797
  
(1) The maturities above do not represent(2) See corresponding footnotes to the effective duration of the Company's portfolio, since the amounts above are based on contractual maturities and do not contemplate anticipated prepayments.

The Company had no investment securities classified as held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2015.

158



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)2019 "Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities" table above for investments in debt securities AFS.

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there is a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Investments in Debt Securities Available-for-SaleAFS and Held-to-maturity

The following tables present the aggregate amount of unrealized losses as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 on securities in the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolios classified according to the amount of time those securities have been in a continuous loss position:
 December 31, 2016
 Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 (in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities$1,016,654
 $(2,326) $
 $
 $1,016,654
 $(2,326)
ABS76,552
 (1,021) 111,758
 (1,367) 188,310
 (2,388)
Equity securities770
 (16) 9,800
 (549) 10,570
 (565)
MBS:           
U.S. government agencies - Residential3,831,354
 (46,846) 1,027,609
 (17,691) 4,858,963
 (64,537)
U.S. government agencies - Commercial532,334
 (4,451) 98,918
 (3,745) 631,252
 (8,196)
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential debt securities4,740,824
 (58,514) 1,981,886
 (96,344) 6,722,710
 (154,858)
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial debt securities22,504
 (659) 462
 (11) 22,966
 (670)
Total investment securities available-for-sale$10,220,992
 $(113,833) $3,230,433
 $(119,707) $13,451,425
 $(233,540)

 December 31, 2015
 Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 (in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities$2,323,244
 $(5,709) $
 $
 $2,323,244
 $(5,709)
Corporate debt securities775,366
 (5,269) 152,486
 (5,979) 927,852
 (11,248)
ABS300,869
 (1,083) 35,126
 (411) 335,995
 (1,494)
Equity securities596
 (7) 9,748
 (401) 10,344
 (408)
State and municipal securities15,665
 (119) 26,024
 (313) 41,689
 (432)
MBS:           
U.S. government agencies - Residential1,723,439
 (11,528) 954,916
 (25,349) 2,678,355
 (36,877)
U.S. government agencies - Commercial367,706
 (3,382) 114,038
 (3,771) 481,744
 (7,153)
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential debt securities4,650,327
 (38,013) 2,127,962
 (115,115) 6,778,289
 (153,128)
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial debt securities115,347
 (2,487) 
 
 115,347
 (2,487)
Total investment securities available-for-sale$10,272,559
 $(67,597) $3,420,300
 $(151,339) $13,692,859
 $(218,936)


159



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)HTM

The following tables presenttable presents the aggregate amount of unrealized losses as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2018 on debt securities in the Company’s held-to-maturityAFS investment portfolios classified according to the amount of time those securities have been in a continuous loss position:
  December 31, 2016
  Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
  Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
  (in thousands)
MBS:            
U.S. government agencies - Residential $1,311,390
 $(25,426) $
 $
 $1,311,390
 $(25,426)
Total investment securities held-to-maturity $1,311,390
 $(25,426) $
 $
 $1,311,390
 $(25,426)
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
  Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Less than 12 months 12 months or longer
(in thousands) Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
U.S. Treasury securities $200,096
 $(167) $499,883
 $(125) $288,660
 $(315) $914,212
 $(11,414)
Corporate debt securities 110,802
 (22) 
 
 152,247
 (62) 13
 
ABS 27,662
 (44) 47,616
 (1,429) 31,888
 (249) 77,766
 (1,895)
MBS:                
GNMA - Residential 2,053,763
 (6,895) 997,024
 (9,171) 102,418
 (2,014) 2,521,278
 (83,661)
GNMA - Commercial 217,291
 (1,756) 14,300
 (29) 199,495
 (2,982) 622,989
 (16,533)
FHLMC and FNMA - Residential 660,078
 (4,110) 1,344,057
 (26,215) 237,050
 (5,728) 5,236,028
 (182,787)
FHLMC and FNMA - Commercial 
 
 430
 (5) 
 
 21,819
 (537)
Total investments in debt securities AFS $3,269,692
 $(12,994) $2,903,310
 $(36,974) $1,011,758
 $(11,350) $9,394,105
 $(296,827)


115




NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

The Company had no investment securities classified as held-to-maturityfollowing table presents the aggregate amount of unrealized losses as of December 31, 2015.2019 and December 31, 2018 on debt securities in the Company’s HTM investment portfolios classified according to the amount of time those securities have been in a continuous loss position:
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
  Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Less than 12 months 12 months or longer
(in thousands) Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
GNMA - Residential $559,058
 $(2,004) $657,733
 $(5,666) $205,573
 $(4,810) $1,295,554
 $(49,374)
GNMA - Commercial 731,445
 (5,369) 
 
 221,250
 (5,572) 629,847
 (18,107)
Total investments in debt securities HTM $1,290,503
 $(7,373) $657,733
 $(5,666) $426,823
 $(10,382) $1,925,401
 $(67,481)

OTTI

Management evaluates all investmentinvestments in debt securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. The OTTI assessment is a subjective process requiring the use of judgments and assumptions. During the securities-level assessments, consideration is given to (1) the intent not to sell and probability that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, as well as company news and current events, and (3) the ability to collect the future expected cash flows. Key assumptions utilized to forecast expected cash flows may include loss severity, expected cumulative loss percentage, cumulative loss percentage to date, weighted average Fair Isaac Corporation ("FICO®") scores and weighted average LTV ratio, rating or scoring, credit ratings and market spreads, as applicable.

The Company assesses and recognizes OTTI in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Under these standards, if the Company determines that impairment on its debt securities exists and it has made the decision to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, it recognizes the entire portion of the unrealized loss in earnings. If the Company has not made a decision to sell the security and it does not expect that it will be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of the amortized cost basis but the Company has determined that OTTI exists, it recognizes the credit-related portion of the decline in value of the security in earnings.

The Company did not record any material OTTI in earnings related to its investmentinvestments in debt securities infor the yearyears ended December 31, 2016. In 2015, the Company implemented a strategy to improve the Bank's liquidity by selling non-high quality liquid assets ("HQLA") and reinvesting the funds into high-quality-liquid assets. During the year-ended December 31, 2015, nine securities with a book value of $377.0 million in an unrealized loss position had not yet been sold. Because the Company could no longer assert that it did not have the intent to sell these securities, the Company determined that the impairment was other-than-temporary. As a result, these securities were written down to fair value, resulting in a $1.1 million OTTI charge. These securities were sold during the third quarter of 2015 for an additional loss of $1.0 million.2019, 2018 or 2017.

Management has concluded that the unrealized losses on its investments in debt and equity securities for which it has not recognized OTTI (which were comprised of 533727 individual securities at December 31, 2016)2019) are temporary in nature since (1) they reflect the increase in interest rates, which lowers the current fair value of the securities, (2) they are not related to the underlying credit quality of the issuers, (2)(3) the entire contractual principal and interest due on these securities is currently expected to be recoverable, (3)(4) the Company does not intend to sell these investments at a loss and (4)(5) it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis, which for the Company's debt securities may be at maturity. Accordingly, the Company has concluded that the impairment on these securities is not other-than-temporary.

160



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)other than temporary.

Gains (Losses) and Proceeds on Sales of Investments in Debt Securities

Proceeds from sales of investmentinvestments in debt securities and the realized gross gains and losses from those sales arewere as follows:
Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
2016 2015 2014
(in thousands)
Proceeds from the sales of available-for-sale securities$6,755,299
 $2,809,779
 $341,513
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Proceeds from the sales of AFS securities $1,423,579
 $1,262,409
 $3,256,378
           
Gross realized gains$60,367
 $24,183
 $38,491
 $9,496
 $5,517
 $22,224
Gross realized losses(2,559) (5,692) (12,546) (3,680) (12,234) (24,668)
OTTI(44) (1,092) 
 
 
 
Net realized gains (1)
$57,764
 $17,399
 $25,945
Net realized gains/(losses) (1)
 $5,816
 $(6,717) $(2,444)

(1) Excludes the net realized gains/(losses) related to Trading Securities.
(1)Includes net realized gain/(losses) on trading securities of (0.8) million, $(1.4) million and $(4.2) million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of the securities sold and the gain or loss recognized.

The Company recognized $57.8 million for the year-ended December 31, 2016 in net gains on sale of investment securities as a result of overall balance sheet and interest rate risk management. The net gain realized for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily comprised of the sale of U.S. Treasury securities with a book value of $3.2 billion for a gain of $7.0 million, the corporate debt securities were sold off with a book value of $1.4 billion for a gain of $5.9 million, the sale of MBS, including FHLMC residential debt securities and collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs"), with a book value of $1.3 billion for a gain of $24.7 million, and state and municipal securities with a book value of $748.0 million for a gain of $19.9 million.

The Company recognized $17.4 million and $25.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in net gains on sale of investment securities as a result of overall balance sheet and interest rate risk management. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily comprised of the sale of state and municipal securities with a book value of $421.5 million for a gain of $12.1 million, the sale of corporate debt securities with a book value of $566.2 million for a gain of $6.7 million, offset by the sale of asset-backed securities ("ABS") with a book value of $683.9 million for a loss of $0.2 million, and the OTTI charge of $1.1 million. The net gain realized for year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily comprised of the sale of state and municipal securities with a book value of $89.0 million for a gain of $5.2 million, the sale of corporate debt securities with a book value of $219.6 million for a gain of $4.8 million, and the sale of MBS with a book value of $579.4 million for a gain of $13.1 million.

Nontaxable interest and dividend income earned on investment securities were $5.0 million, $34.1 million, and $66.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Tax expenses related to net realized gains and losses from sales of investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $22.6 million, $6.7 million, and $971.7 million, respectively.

Trading Securities

The Company held $1.6 million of trading securities as of December 31, 2016, compared to $0.2 million held at December 31, 2015. Gains and losses on trading securities are recorded within Net gain on sale of investment securities on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations.


161



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

116





NOTE 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

Other Investments

Other Investments consisted of the following as of:
(in thousands)December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
FHLB of Pittsburgh and FRB stock $716,615
 $631,239
LIHTC investments 265,271
 163,113
Equity securities not held for trading 12,697
 10,995
Trading securities 1,097
 10
Total $995,680
 $805,357

Other investments primarily include the Company's investment in the stock of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and the FRB with aggregate carrying amounts of $680.5 million and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.FRB. These stocks do not have readily determinable fair values because their ownership is restricted and they lack a market. The stocks can be sold back only at their par value of $100 per share, and FHLB'sFHLB stock can be sold back only to the FHLB or to another member institution. Accordingly, these stocks are carried at cost. During the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, the Company purchased $172.2$298.6 million of FHLB stock at par, and redeemed $492.8$212.4 million of FHLB stock at par. There was no gain or loss associated with these redemptions. During the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, the Company did not purchase any FRB stock. Other

The Company's LIHTC investments also include $50.4 million and $26.4 million of low-income housing tax credit ("LIHTC") investmentsare accounted for using the proportional amortization method. Equity securities are measured at fair value as of December 31, 20162019, with changes in fair value recognized in net income, and December 31, 2015, respectively.consist primarily of CRA mutual fund investments.

TheWith the exception of equity and trading securities which are measured at fair value, the Company evaluates these other investments for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the carrying value, rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The Company held an immaterial amount of equity securities without readily determinable fair values at the reporting date.


NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Overall

The Company's loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, cumulative charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts. The Company maintains an ACL to provide for losses inherent in its portfolios. Certain loans are pledged as collateral for borrowings, securitizations, or special purpose entities ("SPEs").SPEs. These loans totaled $53.5$53.9 billion at December 31, 20162019 and $60.7$49.5 billion at December 31, 2015.2018.

Loans that the Company intends to sell are classified as LHFS. The LHFS portfolio balance at December 31, 20162019 was $2.6$1.4 billion, compared to $3.2$1.3 billion at December 31, 2015.2018. LHFS in the residential mortgage portfolio that were originated with the intent to sell were $289.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and are reported at either estimated fair value. All other LHFS are accounted for atvalue (if the FVO is elected) or the lower of cost or fair value. For a discussion on the valuation of LHFS at fair value, see Note 1816 to thethese Consolidated Financial Statements. During the third quarter of 2015, the Company determined that it no longer intended to hold certain personal lending assets at SC for investment. The Company adjusted the ACL associated with SC's personal loan portfolio through the provision for credit losses to value the portfolio at the lower of cost or market. Upon transferring the loans to LHFS at fair value the adjusted credit loss allowance was released as a charge-off. Loan originations and purchasesLoans under SC’s personal lending platform during 2016 have been classified as held for saleHFS and subsequent adjustments to lower of cost or market are recorded through Miscellaneous Income (Expense),income, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2016, the Company recorded $399.3 million of lower of cost or market adjustments on this portfolio. As of December 31, 2016,2019, the carrying value of the personal unsecured held-for-saleHFS portfolio was $1.1$1.0 billion.

On February 1, 2016, SC completedDuring 2019, the saleCompany sold $1.4 billion of assets from the personal unsecured held-for-sale portfolioperforming residential loans to FNMA for a third party for an immaterialnet gain to the unpaid principal balance. The balance of the loans associated with this sale was $869.3$7.9 million.

Interest income onIn October 2019, SBNA agreed to sell from its portfolio certain restructured residential mortgage and home equity loans is accrued based(with approximately $187.0 million of principal balances outstanding) to two unrelated third parties. This transaction settled in the fourth quarter with an immaterial impact on the contractual interest rateConsolidated Statements of Operations. The loans were sold with servicing released to the purchasers.

On October 4, 2019, SBNA agreed to sell approximately $768.2 million of equipment finance loans and the principal amount outstanding, except for those loans classified as non-accrual. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, accrued interest receivableapproximately $74.2 million of operating leases to an unrelated third party. This transaction settled on November 29, 2019, with a gain of $5.6 million on the Company's loans was $554.5 million and $569.8 million, respectively.

sale.

162



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

117





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Interest on loans is credited to income as it is earned. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as adjustments to interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the contractual life of the loan utilizing the interest method. Loan origination costs and fees and premiums and discounts on RICs are deferred and recognized in interest income over their estimated lives using estimated prepayment speeds, which are updated on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, accrued interest receivable on the Company's loans was $497.7 million and $524.0 million, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company purchased retail installment contract financial receivables from third-party lenders for $1.1 billion, $67.2 thousand and zero, respectively. The UPB of these loans as of the acquisition date was $1.12 billion, $74.1 thousand and zero, respectively.

Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition

The following presents the composition of the gross loans and leases held-for-investmentHFI by portfolio and by rate type:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Amount Percent Amount Percent
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent
Commercial LHFI:               
Commercial real estate loans$10,112,043
 11.8% $9,846,236
 11.3%
Commercial and industrial loans18,812,002
 21.9% 20,908,107
 24.0%
CRE loans $8,468,023
 9.1% $8,704,481
 10.0%
C&I loans 16,534,694
 17.8% 15,738,158
 18.1%
Multifamily loans8,683,680
 10.1% 9,438,463
 10.8% 8,641,204
 9.3% 8,309,115
 9.5%
Other commercial(2)
6,832,403
 8.0% 6,257,072
 7.2% 7,390,795
 8.2% 7,630,004
 8.8%
Total commercial LHFI44,440,128
 51.8% 46,449,878
 53.3% 41,034,716
 44.4% 40,381,758
 46.4%
Consumer loans secured by real estate:               
Residential mortgages7,775,272
 9.1% 7,566,301
 8.7% 8,835,702
 9.5% 9,884,462
 11.4%
Home equity loans and lines of credit6,001,192
 7.0% 6,151,232
 7.1% 4,770,344
 5.1% 5,465,670
 6.3%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate13,776,464
 16.1% 13,717,533
 15.8% 13,606,046
 14.6% 15,350,132
 17.7%
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:               
RICs and auto loans - originated22,104,918
 25.8% 18,539,588
 21.3%
RICs and auto loans - purchased3,468,803
 4.0% 6,108,210
 7.0%
RICs and auto loans 36,456,747

39.3%
29,335,220

33.7%
Personal unsecured loans1,234,094
 1.4% 1,177,998
 1.4% 1,291,547
 1.4% 1,531,708
 1.8%
Other consumer(3)
795,378
 0.9% 1,032,579
 1.2% 316,384
 0.3% 447,050
 0.4%
Total consumer loans41,379,657
 48.2% 40,575,908
 46.7% 51,670,724
 55.6% 46,664,110
 53.6%
Total LHFI(1)
$85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0% $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0%
Total LHFI:               
Fixed rate$51,752,761
 60.3% $52,283,715
 60.1% $61,775,942
 66.6% $56,696,491
 65.1%
Variable rate34,067,024
 39.7% 34,742,071
 39.9% 30,929,498
 33.4% 30,349,377
 34.9%
Total loans held-for-investment(1)
$85,819,785
 100.0% $87,025,786
 100.0%
Total LHFI(1)
 $92,705,440
 100.0% $87,045,868
 100.0%
(1)Total LHFI includes deferred loan fees, net of deferred origination costs and unamortized purchase premiums, net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments. These items resulted in a net increase in the loan balances of $845.8 million$3.2 billion and $8.4 million$1.4 billion as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively.
(2)Other commercial includes $3.7 billion and $3.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, of loans not defined as commercial or consumer for regulatory purposes, but which are defined as "Other." The remainder of the balance primarily includes commercial equipment vehicle financing ("CEVF")CEVF leveraged leases and loans.
(3)Other consumer primarily includes recreational vehicles ("RV")RV and marine loans.
(4)Beginning in 2018, the Bank has an agreement with SC by which SC provides the Bank with origination support services in connection with the processing, underwriting and purchase of RICs, primarily from Chrysler dealers.

Portfolio segments and classes

GAAP requires that entities disclose information about the credit quality of their financing receivables at disaggregated levels, specifically defined as “portfolio segments” and “classes,” based on management’s systematic methodology for determining the ACL. The Company utilizes an alternatesimilar categorization compared to the financial statement categorization of loans to model and calculate the ACL and track the credit quality, delinquency and impairment status of the underlying loan populations. In disaggregating its financing receivables portfolio, the Company’s methodology begins with the commercial and consumer segments.

The commercial segmentation reflects line of business distinctions. The three commercial real estate linesCRE line of business distinctions include “Corporate banking,” which includes commercial and industrialC&I owner-occupied real estate “Middle market real estate,” which represents the portfolio ofand specialized lending for investment real estate, including financingestate. The Company's allowance methodology further classifies loans in this line of business into construction and non-construction loans; however, the methodology for continuing care retirement communitiesdevelopment and “Santander real estate capital”, which is the commercial real estate portfoliodetermination of the specialized lending group. "Commercial and industrial"allowance is generally consistent between the two portfolios. "C&I" includes non-real estate-related commercial and industrialC&I loans. "Multifamily" represents loans for multifamily residential housing units. “Other commercial” includes loans to global customer relationships in Latin America which are not defined as commercial or consumer for regulatory purposes. The remainder of the portfolio primarily represents the CEVF business.portfolio.

163



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

118





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

The following table reconciles the Company's recorded investment classified by its major portfolio classifications to its commercial loan classifications utilized in its determination of the ALLL and other credit quality disclosures at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively:
Commercial Portfolio Segment(2)
    
Major Loan Classifications(1)
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Commercial loans held for investment:    
Commercial real estate:    
Corporate Banking $3,693,109
 $3,680,517
Middle Market Real Estate 5,180,572
 4,615,250
Santander Real Estate Capital 1,238,362
 1,550,469
Total commercial real estate 10,112,043
 9,846,236
Commercial and industrial (3)
 18,812,002
 20,908,107
Multifamily 8,683,680
 9,438,463
Other commercial 6,832,403
 6,257,072
Total commercial LHFI $44,440,128
 $46,449,878
(1)These represent the Company's loan categories based on SEC Regulation S-X, Article 9.
(2)These represent the Company's loan classes used to determine its ALLL.
(3)Commercial and industrial loans excluded $121.1 million of LHFS at December 31, 2016 and excluded $86.4 million of LHFS at December 31, 2015.

The Company's portfolio classes are substantially the same as its financial statement categorization of loans for the consumer loan populations. “Residential mortgages” includes mortgages on residential property, including single family and 1-4 family units. "Home equity loans and lines of credit”credit" include all organic home equity contracts and purchased home equity portfolios. "RIC"RICs and auto loans" includes the Company's direct automobile loan portfolios, but excludes RV and marine RICs. "Personal unsecured loans" includes personal revolving loans and credit cards. “Other consumer” includes an acquired portfolio of marine RICs and RV contracts as well as indirect auto loans.

In accordance with the Company's accounting policy when establishing the collective ACL for originated loans, the Company's estimate of losses on recorded investment includes the estimate of the related net unaccreted discount balance that is expected at the time of charge-off, while it considers the entire unaccreted discount for loan portfolios purchased at a discount as available to absorb the credit losses when determining the ACL specific to these portfolios. This accounting policy is not applicable for the purchased loan portfolios acquired with evidence of credit deterioration, on which we elected to apply the FVO.
Consumer Portfolio Segment(2)
    
Major Loan Classifications(1)
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
Consumer loans secured by real estate:   
Residential mortgages(3)
 $7,775,272
 $7,566,301
Home equity loans and lines of credit 6,001,192
 6,151,232
Total consumer loans secured by real estate 13,776,464
 13,717,533
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:   
RICs and auto loans - originated (4)
 22,104,918
 18,539,588
RICs and auto loans - purchased (4)
 3,468,803
 6,108,210
Personal unsecured loans(5)
 1,234,094
 1,177,998
Other consumer 795,378
 1,032,579
Total consumer loans held-for-investment $41,379,657
 $40,575,908
(1)These represent the Company's loan categories based on the SEC's Regulation S-X, Article 9.
(2)These represent the Company's loan classes used to determine its ALLL.
(3)Residential mortgages exclude $462.9 million and $243.5 million of LHFS at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(4)RIC and auto loans exclude $924.7 million and $905.7 million of LHFS at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(5)Personal unsecured loans exclude $1.1 billion and $2.0 billion of LHFS at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

164



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

The RICAt December 31, 2019 and auto loan portfolio is comprised of: (1) RICs2018, the Company had $279.4 million and $803.1 million, respectively, of loans originated by SC prior to the first quarter 2014 change in control and consolidation of SC (the “Change in Control"), (2) RICs originated by SC after the Change in Control, and (3) auto loans originated by SBNA.Control. The composition of the portfolio segment is as follows:

  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
RICs - Purchased:   
Unpaid principle balance ("UPB") (1)
 $3,765,714
 $6,709,748
UPB - FVO (2)
 29,481
 140,995
Total UPB 3,795,195
 6,850,743
Purchase Marks (3)
(326,392) (742,533)
Total RICs - Purchased 3,468,803
 6,108,210
     
RICs - Originated:    
UPB (1)
 22,527,753
 19,069,801
Net discount (441,131) (548,057)
Total RICs - Originated22,086,622
 18,521,744
SBNA auto loans 18,296
 17,844
Total RICs - originated post change in control $22,104,918
 $18,539,588
Total RICs and auto loans $25,573,721
 $24,647,798

(1) UPB does not include amounts related to the loan receivables - unsecured and loan receivables from dealers due to the short-term and revolving nature of these receivables.
(2) The Company elected to account for these loans, which were acquired with evidence of credit deterioration, under the FVO.
(3) Includes purchase marks of $6.7on these portfolios were $726.5 thousand and $2.1 million and $33.1 million related to purchased loan portfolios on which we elected to apply the FVO at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively.

During the yearyears ended December 31, 2016 ,2019 and 2018, SC originated more than $8.0$12.8 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively, in Chrysler Capital loans (including the SBNA originations program), which represented 49%56% and 46%, respectively, of total retail installment contract originations, as well as more than $5.5 billion in Chrysler Capital leases. As of December 31, 2016, SC's auto retail installment contract portfolio consisted of $7.4 billion of Chrysler Capital loans which represents 32%the UPB of SC's auto retail installment contract portfolio.total RIC originations (including the SBNA originations program).


165



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

ACL Rollforward by Portfolio Segment
The activity in the ACL by portfolio segment for the yearyears ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2019, and 20142018 was as follows:
 Year Ended December 31, 2016
 Commercial Consumer Unallocated Total
 (in thousands)
ALLL, beginning of period$456,812
 $2,742,088
 $47,245
 $3,246,145
Provision for loan and lease losses152,112
 2,852,730
 (222) 3,004,620
Charge-offs(245,399) (4,720,135) 
 (4,965,534)
Recoveries86,312
 2,442,921
 
 2,529,233
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(159,087) (2,277,214) 
 (2,436,301)
ALLL, end of period$449,837
 $3,317,604
 $47,023
 $3,814,464
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period$148,207
 $814
 $
 $149,021
Provision for unfunded lending commitments(24,887) (8) 
 (24,895)
Loss on unfunded lending commitments(1,708) 
 
 (1,708)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period121,612
 806
 
 122,418
Total ACL, end of period$571,449
 $3,318,410
 $47,023
 $3,936,882
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(1)
$98,595
 $1,520,375
 $1
 $1,618,971
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment351,242
 1,797,229
 47,022
 2,195,493
        
Financing receivables:       
Ending balance$44,561,193
 $43,844,900
 $
 $88,406,093
Ending balance, evaluated under the FVO or lower of cost or fair value121,065
 2,482,595
 
 2,603,660
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(1)
666,386
 5,795,366
 
 6,461,752
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment43,773,742
 35,566,939
 
 79,340,681
(1) Consists of loans in TDR status


166



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Year Ended December 31, 2019
Commercial Consumer Unallocated Total
(in thousands)
(in thousands) Commercial Consumer Unallocated Total
ALLL, beginning of period$413,885
 $1,329,063
 $34,941
 $1,777,889
 $441,083
 $3,409,024
 $47,023
 $3,897,130
Provision for loan and lease losses152,944
 3,899,813
 12,304
 4,065,061
 89,962
 2,200,870
 
 2,290,832
Other(1)

 (27,117) 
 (27,117)
Charge-offs(175,234) (4,489,848) 
 (4,665,082) (185,035) (5,364,673) (275) (5,549,983)
Recoveries65,217
 2,030,177
 
 2,095,394
 53,819
 2,954,391
 
 3,008,210
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(110,017) (2,459,671) 
 (2,569,688) (131,216) (2,410,282) (275) (2,541,773)
ALLL, end of period$456,812
 $2,742,088
 $47,245
 $3,246,145
 $399,829
 $3,199,612
 $46,748
 $3,646,189
       
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period$133,002
 $1,001
 $
 $134,003
 $89,472
 $6,028
 $
 $95,500
Provision for unfunded lending commitments14,756
 (74) 
 14,682
(Release of) / Provision for reserve for unfunded lending commitments 1,321
 (136) 
 1,185
Loss on unfunded lending commitments449
 (113) 
 336
 (4,859) 
 
 (4,859)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period148,207
 814
 
 149,021
 85,934
 5,892
 
 91,826
Total ACL, end of period$605,019
 $2,742,902
 $47,245
 $3,395,166
 $485,763
 $3,205,504
 $46,748
 $3,738,015
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
$54,836
 $911,364
 $
 $966,200
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(1)
 $50,307
 $935,086
 $
 $985,393
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment401,976
 1,830,724
 47,245
 2,279,945
 349,525
 2,264,523
 46,748
 2,660,796
               
Financing receivables:       
Financing receivables:(2)
        
Ending balance$46,536,277
 $43,679,576
 $
 $90,215,853
 $41,151,009
 $52,974,654
 $
 $94,125,663
Ending balance, evaluated under the fair value option or lower of cost or fair value(1)
86,399
 3,432,322
 
 3,518,721
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
504,919
 4,473,320
 
 4,978,239
Ending balance, evaluated under the FVO or lower of cost or fair value 116,293
 1,376,911
 
 1,493,204
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(1)
 342,295
 4,225,331
 
 4,567,626
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment45,944,959
 35,773,934
 
 81,718,893
 40,692,421
 47,372,412
 
 88,064,833
(1)The "Other" amount represents the impact on the ALLL in connection with SC classifying approximately $1 billion of RICs as held-for-sale during the year..
(2)Consists of loans in TDR status.


167



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)(2) Contains LHFS of $1.4 billion

 Year Ended December 31, 2014
 Commercial Consumer Unallocated Total
 (in thousands)
        
ALLL, beginning of period$462,435
 $425,158
 $29,533
 $917,126
Provision for loan losses26,394
 2,510,458
 5,408
 2,542,260
Other(1)
 (61,220) 
 (61,220)
Charge-offs(117,028) (2,714,784) 
 (2,831,812)
Recoveries42,084
 1,169,451
 
 1,211,535
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(74,944) (1,545,333) 
 (1,620,277)
ALLL, end of period$413,885
 $1,329,063
 $34,941
 $1,777,889
        
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period$220,499
 $1,125
 $
 $221,624
Provision for unfunded lending commitments(82,138) (124) 
 (82,262)
Loss on unfunded lending commitments(5,359) 
 
 (5,359)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period133,002
 1,001
 
 134,003
Total ACL end of period$546,887
 $1,330,064
 $34,941
 $1,911,892
        
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
$85,316
 $68,313
 $
 $153,629
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment328,569
 1,260,750
 34,941
 1,624,260
Financing receivables:
 
   
Ending balance$42,459,439
 $41,574,365
 $
 $84,033,804
Ending balance, evaluated at fair value19,094
 1,121,079
 
 1,140,173
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
592,022
 2,388,706
 
 2,980,728
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment41,848,323
 38,064,580
 
 79,912,903

(1)The "Other" amount represents the impact on the ALLL in connection with SC classifying approximately $484.2 million of RICs as held-for-sale during the year.
(2)Consists of loans in TDR status.

for the year ended December 31, 2019.


168



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

119




NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

The following table presents the activity in the Allowance for loan losses for the Retail Installment Contracts acquired ("Purchased") in the Change in Control and those originated by SC subsequent to the Change in Control.


Year ended

December 31, 2016

Purchased
Originated
Total

(in thousands)
ALLL, beginning of period$590,807
 $1,891,989
 $2,482,796
Provision for / (release of) loan and lease losses309,664
 2,459,588
 2,769,252
Charge-offs(1,024,882) (3,539,153) (4,564,035)
Recoveries683,503
 1,725,703
 2,409,206
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(341,379) (1,813,450) (2,154,829)
ALLL, end of period$559,092
 $2,538,127
 $3,097,219

 Year ended
 December 31, 2015
 Purchased Originated Total
 (in thousands)
ALLL, beginning of period$963
 $709,024
 $709,987
Provision for / (release of) loan and lease losses1,106,462
 2,313,825
 3,420,287
Other(1)
(27,117) 
 (27,117)
Charge-offs(1,516,951) (2,035,878) (3,552,829)
Recoveries1,027,450
 905,018
 1,932,468
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(489,501) (1,130,860) (1,620,361)
ALLL, end of period$590,807
 $1,891,989
 $2,482,796

(1) The "Other" amount represents the impact on the ALLL in connection with SC classifying approximately $1 billion of RICs as held-for-sale during the first quarter of 2015.

 Year ended
 December 31, 2014
 Purchased Originated Total
 (in thousands)
ALLL, beginning of period$
 $

$
Provision for / (release of) loan and lease losses799,208
 982,506

1,781,714
Charge-offs(1,732,218) (420,500)
(2,152,718)
Recoveries933,973
 147,018

1,080,991
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(798,245) (273,482) (1,071,727)
ALLL, end of period$963
 $709,024
 $709,987


169



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

  Year Ended December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Commercial Consumer Unallocated Total
ALLL, beginning of period $443,796
 $3,504,068
 $47,023
 $3,994,887
Provision for loan and lease losses 45,897
 2,306,896
 
 2,352,793
Charge-offs (108,750) (4,974,547) 
 (5,083,297)
Recoveries 60,140
 2,572,607
 
 2,632,747
Charge-offs, net of recoveries (48,610) (2,401,940) 
 (2,450,550)
ALLL, end of period $441,083
 $3,409,024
 $47,023
 $3,897,130
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period $103,835
 $5,276
 $
 $109,111
Release of unfunded lending commitments (13,647) 752
 
 (12,895)
Loss on unfunded lending commitments (716) 
 
 (716)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period 89,472
 6,028
 
 95,500
Total ACL, end of period $530,555
 $3,415,052
 $47,023
 $3,992,630
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment (1)
 $94,120
 $1,457,174
 $
 $1,551,294
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment 346,963
 1,951,850
 47,023
 2,345,836
         
Financing receivables:(2)
        
Ending balance $40,381,758
 $47,947,388
 $
 $88,329,146
Ending balance, evaluated under the FVO or lower of cost or fair value 
 1,393,476
 
 1,393,476
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(1)
 444,031
 5,779,998
 
 6,224,029
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment 39,937,727
 40,773,914
 
 80,711,641
(1)Consists of loans in TDR status.
(2)Contains LHFS of $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018.
  Year Ended December 31, 2017
(in thousands) Commercial Consumer Unallocated Total
ALLL, beginning of period $449,837
 $3,317,604
 $47,023
 $3,814,464
Provision for loan losses 99,606
 2,670,950
 
 2,770,556
Other(1)
 356
 5,283
 
 5,639
Charge-offs (144,002) (4,891,383) 
 (5,035,385)
Recoveries 37,999
 2,401,614
 
 2,439,613
Charge-offs, net of recoveries (106,003) (2,489,769) 
 (2,595,772)
ALLL, end of period $443,796
 $3,504,068
 $47,023
 $3,994,887
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period $116,866
 $5,552
 $
 $122,418
Provision for unfunded lending commitments (10,336) (276) 
 (10,612)
Loss on unfunded lending commitments (2,695) 
 
 (2,695)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period 103,835
 5,276
 
 109,111
Total ACL end of period $547,631
 $3,509,344
 $47,023
 $4,103,998
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
 $102,326
 $1,824,640
 $
 $1,926,966
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment 341,470
 1,679,428
 47,023
 2,067,921
         
Financing receivables:(3)
        
Ending balance $39,315,888
 $43,997,279
 $
 $83,313,167
Ending balance, evaluated under the FVO or lower of cost or fair value(1)
 149,177
 2,420,155
 
 2,569,332
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
 593,585
 6,652,949
 
 7,246,534
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment 38,573,126
 34,924,175
 
 73,497,301
(1) Includes transfers in for the period ending December 31, 2017 related to the contribution of SFS to SHUSA.
(2) Consists of loans in TDR status.
(3) Contains LHFS of $2.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017.

120




NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Non-accrual loans by Class of Financing Receivable

The recorded investment in non-accrual loans disaggregated by class of financing receivables and other non-performing assets is summarized as follows:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(in thousands)    
Non-accrual loans:       
Commercial:       
Commercial real estate:   
Corporate banking$104,879
 $101,803
Middle market commercial real estate71,264
 59,112
Santander real estate capital3,077
 3,454
Commercial and industrial182,368
 95,538
CRE $83,117
 $88,500
C&I 153,428
 189,827
Multifamily8,196
 9,162
 5,112
 13,530
Other commercial11,097
 2,982
 31,987
 72,841
Total commercial loans380,881
 272,051
 273,644
 364,698
Consumer:       
Residential mortgages287,140
 304,935
 134,957
 216,815
Home equity loans and lines of credit120,065
 127,171
 107,289
 115,813
RICs and auto loans - originated1,045,587
 701,785
RICs - purchased284,486
 417,276
RICs and auto loans 1,643,459
 1,545,322
Personal unsecured loans5,201
 5,623
 2,212
 3,602
Other consumer12,694
 23,125
 11,491
 9,187
Total consumer loans1,755,173
 1,579,915
 1,899,408
 1,890,739
Total non-accrual loans2,136,054
 1,851,966
 2,173,052
 2,255,437
       
Other real estate owned ("OREO")116,705
 117,746
OREO 66,828
 107,868
Repossessed vehicles173,754
 172,375
 212,966
 224,046
Foreclosed and other repossessed assets3,838
 374
 4,218
 1,844
Total OREO and other repossessed assets294,297
 290,495
 284,012
 333,758
Total non-performing assets$2,430,351
 $2,142,461
 $2,457,064
 $2,589,195

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans

For reporting of past due loans, a payment ofThe Company generally considers an account delinquent when an obligor fails to pay substantially all (defined as 90% or more) of the amountscheduled payment by the due is considered to meet the contractual requirements. For certain RICs, the Company considers 50% of a single payment due sufficient to qualify as a payment for past due classification purposes. The Company aggregates partial payments in determining whether a full payment has been missed in computing past due status.


170



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)date.

The age of recorded investments in past due loans and accruing loans greater than 90 days or greater past due disaggregated by class of financing receivables is summarized as follows:

 As of:
  December 31, 2016
  30-89
Days Past
Due
 Greater
Than 90
Days
 Total
Past Due
 Current 
Total
Financing
Receivables
(1)
 Recorded Investment
> 90 Days
and
Accruing
 (in thousands)
Commercial:            
Commercial real estate:            
Corporate banking $14,973
 $40,170
 $55,143
 $3,637,966
 $3,693,109
 $
Middle market commercial real estate 6,967
 57,520
 64,487
 5,116,085
 5,180,572
 
Santander real estate capital 177
 
 177
 1,238,185
 1,238,362
 
Commercial and industrial 46,104
 33,800
 79,904
 18,853,163
 18,933,067
 
Multifamily 7,133
 2,339
 9,472
 8,674,208
 8,683,680
 
Other commercial 45,379
 2,590
 47,969
 6,784,434
 6,832,403
 1
Consumer:            
Residential mortgages 230,850
 224,790
 455,640
 7,782,525
 8,238,165
 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 37,209
 75,668
 112,877
 5,888,315
 6,001,192
 
RICs and auto loans - originated 3,092,841
 296,085
 3,388,926
 19,640,740
 23,029,666
 
RICs and auto loans - purchased 800,993
 71,273
 872,266
 2,596,537
 3,468,803
 
Personal unsecured loans 89,524
 103,698
 193,222
 2,118,474
 2,311,696
 93,845
Other consumer 31,980
 20,386
 52,366
 743,012
 795,378
 
Total $4,404,130
 $928,319
 $5,332,449
 $83,073,644
 $88,406,093
 $93,846
 As of:
  December 31, 2019
(in thousands) 30-89
Days Past
Due
 90
Days or Greater
 Total
Past Due
 Current Total
Financing
Receivables
 Recorded Investment
> 90 Days and
Accruing
Commercial:            
CRE $51,472
 $65,290
 $116,762
 $8,351,261
 $8,468,023
 $
C&I(1)
 55,957
 84,640
 140,597
 16,510,391
 16,650,988
 
Multifamily 10,456
 3,704
 14,160
 8,627,044
 8,641,204
 
Other commercial 61,973
 6,352
 68,325
 7,322,469
 7,390,794
 
Consumer:            
Residential mortgages(2)
 154,978
 128,578
 283,556
 8,848,971
 9,132,527
 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 45,417
 75,972
 121,389
 4,648,955
 4,770,344
 
RICs and auto loans 4,364,110
 404,723
 4,768,833
 31,687,914
 36,456,747
 
Personal unsecured loans(3)
 85,277
 102,572
 187,849
 2,110,803
 2,298,652
 93,102
Other consumer 11,375
 7,479
 18,854
 297,530
 316,384
 
Total $4,841,015
 $879,310
 $5,720,325
 $88,405,338
 $94,125,663
 $93,102
 
(1)Financing receivables include LHFS.
(1) C&I loans includes $116.3 million of LHFS at December 31, 2019.
(2) Residential mortgages includes $296.8 million of LHFS at December 31, 2019.
(3) Personal unsecured loans includes $1.0 billion of LHFS at December 31, 2019.

171



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

121





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

 As of
  December 31, 2015
  30-89
Days Past
Due
 Greater
Than 90
Days
 Total
Past Due
 Current 
Total
Financing
Receivable
(1)
 Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and
Accruing
 (in thousands)
Commercial:            
Commercial real estate:            
Corporate banking $18,402
 $41,167
 $59,569
 $3,620,948
 $3,680,517
 $
Middle market commercial real estate 9,778
 42,622
 52,400
 4,562,850
 4,615,250
 192
Santander real estate capital 
 654
 654
 1,549,815
 1,550,469
 
Commercial and industrial 36,834
 49,315
 86,149
 20,908,357
 20,994,506
 
Multifamily 2,951
 4,537
 7,488
 9,430,975
 9,438,463
 
Other commercial 50,649
 2,083
 52,732
 6,204,340
 6,257,072
 
Consumer: 
 
 
 
 
   
Residential mortgages 205,140
 240,623
 445,763
 7,364,082
 7,809,845
 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 28,166
 79,715
 107,881
 6,043,351
 6,151,232
 
RICs and auto loans - originated 2,149,480
 212,569
 2,362,049
 17,083,248
 19,445,297
 
RICs and auto loans - purchased 1,242,545
 109,258
 1,351,803
 4,756,407
 6,108,210
 
Personal unsecured loans 88,938
 88,445
 177,383
 2,955,029
 3,132,412
 79,760
Other consumer 41,667
 32,573
 74,240
 958,340
 1,032,580
 
Total $3,874,550
 $903,561
 $4,778,111
 $85,437,742
 $90,215,853
 $79,952
 As of
  December 31, 2018
(in thousands) 30-89
Days Past
Due
 90
Days or Greater
 Total
Past Due
 Current Total
Financing
Receivables
 Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial:            
CRE $20,179
 $49,317
 $69,496
 $8,634,985
 $8,704,481
 $
C&I 61,495
 74,210
 135,705
 15,602,453
 15,738,158
 
Multifamily 1,078
 4,574
 5,652
 8,303,463
 8,309,115
 
Other commercial 16,081
 5,330
 21,411
 7,608,593
 7,630,004
 6
Consumer:             
Residential mortgages(1)
 186,222
 171,265
 357,487
 9,741,496
 10,098,983
 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 58,507
 79,860
 138,367
 5,327,303
 5,465,670
 
RICs and auto loans 4,318,619
 441,742
 4,760,361
 24,574,859
 29,335,220
 
Personal unsecured loans(2)
 93,675
 102,463
 196,138
 2,404,327
 2,600,465
 98,973
Other consumer 16,261
 13,782
 30,043
 417,007
 447,050
 
Total $4,772,117
 $942,543
 $5,714,660
 $82,614,486
 $88,329,146
 $98,979
(1)Financing receivables include LHFS.Residential mortgages included $214.5 million of LHFS at December 31, 2018.
(2)Personal unsecured loans included $1.1 billion of LHFS at December 31, 2018.

172



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Impaired Loans by Class of Financing Receivable

Impaired loans are generally defined as all TDRs plus commercial non-accrual loans in excess of $1.0 million.

Impaired loans disaggregated by class of financing receivables are summarized as follows:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2019
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 Related
Specific
Reserves
 Average
Recorded
Investment
 (in thousands)
(in thousands) 
Recorded Investment(1)
 UPB Related
Specific Reserves
 Average
Recorded Investment
With no related allowance recorded:                
Commercial:                
Commercial real estate:        
Corporate banking $89,014
 $106,212
 $
 $93,495
Middle market commercial real estate 60,086
 83,173
 
 69,206
Santander real estate capital 2,618
 2,618
 
 2,717
Commercial and industrial 68,135
 74,034
 
 40,163
CRE $87,252
 $92,180
 $
 $83,154
C&I 24,816
 26,814
 
 25,338
Multifamily 10,370
 11,127
 
 9,919
 2,927
 3,807
 
 10,594
Other commercial 1,038
 1,038
 
 639
 2,190
 2,205
 
 4,769
Consumer:                
Residential mortgages 175,070
 222,142
 
 160,373
 99,815
 149,887
 
 122,357
Home equity loans and lines of credit 48,872
 48,872
 
 39,976
 37,496
 39,675
 
 41,783
RICs and auto loans - originated 
 
 
 8
RICs and auto loans - purchased 34,373
 44,296
 
 55,036
Personal unsecured loans(2)
 26,008
 26,008
 
 19,437
RICs and auto loans 3,201
 3,222
 
 5,132
Personal unsecured loans 10
 10
 
 7
Other consumer 19,335
 23,864
 
 15,915
 2,995
 2,995
 
 3,293
With an allowance recorded:                
Commercial:                
Commercial real estate:        
Corporate banking 80,440
 85,309
 21,202
 71,667
Middle market commercial real estate 50,270
 66,059
 12,575
 44,158
Santander real estate capital 8,591
 8,591
 890
 4,623
Commercial and industrial 216,578
 232,204
 57,855
 166,999
Multifamily 2,930
 2,930
 876
 4,292
CRE 59,778
 88,746
 10,725
 59,320
C&I 130,209
 147,959
 35,596
 155,194
Other commercial 7,218
 7,218
 5,198
 5,217
 22,587
 27,669
 3,986
 41,251
Consumer:                
Residential mortgages 284,630
 324,188
 38,764
 303,845
 141,093
 238,571
 13,006
 197,529
Home equity loans and lines of credit 49,862
 63,775
 3,467
 60,855
 33,498
 39,406
 3,182
 47,019
RICs and auto loans - originated 3,271,316
 3,332,297
 997,169
 2,298,646
RICs and auto loans - purchased 1,855,948
 2,097,520
 471,687
 2,155,028
RICs and auto loans 3,844,618
 3,846,003
 913,642
 4,544,652
Personal unsecured loans 16,858
 17,126
 6,846
 9,349
 14,716
 14,947
 4,282
 15,449
Other consumer 13,093
 17,253
 2,442
 15,878
 51,090
 54,061
 974
 30,575
Total:                
Commercial $597,288
 $680,513
 $98,596
 $513,095
 $329,759
 $389,380
 $50,307
 $379,620
Consumer 5,795,365
 6,217,341
 1,520,375
 5,134,346
 4,228,532
 4,388,777
 935,086
 5,007,796
Total $6,392,653
 $6,897,854
 $1,618,971
 $5,647,441
 $4,558,291
 $4,778,157
 $985,393
 $5,387,416
(1)Recorded investment includes deferred loan fees, net of deferred origination costs and unamortized purchase premiums, and net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments.
(2)Includes LHFS.discounts.

173



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

122





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

The Company recognized interest income, not including the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, of $657.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 on approximately $5.2 billion of TDRs that were returned to performing status as of December 31, 2016.

 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2018
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 Related
Specific
Reserves
 Average
Recorded
Investment
 (in thousands)
(in thousands) 
Recorded Investment(1)
 UPB Related
Specific
Reserves
 Average
Recorded
Investment
With no related allowance recorded:                
Commercial:                
Commercial real estate:        
Corporate banking $97,975
 $108,760
 $
 $95,447
Middle market commercial real estate 78,325
 123,495
 
 103,059
Santander real estate capital 2,815
 2,815
 
 2,899
Commercial and industrial 12,190
 17,513
 
 13,494
CRE $79,056
 $88,960
 $
 $102,731
C&I 25,859
 36,067
 
 54,200
Multifamily 9,467
 10,488
 
 15,980
 18,260
 19,175
 
 14,074
Other commercial 239
 239
 
 797
 7,348
 7,380
 
 4,058
Consumer:                
Residential mortgages 145,676
 190,240
 
 140,285
 144,899
 201,905
 
 126,110
Home equity loans and lines of credit 31,080
 31,080
 
 29,155
 46,069
 48,021
 
 49,233
RICs and auto loans - originated 15
 15
 
 8
RICs and auto loans - purchased 75,698
 96,768
 
 931,411
RICs and auto loans 7,062
 9,072
 
 11,628
Personal unsecured loans 12,865
 12,865
 
 6,729
 4
 4
 
 42
Other consumer 12,495
 16,002
 
 9,047
 3,591
 3,591
 
 6,574
With an allowance recorded:                
Commercial:                
Corporate banking 62,894
 66,460
 12,314
 75,261
Middle market commercial real estate 38,046
 43,745
 5,624
 49,072
Santander real estate capital 654
 782
 98
 2,266
Commercial and industrial 117,419
 146,394
 35,607
 94,030
CRE 58,861
 66,645
 6,449
 78,271
C&I 180,178
 197,937
 66,329
 178,474
Multifamily 5,653
 5,658
 443
 5,816
 
 
 
 3,101
Other commercial 3,216
 4,465
 750
 2,574
 59,914
 59,914
 21,342
 68,813
Consumer:                
Residential mortgages 323,060
 360,450
 40,818
 303,455
 253,965
 289,447
 29,156
 288,029
Home equity loans and lines of credit 71,847
 86,355
 3,757
 65,990
 60,540
 71,475
 4,272
 62,684
RICs and auto loans - originated 1,325,975
 1,359,585
 408,208
 691,244
RICs and auto loans - purchased 2,454,108
 2,773,536
 454,926
 1,227,054
RICs and auto loans 5,244,685
 5,346,013
 1,415,709
 5,633,094
Personal unsecured loans 1,839
 2,226
 430
 9,158
 16,182
 16,446
 6,875
 16,330
Other consumer 18,663
 23,790
 3,225
 17,479
 10,060
 13,275
 1,162
 10,826
Total:                
Commercial $428,893
 $530,814
 $54,836
 $460,695
 $429,476
 $476,078
 $94,120
 $503,722
Consumer 4,473,321
 4,952,912
 911,364
 3,431,015
 5,787,057
 5,999,249
 1,457,174
 6,204,550
Total $4,902,214
 $5,483,726
 $966,200
 $3,891,710
 $6,216,533
 $6,475,327
 $1,551,294
 $6,708,272
(1)Recorded investment includes deferred loan fees, net of deferred origination costs and unamortized purchase premiums, and net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments.discounts.

The Company recognized interest income of $451.1$585.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 on approximately $4.0$3.6 billion of TDRs that were returned toin performing status as of December 31, 2015.2019 and $761.0 million on approximately $5.1 billion of TDRs that were in performing status as of December 31, 2018.


174



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators

CommercialThe Company's Risk Department performs a credit quality disaggregated by class of financing receivables is summarized according to standard regulatoryanalysis and classifies certain loans over an internal threshold based on the commercial lending classifications as follows:described below:

PASS. Asset is well-protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or guarantors, if any, or by the fair value less costs to acquire and sell any underlying collateral in a timely manner.

SPECIAL MENTION. Asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, which, if left uncorrected, may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for an asset at some future date. Special Mentionmention assets are not adversely classified.

SUBSTANDARD. Asset is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. A well-defined weakness or weaknesses exist that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. The loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.

DOUBTFUL. Exhibits the inherent weaknesses of a substandard credit. Additional characteristics exist that make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values. Possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the credit, an estimated loss cannot yet be determined.

123




NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

LOSS. Credit is considered uncollectible and of such little value that it does not warrant consideration as an active asset. There may be some recovery or salvage value, but there is doubt as to whether, how much or when the recovery would occur.

Commercial loan credit quality indicators by class of financing receivables are summarized as follows:

          
December 31, 2016 Corporate
banking
 Middle
market
commercial
real estate
 Santander
real estate
capital
 Commercial and industrial Multifamily Remaining
commercial
 
Total(1)
December 31, 2019 CRE C&I Multifamily Remaining
commercial
 
Total(1)
 (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Rating:                        
Pass $3,303,428
 $4,843,468
 $1,170,259
 $17,865,871
 $8,515,866
 $6,804,184
 $42,503,076
 $7,513,567
 $14,816,669
 $8,356,377
 $7,072,083
 $37,758,696
Special Mention 144,125
 136,989
 44,281
 541,828
 120,731
 10,651
 998,605
Special mention 508,133
 743,462
 260,764
 260,051
 1,772,410
Substandard 226,206
 161,962
 23,822
 503,185
 47,083
 11,932
 974,190
 379,199
 321,842
 24,063
 44,919
 770,023
Doubtful 19,350
 38,153
 
 22,183
 
 5,636
 85,322
 24,378
 47,010
 
 13,741
 85,129
N/A (2)
 42,746
 722,005
 
 
 764,751
Total commercial loans $3,693,109
 $5,180,572
 $1,238,362
 $18,933,067
 $8,683,680
 $6,832,403
 $44,561,193
 $8,468,023
 $16,650,988
 $8,641,204
 $7,390,794
 $41,151,009
(1)Financing receivables include LHFS.

(2)Consists of loans that have not been assigned a regulatory rating.
          
December 31, 2015 Corporate
banking
 Middle
market
commercial
real estate
 Santander
real estate
capital
 Commercial and industrial Multifamily Remaining
commercial
 
Total(1)
December 31, 2018 CRE C&I Multifamily Remaining
commercial
 
Total(1)
 (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Rating:                        
Pass $2,940,461
 $4,335,501
 $1,363,031
 $19,730,170
 $9,114,466
 $6,211,672
 $43,695,301
 $7,655,627
 $14,003,134
 $8,072,407
 $7,466,419
 $37,197,587
Special Mention 188,324
 33,256
 144,597
 516,776
 249,165
 28,686
 1,160,804
Special mention 628,097
 772,704
 204,262
 67,313
 1,672,376
Substandard 345,668
 163,939
 42,187
 475,405
 74,410
 15,601
 1,117,210
 373,356
 408,515
 32,446
 36,255
 850,572
Doubtful 206,064
 82,554
 654
 272,984
 422
 284
 562,962
 4,655
 38,373
 
 60,017
 103,045
N/A (2)
 42,746
 515,432
 
 
 558,178
Total commercial loans $3,680,517
 $4,615,250
 $1,550,469
 $20,995,335
 $9,438,463
 $6,256,243
 $46,536,277
 $8,704,481
 $15,738,158
 $8,309,115
 $7,630,004
 $40,381,758
(1)Financing receivables include LHFS.
(2)Consists of loans that have not been assigned a regulatory rating.

175



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Consumer Lending Asset Quality Indicators-Credit Score

Consumer financing receivables for which either an internal or external credit score is a core component of the allowance model are summarized by credit score as follows:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Credit Score Range(2)
 
RICs and auto loans(3)
 Percent 
RICs and auto loans(3)
 Percent December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
 (dollars in thousands)
No FICO®(1)
 $4,154,228
 15.7% $4,913,606
 19.2%
(dollars in thousands) RICs and auto loans Percent RICs and auto loans Percent
No FICO(1)
 $3,178,459
 8.7% $3,136,449
 10.7%
<600 14,100,215
 53.2% 13,374,065
 52.3% 15,013,670
 41.2% 14,884,385
 50.7%
600-639 4,597,541
 17.4% 4,260,982
 16.7% 5,957,970
 16.3% 5,185,412
 17.7%
>=640 3,646,485
 13.7% 3,004,854
 11.8% 12,306,648
 33.8% 6,128,974
 20.9%
Total $26,498,469
 100.0% $25,553,507
 100.0% $36,456,747
 100.0% $29,335,220
 100.0%
(1) Consists primarily of loans for which credit scores are not considered in the ALLL model.
(2) Credit scores updated quarterly.
(3) RICs and auto loans include $924.7 million and $905.7 million of LHFS at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 that do not have an allowance.
(1)Consists primarily of loans for which credit scores are not considered in the ALLL model.
(2)FICO score at origination.

Consumer Lending Asset Quality Indicators-FICO® and LTV Ratio

For both residential and home equity loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated in the loan and lease loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge-off.charge off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience within various current LTV bands within these portfolios. LTVs are refreshed quarterly by applying Federal Housing Finance Agency Home price index changes at a state-by-state level to the last known appraised value of the property to estimate the current LTV. The Company's ALLL incorporates the refreshed LTV information to update the distribution of defaulted loans by LTV as well as the associated loss given default for each LTV band. Reappraisals on a recurring basis at the individual property level are not considered cost-effective or necessary; however, reappraisals are performed on certain higher risk accounts to support line management activities, default servicing decisions, or when other situations arise for which the Company believes the additional expense is warranted.


176



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

124





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Residential mortgage and home equity financing receivables by LTV and FICO® range are summarized as follows:
 
Residential Mortgages(1)(3)
 
Residential Mortgages(1)(3)
December 31, 2016 
N/A(2)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-80% 80.01-90% 90.01-100% 100.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO® Score
 (dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2019 
N/A(2)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-80% 80.01-90% 90.01-100% 100.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO Score (dollars in thousands)
N/A(2)
 $696,730
 $102,911
 $4,635
 $2,327
 $196
 $150
 $
 $806,949
 $92,052
 $4,654
 $534
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $97,240
<600 80
 228,794
 70,793
 49,253
 30,720
 6,622
 5,885
 392,147
 33
 180,465
 48,344
 36,401
 27,262
 1,518
 2,325
 296,348
600-639 147
 152,728
 48,006
 42,443
 42,356
 4,538
 6,675
 296,893
 31
 122,675
 45,189
 34,690
 37,358
 636
 1,108
 241,687
640-679 98
 283,054
 101,495
 81,669
 93,552
 5,287
 4,189
 569,344
 1,176
 263,781
 89,179
 78,215
 87,067
 946
 1,089
 521,453
680-719 112
 487,257
 193,351
 136,937
 146,090
 6,766
 11,795
 982,308
 7,557
 511,018
 219,766
 132,076
 155,857
 1,583
 2,508
 1,030,365
720-759 56
 767,192
 348,524
 163,163
 178,264
 8,473
 16,504
 1,482,176
 14,427
 960,290
 413,532
 195,335
 191,850
 1,959
 3,334
 1,780,727
>=760 495
 2,415,542
 860,582
 219,014
 180,841
 11,134
 20,740
 3,708,348
 36,621
 3,324,285
 938,368
 353,989
 203,665
 3,673
 7,281
 4,867,882
Grand Total $697,718
 $4,437,478
 $1,627,386
 $694,806
 $672,019
 $42,970
 $65,788
 $8,238,165
 $151,897
 $5,367,168
 $1,754,912
 $830,706
 $703,059
 $10,315
 $17,645
 $8,835,702
(1) IncludesExcludes LHFS.
(2) Residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO® score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO® score is unavailable.
(3) Allowance model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and combined LTV ("CLTV") for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.

  
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit(2)
December 31, 2016 
N/A(1)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-90% 90.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO® Score
 (dollars in thousands)
N/A(1)
 $172,836
 $530
 $157
 $
 $
 $173,523
<600 10,198
 166,702
 64,446
 14,474
 12,684
 268,504
600-639 7,323
 143,666
 68,415
 16,680
 8,873
 244,957
640-679 10,225
 278,913
 139,940
 27,823
 14,127
 471,028
680-719 11,507
 461,285
 271,264
 39,668
 25,158
 808,882
720-759 12,640
 662,217
 383,186
 45,496
 28,608
 1,132,147
>=760 25,425
 1,814,060
 919,295
 94,522
 48,849
 2,902,151
Grand Total $250,154
 $3,527,373
 $1,846,703
 $238,663
 $138,299
 $6,001,192

(1) Residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO® score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO® score is unavailable.
(2) AllowanceALLL model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and CLTV for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.

  
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit(2)
December 31, 2019 
N/A(1)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-90% 90.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO Score (dollars in thousands)
N/A(1)
 $176,138
 $189
 $153
 $
 $
 $176,480
<600 824
 215,977
 66,675
 11,467
 4,459
 299,402
600-639 1,602
 147,089
 34,624
 4,306
 3,926
 191,547
640-679 9,964
 264,021
 78,645
 8,079
 3,626
 364,335
680-719 17,120
 478,817
 146,529
 12,558
 9,425
 664,449
720-759 25,547
 665,647
 204,104
 12,606
 10,857
 918,761
>=760 61,411
 1,639,702
 408,812
 30,259
 15,186
 2,155,370
Grand Total $292,606
 $3,411,442
 $939,542
 $79,275
 $47,479
 $4,770,344
(1) Excludes LHFS.
(2)Home equity loans and lines of credit in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO score is unavailable.
(3)ALLL model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and CLTV for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.
 
Residential Mortgages(1)(3)
 
Residential Mortgages(1)(3)
December 31, 2015 
N/A (2)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-80% 80.01-90% 90.01-100% 100.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO® Score
 (dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018 
N/A (2)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-80% 80.01-90% 90.01-100% 100.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO Score (dollars in thousands)
N/A(2)
 $468,624
 $12,251
 $2,770
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $483,645
 $87,808
 $4,465
 $
 $
 $423
 $
 $
 $92,696
<600 128
 236,107
 87,871
 53,621
 37,437
 9,407
 9,814
 434,385
 69
 225,647
 54,101
 35,625
 26,863
 2,450
 4,604
 349,359
600-639 1
 164,571
 56,149
 48,965
 46,247
 5,531
 8,494
 329,958
 35
 157,281
 47,712
 34,124
 37,901
 943
 1,544
 279,540
640-679 230
 271,557
 110,301
 94,738
 107,858
 10,003
 12,671
 607,358
 
 308,780
 112,811
 76,512
 101,057
 1,934
 1,767
 602,861
680-719 19
 488,461
 219,492
 157,938
 170,519
 10,441
 25,241
 1,072,111
 
 560,920
 266,877
 148,283
 175,889
 3,630
 3,593
 1,159,192
720-759 339
 713,358
 393,638
 174,507
 199,703
 12,517
 24,803
 1,518,865
 50
 1,061,969
 535,840
 210,046
 218,177
 4,263
 6,704
 2,037,049
>=760 84
 2,094,970
 784,463
 248,123
 186,966
 23,703
 25,214
 3,363,523
 213
 3,518,916
 1,253,733
 354,629
 220,695
 6,477
 9,102
 5,363,765
Grand Total $469,425
 $3,981,275
 $1,654,684
 $777,892
 $748,730
 $71,602
 $106,237
 $7,809,845
 $88,175
 $5,837,978
 $2,271,074
 $859,219
 $781,005
 $19,697
 $27,314
 $9,884,462

(1) Includes LHFS.
(2) Residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO® score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO® score is unavailable.
(3) Allowance model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and CLTV for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.
(1)Excludes LHFS.
(2)Residential mortgages in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO score is unavailable.
(3)ALLL model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and CLTV for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.

177



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

125





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

 
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit(1)
 
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit(2)
December 31, 2015 
N/A(1)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-90% 90.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO® Score
 (dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018 
N/A(1)
 LTV<=70% 70.01-90% 90.01-110% LTV>110% Grand Total
FICO Score (dollars in thousands)
N/A(1)
 $192,379
 $390
 $305
 $
 $
 $193,074
 $133,436
 $841
 $197
 $
 $5
 $134,479
<600 11,110
 155,306
 79,389
 22,373
 22,261
 290,439
 1,130
 209,536
 64,202
 14,948
 5,988
 295,804
600-639 8,871
 140,277
 83,548
 20,766
 12,525
 265,987
 398
 166,384
 48,543
 7,932
 2,780
 226,037
640-679 12,534
 254,481
 174,223
 32,925
 26,565
 500,728
 919
 305,642
 112,937
 10,311
 6,887
 436,696
680-719 14,273
 431,818
 317,260
 56,589
 31,722
 851,662
 869
 527,374
 215,824
 17,231
 13,482
 774,780
720-759 12,673
 614,748
 425,744
 63,840
 39,981
 1,156,986
 1,139
 732,467
 292,516
 20,812
 14,677
 1,061,611
>=760 34,579
 1,644,168
 1,007,561
 135,571
 70,477
 2,892,356
 2,280
 1,844,830
 614,221
 46,993
 27,939
 2,536,263
Grand Total $286,419
 $3,241,188
 $2,088,030
 $332,064
 $203,531
 $6,151,232
 $140,171
 $3,787,074
 $1,348,440
 $118,227
 $71,758
 $5,465,670
(1)Home equity loans and lines of credit in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO score is unavailable.
(2)Allowance model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and CLTV for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.

(1) Residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit in the "N/A" range for LTV or FICO® score primarily represent the balance on loans serviced by others, in run-off portfolios or for which a current LTV or FICO® score is unavailable.
(2) Allowance model considers LTV for financing receivables in first lien position for the Company and CLTV for financing receivables in second lien position for the Company.

TDR Loans

The following table summarizes the Company’s performing and non-performing TDRs at the dates indicated:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 
December 31, 2018(2)
(in thousands)    
Performing$5,169,788
 $3,984,382
 $3,646,354
 $5,069,879
Non-performing937,127
 704,600
 673,777
 908,490
Total(1)$6,106,915
 $4,688,982
 $4,320,131
 $5,978,369

Commercial Loan TDRs

All of the Company’s commercial loan modifications are based on the circumstances of the individual customer, including specific customers' complete relationships with the Company. Loan terms are modified to meet each borrower’s specific circumstances at a point in time and may allow for modifications such as term extensions, interest rate reductions, etc. Modifications for commercial loan TDRs generally, although not always, result in bifurcation of the original loan into A and B notes. The A note is restructured to allow for upgraded risk rating and return to accrual status after a sustained period of payment performance has been achieved (typically six months for monthly payment schedules). The B note, if any, is structured as a deficiency note; the balance is charged off but the debt is usually not forgiven. Commercial TDRs are generally placed on non-accrual status until the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is reasonably assured and a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved (typically six months for a monthly amortizing loan). TDRs are subject to analysis for specific reserves by either calculating the present value of expected future cash flows or, if collateral-dependent, calculating the fair value of the collateral less its estimated cost to sell. The TDR classification will remain on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.

Consumer Loan TDRs

The primary modification program for the Company’s residential mortgage and home equity portfolios is a proprietary program designed to keep customers in their homes and, when appropriate, prevent them from entering into foreclosure. The program is available to all customers facing a financial hardship regardless of their delinquency status. The main goal of the modification program is to review the customer’s entire financial condition to ensure that the proposed modified payment solution is affordable according to a specific debt-to-income ("DTI") ratio range. The main modification benefits of the program allow for term extensions, interest rate reductions, and/or deferment of principal. The Company reviews each customer on a case-by-case basis to determine which benefit or combination of benefits will be offered to achieve the target DTI range.


178



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





(1) Excludes LHFS.
NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)(2)

For the Company’s other consumer portfolios, including RICs and auto loans, the terms of the modifications generallyBalances at December 31, 2018 have been updated to include one or a combination of: a reduction ofRV/marine TDRs in the stated interest rate of the loan to a rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, an extension of the maturity date or principal forgiveness.

Consumer TDRs excluding RICs are generally placed on non-accrual status until the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is reasonably assured and a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved (typically six months for a monthly amortizing loan). Any loan that has remained current for the six months immediately prior to modification will remain on accrual status after the modification is implemented. After modification, RICs are classified as current and continue to accrue interest as long as they remain less than 60 days past due. The TDR classification will remain on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.

In addition to loans identified as TDRs above, the guidance also requires loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings to be considered TDRs and collateral-dependent, regardless of delinquency status. TDRs that are collateral-dependent loans must be written down to fair market value and classified as non-accrual/non-performing loans for the remaining life of the loan.

TDR Impact to ALLL

The ALLL is established to recognize losses inherent in funded loans intended to be held-for-investment that are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Prior to loans being placed in TDR status, the Company generally measures its allowance under a loss contingency methodology in which consumer loans with similar risk characteristics are pooled and loss experience information is monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, LTV and credit scores.

Upon TDR modification, the Company generally measures impairment based on a present value of expected future cash flows methodology considering all available evidence using the original effective interest rate or fair value of collateral, less costs to sell. The amount of the required ALLL is equal to the difference between the loan’s impaired value and the recorded investment.

When a consumer TDR subsequently defaults, the Company generally measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, if applicable, less its estimated cost to sell.

Typically, commercial loans whose terms are modified in a TDR will have been$56.0 million ($55.7 million performing, $0.4 million non-performing) that were not identified as impaired prior to modification and accounted for generally using a present value of expected future cash flows methodology, unless the loan is considered collateral-dependent. Loans considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on their fair values of collateral less estimated cost to sell. Accordingly, upon TDR modification or if a TDR modification subsequently defaults, the allowance methodology remains unchanged.

179



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)at that date.

Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type
The Company's modifications consist primarily of term extensions. The following tables detail the activity of TDRs for the yearyears ended December 31, 20162019, 2018 and December 31, 2015, respectively:2017:
     
Year Ended December 31, 2016Year Ended December 31, 2019
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
(1)
 Term ExtensionPrincipal Forbearance
Other(4)
Post-TDR Recorded Investment(2)
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
(1)
 
Post-TDR Recorded Investment(2)
(dollars in thousands)(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:          
Commercial real estate:     
Corporate Banking91
 $198,275
 $567
$(24,861)$922
$174,903
Middle market commercial real estate
 
 



Santander real estate capital1
 8,729
 

(18)8,711
Commercial and industrial1,416
 47,003
 (7)
(149)46,847
CRE57
 $101,885
 $98,984
C&I91
 2,591
 2,601
Consumer:          
Residential mortgages(3)
277
 36,203
 (53)
9,982
46,132
112
 15,232
 15,498
Home equity loans and lines of credit161
 10,360
 

416
10,776
148
 14,671
 15,795
RICs and auto loans - originated155,114
 2,878,648
 (438)
(292)2,877,918
RICs - purchased42,774
 496,224
 (2,353)
(115)493,756
RICs and auto loans74,458
 1,274,067
 1,277,756
Personal unsecured loans19,723
 30,845
 

(744)30,101
211
 2,543
 2,572
Other consumer691
 18,246
 (38)
(1,133)17,075
72
 2,572
 2,556
Total220,248
 $3,724,533
 $(2,322)$(24,861)$8,869
$3,706,219
75,149
 $1,413,561
 $1,415,762
(1) Pre-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance prior to the month in which the modification occurred.
(2) Post-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance for the month in which the modification occurred.
(3) The post-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amounts for residential mortgages exclude interest reserves.
(4) Other modifications may include modifications such as interest rate reductions, fee waivers, or capitalization of fees.


180



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

126





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

     
Year Ended December 31, 2015Year Ended December 31, 2018
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
(1)
 Term ExtensionPrincipal Forbearance
Other(4)
Post-TDR Recorded Investment(2)
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
(1)
 
Post-TDR Recorded Investment(2)
(dollars in thousands)(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:      
Commercial real estate:     
Corporate Banking73
 $55,896
 $(1,027)$(4,159)$(194)$50,516
Middle market commercial real estate2
 17,024
 

(2,110)14,914
Santander real estate capital1
 4,977
 

(7)4,970
Commercial and industrial615
 23,179
 
(1,469)
21,710
CRE99
 $145,214
 $140,153
C&I247
 9,932
 9,515
Consumer:          
Residential mortgages(3)
769
 114,731
 10
(911)265
114,095
189
 32,606
 31,770
Home equity loans and lines of credit470
 31,848
 

(256)31,592
159
 10,629
 10,545
RICs and auto loans - originated78,576
 1,486,951
 (335)
(274)1,486,342
RICs - purchased175,780
 2,412,434
 (4,619)
(829)2,406,986
RICs and auto loans132,408
 2,204,895
 2,216,157
Personal unsecured loans16,266
 28,099
 
(430)(96)27,573
363
 4,650
 4,589
Other consumer55
 3,218
 (1)
(217)3,000
11
 308
 228
Total272,607
 $4,178,357
 $(5,972)$(6,969)$(3,718)$4,161,698
133,476
 $2,408,234
 $2,412,957
(1) Pre-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance prior to the month in which the modification occurred.
(2)Post-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance for the month in which the modification occurred.
(3)The post-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amounts for residential mortgages exclude interest reserves.
(4)Other modifications may include modifications such as interest rate reductions, fee waivers, or capitalization of fees.

     
Year Ended December 31, 2014Year Ended December 31, 2017
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
(1)
 Term ExtensionPrincipal Forbearance
Other(4)
Post-TDR Recorded Investment(2)
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-TDR Recorded
Investment
(1)
 
Post-TDR Recorded Investment(2)
(dollars in thousands)(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:          
Commercial real estate:     
Corporate Banking99
 $115,492
 $(355)$(8,110)$(670)$106,357
Middle market commercial real estate7
 70,353
 

(2,900)67,453
Santander real estate capital
 
 



Commercial and industrial94
 9,746
 (3)(60)
9,683
CRE75
 $152,550
 $124,710
C&I790
 24,915
 24,862
Multi-family
 
 
Other commercial
 
 
Consumer:     
     
Residential mortgages(3)
554
 103,908
 (18)364
987
105,241
212
 40,578
 40,834
Home equity loans and lines of credit115
 10,509
 


10,509
70
 5,554
 6,568
RICs and auto loans - originated2,871
 57,997
 

(93)57,904
RICs - purchased140,029
 1,918,542
 (7,504)
(2,364)1,908,674
RICs and auto loans206,963
 3,498,518
 3,493,806
Personal unsecured loans14,465
 21,808
 
(208)(127)21,473
391
 4,678
 4,548
Other consumer13
 863
 (1)
30
892
109
 3,055
 3,079
Total158,252
 $2,311,721
 $(7,914)$(8,012)$(5,137)$2,290,658
208,610
 $3,729,848
 $3,698,407
(1) Pre-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance prior to the month in which the modification occurred.
(2)Post-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance for the month in which the modification occurred.
(3)The post-TDR modification outstanding recorded investment amounts for residential mortgages exclude interest reserves.
(4)Other modifications may include modifications such as interest rate reductions, fee waivers, or capitalization of fees.

181



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

TDRs Which Have Subsequently Defaulted

A TDR is generally considered to have subsequently defaulted if, after modification, the loan becomes 90 days past due.DPD. For RICs, a TDR is considered to have subsequently defaulted after modification at the earlier of the date of repossession or 120 days past due.DPD. The following table details period-end recorded investment balances of TDRs that became TDRs during the past twelve-month period and have subsequently defaulted during the yearyears ended December 31, 20162019, 2018, and December 31, 2015,2017, respectively.

127




NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2016 2015 20142019 2018 2017
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
(dollars in thousands)(dollars in thousands)
Commercial                      
Commercial and industrial264
 $16,996
 81
 $5,522
 18
 $4,496
CRE10
 $6,020
 7
 $21,654
 18
 $27,286
C&I122
 37,433
 155
 20,920
 205
 7,741
Other commercial5
 35
 
 
 2
 22
Consumer:                      
Residential mortgages63
 9,120
 46
 7,742
 55
 8,312
142
 16,368
 165
 20,783
 302
 36,112
Home equity loans and lines of credit15
 890
 15
 1,789
 9
 785
25
 1,867
 43
 2,609
 6
 257
RICs and auto loans48,686
 814,454
 51,202
 792,721
 6,398
 87,019
22,663
 375,216
 40,007
 673,875
 47,789
 831,102
Unsecured loans4,104
 6,155
 3,662
 4,083
 2,412
 2,531
Personal unsecured loans215
 2,061
 194
 1,743
 320
 3,250
Other consumer215
 3,117
 32
 1,773
 1
 27
3
 125
 
 
 35
 394
Total53,347
 $850,732
 55,038
 $813,630
 8,893
 $103,170
23,185
 $439,125
 40,571
 $741,584
 48,677
 $906,164
(1)The recorded investment represents the period-end balance at December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.balance. Does not include Chapter 7 bankruptcy TDRs.

182



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 5. OPERATING LEASE ASSETS, NET

The Company has operating leases, including leased vehicles and commercial equipment vehicles and aircraft, which are included in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets as Leased vehicles,Operating lease assets, net. The leased vehicle portfolio consists primarily of leases originated under the Chrysler Agreement.

Operating leases,lease assets, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015:

2018:
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015
  (in thousands)
Leased vehicles $13,603,494
 $11,297,752
Origination fees and other costs 23,141
 29,800
Manufacturer subvention payments (1,126,323) (1,048,713)
Leased vehicles, gross 12,500,312
 10,278,839
Less: accumulated depreciation (2,811,855) (1,901,004)
Leased vehicles, net $9,688,457
 $8,377,835
     
Commercial equipment vehicles and aircraft, gross $65,401
 $20,082
Less: accumulated depreciation (6,635) (504)
Commercial equipment vehicles and aircraft, net $58,766
 $19,578
     
Total operating leases, net $9,747,223
 $8,397,413

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not execute any bulk sales of leases originated under the Chrysler Capital program. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company executed a bulk sale of leases originated under the Chrysler Capital program with depreciated net capitalized costs of $1.3 billion and a net book value of $1.2 billion to a third party. The bulk sales agreement included certain provisions under which SC agreed to share in residual losses for lease terminations with losses over a specific percentage threshold. SC retained servicing on the leases sold. Due to the accelerated depreciation permitted for tax purposes, this sale generated large taxable gains that SC deferred through a qualified like-kind exchange program. An immaterial amount of taxable gain that did not qualify for deferral was recognized upon expiration of the reinvestment period.
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Leased vehicles $21,722,726
 $18,737,338
Less: accumulated depreciation (4,159,944) (3,518,025)
Depreciated net capitalized cost 17,562,782
 15,219,313
Origination fees and other costs 76,542
 66,967
Manufacturer subvention payments (1,177,342) (1,307,424)
Leased vehicles, net 16,461,982
 13,978,856
     
Commercial equipment vehicles and aircraft, gross 41,154
 130,274
Less: accumulated depreciation (7,397) (30,337)
Commercial equipment vehicles and aircraft, net 
 33,757
 99,937
     
Total operating lease assets, net(1)
 $16,495,739
 $14,078,793

The following summarizes the future minimum rental payments due to the Company as lessor under operating leases as of December 31, 20162019 (in thousands):

   
2017 1,606,095
2018 917,983
2019 268,161
2020 12,552
Total $2,804,791
2020 $2,706,652
2021 1,704,747
2022 572,819
2023 56,611
2024 2,542
Thereafter 7,817
Total $5,051,188

Lease income was $1.8$2.9 billion, $1.5$2.4 billion, and $0.8$2.0 billion for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018, and 2014,2017, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company recognized $135.9 million, $202.8 million, and $127.2 million, respectively, of net gains on the sale of operating lease assets that had been returned to the Company at the end of the lease term. These amounts are recorded within Miscellaneous income, net in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Lease expense was $1.3$2.1 billion, $1.1$1.8 billion, and $0.6$1.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018, and 2014,2017 respectively.

183128




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of premises and equipment, less accumulated depreciation, follows:
 AT DECEMBER 31,    
 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Land $97,583
 $97,636
 $84,194
 $87,531
Office buildings 225,578
 222,778
 177,246
 185,218
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 428,606
 384,610
 485,851
 427,245
Leasehold improvement 530,119
 497,733
 543,816
 509,314
Computer Software 921,231
 793,121
Computer software 990,758
 990,429
Automobiles and other 7,960
 9,340
 1,532
 1,475
Total premise and equipment 2,211,077
 2,005,218
 2,283,397
 2,201,212
Less accumulated depreciation (1,214,579) (970,756) (1,485,275) (1,395,272)
Total premises and equipments, net $996,498
 $1,034,462
Total premises and equipment, net $798,122
 $805,940

Depreciation expense for premises and equipment, included in Occupancy and equipment expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $282.2$226.1 million, $251.2$268.0 million, and $213.7$300.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2019, 2018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

In 2014, certain changes to the Company’s information technology ("IT") strategy resulted in the Company conducting an assessment of its capitalized costs related to internally developed software classified as held and used. As part of that assessment, the Company identified a number of assets it determined to have no future service potential as well as assets whose carrying values were not considered recoverable in accordance with applicable accounting standards. This assessment resulted in the Company recording an impairment charge of $64.5 million of capitalized software for the year ended December 31, 2014. No impairment charges of capitalized software were recorded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

During the year ended December 31, 2016,2019 the Company sold eight properties forproperties. The Company received net proceeds of $2.0 million from the sales, with a net gain of $2.4$350.0 thousand. The carrying value of these properties was $1.7 million.

In addition to the eight properties sold the Company also completed the sale of 14 bank branches to First Commonwealth Bank as discussed further in Note 1 to these Consolidated Financial Statements. The gain on the sale of these branches was immaterial.

In 2018 the Company sold 13 properties. The Company received net proceeds of $5.8 million from the sales, with a net gain of $2.1 million. The carrying value of these properties was $3.6 million. Of the 13 properties sold, the Company leased back one property and accounted for the transaction as a sale-leaseback resulting in recognition of a $154.0 thousand gain on the date of the transaction, and deferral of the remaining $1.3 million gain. Gain on sale of premises and equipment are included within Miscellaneous income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2015,2017, the Company sold one property, which resultedand leased back 10 properties. The Company received net proceeds of $58.0 million in connection with the sales. The carrying value of the properties sold was $15.3 million. The Company accounted for the transaction as a sale-leaseback resulting in recognition of a $13.3 million gain. The Company sold two properties for a $22.0$31.2 million gain on the date of the transactions, and deferral of the remaining $11.5 million. The remaining deferral was recognized in 2014.equity upon the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2019.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company recorded impairment of capitalized assets in the amount of $23.4 million, $14.8 million, and $15.5 million, respectively. These were primarily related to capitalized software assets.


NOTE 7. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS

Variable Interest EntitiesVIEs

The Company transfers retail installment contractsRICs and leased vehiclesvehicle leases into newly formed Trusts that then issue one or more classes of notes payable backed by the collateral. The Company’s continuing involvement with these Trusts is in the form of servicing the assets and, generally, through holding residual interests in the Trusts. These transactions are structured without recourse. The Trusts are considered VIEs under U.S. GAAP and when the Company holds the residual interest, are consolidated because the Company has: (a) power over the significant activities of each entity as servicer ofmay or may not consolidate these VIEs on its financial assets and (b) through the residual interest and in some cases debt securities held by the Company, an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from each VIE that are potentially significant to the VIE. When the Company does not retain any debt or equity interests in its securitizations or subsequently sells such interests it records these transactions as sales of the associated retail installment contracts.Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The collateral borrowings under credit facilities and securitization notes payable of the Company'sCompany’s consolidated VIEs remain on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.Financial Statements. The Company recognizes finance charges, fee income, and provisionprovisions for credit losses on the retail installment contracts,RICs, and leased vehicles and interest expense on the debt. All of the Trusts are separate legal entities and the collateral and other assets held by these subsidiaries are legally owned by them and are not available to other creditors.


184



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 7. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS (continued)

Revolving credit facilities generally also utilize entities that are considered VIEs, which are included on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company also uses a titling trust to originate and hold its leased vehicles and the associated leases in order to facilitate the pledging of leases to financing facilities or the sale of leases to other parties without incurring the costs and administrative burden of retitling the leaseleased vehicles. This titling trust is considered a VIE.

129




NOTE 7. VIEs (continued)

On-balance sheet VIEs

The assets of consolidated VIEs that are included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, presented based upon the legal transfer of the underlying assets in order to reflect legal ownership, and that can be used only to settle obligations of the consolidated VIEVIEs and the liabilities of these consolidatedthose entities for which creditors (or beneficial interest holders) do not have recourse to ourthe Company's general credit, were as follows:follows(1):

 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 (in thousands)
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Assets        
Restricted cash $2,087,177
 $1,842,877
 $1,629,870
 $1,582,158
Loans(1)
 23,568,066
 23,494,541
Leased vehicles, net 8,564,628
 6,497,310
Loans 26,532,328
 24,098,638
Operating lease assets, net 16,461,982
 13,978,855
Various other assets 686,253
 630,017
 625,359
 685,383
Total Assets $34,906,124
 $32,464,745
 $45,249,539
 $40,345,034
Liabilities        
Notes payable $31,667,976
 $30,628,837
 $34,249,851
 $31,949,839
Various other liabilities 91,234
 85,844
 188,093
 122,010
Total Liabilities $31,759,210
 $30,714,681
 $34,437,944
 $32,071,849
(1) Includes $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion of RICs held for sale at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Certain amounts shown above are greater than the amounts shown in the corresponding line items in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets due to intercompany eliminations between the VIEs and other entities consolidated by the Company. The amounts shown above are also impacted by purchase accounting marks from the Change in Control. For example, for most of its securitizations, the Company retains one or more of the lowest tranches of bonds. Rather than showing investment in bonds as an asset and the associated debt as a liability, these amounts are eliminated in consolidation as required by GAAP.

The Company retains servicing responsibilityrights for receivables transferred to the Trusts and receives a monthly servicing fee on the outstanding principal balance. Supplemental fees, such as late charges, for servicing the receivables are reflected in miscellaneous income.Miscellaneous income, net. As of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, the Company was servicing $27.4$27.3 billion and $27.3$27.1 billion, respectively, of gross RICs that have been transferred to consolidated Trusts. The remainder of the Company’s RICs remains unpledged.


185



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 7. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS (continued)

Below is aA summary of the cash flows received from the on-balance sheetconsolidated Trusts for the periods indicated:    years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:
 Year Ended December 31, 2016 Year Ended December 31, 2015 Period from January 28, 2014 to December 31, 2014 Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Assets securitized $15,828,921
 $18,516,641
 $12,509,094
 $22,286,033
 $26,650,284
 $18,442,793
            
Net proceeds from new securitizations (1)
 $13,319,530
 $15,232,692
 $10,452,530
 $17,199,821
 $17,338,880
 $14,126,211
Net proceeds from sale of retained bonds 436,812
 
 
 251,602
 1,059,694
 499,354
Cash received for servicing fees (2)
 787,778
 700,156
 585,117
 990,612
 887,988
 866,210
Net distributions from Trusts (2)
 1,748,013
 1,960,418
 1,717,839
 3,615,461
 2,767,509
 2,613,032
Total cash received from Trusts $16,292,133
 $17,893,266
 $12,755,486
 $22,057,496
 $22,054,071
 $18,104,807
(1) Includes additional advances on existing securitizations.
(2) These amounts are not reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsSCF because the cash flows are between the VIEs and other entities included in the consolidation.

Off-balance sheet VIEs

The Company has completed sales to VIEs that met sale accounting treatment in accordance with applicable guidance. Due to the nature, purpose, and activity of these transactions, the Company determined for consolidation purposes that it either does not hold potentially significant variable interests or is not the primary beneficiary as a result of the Company's limited further involvement with the financial assets. For such transactions, the transferred financial assets are removed from the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. In certain situations, the Company remains the servicer of the financial assets and receives servicing fees that represent adequate compensation, and may reacquire assets from the Trusts through the exercise of an optional clean-up call, as permitted through the respective servicing agreements. The Company also recognizes a gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the cash proceeds and carrying value of the assets sold.

During the year ended December 31, 2016,2019, the Company executed onesold no RICs to VIEs in off-balance sheet securitization withsecuritizations. During the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017 the Company sold $2.9 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, of gross RICs to VIEs in which it has continuing involvement. off- balance sheet securitizations for a loss of $20.7 million and $13.0 million, respectively. Beginning in 2017, the transactions were executed under the Company's securitization platforms with Santander. Santander holds eligible vertical interests in notes and certificates of not less than 5% to comply with the DFA's risk retention rules.

130




NOTE 7. VIEs (continued)

As of both December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, the Company was servicing $2.7$2.4 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively, of gross RICs that have been sold in these and other off-balance sheet Chrysler Capital securitizations. securitizations and were subject to an optional clean-up call. The portfolio was comprised as follows:
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Related party SPAIN securitizations $2,149,008
 $3,461,793
Third party Chrysler Capital securitizations 259,197
 611,050
Total serviced for other portfolio $2,408,205
 $4,072,843

Other than repurchases of sold assets due to standard representations and warranties, the Company has no exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs.

A summary of the cash flows received from the off-balance sheet Trusts for the periods indicatedyears ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:
 Year Ended December 31, 2016 Year Ended December 31, 2015 Period from January 28, 2014 to December 31, 2014 Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Assets securitized (a)
 $904,108
 $1,557,099
 $1,802,461
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Receivables securitized (1)
 $
 $2,905,922
 $2,583,341
            
Net proceeds from new securitizations $876,592
 $1,578,320
 $1,894,052
 $
 $2,909,794
 $2,588,227
Cash received for servicing fees 47,804
 23,848
 17,000
 34,068
 43,859
 35,682
Total cash received from Trusts $924,396
 $1,602,168
 $1,911,052
 $34,068
 $2,953,653
 $2,623,909

(a)(1) Represents the unpaid principal balanceUPB at the time of original securitization.

The Company also makes certain equity investments in limited partnerships which are considered VIEs that invest in and lend to affordable housing designated real estate properties which qualify for federal tax credits under the LIHTC and New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”) programs. The Company acts only in a limited partner capacity in connection with these partnerships, so it has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships because it does not have the power to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance.


186



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 7. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS (continued)

As of December 31, 2016, the Company's risk of loss is limited to its investment in the partnerships, which totaled $76.1 million, compared to $59.5 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company does not provide financial or other support to the partnerships that is not contractually required.

The aggregate of the assets and liabilities held by the LIHTC investments was approximately $606.1 million and $412.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities are based on limited financial information available associated with certain of the partnerships. December 31, 2016 information is currently not available; however, management is not aware of any significant changes occurring in 2016.

Equity Method Investments

Equity method investments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 include the following:
   December 31,
2016
 December 31,
2015
   (in thousands)
Community reinvestment projects  $26,616
 $33,103
Tax credit investments  189,336
 197,113
Other equity method investments  39,392
 36,353
Total  $255,344
 $266,569

The Company's ownership interest in equity method investments ranges by investment from 2.0% to 99.0%. Equity investment (expense)/income, net for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was ($11.1 million), ($8.8 million) and $8.5 million, respectively.

Community reinvestment projects are investments in partnerships that are involved in construction and development of LIHTC and NMTC. The Company has a significant interest in the partnerships, but does not have a controlling interest in the entities.

In 2015, the Company invested $88.3 million in First Wind Texas Holdings, LLC, an entity that owns wind power generating projects in Texas. In 2016, there was no significant investment in tax credit investment entities. These tax credit investments are accounted for as equity method investments.

Other equity method investments primarily consist of small investments in capital trusts and other joint ventures in which the Company has an ownership interest, but does not have a controlling interest. It also includes $4.9 million and $5.0 million of investments accounted for as cost method investments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

187



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 8. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill

Goodwill is assigned to reporting units, which are operating segments or one level below an operating segment, as of the acquisition date. The following table presents activity in the Company's goodwill by its reportable segments for the year endedreporting units at December 31, 2016:2019:
  
Consumer and Business Banking (1)
 Auto Finance & Business Banking 
Commercial Real Estate(2) 
 
Commercial Banking(2)
 Global Corporate Banking SC Santander BanCorp Total
  (in thousands)
Goodwill at December 31, 2015 $1,550,320
 $445,923
 $
 $1,297,055
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $10,537
 $4,454,925
Disposals during the period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions during the period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Re-allocations during the period 329,983
 (445,923) 870,411
 (754,471) 
 
 


Impairment during the period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2016 $1,880,303

$

$870,411

$542,584

$131,130

$1,019,960

$10,537

$4,454,925
(in thousands) Consumer and Business Banking 
C&I(1)
 CRE and Vehicle Finance CIB SC Total
Goodwill at December 31, 2018 $1,880,304
 $1,412,995
 $
 $131,130
 $1,019,960
 $4,444,389
Re-allocations during the period 
 (1,095,071) 1,095,071
 
 
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2019 $1,880,304

$317,924
 $1,095,071

$131,130

$1,019,960

$4,444,389
(1) Consumer and Business Banking were formerly designated as the Retail Banking segment and was renamed during the first quarter of 2016.
(2) Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Banking were formerly disclosed as the combined Real Estate and Commercial Banking segment.

As more fully described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, during the first quarter of 2016, certain management and line of business changes became effective as the Company reorganized its management reporting in order to better align management teams and resources with the business goals of the Company and provide enhanced customer service to its clients. Accordingly, the following changes were made within the Company's reportable segments and reporting units to provide greater focus on each of its core businesses:

The small business banking, commercial business banking, and auto leasing lines of business formerly included in the Auto Finance and Business Banking reportable segment were combined with the Consumer and Business Banking reportable segment. The combined impact of these organizational changes resulted in the re-allocation of $330.0 million of goodwill from Auto Finance & Business Banking to Consumer and Business Banking.
The Real Estate and Commercial Banking reportable segment was split into the Commercial Real Estate reportable segment and the Commercial Banking reportable segment, resulting in the re-allocation of $870.4 million of goodwill from Commercial Banking to Commercial Real Estate.
The CEVF and dealer floor plan lines of business, formerly included in the Auto Finance & Business Banking reportable segment were moved to the Commercial Banking business unit, resulting in the re-allocation of $115.9 million of goodwill from Auto Finance & Business Banking toFormerly Commercial Banking.

The Company includingmade a change in its Santander BanCorp subsidiary, conducted its annualreportable segments beginning January 1, 2019 and, accordingly, has re-allocated goodwill to the related reporting units based on the estimated fair value of each reporting unit. Upon re-allocation, management tested the new reporting units for impairment, using the same methodology and assumptions as used in the October 1, 2018 goodwill impairment teststest, and noted that there was no impairment. See Note 23 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on the change in reportable segments.

During 2018, the reportable segments (and reporting units) formerly known as Commercial Banking and CRE were combined and presented as Commercial Banking. As a result, goodwill assigned to these former reporting units of October 1, 2016 using generally accepted valuation methods.$542.6 million and $870.4 million, for Commercial Banking and CRE, respectively, were combined. This change in reportable segments was impacted by the 2019 change in reportable segments discussed above.

There were no disposals, additions or impairments of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018. There were no disposals, additions or re-allocations of goodwill for 2017. After conducting an analysis of the fair value of each reporting unit as of October 1, 2016,2017, the Company determined that no impairmentthe full amount of goodwill attributed to Santander BanCorp of $10.5 million was identifiedimpaired and, as a result, of the annual impairment analyses.

During the fourth quarter of 2015,it was written off, primarily due to a declinethe unfavorable economic environment in SC's share price,Puerto Rico and the additional adverse effects of Hurricane Maria. The Company concluded thatevaluates goodwill for impairment at the fair value of our SC reporting unit was more likely than not less thanlevel. The Company completes its carrying value including goodwill. As a result, the Company performed an interimannual goodwill impairment analysistest as of December 31, 2015, the resultsOctober 1 each year. The Company conducted its last annual goodwill impairment tests as of which required the Company to record an impairment of $4.5 billion.

October 1, 2019 using generally accepted valuation methods.

188



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

131





NOTE 8. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES (continued)

Other Intangible Assets

The following table details amounts related to the Company's finite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to amortization for the dates indicated.
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
(in thousands)
(in thousands) 
Net Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Intangibles subject to amortization:               
Dealer networks$465,625
 $(114,375) $504,839
 $(75,161) $347,982
 $(232,018) $387,196
 $(192,804)
Chrysler relationship95,000
 (43,750) 110,000
 (28,750) 50,000
 (88,750) 65,000
 (73,750)
Core deposit intangibles
 (295,842) 763
 (295,079)
Trade name (1)
17,100
 (900) 
 
Trade name 13,500
 (4,500) 14,700
 (3,300)
Other intangibles19,519
 (98,492) 33,674
 (84,335) 4,722
 (52,450) 8,297
 (46,894)
Total intangibles subject to amortization597,244
 (553,359) 649,276
 (483,325) $416,204
 $(377,718) $475,193
 $(316,748)
Intangibles not subject to amortization:       
Trade name (1)

 
 18,000
 
Total Intangibles$597,244
 $(553,359) $667,276
 $(483,325)

(1)As ofAt December 31, 2015,2019 and December 31, 2018, the trade name intangible asset was identified as an indefinite-lived intangibleCompany did not have any intangibles, other than goodwill, that were not subject to amortization. Effective April 1, 2016, management has determined this asset to be a definite-lived intangible with a remaining useful life of 15 years.

Amortization expense on intangible assets was $70.0$59.0 million, $79.9$60.7 million, and $105.4$61.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015,2019, 2018, and December 31, 2014. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $3.5 million and $28.5 million relating to the trade name within amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014,2017, respectively.

During 2016, the Company's core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationship intangibles associated with its 2006 acquisitions, which were amortized straight-line over a period of ten years, became fully-amortized.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense related to intangibles, excluding any impairment charges, for each of the five succeeding calendar years ending December 31 is:
Year Calendar Year Amount Calendar Year Amount
 (in thousands) (in thousands)
2017 $61,491
2018 60,644
2019 58,975
2020 58,642
 $58,658
2021 55,603
 39,903
2022 39,901
2023 28,649
2024 24,792
Thereafter 301,889
 224,301

189



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 9. OTHER ASSETS

The following is a detail of items that comprise othercomprised Other assets at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015:2018:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 (in thousands)
Income tax receivables $294,796
 $634,262
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Operating lease ROU assets $656,472
 $
Deferred tax assets 503,681
 625,087
Accrued interest receivable 545,148
 566,602
Derivative assets at fair value 413,779
 383,034
 555,880
 511,916
Other repossessed assets 177,592
 172,749
 217,184
 225,890
Equity method investments 271,656
 204,687
MSRs 150,343
 151,490
 132,683
 152,121
OREO 66,828
 107,868
Income tax receivables 272,699
 373,245
Prepaid expenses 172,559
 174,406
 352,331
 198,951
OREO 116,705
 117,746
Miscellaneous assets and receivables 567,327
 473,896
 629,654
 686,969
Total other assets $1,893,101
 $2,107,583
 $4,204,216
 $3,653,336

Income tax receivables
132




NOTE 9. OTHER ASSETS (continued)

Operating lease ROU assets

We have operating leases for real estate and non-real estate assets. Real estate leases relate to office space and bank/lending retail branches. Non-real estate leases include data centers, ATMs, vehicles and certain equipment leases. Real estate leases may include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term generally from one to five years. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease.

At December 31, 2019, operating lease ROU assets were $656.5 million and operating lease liabilities were $711.7 million. Operating lease ROU assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Lease liabilities are included in Accrued expenses and payables in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating lease expenses were $145.5 million and sublease income was $4.1 million, respectively, and are reported within Occupancy and equipment expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:
Maturity of Lease Liabilities at December 31, 2019 Total Operating leases
  (in thousands)
2020 $139,597
2021 130,132
2022 120,284
2023 105,878
2024 91,799
Thereafter 206,847
Total lease liabilities $794,537
Less: Interest (82,871)
Present value of lease liabilities $711,666


The change in income tax receivable is relatedremaining obligations under lease commitments required under operating leases as of December 31, 2018, prior to the receiptdate of an IRS refund inadoption and as defined by the second quarter of 2016.previous lease accounting guidance, with noncancellable lease terms at December 31, 2018 were as follows:
Maturity of Lease Liabilities at December 31, 2018 Total Operating leases Future Minimum Expected Sublease Income Net Payments
2019 $146,108
 $(4,660) $141,448
2020 116,871
 (2,527) 114,344
2021 96,784
 (675) 96,109
2022 83,028
 (550) 82,478
2023 70,158
 (562) 69,596
Thereafter 169,046
 (535) 168,511
Total $681,995
 $(9,509) $672,486

Derivative
Operating Lease Term and Discount RateDecember 31, 2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)7.1
Weighted-average discount rate3.1%

Other Information December 31, 2019
  (in thousands)
Operating cash flows from operating leases(1)
 $(136,510)
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities $841,718
(1) Activity is included within the net change in other liabilities on the Consolidated SCF.

133




NOTE 9. OTHER ASSETS (continued)

The Company made approximately $3.9 million in payments during the year ending December 31, 2019 to Santander for rental of certain office space. The related ROU asset and lease liability were approximately $13.3 million on December 31, 2019.

The remainder of Other assets at fair valueis comprised of:

Deferred tax asset, net - Refer to Note 15 of these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on tax-related activities.
Derivative assets at fair value represent the net amount of derivatives presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the impact of amounts offsetting recognized assets.- Refer to the offsetting"Offsetting of financial assetsFinancial Assets" table in Note 14 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for the detail of these amounts.

MSRs

Residential real estate

Equity method investments - The Company maintains an MSR asset for sold residential real estate loans serviced for others. At December 31, 2016, 2015makes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships, some of which are considered VIEs, that invest in and 2014,lend to qualified community development entities, such as renewable energy investments, through the balance of these loans serviced for others accounted for at fair value was $15.4 billion, $15.9 billionNMTC and $15.9 billion, respectively.CRA programs. The Company accounts foracts only in a majority of its residential MSRs usinglimited partner capacity in connection with these partnerships, so the FVO. Changes in fair value are recorded throughCompany has determined that it is not the Mortgage banking income, net lineprimary beneficiary of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair valuepartnerships because it does not have the power to direct the activities of the partnerships that most significantly impact the partnerships' economic performance.
MSRs at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $146.6 million, $147.2 million and $145.0 million, respectively.- See further discussion on the valuation of the MSRs in Note 18. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs using interest rate swaps and forward contracts16.
Income tax receivables - Refer to purchase MBS. See further discussion on these derivative activities in Note 14 to15 of these Consolidated Financial Statements. The remainder of MSRs not accountedStatements for usingmore information on tax-related activities.
Prepaid Expenses increased $153.4 million from 2018 to 2019. This increase includes the FVO are accounted for at lower of cost or market.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company recorded net changes$60 million upfront payment SC made to FCA in the fair value of MSRs due to valuation totaling $3.9 million, $3.9 million and $(2.8) million, respectively.


190



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 9. OTHER ASSETS (continued)

The following table presents a summary of activity for the Company's residential MSRs that are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 Year ended
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014
 (in thousands)
Fair value at beginning of period(1)
$147,233
 $145,047
 $141,787
Mortgage servicing assets recognized20,256
 22,964
 28,058
Principal reductions(24,787) (24,726) (21,981)
Change in fair value due to valuation assumptions3,887
 3,948
 (2,817)
Fair value at end of period(1)
$146,589
 $147,233
 $145,047

(1) The Company has total MSRs of $150.3 million, $151.5 million and $150.0 million as of December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company has elected to account for the majority of its MSR balance using the fair value option, while the remainderconnection with SC's execution of the MSRs are accounted for usingsixth amendment to the lower of cost or market and are not presented within this table.

Fee income and gain on sale of mortgage loans

IncludedChrysler agreement in Mortgage banking income, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations was mortgage servicing fee income of $43.0 million, $45.2 million and $44.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company had gains on sales of mortgage loans included in Mortgage banking income, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations of $35.7 million, $49.7 million and $147.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Other repossessed assets and OREO

Other repossessed assets primarily consist of SC's vehicle inventory, which is obtained through repossession. OREO consists primarily of the Bank's foreclosed properties.

Miscellaneous assets and receivables

June 2019.
Miscellaneous assets and receivables includes subvention receivables in connection with the agreement with Chrysler, Agreement, investment and capital market receivables, derivatives trading receivables, and unapplied payments. This increase is due to an increase in capitalized lease equipment.


NOTE 10. DEPOSITS AND OTHER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

Deposits and other customer accounts are summarized as follows:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Balance Percent of total deposits Balance Percent of total deposits
(in thousands)
(dollars in thousands) Balance Percent of total deposits Balance Percent of total deposits
Interest-bearing demand deposits$11,284,881
 16.8% $11,711,117
 17.9% $10,301,133
 15.3% $8,827,704
 14.4%
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits15,413,609
 22.9% 12,916,322
 19.7% 14,922,974
 22.2% 14,420,450
 23.4%
Savings5,988,852
 8.9% 5,978,538
 9.1% 5,632,164
 8.4% 5,875,787
 9.6%
Customer repurchase accounts868,544
 1.3% 896,736
 1.4% 407,477
 0.6% 654,843
 1.1%
Money market24,511,906
 36.5% 24,437,346
 37.2% 26,687,677
 39.6% 24,263,929
 39.4%
Certificates of deposit ("CDs")9,172,898
 13.6% 9,643,369
 14.7%
Total Deposits (1)
$67,240,690
 100.0% $65,583,428
 100.0%
CDs 9,375,281
 13.9% 7,468,667
 12.1%
Total deposits (1)
 $67,326,706
 100.0% $61,511,380
 100.0%
(1)Includes foreign deposits, as defined by the FRB, of $8.9 billion and $8.4 billion at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

(1) Includes foreign deposits, as definedDeposits collateralized by the FRB, of $10.7investment securities, loans, and other financial instruments totaled $3.5 billion and $10.0$2.7 billion at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively.

191



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 10. DEPOSITS AND OTHER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS (continued)Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances were $79.2 million and $50.0 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Interest expense on deposits and other customer accounts is summarized as follows:
           
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2016 2015 2014
(in thousands)
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
Interest-bearing demand deposits$40,262
 $54,348
 $37,656
 $82,152
 $41,481
 $21,628
Savings12,723
 14,389
 17,836
 13,132
 12,325
 11,004
Customer repurchase accounts1,750
 1,979
 1,890
 1,643
 1,761
 1,932
Money market126,418
 127,576
 89,380
 317,299
 245,794
 132,993
CD's95,869
 90,853
 91,803
CDs 160,245
 87,767
 73,487
Total Deposits$277,022
 $289,145
 $238,565
 $574,471
 $389,128
 $241,044

134




NOTE 10. DEPOSITS AND OTHER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS (continued)

The following table sets forth the maturity of the Company's CDs of $100,000 or more at December 31, 20162019 as scheduled to mature contractually:
  
 (in thousands)
Three months or less$1,527,219
Over three through six months276,226
Over six through twelve months362,147
Over twelve months934,011
Total$3,099,603

CDs included $1.8 billion and $2.5 billion of CD in denominations of greater than $250,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
   
  (in thousands)
Three months or less $803,808
Over three through six months 286,608
Over six through twelve months 802,378
Over twelve months 1,194,122
Total $3,086,916

The following table sets forth the maturity of all of the Company's CDs at December 31, 20162019 as scheduled to mature contractually:

   
(in thousands) (in thousands)
2017$7,038,405
2018631,159
2019541,722
2020234,149
 $7,067,203
2021719,975
 1,882,601
2022 328,150
2023 59,170
2024 32,970
Thereafter7,488
 5,187
Total$9,172,898
 $9,375,281

Deposits collateralized by investment securities, loans, and other financial instruments totaled $3.0 billion and $3.2 billion atAt December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances were $61.1 million2018, the Company had $1.5 billion and $751.1 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.$1.9 billion of CDs greater than $250 thousand.


192



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 11. BORROWINGS

Total borrowings and other debt obligations at December 31, 20162019 were $43.5$50.7 billion, compared to $49.8$45.0 billion at December 31, 2015.2018. The Company's debt agreements impose certain limitations on dividends other payments and transactions. The Company is currently in compliance with these limitations.

Periodically, as part of the Company's wholesale funding management, it opportunistically repurchases outstanding borrowings in the open market and subsequently retires the obligations.

Bank

The CompanyBank had no new securities issuances during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Bank repurchased the following borrowings and other debt obligations:
$27.9 million of its subordinated notes due August 2022.
$21.2 million of its REIT preferred debt.

The Bank did not repurchase any outstanding borrowings in the open market during the year ended December 31, 2016 or2018.

SHUSA

During the year ended December 31, 2015.

On February 22, 2016,2019, the Company issued a $1.5$3.8 billion of debt, consisting of:
$1.0 billion of its 3.50% senior unsecurednotes due 2024,
$720.9 million of its senior floating rate notes to Santander. The note had adue 2022.
$750.0 million of its 2.88% senior fixed rate notes due 2024 with Santander, an affiliate.
$907.8 million of its 3.244% senior fixed rate notes due 2026.
$439.0 million of its senior floating rate equal to the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 218 basis points with a maturity of August 22, 2017. The proceeds of the notes were used for general corporate purposes. During the second quarter of 2016, the Company repaid this note at par with no prepayment penalty.due 2023.

On May 23, 2016,During 2018, the Company issued $1.0$1.4 billion in aggregate principal amountof debt consisting of:
$427.9 million of its senior floating rate notes.
$1.0 billion of its 4.45% senior notes due 2021.

135




NOTE 11. BORROWINGS (continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased the following borrowings and other debt obligations:
$178.7 million of its 2.70% senior notes due May 2019. Also on May 23, 2016, the Company issued $600
$388.7 million in aggregate principal amount of its senior floating rate notes. Thesenotes, due July 2019.
$371.0 million of its senior floating rate notes havedue September 2019.
$592.1 million of its 3.70% senior notes due 2022 through a public debt exchange.
$394.0 million of its 4.450% senior notes due 2021 through a public debt exchange.
$302.6 million of its senior floating rate equal tonotes due January 2020.
$40.1 million of 2.00% subordinated debt of a subsidiary of the three-month LIBOR plus 145 basis points with a maturity of November 2017.Company.

During 2016, the Bank terminated $3.8 billion of FHLB advances. As a consequence,2018, the Company incurred costsrepurchased the following borrowings and other debt obligations:
$244.6 million of $114.2its 3.45% senior notes.
$821.3 million throughof its 2.7% senior notes.
$154.6 million of its Sovereign Cap Trust IX subordinated debentures and common securities.

The Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment.extinguishment related to debt repurchases and early repayments of $2.7 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Parent Company &and other IHC EntitiesSubsidiary Borrowings and Debt Obligations

The following table presents information regarding the Parent Company & other IHC entities'and its subsidiaries' borrowings and other debt obligations at the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Balance 
Effective
Rate
 Balance 
Effective
Rate
 (dollars in thousands)
4.625% senior notes, due April 2016$
 % $475,723
 4.85%
Senior notes, due November 2017(1)
599,206
 2.67% 
 %
3.45% senior notes, due August 2018498,604
 3.62% 497,800
 3.62%
2.70% senior notes, due May 2019997,207
 2.82% 
 %
2.65% senior notes, due April 2020994,672
 2.82% 993,151
 2.82%
4.50% senior notes, due July 20251,094,955
 4.56% 1,094,483
 4.56%
Junior subordinated debentures - Capital Trust VI, due June 203669,798
 7.91% 69,775
 7.91%
Common securities - Capital Trust VI10,000
 7.91% 10,000
 7.91%
Junior subordinated debentures - Capital Trust IX, due July 2036149,434
 2.49% 149,404
 2.18%
Common securities - Capital Trust IX4,640
 2.49% 4,640
 2.18%
Overnight funds purchase, due January 2017(2)
830
 0.50% 1,445
 0.15%
Short-term borrowings, due January 2017(2)
54,000
 0.63% 
 %
 2.00% subordinated debt, maturing through 2042(2)
40,457
 2.00% 40,549
 2.00%
Overnight borrowings(2)
17,000
 0.63% 12,959
 0.54%
Short-term borrowings, maturing in less than one year(2)
207,173
 0.25% 687,526
 0.50%
     Total Parent Company & other IHC entities borrowings and other debt obligations$4,737,976
 3.21% $4,037,455
 3.29%

  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Balance 
Effective
Rate
 Balance 
Effective
Rate
Parent Company        
2.70% senior notes due May 2019 $
 % $178,628
 2.82%
2.65% senior notes due April 2020 999,502
 2.82% 997,848
 2.82%
4.45% senior notes due December 2021 604,172
 4.61% 995,540
 4.61%
3.70% senior notes due March 2022 849,465
 3.74% 1,440,063
 3.74%
3.40% senior notes due January 2023 996,043
 3.54% 994,831
 3.54%
3.50% senior notes due June 2024 995,797
 3.60% 
 %
4.50% senior notes due July 2025 1,096,508
 4.56% 1,095,966
 4.56%
4.40% senior notes due July 2027 1,049,813
 4.40% 1,049,799
 4.40%
2.88% senior notes due January 2024 (4)
 750,000
 2.88% 
 %
3.24% senior notes due November 2026 907,844
 3.97% 
 %
Senior notes, due July 2019 (1)
 
 % 388,717
 3.22%
Senior notes, due September 2019 (1)
 
 % 370,936
 3.18%
Senior notes, due January 2020 (1)
 
 % 302,619
 3.22%
Senior notes due September 2020 (2)
 112,358
 3.36% 108,888
 3.17%
Senior notes due June 2022(1)
 427,889
 3.47% 427,850
 3.38%
Senior notes due January 2023 (3)
 720,861
 3.29% 
 %
Senior notes due July 2023 (3)
 438,962
 2.48% 
 %
Subsidiaries        
 2.00% subordinated debt maturing through 2020 602
 2.00% 40,703
 2.00%
Short-term borrowing due within one year, maturing July 2019 
 % 44,000
 2.40%
Short-term borrowing due within one year, maturing January 2020 1,831
 0.38% 15,900
 0.38%
Total Parent Company and subsidiaries' borrowings and other debt obligations $9,951,647
 3.68% $8,452,288
 3.76%
(1) These notes bear interest at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 145100 basis points per annumannum.
(2) These debt instruments have been entered into by certain ofThis note will bear interest at a rate equal to the IHC entities.three-month GBP LIBOR plus 105 basis points per annum.

(3) This note will bear interest at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points per annum.
(4) This note is to SHUSA's parent company, Santander.

193



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

136





NOTE 11. BORROWINGS (continued)

Bank Borrowings and Debt Obligations

The following table presents information regarding the Bank's borrowings and other debt obligations at the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Balance 
Effective
Rate
 Balance 
Effective
Rate
 (dollars in thousands)
2.00% senior notes, due January 2018$748,143
 2.24% $746,381
 2.24%
Senior notes, due January 2018(1)
249,705
 1.99% 249,415
 1.31%
8.750% subordinated debentures, due May 2018498,882
 8.92% 498,175
 8.92%
Subordinated term loan, due February 2019122,313
 6.78% 130,899
 6.15%
FHLB advances, maturing through July 20195,950,000
 0.85% 13,885,000
 1.40%
Real estate investment trust preferred, due May 2020156,457
 13.46% 154,930
 13.66%
Subordinated term loan, due August 202229,202
 8.35% 30,344
 7.89%
     Total Bank borrowings and other debt obligations$7,754,702
 1.92% $15,695,144
 1.85%

(1) These notes will bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 93 basis points per annum.

At December 31, 2016, there were no FHLB advances for which the FHLB of Pittsburgh had the ability to convert the advances from a fixed rate to a floating rate. At December 31, 2015, FHLB advances included $650.0 million of advances for which the FHLB of Pittsburgh has the ability to convert the advances from a fixed rate to a floating rate. If and when the advance is converted, the Company has the ability to call these advances at par with no prepayment penalty every three months.
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Balance 
Effective
Rate
 Balance 
Effective
Rate
Subordinated term loan, due February 2019 $
 % $99,402
 8.20%
FHLB advances, maturing through September 2021 7,035,000
 2.15% 4,850,000
 2.74%
REIT preferred, callable May 2020 125,943
 13.17% 145,590
 13.22%
Subordinated term loan, due August 2022 
 % 26,770
 9.95%
     Total Bank borrowings and other debt obligations $7,160,943
 2.34% $5,121,762
 3.18%

The Bank had outstanding irrevocable letters of credit totaling $1.2 billion$875.9 million from the FHLB of Pittsburgh at December 31, 2016,2019, used to secure uninsured deposits placed with the Bank by state and local governments and their political subdivisions.


194



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 11. BORROWINGS (continued)

Revolving Credit Facilities

The following tables present information regarding SC's credit facilities as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015:2018, respectively:
 December 31, 2016
 Balance Committed Amount 
Effective
Rate
 Assets Pledged Restricted Cash Pledged
 (dollars in thousands)
Warehouse line, maturing on various dates(1)
$462,085
 $1,250,000
 2.52% $653,014
 $14,916
Warehouse line, due August 2018(2)
534,220
 780,000
 1.98% 608,025
 24,520
Warehouse line, due August 2018(3)
3,119,943
 3,120,000
 1.91% 4,700,774
 70,991
Warehouse line, due October 2018(5)
702,377
 1,800,000
 2.51% 994,684
 23,378
Warehouse line, due October 2018202,000
 400,000
 2.22% 290,867
 5,435
Warehouse line, due January 2018153,784
 500,000
 3.17% 213,578
 
Warehouse line, due November 2018578,999
 1,000,000
 1.56% 850,758
 17,642
Warehouse line, due October 2017243,100
 300,000
 2.38% 295,045
 9,235
Warehouse line, due November 2018
 500,000
 2.07% 
 
Repurchase facility, due December 2017(4)
507,800
 507,800
 2.83% 
 22,613
Repurchase facility, due April 2017(4)
235,509
 235,509
 2.04% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2017(5)
1,000,000
 1,000,000
 2.86% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2017(5)
500,000
 500,000
 3.04% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2018(5)
175,000
 500,000
 3.87% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2018(5)
1,000,000
 1,000,000
 2.88% 
 
     Total SC revolving credit facilities$9,414,817
 $13,393,309
 2.36% $8,606,745
 $188,730
  December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands) Balance Committed Amount 
Effective
Rate
 Assets Pledged Restricted Cash Pledged
Warehouse line due March 2021 $516,045
 $1,250,000
 3.10% $734,640
 $1
Warehouse line due November 2020 471,320
 500,000
 2.69% 505,502
 186
Warehouse line due July 2021 500,000
 500,000
 3.64% 761,690
 302
Warehouse line due October 2021 896,077
 2,100,000
 3.44% 1,748,325
 7
Warehouse line due June 2021 471,284
 500,000
 3.32% 675,426
 
Warehouse line due November 2020 970,600
 1,000,000
 2.57% 1,353,305
 
Warehouse line due June 2021 53,900
 600,000
 7.02% 62,601
 94
Warehouse line due October 2021(1)
 1,098,443
 5,000,000
 4.43% 1,898,365
 1,756
Repurchase facility due January 2020(2)
 273,655
 273,655
 3.80% 377,550
 
Repurchase facility due March 2020(2)
 100,756
 100,756
 3.04% 151,710
 
Repurchase facility due March 2020(2)
 47,851
 47,851
 3.15% 69,945
 
     Total SC revolving credit facilities $5,399,931
 $11,872,262
 3.44% $8,339,059
 $2,346
(1)This line is held exclusively for financing of Chrysler Capital leases.
(2)The repurchase facilities are collateralized by securitization notes payable retained by SC. As the borrower, SC is exposed to liquidity risk due to changes in the market value of retained securities pledged. In some instances, SC places or receives cash collateral with counterparties under collateral arrangements associated with SC's repurchase agreements. The maturity date for the repurchase facility trade that expired in January 2020, was extended to April 2020.
  December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Balance Committed Amount Effective
Rate
 Assets Pledged Restricted Cash Pledged
Warehouse line maturing on various dates $314,845
 $1,250,000
 4.83% $458,390
 $
Warehouse line due November 2020 317,020
 500,000
 3.53% 359,214
 525
Warehouse line due August 2020(1)
 2,154,243
 4,400,000
 3.79% 2,859,113
 4,831
Warehouse line due October 2020 242,377
 2,050,000
 5.94% 345,599
 120
Warehouse line due August 2019 53,584
 500,000
 8.34% 78,790
 
Warehouse line due November 2020 1,000,000
 1,000,000
 3.32% 1,430,524
 6
Warehouse line due October 2019 97,200
 350,000
 4.35% 108,418
 328
Repurchase facility due April 2019(2)
 167,118
 167,118
 3.84% 235,540
 
Repurchase facility due March 2019(2)
 131,827
 131,827
 3.54% 166,308
 
     Total SC revolving credit facilities $4,478,214
 $10,348,945
 3.92% $6,041,896
 $5,810
(1), (2) See corresponding footnotes to the December 31, 2019 credit facilities table above.

(1) As of December 31, 2016, half of the outstanding balance on this facility matures in March 2017The warehouse lines and half matures in March 2018.
(2) This line is held exclusively for financing of Chrysler Capital loans.
(3) This line is held exclusively for financing of Chrysler Capital leases.
(4) These repurchase facilities are fully collateralized by securitization notes payable retained by SC. Noa designated portion of these facilities are unsecured. These facilities have rolling maturities of up to one year.
(5) These lines are also collateralized bySC's RICs, leased vehicles, securitization notes payable and residuals retained by SC. As of December 31, 2016, $1.3 billion of the aggregate outstanding balances on these credit facilities was unsecured.

195



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

137





NOTE 11. BORROWINGS (continued)

 December 31, 2015
 Balance Committed Amount Effective
Rate
 Assets Pledged Restricted Cash Pledged
 (dollars in thousands)
Warehouse line, maturing on various dates(1)
$808,135
 $1,250,000
 1.29% $1,137,257
 $24,942
Warehouse line, due June 2016378,301
 500,000
 1.48% 535,737
 
Warehouse line, due November 2016(2)
175,000
 175,000
 1.90% 
 
Warehouse line, due November 2016(2)
250,000
 250,000
 1.90% 
 2,501
Warehouse line, due July 2017(3)
682,720
 1,260,000
 1.35% 809,185
 20,852
Warehouse line, due July 2017(4)
2,247,443
 2,940,000
 1.41% 3,412,321
 48,589
Warehouse line, due September 2017565,399
 1,000,000
 1.20% 824,327
 15,759
Warehouse line, due December 2017 (5)
944,877
 2,000,000
 1.56% 1,345,051
 32,038
Repurchase facility, due December 2016(6)
850,904
 850,904
 2.07% 
 34,166
Line of credit with related party, due December 2016(7)
1,000,000
 1,750,000
 2.61% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2018(7)

 500,000
 3.48% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2016(7)
500,000
 500,000
 2.65% 
 
Line of credit with related party, due December 2018(7)
800,000
 1,750,000
 2.84% 
 
     Total SC revolving credit facilities$9,202,779
 $14,725,904
 1.81% $8,063,878
 $178,847

(1) As of December 31, 2015, half of the outstanding balance on this facility matured in March 2016 and half matured in March 2017. On March 29, 2016, the facility was amended to, among other changes, extend the maturity for half of the balance to March 2017 and half to March 2018.
(2) These lines are collateralized by residuals retained by SC.
(3) This line is held exclusively for financing of Chrysler Capital loans.
(4) This line is held exclusively for financing of Chrysler Capital leases.
(5) In December 2015, the commitment on this warehouse line was amended to extend the commitment termination date to December 2017.
(6) This repurchase facility is collateralized by securitization notes payable retained by SC. No portion of this facility is unsecured. This facility has rolling 30-day and 90-day maturities.
(7) These lines are also collateralized by securitization notes payable and residuals retained by SC. As of December 31, 2015, $1.4 billion of the aggregate outstanding balances on these credit facilities was unsecured.

Secured Structured Financings

The following tables present information regarding SC's secured structured financings as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015:2018, respectively:
 December 31, 2016
 Balance Initial Note Amounts Issued Initial Weighted Average Interest Rate Range Collateral Restricted Cash
 (dollars in thousands)
SC public securitizations, maturing on various dates(1)
$13,444,543
 $32,386,082
  0.89% - 2.46% $17,474,524
 $1,423,599
SC privately issued amortizing notes, maturing on various dates(1)
8,172,407
 14,085,991
  0.88% - 2.86% 12,021,887
 500,868
     Total SC secured structured financings$21,616,950
 $46,472,073
  0.88% - 2.86% $29,496,411
 $1,924,467

  December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands) Balance 
Initial Note Amounts Issued(3)
 Initial Weighted Average Interest Rate Range 
Collateral(2)
 Restricted Cash
SC public securitizations maturing on various dates between April 2021 and February 2027(1)
 $18,807,773
 $43,982,220
  1.35% - 3.42% $24,697,158
 $1,606,646
SC privately issued amortizing notes maturing on various dates between July 2019 and September 2024 (4)
 9,334,112
 10,397,563
  1.05% - 3.90% 12,048,217
 20,878
     Total SC secured structured financings $28,141,885
 $54,379,783
  1.05% - 3.90% $36,745,375
 $1,627,524
(1) SC has entered into various securitization transactions involving its retail automotive installment loansSecuritizations executed under Rule 144A of the Securities Act are included within this balance.
(2) Secured structured financings may be collateralized by SC's collateral overages of other issuances.
(3) Excludes securitizations which no longer have outstanding debt and leases. These transactions are accounted for as secured financings and therefore both the securitized RICs, and the related securitization debt issued by SPEs, remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.excludes any incremental borrowings.
(4) The maturity of this debt is based on the timing of repayments from the securitized assets.

196



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 11. BORROWINGS (continued)

note maturing in July 2019 was extended to June 2021.
 December 31, 2015
 Balance Initial Note Amounts Issued Initial Weighted Average Interest Rate Range Collateral Restricted Cash
 (dollars in thousands)
SC public securitizations, maturing on various dates(1)
$12,679,987
 $24,923,292
 0.89% - 2.29% $16,256,067
 $1,242,857
SC privately issued amortizing notes, maturing on various dates(1)
8,213,217
 11,729,171
 0.88% - 2.81% 11,495,352
 457,840
     Total SC secured structured financings$20,893,204
 $36,652,463
 0.88% - 2.81% $27,751,419
 $1,700,697

(1) SC has entered into various securitization transactions involving its retail automotive installment loans and leases. These transactions are accounted for as secured financings and therefore both the securitized RICs, and the related securitization debt issued by SPEs, remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maturity of this debt is based on the timing of repayments from the securitized assets.
  December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands) Balance Initial Note Amounts Issued Initial Weighted Average Interest Rate Range Collateral Restricted Cash
SC public securitizations maturing on various dates between April 2021 and April 2026 $19,225,169
 $41,380,952
  1.16% - 3.53% $24,912,904
 $1,541,714
SC privately issued amortizing notes maturing on various dates between July 2019 and September 2024 7,676,351
 11,305,368
  0.88% - 3.17% 10,383,266
 35,201
     Total SC secured structured financings $26,901,520
 $52,686,320
 0.88% - 3.53% $35,296,170
 $1,576,915

Most of SC's secured structured financings are in the form of public, SEC-registered securitizations. The CompanySC also executes private securitizations under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and periodically issues private term amortizing notes, which are structured similarly to securitizations but are acquired by banks and conduits. The Company'sSC's securitizations and private issuances are collateralized by vehicle RICs and loans or leases. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, SC had private issuances of notes backed by vehicle leases.leases outstanding totaling $10.2 billion and $7.8 billion, respectively.

The following table sets forth the maturities of the Company’sCompany's consolidated borrowings and debt obligations at December 31, 2016:2019:
 (in thousands)
2020$9,044,365
20216,075,600
202211,001,670
20238,522,579
20246,813,680
Thereafter9,196,512
Total$50,654,406
  

138


 (in thousands)
2017$9,474,468
201810,508,425
20196,270,776
20206,273,128
20214,650,675
Thereafter6,346,973
Total$43,524,445
  


NOTE 12. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS)
The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of related tax, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 respectively.
  Total OCI/(Loss) Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
  Year Ended December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 
 December 31, 2019
(in thousands) Pretax
Activity
 Tax
Effect
 Net Activity Beginning
Balance
 Net
Activity
 Ending
Balance
Change in accumulated OCI on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments $14,372
 $(14,910) $(538)      
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments(1)
 344
 (107) 237
      
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments 14,716
 (15,017) (301) $(19,813) $(301) $(20,114)
             
Change in unrealized gains on investments in debt securities 303,208
 (75,962) 227,246
      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) included in net income/(expense) on non-OTTI securities (2)
 (5,816) 1,457
 (4,359)      
Net unrealized gains on investments in debt securities 297,392
 (74,505) 222,887
 (245,767) 222,887
 (22,880)
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain(3)
 10,280
 579
 10,859
 (56,072) 10,859
 (45,213)
As of December 31, 2019 $322,388

$(88,943)
$233,445

$(321,652)
$233,445

$(88,207)
(1)Net gains/(losses) reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2)Net (gains)/losses reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment securities sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the sale of debt securities AFS.
(3)Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.


139




NOTE 12. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) (continued)
  Total OCI/(Loss) Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
  Year Ended December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017   December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Pretax
Activity
 Tax
Effect
 Net Activity Beginning
Balance
 Net
Activity
 Ending
Balance
Change in accumulated OCI on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments $(6,225) $(848) $(7,073)      
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments(1)
 4,781
 (1,504) 3,277
      
Net unrealized (losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (1,444) (2,352) (3,796) $(6,388) $(3,796) 

Cumulative impact of adoption of new ASUs (4)
         (9,629)  
Net unrealized (losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments upon adoption         (13,425) (19,813)
             
Change in unrealized (losses) on investment securities (84,316) (3,577) (87,893)      
Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income/(expense) on non-OTTI securities (2)
 6,717
 285
 7,002
      
Net unrealized (losses) on investment securities (77,599) (3,292) (80,891) (140,498) (80,891) 

Cumulative impact of adoption of new ASU(4)
         (24,378)  
Net unrealized (losses) on investments in debt securities         (105,269) (245,767)
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain(3)
 7,527
 (6,967) 560
 (51,545) 560
 

Cumulative impact of adoption of new ASUs (4)
         (5,087)  
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain upon adoption         (4,527) (56,072)
             
As of December 31, 2018 $(71,516) $(12,611) $(84,127) $(198,431) $(123,221) $(321,652)
             
  Total OCI/(Loss) Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
  Year Ended December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016   December 31, 2017
(in thousands) Pretax
Activity
 Tax
Effect
 Net Activity Beginning
Balance
 Net
Activity
 Ending
Balance
Change in accumulated OCI on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments $10,620
 $7,508
 $18,128
      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments(1)
 (15,005) (2,786) (17,791)      
Net unrealized (losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (4,385) 4,722
 337
 $(6,725) $337
 $(6,388)
Change in unrealized (losses) on investment securities AFS (17,972) 6,694
 (11,278)      
Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income/(expense) on non-OTTI securities (2)
 2,444
 (910) 1,534
      
Net unrealized (losses) on investment securities AFS (15,528) 5,784
 (9,744) (130,754) (9,744) (140,498)
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain(4)
 4,954
 (770) 4,184
 (55,729) 4,184
 (51,545)
As of December 31, 2017 $(14,959) $9,736
 $(5,223) $(193,208) $(5,223) $(198,431)
(1) Net (losses)/gains reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) Net (gains)/losses reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment securities sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the sale of debt securities AFS.
(3) Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.
(4) Includes impact of OCI reclassified to Retained earnings as a result of the adoption of ASU 2018-02. Refer to Note 1 for further discussion.

140




NOTE 12.13. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

On February 21, 2014, the Company issued 7.0 million shares of common stock to Santander in exchange for cash in the amount of $1.75 billion. Also on February 21, 2014, the Company raised $750.0 million of capital by issuing 3.0 million shares of common stock to Santander in exchange for canceling debt of an equivalent amount.

On May 28, 2014, the Company issued 84,000 shares of common stock to Santander in exchange for cash in the amount of $21.0 million. There were no shares issued during 2015 or 2016.

Following these transactions and as ofAt December 31, 2016,2019, the Company had 530,391,043 shares of common stock outstanding.

Additional transactions with Santander that are disclosed within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity that are shown net are disclosed within the table below:
197



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Impact to common stock and paid in capital
  (in thousands)
March 2019 contribution $34,330
May 2019 contribution 41,571
July 2019 contribution 13,026
2019 Net contribution from shareholder $88,927
   
Deferred tax asset on purchased assets $3,156
Adjustment to book value of assets purchased on January 1 277
February 2018 contribution 5,741
October 2018 contribution 45,846
December 2018 contribution 33,448
2018 net contribution from shareholder $88,468



During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, SC repurchased $338.0 million, $182.6 million and zero of SC Common Stock.


NOTE 12. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (continued)On January 30, 2020, SC commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash up to $1 billion of shares of SC Common Stock, at a range of between $23 and $26 per share. The tender offer expired on February 27, 2020 and was closed on March 4, 2020. In connection with the completion of the tender offer, SC acquired approximately 17.5 million shares of SC Common Stock for approximately $455.4 million. After the completion of the tender offer, SHUSA's ownership in SC increased to approximately 76.3%.

In April 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized 8,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and granted the Company authority to issue fractional shares of the Series C Preferred Stock. Dividends on each share of Series C Preferred Stock arewere payable quarterly, on a non-cumulative basis, at an annual rate of 7.30%, when and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors. In May 2006, the Company issued 8,000,000 depository shares of Series C Preferred Stock for net proceeds of $195.4 million. Each depository share representsrepresented 1/1000th ownership interest in a share of Series C Preferred Stock. As a holder of depository shares, the depository shareholder iswas entitled to all proportional rights and preferences of the Series C Preferred Stock. The Company’s Board of Directors declared cash dividends to preferred stockholders totalingof zero, $11.0 million and $14.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 2014.2017, respectively.

The shares of Series C Preferred Stock are redeemedablewere redeemable in whole or in part for cash, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depository share), subject to the prior approval of the OCC. As of December 31, 2016, noOn August 15, 2018, the Company redeemed all outstanding shares of theits Series C Preferred Stock had been redeemed.

During August 2010, Banco Santander Puerto Rico issued 3,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock, $25 par value, for $75.0 million, designated as the 8.75% noncumulative preferred stock, Series B, to an affiliate. Dividends on Banco Santander Puerto Rico's preferred stock were payable when, as and if declared by Banco Santander Puerto Rico's Board of Directors. Banco Santander Puerto Rico declared cash dividends of $2.19 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 for dividends to preferred stockholders of $6.6 million for both years.

The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were redeemable in whole or in part for cash on or after September 30, 2015 with the consent of the FDIC and any applicable regulatory authority. On December 14, 2015, Banco Santander Puerto Rico received notice of approval from the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico.Stock.

On January 29, 2016, BancoNovember 15, 2017, Santander Puerto Rico redeemed the outstanding $75.0 millioncontributed 34,598,506 shares of Serial B preferred stock. In accordance with the notice of full redemption, each preferred stock was redeemed at the redemption price, correspondingSC Common Stock purchased from DDFS to $25.00 per preference share, plus any unpaid dividends in respect of the most recent dividend period.SHUSA, which reduced NCI and increased additional paid-in capital by $707.6 million.


198141




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 13. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS)
The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of related tax, for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively.
 Total Other
Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
 Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss
 For the Year Ended December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 
 December 31, 2016
 Pretax
Activity
 Tax
Effect
 Net Activity Beginning
Balance
 Net
Activity
 Ending
Balance
 (in thousands)
Change in accumulated gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments$1,203
 $(130) $1,073
      
Reclassification adjustment for net gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (1)
9,848
 (1,065) 8,783
      
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments11,051
 (1,195) 9,856
 $(16,581) $9,856
 $(6,725)
            
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale4,040
 (1,459) 2,581
      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses included in net income/(expense) on non-OTTI securities (2)
(57,771) 20,350
 (37,421)      
Reclassification adjustment for net losses/(gains) included in net income/(expense) on OTTI securities (3)
44
 (16) 28
      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses included in net income(57,727) 20,334
 (37,393)      
Net unrealized (losses)/gains on investment securities available-for-sale(53,687) 18,875
 (34,812) (95,942) (34,812) (130,754)
            
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gains/(losses)(4)
3,768
 (1,490) 2,278
 (58,007) 2,278
 (55,729)
            
As of December 31, 2016$(38,868)
$16,190

$(22,678)
$(170,530)
$(22,678)
$(193,208)
            

(1) Net gains/(losses) reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Net (gains)/losses reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment securities in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the sale of available-for-sale securities.
(3) Unrealized losses/(gains) previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income on securities for which OTTI was recognized during the period. See further discussion in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.

199



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 13. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) (continued)

            
 Total Other
Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
 Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss
 For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014   December 31, 2015
 Pretax
Activity
 Tax
Effect
 Net Activity Beginning
Balance
 Net
Activity
 Ending
Balance
 (in thousands)
Change in accumulated (losses)/gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments$(15,073) $5,013
 $(10,060)      
Reclassification adjustment for net gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments(1)
11,595
 (3,856) 7,739
      
Net unrealized (losses)/gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments(3,478) 1,157
 (2,321) $(14,260) $(2,321) $(16,581)
            
Change in unrealized (losses)/gains on investment securities available-for-sale(54,134) 20,542
 (33,592)      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses included in net income/(expense) on non-OTTI securities (2)
(18,095) 6,910
 (11,185)      
Reclassification adjustment for net losses/(gains) included in net income/(expense) on OTTI securities (3)
1,092
 (417) 675
      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses included in net income(17,003) 6,493
 (10,510)      
Net unrealized (losses)/gains on investment securities available-for-sale(71,137) 27,035
 (44,102) (51,840) (44,102) (95,942)
            
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gains/(losses)(4)
7,041
 (2,881) 4,160
 (62,167) 4,160
 (58,007)
            
As of December 31, 2015$(67,574) $25,311
 $(42,263) $(128,267) $(42,263) $(170,530)

(1) Net gains/(losses0 reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) Net (gains)/losses reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment securities sales in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the sale of available-for-sale securities.
(3) Unrealized losses/(gains) previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income on securities for which OTTI was recognized during the period. See further discussion in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.

200



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 13. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) (continued)

            
 Total Other
Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income
 For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 January 1, 2014   December 31, 2014
 Pretax
Activity
 Tax
Effect
 Net Activity Beginning
Balance
 Net
Activity
 Ending
Balance
 (in thousands)
Change in accumulated (losses)/gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments$(13,460) $4,918
 $(8,542)      
Reclassification adjustment for net gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (1)
53,112
 (19,407) 33,705
      
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments39,652
 (14,489) 25,163
 $(39,423) $25,163
 $(14,260)
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale270,548
 (104,979) 165,569
      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses included in net income on non-OTTI securities (2)
(27,277) 10,624
 (16,653)      
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale243,271
 (94,355) 148,916
 (200,756) 148,916
 (51,840)
Pension and post-retirement actuarial (losses)/gains(3)
(40,799) 16,347
 (24,452) (37,715) (24,452) (62,167)
As of December 31, 2014$242,124
 $(92,497) $149,627
 $(277,894) $149,627
 $(128,267)

(1) Net gains/(losses) reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) Net (gains)/losses reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment securities sales in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the sale of available-for-sale securities.
(3) Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.


201



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES

General

The Company uses derivative financial instruments primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and credit risk, as well as to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. The Company also enters into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities. The Company uses derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes. The fair value of all derivative balances is recorded within Other assets and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

See Note 18 for discussion of the valuation methodology for derivative instruments.

Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one partyor both parties delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying asset, index, interest rate or future purchase commitment or option as specified in the contract. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged, and is not recorded on the balance sheet.sheet, and does not represent the Company`s exposure to credit loss. The notional amount is the basis toon which the underlyingfinancial obligation of each party to the derivative contract is appliedcalculated to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The Company controls the credit risk of its derivative contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The underlying asset is typically a referenced interest rate (commonly the Overnight Indexed Swap ("OIS")OIS rate or LIBOR), security, price, credit spread or other index. Derivative balances are presented on a gross basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements.

The Company’s capital markets and mortgage banking activities are subject to price risk. The Company employs various tools to measure and manage price risk in its portfolios. In addition, the Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities. The level of price risk exposure at any given time depends on the market environment and expectations of future price and market movements and will vary from period to period.

See Note 16 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the valuation methodology for derivative instruments.

Credit Risk Contingent Features

The Company has entered into certain derivative contracts that require the posting of collateral to counterparties when those contracts are in a net liability position. The amount of collateral to be posted is based on the amount of the net liability and thresholds generally related to the Company's long-term senior unsecured credit ratings. In a limited number of instances, counterparties also have the right to terminate their International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") master agreementsISDA Master Agreements if the Company's ratings fall below a specified level, typically investment grade. As of December 31, 2016,2019, derivatives in this category had a fair value of $7.2$1.0 million. The credit ratings of the Company and the Bank are currently considered investment grade. During the fourth quarter of 2016,2019, no additional collateral would be required if there were a further 1- or 2- notch downgrade by either Standard & Poor's ("S&P")&P or Moody's.

As of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, the aggregate fair value of all derivative contracts with credit risk contingent features (i.e., those containing collateral posting or termination provisions based on the Company's ratings) that were in a net liability position totaled $27.0$7.8 million and $132.5$9.5 million,, respectively. The Company had $28.3$8.6 million and $134.2$11.5 million in cash and securities collateral posted to cover those positions as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company enters into cross-currency swaps to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk on certain Euro-denominated investments. The Company also entered into interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk on certain fixed rate investments. These derivatives are designated as fair value hedges at inception. The Company includes all components of each derivative's gain or loss in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges was not material for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The remaining fair value hedges were terminated during the third quarter of 2016.


202



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Cash Flow HedgesHedge Accounting

Management uses derivative instruments which are designated as hedges to mitigate the impact of interest rate and foreign exchange rate movements on the fair value of certain liabilities, assets and liabilities and on highly probable forecasted cash flows. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps that have underlying interest rates based on key benchmark indices and forward sale or purchase commitments.indices. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated interest rate environment.

Interest rate swaps are generally used to convert fixed-rate assets and liabilities to variable rate assets and liabilities and vice versa. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps that have a high degree of correlation to the related financial instrument.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate assets and liabilities (including its borrowed funds). All of these swaps have been deemed highly effective cash flow hedges. The gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of accumulated OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings and is presented in the same Consolidated Statements of Operations line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item.

The last of the hedges is scheduled to expire in December 2030.March 2024. The Company includes all components of each derivative's gain or loss in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges was not material for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company expects $0.5expected $6.7 million of gross losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss to be reclassified to earnings during the subsequent twelve months as the future cash flows occur.

142




NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships – Notional and Fair Values

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 20152018 included:
 
Notional
Amount
 Asset Liability 
Weighted Average Receive
Rate
 
Weighted Average Pay
Rate
 
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
 (dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016           
Cash flow hedges:           
Pay fixed — receive floating interest rate swaps$10,124,172
 $45,681
 $59,812
 0.91% 1.03% 3.01
Total$10,124,172
 $45,681
 $59,812
 0.91% 1.03% 3.01
            
December 31, 2015           
Fair Value hedges:           
Cross-currency swaps$16,390
 $3,695
 $92
 4.76% 4.75% 0.11
    Interest rate swaps318,000
 47
 2,006
 1.07% 2.31% 3.50
Cash flow hedges:           
Pay fixed — receive floating interest rate swaps11,030,431
 7,295
 23,047
 0.32% 1.13% 3.00
Total$11,364,821
 $11,037
 $25,145
 0.35% 1.17% 3.01
(dollars in thousands) 
Notional
Amount
 Asset Liability Weighted Average Receive Rate 
Weighted Average Pay
Rate
 
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
December 31, 2019            
Cash flow hedges:            
Pay fixed — receive variable interest rate swaps $2,650,000
 $2,807
 $39,128
 1.85% 1.91% 1.86
Pay variable - receive fixed interest rate swaps 7,570,000
 7,462
 29,209
 1.43% 1.73% 2.39
Interest rate floor 3,800,000
 18,762
 
 0.19% % 1.28
Total $14,020,000
 $29,031
 $68,337
 1.17% 1.29% 1.99
             
December 31, 2018            
Cash flow hedges:            
Pay fixed — receive variable interest rate swaps $4,176,105
 $44,054
 $10,503
 2.67% 1.74% 2.07
Pay variable - receive fixed interest rate swaps 4,000,000
 
 89,769
 1.41% 2.40% 2.02
Interest rate floor 2,000,000
 10,932
 
 0.04% % 1.91
Total $10,176,105
 $54,986
 $100,272
 1.66% 1.66% 2.02

See Note 13 for detail of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives activity. Cross-currency swaps designated as hedges matured during the first quarter of 2016.

During the second quarter of 2016, the Company terminated cash flow hedges with a notional value of $1.5 billion. Losses of $20.6 million deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to interest expense in the periods during which the hedged cash flows occur. Also, fair value hedges with a notional value of $356.0 million were terminated in tandem with the sale of the hedged investments.


203



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Other Derivative Activities

The Company also enters into derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. The majority of these derivatives are customer-related derivatives relating to foreign exchange and lending arrangements, as well as derivatives to hedge interest rate risk on SCSC's secured structured financings and the borrowings under its revolving credit facilities. SC uses both interest rate swaps and interest rate caps to satisfy these requirements and to hedge the variability of cash flows on securities issued by Trusts and borrowings under its warehouse facilities. In addition, derivatives are used to manage risks related to residential and commercial mortgage banking and investing activities. Although these derivatives are used to hedge risk and are considered economic hedges, they are not designated as accounting hedges because the contracts they are hedging are typically also carried at fair value on the balance sheet, resulting in generally symmetrical accounting treatment for the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives

The Company's derivatives portfolio includes mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps. As part of its overall business strategy, the Company originates fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgages. It sells a portion of this production to the FHLMC, the FNMA, and private investors. The Company uses forward sales as a means of hedging against the economic impact of changes in interest rates on the mortgages that are originated for sale and on interest rate lock commitments.

The Company typically retains the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that are sold. ResidentialMost of the Company`s residential MSRs are accounted for at fair value. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase MBS.

Customer-related derivatives

The Company offers derivatives to its customers in connection with their risk management needs.needs and requirements. These financial derivative transactions primarily consist of interest rate swaps, caps, floors and foreign exchange contracts. Risk exposure from customer positions is managed through transactions with other dealers, including Santander.

Other derivative activities

The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts as well as cross-currency swaps, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date.date and may or may not be physically settled depending on the Company’s needs. Exposure to gains and losses on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

143




NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Other derivative instruments primarily include forward contracts related to certain investment securities sales, an OIS, a total return swap on Visa, Inc. Class B common shares, and equity options, which manage the Company's market risk associated with certain investments and customer deposit products.


204



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships – Notional and Fair Values

Other derivative activities at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 20152018 included:
 Notional 
Asset derivatives
Fair value
 
Liability derivatives
Fair value
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 (in thousands)
Mortgage banking derivatives:           
Forward commitments to sell loans$693,137
 $396,984
 $8,577
 $550
 $
 $
Interest rate lock commitments253,568
 187,930
 2,316
 2,540
 
 
Mortgage servicing295,000
 435,000
 838
 679
 1,635
 3,502
Total mortgage banking risk management1,241,705
 1,019,914
 11,731
 3,769
 1,635
 3,502
            
Customer related derivatives:           
Swaps receive fixed9,646,151
 9,110,944
 127,123
 209,379
 49,642
 6,023
Swaps pay fixed9,785,170
 9,279,446
 85,877
 16,196
 97,759
 177,114
Other1,611,342
 3,063,466
 3,421
 53,418
 1,989
 52,632
Total customer related derivatives21,042,663
 21,453,856
 216,421
 278,993
 149,390
 235,769
            
Other derivative activities:           
Foreign exchange contracts3,366,483
 6,599,760
 56,742
 53,994
 46,430
 45,418
Interest rate swap agreements1,064,289
 2,443,991
 2,075
 1,176
 2,647
 6,668
Interest rate cap agreements9,491,468
 10,042,293
 76,387
 33,080
 
 
Options for interest rate cap agreements9,463,935
 10,013,912
 
 
 76,281
 32,977
Total return settlement658,471
 1,404,726
 
 
 30,618
 53,432
Other1,265,583
 899,394
 12,293
 11,146
 16,325
 14,553
Total$47,594,597
 $53,877,846
 $375,649
 $382,158
 $323,326
 $392,319


205



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Notional 
Asset derivatives
Fair value
 
Liability derivatives
Fair value
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Mortgage banking derivatives:            
Forward commitments to sell loans $452,994
 $329,189
 $18
 $4
 $360
 $4,821
Interest rate lock commitments 167,423
 133,680
 3,042
 2,677
 
 
Mortgage servicing 510,000
 455,000
 15,134
 1,575
 2,547
 8,953
Total mortgage banking risk management 1,130,417
 917,869
 18,194
 4,256
 2,907
 13,774
             
Customer-related derivatives:            
Swaps receive fixed 11,225,376
 11,335,998
 375,541
 92,542
 12,330
 120,185
Swaps pay fixed 11,975,313
 11,825,804
 23,271
 163,673
 336,361
 72,662
Other 3,532,959
 2,162,302
 3,457
 11,151
 4,848
 14,294
Total customer-related derivatives 26,733,648
 25,324,104
 402,269
 267,366
 353,539
 207,141
             
Other derivative activities:            
Foreign exchange contracts 3,724,007
 3,635,119
 33,749
 47,330
 34,428
 37,466
Interest rate swap agreements 1,290,560
 2,281,379
 
 11,553
 11,626
 3,264
Interest rate cap agreements 9,379,720
 7,758,710
 62,552
 128,467
 
 
Options for interest rate cap agreements 9,379,720
 7,741,765
 
 
 62,552
 128,377
Other 1,087,986
 1,038,558
 10,536
 4,527
 13,025
 7,137
Total $52,726,058
 $48,697,504
 $527,300
 $463,499
 $478,077
 $397,159




144




NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Gains (Losses) on All Derivatives

The following Consolidated Statement of Operations line items were impacted by the Company’s derivative activities for the years ended December 31, 20162019, 2018 and 2015:2017:
   Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)   Year Ended December 31,
Derivative Activity(1)
 Line Item 2016 2015 2014 Line Item 2019 2018 2017
 (in thousands)    
Fair value hedges:            
Cross-currency swaps Miscellaneous income $174
 $62
 $777
Interest rate swaps Miscellaneous income 1,959
 (1,412) (547) Net interest income $
 $
 $2,397
Cash flow hedges:      
        
  
Pay fixed-receive variable interest
rate swaps
 Net interest income (9,848) (11,595) (53,112) Interest expense on borrowings 36,920
 33,881
 (10,152)
Pay variable receive-fixed interest rate swap Interest income on loans (40,827) (24,346) 9,104
Other derivative activities:      
  Other derivative activities:    
  
Forward commitments to sell loans Mortgage banking income 8,028
 2,963
 (4,510) Miscellaneous income, net 4,477
 (4,362) (9,033)
Interest rate lock commitments Mortgage banking income (224) (522) 2,516
 Miscellaneous income, net 365
 572
 (211)
Mortgage servicing Mortgage banking income 2,027
 (2,806) (5,683) Miscellaneous income, net 24,244
 (7,560) 2,075
Customer related derivatives Miscellaneous income 23,770
 1,100
 4,022
Customer-related derivatives Miscellaneous income, net 2,538
 34,987
 16,703
Foreign exchange Miscellaneous income 7,526
 6,705
 8,966
 Miscellaneous income, net 32,565
 2,259
 6,520
Interest rate swaps, caps, and options Miscellaneous income 4,450
 13,593
 35,438
 Miscellaneous income, net (14,092) 11,901
 10,897
Net interest income 51,862
 78,640
 (5,226) Interest expense 
 
 6,060
Total return settlement Other administrative expenses (4,365) (10,973) (7,856)
Other Miscellaneous income (1,018) (1,129) (906) Miscellaneous income, net (408) (4,030) 1,747

(1)
(1)Gains are disclosed as positive numbers while losses are shown as a negative number regardless of the line item being affected.

The net amount of change recognized in OCI for cash flow hedge derivatives were losses of $0.5 million and $7.1 million, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and a gain of $18.1 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The net amount of changes reclassified from OCI into earnings for cash flow hedge derivatives were losses of $0.2 million and $3.3 million, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and a gain of $17.8 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

The Company enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements, which reduce risk by permitting netting of transactions with the same counterparty on the occurrence of certain events. A master netting agreement allows two counterparties the ability to net-settle amounts under all contracts, including any related collateral posted, through a single payment and in a single currency. The right to offset and certain terms regarding the collateral process, such as valuation, credit events and settlement, are contained in the ISDA master agreement.Master Agreement. The Company's financial instruments, including resell and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements, derivatives and cash collateral, may be eligible for offset on its Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets.

The Company has elected to present derivative balances on a gross basis even if the derivative is subject to a legally enforceable master nettingnettable ISDA agreementsMaster Agreement for all trades executed after April 1, 2013. Collateral that is received or pledged for these transactions is disclosed within the “Gross amounts not offsetAmounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet”Sheets” section of the tables below. Prior to April 1, 2013, the Company had elected to net all caps, floors, and interest rate swaps when it had an ISDA agreementMaster Agreement with the counterparty. The collateral received or pledged in connection with these transactions is disclosed within the “Gross amounts offsetAmounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet"Sheets" section of the tables below.


206



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

145





NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Information about financial assets and liabilities that are eligible for offset on the Consolidated Balance SheetSheets as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively, is presented in the following tables:

 Offsetting of Financial Assets Offsetting of Financial Assets
       Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet       Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands) Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Collateral Received (3)
 Net Amount
December 31, 2019          
Cash flow hedges $29,031
 $
 $29,031
 $17,790
 $11,241
Other derivative activities(1)(4)
 524,258
 435
 523,823
 51,437
 472,386
Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement 553,289
 435
 552,854
 69,227
 483,627
Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 3,042
 
 3,042
 
 3,042
Total Derivative Assets $556,331
 $435
 $555,896
 $69,227
 $486,669
 Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Received Net Amount          
 (in thousands)          
December 31, 2016            
December 31, 2018          
Cash flow hedges $45,681
 $
 $45,681
 $
 $21,690
 $23,991
 $54,986
 $
 $54,986
 $22,451
 $32,535
Other derivative activities(1)
 374,052
 7,551
 366,501
 4,484
 39,474
 322,543
 460,822
 6,570
 454,252
 117,582
 336,670
Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement 419,733
 7,551
 412,182
 4,484
 61,164
 346,534
 515,808
 6,570
 509,238
 140,033
 369,205
Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 1,597
 
 1,597
 
 
 1,597
 2,677
 
 2,677
 
 2,677
Total Derivative Assets $421,330
 $7,551
 $413,779
 $4,484
 $61,164
 $348,131
 $518,485
 $6,570
 $511,915
 $140,033
 $371,882
            
Total Financial Assets $421,330
 $7,551
 $413,779
 $4,484
 $61,164
 $348,131
            
December 31, 2015            
Fair value hedges $3,742
 $
 $3,742
 $
 $
 $3,742
Cash flow hedges 7,295
 
 7,295
 
 
 7,295
Other derivative activities(1)
 379,626
 10,161
 369,465
 8,008
 21,784
 339,673
Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement 390,663
 10,161
 380,502
 8,008
 21,784
 350,710
Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 2,532
 
 2,532
 
 
 2,532
Total Derivative Assets $393,195
 $10,161
 $383,034
 $8,008
 $21,784
 $353,242
            
Total Financial Assets $393,195
 $10,161
 $383,034
 $8,008
 $21,784
 $353,242
(1)Includes customer-related and other derivatives.
(2)Includes mortgage banking derivatives.
(3)Collateral received includes cash, cash equivalents, and other financial instruments. Cash collateral received is reported in Other liabilities, as applicable, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Financial instruments that are pledged to the Company are not reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets since the Company does not control or have the ability to re-hypothecate these instruments.
(4)Balance includes $25.3 million of derivative assets due from an affiliate.

207



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

146





NOTE 14. DERIVATIVES (continued)

 Offsetting of Financial Liabilities Offsetting of Financial Liabilities
       Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet       Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands) Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Collateral Pledged (3)
 Net Amount
December 31, 2019          
Cash flow hedges $68,337
 $
 $68,337
 $68,337
 $
Other derivative activities(1)(4)
 477,717
 9,406
 468,311
 436,301
 32,010
Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement 546,054
 9,406
 536,648
 504,638
 32,010
Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 360
 
 360
 273
 87
Total Derivative Liabilities $546,414
 $9,406
 $537,008
 $504,911
 $32,097
 Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Pledged Net Amount          
 (in thousands)
December 31, 2016            
December 31, 2018          
Cash flow hedges $59,812
 $
 $59,812
 $
 $110,856
 $(51,044) $100,272
 $
 $100,272
 $5,612
 $94,660
Other derivative activities(1)
 292,708
 34,197
 258,511
 
 95,138
 163,373
 392,338
 13,422
 378,916
 316,285
 62,631
Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement 352,520
 34,197
 318,323
 
 205,994
 112,329
 492,610
 13,422
 479,188
 321,897
 157,291
Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 30,618
 
 30,618
 
 
 30,618
 4,821
 
 4,821
 3,827
 994
Total Derivative Liabilities $383,138
 $34,197
 $348,941
 $
 $205,994
 $142,947
 $497,431
 $13,422
 $484,009
 $325,724
 $158,285
            
Total Financial Liabilities $383,138
 $34,197
 $348,941
 $
 $205,994
 $142,947
            
December 31, 2015            
Fair value hedges $2,098
 $
 $2,098
 $87
 $10,602
 $(8,591)
Cash flow hedges 23,047
 
 23,047
 
 38,607
 (15,560)
Other derivative activities(1)
 338,887
 77,734
 261,153
 4,265
 209,087
 47,801
Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement 364,032
 77,734
 286,298
 4,352
 258,296
 23,650
Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 53,432
 
 53,432
 
 
 53,432
Total Derivative Liabilities $417,464
 $77,734
 $339,730
 $4,352
 $258,296
 $77,082
            
Total Financial Liabilities $417,464
 $77,734
 $339,730
 $4,352
 $258,296
 $77,082
(1)Includes customer-related and other derivatives.
(2)Includes mortgage banking derivatives.
(3)Cash collateral pledged and financial instruments pledged is reported in Other assets, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In certain instances, the Company is over-collateralized since the actual amount of collateral pledged exceeds the associated financial liability. As a result, the actual amount of collateral pledged that is reported in Other assets may be greater than the amount shown in the table above.
(4)Balance includes $25.3 million of derivative liabilities due to an affiliate.


NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and certain foreign countries. These tax laws are complex and are potentially subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. In establishing thea provision for income tax provision,expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws.

Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company reviews theits tax balances quarterly and, as new information becomes available, the balances are adjusted as appropriate. The Company is subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions.


208



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

147





NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

Income Taxes from Continuing Operations

The provision for income taxes in the Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations is comprised of the following components:
       Year Ended December 31,
 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
(in thousands) 2019 2018 2017
 (in thousands)      
Current:            
Foreign $30,983
 $26,042
 $26,590
 $491
 $13,183
 $7,288
Federal 71,429
 160,107
 (190,672) 40,964
 (68,160) 24,335
State (2,646) 44,712
 829
 91,592
 64,002
 7,951
Total current 99,766
 230,861
 (163,253) 133,047
 9,025
 39,574
            
Deferred: 
     
    
Foreign (36,039) (5,878) (10,766) 38,471
 16,882
 (15,065)
Federal 143,494
 (755,630) 1,664,516
 263,970
 360,780
 (193,837)
State 106,494
 (69,111) 182,626
 36,711
 39,213
 12,288
Total deferred 213,949
 (830,619) 1,836,376
 339,152
 416,875
 (196,614)
Total income tax provision/(benefit) $313,715
 $(599,758) $1,673,123
 $472,199
 $425,900
 $(157,040)

Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rate

The following is a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35.0%21.0% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and 35% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to the Company's effective tax rate for each of the years indicated:
       Year Ended December 31,
 Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2017
 2016 2015 2014      
Federal income tax at statutory rate 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 % 21.0 % 21.0 % 35.0 %
Increase/(decrease) in taxes resulting from:            
Valuation allowance (5.0)% (0.1)% (0.1)% 2.4 % 4.6 % 0.9 %
Tax-exempt income (1.6)% 0.5 % (0.6)% (0.9)% (0.8)% (1.9)%
Bank owned life insurance (2.1)% 0.6 % (0.4)%
Section 162(m) limitation 0.2 % 0.2 %  %
Non-deductible FDIC insurance premiums 0.8 % 0.8 %  %
BOLI (0.9)% (0.9)% (2.8)%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 5.9 % (1.8)% 1.0 % 6.1 % 5.9 % 2.6 %
General business tax credits (2.1)% 0.3 % (0.3)% (1.6)% (1.7)% (2.1)%
Electric vehicle credits (2.7)% 0.8 % (0.6)% (0.4)% (0.7)% (3.0)%
Basis in SC 3.1 % 26.6 % 2.2 % 3.4 % 3.0 % 3.4 %
Nondeductible goodwill impairment  % (45.7)%  %
Uncertain tax position reserve 3.2 % (2.9)% (0.5)% (0.1)% (0.3)% (0.4)%
Tax reform  %  % (53.3)%
Other (0.8)% 3.1 % (0.2)% 1.2 % (1.0)% 2.0 %
Effective tax rate 32.9 % 16.4 % 35.5 % 31.2 % 30.1 % (19.6)%

209



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

148





NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below:
     At December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018
Deferred tax assets:    
 At December 31,    
 2016 2015
 (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:    
ALLL $255,221
 $262,595
 $176,304
 $208,507
Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") Section 475 mark to market adjustment 474,366
 598,346
IRC Section 475 mark-to-market adjustment 169,224
 296,145
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities 80,958
 62,092
 2,209
 76,915
Unrealized loss on derivatives 6,512
 5,652
 9,639
 11,340
Held to maturity 4,618
 5,901
Capital loss carryforwards 35,770
 41,016
 22,547
 22,661
Net operating loss carry forwards 1,441,368
 855,307
Net operating loss carryforwards 2,098,447
 1,836,767
Non-solicitation payments 643
 952
 
 87
Employee benefits 152,324
 151,070
 104,788
 98,735
General business credit & other tax credit carry forwards 564,011
 479,380
General business credit & other tax credit carryforwards 535,694
 670,502
Broker commissions paid on originated mortgage loans 15,665
 19,375
 10,520
 11,073
Minimum tax credit carry forwards 162,956
 161,977
Minimum tax credit carryforwards 30,903
 87,822
Goodwill Amortization 34,504
 38,338
Accrued Expenses 83,271
 
Recourse reserves 10,812
 11,990
 6,854
 5,346
Deferred interest expense 80,421
 77,536
 73,271
 66,146
Depreciation and amortization 470,965
 111,438
Other 146,911
 140,260
 188,921
 153,370
Total gross deferred tax assets 3,427,938
 2,867,548
 4,022,679
 3,701,093
Valuation allowance (124,953) (153,616) (371,457) (338,922)
Total deferred tax assets 3,302,985
 2,713,932
 3,651,222
 3,362,171
        
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Purchase accounting adjustments 123,518
 167,488
 87,444
 81,151
Deferred income 31,231
 22,310
 42,811
 38,448
Originated mortgage servicing rights 58,754
 58,873
Change in Control deferred gain 396,600
 367,647
Leasing transactions(1)
 2,622,331
 1,954,674
Depreciation and amortization 297,314
 324,386
Unremitted foreign earnings 67,720
 
Originated MSRs 37,164
 42,625
SC basis difference 413,915
 375,573
Leasing transactions 3,855,255
 3,270,042
Other 136,065
 49,132
 231,985
 141,782
Total gross deferred tax liabilities 3,733,533
 2,944,510
 4,668,574
 3,949,621
        
Net deferred tax (liability) $(430,548) $(230,578) $(1,017,352) $(587,450)

(1) DeferredDue to jurisdictional netting, the net deferred tax liability related to leasing transactionsof $1.0 billion is primarilyclassified on the resultbalance sheet as a deferred tax liability of accelerated$1.5 billion and a deferred tax depreciation on leasing transactions.asset included in Other assets of $503.7 million.

The IRC Section 475 mark to marketmark-to-market adjustment deferred tax asset is related to SC's business as a dealer, which is required to be recognized under IRC Section 475 for net gains that have been recognized for tax purposes on loans that are required to be marked to market for tax purposes but not book purposes. The leasing transactions deferred tax liability ("DTL") is primarily related to accelerated tax depreciation on leasing transactions. The Change in ControlSC basis difference deferred gaintax liability is the book over tax basis difference in the Company's investment in SC. The DTLdeferred tax liability would be realized upon the Company's disposition of its interest in SC or through dividends received from SC. If the Company were to reach 80% or more ownership of SC, SC would be consolidated with the Company for tax filing purposes, facilitating certain offsets of SC’s taxable income, and the capital planning benefit of netting SC’s net deferred tax liability against the Company’s net deferred tax asset. In addition, the SC basis difference DTL would be released as a reduction to income tax expense.


149




NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

Periodic reviews of the carrying amount of deferred tax assets are made to determine if the establishment of a valuation allowance is necessary. If, based on the available evidence in future periods, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets will not be realized, a deferred tax valuation allowance would be established. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets.

210



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

Items considered in this evaluation include historical financial performance, the expectation of future earnings, the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid, the length of statutory carry-forwardcarryforward periods, experience with operating loss and tax credit carryforwards not expiring unused, tax planning strategies and timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Company's evaluation is based on current tax laws, as well as its expectations of future performance. As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company maintainsmaintained a valuation allowance of $125.0$371.5 million, compared to $338.9 million as of December 31, 2018, related to deferred tax assets subject to carryforward periods for which the Company has determined it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will remain unused after the carry-forwardcarryforward periods have expired. The $32.6 million increase year-over-year was primarily driven by increased losses of subsidiaries in Puerto Rico for which the related deferred tax assets are not expected to be realized in future periods.

The deferred tax asset realization analysis is updated at each year-endquarter-end using the most recent forecasts. An assessment is made quarterly as to whether the forecasts and assumptions used in the deferred tax asset realization analysis should be revised in light of any changes that have occurred or are expected to occur that would significantly impact the forecasts or modeling assumptions. At December 31, 2016,2019, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset of $1.3 billion related to federal and Puerto Rico net operating loss carryforwards, which may be offset against future taxable income. If not utilized in future years, thesethe following:
(in thousands) Gross Deferred Tax Balance Valuation Allowance 
Final Expiration Year (1)
       
Net operating loss carryforwards $1,979,357
 $165,687
 2037
State net operating loss carryforwards 119,089
 6,916
 2039
General business credit carryforward 535,694
 78,427
 2038
Minimum tax credit carryforward 30,903
 
 N/A
Capital loss carryforward 22,547
 22,547
 2023
Deferred tax timing differences 1,335,089
 97,880
 N/A
Total $4,022,679
 $371,457
  
(1) These will expire in varying amounts through 2036. The Company has recorded a deferred tax assetthe final expiration year.

As of $92.9 million relatedDecember 31, 2019, the Company’s intention to state net operating loss carryforwards, which may be used against future taxable income. If not utilized in future years, these will expire in varying amounts through 2036. The Company has recorded a deferred tax asset of $35.8 million related to capital loss carryforwards, which may be used against future capital gain income. If not utilized in future years, these will expire through 2020. The Company also has recorded a deferred tax asset of $564.0 million related to tax credit carryforwards, which may be offset against future taxable income. If not utilized in future years, these will expire in varying amounts through 2036. The Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that $32.6 million of the deferred tax asset related to the federal and Puerto Rico net operating loss carryforwards, $4.3 million of the deferred tax asset related to state net operating loss carryforwards, $23.6 million of the deferred tax asset related to capital loss carryforwards, $32.6 million of the deferred tax asset related to tax credit carryforwards and $31.9 million of the deferred tax timing differences will not be realized. The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability of $46.4 million related topermanently reinvest unremitted earnings of $132.6 million that are considered permanently reinvestedcertain foreign subsidiaries (with the exception of one subsidiary) in a consolidated foreign entity. Underaccordance with ASC 740-30 (formerly APBAccounting Principles Board Opinion No. 23), unremitted remains unchanged. This will continue to be evaluated as the Company’s business needs and requirements evolve. While the TCJA included a transition tax, which amounts to a deemed repatriation of foreign earnings and a one-time inclusion of these earnings in U.S. taxable income, there could be additional costs of actual repatriation of the foreign earnings, such as state taxes and foreign withholding taxes, which are inherently difficult to quantify. Additionally, the sale of a foreign subsidiary could result in a gain that are no longer permanently invested would becomeis subject to deferred income taxes under United States law.tax.

The Company has not provided deferred income taxes of $43.8$28.7 million on approximately $112.1 million of the Bank's existing pre-1988 tax bad debt reserve at December 31, 2016,2019, due to the indefinite nature of the recapture provisions. Certain rules under sectionSection 593 of the Internal Revenue CodeIRC govern when the Company may be subject to tax on the recapture of the existing base year tax bad debt reserve, such as distributions by the Bank in excess of certain earnings and profits, the redemption of the Bank’s stock, or a liquidation. The Company does not expect any of those events to occur. 


211



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

150





NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

Changes in Liability for UnrecognizedRelated to Uncertain Tax BenefitsPositions

At December 31, 2016,2019, the Company had net unrecognized tax benefit reserves related to tax benefits from uncertain tax positions of $88.6$51.3 million. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
(in thousands) Unrecognized Tax Benefits Accrued Interest and Penalties Total
            
 Unrecognized Tax Benefits Accrued Interest and Penalties Total
 (in thousands)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2014 $127,804
 $23,959
 $151,763
Change in Control 1,487
 746
 2,233
IHC Reorganization 22,688
 1,457
 24,145
Additions based on tax positions related to 2014 4,218
 1,277
 5,495
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2017 $55,756
 $43,373
 $99,129
Additions based on tax positions related to 2017 987
 
 987
Additions for tax positions of prior years 35,354
 4,927
 40,281
 2,728
 1,877
 4,605
Reductions for tax positions of prior years (24,807) (6,351) (31,158) (784) (1,926) (2,710)
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations (2,656) (966) (3,622) (9,999) (1,526) (11,525)
Settlements (8,372) (428) (8,800) 
 
 
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014 155,716
 24,621
 180,337
Additions based on tax positions related to 2015 2,752
 31
 2,783
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017 48,688
 41,798
 90,486
Additions based on tax positions related to 2018 1,005
 
 1,005
Additions for tax positions of prior years 105,526
 3,677
 109,203
 2,030
 1,527
 3,557
Reductions for tax positions of prior years (15) (9) (24) (1,545) (65) (1,610)
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations (4,116) (2,061) (6,177) (4,813) (764) (5,577)
Settlements 
 
 
 (62) (29) (91)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 259,863
 26,259
 286,122
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018 45,303
 42,467
 87,770
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year 17,323
 1,505
 18,828
 270
 
 270
Additions for tax positions of prior years 4,644
 37,508
 42,152
 12,716
 1,779
 14,495
Reductions for tax positions of prior years (218,994) (18,828) (237,822) (4,652) (35,554) (40,206)
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations (4,194) (43) (4,237) (3,900) (2,134) (6,034)
Settlements (2,886) (3,028) (5,914) 
 
 
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016 $55,756
 $43,373
 $99,129
Gross net unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate at December 31, 2016 $55,756
 $43,373
  
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019 $49,737
 $6,558
 $56,295
Gross net unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate at December 31, 2019 $49,737
 $6,558
  
            
Less: Federal, state and local income tax benefits     (10,557)     (5,023)
Net unrecognized tax benefit reserves     $88,572
     $51,272

Tax positions will initially be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and certain foreign countries. These tax laws are complex and are potentially subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and relevant governmental taxing authorities. In establishing an income tax provision, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. The Company recognizes penalties and interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits within Income tax provision on the Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations.

212



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

The Company filed a lawsuit againstOn September 5, 2019, the United States in 2009 in Federal District Court in Massachusetts entered a stipulated judgment resolving the Company’s litigation relating to the proper tax consequences of two financing transactions with an international bank through which the Company borrowed $1.2 billion. As a result of these financing transactions,billion that was previously disclosed within its Form 10-K for 2018. That stipulated judgment resolved the Company paid foreign taxes of $264.0 million duringCompany’s tax liability for the years 2003 through 2007 and claimed a corresponding foreign2005 tax credit for foreign taxes paid during those years which the IRS disallowed. The IRS also disallowed the Company's deductions for interest expense and transaction costs, totaling $74.6 million in tax liability, and assessed penalties and interest totaling approximately $92.5 million.with no material effect on net income. The Company has paid the taxes, penalties and interest associatedagreed with
the IRS adjustmentsto resolve the treatment of the same financing transactions for allthe 2006 and 2007 tax years, subject to review by the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation and final IRS approval. That anticipated resolution with the lawsuit will determine whetherIRS is consistent with the Company is entitled to a refund of the amounts paid.September 5, 2019, stipulated judgment and would have no material effect on net income.

On November 13, 2015, the Federal District Court issued a written opinion in favor of the Company on all contested issues, and in a judgment issued on January 13, 2016, ordered amounts assessed by the IRS for the years 2003 through 2005 to be refunded to the Company. The IRS appealed that decision. On December 15, 2016, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit partially reversed the decision of the Federal District Court. Pursuant to the First Circuit's judgment, the Company is not entitled to claim the foreign tax credits it claimed but will be allowed to exclude from income $132.0 million (representing half of the U.K. taxes the Company paid) and will be allowed to claim the interest expense deductions. The court ordered the case to be remanded to the Federal District Court for further proceedings to determine, among other issues, whether penalties should be sustained. On March 16, 2017, the Company filed a petition requesting the U.S. Supreme Court to hear its appeal of the First Circuit Court’s decision.
151

In response to the First Circuit's judgment, the Company used its previously established $230.1 million tax reserve to write off deferred tax assets and a portion of the receivable that would not be realized under the Court's decision. Additionally, the Company established a $36.0 million tax reserve in relation to items that have not yet been determined by the Courts. The Company believes that this reserve amount adequately provides for potential exposure to the IRS related to these items. Over the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that changes in the reserve for uncertain tax positions could range from a decrease of $36.0 million to no change.


In 2013, two different federal courts decided cases involving similar financing structures entered into by the Bank of New York Mellon Corp. ("BNY Mellon") and BB&T Corp. ("BB&T") in favor of the IRS. BNY Mellon and BB&T each appealed. On May 14, 2015, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit decided BB&T's appeal by affirming the trial court's decision to disallow BB&T's foreign tax credits and to allow penalties, but reversing the trial court and allowed BB&T's entitlement to interest deductions. On September 9, 2015, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit upheld the trial court's decision in BNY Mellon's case, allowing BNY Mellon to claim interest deductions, but disallowing BNY Mellon's claimed foreign tax credits. On September 29, 2015, BB&T filed a petition requesting the U.S. Supreme Court to hear its appeal of the Federal Circuit Court’s decision. BNY Mellon filed a petition requesting the U.S. Supreme Court hear its appeal of the Second Circuit’s decision on November 3, 2015. On March 7, 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court denied BB&T's and BNY Mellon's petitions.NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES (continued)

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal state and non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2003.2011 and state income tax examinations for years prior to 2006.

The Company applies an aggregate portfolio approach whereby income tax effects from accumulated OCI are released only when an entire portfolio (i.e., all related units of account) of a particular type is liquidated, sold or extinguished.


NOTE 16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

SC Compensation Plan

Beginning in 2012, SC granted stock options to certain executives, other employees, and independent directors under the SC stock and option award plan (the "SC Plan"). The SC Plan was administered by SC's Board and enabled SC to make stock awards up to a total of approximately 29.4 million common shares (net of shares canceled or forfeited), or 8.5% of the equity invested in SC as of December 31, 2011. The SC Plan expired on January 31, 2015, and accordingly, no further awards will be made under this plan. In December 2013, the SC Board established an Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "Omnibus Incentive Plan"), amended and restated as of June 2016, which enables SC to grant awards of nonqualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units ("RSUs"), and other awards that may be settled in or based upon the value of SC Common Stock, up to a total of 5,192,640 common shares.

213



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

Stock options granted have an exercise price based on the estimated fair market value of SC Common Stock on the grant date. The stock options expire after ten years and include both time vesting options and performance vesting options. The fair value of the stock options is amortized into income over the vesting period as time and performance vesting conditions are met. Under a management shareholder agreement (the "Management Shareholder Agreement") entered into by certain employees, no shares obtained through exercise of stock options could be transferred until the later of December 31, 2016, and SC's execution of an initial public offering ("IPO") (the later date of which is referred to as the Lapse Date). Until the Lapse Date, if an employee were to leave SC, SC would have the right to repurchase any or all of the stock obtained by the employee through option exercise. If the employee were terminated for cause (as defined in the SC Plan) or voluntarily left SC without good reason (as defined in the SC Plan), in each case, prior to the Lapse Date the repurchase price would be the lower of the strike price or fair market value at the date of repurchase. If the employee were terminated without cause or voluntarily left SC with good reason, in each case, prior to the Lapse Date the repurchase price is the fair market value at the date of repurchase. Management believes SC's repurchase right caused the IPO to constitute an implicit vesting condition and therefore did not record any stock compensation expense until the date of the IPO.

On December 28, 2013, the SC Board approved certain changes to the SC Plan and the Management Shareholder Agreement, including acceleration of vesting for certain employees, removal of transfer restrictions for shares underlying a portion of the options outstanding under the SC Plan, and addition of transfer restrictions for shares underlying another portion of the outstanding options. All of the changes were contingent on, and effective upon, SC's execution of an IPO and, accordingly, became effective upon pricing of the IPO on January 22, 2014. In addition, on December 28, 2013, SC granted 583,890 shares of restricted stock to certain executives under terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Compensation expense related to this restricted stock is recognized over a five-year vesting period, with $0.7 million and $8.9 million recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

On January 23, 2014, SC executed an IPO, in which selling stockholders offered and sold to the public 85,242,042 shares of SC Common Stock at a price of $24.00 per share. SC received no proceeds from the IPO. SC recognized stock-based compensation expense totaling $117.8 million related to vested options upon the closing of the IPO, including $33.8 million related to accelerated vesting for certain executives. Also in connection with the IPO, SC granted 1,406,835 additional stock options under the SC Plan to certain executives, other employees, and an independent director with a grant date fair value of $10.2 million, which is being recognized over the awards' vesting period of five years for the employees and three years for the director. Additional stock option grants have been made during the year ended December 31, 2016 to employees, and the estimated compensation costs associated with these additional grants is $0.7 million which will also be recognized over the vesting periods of the awards. The grant date fair values of these stock option awards were determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

A summary of SC's stock options and related activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows:
 SharesWeighted Average Exercise PriceWeighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
  (in whole dollars) (in 000's)
Options outstanding at January 1, 20165,675,327
$12.30
6.5$20,151
Granted456,662
10.84
 
Exercised(868,332)9.49
 3,028
Expired(560,523)11.32
 
Forfeited(407,304)13.76
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 20164,295,830
$12.70
5.6$12,982
Options exercisable at December 31, 20163,144,763
$10.90
5.3$11,348
Options expected to vest at December 31, 2016995,104
$17.97
6.7 

214



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

In connection with compensation restrictions imposed on certain executive officers and other employees by the European Central Bank under the Capital Requirements Directive IV (the "CRD IV") prudential rules, which require a portion of such officers' and employees' variable compensation to be paid in the form of equity, SC granted restricted stock units ("RSUs") in February and April 2015. Pursuant to the applicable award agreements under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, a portion of the RSUs vested immediately upon grant, and a portion will vest annually over the next 3 years. In June 2015, as part of a separate grant under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, SC granted certain officers RSUs that vest over a three-year period, with vesting dependent on Santander's performance over that time. After vesting, stock obtained by employees and officers through RSUs must be held for 1 year. In October 2015, SC granted, under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, certain directors RSUs that vest upon the earlier of the first anniversary of the grant date or the first annual shareholders' meeting following the grant date. In December 2015, SC granted a new officer RSUs that will vest in equal portions on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.

In February, June and November 2016, SC granted certain new employees RSUs that will vest annually over a three-year period. In March, April and November 2016, RSUs that vest annually over a three-year period were granted to certain officers and employees as retention awards. The RSUs granted as retention awards to officers and employees whose variable compensation is subject to the provisions of CRD IV must be held for one year after vesting. In accordance with the provisions of CRD IV, in April 2016, SC granted RSUs to certain officers and employees, a portion of which vested immediately upon grant and a portion that vest annually over a three-year period, and which must be held for one year after vesting. In November 2016, SC granted certain officers RSUs that vest over a three-year period, with vesting dependent on Banco Santander performance over that time and which must be held for one year after vesting. In November and December 2016, SC granted certain directors RSUs that vest upon the earlier of the first anniversary of grant date or the first annual meeting following the grant date. All RSU grants during the year ended December 31, 2016 were made under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

On July 2, 2015, Mr. Dundon exercised a right under his separation agreement to settle his vested options for a cash payment. Subject to limitations of banking regulators and applicable law, Mr. Dundon's separation agreement also provided that his unvested stock options would vest in full and his unvested restricted stock awards would continue to vest in accordance with their terms as if he remained employed by SC. In addition, any service-based vesting requirements that were applicable to Mr. Dundon’s outstanding RSUs in respect of his 2014 annual bonus were waived, and such RSUs continue to vest and be settled in accordance with the underlying award agreement. However, because the separation agreement did not receive the required regulatory approvals within 60 days of Mr. Dundon's termination without cause, both the vested and the unvested stock options totaling 6,847,379 are considered to have expired. If regulatory approvals are obtained, SC would be obligated to pay Mr. Dundon approximately $102.8 million and recognize compensation expense for the same amount.

The Change in Control required the Company to fair value SC’s outstanding stock options as of the IPO date. SC’s total number of stock options outstanding as of the IPO date was approximately 25.4 million which includes the additional stock options granted described above. The fair values of these stock options at the IPO date were also determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model using inputs available as of the IPO date. The assumptions used by the Company at that date were as follows:
As of the date of Change in Control:
January 28, 2014
Assumption:
Risk-free interest rate1.94% - 2.12%
Expected life (in years)6.0 - 6.5
Expected volatility49% - 51%
Dividend yield2.3% - 4.2%
Weighted average grant date fair value$7.54 - $8.38

215



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

The Company recognized SC’s stock option awards that were outstanding as of the IPO date at fair value, which in aggregate amounted to $369.3 million. The portion of the total fair value of the stock option awards that is attributable to pre-business combination service amounting to $210.2 million represented an NCI in SC as of the IPO date, while $159.1 million of the total amount will be recognized as stock compensation expense over the remaining vesting period of the awards. Between the IPO date and December 31, 2014, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense totaling $98.9 million, including $82.6 million that was immediately recognized as stock compensation expense as a result of the acceleration of the vesting of certain of the stock option awards upon the closing of the IPO as also discussed above. The total amount also included the IPO date fair value of the additional stock option grant of approximately $15.0 million.

A summary of the status and changes of SC's non-vested stock option shares as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, is presented below:
 SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at January 1, 20162,902,766
$6.68
Granted456,662
10.18
Vested(1,240,534)7.88
Forfeited or expired(967,827)6.48
Non-vested at December 31, 20161,151,067
$7.02


At December 31, 2016, total unrecognized compensation expense for non-vested stock options granted was $4.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.

The following summarizes the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted under the Management Equity Plan to employees for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
For the year ended December 31, 2016For the year ended December 31, 2015For the period beginning January 28, 2014 through December 31, 2014
Assumption:
Risk-free interest rate1.79%1.64% - 1.97%1.94% - 2.12%
Expected life (in years)6.56.0 - 6.56.0 - 6.5
Expected volatility33%32% - 48%49% - 51%
Dividend yield3.69%1.6% - 2.7%2.3% - 4.2%
Weighted average grant date fair value$3.14$6.92 - $9.67$7.54 - $8.38

The Company will have the same fair value basis with that of SC for any stock option awards after the IPO date.


NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Contribution Plans

All employees of the Bank and Parent Company are eligible to participate in the Company's 401(k) Plan following their completion of one month of service. There is no age requirement to join the 401(k) Plan. The Bank matches 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of their compensation and then 50% of employee contributions between 3% and 5% of their compensation. The Company match is immediately vested and is allocated to the employee’s various 401(k) Plan investment options in the same percentages as the employee’s own contributions. The Bank recognized expense for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of $22.6 million, $20.4 million and $17.4 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, within the Compensation and benefits line on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

216



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

BSI has a contributory 401(k) retirement savings plan. All employees of BSI are eligible to participate in the plan on the first of the month following 30 days after their date of employment. BSI matches 100% of each employee's contribution up to 3%, plus 50% of the next 2% of the employee's eligible compensation for the year to the plan. BSI's contribution expense to this plan during the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

SC sponsors a defined contribution plan offered to qualifying employees. Employees participating in the plan may contribute up to 75% of their base salary, subject to federal limitations on absolute amounts contributed. SC matches 100% of employee contributions up to 6% of their base salary. The total amount contributed by SC in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $11.8 million and $9.5 million and $7.9 million, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors various post-employment and post-retirement plans. All of the plans are frozen and therefore closed to new entrants; all benefits are fully vested, and therefore the plans ceased accruing benefits. The total net unfunded status related to these plans was $62.8 million and $67.4 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and is recorded within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liabilities are made up of the following:
The Bank’s benefit obligation related to its supplemental executive retirement plan SERP was $24.1 million and $24.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Bank’s benefit obligation related to other post-employment plans was $8.7 million and $8.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Company acquired a pension plan from its acquisition of Independence Community Bank Corp. (the "ICBC Plan"). The unfunded status of the ICBC Plan was $30.0 million and $34.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation was $100.5 million and $99.7 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Banco Santander Puerto Rico maintains two inactive qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plans. One plan covers substantially all active employees of Santander BanCorp (the "BSPR Plan") before January 1, 2007, while the other plan was assumed in connection with the 1996 acquisition of Banco Central Hispano de Puerto Rico (the "BCH Plan"). The total net unfunded status related to the BSPR Plan and the BCH Plan are recorded within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liabilities are made up of the following:
The unfunded status of the BSPR Plan was $11.0 million and $12.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation was $60.4 million and $60.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The unfunded status of the BCH Plan was $0.2 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation was $36.9 million and $37.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

BSI and SIS are participants in a defined pension plan sponsored by Santander's, New York branch ("Santander NY"), covering substantially all BSI and SIS employees. Effective December 31, 2010, the defined pension plan was frozen. The amounts recorded by BSI and SIS were $1.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively, representing BSI and SIS's share of the pension liability and is recorded within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

In 2010, Santander established and approved a deferred compensation plan in which SIS participates. In accordance with this plan, distributions will be made in three equal installments over a three-year period if the employee remains employed at SIS or an affiliate of Santander through the applicable payment date and certain performance conditions are met in the opinion of the Santander's Board of Directors. Deferred compensation of $2.9 million and $7.1 million is included within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The total amount expensed by SIS in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $2.9 million, $3.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.


217



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were unrecognized actuarial losses, net of tax, of $55.7 million and $58.0 million, respectively, that had not yet been recognized related to all the Company's plans.

As noted above, the Company sponsors several post-employment and post-retirement plans, however the Company considers the ICBC Plan, the BSPR Plan and the BCH Plan, as the Company's most significant plans (collectively, the "Significant Plans"). The required post-retirement disclosures below are provided for the Significant Plans.

The following table summarizes the benefit obligations, change in Plan assets and components of net periodic pension expense for the Significant Plans as of the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015:
  ICBC Plan BSPR Plan BCH Plan
  2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
  (in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:            
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $99,700
 $109,422
 $60,403
 $65,359
 $36,955
 $39,909
Service cost 825
 443
 
 
 
 
Interest cost 4,307
 4,291
 2,422
 2,465
 1,406
 1,380
Actuarial loss/(gain) 932
 (7,880) 98
 (3,560) 416
 (2,151)
Annuity payments (5,235) (6,576) (2,502) (3,861) (1,860) (2,183)
Projected benefit obligation at year end $100,529
 $99,700
 $60,421
 $60,403
 $36,917
 $36,955
Change in plan assets:            
Fair value at beginning of year $65,196
 $73,356
 $48,334
 $51,956
 $36,027
 $38,057
Employer contributions 6,538
 1,820
 
 
 
 
Actual return on plan assets 4,043
 (3,404) 3,592
 239
 2,584
 153
Annuity payments (5,235) (6,576) (2,502) (3,861) (1,860) (2,183)
Fair value at year end $70,542
 $65,196
 $49,424
 $48,334
 $36,751
 $36,027
Components of net periodic pension expense:            
Service cost $825
 $443
 $
 $
 $
 $
Interest cost 4,307
 4,291
 2,422
 2,465
 1,406
 1,380
Expected return on plan assets (4,450) (5,005) (3,293) (3,549) (2,417) (2,536)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss 3,883
 4,214
 1,692
 1,845
 808
 770
Net periodic pension expense $4,565
 $3,943
 $821
 $761
 $(203) $(386)

Service cost includes administrative expenses of the Significant Plans, which are paid from Plan assets. The Company expects to make contributions of $2.8 million to the Significant Plans in 2017.

The Company engages a third party actuarial firm to assist in the Company’s pension valuation process. The Company utilizes a discount rate that is based on the average yield for a population of Aa-graded bonds, specifically selecting the population of Aa-graded bonds within the 60-90th percentile. There have been no significant changes to the discount rate methodology used during 2016. The assumptions utilized to calculate the projected benefit obligations and net periodic pension expenses for the Significant Plans at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were:
  ICBC Plan BSPR Plan BCH Plan
  2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Discount rate 4.25% 4.50% 3.93% 4.14% 3.81% 3.98%
Expected long-term return on plan assets 7.00% 7.00% 7.00% 7.00% 7.00% 7.00%
Salary increase rate % % % % % %

218



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflect the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligations. The selected rates consider the historical and expected future investment trends of the present and expected assets in the Significant Plans.

The following table sets forth the expected benefit payments to be paid in future years for the Significant Plans (in thousands):
 ICBC Plan BSPR Plan BCH Plan
2017$5,301
 $2,622
 $3,514
20185,431
 2,700
 3,899
20195,463
 2,764
 3,090
20205,565
 2,860
 2,870
20215,601
 2,958
 2,789
2022-202628,436
 16,802
 12,444
Total$55,797
 $30,706
 $28,606

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were unrecognized actuarial losses of $90.6 million and $95.6 million that had not yet been recognized related to the Significant Plans. Gains and losses deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income are amortized in net periodic pension cost straight-line over the remaining life of the Significant Plans. The actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 is $6.3 million.

Pension plan assets are required to be reported and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. See Note 1 for discussion about the Company’s fair value policy. In accordance with the ICBC Plan’s investment policy, the ICBC Plan’s assets were invested in the following allocation as of December 31, 2016:
December 31, 2016
ICBC Plan
Equity mutual funds40.9%
Fixed income mutual funds51.1%
Alternative investments (1)
8.0%

(1) Includes asset allocation funds and collective trusts

The shares of the underlying mutual funds are fair valued using quoted market prices in an active market, and therefore all of the assets were considered Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. There have been no changes in the valuation methodologies used at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Specific investments are made in accordance with the Plan’s investment policy. The investment policy of the Plan is to maintain full funding without creating an undue risk of increasing any unfunded liability. A secondary investment objective is, where possible, to reduce the contribution rate in future years. The Plan’s allocation of assets is subject to periodic adjustment and re-balancing depending upon market conditions. 

The Company's asset allocation for the BSPR Plan and BCH Plan as of December 31, 2016, by asset category, are as follows:
    
 December 31, 2016
 BSPR Plan BCH Plan
Equity securities66.4% 64.7%
Debt securities31.4% 32.5%
Other2.2% 2.8%

219



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

The fair value of the assets of the Significant Plans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, by asset category, are as follows (in thousands):
Asset Category 2016
  Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 Balance at
December 31, 2016
Cash $237
 $
 $
 $237
Mortgage-backed securities 
 1,218
 
 1,218
U.S. corporate bonds 
 15,912
 
 15,912
International corporate bonds 
 1,968
 
 1,968
U.S. Treasury notes and bills 5,216
 
 
 5,216
U.S. Municipal bonds 
 363
 
 363
Interest-bearing deposits 1,178
 
 
 1,178
Other assets 5,632
 
 
 5,632
         
Total assets at fair value(1)
 $12,263
 $19,461
 $
 $31,724

(1) Pension assets at December 31, 2016 includes $125.0 million of equity securities that are not presented within this table in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2015-07. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to this ASU implementation.

Asset Category 2015
  Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 Balance at
December 31, 2015
Cash $176
 $
 $
 $176
Mortgage-backed securities 
 1,273
 
 1,273
U.S. corporate bonds 
 13,950
 
 13,950
International corporate bonds 
 2,823
 
 2,823
U.S. Treasury notes and bills 5,228
 
 
 5,228
U.S. Municipal bonds 
 1,257
 
 1,257
Interest-bearing deposits 1,820
 
 
 1,820
Other assets 5,100
 
 
 5,100
         
Total assets at fair value(1)
 $12,324
 $19,303
 $
 $31,627

(1) Pension assets at December 31, 2015 includes $117.9 million of equity securities that are not presented within this table in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2015-07. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to this ASU implementation.


220



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE

General

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value, including investments in debt securities AFS investment securities and derivative instruments. In addition, the Company elects to account for its residential mortgages held for saleHFS and a portion of its MSRs at fair value. Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include impairments for certain loans and foreclosed assets.

As of December 31, 2016, $18.3 billion of the Company’s total assets consisted of financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial instruments for which the Company elected the FVO. Approximately $225.3 million of these financial instruments were measured using quoted market prices for identical instruments or Level 1 inputs. Approximately $16.8 billion of these financial instruments were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based and market-derived information, or Level 2 inputs. Approximately $1.2 billion of these financial instruments were measured using model-based techniques, or Level 3 inputs, and represented approximately 6.5% of total assets measured at fair value and approximately 0.9% of total consolidated assets.

Fair value is defined in GAAP as the pricemeasurement requires that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. GAAP establishes a fair value reporting hierarchy tovaluation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs when measuringand minimize the use of unobservable inputs, and also establishes a fair value and defineshierarchy that categorizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels of inputs as noted below:follows:

Level 1 - Assetsinputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that can be accessed as of the measurement date. Active markets are those in which transactions for which the identical item is tradedasset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an active exchange, such as publicly-traded instruments.ongoing basis.
Level 2 - Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments. Fair value is estimated using inputs are those other than quoted prices included withinin Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3 - Assetsinputs are those that are unobservable or liabilities for which significant valuation assumptions are not readily observable infor the market,asset or liability and instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require. Fairare used to measure fair value is estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities may include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing services, pricing models with internally developed assumptions, DCF methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.extent relevant observable inputs are not available.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value, by their nature, result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When available, the Company uses quoted market prices or matrix pricing in active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1 or Level 2 assets or liabilities. If quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined using third-party broker quotes and/or DCF models incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using broker quotes and/or DCF models are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation.

The Company values assets and liabilities based on the principal market in which each would be sold (in the case of assets) or transferred (in the case of liabilities). The principal market is the forum with the greatest volume and level of activity. In the absence of a principal market, the valuation is based on the most advantageous market. In the absence of observable market transactions, the Company considers liquidity valuation adjustments to reflect the uncertainty in pricing the instruments. The fair value of a financial asset is measured on a stand-alone basis and cannot be measured as a group, with the exception of certain financial instruments held and managed on a net portfolio basis. In measuring the fair value of a nonfinancial asset, the Company assumes the highest and best use of the asset by a market participant, not just the intended use, to maximize the value of the asset. The Company also considers whether any credit valuation adjustments are necessary based on the counterparty's credit quality.

Any models used to determine fair values or validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and testing as part of the Company's model validation and internal control testing processes.

221



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

The Bank'sCompany's Market Risk Department is responsible for determining and approving the fair values of all assets and liabilities valued at fair value, including the Company's Level 3 assets and liabilities. Price validation procedures are performed and the results are reviewed for Level 3 assets and liabilities by the Market Risk Department. Price validation procedures performed for these assets and liabilities can include comparing current prices to historical pricing trends by collateral type and vintage, comparing prices by product type to indicative pricing grids published by market makers, and obtaining corroborating dealer prices for significant securities.


152




NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

The Company reviews the assumptions utilized to determine fair value on a quarterly basis. Any changes in methodologies or significant inputs used in determining fair values are further reviewed to determine if a change in fair value level hierarchy has occurred. Transfers in and out of Levels 1, 2 and 3 are considered to be effective as of the end of the quarter in which they occur.

There were no material transfers between Levelsin or out of Level 1, 2, or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 20152019 or 2018 for any assets or liabilities valued at fair value on a recurring basis.

222



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by major product category and fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015.2018.
 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 Balance at
December 31, 2016
 (in thousands)
Financial assets:       
U.S. Treasury securities$224,506
 $1,632,351
 $
 $1,856,857
ABS
 396,157
 814,567
 1,210,724
Equity securities(1)
544
 
 
 544
State and municipal securities
 30
 
 30
MBS
 13,945,463
 
 13,945,463
Total investment securities available-for-sale(1)
225,050
 15,974,001
 814,567
 17,013,618
Trading securities214
 1,416
 
 1,630
RICs held-for-investment
 
 217,170
 217,170
LHFS (2)

 453,293
 
 453,293
MSRs (3)

 
 146,589
 146,589
Derivatives:       
Cash flow
 45,681
 
 45,681
Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments
 
 2,316
 2,316
Mortgage banking forward sell commitments
 8,575
 2
 8,577
Customer related
 216,421
 
 216,421
Foreign exchange
 56,742
 
 56,742
Mortgage servicing
 838
 
 838
Interest rate swap agreements
 2,075
 
 2,075
Interest rate cap agreements
 76,387
 
 76,387
Other
 12,293
 
 12,293
Total financial assets$225,264
 $16,847,722
 $1,180,644
 $18,253,630
Financial liabilities:       
Derivatives:       
Cash flow$
 $59,812
 $
 $59,812
Customer related
 149,390
 
 149,390
Total return swap
 
 639
 639
Foreign exchange
 46,430
 
 46,430
Mortgage servicing
 1,635
 
 1,635
Interest rate swaps
 2,647
 
 2,647
Option for interest rate cap
 76,281
 
 76,281
Total return settlement
 
 30,618
 30,618
Other
 15,625
 61
 15,686
Total financial liabilities$
 $351,820
 $31,318
 $383,138
(in thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance at
December 31, 2019
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance at
December 31, 2018
Financial assets:                
U.S. Treasury securities $
 $4,090,938
 $
 $4,090,938
 $526,364
 $1,278,381
 $
 $1,804,745
Corporate debt 
 139,713
 
 139,713
 
 160,114
 
 160,114
ABS 
 75,165
 63,235
 138,400
 
 109,638
 327,199
 436,837
State and municipal securities 
 9
 
 9
 
 16
 
 16
MBS 
 9,970,698
 
 9,970,698
 
 9,231,275
 
 9,231,275
Investment in debt securities AFS(3)
 
 14,276,523
 63,235
 14,339,758
 526,364
 10,779,424
 327,199
 11,632,987
Other investments - trading securities 379
 718
 
 1,097
 4
 6
 
 10
RICs HFI(4)
 
 17,634
 84,334
 101,968
 
 
 126,312
 126,312
LHFS (1)(5)
 
 289,009
 
 289,009
 
 209,506
 
 209,506
MSRs (2)
 
 
 130,855
 130,855
 
 
 149,660
 149,660
Other assets - derivatives (3)
 
 553,222
 3,109
 556,331
 
 515,781
 2,704
 518,485
Total financial assets (6)
 $379
 $15,137,106
 $281,533
 $15,419,018
 $526,368
 $11,504,717
 $605,875
 $12,636,960
Financial liabilities:                
Other liabilities - derivatives (3)
 
 543,560
 2,854
 546,414
 
 496,593
 838
 497,431
Total financial liabilities $
 $543,560
 $2,854
 $546,414
 $
 $496,593
 $838
 $497,431
(1)LHFS disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheets also includes LHFS that are held at the lower of cost or fair value and are not presented within this table.
(2)The Company had total MSRs of $132.7 million and $152.1 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company has elected to account for the majority of its MSR balance using the FVO, while the remainder of the MSRs are accounted for using the lower of cost or fair value and are not presented within this table.
(3)Refer to Note 3 for the fair value of investment securities and to Note 14 for the fair values of derivative assets and liabilities on a further disaggregated basis.
(4) RICs collateralized by vehicle titles at SC and RV/marine loans at SBNA.
(5) Residential mortgage loans.
(6) Approximately $281.5 million of these financial assets were measured using model-based techniques, or Level 3 inputs, and represented approximately 1.8% of total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and approximately 0.2% of total consolidated assets.

(1) InvestmentValuation Processes and Techniques - Recurring Fair Value Assets and Liabilities

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Investments in debt securities available-for-sale disclosedAFS

Investments in debt securities AFS are accounted for at fair value. The Company utilizes a third-party pricing service to value its investment securities portfolios on a global basis. Its primary pricing service has consistently proved to be a high quality third-party pricing provider. For those investments not valued by pricing vendors, other trusted market sources are utilized. The Company monitors and validates the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis, which can include pricing methodology reviews, performing detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independently of the risk-taking function and can include corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors with prices from another third-party source, reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, comparison to internal valuations, or by reference to recent sales of similar securities.

153




NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

The classification of securities within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the activity level in the market for the security type and the observability of the inputs used to determine their fair values. Actively traded quoted market prices for debt securities AFS, such as U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, corporate debt, state and municipal securities, and MBS, are not readily available. The Company's principal markets for its investment securities are the secondary institutional markets with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid-level pricing in these markets. These investment securities are priced by third-party pricing vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing these securities that incorporate relevant observable market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. These investment securities are, therefore, considered Level 2.

Certain ABS are valued using DCF models. The DCF models are obtained from a third-party pricing vendor which uses observable market data and therefore are classified as Level 2. Other ABS that could not be valued using a third-party pricing service are valued using an internally-developed DCF model. When estimating the fair value using this model, the Company uses its best estimate of the key assumptions, which include the discount rates and forward yield curves. The Company uses comparable bond indices based on industry, term, and rating to discount the expected future cash flows. Determining the comparability of assets involves significant subjectivity related to asset type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs. The inability of the Company to corroborate the fair value of the ABS due to the limited available observable data on these ABS resulted in a fair value classification of Level 3.

Realized gains and losses on investments in debt securities are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations through Net gain/(loss) on sale of investment securities.

RICs HFI

For certain RICs reported in LHFI, net, the Company has elected the FVO. For certain of these loans, the Company has used the most recent purchase price as the fair value and hence has classified these amounts as Level 2. The fair value of the remaining RICs HFI are estimated using a DCF model. In estimating the fair value using this model, the Company uses significant unobservable inputs on key assumptions, which includes historical default rates and adjustments to reflect voluntary prepayments, prepayment rates based on available data from a comparable market securitization of similar assets, discount rates reflective of the cost of funding debt issuances and recent historical equity yields, recovery rates based on the average severity utilizing reported severity rates and loss severity utilizing available market data from a comparable securitized pool. Accordingly, these remaining RICs HFI are classified as Level 3.

LHFS

The Company's LHFS portfolios that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist primarily of residential mortgage LHFS. The fair values of LHFS are estimated using published forward agency prices to agency buyers such as FNMA and FHLMC. The majority of the residential mortgage LHFS portfolio is sold to these two agencies. The fair value is determined using current secondary market prices for portfolios with similar characteristics, adjusted for servicing values and market conditions.

These loans are regularly traded in active markets, and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans as well as the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation, and are not significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage LHFS are classified as Level 2. Gains and losses on residential mortgage LHFS are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations through Miscellaneous income, net. See further discussion below in the section captioned "FVO for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities."


154




NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

MSRs

The model to value MSRs estimates the present value of the future net cash flows from mortgage servicing activities based on various assumptions. These cash flows include servicing and ancillary revenue, offset by the estimated costs of performing servicing activities. Significant assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs include CPRs and the discount rate, reflective of a market participant's required return on an investment for similar assets. Other important valuation assumptions include market-based servicing costs and the anticipated earnings on escrow and similar balances held by the Company in the normal course of mortgage servicing activities. All of these assumptions are considered to be unobservable inputs. Historically, servicing costs and discount rates have been less volatile than CPR and earnings rates, both of which are directly correlated with changes in market interest rates. Increases in prepayment speeds, discount rates and servicing costs result in lower valuations of MSRs. Decreases in the anticipated earnings rate on escrow and similar balances result in lower valuations of MSRs. For each of these items, the Company makes assumptions based on current market information and future expectations. All of the assumptions are based on standards that the Company believes would be utilized by market participants in valuing MSRs and are derived and/or benchmarked against independent public sources. Accordingly, MSRs are classified as Level 3. Gains and losses on MSRs are recognized on the Consolidated Balance SheetStatements of Operations through Miscellaneous income, net.

Listed below are the most significant inputs that are utilized by the Company in the evaluation of residential MSRs:

A 10% and 20% increase in the CPR speed would decrease the fair value of the residential servicing asset by $5.6 million and $10.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 includes $10.62019.
A 10% and 20% increase in the discount rate would decrease the fair value of the residential servicing asset by $4.2 million and $8.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2019.

Significant increases/(decreases) in any of equity securities thatthose inputs in isolation would result in significantly (lower)/higher fair value measurements, respectively. These sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not presented within this tablebe considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in accordance withfair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the adoptionrelationship of ASU 2015-07. Refer to Note 1the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. Prepayment estimates generally increase when market interest rates decline and decrease when market interest rates rise. Discount rates typically increase when market interest rates increase and/or credit and liquidity risks increase, and decrease when market interest rates decline and/or credit and liquidity conditions improve.

Derivatives

The valuation of these instruments is determined using commonly accepted valuation techniques, including DCF analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable and unobservable market-based inputs. The fair value represents the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the contract or agreement, taking into account current interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and, when appropriate, the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.

The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments in the fair value measurement of its derivatives to reflect the counterparty's nonperformance risk in the fair value measurement of its derivatives, except for those derivative contracts with associated credit support annexes which provide credit enhancements, such as collateral postings and guarantees.

The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain of the Company's derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, which are primarily related to mortgage banking derivatives-interest rate lock commitments and total return settlement derivative contracts.

The DCF model is utilized to determine the fair value of the mortgage banking derivatives-interest rate lock commitments and the total return settlement derivative contracts. The significant unobservable inputs for mortgage banking derivatives used in the fair value measurement of the Company's loan commitments are "pull through" percentage and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value. The pull through percentage is an estimate of loan commitments that will result in closed loans. The significant unobservable inputs for total return settlement derivative contracts used in the fair value measurement of the Company's liabilities are discount percentages, which are based on comparable financial instruments. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these inputs in isolation would result in significantly higher (lower) fair value measurements. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a mortgage banking derivative asset (liability) results when the probability of funding increases (decreases). Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a mortgage loan commitment result when the embedded servicing value increases (decreases).

155




NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Gains and losses related to derivatives affect various line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 14 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to this ASU implementation.a discussion of derivatives activity.
(2) LHFS disclosed
Level 3 Rollforward for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The tables below present the Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes LHFS that are heldchanges in Level 3 balances for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for those assets and liabilities measured at the lower of cost or fair value and are not presented within this table.
(3) The Company has total MSRs of $150.3 million as of December 31, 2016. The Company has elected to account for the majority of its MSR balance using the FVO, while the remainder of the MSRs are accounted for using the lower of cost or fair value and are not presented within this table.

223



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

on a recurring basis.
 Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 Balance at
December 31, 2015
 (in thousands)
Financial assets:       
U.S. Treasury securities$185,362
 $3,826,233
 $
 $4,011,595
Corporate debt
 1,475,613
 
 1,475,613
ABS
 409,270
 1,360,240
 1,769,510
State and municipal securities
 767,880
 
 767,880
MBS
 13,706,087
 
 13,706,087
Total investment securities available-for-sale(1)
185,362
 20,185,083
 1,360,240
 21,730,685
Trading securities
 230
 18
 248
RICs held-for-investment
 
 335,425
 335,425
LHFS (2)

 236,760
 
 236,760
MSRs (3)

 
 147,233
 147,233
Derivatives:       
Fair value
 3,742
 
 3,742
Cash flow
 7,295
 
 7,295
Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments
 
 2,540
 2,540
Mortgage banking forward sell commitments
 542
 8
 550
Customer related
 278,993
 
 278,993
Foreign exchange
 53,994
 
 53,994
Mortgage servicing
 679
 
 679
Interest rate swap agreements
 1,176
 
 1,176
Interest rate cap agreements
 33,080
 
 33,080
Other
 11,136
 10
 11,146
Total financial assets$185,362
 $20,812,710
 $1,845,474
 $22,843,546
Financial liabilities:       
Derivatives:       
Fair value$
 $2,098
 $
 $2,098
Cash flow
 23,047
 
 23,047
Customer related
 235,769
 
 235,769
Total return swap
 
 282
 282
Foreign exchange
 45,418
 
 45,418
Mortgage servicing
 3,502
 
 3,502
Interest rate swaps
 6,668
 
 6,668
Option for interest rate cap
 32,977
 
 32,977
Total return settlement
 
 53,432
 53,432
Other
 14,149
 122
 14,271
Total financial liabilities$
 $363,628
 $53,836
 $417,464
  Year Ended December 31, 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018
(in thousands) Investments
AFS
 RICs HFI MSRs Derivatives, net Total Investments
AFS
 RICs HFI MSRs Derivatives, net Total
Balances, beginning of period $327,199
 $126,312
 $149,660
 $1,866
 $605,037
 $350,252
 $186,471
 $145,993
 $1,514
 $684,230
Losses in OCI (2,535) 
 
 
 (2,535) (3,323) 
 
 
 (3,323)
Gains/(losses) in earnings 
 11,433
 (27,862) (2,610) (19,039) 
 17,018
 7,906
 (1,324) 23,600
Additions/Issuances 
 2,079
 26,816
 
 28,895
 
 6,631
 12,778
 
 19,409
Settlements(1)
 (261,429) (55,490) (17,759) 999
 (333,679) (19,730) (83,808) (17,017) 1,676
 (118,879)
Balances, end of period $63,235
 $84,334
 $130,855
 $255
 $278,679
 $327,199
 $126,312
 $149,660
 $1,866
 $605,037
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to balances still held at end of period $
 $11,433
 $(27,862) $(2,975) $(19,404) $
 $17,018
 $7,906
 $(1,896) $23,028

(1) Investment securities available-for-sale disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2015 includes $10.5 million of equity securities that are not presented within this table in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2015-07. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to this ASU implementation.
(2) LHFS disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes LHFS that are held at the lower of cost or fair value and are not presented within this table.
(3) The Company had total MSRs of $151.5 million as of December 31, 2015. The Company has elected to account for the majority of its MSR balance using the FVO, while the remainder of the MSRs are accounted for using the lower of cost or fair value and are not presented within this table.


224



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)
(1)Settlements include charge-offs, prepayments, paydowns and maturities.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company may be required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP from time to time. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or certain impairment measures. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were still held on the balance sheet were as follows:
 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Fair Value
 (in thousands)
December 31, 2016       
Impaired LHFI$13,147
 $244,986
 $265,664
 $523,797
Foreclosed assets
 30,792
 79,721
 110,513
Vehicle inventory
 257,659
 
 257,659
LHFS
 
 2,133,040
 2,133,040
MSRs
 
 10,287
 10,287
        
December 31, 2015       
Impaired LHFI$
 $122,792
 $214,659
 $337,451
Foreclosed assets
 27,574
 78,085
 105,659
Vehicle inventory
 204,120
 
 204,120
LHFS
 
 2,040,813
 2,040,813
Goodwill
 
 1,019,960
 1,019,960
Indefinite lived intangibles
 
 18,000
 18,000
MSRs
 
 10,478
 10,478
(in thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance at
December 31, 2019
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance at
December 31, 2018
Impaired commercial LHFI $
 $133,640
 $356,220
 $489,860
 $5,182
 $150,208
 $219,258
 $374,648
Foreclosed assets 
 17,168
 51,080
 68,248
 
 16,678
 81,208
 97,886
Vehicle inventory 
 346,265
 
 346,265
 
 342,617
 
 342,617
LHFS(1)
 
 
 1,131,214
 1,131,214
 
 
 1,073,795
 1,073,795
Auto loans impaired due to bankruptcy 
 200,504
 503
 201,007
 
 189,114
 
 189,114
MSRs 
 
 8,197
 8,197
 
 
 9,386
 9,386
(1)These amounts include $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion of personal LHFS that were impaired as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Valuation Processes and Techniques - Nonrecurring Fair Value Assets and Liabilities

Impaired commercial LHFI in the table above represents the recorded investment of impaired commercial loans for which the Company measures impairment during the period based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. Written offers to purchase a specific impaired loan are considered observable market inputs, which are considered Level 1 inputs. Appraisals are obtained to support the fair value of the collateral and incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties and are considered Level 2 inputs. Loans for which the value of the underlying collateral is determined using a combination of real estate appraisals, field examinations and internal calculations are classified as Level 3. The inputs in the internal calculations may include the loan balance, estimation of the collectability of the underlying receivables held by the customer used as collateral, sale and liquidation value of the inventory held by the customer used as collateral and historical loss-given-default parameters. In cases in which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, an impairment charge is recognized. The net carrying value of these loans was $449.5$448.8 million and $305.6$479.4 million at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively. Loans previously impaired which were not marked to fair value during the periods presented are excluded from this table.

Foreclosed assets represent the recorded investment in assets taken during the period presented in foreclosure of defaulted loans, and are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real properties and generally measured at fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of the real property is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of market value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace.

156




NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

The Company estimates the fair value of its vehicles, which are obtained either through repossession or lease termination, using historical auction rates and current market values of used cars.


225



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

The Company's LHFS portfolios that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis primarily consist of personal, commercial, and RIC LHFS. The estimated fair value forof these LHFS is calculated based on a combination of estimated market rates for similar loans with similar credit risks and a DCF analysis in which the Company uses significant unobservable inputs on key assumptions, including historical default rates and adjustments to reflect voluntary prepayments, prepayment rates, discount rates reflective of the cost of funding, and credit loss expectations. The lower of cost or fair value adjustment for personal LHFS includes customer default activity and adjustments related to the net change in the portfolio balance during the reporting period.

TheFor loans that are considered collateral-dependent, such as certain bankruptcy loans, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral less its estimated cost to sell. For the underlying collateral, the estimated fair value is obtained using historical auction rates and current market levels of goodwill and intangible assets are valued using unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 3. Fair value is calculated using a DCF model. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses whether or not impairment indicators are present. For information on the Company's goodwill impairment test and the results of the most recent goodwill impairment test, see Note 1 and Note 8 for a description of the Company's goodwill valuation methodology.used car prices.

A portion of the Company's MSRs are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These MSRs are priced internally using a DCF model. The DCF model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including portfolio characteristics, prepayments assumptions, discount rates, delinquency and foreclosure rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, cost to service and other economic factors. Due to the unobservable nature of certain valuation inputs, these MSRs are classified as Level 3.

Fair Value Adjustments

The following table presents the increases and decreases in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations relating to assets held at period-end:
 Statement of Operations
Location
 Year Ended December 31,
   2016 2015 2014
   (in thousands)
Impaired loans held-for-investmentProvision for credit losses $(99,082) $(30,287) $(59,278)
Foreclosed assets
Miscellaneous income(1)
 (8,339) (8,001) (7,764)
Loans held for saleProvision for credit losses 
 (323,514) 
 
Miscellaneous income(1)
 (424,121) (243,047) (812)
Goodwill impairment
Impairment of goodwill(2)
 
 (4,507,095) 
Indefinite lived intangiblesAmortization of intangibles 
 (3,500) (28,500)
Mortgage servicing rightsMortgage banking income, net 503
 1,505
 2,741
   $(531,039) $(5,113,939) $(93,613)

(1) These amounts reduce Miscellaneous income.
(2) In the year ended December 31, 2015, goodwill totaling $5.5 billion was written down to its implied fair value of $1.0 billion, resulting in a goodwill impairment charge of $4.5 billion.


226



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Level 3 Rollforward for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The tables below present the changes in Level 3 balances for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Year Ended December 31, 2016        
 Investments
Available-for-Sale
 RICs Held for Investment MSRs Derivatives Total
 (in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2015$1,360,240
 $335,425
 $147,233
 $(51,278) $1,791,620
Gains in other comprehensive income8,779
 
 
 
 8,779
Gains/(losses) in earnings
 98,494
 3,887
 (5,295) 97,086
Additions/Issuances509,006
 36,623
 20,256
 
 565,885
Settlements(1)
(1,063,458) (253,372) (24,787) 27,573
 (1,314,044)
Balance, December 31, 2016$814,567
 $217,170
 $146,589
 $(29,000) $1,149,326
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to balances still held at December 31, 2016$
 $98,494
 $3,887
 $(5,071) $97,310

   Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)Statement of Operations Location 2019 2018 2017
Impaired LHFIProvision for credit losses $(15,495) $(58,818) $(73,925)
Foreclosed assets
Miscellaneous income, net (1)
 (13,648) (12,137) (13,505)
LHFSProvision for credit losses 
 (387) (3,700)
LHFS
Miscellaneous income, net (1)
 (404,606) (382,298) (386,422)
Auto loans impaired due to bankruptcyProvision for credit losses (9,106) (93,277) (75,194)
Goodwill impairmentImpairment of goodwill 
 
 (10,536)
MSRs
Miscellaneous income, net (1)
 (633) (743) (549)
(1)Settlements include charge-offs, prepayments, pay downs and maturities.Gains are disclosed as positive numbers while losses are shown as a negative number regardless of the line item being affected.

Year Ended December 31, 2015        
 Investments
Available-for-Sale
 RICs Held for Investment MSRs Derivatives Total
 (in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2014$1,267,643
 $845,911
 $145,047
 $(46,168) $2,212,433
Losses in other comprehensive income(8,392) 
 
 
 (8,392)
Gains/(losses) in earnings
 254,744
 3,948
 (11,940) 246,752
Additions/Issuances1,207,466
 6,770
 22,964
 
 1,237,200
Settlements(1)
(1,106,477) (772,000) (24,726) 6,830
 (1,896,373)
Balance, December 31, 2015$1,360,240
 $335,425
 $147,233
 $(51,278) $1,791,620
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to balances still held at December 31, 2015$
 $254,744
 $3,948
 $(11,417) $247,275

(1)Settlements include charge-offs, prepayments, pay downs and maturities.

The gains in earnings reported in the table above related to the RICs held for investment for which the Company elected the FVO are driven by three primary factors: 1) the recognition of interest income 2) recoveries of previously charged-off RICs and 3) actual performance of the portfolio since the Change in Control. Recoveries from RICs that were charged-off at the Change in Control date are a direct increase to the gain recognized within the portfolio. In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the Company did not ascribe a fair value to the portfolio of sub-prime charged-off RICs at the Change in Control date. Recoveries of previously charged off loans are usually recorded as a reduction to charge-offs in the period in which the recovery is made, however, in instances where the FVO is elected, it will flow through the fair value mark. At the Change in Control date, the unpaid principal balance of the previously charged-off RIC portfolio was approximately $3.0 billion.


227



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Valuation Processes and Techniques - Recurring Fair Value Assets and Liabilities

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Securities Available-for-Sale and Trading Securities

Securities accounted for at fair value include both available-for-sale and trading securities portfolios. The Company utilizes a third-party pricing service to value its investment securities portfolios. Its primary pricing service has consistently proved to be a high quality third-party pricing provider. For those investments not valued by pricing vendors, other trusted market sources are utilized. The vendors the Company uses provide pricing services on a global basis. The Company monitors and validates the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis, which can include pricing methodology reviews, performing detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independently of the risk-taking function and can include corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors with prices from another third-party source, reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, comparison to internal valuations, or by reference to recent sales of similar securities.

The classification of securities within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the activity level in the market for the security type and the observability of the inputs used to determine their fair values. Trading securities and certain of the Company's U.S. Treasury securities are valued utilizing observable market quotes. The Company obtains vendor trading platform data (actual prices) from a number of live data sources, including active market makers and interdealer brokers. These certain investment securities are, therefore, classified as Level 1.

Actively traded quoted market prices for the majority of the investment securities available-for-sale, such as U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, corporate debt, state and municipal securities, and MBS, are not readily available. The Company's principal markets for its investment securities are the secondary institutional markets with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid-level pricing in these markets. These investment securities are priced by third-party pricing vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing these securities that incorporate relevant observable market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. These investment securities are, therefore, considered Level 2.

Certain ABS are valued using DCF models. The DCF models are obtained from a third-party pricing vendor who uses observable market data and therefore are classified as Level 2. Other ABS that could not be valued using a third-party pricing service are valued using an internally-developed DCF model. When estimating the fair value using this model, the Company uses its best estimate of the key assumptions which include the discount rates and forward yield curves. The Company uses comparable bond indices based on industry, term, and rating to discount the expected future cash flows. Determining the comparability of assets involves significant subjectivity related to asset type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs. The inability of the Company to corroborate the fair value of the ABS due to the limited available observable data on these ABS resulted in a fair value classification of Level 3.

Equity securities of $10.6 million, which are comprised primarily of shares of registered mutual funds, are priced using net asset value per share practical expedient, which is validated with a sufficient level of observable activity. In accordance with the implementation of ASU 2015-07, these equity securities are not presented within the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to this ASU implementation. The remainder of the Company's equity securities are valued at quoted market prices and are, therefore, classified as Level 1.

Gains and losses on investments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations through Net gain on sale of investment securities.


228



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

157





NOTE 18.16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

RICs held-for-investment

For certain RICs held-for-investment, the Company has elected the FVO. The fair values of RICs are estimated using the DCF model. In estimating the fair value using this model, the Company uses significant unobservable inputs on key assumptions, which includes historical default rates and adjustments to reflect voluntary prepayments, prepayment rates based on available data from a comparable market securitization of similar assets, discount rates reflective of the cost of funding debt issuance and recent historical equity yields, recovery rates based on the average severity utilizing reported severity rates and loss severity utilizing available market data from a comparable securitized pool. Accordingly, RICs held-for-investment for which the Company has elected FVO are classified as Level 3.

LHFS

The Company's LHFS portfolios that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consists primarily of residential mortgage LHFS. The fair values of LHFS are estimated using published forward agency prices to agency buyers such as FNMA and FHLMC. The majority of the residential mortgage LHFS portfolio is sold to these two agencies. The fair value is determined using current secondary market prices for portfolios with similar characteristics, adjusted for servicing values and market conditions.

These loans are regularly traded in active markets, and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans as well as the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation, and are not significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage LHFS are classified as Level 2. Gains and losses on residential mortgage LHFS are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations through Miscellaneous income. See further discussion below in the section captioned "FVO for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities."

MSRs

The model to value MSRs estimates the present value of the future net cash flows from mortgage servicing activities based on various assumptions. These cash flows include servicing and ancillary revenue, offset by the estimated costs of performing servicing activities. Significant assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs include changes in anticipated loan prepayment rates ("CPRs") and the discount rate, reflective of a market participant's required return on an investment for similar assets. Other important valuation assumptions include market-based servicing costs and the anticipated earnings on escrow and similar balances held by the Company in the normal course of mortgage servicing activities. All of these assumptions are considered to be unobservable inputs. Historically, servicing costs and discount rates have been less volatile than CPR and earnings rates, both of which are directly correlated with changes in market interest rates. Increases in prepayment speeds, discount rates and servicing costs result in lower valuations of MSRs. Decreases in the anticipated earnings rate on escrow and similar balances result in lower valuations of MSRs. For each of these items, the Company makes assumptions based on current market information and future expectations. All of the assumptions are based on standards that the Company believes would be utilized by market participants in valuing MSRs and are derived and/or benchmarked against independent public sources. Accordingly, MSRs are classified as Level 3. Gains and losses on MSRs are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Operations through Mortgage banking income, net. See further discussion on MSRs in Note 9.

Listed below are the most significant inputs that are utilized by the Company in the evaluation of residential MSRs:

A 10% and 20% increase in the CPR speed would decrease the fair value of the residential servicing asset by $4.8 million and $9.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.
A 10% and 20% increase in the discount rate would decrease the fair value of the residential servicing asset by $4.9 million and $9.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.


229



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in significantly (lower) higher fair value measurements. These sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. Prepayment estimates generally increase when market interest rates decline and decrease when market interest rates rise. Discount rates typically increase when market interest rates increase and/or credit and liquidity risks increase, and decrease when market interest rates decline and/or credit and liquidity conditions improve.

Derivatives

The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including DCF analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable and unobservable market-based inputs. The fair value represents the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the contract or agreement, taking into account current interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and, when appropriate, the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.

The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments in the fair value measurement of its derivatives to reflect the counterparty's nonperformance risk in the fair value measurement of its derivatives, except for those derivative contracts with associated credit support annexes which provide credit enhancements, such as collateral postings and guarantees.

The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain of the Company's derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, which are primarily related to mortgage banking derivatives-interest rate lock commitments and total return settlement derivative contracts.

The DCF model is utilized to determine the fair value of the mortgage banking derivatives-interest rate lock commitments and the total return settlement derivative contracts. The significant unobservable inputs for mortgage banking derivatives used in the fair value measurement of the Company's loan commitments are "pull through" percentage and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value. The pull through percentage is an estimate of loan commitments that will result in closed loans. The significant unobservable inputs for total return settlement derivative contracts used in the fair value measurement of the Company's liabilities are discount percentages, which are based on comparable financial instruments. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these inputs in isolation would result in significantly higher (lower) fair value measurements. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a mortgage banking derivative asset (liability) results when the probability of funding increases (decreases). Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a mortgage loan commitment result when the embedded servicing value increases (decreases).

Gains and losses related to derivatives affect various line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 14 for a discussion of derivatives activity.

230



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Level 3 Inputs - Significant Recurring and Nonrecurring Fair Value Assets and Liabilities

The following table presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within significant Level 3 recurring and nonrecurring assets and liabilities.liabilities at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively:
 Fair Value at December 31, 2016 Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Range
(Weighted Average)
 (in thousands)      
Financial Assets: 
ABS       
Financing bonds$764,196
 Discounted Cash Flow 
Discount Rate (1)
 1.42% - 2.69% (1.82%)
Sale-leaseback securities$50,371
 
Consensus Pricing (2)
 
Offered quotes (3)
 128.27%
RICs held-for-investment$217,170
 Discounted Cash Flow 
Prepayment rate (CPR) (4)
 6.66%
     
Discount Rate (5)
 9.50% - 14.50% (9.99%)
     
Recovery Rate (6)
 25.00% - 43.00% (28.78%)
MSRs$146,589
 Discounted Cash Flow 
Prepayment rate (CPR) (7)
 0.29% - 38.80% (9.36%)
     
Discount Rate (8)
 9.90%
Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments$2,316
 Discounted Cash Flow 
Pull through percentage (9)
 78.71%
     
MSR value (10)
 0.73% - 1.03% (0.95%)
Financial Liabilities:       
Total return settlement$30,618
 Discounted Cash Flow 
Discount Rate (4)
 6.50%
(dollars in thousands) Fair Value at December 31, 2019 Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Range
(Weighted Average)
Financial Assets:  
ABS        
Financing bonds $51,001
 DCF 
Discount rate (1)
  1.64% - 1.64% (1.64% )
Sale-leaseback securities 12,234
 
Consensus pricing (2)
 
Offered quotes (3)
 103.00%
RICs HFI 84,334
 DCF 
CPR (4)
 6.66%
      
Discount rate (5)
  9.50% - 14.50% (13.16%)
      
Recovery rate (6)
  25% - 43% (41.12%)
Personal LHFS (10)
 1,007,105
 Lower of market or Income approach Market participant view  70.00% - 80.00%
      Discount rate  15.00% - 25.00%
      Default rate  30.00% - 40.00%
      Net principal & interest payment rate  70.00% - 85.00%
      Loss severity rate  90.00% - 95.00%
MSRs (9)
 130,855
 DCF 
CPR (7)
  7.83% - 100.00% (11.97%)
      
Discount rate (8)
 9.63%
(1)Based on the applicable term and discount index.
(2)Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party valuations or comparable asset prices.
(3)Based on the nature of the input, a range or weighted average does not exist. The Company owns one sale-leaseback security.
(4)Based on the analysis of available data from a comparable market securitization of similar assets.
(5)Based on the cost of funding of debt issuance and recent historical equity yields.
(6)Based on the average severity utilizing reported severity rates and loss severity utilizing available market data from a comparable securitized pool.
(7)Average CPR projected from collateral stratified by loan type and note rate.
(8)Average discount rate from collateral stratified by loan type and note rate.
(9)Excludes MSR valued on a non-recurring basis for which we do not consider there to be significant unobservable assumptions.
(10)Excludes non-significant Level 3 LHFS portfolios.

(dollars in thousands)Fair Value at December 31, 2018 Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Range
(Weighted Average)
Financial Assets: 
ABS       
Financing bonds$303,224
 DCF 
Discount rate (1)
  2.68% - 2.73% (2.69%)
Sale-leaseback securities23,975
 
Consensus pricing (2)
 
Offered quotes (3)
 110.28%
RICs HFI126,312
 DCF 
CPR (4)
 6.66%



 
 
Discount rate (5)
  9.50% - 14.50% (12.55%)
     
Recovery rate (6)
  25.00% - 43.00% (41.6%)
Personal LHFS (10)
1,068,757
 Lower of market or Income approach Market participant view 70.00% - 80.00%
     Discount rate 15.00% - 25.00%
     Default rate 30.00% - 40.00%
     Net principal & interest payment rate 70.00% - 85.00%
     Loss severity rate 90.00% - 95.00%
MSRs (9)
149,660
 DCF 
CPR (7)
  7.06% - 100.00% (9.22%)
     
Discount rate (8)
 9.71%
(1) Based on, (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) - See corresponding footnotes to the applicable term and discount index.
(2) Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party valuations or comparable asset prices.
(3) Based on the nature of the input, a range or weighted average does not exist. For sale-leaseback securities, the Company owns one security.
(4) Based on the analysis of available data from a comparable market securitization of similar assets.
(5) Based on the cost of funding of debt issuance and recent historical equity yields.
(6) Based on the average severity utilizing reported severity rates and loss severity utilizing available market data from a comparable securitized pool.
(7) Average CPR projected from collateral stratified by loan type, note rate and maturity.
(8) Based on the nature of the input, a range or weighted average does not exist.
(9) Historical weighted average based on principal balance calculated as the percentage of loans originated for sale divided by total commitments less outstanding commitments. 
(10) MSR value is the estimated value of the servicing right embedded in the underlying loan, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance.December 31, 2019 Level 3 significant inputs table above.


231



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

158





NOTE 18.16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:
December 31, 2016 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
(in thousands)
(in thousands) Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Financial assets:                             
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions$10,035,859
 $10,035,859
 $10,035,859
 $
 $
Available-for-sale investment securities(1)
17,013,618
 17,013,618
 225,050
 15,974,001
 814,567
Held to maturity investment securities1,658,644
 1,635,413
 
 1,635,413
 
Trading securities1,630
 1,630
 214
 1,416
 
Cash and cash equivalents $7,644,372
 $7,644,372
 $7,644,372
 $
 $
 $7,790,593
 $7,790,593
 $7,790,593
 $
 $
Investments in debt securities AFS 14,339,758
 14,339,758
 
 14,276,523
 63,235
 11,632,987
 11,632,987
 526,364
 10,779,424
 327,199
Investments in debt securities HTM 3,938,797
 3,957,227
 
 3,957,227
 
 2,750,680
 2,676,049
 
 2,676,049
 
Other investments - trading securities 1,097
 1,097
 379
 718
 
 10
 10
 4
 6
 
LHFI, net82,005,321
 81,955,122
 13,147
 244,986
 81,696,989
 89,059,251
 90,490,760
 
 1,142,998
 89,347,762
 83,148,738
 83,415,697
 5,182
 150,208
 83,260,307
LHFS2,586,308
 2,586,333
 
 453,293
 2,133,040
 1,420,223
 1,420,295
 
 289,009
 1,131,286
 1,283,278
 1,283,301
 
 209,506
 1,073,795
Restricted cash3,016,948
 3,016,948
 3,016,948
 
 
 3,881,880
 3,881,880
 3,881,880
 
 
 2,931,711
 2,931,711
 2,931,711
 
 
MSRs(2)
150,343
 156,876
 
 
 156,876
MSRs(1)
 132,683
 139,052
 
 
 139,052
 152,121
 159,046
 
 
 159,046
Derivatives421,330
 421,330
 
 419,012
 2,318
 556,331
 556,331
 
 553,222
 3,109
 518,485
 518,485
 
 515,781
 2,704
                             
Financial liabilities: 
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
          
Deposits67,240,690
 67,141,041
 58,067,792
 9,073,249
 
Deposits (2)
 9,375,281
 9,384,994
 
 9,384,994
 
 7,468,667
 7,416,420
 
 7,416,420
 
Borrowings and other debt obligations43,524,445
 43,770,267
 830
 26,132,197
 17,637,240
 50,654,406
 51,232,798
 
 36,114,404
 15,118,394
 44,953,784
 45,083,518
 
 31,494,126
 13,589,392
Derivatives383,138
 383,138
 
 351,820
 31,318
 546,414
 546,414
 
 543,560
 2,854
 497,431
 497,431
 
 496,593
 838
(1)The Company has elected to account for the majority of its MSR balance using the FVO, while the remainder of the MSRs are accounted for using the lower of cost or fair value.

 December 31, 2015
 Carrying Value Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
 (in thousands)
Financial assets:         
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions$9,447,007
 $9,447,007
 $9,447,007
 $
 $
Available-for-sale investment securities(1)
21,730,685
 21,730,685
 185,362
 20,185,083
 1,360,240
Trading securities248
 248
 
 230
 18
LHFI, net83,779,641
 83,419,422
 
 122,792
 83,296,630
LHFS3,190,067
 3,202,397
 
 236,760
 2,965,637
Restricted cash2,630,508
 2,630,508
 2,630,508
 
 
MSRs(2)
151,490
 157,711
 
 
 157,711
Derivatives393,195
 393,195
 
 390,637
 2,558
          
Financial liabilities: 
  
    
  
Deposits65,583,428
 65,585,248
 55,940,059
 9,645,189
 
Borrowings and other debt obligations49,828,582
 50,037,708
 1,445
 40,833,484
 9,202,779
Derivatives417,464
 417,464
 
 363,628
 53,836

(1) Investment securities available-for-sale disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 includes $10.6 million and $10.5 million, respectively, of equity securities that are not presented within these tables(2) This line item excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturities in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2015-07. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to this ASU implementation.
(2) The Company has elected to account for the majority of its MSR balance using the FVO, while the remainder of the MSRs are accounted for using the lower of cost or fair value.2016-01.

232



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Valuation Processes and Techniques - Financial Instruments

The preceding tables present disclosures about the fair value of the Company's financial instruments. Those fair values for certain instruments are presented based upon subjective estimates of relevant market conditions at a specific point in time and information about each financial instrument. In cases in which quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties resulting in variability in estimates affected by changes in assumptions and risks of the financial instruments at a certain point in time. Therefore, the derived fair value estimates presented above for certain instruments cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets. In addition, the fair values do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time an entity’s entire holding of a particular financial instrument, nor does itdo they reflect potential taxes and the expenses that would be incurred in an actual sale or settlement. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented above do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet:Sheets:

Cash, cash equivalents and amounts due from depository institutionsrestricted cash

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from depository institutions, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell. The related fair value measurements have been classified as Level 1, since their carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the asset.

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had $3.0 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, of restricted cash. Restricted cash is related to cash restricted for investment purposes, cash posted for collateral purposes, cash advanced for loan purchases, and lockbox collections. Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, have maturities of three months or less and, accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Held-to-maturity investment securities
159

Investment


NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Investments in debt securities held-to-maturityHTM

Investments in debt securities HTM are recorded at amortized cost and are priced by third-party pricing vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing these securities that incorporate relevant observable market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. These investment securities are, therefore, considered Level 2.

LHFI, net

The fair values of loans are estimated based on groupings of similar loans, including but not limited to stratifications by type, interest rate, maturity, and borrower creditworthiness. Discounted future cash flow analyses are performed for these loans incorporating assumptions of current and projected voluntary prepayment speeds. Discount rates are determined using the Company's current origination rates on similar loans, adjusted for changes in current liquidity and credit spreads (if necessary). Because the current liquidity spreads are generally not observable in the market and the expected loss assumptions are based on the Company's experience, these are Level 3 valuations. Impaired loans are valued at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See further discussion under the section captioned "Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis" above.

LHFS

The Company's LHFS portfolios that are accounted for at the lower of cost or market primarily consists of RICs held-for-sale.HFS. The estimated fair value of the RICs held-for-saleHFS is based on prices obtained in recent market transactions or expected to be obtained in the subsequent sales for similar assets.


233



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Deposits

The fair value ofFor deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits,and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, savings accounts and certain money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand and does not take into account the significantcarrying value of the cost advantage and stability of the Company’s long-term relationships with depositors.approximates fair values. The fair value of fixed-maturity CDsdeposits is estimated by discounting cash flows using currently offered rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The related fair value measurementsmaturities and have generally been classified as Level 1 for core deposits, since the carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the liabilities. All other deposits are considered to be Level 2.

Borrowings and other debt obligations

Fair value is estimated by discounting cash flows using rates currently available to the Company for other borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities. Certain other debt obligation instruments are valued using available market quotes for similar instruments, which contemplates issuer default risk. The related fair value measurements have generally been classified as Level 2. A certain portion of debt relating to revolving credit facilities is classified as Level 3. Management believes that the terms of these credit agreements approximate market terms for similar credit agreements and, therefore, they are considered to be Level 3.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit include the value of unfunded lending commitments and standby letters of credit, as well as the recorded liability for probable losses. The Company’s pricing of such financial instruments is based largely on credit quality and relationship, probability of funding and other requirements. Loan commitments often have fixed expiration dates and contain termination and other clauses which provide relief from funding in the event of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the customer. The rates and terms of the Company’s loan commitments and letters of credit are competitive with other financial institutions operating in markets served by the Company.

The liability for probable losses is estimated by analyzing unfunded lending commitments and standby letters of credit for commercial customers and segregating by risk according to the Company's internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in conjunction with an analysis of historical loss experience, current economic conditions, performance trends within specific portfolio segments, and any other pertinent information, result in the estimation of the reserve for probable losses.

These instruments and the related reserve are classified as Level 3. The Company believes that the carrying amounts, which are included in Other liabilities, are reasonable estimates of fair value for these financial instruments.

FVO for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

LHFS

The Company's LHFS portfolios that are measured using the FVO consist of residential mortgage LHFS. The adoption of the FVO onfor residential mortgage loans classified as held-for-saleHFS allows the Company to record the mortgage LHFS portfolio at fair market value compared to the lower of cost, net of deferred fees, deferred origination costs, or market. The Company economically hedges its residential LHFS portfolio, which is reported at fair value. A lower of cost or market accounting treatment would not allow the Company to record the excess of the fair market value over book value, but would require the Company to record the corresponding reduction in value on the hedges. Both the loans and related hedges are carried at fair value, which reduces earnings volatility, as the amounts more closely offset.

234



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

160





NOTE 18.16. FAIR VALUE (continued)

RICs held for investmentHFI

To reduce accounting and operational complexity, the Company elected the FVO for certain of its RICs held for investment in connection with the Change in Control.HFI. These loans consisted of allprimarily of SC’s RICs accounted for by SC under ASC 310-30 as well as all of SC’s RICs that were more than 60 days past due at the date of the Change in Control, which collectively had an aggregate outstanding unpaid principal balance of $2.6 billion with a fair value of $1.9 billion at that date.and non-performing loans acquired by SC under optional clean up calls from its non-consolidated Trusts.

The following table summarizes the differences between the fair value and the principal balance of LHFS and RICs measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015.2018:
 Fair Value Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance Difference December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
 (in thousands)
December 31, 2016      
(in thousands) Fair Value Aggregate UPB Difference Fair Value Aggregate UPB Difference
LHFS(1)
 $453,293
 $459,378
 $(6,085) $289,009
 $284,111
 $4,898
 $209,506
 $204,061
 $5,445
RICs HFI 101,968
 113,863
 (11,895) 126,312
 142,882
 (16,570)
Nonaccrual loans 
 
 
 10,616
 12,917
 (2,301) 7,630
 10,427
 (2,797)
RICs held-for-investment $217,170
 $279,004
 $(61,834)
Nonaccrual loans 27,731
 39,390
 (11,659)
      
December 31, 2015      
LHFS(1)
 $236,760
 $234,313
 $2,447
Nonaccrual loans 
 
 
RICs held-for-investment $335,425
 $433,854
 $(98,429)
Nonaccrual loans 44,996
 70,890
 (25,894)

(1) LHFS disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes LHFS that are held at the lower of cost or fair value that are not presented within this table.
(1)LHFS disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheets also includes LHFS that are held at the lower of cost or fair value that are not presented within this table. There were no nonaccrual loans related to the LHFS measured using the FVO.

Interest income on the Company’s LHFS and RICs held for investmentHFI is recognized when earned based on their respective contractual rates in Interest income on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The accrual of interest is discontinued and reversed once the loans become more than 90 days past dueDPD for LHFS and more than 60 days past dueDPD for RICs held for investment.HFI. 

Residential MSRs

The Company maintains an MSR asset for sold residential real estate loans serviced for others. The Company elected to account for the majority of its existing portfolio of MSRs at fair value. This election created greater flexibility with regard to risk management of the asset by aligning the accounting for the MSRs with the accounting for risk management instruments, which are also generally carried at fair value. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the balance of these loans serviced for others accounted for at fair value was $15.0 billion and $14.4 billion, respectively. Changes in fair value are recorded through Miscellaneous income, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase MBS. See further discussion on these derivative activities in Note 14 to these Consolidated Financial Statements. The remainder of the MSRs are accounted for using the lower of cost or fair value and are presented above in the section captioned "Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis."


NOTE 17. NON-INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER EXPENSES

The following table presents the details of the Company's residential MSRsNon-interest income for the following periods:
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018 
2017 (1)
Non-interest income:      
Consumer and commercial fees $548,846
 $568,147
 $616,438
Lease income 2,872,857
 2,375,596
 2,017,775
Miscellaneous income, net      
Mortgage banking income, net 44,315
 34,612
 56,659
BOLI 62,782
 58,939
 66,784
Capital market revenue 197,042
 165,392
 195,906
Net gain on sale of operating leases 135,948
 202,793
 127,156
Asset and wealth management fees 175,611
 165,765
 147,749
Loss on sale of non-mortgage loans (397,965) (351,751) (370,289)
Other miscellaneous income, net 83,865
 31,532
 45,519
Net gains/(losses) on sale of investment securities 5,816
 (6,717) (2,444)
Total Non-interest income $3,729,117
 $3,244,308
 $2,901,253
(1) - Prior period amounts have not been adjusted under the modified retrospective method. For further information on the adoption of ASU 2014-09, see Note 1 to these Consolidated Financial Statements.

161




NOTE 17. NON-INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER EXPENSES (continued)

Disaggregation of Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new accounting standard, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers", which requires the Company to disclose a disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers that falls within the scope of this new accounting standard. The scope of this guidance explicitly excludes net interest income as well as many other revenues for financial assets and liabilities including loans, leases, securities, and derivatives. Therefore, the Company has evaluated the revenue streams within our Non-interest income line items to determine whether they are in-scope or out-of-scope. The following table presents the Company's Non-interest income disaggregated by revenue source:
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018 
2017 (1)
Non-interest income:      
In-scope of revenue from contracts with customers:      
Depository services(2)
 $241,167
 $236,381
 $242,995
Commission and trailer fees(3)
 160,665
 143,733
 136,497
Interchange income, net(3)
 67,524
 60,258
 58,525
Underwriting service fees(3)
 97,211
 71,536
 97,143
Asset and wealth management fees(3)
 145,515
 138,108
 112,533
Other revenue from contracts with customers(3)
 39,885
 36,692
 40,722
Total in-scope of revenue from contracts with customers 751,967
 686,708
 688,415
Out-of-scope of revenue from contracts with customers:      
Consumer and commercial fees(4)
 256,412
 294,371
 347,216
Lease income 2,872,857
 2,375,596
 2,017,775
Miscellaneous loss(4)
 (157,935) (105,650) (149,709)
Net gains/(losses) on sale of investment securities 5,816
 (6,717) (2,444)
Total out-of-scope of revenue from contracts with customers 2,977,150
 2,557,600
 2,212,838
Total non-interest income $3,729,117
 $3,244,308
 $2,901,253
(1) Prior period amounts have not been adjusted under the modified retrospective method. For further information on the adoption of this standard, see Note 1.
(2) Primarily recorded in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations within Consumer and commercial fees.
(3) Primarily recorded in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations within Miscellaneous income, net.
(4) The balance presented excludes certain revenue streams that are accounted for at fair value had an aggregate fair valueconsidered in-scope and presented above.

Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations

Our contracts with customers may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers or using expected cost plus margin.

Practical Expedients

In instances where incremental costs, such as commission expenses, are incurred and the period of $146.6 millionbenefit is equal to or less than one year, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient where the Company expenses such amounts as incurred. These costs are recorded within Compensation and $147.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Changes in fair value totaling gains of $3.9 million were recorded in Mortgage banking income, net inbenefits within the Consolidated Statements of OperationsOperations.

In instances where contracts with customers contain a financing component and the Company expects the customer to pay for both yearsthe goods or services within one year or less, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient where the Company does not adjust the contracted amount of consideration for the effects of financing components.

The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less or (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed. As a result of the practical expedient and for the Company's material revenue streams, there are no unperformed performance obligations. As a result of the practical expedient and the Company's revenue recognition for contracts with customers, there are no material contract assets or liabilities.

162




NOTE 17. NON-INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER EXPENSES (continued)

Other Expenses

The following table presents the Company's other expenses for the following periods:
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 
2019(1)
 2018 2017
Other expenses:      
Amortization of intangibles $58,993
 $60,650
 $61,491
Deposit insurance premiums and other expenses 64,734
 61,983
 70,661
Loss on debt extinguishment 2,735
 3,470
 30,349
Impairment of goodwill 
 
 10,536
Other administrative expenses 518,138
 461,291
 484,992
Other miscellaneous expenses 42,830
 21,595
 21,128
Total Other expenses $687,430
 $608,989
 $679,157
(1) The year ended December 31, 20162019 includes $25.3 million of FDIC insurance premiums that relates to periods from the first quarter of 2015 through the fourth quarter of 2018. The Company has concluded that the out-of-period correction is immaterial to all impacted periods.


and 2015.NOTE 18. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

SC Stock Compensation Plans
235
SC granted stock options to certain executives, other employees, and independent directors under SC's 2011 MEP, which enabled SC to make stock awards up to a total of approximately 29.4 million common shares (net of shares canceled and forfeited). The MEP expired in January 2015 and SC will not grant any further awards under the MEP. SC has granted stock options, restricted stock awards and RSUs under its Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which was established in 2013 and enables SC to grant awards of non-qualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs, and other awards that may be settled in or based upon the value of SC Common Stock, up to a total of 5,192,641 common shares. The Plan was amended and restated as of June 16, 2016.

Stock options granted under the MEP and the Plan have an exercise price based on the estimated fair market value of SC Common Stock on the grant date. The stock options expire ten years after grant date and include both time vesting options and performance vesting options. The fair value of the stock options is amortized into income over the vesting period as time and performance vesting conditions are met.

In 2013, the SC Board approved certain changes to the MEP, including acceleration of vesting for certain employees, removal of transfer restrictions for shares underlying a portion of the options outstanding, and addition of transfer restrictions for shares underlying another portion of the outstanding options. All of the changes were contingent on, and effective upon, SC's execution of an IPO and, as such, became effective upon pricing of SC's IPO on January 22, 2014.

Compensation expense related to 583,890 shares of restricted stock that SC has issued to certain executives is recognized over a five-year vesting period, with zero, zero, and $5.5 million recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. SC recognized $8.6 million, $7.7 million and $13.0 million related to stock options and RSUs within compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, SC recognizes forfeitures of awards as they occur.

Also in connection with its IPO, SC granted additional stock options under the MEP to certain executives, other employees, and an independent director with an estimated compensation cost of $10.2 million, which is being recognized over the awards' vesting period of five years for the employees and three years for the director. Additional stock option grants were made to employees under the Plan during the year ended December 31, 2016. The estimated compensation cost associated with these additional grants was $0.7 million and will be recognized over the vesting periods of the awards. The grant date fair values of these stock option awards were determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

163




NOTE 18. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

A summary of SC's stock options and related activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, is as follows:
 SharesWeighted Average Exercise PriceWeighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
  (in whole dollars) (in 000's)
Options outstanding at January 1, 2019645,376
$13.15
4.0$3,682
Granted

 
Exercised(356,183)12.72
 4,266
Expired(1,480)9.21
 
Forfeited(15,456)24.36
 
Other1,480
9.21
  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2019273,737
$13.09
3.1$2,867
Options exercisable at December 31, 2019243,786
$12.57
2.8$2,674
Options expected to vest after December 31, 201929,951
$17.26
5.8$193

A summary of the status and changes of SC's nonvested stock options as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, is presented below:
 SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
   
Non-vested at January 1, 201987,821
$6.55
Granted

Vested(42,414)7.08
Forfeited(15,456)8.09
Non-vested at December 31, 201929,951
$5.01

At December 31, 2019, total unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested stock options was $72.0 thousand, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.8 years.

There were no stock options were granted to employees in 2019 or 2018.

The Company has the same fair value basis with that of SC for any stock option awards after the IPO date.

In connection with compensation restrictions imposed on certain executive officers and other employees by the European Central Bank under the CRD IV prudential rules, which require a portion of such officers' and employees' variable compensation to be paid in the form of equity and deferred, SC periodically grants RSUs. Under the Plan, a portion of these RSUs vested immediately upon grant, and a portion will vest annually over the following three or five years subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions as and where applicable. After the shares subject to the RSUs vest and are settled, they are subject to transfer and sale restrictions for one year. RSUs are valued based upon the fair market value on the date of the grant.

A summary of the Company’s RSUs and performance stock units and related activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:
 SharesWeighted Average Exercise PriceWeighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
  (in whole dollars) (in 000's)
Outstanding at January 1, 2019698,799
$14.53
1.1$12,292
Granted473,325
20.46
  
Vested(563,427)16.69
 11,882
Forfeited/cancelled(110,398)16.34
  
Unvested at December 31, 2019498,299
$17.41
0.9$11,645

164




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTE 19.OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS


Defined Contribution Plans

All employees of the Bank are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan, sponsored by the Company, following their completion of one month of service. There is no age requirement to join the 401(k) Plan. Beginning January 2019, the Bank matched 100% of employee contributions up to 5% of their compensation. Prior to 2019, the Bank matched 100% of employee contributions up to 4% of the employee's compensation and then 50% of employee contributions between 3% and 5% of their compensation. The Bank's match is immediately vested and is allocated to the employee’s various 401(k) Plan investment options in the same percentages as the employee’s own contributions. The Bank recognized expense for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of $33.7 million, $26.8 million and $20.6 million during 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, within the Compensation and benefits line on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Beginning January 2020, the Bank will match 100% of employee contributions up to 6% of the employee's compensation.

SC sponsors a defined contribution plan offered to qualifying employees. Employees participating in the plan may contribute up to 75% of their eligible compensation, subject to federal limitations on absolute amounts contributed. SC will match up to 6% of their eligible compensation, with matching contributions of up to 100% of employee contributions. The total amount contributed by SC under this plan in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $14.0 million, $14.0 million and $12.4 million, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Post Retirement Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors several defined benefit plans and other post-retirement benefit plans that cover certain employees. All of these plans are frozen and therefore closed to new entrants; all benefits are fully vested, and therefore the plans ceased accruing benefits. The Company complies with minimum funding requirements in all countries. The Company also sponsors several supplemental executive retirement plans and other unfunded post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care to certain retired employees.

The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has accrued liabilities of $31.5 million and $29.0 million related to its total defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The net unfunded status related to actuarially-valued defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement plans was $14.5 million and $13.5 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

BSI and SIS are participating employers in a defined benefit pension plan sponsored by Santander's New York branch, covering certain active and former BSI and SIS employees. Effective December 31, 2012, the defined benefit pension plan was frozen. The amounts representing BSI and SIS's share of the pension liability are recorded within Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. This plan currently has an unfunded liability of $47.0 million, of which $28.5 million is BSI and SIS's share of the liability.


NOTE 19.20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES

Off-Balance Sheet Risk - Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company utilizes a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers and manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, letters of credit, loans sold with recourse, forward contracts, and interest rate and cross currency swaps, caps and floors. These financial instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, liquidity, and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets. The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and loans sold with recourse is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. For forward contracts and interest rate swaps, caps and floors, the contract or notional amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. The Company controls the credit risk of its forward contracts and interest rate swaps, caps and floors through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. See Note 14 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of all derivative contract commitments.

165




NOTE 20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

The following table details the amount of commitments at the dates indicated:

Other Commitments December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
 (in thousands) (in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit $28,889,904
 $32,114,672
 $30,685,478
 $30,269,311
Letters of credit 1,592,726
 1,488,714
Commitments to sell loans 21,341
 875
Unsecured revolving lines of credit 30,547
 33,586
 24,922
 28,145
Letters of credit 2,071,089
 2,154,696
Recourse exposure on sold loans 69,877
 70,394
 53,667
 49,733
Commitments to sell loans 49,121
 56,982
Total commitments $31,110,538
 $34,430,330
 $32,378,134
 $31,836,778

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable rate, and contain provisions that permit the Company to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements.

Included within the reported balances for Commitments to extend credit at December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2018 are $6.3$5.7 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively, of commitments that can be canceled by the Company without notice.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, SBNA transferred $6.5 billion of unfunded commitments to extend credit to an unconsolidated related party for a loss on sale of $1.6 million.


236



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (continued)

The following table details the amount of commitments to extend credit expiring per period as of the dates indicated:
  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
1 year or less $5,656,552
 $7,176,748
Over 1 year to 3 years 5,265,685
 5,260,636
Over 3 years to 5 years 4,680,057
 12,136,625
Over 5 years (1)
 13,287,610
 7,540,663
Total $28,889,904
 $32,114,672

(1)Includes certain commitments to extend credit that do not have a contractual maturity date, but are expected to be outstanding greater than 5 years.

Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

Such commitments, included in the Commitments to extend credit table above, arise primarily from agreements with customers for unused lines of credit on unsecured revolving accounts and credit cards, provided there is no violation of conditions in the underlying agreement. These commitments, substantially all of whichalso include amounts committed by the Company can terminate at any timeto fund its investments in CRA, LIHTC, and other equity method investments in which do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, are periodically reviewed based on account usage, customer creditworthiness and loan qualifications.it is a limited partner.

Letters of Credit

The Company’s letters of credit meet the definition of a guarantee. Letters of credit commit the Company to make payments on behalf of its customers if specified future events occur. The guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The weighted average term of these commitments at December 31, 2016 is 12.72019 was 16.8 months. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In the event of a requested draw by the beneficiary that complies with the terms of the letter of credit, the Company would be required to honor the commitment. The Company has various forms of collateral for these letters of credit, including real estate assets and other customer business assets. The maximum undiscounted exposure related to these commitments at December 31, 20162019 was $2.1$1.6 billion. The fees related to letters of credit are deferred and amortized over the life of the respective commitments, and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2016.2019. Management believes that the utilization rate of these letters of credit will continue to be substantially less than the amount of the commitments, as has been the Company’s experience to date. As of December 31, 20162019 and 2015,December 31, 2018, the liability related to these letters of credit was $8.1$4.9 million and $30.0$4.6 million, respectively, which is recorded within the reserve for unfunded lending commitments in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.Sheets. The credit risk associated with letters of credit is monitored using the same risk rating system utilized within the loan and financing lease portfolio. Also included within the reserve for unfunded lending commitments at December 31, 20162019 and 2015 wereDecember 31, 2018 was the liability related to lines of credit outstanding of $114.4$84.7 million and $119.0$88.7 million, respectively.

The following table details the amountUnsecured Revolving Lines of lettersCredit

Such commitments arise primarily from agreements with customers for unused lines of credit expiring per period ason unsecured revolving accounts and credit cards, provided there is no violation of conditions in the dates indicated:
  December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
  (in thousands)
1 year or less $1,360,495
 $1,445,048
Over 1 year to 3 years 399,866
 380,656
Over 3 years to 5 years 283,975
 304,112
Over 5 years 26,753
 24,880
Total $2,071,089
 $2,154,696


237



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (continued)underlying agreement. These commitments, substantially all of which the Company can terminate at any time and which do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, are reviewed periodically based on account usage, customer creditworthiness and loan qualifications.

Loans Sold with Recourse

The Company has loans sold with recourse that meet the definition of a guarantee. For loans sold with recourse under the terms of its multifamily sales program with the FNMA, the Company retained a portion of the associated credit risk. The unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold in these programs was $341.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and $552.1 million as of December 31, 2015. As a result of its agreement with FNMA, the Company retained a 100% first loss position on each multifamily loan sold to FNMA until the earlier to occur of (i) the aggregate approved losses on multifamily loans sold to FNMA reaching the maximum loss exposure for the portfolio as a whole of $34.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and $34.4 million as of December 31, 2015, or (ii) the time when such loans sold to FNMA under this program are fully paid off. Any losses sustained as a result of impediments in standard representations and warranties would be in addition to the maximum loss exposure.

The Company has established a liability which represents the fair value of the retained credit exposure and the amount the Company estimates it would have to pay a third party to assume the retained recourse obligation. The estimated liability is calculated as the present value of losses that the portfolio is projected to incur based upon internal specific information and an industry-based default curve with a range of estimated losses. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $3.8 million and $6.8 million, respectively, of reserves classified in Accrued expenses and payables on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for loans sold to the FNMA under this program. The Company's commitment will expire in March 2039 based on the maturity of the loans sold with recourse. Losses sustained by the Company may be offset, or partially offset, by proceeds resulting from the disposition of the underlying mortgaged properties. Approval from the FNMA is required for all transactions related to the liquidation of properties underlying the mortgages.
166




NOTE 20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Commitments to Sell Loans

The Company enters into forward contracts relating to its mortgage banking business to hedge the exposures from commitments to make new residential mortgage loans with existing customers and from mortgage loans classified as LHFS. These contracts mature in less than one year.

SC Commitments

The following table summarizes liabilities recorded for commitments and contingencies as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, all of which are included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Agreement or Legal Matter Commitment or Contingency December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
    (in thousands)
Chrysler Agreement Revenue-sharing and gain/(loss), net-sharing payments $12,132
 $7,001
Agreement with Bank of America Servicer performance fee 2,503
 6,353
Agreement with CBP Loss-sharing payments 1,429
 3,708
Other contingencies Consumer arrangements 1,991
 2,138

Following is a description of the agreements pursuant to which the liabilities in the preceding table were recorded.

Chrysler Agreement

On June 28, 2019, SC is obligatedentered into an amendment to the Chrysler agreement with FCA, which modified the Chrysler agreement to, among other things, adjust certain performance metrics, exclusivity commitments and payment provisions. Under the terms of that agreement, SC must make purchase price holdbackrevenue sharing payments to FCA and also must share with FCA when residual gains/(losses) on leased vehicles exceed a third-party originatorspecified threshold. The agreement also requires that SC maintain at least $5.0 billion in funding available for floor plan loans and $4.5 billion of autofinancing dedicated to FCA retail financing. In turn, FCA must provide designated minimum threshold percentages of its subvention business to SC.

Agreement with Bank of America

Until January 31, 2017, SC had a flow agreement with Bank of America whereby SC was committed to sell up to $300.0 million of eligible loans it has purchased, when losses are lower than originally expected.to the bank each month. SC also is obligated to make total return settlement payments to this third-party originator in 2017retains servicing on all sold loans and may receive or pay a servicer performance payment based on an agreed-upon formula if returnsperformance on the purchasedsold loans is better or worse, respectively, than expected performance at the time of sale. Servicer performance payments are greater than originally expected. These obligationsdue six years from the cut-off date of each loan sale.

Agreement with CBP

Until May 2017, SC sold loans to CBP under terms of a flow agreement and predecessor sale agreements. SC retains servicing on the sold loans and owes CBP a loss-sharing payment capped at 0.5% of the original pool balance if losses exceed a specified threshold, established on a pool-by-pool basis. Loss-sharing payments are accounted for as derivatives (Note 14).due the month in which net losses exceed the established threshold of each loan sale.

Other Contingencies

SC has extended revolving lines of creditis or may be subject to certain auto dealers. Under this arrangement,potential liability under various other contingent exposures. SC is committed to lend up to each dealer’s established credit limit. Athad accrued $2.0 million, and $2.1 million at December 31, 2016, there was an outstanding balance of $2.5 million2019 and a committed amount of $2.9 million.

Under terms of agreements with LendingClub, SC was previously committed to purchase, at a minimum, the lesser of $30 million per month or 50% of the lending platform company's aggregate "near-prime" (as that term is defined in the agreements) originations. This commitment could be reduced or canceled with 90 days' notice. On October 9, 2015, SC sent a notice of termination to LendingClub, and, accordingly, ceased originations on this platform on January 7, 2016.December 31, 2018, respectively, for other miscellaneous contingencies.

238



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

167





NOTE 19.20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Agreements

Bluestem

SC is party to agreements with Bluestem whereby SC is committed to purchase certain new advances on personal revolving financings originated by a third-party retailer,receivables, along with existing balances on accounts with new advances, originated by Bluestem for an initial term ending in April 2020 and renewing through April 2022 at Bluestem's option. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the retailer's option. total unused credit available to customers was $3.0 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively. In 2019, SC purchased $1.2 billion of receivables out of the $3.1 billion unused credit available to customers as of December 31, 2018. In 2018, SC purchased $1.2 billion of receivables out of the $3.9 billion unused credit available to customers as of December 31, 2017. In addition, SC purchased $270.4 million and $304.6 million of receivables related to newly-opened customer accounts during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Each customer account generated under the agreements generally is approved with a credit limit higher than the amount of the initial purchase, with each subsequent purchase automatically approved as long as it does not cause the account to exceed its limit and the customer is in good standing. As of December 31, 20162019 and 2015,December 31, 2018, SC was obligated to purchase $12.6$10.6 million and $12.5$15.4 million, respectively, in receivables that had been originated by the retailerBluestem but not yet purchased by SC. SC also is required to make a profit-sharing payment to the retailerBluestem each month if performance exceeds a specified return threshold. During the year ended December 31, 2015, SC and the third-party retailer executed an amendment that,The agreement, among other provisions, increases the profit-sharing percentage retained by SC, gives the retailerBluestem the right to repurchase up to 9.99% of the existing portfolio at any time during the term of the agreement and, providedprovides that, if the repurchase right is exercised, gives the retailerBluestem has the right to retain up to 20%20.00% of new accounts subsequently originated. SC is currently seeking a third party to assume its obligations under its agreement with Bluestem; however, SC may not be successful in finding such a party, and Bluestem may not agree to the substitution. Until SC finds a third party to assume its obligations under the agreement, there is a risk that material changes to SC’s relationship with Bluestem, or the loss or discontinuance of Bluestem’s business, would materially and adversely affect SC’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Others

Under terms of an application transfer agreement with an original equipment manufacturer (“OEM") other than FCA,Nissan, SC has the first opportunity to review for its own portfolio any credit applications turned down by the OEM'sNissan’s captive finance company. The agreement does not require SC to originate any loans, but for each loan originated SC will pay the OEMNissan a referral fee, comprised of a volume bonus fee and a loss betterment bonus fee. The loss betterment bonus fee will be calculated annually and is based on the amount by which losses on loans originated under the agreement are lower than an established percentage threshold.

In connection with the sale of RICs through securitizations and other sales, SC has made standard representations and warranties customary to the consumer finance industry. Violations of these representations and warranties may require SC to repurchase loans previously sold to on- or off-balance sheet Trusts or other third parties. As of December 31, 2016,2019, there were no loans that were the subject of a demand to repurchase or replace for breach of representations and warranties for SC's ABS or other sales. In the opinion of management, the potential exposure of other recourse obligations related to SC’s RIC salesRICs sale agreements willis not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's or SC’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Santander has provided guarantees on the covenants, agreements, and obligations of SC under the governing documents of its warehouse facilities and privately issued amortizing notes. These guarantees are limited to the obligations of SC as servicer.

Under terms of the Chrysler Agreement, SC must make revenue sharing payments to FCA and also must make gain-sharing payments to FCA when residual gains on leased vehicles exceed a specified threshold. SC had accrued $10.1 million and $12.1 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, related to these obligations.

The Chrysler Agreement requires, among other things, that SC bears the risk of loss on loans originated pursuant to the agreement, but also that FCA shares in any residual gains and losses from consumer leases. The agreement also requires that SC maintains at least $5.0 billion in funding available for dealer inventory financing and $4.5 billion of financing dedicated to FCA retail financing. In turn, FCA must provide designated minimum threshold percentages of its subvention business to SC. The Chrysler Agreement is subject to early termination in certain circumstances, including the failure by either party to comply with certain of its ongoing obligations under the agreement. These obligations include SC's meeting specified escalating penetration rates for the first five years of the agreement. SC has not met these penetration rates at December 31, 2016. If the Chrysler Agreement were to terminate, there could be a materially adverse impact to our and SC's business financial condition and results of operations.

Until January 31, 2017, SC had a flow agreement with Bank of America whereby SC is committed to sell up to a specified amount of eligible loans to the bank each month. On July 27, 2016, SC and Bank of America amended the flow agreement to reduce the maximum commitment to sell eligible loans each month to $300.0 million. On October 27, 2016, Bank of America notified SC that it was terminating the flow agreement effective January 31, 2017 and, accordingly, the flow agreement has terminated. SC retains servicing on all sold loans and may receive or pay a servicer performance payment based on an agreed-upon formula if performance on the sold loans is better or worse, respectively, than expected performance at the time of sale. Servicer payments are due six years from the cut-off date of each loan sale.

239



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (continued)

SC has sold loans to CBP under terms of a flow agreement and predecessor sale agreements. SC retains servicing on the sold loans and will owe CBP a loss-sharing payment capped at 0.5% of the original pool balance if losses exceed a specified threshold, established on a pool-by-pool basis. On June 25,November 2015, SC executed an amendment to the servicing agreement with CBP, which increased the servicing fee SC receives. SC and CBP also amended the flow agreement which reduced, effective from and after August 1, 2015, CBP's committed purchases of Chrysler Capital prime loans from a maximum of $600.0 million and a minimum of $250.0 million per quarter to a maximum of $200.0 million and a minimum of $50.0 million per quarter, as may be adjusted according to the agreement. In January 2016, SC executed a further amendment to the servicing agreement with CBP which decreased the servicing fee SC receives on loans sold to CBP by SC under the flow agreement. On February 13, 2017, SC and CBP entered into a mutual agreement to terminate the flow agreement effective May 1, 2017.

As of December 31, 2016, SC is party to a forward flow asset sale agreement with a third party under the terms of which SC is committed to sell $350.0 million in charged-off loan receivables in bankruptcy status on a quarterly basis until sales total at least $200.0 million in proceeds. On June 29, 2015, SC and the third party executed an amendment to the forward flow asset sale agreement which increased the committed sales of charged off loan receivables in bankruptcy status to $275.0 million. On September 30, 2015, SC and the third party executed a second amendment to the forward flow asset sale agreement, which required sales to occur quarterly.

On November 13, 2015, SC and the third party executed a third amendment to the forward flow asset sale agreement which increased the committed sales of charged off loan receivables in bankruptcy status to $350.0 million.basis. However, any sale of more than $275.0 million is subject to a market price check. AsThe remaining aggregate commitment as of December 31, 20162019 and 2015, the remaining aggregate commitmentDecember 31, 2018 not subject to a market price check was $166.2$39.8 million and $200.7$64.0 million, respectively.

In connection with the bulk sales of Chrysler Capital leases to a third party, SC is obligated to make quarterly payments to the purchaser sharing residual losses for lease terminations with losses over a specific percentage threshold.

Pursuant to the terms of a separation agreement among SC`s former CEO Thomas G. Dundon, SC, DDFS LLC, the Company and Santander, upon satisfaction of applicable conditions, including receipt of required regulatory approvals, SC will owe Mr. Dundon a cash payment of up to $115.1 million.

Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Other off-balance sheet risk stems from financial instruments that do not meet the definition of guarantees under applicable accounting guidance, and from other relationships that include items such as indemnifications provided in the ordinary course of business and intercompany guarantees.

168




NOTE 20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

Periodically,The Company, including its subsidiaries, is and in the Company isfuture expects to be party to, or otherwise involved in or subject to, various claims, disputes, lawsuits, investigations, regulatory matters and other legal matters and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of any such dispute, lawsuit, investigation, regulatory matter andand/or legal proceeding, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Company generally cannot predict the eventual outcome of the pending matters, the timing of the ultimate resolution of the matters, or the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to the matter.matters, if any. Accordingly, except as provided below, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of its potential exposure, if any, to these claims, disputes, lawsuits, investigations, regulatory matters and other legal proceedings at this time. However, it is reasonably possible that actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from the Company's current assessments and estimates, and any adverse resolution of any of these matters against it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, liquidity, and results of operations.

240



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (continued)

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company establishes an accrued liability for claims, litigation, investigations, regulatory matters and other legal proceedings when those matters present material loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. When a loss contingency is not both probable and estimable, the Company does not establish an accrued liability. As a claim, dispute, litigation, investigation or regulatory matter develops, the Company, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, evaluates on an ongoing basis whether the matter presents a material loss contingency that is probable and estimable. If a determination is made during a given quarter that a material loss contingency is probable and estimable, an accrued liability is established during such quarter with respect to such loss contingency. Thecontingency, and the Company continues to monitor the matter for further developments that could affect the amount of the accrued liability previously established.

As of December 31, 2016,2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company has accrued aggregate legal and regulatory liabilities of$98.8 million.

Other Regulatoryof $294.7 million and Governmental Proceedings

OCC Identity Theft Protection Product ("SIP") Matter

In 2014,$215.2 million, respectively. Further, the Bank commenced discussions withCompany estimates the OCCaggregate range of reasonably possible losses for legal and regulatory proceedings in excess of reserves of up to address concerns that some customers may have paid for but did not receive certain benefits of SIP, an identity theft protection product from the Bank's third-party vendor. In response to those concerns,approximately $144.4 million as of December 31, 2016, the Bank made $37.3 million in total remediation payments to customers. Notwithstanding those payments, on March 26, 2015, the Bank entered into a Consent Cease and Desist Order ("SIP Consent Order") with the OCC regarding identified deficiencies in SBNA's billing practices with regard to SIP. Pursuant to the SIP Consent Order, the Bank paid a civil monetary penalty of $6.0 million and agreed to remediate customers who paid for but may not have received certain benefits of SIP. As indicated above, as2019. Set forth below are descriptions of the end of 2014, all customers had been mailed a refund representing the amount paid for product enrollment.

Subsequently, the Bank commenced a further review in order to remediate checking account customers who may have been charged an overdraft fee and credit card customers who may have been charged an over limit fee and/or finance charge related to SIP product fees. The approximate amount of the expected additional remediation was $5.2 million. On June 26, 2015, the Bank sent its formal response to the SIP Consent Order and on October 15, 2015, the OCC responded objecting to the Bank's response and proposed reimbursement and action plans. On December 14, 2015, the Bank re-submitted a revised response and enhanced reimbursement and action plans and on December 21, 2015 received a notice of non-objection from the OCC. Since that time, the actions and remediation set forth in the action plans are underway as is ongoing quarterly reporting to the OCC. The OCC advised that it will conduct an on-site visit in Q1 2017 to follow up on the Bank's commitments in the updated action plan.

CFPB Overdraft Coverage Consent Order

On April 1, 2014, the Bank received a civil investigative demand ("CID") from the CFPB requesting information and documents in connection with the Bank’s marketing to consumers of overdraft coverage for ATM and/or onetime debit card transactions through a third party vendor. On July 14, 2016, the Bank entered into a consent order with the CFPB regarding the Bank’s overdraft coverage practices for ATM and onetime debit card transactions. Pursuant to the terms of the consent order, the Bank paid a civil monetary penalty of $10.0 million and agreed to validate the overdraft coverage elections made by customers who opted in to overdraft coverage for ATM and onetime debit card transactions as a result of telemarketing by the third party vendor. The Bank is also required to make certain changes to its third party vendor oversight policy and its customer complaint policy. The Bank is working to meet the consent order requirements. However, it is possible that additional regulatory action could be taken and/or litigation filed as a result of these issues.  The OCC has advised that it will conduct a targeted examination of the Bank’s overdraft program and products in March 2017 to ensure that the issues identified by the CFPB have been rectified and to determine whether additional remediation to customers is necessary.

241



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (continued)

FIRREA Subpeona

On May 22, 2013, the Bank received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York seeking information regarding claims for foreclosure expenses incurred in connection with the foreclosure of loans insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Agency, the FNMA or the FHLMC. The Bank continues to cooperate with the investigation; however, there can be no assurance that claims or litigation will not arise from this matter. There is insufficient information/status to assess a likelihood of fines/penalties or other loss and/or estimates at this time.

SC Matters

Periodically, SC is party to, or otherwise involved in, variousmaterial lawsuits, regulatory matters and other legal proceedings that arise into which the ordinary course of business.Company is subject.

SHUSA Matter

On August 26, 2014,March 21, 2017, SC and SHUSA entered into a written agreement with the FRB of Boston. Under the terms of that agreement, SC is required to enhance its compliance risk management program, board oversight of risk management and senior management oversight of risk management, and SHUSA is required to enhance its oversight of SC's management and operations.

JPMorgan Chase Mortgage Loan Sale Indemnity Demand 

In connection with a 2007 sale by Sovereign Bank of approximately 35,000 second lien mortgage loans to Chase, Chase has asserted an indemnity claim against SBNA of approximately $38.0 million under the mortgage loan purchase agreement based on alleged breaches of representations and warranties. The parties are in discussions concerning this matter.   

SC Matters

Securities Class Action and Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits

Deka Lawsuit: SC is a defendant in a purported securities class action lawsuit was filed(the "Deka Lawsuit") in the United States District Court, SouthernNorthern District of New York,Texas, captioned SteckDeka Investment GmbH et al. v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. et al., No. 1:14-cv-06942 (the "Deka Lawsuit"). On October 6, 2014, another purported securities class action lawsuit3:15-cv-2129-K. The Deka Lawsuit, which was filed in the District Court of Dallas County, State of Texas, captioned Kumar v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings, et al., No. DC-14-11783, whichAugust 2014, was subsequently removed to the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas and re-captioned Kumar v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings, et al., No. 3:14-CV-3746 (the "Kumar Lawsuit").

Both the Deka Lawsuit and the Kumar Lawsuit were brought against SC, certain of its current and former directors and executive officers and certain institutions that served as underwriters in SC's IPO, including SIS, on behalf of a class consisting of those who purchased or otherwise acquired SC'sSC securities between January 23, 2014 and June 12, 2014. In February 2015,The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Kumar Lawsuit was voluntarily dismissed with prejudice. In June 2015, the venue of the Deka Lawsuit was transferred to the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas. In September 2015, the court granted a motion to appoint lead plaintiffs and lead counsel, and the Deka Lawsuit is now captioned Deka Investment GmbH et al. v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. et al., No. 3:15-cv-2129-K. The amended class action complaint in the Deka Lawsuit alleges that that SC'sIPO registration statement and prospectus and certain subsequent public disclosures containedviolated federal securities laws by containing misleading statements concerning SC’s ability to pay dividends and the adequacy of SC’s compliance systems and oversight. The amended complaint asserts claims under Sections 11, 12(a) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and seeks damages and other relief. OnIn December 18, 2015, SC and the individual defendants moved to dismiss the amended class action complaint and on June 13, 2016, the motion to dismisslawsuit, which was denied. OnIn December 2, 2016, the plaintiffs moved to certify the proposed classesclasses. In July 2017, the court entered an order staying the Deka Lawsuit pending the resolution of the appeal of a class certification order in In re Cobalt Int’l Energy, Inc. Sec. Litig., No. H-14-3428, 2017 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 91938 (S.D. Tex. June 15, 2017). In October 2018, the court vacated the order staying the Deka Lawsuit and ordered that merits discovery in the Deka Lawsuit be stayed until the court ruled on February 17, 2017, SC filed an opposition to the plaintiffs' motion to certify the proposed classes.issue of class certification.

On
169




NOTE 20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Feldman Lawsuit: In October 15, 2015, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, captioned Feldman v. Jason A. Kulas, et al., C.A. No. 11614 (the Feldman Lawsuit)"Feldman Lawsuit"). The Feldman Lawsuit names as defendants certain current and former members of SC’s Board of Directors, and names SC as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the current and former director defendants breached their fiduciary duties in connection with overseeing SC’s subprimenonprime auto lending practices, resulting in harm to SC. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and equitable relief. OnIn December 29, 2015, the Feldman Lawsuit was stayed pending the resolution of the Deka Lawsuit.

On March 18, 2016, a purported securities class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, captioned Parmelee v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. et al., No. 3:16-cv-783 (the Parmelee Lawsuit). On April 4, 2016, another purported securities class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, captioned Benson v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. et al., No. 3:16-cv-919 (the Benson Lawsuit). Both the Parmelee Lawsuit and the Benson Lawsuit were filed against SC and certain of its current and former directors and executive officers on behalf of a class consisting of all those who purchased or otherwise acquired SC's securities between February 3, 2015 and March 15, 2016. On May 25, 2016, the Benson Lawsuit was consolidated into the Parmelee Lawsuit, with the consolidated case captioned as Parmelee v. Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. et al., No. 3:16-cv-783. On December 20, 2016, the plaintiffs filed an amended class action complaint.

242



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (continued)

The amended class action complaint in the Parmelee Lawsuit alleges that SC made false or misleading statements, as well as failed to disclose material adverse facts, in prior Annual and Quarterly Reports filed under the Exchange Act and certain other public disclosures, in connection with, among other things, SC’s change in its methodology for estimating its ACL and correction of such allowance for prior periods in, among other public disclosures, SC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, SC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016, and SC’s amended filings for prior reporting periods. The amended class action complaint asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and seeks damages and other relief.

OnJackie888 Lawsuit: In September 27, 2016, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware captioned Jackie888, Inc. v. Jason Kulas, et al., C.A. # 12775 (the Jackie888 Lawsuit)"Jackie888 Lawsuit"). The Jackie888 Lawsuit names as defendants current and former members of SC’s Board of Directors, and names SC as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties in connection with SC’s accounting practices and controls. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and equitable relief. In April 2017, the Jackie888 Lawsuit was stayed pending the resolution of the Deka Lawsuit.

On March 23, 2018, the Feldman Lawsuit and Jackie888 Lawsuit were consolidated under the caption In Re Santander Consumer USA Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Del. Ch., Consol. C.A. No. 11614-VCG. On January 21, 2020, the Company executed a Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement, Compromise and Release with the plaintiffs in the consolidated action that fully resolves all of the claims of plaintiffs on the Feldman Lawsuit and the Jackie888 Lawsuit. The Stipulation provides for the settlement of the consolidated action in return for defendants causing SC to enact and implement certain corporate governance reforms and enhancements. The settlement is subject to approval by the Court.

Consumer Lending Cases

SC is also party to various lawsuits pending in federal and state courts alleging violations of state and federal consumer lending laws, including, without limitation, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, (the “ECOA”), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, the Truth in Lending Act, wrongful repossession laws, usury laws and laws related to unfair and deceptive acts or practices. In general, these cases seek damages and equitable and/or other relief.

Further, Regulatory Investigations and Proceedings

SC is party to, or is periodically otherwise involved in, reviews, investigations, examinations and proceedings (both formal and informal), and information-gathering requests, by government and self-regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve,FRB of Boston, the CFPB, the DOJ, the SEC, the Federal Trade Commission and various state regulatory and enforcement agencies.

Currently, such proceedingsmatters include, but are not limited to, the following:

SC received a civil subpoena from the DOJ under FIRREA,the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act requesting the production of documents and communications that, among other things, relate to the underwriting and securitization of nonprime auto loans since 2007,vehicle loans. SC has responded to these requests within the deadlines specified in the subpoenas and fromhas otherwise cooperated with the SEC requesting the production of documents and communications that, among other things, relateDOJ with respect to the underwriting and securitization of nonprime auto loans since 2013.

this matter.
In October 2014, May 2015, and July 2015 and February 2017, SC received subpoenas and/or civil investigative demands (“CIDs")CIDs from the Attorneys General of California, Illinois, Oregon, New Jersey, Maryland and Washington under the authority of each state's consumer protection statutes. SC has been informed that theseThese states will serve as an executive committee on behalf of a group of 2833 state Attorneys General.General (and the District of Columbia). The subpoenas and/or CIDs from the executive committee states contain broad requests for information and the production of documents related to SC'sSC’s underwriting, securitization, servicing and securitizationcollection of nonprime autovehicle loans. SC believes that several other companieshas responded to these requests within the deadlines specified in the auto finance sector have received similar subpoenasCIDs, and CIDs. SC is cooperatinghas otherwise cooperated with the Attorneys General of the states involved. We believe that it is reasonably possible SC will suffer a loss relatedwith respect to the Attorneys General; however, any such loss is not currently estimable.

this matter.
In August and September 2014, the Company also2017, SC received civil subpoenas and/or CIDs from the Attorneys GeneralCFPB. The stated purpose of Massachusetts and Delaware under the authority of each state’s consumer protection statutes requesting information and the production of documents relatedCIDs are to our underwriting and securitizations of nonprime auto loans.determine whether SC is complyinghas complied with the Fair Credit Reporting Act and related regulations. SC has responded to these requests for informationwithin the applicable deadlines and document preservation and continues to discuss these matters and the potential resolution thereof,has otherwise cooperated with the Massachusetts and Delaware Attorneys General.

On February 25, 2015, SC entered into a consent orderCFPB with the DOJ, approved by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, that resolves the DOJ's claims against the Company that certain of its repossession and collection activities during the period of time between January 2008 and February 2013 violated the SCRA. The consent order requires SCrespect to pay a civil fine in the amount of $55 thousand, as well as at least $9.4 million to affected servicemembers consisting of $10 thousand per servicemember plus compensation for any lost equity (with interest) for each repossession by SC, and $5 thousand per servicemember for each instance where SC sought to collect repossession-related fees on accounts where a repossession was conducted by a prior account holder. The consent order also provides for monitoring by the DOJ of the Company’s SCRA compliance for a period of five years and requires SC to undertake certain additional remedial measures.this matter.

243



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

170





NOTE 19.20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

OnMississippi Attorney General Lawsuit

In January 10, 2017, the Mississippi AG filed a lawsuit against SC in the Chancery Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, State of Mississippi, captioned State of Mississippi ex rel. Jim Hood, Attorney General of the State of Mississippi v. Santander Consumer USA Inc., C.A. # G-2017-28. The complaint alleges that SC engaged in unfair and deceptive business practices to induce Mississippi consumers to apply for loans that they could not afford. The complaint asserts claims under the Mississippi Consumer Protection Act and seeks unspecified civil penalties, equitable relief and other relief. In March 2017, SC filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit and the parties are proceeding with discovery.

On November 4,SCRA Consent Order

In February 2015, SC entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance ("AOD")a consent order with the OfficeDOJ, approved by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, which resolves the Attorney GeneralDOJ's claims against SC that certain of its repossession and collection activities during the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Massachusetts Attorney General alleged that SCperiod between January 2008 and February 2013 violated the maximum permissible interest rates allowed under Massachusetts law dueSCRA. The consent order requires SC to the inclusion of guaranteed auto protection ("GAP") chargespay a civil fine in the calculationamount of finance charges. Among other things,$55,000, as well as at least $9.4 million to affected service members consisting of $10,000 per service member plus compensation for any lost equity (with interest) for each repossession by SC, and $5,000 per service member for each instance where SC sought to collect repossession-related fees on accounts where a repossession was conducted by a prior account holder. The consent order also provided for monitoring by the AOD requires SC, with respect to any loan that exceeded the maximum rates, to issue refundsDOJ of all finance charges paid to dateSC’s SCRA compliance for a period of five years and to waive all future finance charges. The AOD also requires SC to undertake certain additional remedial measures, including ensuring that interest rates on its loans do not exceed maximum rates (when GAP charges are included) in the future, and provides that SC pay $150 thousand to the Massachusetts Attorney General to reimburse its costs of implementing the AOD.measures.

On July 31, 2015, the CFPB notified SC that it had referred to the DOJ certain alleged violations by SC of the ECOA regarding statistical disparities in markups charged by automobile dealers to protected groups on loans originated by those dealers and purchased by SC and the treatment of certain types of income in SC's underwriting process. On September 25, 2015, the DOJ notified SC that , based on the referral from the CFPB, it has initiated an investigation under the ECOA of SC's pricing of automobile loans.

IHC Matters

Periodically, SSLLC is party to pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)FINRA arbitration actions and class action claims.

Puerto Rico FINRA ArbitrationsArbitration

As of December 31, 2016,2019, SSLLC hashad received 186751 FINRA arbitration cases related to Puerto Rico bonds and Puerto Rico closed-end funds.CEFs, generally, that SSLLC previously recommended and/or sold to clients. Most of these cases are based upon concerns regarding the local Puerto Rico securities market. The statementstatements of claims allege, among other things, fraud, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract, unsuitability, over-concentration and failure to supervise. There are 132were 439 arbitration cases pending as of December 31, 2019. The Company has experienced a decrease in the volume of claims since September 30, 2019; however, it is reasonably possible that remain pending.it could experience an increase in claims in future periods.

Puerto Rico Closed-End Funds Shareholder DerivativePutative Class Action: SSLLC, Santander BanCorp, BSPR, the Company and Class Action

On September 12, 2016 customers of certain Puerto Rico closed-end funds (“CEFs”) filedSantander are defendants in a shareholder derivative andputative class action inalleging federal securities and common law claims relating to the Courtsolicitation and purchase of First Instance of the Commonwealthmore than $180.0 million of Puerto Rico Superiorbonds and $101.0 million of CEFs during the period from December 2012 to October 2013. The case is pending in the United States District Court for the District of San Juan,Puerto Rico and is captioned Dionisio Trigo González etJorge Ponsa-Rabell, et. al. v. Banco Santander, S.A. et al., CivilSSLLC, Civ. No. 2016-0857. Customers filed this action against Santander, Santander BanCorp, Banco Santander3:17-cv-02243. The amended complaint alleges that defendants acted in concert to defraud purchasers in connection with the underwriting and sale of Puerto Rico municipal bonds, CEFs and open-end funds. In May 2019, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

Puerto Rico Municipal Bond Insurer Litigation: On August 8, 2019, bond insurers National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation and MBIA Insurance Corporation filed suit in Puerto Rico state court against eight Puerto Rico municipal bond underwriters, including SSLLC, Santander Asset Management, LLC,alleging that the underwriters made misrepresentations in connection with the issuance of the debt and several directors and senior managementthat the bond insurers relied on such misrepresentations in agreeing to insure certain of those entities.the bonds. The complaint alleges misconduct including thatdamages of not less than $720.0 million. The defendants removed the entitiescase to federal court, and individuals created, controlled, managed, and advised certain CEFs withinplaintiffs have sought to return the First Puerto Rico Family of Funds (the “Funds”) from March 1, 2012 through the presentcase to the detriment of the Funds and their shareholders. Brought on behalf of the Funds and Puerto-Rico based investors, the complaint contains numerous allegations and seeks unspecified damages but alleges damages to be at least tens of millions of dollars. 

SHUSA does not believe that there are any proceedings, threatened or pending, that, if determined adversely, would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of the Company.state court.

244



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

171





NOTE 19.20. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

LeasesMexican Government Bonds Consolidated Putative Antitrust Class Action: A consolidated putative antitrust class action is pending in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York, captioned In re Mexican Government Bonds Antitrust Litigation, No. 1:18-cv-02830-JPO (the “MGB Lawsuit”). The MGB Lawsuit is against the Company, SIS, Santander, Banco Santander (Mexico), S.A. Institucion de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero Santander and Santander Investment Bolsa, Sociedad de Valores, S.A. on behalf of a class of persons who entered into MGB transactions between January 1, 2006 and April 19, 2017, where such persons were either domiciled in the United States or, if domiciled outside the United States, transacted in the United States. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Santander defendants and the other defendants violated U.S. antitrust laws by conspiring to rig auctions and/or fix prices of MGBs. On September 30, 2019, the court granted the defendants motions to dismiss the consolidated complaint. On December 9, 2019, the plaintiffs filed an amended putative class action complaint. The amended complaint does not name the Company or SIS as defendants; the only Santander defendant named in the amended complaint is Banco Santander (Mexico).

The Company is committed under various non-cancelable operating leases relating to branch facilities having initialThese matters are ongoing and could in the future result in the imposition of damages, fines or remaining terms in excess of one year. Renewal options exist forother penalties. No assurance can be given that the majorityultimate outcome of these lease agreements.

Future minimum annual rentals under non-cancelable operating leasesmatters or any resulting proceedings would not materially and sale-leaseback leases, netadversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of expected sublease income, at December 31, 2016, are summarized as follows:
       
  AT DECEMBER 31, 2016
  
Lease
Payments
 
Future Minimum
Expected  Sublease
Income
 
Net
Payments
  (in thousands)
2017 $132,903
 $(7,562) $125,341
2018 116,730
 (5,193) 111,537
2019 102,447
 (3,996) 98,451
2020 78,790
 (2,452) 76,338
2021 70,279
 (932) 69,347
Thereafter 231,081
 (4,871) 226,210
Total $732,230
 $(25,006) $707,224

The Company recorded rental expense of $143.9 million, $155.4 million and $138.3 million, net of $8.1 million, $9.4 million and $10.4 million of sublease income, in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in Occupancy and equipment expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.operations.


NOTE 20.21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The parties related to the Company are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities, the Company’s key management personnel (the members of its Board of Directors and certain officers at the level of senior executive vice president or above, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.

Stockholder's Equity

Contributions from Santander that impact common stock and paid in capital within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity are disclosed within the table below:
  For the Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands) 2019 2018
Cash contribution $88,927
 $85,035
Adjustment to book value of assets purchased on January 1 
 277
Deferred tax asset on purchased assets 
 3,156
Contribution from shareholder $88,927
 $88,468

On January 1, 2018, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Produban and Isban, both affiliates of Santander. The book value and fair value of the net assets acquired were $2.8 million and $15.3 million, respectively. Related to this transaction, in 2017, the Company received a net capital contribution from Santander of $2.8 million, representing cash received of $15.3 million and a return of capital of $12.5 million for the difference between the fair value of the assets purchased and the book value on the balance sheets of the affiliates. The Company re-evaluated the assets received on January 1, 2018 and recorded an additional $0.3 million to additional paid-in capital. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a $3.2 million deferred tax asset on the assets purchased by the Company to establish the intangible under Section 197 of the IRC. The Company contributed these assets at book value of $6.2 million to SBNA, a subsidiary of the Company, on January 1, 2018.

Effective November 2, 2018, Produban was merged with and into Isban, which immediately following the merger changed its name to Santander Global Technology.

The Company received cash contribution of $88.9 million in 2019 and $85.0 million in 2018 from Santander.

Loan Sales

During 2017, SBNA sold $372.1 million of commercial loans to Santander. The sale resulted in $2.4 million of net gain for the year ended December 31, 2017, which is included in Miscellaneous income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

172




NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

Letters of credit

In the normal course of business, SBNA provides letters of credit and standby letters of credit to affiliates. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the average unfunded balance outstanding under these commitments was $92.5 million and $82.7 million, respectively.

Debt and Other Securities

The Company and its subsidiaries have various debt agreements with Santander. For a listing of these debt agreements, see Note 11 to these Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has $10.1 billion of public securities consisting of various senior note obligations and trust preferred securities obligations. Santander owned approximately 0.2% of the outstanding principal of these securities as of December 31, 2019.

Derivatives

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has entered into derivative agreements with Santander, which consist primarily of swap agreements to hedge interest rate risk and foreign currency exposure with notional values of $4.6 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively.

Service Agreements

The Company and its affiliates entered into or were subject to various service agreements with Santander and its affiliates. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

NW Services Co., a Santander affiliate doing business as Aquanima, is under contract with the Company to provide procurement services, with fees paid in 2019 in the amount of $10.2 million, $5.4 million in 2018 and $3.7 million in 2017. There were no payables in connection with this agreement for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Technology, outside service, and marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Geoban, S.A., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Company to provide administrative services, consulting and professional services, application support and back-office services, including debit card disputes and claims support, and consumer and mortgage loan set-up and review, with total fees paid in 2019 in the amount of $1.7 million, $1.8 million in 2018 and $3.3 million in 2017. The Company had no payables in connection with this agreement in 2019 or 2018. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Technology, outside service, and marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Company to provide administrative services and back-office support for the Bank’s derivative, foreign exchange and hedging transactions and programs. Fees in the amounts of $1.4 million were paid to Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A. with respect to this agreement in 2019, and $1.9 million and $1.1 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. There were no payables in connection with this agreement in 2019 or 2018. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Technology, outside service, and marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Santander Global Technology S.L. is under contract with the Company to provide information technology development, support and administration, with fees for these services paid in 2019 in the amount of $2.8 million, $38.7 million in 2018 and $77.9 million in 2017. In addition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had payables for these services in the amounts of $0.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Santander Global Technology is also under contract with the Company to provide professional services and administration and support of information technology production systems, telecommunications and internal/external applications, with fees for these services paid in 2019 in the amount of $20.9 million, $74.9 million in 2018 and $110.7 million in 2017. In addition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had payables for these services in the amounts of $15.6 million and $18.1 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

173




NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

In addition, Santander Global Technology is under contract with the Company to provide information technology development, support and administration, with fees paid in the amount of $113.2 million in 2019 and $5.5 million in 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had payables with Santander Global Technology in the amounts of $5.6 million and $21.9 million for these services. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company paid $15.4 million and $17.1 million to Santander for the development and implementation of global projects as part of group expense allocation.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid $3.9 million in rental payments to Santander, compared to $3.9 million in 2018 and $11.2 million in 2017.

SC has entered into or was subject to various agreements with Santander, its affiliates or the Company. Each of the agreements was done in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

Revolving Agreements

SC had a committed revolving credit agreement with Santander that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. This facility was terminated during 2018. During the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, SC incurred interest expense, including unused fees of zero, $11.6 million and $51.7 million, respectively.

In 2015, under a new agreement with Santander, SC agreed to begin incurring a fee of 12.5 basis points per annum on certain warehouse facilities, as they renew, for which Santander provides a guarantee of SC's servicing obligations. SC recognized guarantee fee expense of $0.4 million, $5.0 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, SC had zero and $1.9 million of fees payable to Santander under this arrangement.

Securitizations

SC entered into an MSPA with Santander, under which it had the option to sell a contractually determined amount of eligible prime loans to Santander under the SPAIN securitization platform, for a term that ended in December 2018. SC provides servicing on all loans originated under this arrangement. SC provides servicing on all loans originated under this arrangement.

Other information relating to the SPAIN securitization platform for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Servicing fee income $29,831
 $35,058
Loss (Gain) on sale, excluding lower of cost of market adjustments (if any) 
 20,736
Servicing fees receivable 1,869
 2,983
Collections due to Santander 8,180
 15,968

Origination Support Services

Beginning in 2018, SC agreed to provide SBNA with origination support services in connection with the processing, underwriting and purchase of retail loans, primarily from FCA dealers. In addition, SC has agreed to perform the servicing for any loans originated on SBNA’s behalf. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, SC facilitated the purchase of $7.0 billion and $1.9 billion of RICs, respectively. Under this agreement, SC recognized referral and servicing fees of $58.1 million and $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, of which $2.1 million was receivable and $4.9 million was payable to SC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Other related-party transactions

As of December 31, 2019, Jason A. Kulas and Thomas Dundon, both former members of SC's Board of Directors and CEOs of SC, each had a minority equity investment in a property in which SC leases approximately 373,000 square feet as its corporate headquarters. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, SC recorded $5.3 million, $4.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, in lease expenses on this property. Future minimum lease payments over the seven-year term of the lease, which extends through 2026, total $48.5 million.

174




NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

SC's wholly-owned subsidiary, SCI, opened deposit accounts with BSPR, an affiliated entity. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, SCI had cash (including restricted cash) of $8.1 million and $8.9 million, respectively, on deposit with BSPR. This transaction eliminates in the consolidation of SHUSA.
SC has certain deposit and checking accounts with SBNA. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, SC had a balance of $33.7 million and $92.8 million, respectively, in these accounts. These transactions eliminate in the consolidation of SHUSA.

Entities that transferred to the IHC have entered into or were subject to various agreements with Santander or its affiliates. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

BSI enters into transactions with affiliated entities in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2019, BSI had short-term borrowings from unconsolidated affiliates of $1.8 million, compared to $59.9 million as of December 31, 2018. BSI had cash and cash equivalents deposited with affiliates of $6.8 million and $46.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. BSI had foreign exchange rate forward contracts with affiliates as counterparties with notional amounts of approximately $1.9 billion and $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. BSI held deposits from unconsolidated affiliates of $118.4 million and $55.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, loan participations of $714.2 million and $195.8 million, respectively, were sold to Santander without recourse.

SIS enters into transactions with affiliated entities in the ordinary course of business. SIS executes, clears and custodies certain of its securities transactions through various affiliates in Latin America and Europe. The balance of payables to customers due to Santander at December 31, 2019 was $1.9 billion, compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2018.


NOTE 22. REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies, and undergoes periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.

The minimum U.S. regulatory capital ratios for banks under Basel III are 4.5% for the common equity tier 1 ("CET1")CET1 capital ratio, 6.0% for the Tier 1 capital ratio, 8.0% for the Totaltotal capital ratio, and 4.0% for the leverage ratio. To qualify as “well-capitalized,” regulators require banks to maintain capital ratios of at least 6.5% for the CET1 capital ratio, 8.0% for the Tier 1 capital ratio, 10.0% for the Totaltotal capital ratio, and 5.0% for the Leverageleverage ratio. At December 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, the CompanyBank met the well-capitalized capital ratio requirements.

As a BHC, SHUSA is required to maintain a CET1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%6.0%, total capital ratio of at least 8%8.0%, and Leverage ratio of at least 4%4.0%. The Company’s capital levels exceeded the ratios required for BHCs. The Company's ability to make capital distributions will depend on the Federal Reserve's accepting the Company's capital plan, the results of the stress tests described in this Form 10-K, and the Company's capital status, as well as other supervisory factors.

The DFA mandates an enhanced supervisory framework, which, among other things, means that the Company is subject to annual stress tests by theboth internal and Federal Reserve and the Company and the Bank are required to conduct semi-annual and annualrun stress tests, respectively, reporting results to the Federal Reserve and the OCC.tests. The Federal Reserve also has discretionary authority to establish additional prudential standards, on its own or at the Financial Stability Oversight Council's recommendation, regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, short-term debt limits, and otherwise as it deems appropriate.

The Company is also required to receive a notice of non-objection to its capital plans from the Federal Reserve and the OCC before taking capital actions, such as paying dividends, implementing common equity repurchase programs, or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments.

245



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 20. REGULATORY MATTERS (continued)

For a discussion of Basel III and the standardized approach and related future changes to the minimum U.S. regulatory capital ratios, see the section of the MD&A captioned Regulatory"Regulatory Matters."

175




NOTE 22. REGULATORY MATTERS (continued)

The FDIAFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends on its capital levels in relation to various capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.

Federal banking laws, regulations and policies also limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank’s total distributions to the CompanySHUSA within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years; (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. In addition, theThe OCC's prior approval would be required if the Bank is notified by the OCC that it is a problem associationinstitution or in troubled condition. In addition, the Bank must obtain the OCC's prior written approval to make any capital distribution until it has positive retained earnings. Under a written agreement with the FRB of Boston, the Company must not declare or pay, and must not permit any non-bank subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Company, including SC, to declare or pay, any dividends, and the Company must not make, or permit any such subsidiary to make, any capital distribution, in each case without the prior written approval of the FRB of Boston.

Any dividend declared and paid or return of capital has the effect of reducing the Bank’s capital ratios. There were noDuring 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company paid cash dividends declared orof $400.0 million, $410.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company also paid in 2016 or 2015. The Bank had no returnscash dividends to preferred shareholders of capital in 2016 or 2015.zero, $11.0 million and $14.6 million, respectively. During the third quarter of 2018, SHUSA redeemed all of its outstanding preferred stock.

The following schedule summarizes the actual capital balances of the Bank and SHUSA at December 31, 20162019 and 2015:2018:
         REGULATORY CAPITAL
(Dollars in thousands) Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio Tier 1 Capital
Ratio
 Total Capital
Ratio
 Leverage
Ratio
 REGULATORY CAPITAL        
 Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio Tier 1 Capital
Ratio
 Total Capital
Ratio
 Leverage
Ratio
($ in thousands)
Santander Bank at December 31, 2016(1):
        
SBNA at December 31, 2019(1):
        
Regulatory capital $10,005,701
 $10,005,701
 $10,759,357
 $10,005,701
 $10,219,819
 $10,219,819
 $10,844,218
 $10,219,819
Capital ratio 16.17% 16.17% 17.39% 12.34% 15.80% 15.80% 16.77% 12.77%
SHUSA at December 31, 2016(1):
        
SHUSA at December 31, 2019(1):
        
Regulatory capital $15,136,250
 $16,843,576
 $18,774,836
 $16,843,576
 $17,391,867
 $18,780,870
 $20,480,467
 $18,780,870
Capital ratio 14.51% 16.14% 18.00% 12.52% 14.63% 15.80% 17.23% 13.13%
                
 Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio Tier 1 Capital
Ratio
 Total Capital
Ratio
 Leverage
Ratio
 Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio Tier 1 Capital
Ratio
 Total Capital
Ratio
 Leverage
Ratio
Santander Bank at December 31, 2015(1):
        
        
SBNA at December 31, 2018(1):
        
Regulatory capital $9,857,655
 $9,857,655
 $10,775,851
 $9,857,655
 $10,179,299
 $10,179,299
 $10,819,641
 $10,179,299
Capital ratio 13.81% 13.81% 15.09% 11.46% 17.14% 17.14% 18.22% 14.08%
SHUSA at December 31, 2015(1)(2):
        
SHUSA at December 31, 2018(1):
        
Regulatory capital $12,976,866
 $14,676,251
 $16,656,648
 $14,676,251
 $16,758,748
 $18,193,361
 $19,807,403
 $18,193,361
Capital ratio 11.97% 13.54% 15.37% 11.58% 15.53% 16.86% 18.35% 14.03%

(1) Represents transitional ratios under Basel III
(2) Capital ratios as of December 31, 2015 have not been re-cast for the consolidation of IHC entities as regulatory filings are only impacted prospectively.

246


(1)Represents transitional ratios under Basel III.

SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Business Segment Products and Services

The Company’s reportable segments are focused principally around the customers the Company serves. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the CODM drove a reorganization of the Company's business leadership to better align the teams with how the CODM allocates resources and assesses business performance. Changes were made to the internal management reporting in 2019 and, accordingly, beginning in the first quarter of 2019, the prior Commercial Banking segment is now reported as two separate reportable segments: C&I and CRE & VF. All prior period results have been recast to conform to the new composition of reportable segments.

176




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

The Company has identified the following reportable segments:

The Consumer and Business Banking segment includes the products and services provided to Bank consumer and business banking customers, including consumer deposit, business banking, residential mortgage, unsecured lending and investment services. This segment offers a wide range of products and services to consumers and business banking customers, including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market and savings accounts, CDs and retirement savings products. It also offers lending products such as credit cards, mortgages, home equity lines of credit, and business loans such as business lines of credit and commercial cards. In addition, the Bank provides investment services to its retail customers, including annuities, mutual funds, and insurance products. Santander Universities, which provides grants and scholarships to universities and colleges as a way to foster education through research, innovation and entrepreneurship, is the last component of this segment.
The C&I segment currently provides commercial lines, loans, letters of credit, receivables financing and deposits to medium- and large-sized commercial customers, as well as financing and deposits for government entities. This segment also provides niche product financing for specific industries.
The CRE & VF segment offers CRE loans and multifamily loans to customers. This segment also offers commercial loans to dealers and financing for commercial equipment and vehicles.
The CIB segment serves the needs of global commercial and institutional customers by leveraging the international footprint of Santander to provide financing and banking services to corporations with over $500 million in annual revenues. CIB also includes SIS, a registered broker-dealer located in New York that provides services in investment banking, institutional sales, and trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities. CIB's offerings and strategy are based on Santander's local and global capabilities in wholesale banking.
SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC’s primary business is the indirect origination of RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to retail consumers. In conjunction with the Chrysler agreement, SC offers a full spectrum of auto financing products and services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit. SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile, recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. During 2015, SC announced its intention to exit the personal lending business. SC has entered into a number of intercompany agreements with the Bank as described above as part of the Other segment. All intercompany revenue and fees between the Bank and SC are eliminated in the consolidated results of the Company.

The Other category includes certain immaterial subsidiaries such as BSI, BSPR, SSLLC, and SFS, the unallocated interest expense on the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses. This category also includes the Bank’s community development finance activities, including originating CRA-eligible loans and making CRA-eligible investments.

The Company’s segment results, excluding SC and the entities that have been transferred to the IHC, are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting system by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related interest income or expense to each of the segments. Funds transfer pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost for funds used or a credit for funds provided to business line deposits, loans and selected other assets using a matched funding concept. The methodology includes a liquidity premium adjustment, which considers an appropriate market participant spread for commercial loans and deposits by analyzing the mix of borrowings available to the Company with comparable maturity periods.

Other income and expenses are managed directly by each reportable segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct expenses, as well as certain allocated corporate expenses, and are accounted for within each segment’s financial results. Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. Where practical, the results are adjusted to present consistent methodologies for the segments.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment with no impact on consolidated results. Whenever significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, prior period information is reclassified wherever practicable.

177




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

The CODM manages SC on a historical basis by reviewing the results of SC on a pre-Change in Control basis. The Results of Segments table below discloses SC's operating information on the same basis that it is reviewed by the CODM. The adjustments column includes adjustments to reconcile SC's GAAP results to SHUSA's consolidated results.

Results of Segments

The following tables present certain information regarding the Company’s segments.
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2019Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,504,887
$231,270
$417,418
$152,083
$72,535
 $3,971,826
$38,408
$54,341
 $6,442,768
Non-interest income359,849
71,323
11,270
208,955
415,473
 2,760,370
6,184
(104,307) 3,729,117
Provision for/(release of) credit losses156,936
31,796
13,147
6,045
(7,322) 2,093,749
(2,334)
 2,292,017
Total expenses1,655,923
238,681
135,319
270,226
770,254
 3,284,179
40,107
(28,837) 6,365,852
Income/(loss) before income taxes51,877
32,116
280,222
84,767
(274,924) 1,354,268
6,819
(21,129) 1,514,016
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,093
6,377
5,950
(14,420)
 


 
Total assets23,934,172
7,031,238
19,019,242
9,943,547
40,648,746
 48,922,532


 149,499,477
(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC, which are presented in this column.
(4)SC Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2018Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,298,571
$228,491
$413,541
$136,582
$240,110
 $3,958,280
$31,083
$38,192
 $6,344,850
Non-interest income310,839
82,435
6,643
195,023
402,006
 2,297,517
9,678
(59,833) 3,244,308
Provision for/(release of) credit losses100,523
(35,069)15,664
9,335
24,254
 2,205,585
19,606

 2,339,898
Total expenses1,575,407
225,495
116,392
234,949
786,543
 2,857,944
47,173
(11,578) 5,832,325
Income/(loss) before income taxes(66,520)120,500
288,128
87,321
(168,681) 1,192,268
(26,018)(10,063) 1,416,935
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,507
4,691
4,729
(12,362)435
 


 
Total assets21,024,740
6,823,633
18,888,676
8,521,004
36,416,377
 43,959,855


 135,634,285

178




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

            
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2017Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,115,169
$233,759
$396,318
$152,346
$256,373
 $4,114,600
$124,551
$30,834
 $6,423,950
Total non-interest income362,186
60,974
9,246
195,879
534,425
 1,793,408
(9,177)(45,688) 2,901,253
Provision for credit losses85,115
28,355
1,231
33,275
93,165
 2,363,812
154,991

 2,759,944
Total expenses1,503,656
185,398
138,987
220,500
950,647
 2,740,190
44,066
(19,120) 5,764,324
Income/(loss) before income taxes(111,416)80,980
265,346
94,450
(253,014) 804,006
(83,683)4,266
 800,935
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,330
4,164
1,973
(8,086)(381) 


 
(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC, which are presented in this column.
(4)SC Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.


NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The parties related to the Company are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its Board of Directors and certain officers at the level of senior executive vice president or above, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.

See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the various debt agreements SHUSA has with Santander.

In March 2010, the Company issued a $750.0 million subordinated note to Santander, which was scheduled to mature in March 2020. This subordinated note bore interest at 5.75% until March 2015. SHUSA paid Santander $6.1 million in interest in 2014. This note was converted to common stock in February 2014. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company has $6.1 billion of public securities consisting of various senior note obligations, trust preferred security obligations and preferred stock issuances. Santander owned approximately 2.0% of the outstanding principal of these securities as of December 31, 2016.

SBNA has entered into derivative agreements with Santander and Abbey National Treasury Services plc, a subsidiary of Santander, which consist primarily of swap agreements to hedge interest rate risk and foreign currency exposure. These contracts had notional values of $2.5 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2016, compared to $3.8 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2015.

In the normal course of business, the SBNA provides letters of credit and standby letters of credit to affiliates. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the average unfunded balance outstanding under these commitments was $46.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company paid $6.1 million in rental payments to Santander, compared to $8.1 million in 2015 and $8.4 million in 2014.

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide loans to our executive officers and, directors also known as Regulations O insiders. Pursuant to our policy, such loans are generally issued on the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. As permitted by Regulation O, certain mortgage loans to directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank, including the Company's executive officers, are priced at up to a 0.25% discount to market in 2016 and 1.00% in 2015 and require no application fee, but contain no other terms than terms available in comparable transactions with non-employees. The 0.25% discount is discontinued when an employee terminates his or her employment with the Company or the Bank. The outstanding balance of these loans was $2.1 million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company and its affiliates entered into or were subject to various service agreements with Santander and its affiliates. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

NW Services Co., a Santander affiliate doing business as Aquanima, is under contract with the Bank to provide procurement services, with fees paid in 2016 in the amount of $3.6 million, $3.8 million in 2015 and $4.0 million in 2014. There were no payables in connection with this agreement for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Geoban, S.A., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide administrative services, consulting and professional services, application support and back-office services, including debit card disputes and claims support, and consumer and mortgage loan set-up and review, with total fees paid in 2016 in the amount of $15.1 million, $9.8 million in 2015 and $13.4 million in 2014. In addition, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had payables with Geoban, S.A. in the amounts of $2.1 million and $10.5 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

247



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

Ingenieria De Software Bancario S.L., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide information technology development, support and administration, with fees paid in 2016 in the amount of $91.7 million, $101.6 million in 2015 and $116.7 million in 2014. In addition, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had payables with Ingenieria De Software Bancario S.L. in the amounts of $17.9 million and $13.0 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales S.L., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide professional services, and administration and support of information technology production systems, telecommunications and internal/external applications, with fees paid in the amount of $123.4 million in 2016, $119.1 million in 2015 and $95.0 million in 2014. In addition, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had payables with Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales S.L. in the amounts of $8.9 million and $10.8 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Occupancy and equipment expenses and Technology expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide administrative services and back-office support for the Bank’s derivative, foreign exchange and hedging transactions and programs. Fees in the amounts of $1.8 million were paid to Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A. with respect to this agreement in 2016, and $1.6 million and $1.1 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. There were no payables in connection with this agreement in 2016 or 2015. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
SGF, a Santander affiliate, is under contracts with the Bank to provide (i) administration and management of employee benefits and payroll functions for the Bank and other affiliates, including employee benefits and payroll processing services provided by third party vendors through sponsorship by SGF, and (ii) property management and related services. In 2016, fees in the amount of $0.0 million (immaterial) were paid to SGF with respect to this agreement, compared to $8.5 million in 2015 and $13.2 million in 2014. There were no payables in connection with this agreement in 2016 or 2015. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Santander and its affiliate Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. have entered into a trademark license agreement with SHUSA. The agreement is a non-exclusive, non-transferable royalty-free license under which SHUSA and its subsidiaries may use Santander’s corporate-owned trademarks in the United States.

SC has entered into or was subject to various agreements with Santander, its affiliates or the Company. Each of the agreements was done in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

SC has a $3.0 billion committed revolving credit agreement with Santander that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. During the years ended December 31, 2016 , December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, SC incurred interest expense, including unused fees of $69.9 million, $96.8 million and $92.2 million. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, SC had accrued interest payable of $6.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively. In August 2015, under a new agreement with Santander, SC agreed to begin incurring a fee of 12.5 basis points (per annum) on certain warehouse facilities, as they renew, for which Santander provides a guarantee of SC's servicing obligations. SC recognized guarantee fee expense of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, SC had $1.6 million and $2.3 million of fees payable to Santander under this arrangement.
SC has entered into derivative agreements with Santander and its affiliates, which consist primarily of swap agreements to hedge interest rate risk. These contracts had notional values of $7.3 billion and $13.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which are included in Note 14 of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
During 2014, and until May 9, 2015, SC entered into a flow agreement with SBNA under which SBNA has the first right to review and approve Chrysler Capital consumer vehicle lease applications. SC could review any applications declined by SBNA for SC’s own portfolio. SC provides servicing and received an origination fee on all leases originated under this agreement. Pursuant to the Chrysler Agreement, SC pays FCA on behalf of SBNA for residual gains and losses on the flowed leases. All fees and expenses associated with this agreement between SBNA and SC eliminate in consolidation.

248



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

SC is party to a master service agreement ("MSA") with a company in which it has a cost method investment and holds a warrant to increase its ownership if certain vesting conditions are satisfied. The MSA enables SC to review point-of-sale credit applications of retail store customers. Under terms of the MSA, SC originated personal revolving loans of $0.0 million, $23.5 million and $17.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, SC fully impaired its cost method investment in this entity and recorded a loss of $6.0 million. Effective August 17, 2016, SC ceased funding new originations from all of the retailers for which it reviews credit applications under this MSA.

On July 2, 2015, SC announced the departure of Thomas G. Dundon from his roles as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of SC, effective as of the close of business on July 2, 2015. In connection with Mr. Dundon's departure, and subject to the terms and conditions of his employment agreement, including Mr. Dundon's execution of a release of claims against SC, Mr. Dundon became entitled to receive certain payments and benefits under his employment agreement. The separation agreement also provided for the modification of terms for certain other equity-based awards. Certain of the payments, agreements to make payments and benefits may be effective only upon receipt of certain required regulatory approvals.
As of December 31, 2016, SC has not made any payments to Mr. Dundon arising from or pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement. If all applicable conditions are satisfied, including receipt of required regulatory approvals and satisfaction of any conditions thereto, SC will be obligated to make a cash payment to Mr. Dundon of up to $115.1 million. This amount would be recorded as compensation expense in its Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income.
The Company entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Dundon, DDFS, and Santander related to his departure from SC. Pursuant to the separation agreement the Company was deemed to have delivered an irrevocable notice to exercise its option to acquire all of the shares of SC Common Stock owned by DDFS and consummate the transactions contemplated by the call option notice, subject to the receipt of all required regulatory approvals (the "Call Transaction"). At that date, the SC Common Stock held by DDFS ("the DDFS Shares") represented approximately 9.7% of SC Common Stock. The separation agreement did not affect Santander’s option to assume the Company’s obligation under the Call Transaction as provided in the Shareholders Agreement that was entered into by the same parties on January 28, 2014 (the "Shareholders Agreement"). Under the separation agreement, because the Call Transaction was not consummated prior to October 15, 2015 (the “Call End Date”), DDFS is free to transfer any or all of the DDFS Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014, between DDFS and Santander (the "Loan Agreement"). In the event the Call Transaction were to be completed after the Call End Date, interest would accrue on the price paid per share in the Call Transaction at the overnight LIBOR rate on the third business day preceding the consummation of the Call Transaction plus 100 basis points with respect to the shares of SC Common Stock that were ultimately sold in the Call Transaction. The Amended and Restated Loan Agreement provides for a $300.0 million revolving loan, which as of December 31, 2015, had an unpaid principal balance of approximately $290.0 million. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, 29,598,506 shares of the SC’s Common Stock owned by DDFS LLC are pledged as collateral under a related pledge agreement. Because the Call Transaction was not consummated prior to the Call End Date, DDFS LLC is free to transfer any or all shares of Company Common Stock it owns, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014, between DDFS LLC and Santander (the Loan Agreement). The Loan Agreement provides for a $300.0 million revolving loan which as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 had an unpaid principal balance of approximately $290.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, 29,598,506 shares of SC common stock owned by DDFS LLC are pledged as collateral under a related pledge agreement (the "Pledge Agreement"). The Shareholders Agreement further provides that Santander may, at its option, become the direct beneficiary of the Call Option, and Santander has exercised this option. If consummated in full, DDFS LLC would receive $928.3 million plus interest that has accrued since the Call End Date. To date, the Call Transaction has not been consummated.

249



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, if at any time the value of SC Common Stock pledged under the Pledge Agreement is less than 150% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement, DDFS has an obligation to either (a) repay a portion of the outstanding principal amount such that the value of the pledged collateral is equal to at least 200% of the outstanding principal amount, or (b) pledge additional shares of SC Common Stock such that the value of the additional shares of SC Common Stock, together with the 29,598,506 shares already pledged under the Pledge Agreement, is equal to at least 200% of the outstanding principal amount. The value of the pledged collateral is less than 150% of aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement, and DDFS has not taken any of the collateral posting actions described in clauses (a) or (b) above. If Santander declares the borrower’s obligations under the Loan Agreement due and payable as a result of an event of default (including with respect to the collateral posting obligations described above), under the terms of the Loan Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, Santander’s ability to rely upon the shares of SC Common Stock subject to the Pledge Agreement is, subject to certain exceptions, limited to the right to consummate the Call Transaction at the price specified in the Shareholders Agreement. If the borrower fails to pay its obligations under the Loan Agreement when due, including because of Santander’s declaration of such obligations as due and payable as a result of an event of default, a higher default interest rate will apply to such overdue amounts.
In connection with, and pursuant to, the separation agreement, on July 2, 2015, DDFS LLC and Santander entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement and an amendment to the Pledge Agreement that provide, among other things, that the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement will become due and payable upon the consummation of the Call Transaction and that the amount otherwise payable to DDFS under the Call Transaction will be reduced by the amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement, including principal, interest and fees, and further that any net cash proceeds received by DDFS on account of sales of SC Common Stock after the Call End Date are applied to the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement.
On August 31, 2016, Mr. Dundon, DDFS LLC, SC, Santander and SHUSA entered into a Second Amendment to the Separation Agreement, and Mr. Dundon, DDFS LLC, Santander and SHUSA entered into a Third Amendment to the Shareholders Agreement, whereby the price per share to be paid to DDFS LLC in connection with the Call Transaction was reduced from $26.83 to $26.17, the arithmetic mean of the daily volume-weighted average price for a share of SC common stock for each of the ten consecutive complete trading days immediately prior to July 2, 2015, the date on which the call option was exercised.
SC paid certain expenses incurred by Mr. Dundon in the operation of a private plane in which he owns a partial interest when used for SC business within the contiguous 48 states. Under this practice, payment is based on a set flight time hourly rate. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company paid $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to Meregrass, Inc., the company managing the plane's operations, with an average rate of $5,800 per hour in both years.
As of December 31, 2016, Jason Kulas, SC's current CEO, Mr. Dundon, and a Santander employee who was a member of the SC Board until the second quarter of 2015, each had a minority equity investment in a property in which SC leases 373,000 square feet as its corporate headquarters. Under the rental agreement, SC was not required to pay base rent until February 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 SC paid $4.9 million, $4.6 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in lease payments on this property. Future minimum lease payments over the 12-year term of the lease, which extends through 2026, total $69.0 million.
SC is party to certain agreements with Bluestem whereby the SC is committed to purchase receivables originated by Bluestem for an initial term ending in April 2020 and renewable through April 2022 at Bluestem's option. Bluestem is owned by Capmark, a company in which affiliates of Centerbridge own an interest. Centerbridge decreased its ownership in SC from approximately 1% as of January 1, 2015, to zero as of September 30, 2015. Further, an individual that was a member of SC's Board until July 15, 2015, is a member of Centerbridge management and also serves on the board of directors of Capmark. During the year ended December 31, 2015, but only through the date these individuals last were considered related parties (July 15, 2015), SC advanced $442.3 million, respectively, to the retailer, and received $575.2 million, respectively, in payments on receivables originated under its agreements with the retailer.

250



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

At December 31, 2014, SC had tax indemnification payments receivable of $5.5 million representing reimbursement of tax indemnification payments made to the original equity investors in two investment partnerships now owned by SC. One of the equity investors, Centerbridge, also was an investor in SC until February 2015, and both investors had representation on SC's board until July 15, 2015. These payments are expected to be recovered through tax refunds passed through to SC as the original investors recognize tax losses related to the investments. SC also paid expenses totaling zero, zero, and $37 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, on behalf of the former managing member of the investment partnerships. The former managing member was an investor in Auto Finance Holdings.

Entities that transferred to the IHC have entered into or were subject to various agreements with Santander or affiliates. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

BSI enters into transactions with affiliated entities in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2016, BSI had short-term borrowings from unconsolidated affiliates of $278.2 million compared to $700.5 million as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, BSI had no standby letters of credit issued to affiliated entities compared to $148.9 million as of December 31, 2015. BSI had cash and cash equivalents deposited with affiliates of $28.0 million and $366.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. BSI has foreign exchange rate forward contracts with affiliated companies as counterparties with notional amounts of approximately $1.8 billion and $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

BSPR had deposits from related parties. The balances as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were primarily comprised of deposits with Santander of $275.0 million in both years, and Santander Financial Services of $236.2 million and $111.7 million, respectively. Additionally, BSPR had a loan receivable with Santander Financial Services of $385.0 million as of both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

SIS enters into transactions with affiliated entities in the ordinary course of business. The Company executes, clears and custodies certain of its securities transactions through various affiliates in Latin America and Europe. The balance of payables to customers (due to Santander) at December 31, 2016 was $929.1 million as compared to $907.4 million at December 31, 2015. During 2016, SIS entered into a revolving subordinated loan agreement with Santander not to exceed $290.0 million in aggregate, with a maturity date of June 8, 2018. The company borrowed under the revolver several times, and all amounts were repaid as of December 31, 2016. During 2015, SIS entered into a revolving subordinated loan agreement with Santander not to exceed $290.0 million in aggregate, with a maturity date of June 8, 2017. The company borrowed under the revolver several times, and all amounts were repaid as of December 31, 2015. SIS has related party revenue from Investment Advisory and Service Fees of $35.7 million, $22.0 million and $17.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.

251



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 22.24. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information of the parent company is as follows:

BALANCE SHEETSBusiness Segment Products and Services

The Company’s reportable segments are focused principally around the customers the Company serves. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the CODM drove a reorganization of the Company's business leadership to better align the teams with how the CODM allocates resources and assesses business performance. Changes were made to the internal management reporting in 2019 and, accordingly, beginning in the first quarter of 2019, the prior Commercial Banking segment is now reported as two separate reportable segments: C&I and CRE & VF. All prior period results have been recast to conform to the new composition of reportable segments.

     
  AT DECEMBER 31,
  2016 2015
  (in thousands)
Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents $2,812,067
 $3,169,366
Available-for-sale investment securities 990,860
 
Loans to non-bank subsidiaries 300,000
 300,000
Investment in subsidiaries:    
Bank subsidiary 11,046,366
 10,947,076
Non-bank subsidiaries 8,715,397
 8,202,597
Premises and equipment, net 94,587
 57,622
Equity method investments 22,185
 22,981
Restricted cash 74,023
 73,060
Deferred tax assets, net 37,087
 
Other assets 278,474
 254,839
Total assets $24,371,046
 $23,027,541
Liabilities and stockholder's equity    
Borrowings and other debt obligations $4,418,516
 $3,294,976
Borrowings from non-bank subsidiaries 141,154
 140,144
Deferred tax liabilities, net 
 57,620
Other liabilities 189,493
 132,671
Total liabilities 4,749,163
 3,625,411
Stockholder's equity 19,621,883
 19,402,130
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity $24,371,046
 $23,027,541
176




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

The Company has identified the following reportable segments:

The Consumer and Business Banking segment includes the products and services provided to Bank consumer and business banking customers, including consumer deposit, business banking, residential mortgage, unsecured lending and investment services. This segment offers a wide range of products and services to consumers and business banking customers, including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market and savings accounts, CDs and retirement savings products. It also offers lending products such as credit cards, mortgages, home equity lines of credit, and business loans such as business lines of credit and commercial cards. In addition, the Bank provides investment services to its retail customers, including annuities, mutual funds, and insurance products. Santander Universities, which provides grants and scholarships to universities and colleges as a way to foster education through research, innovation and entrepreneurship, is the last component of this segment.
The C&I segment currently provides commercial lines, loans, letters of credit, receivables financing and deposits to medium- and large-sized commercial customers, as well as financing and deposits for government entities. This segment also provides niche product financing for specific industries.
The CRE & VF segment offers CRE loans and multifamily loans to customers. This segment also offers commercial loans to dealers and financing for commercial equipment and vehicles.
The CIB segment serves the needs of global commercial and institutional customers by leveraging the international footprint of Santander to provide financing and banking services to corporations with over $500 million in annual revenues. CIB also includes SIS, a registered broker-dealer located in New York that provides services in investment banking, institutional sales, and trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities. CIB's offerings and strategy are based on Santander's local and global capabilities in wholesale banking.
SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC’s primary business is the indirect origination of RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to retail consumers. In conjunction with the Chrysler agreement, SC offers a full spectrum of auto financing products and services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit. SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile, recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. During 2015, SC announced its intention to exit the personal lending business. SC has entered into a number of intercompany agreements with the Bank as described above as part of the Other segment. All intercompany revenue and fees between the Bank and SC are eliminated in the consolidated results of the Company.

The Other category includes certain immaterial subsidiaries such as BSI, BSPR, SSLLC, and SFS, the unallocated interest expense on the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses. This category also includes the Bank’s community development finance activities, including originating CRA-eligible loans and making CRA-eligible investments.

The Company’s segment results, excluding SC and the entities that have been transferred to the IHC, are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting system by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related interest income or expense to each of the segments. Funds transfer pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost for funds used or a credit for funds provided to business line deposits, loans and selected other assets using a matched funding concept. The methodology includes a liquidity premium adjustment, which considers an appropriate market participant spread for commercial loans and deposits by analyzing the mix of borrowings available to the Company with comparable maturity periods.

Other income and expenses are managed directly by each reportable segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct expenses, as well as certain allocated corporate expenses, and are accounted for within each segment’s financial results. Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. Where practical, the results are adjusted to present consistent methodologies for the segments.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment with no impact on consolidated results. Whenever significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, prior period information is reclassified wherever practicable.

252177




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESThe CODM manages SC on a historical basis by reviewing the results of SC on a pre-Change in Control basis. The Results of Segments table below discloses SC's operating information on the same basis that it is reviewed by the CODM. The adjustments column includes adjustments to reconcile SC's GAAP results to SHUSA's consolidated results.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Results of Segments

The following tables present certain information regarding the Company’s segments.
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2019Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,504,887
$231,270
$417,418
$152,083
$72,535
 $3,971,826
$38,408
$54,341
 $6,442,768
Non-interest income359,849
71,323
11,270
208,955
415,473
 2,760,370
6,184
(104,307) 3,729,117
Provision for/(release of) credit losses156,936
31,796
13,147
6,045
(7,322) 2,093,749
(2,334)
 2,292,017
Total expenses1,655,923
238,681
135,319
270,226
770,254
 3,284,179
40,107
(28,837) 6,365,852
Income/(loss) before income taxes51,877
32,116
280,222
84,767
(274,924) 1,354,268
6,819
(21,129) 1,514,016
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,093
6,377
5,950
(14,420)
 


 
Total assets23,934,172
7,031,238
19,019,242
9,943,547
40,648,746
 48,922,532


 149,499,477
(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC, which are presented in this column.
(4)SC Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2018Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,298,571
$228,491
$413,541
$136,582
$240,110
 $3,958,280
$31,083
$38,192
 $6,344,850
Non-interest income310,839
82,435
6,643
195,023
402,006
 2,297,517
9,678
(59,833) 3,244,308
Provision for/(release of) credit losses100,523
(35,069)15,664
9,335
24,254
 2,205,585
19,606

 2,339,898
Total expenses1,575,407
225,495
116,392
234,949
786,543
 2,857,944
47,173
(11,578) 5,832,325
Income/(loss) before income taxes(66,520)120,500
288,128
87,321
(168,681) 1,192,268
(26,018)(10,063) 1,416,935
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,507
4,691
4,729
(12,362)435
 


 
Total assets21,024,740
6,823,633
18,888,676
8,521,004
36,416,377
 43,959,855


 135,634,285

178




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

            
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2017Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,115,169
$233,759
$396,318
$152,346
$256,373
 $4,114,600
$124,551
$30,834
 $6,423,950
Total non-interest income362,186
60,974
9,246
195,879
534,425
 1,793,408
(9,177)(45,688) 2,901,253
Provision for credit losses85,115
28,355
1,231
33,275
93,165
 2,363,812
154,991

 2,759,944
Total expenses1,503,656
185,398
138,987
220,500
950,647
 2,740,190
44,066
(19,120) 5,764,324
Income/(loss) before income taxes(111,416)80,980
265,346
94,450
(253,014) 804,006
(83,683)4,266
 800,935
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,330
4,164
1,973
(8,086)(381) 


 
(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC, which are presented in this column.
(4)SC Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.


NOTE 22.24. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
       
  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
  2016 2015 
2014 (1)
  (in thousands)
Dividends from non-bank subsidiaries $
 $
 $31,649
Interest income 12,350
 7,439
 4,987
Income from equity method investments 185
 262
 24,804
Gain on Change in Control 
 
 2,417,563
Other income 34,213
 2,688
 2,049
Total income 46,748
 10,389
 2,481,052
Interest expense 155,256
 108,811
 70,816
Other expense 361,229
 287,650
 142,681
Total expense 516,485
 396,461
 213,497
(Loss)/income before income taxes and equity in earnings of subsidiaries (469,737) (386,072) 2,267,555
Income tax (benefit)/provision (121,840) (1,062,338) 884,110
(Loss)/income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries (347,897) 676,266
 1,383,445
Equity in undistributed earnings / (deficits) of:      
Bank subsidiary 230,017
 266,072
 459,065
Non-bank subsidiaries 480,764
 (2,344,055) 726,937
Net income/(loss) 362,884
 (1,401,717) 2,569,447
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:      
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments 9,856
 (2,321) 25,163
Net unrealized (losses)/gains recognized on investment securities (34,812) (44,102) 148,916
Amortization of defined benefit plans 2,278
 4,160
 (24,452)
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income (22,678) (42,263) 149,627
Comprehensive income/(loss) $340,206
 $(1,443,980) $2,719,074
Condensed financial information of the parent company is as follows:

(1) Reflects the impact of the Change in Control and 11 months of activity of SC as a consolidated subsidiary.


253



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 22. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
       
  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
  2016 2015 
2014 (1)
  (in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
Net income/(loss) $362,884
 $(1,401,717) $2,569,447
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (paid in)/provided by operating activities:      
Gain on SC Change in Control 
 
 (2,280,027)
Net gain on sale of SC shares 
 
 (137,536)
Deferred tax (expense)/benefit (94,551) (1,085,642) 1,033,824
Undistributed (earnings)/deficit of:      
Bank subsidiary (230,017) (266,072) (459,065)
Non-bank subsidiaries (480,764) 2,344,055
 (726,937)
Stock based compensation expense 395
 25
 (15)
Remittance to Santander for stock based compensation 
 
 (1,947)
Equity earnings from equity method investments (185) (262) (24,804)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion 24,201
 6,457
 (5,339)
Net change in other assets and other liabilities 11,484
 36,478
 (11,713)
Net cash (paid in) / provided by operating activities (406,553) (366,678) (44,112)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
Proceeds from repayments and maturities of available-for-sale investment securities 2,000,000
 
 
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities (2,990,800) 
 
Net capital returned from/(contributed to) subsidiaries 45,616
 5,734
 154,204
Net change in restricted cash (963) 8,959
 (82,019)
Net (increase)/decrease in loans to subsidiaries 
 
 (300,000)
Proceeds from sale of SC shares 
 
 320,145
Proceeds from the sales of equity method investments 
 14,947
 
Purchases of premises and equipment (33,762) (58,524) 
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities (979,909) (28,884) 92,330
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES:      
Repayment of parent company debt obligations (1,976,037) (600,000) 
Net proceeds received from parent company senior notes and senior credit facility 3,094,249
 2,085,205
 
Net change in borrowings 1,010
 960
 6,906
Dividends to preferred stockholders (15,128) (21,162) (21,163)
Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock 
 
 1,771,000
Impact of SC stock option activity 69
 (67) 
Redemption of preferred stock (75,000) 
 
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities 1,029,163
 1,464,936
 1,756,743
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (357,299) 1,069,374
 1,804,961
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 3,169,366
 2,099,992
 295,031
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $2,812,067
 $3,169,366
 $2,099,992
       
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS      
Capital expenditures in accounts payable $25,027
 $
 $
Capital distribution to shareholder 30,789
 
 
(1) Reflects the impact of the Change in Control and 11 months of activity of SC as a consolidated subsidiary.

254



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Business Segment Products and Services

The Company’s reportable segments are focused principally around the customers the Company serves. During 2016, certain managementthe fourth quarter of 2018, the CODM drove a reorganization of the Company's business leadership to better align the teams with how the CODM allocates resources and assesses business line changes became effective asperformance. Changes were made to the Company reorganized itsinternal management reporting in order to improve its structure2019 and, focus to better align management teams and resources with the business goals of the Company and provide enhanced customer service to its clients. Accordingly, the following changes were made within the Company's reportable segments to provide greater focus on each of its core businesses:

The small business banking, commercial business banking, and auto leasing lines of business formerly includedaccordingly, beginning in the Auto Finance and Business Banking reportable segment, were combined withfirst quarter of 2019, the Consumer and Business Banking reportable segment.
The auto leasing line of business formerly included in the Consumer and Business Banking reportable segment was moved to Other.
Santander Universities formerly included in the Other segment was moved to Consumer and Business Banking reportable segment.
The Real Estate and Commercial reportable segment was split into the Commercial Real Estate reportable segment and theprior Commercial Banking segment is now reported as two separate reportable segment.
The CEVFsegments: C&I and dealer floor plan lines of business, formerly included in the Auto FinanceCRE & Business Banking reportable segment, were movedVF. All prior period results have been recast to conform to the Commercial Banking business unit.
The internal funds transfer pricing (“FTP") guidelines and methodologies were revised to align with Santander corporate criteria for internal management reporting. These FTP changes impact all reporting segments, excluding SC and the IHC entities.

new composition of reportable segments.

255



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

176





NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

The Company has identified the following reportable segments:

The Consumer and Business Banking segment (formerly known asincludes the Retail Banking segment) primarily comprises the Bank's branch locations, residential mortgage businessproducts and services provided to Bank consumer and business banking customers. The branch locations offercustomers, including consumer deposit, business banking, residential mortgage, unsecured lending and investment services. This segment offers a wide range of products and services to both consumers and business banking customers, which attract deposits by offering a variety of deposit instruments including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market and savings accounts, CDs and retirement savings products. The branch locationsIt also offer consumer loansoffers lending products such as credit cards, mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and business loans such as commercialbusiness lines of credit and business creditcommercial cards. In addition, the Bank provides investment services provideto its retail customers, including annuities, mutual funds, managed monies, and insurance products and this business line serves as an investment brokerage agent to the customers of the Consumer and Business Banking segment.products. Santander Universities, which provides grants and scholarships to universities and colleges around the globe as a way to foster education through research, innovation and entrepreneurship, is the last component of this segment.

The Commercial BankingC&I segment currently provides commercial lines, loans, letters of credit, receivables financing and deposits to mediummedium- and large business bankinglarge-sized commercial customers, as well as financing and deposits for government entities,entities. This segment also provides niche product financing for specific industries.
The CRE & VF segment offers CRE loans and multifamily loans to customers. This segment also offers commercial loans to dealers and financing for commercial vehiclesequipment and municipal equipment. This segment also provides financing and deposits for government entities and niche product financing for specific industries, including oil and gas and mortgage warehousing, among others.

vehicles.
The Commercial Real Estate segment offers commercial real estate loans and multifamily loans to customers.

The GCB segment was formerly designated as the Global Corporate Banking & Market & Large Corporate Banking segment, and was renamed during the third quarter of 2015. This segment was formerly designated as the Global Corporate Banking & Market & Large Corporate Banking segment and was renamed during the third quarter of 2015. ThisCIB segment serves the needs of global commercial and institutional customers by leveraging the international footprint of the Santander group to provide financing and banking services to corporations with over $500 million in annual revenues. GCB'sCIB also includes SIS, a registered broker-dealer located in New York that provides services in investment banking, institutional sales, and trading and offering research reports of Latin American and European equity and fixed-income securities. CIB's offerings and strategy are based on Santander's local and global capabilities in wholesale banking.

SC is a specialized consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and third-party servicing. SC’s primary business is the indirect origination of RICs, principally through manufacturer-franchised dealers in connection with their sale of new and used vehicles to retail consumers. In conjunction with a ten-year private label financingthe Chrysler agreement, with FCA that became effective May 1, 2013, SC offers a full spectrum of auto financing products and services to FCA customers and dealers under the Chrysler Capital brand. These products and services include consumer RICs and leases, as well as dealer loans for inventory, construction, real estate, working capital and revolving lines of credit. SC also originates vehicle loans through a web-based direct lending program, purchases vehicle RICs from other lenders, and services automobile, recreational and marine vehicle portfolios for other lenders. Additionally, SC has several relationships through which it provides personal loans, private label credit cards and other consumer finance products. During 2015, SC announced its intention to exit the personal lending business.

SC has entered into a number of intercompany agreements with the Bank as described above as part of the Other segment. All intercompany revenue and fees between the Bank and SC are eliminated in the consolidated results of the Company.

The Other category includes certain immaterial subsidiaries such as BSI, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, SIS,BSPR, SSLLC, and SSLLC,SFS, the unallocated interest expense on the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses. This category also includes the Bank’s community development finance activities, including originating CRA-eligible loans and making CRA-eligible investments.

The Company’s segment results, excluding SC and the entities that have become part ofbeen transferred to the IHC, are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting system by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related interest income or expense to each of the segments. FTPFunds transfer pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost for funds used or a credit for funds provided to business line deposits, loans and selected other assets using a matched funding concept. The methodology includes a liquidity premium adjustment, which considers an appropriate market participant spread for commercial loans and deposits by analyzing the mix of borrowings available to the Company with comparable maturity periods.


256



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Other income and expenses are managed directly by each reportable segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct expenses, as well as certain allocated corporate expenses, and are accounted for within each segment’s financial results. Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. Where practical, the results are adjusted to present consistent methodologies for the segments.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment with no impact on consolidated results. Whenever significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, prior period information is reclassified wherever practicable.

177




NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

The CODM as described by ASC 280, Segment Reporting, manages SC on a historical basis by reviewing the results of SC on a pre-Change in Control basis. The Results of Segments table below discloses SC's operating information on the same basis that it is reviewed by SHUSA's CODMthe CODM. The adjustments column includes adjustments to reconcile to SC's GAAP results purchase price adjustments and accounting for SC as an equity method investment.to SHUSA's consolidated results.

All prior period results have been recast to conform to the new composition of the reportable segments.

Certain segments previously deemed quantitatively significant no longer met the threshold and have been combined with the Other category as of December 31, 2016. Prior period results have been recast to conform to the new composition of the reportable segment.

Results of Segments

The following tables present certain information regarding the Company’s segments.
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2016Consumer & Business BankingCommercial BankingCommercial Real Estate GCB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income/(loss)$1,099,097
$349,834
$287,387
$237,635
$(63,191) $4,448,535
$187,296
$18,099
 $6,564,692
Total non-interest income384,177
62,882
24,264
82,765
781,403
 1,432,634
42,271
(54,691) 2,755,705
Provision for credit losses56,440
79,891
6,025
7,952
52,490
 2,468,199
308,728

 2,979,725
Total expenses1,565,151
210,984
87,941
118,804
1,140,973
 2,252,259
56,557
(46,475) 5,386,194
Income/(loss) before income taxes(138,317)121,841
217,685
193,644
(475,251) 1,160,711
(135,718)9,883
 954,478
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,523
4,127
2,273
(9,052)129
 


 
Total assets19,828,173
11,962,637
14,630,450
9,389,271
43,020,888
 38,539,104


 137,370,523

For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2019Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,504,887
$231,270
$417,418
$152,083
$72,535
 $3,971,826
$38,408
$54,341
 $6,442,768
Non-interest income359,849
71,323
11,270
208,955
415,473
 2,760,370
6,184
(104,307) 3,729,117
Provision for/(release of) credit losses156,936
31,796
13,147
6,045
(7,322) 2,093,749
(2,334)
 2,292,017
Total expenses1,655,923
238,681
135,319
270,226
770,254
 3,284,179
40,107
(28,837) 6,365,852
Income/(loss) before income taxes51,877
32,116
280,222
84,767
(274,924) 1,354,268
6,819
(21,129) 1,514,016
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,093
6,377
5,950
(14,420)
 


 
Total assets23,934,172
7,031,238
19,019,242
9,943,547
40,648,746
 48,922,532


 149,499,477
(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Parent Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC, as disclosedwhich are presented in this column.
(4)SC Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2018Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$1,298,571
$228,491
$413,541
$136,582
$240,110
 $3,958,280
$31,083
$38,192
 $6,344,850
Non-interest income310,839
82,435
6,643
195,023
402,006
 2,297,517
9,678
(59,833) 3,244,308
Provision for/(release of) credit losses100,523
(35,069)15,664
9,335
24,254
 2,205,585
19,606

 2,339,898
Total expenses1,575,407
225,495
116,392
234,949
786,543
 2,857,944
47,173
(11,578) 5,832,325
Income/(loss) before income taxes(66,520)120,500
288,128
87,321
(168,681) 1,192,268
(26,018)(10,063) 1,416,935
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
2,507
4,691
4,729
(12,362)435
 


 
Total assets21,024,740
6,823,633
18,888,676
8,521,004
36,416,377
 43,959,855


 135,634,285

257



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

178





NOTE 23. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

     
For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments   SHUSA Reportable Segments   
December 31, 2015Consumer & Business BankingCommercial BankingCommercial Real Estate GCB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
December 31, 2017Consumer & Business BankingC&ICRE & VFCIB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Net interest income$865,044
$276,407
$272,999
$218,917
$246,151
 $4,614,402
$407,139
$347
 $6,901,406
$1,115,169
$233,759
$396,318
$152,346
$256,373
 $4,114,600
$124,551
$30,834
 $6,423,950
Total non-interest income301,758
53,052
44,170
89,208
864,595
 1,303,643
285,882
(46,091) 2,896,217
362,186
60,974
9,246
195,879
534,425
 1,793,408
(9,177)(45,688) 2,901,253
Provision for credit losses42,629
17,398
25,719
40,881
75,293
 2,785,871
1,091,952

 4,079,743
85,115
28,355
1,231
33,275
93,165
 2,363,812
154,991

 2,759,944
Total expenses1,625,814
184,365
72,095
108,718
946,901
 1,842,562
4,644,576
(51,957) 9,373,074
1,503,656
185,398
138,987
220,500
950,647
 2,740,190
44,066
(19,120) 5,764,324
Income/(loss) before income taxes(501,641)127,696
219,355
158,526
88,552
 1,289,612
(5,043,507)6,213
 (3,655,194)(111,416)80,980
265,346
94,450
(253,014) 804,006
(83,683)4,266
 800,935
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
1,207
4,146
2,814
(9,601)1,434
 


 
2,330
4,164
1,973
(8,086)(381) 


 
Total assets19,997,036
16,581,175
15,085,971
12,092,986
41,782,001
 35,567,663


 141,106,832
(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Parent Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC, as disclosedwhich are presented in this column.
(4)SC Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.

For the Year EndedSHUSA Reportable Segments    
December 31, 2014Consumer & Business BankingCommercial BankingCommercial Real Estate GCB
Other(2)
 
SC(3)
SC Purchase Price Adjustments(4)
Eliminations(4)
 Total
 (in thousands)
Net interest income$833,142
$242,414
$249,949
$180,244
$397,667
 $4,155,446
$517,393
$(333,155) $6,243,100
Total non-interest income402,674
49,169
36,745
83,715
782,964
 1,048,386
345,821
(107,575) 2,641,899
Gain on change in control




 
2,417,563

 2,417,563
Provision for credit losses64,970
26,702
(98,192)691
50,585
 2,518,366
111,927
(215,051) 2,459,998
Total expenses1,551,105
150,273
80,317
101,223
802,540
 1,564,332
155,786
(270,230) 4,135,346
Income/(loss) before income taxes(380,259)114,608
304,569
162,045
327,506
 1,121,134
3,013,064
44,551
 4,707,218
Intersegment revenue/(expense)(1)
884
5,102
1,317
(8,487)1,184
 


 
Total assets20,884,230
15,074,834
14,046,701
10,207,966
40,720,572
 31,905,157


 132,839,460

(1)Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)Other includes the results of the entities transferred to the IHC, earnings from non-strategic assets, the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s and the Parent Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.
(3)Management of SHUSA manages SC by analyzing the pre-Change in Control results of SC as disclosed in this column.
(4)Purchase Price Adjustments represents the impact that SC purchase marks had on the results of SC included within the consolidated operations of SHUSA, while eliminations eliminate intercompany transactions.

258



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 24. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information of the parent company is as follows:

BALANCE SHEETS
     
  AT DECEMBER 31,
  2019 2018
  (in thousands)
Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents $3,125,760
 $3,562,789
AFS investment securities 
 247,510
Loans to non-bank subsidiaries 5,650,000
 3,500,000
Investment in subsidiaries:    
Bank subsidiary 11,617,397
 11,219,433
Non-bank subsidiaries 11,606,398
 10,915,872
Premises and equipment, net 49,983
 52,447
Equity method investments 5,876
 3,801
Restricted cash 58,168
 79,555
Deferred tax assets, net 
 66
Other assets (1)
 395,822
 348,268
Total assets $32,509,404
 $29,929,741
Liabilities and stockholder's equity    
Borrowings and other debt obligations $9,949,214
 $8,351,685
Borrowings from non-bank subsidiaries 148,748
 145,165
Deferred tax liabilities, net 297,253
 61,332
Other liabilities 234,703
 235,144
Total liabilities 10,629,918
 8,793,326
Stockholder's equity 21,879,486
 21,136,415
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity $32,509,404
 $29,929,741
(1) Includes $1.0 million and zero of other investments at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.


NOTE 24. INTERMEDIATE HOLDING COMPANY
179

On February 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve issued the final rule implementing certain of the EPS mandated by Section 165 of the DFA(the “Final Rule") to strengthen regulatory oversight of FBOs. Under the Final Rule, FBOs with over $50 billion of U.S. non-branch assets, including Santander, were required to consolidate U.S. subsidiary activities under an IHC. Due to its U.S. non-branch total consolidated asset size, Santander was subject to the Final Rule. As a result of this rule, Santander transferred substantially all of its equity interests in U.S. bank and non-bank subsidiaries previously outside the Company to the Company, which became an IHC effective July 1, 2016. These subsidiaries included Santander BanCorp, BSI, SIS and SSLLC, as well as several other subsidiaries.


NOTE 24. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

As these entities were and are solely owned and controlled by Santander prior to and after July 1, 2016, in accordance with ASC 805, the transaction has been accounted for under the common control guidance which requires the Company to recognize the assets and liabilities transferred at their historical cost of the transferring entity at the date of the transfer. Additionally, as this transaction represents a change in reporting entity, the guidance requires retrospective combination of the entities for all periods presented in these financial statements as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control.STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
       
  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
  2019 2018 2017
  (in thousands)
Interest income $176,013
 $123,389
 $67,369
Income from equity method investments 2,288
 78
 2,737
Other income 58,373
 67,100
 52,584
Net gains on sale of investment securities 
 
 1,845
Total income 236,674
 190,567
 124,535
Interest expense 345,888
 288,006
 214,280
Other expense 234,849
 301,418
 349,882
Total expense 580,737
 589,424
 564,162
Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings of subsidiaries (344,063) (398,857) (439,627)
Income tax (benefit)/provision (38,732) (51,114) 18,165
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries (305,331) (347,743) (457,792)
Equity in undistributed earnings of:      
Bank subsidiary 387,938
 489,452
 239,887
Non-bank subsidiaries 670,562
 565,695
 770,255
Net income 753,169
 707,404
 552,350
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:      
Net unrealized (losses)/gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (301) (3,796) 337
Net unrealized gains/(losses) recognized on investment securities 222,887
 (80,891) (9,744)
Amortization of defined benefit plans 10,859
 560
 4,184
Total other comprehensive gain/(loss) 233,445
 (84,127) (5,223)
Comprehensive income $986,614
 $623,277
 $547,127

The following table summarizes the impact of the transfer to certain captions with the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015 and the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations
180




NOTE 24. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
       
  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
  2019 2018 2017
  (in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
Net income $753,169
 $707,404
 $552,350
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
Deferred tax expense 235,688
 24,277
 75,053
Undistributed earnings of:      
Bank subsidiary (387,938) (489,452) (239,887)
Non-bank subsidiaries (670,562) (565,695) (770,255)
Net gain on sale of investment securities 
 
 (1,845)
Stock based compensation expense 
 
 (164)
Equity earnings from equity method investments (2,288) (78) (2,737)
Dividends from investment in subsidiaries 482,548
 592,797
 150,330
Depreciation, amortization and accretion 34,403
 44,388
 45,475
Loss on debt extinguishment 1,627
 3,955
 5,582
Net change in other assets and other liabilities (56,938) (60,256) 51,267
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities 389,709
 257,340
 (134,831)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
Proceeds from sales of AFS investment securities 
 
 741,250
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of AFS investment securities 250,000
 
 
Purchases of other investments (1,042) 
 
Net capital (contributed to)/returned from subsidiaries (215,657) (208,622) (37,380)
Originations of loans to subsidiaries (7,995,000) (4,295,000) (5,105,000)
Repayments of loans by subsidiaries 5,845,000
 3,795,000
 2,405,000
Purchases of premises and equipment (9,800) (15,333) (22,493)
Net cash used in investing activities (2,126,499) (723,955) (2,018,623)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES:      
Repayment of parent company debt obligations (2,225,806) (1,224,474) (931,252)
Net proceeds received from Parent Company senior notes and senior credit facility 3,811,670
 1,423,274
 4,656,279
Net change in borrowings from non-bank subsidiaries 3,583
 2,611
 1,400
Dividends to preferred stockholders 
 (10,950) (14,600)
Dividends paid on common stock (400,000) (410,000) (10,000)
Capital contribution from shareholder 88,927
 85,035
 9,000
Redemption of preferred stock 
 (200,000) 
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities 1,278,374
 (334,504) 3,710,827
Net (decrease)/increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (458,416) (801,119) 1,557,373
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 3,642,344
 4,443,463
 2,886,090
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period (1)
 $3,183,928
 $3,642,344
 $4,443,463
       
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS      
Capital expenditures in accounts payable $10,326
 $8,174
 $10,729
Contribution of SFS from shareholder (2)
 
 
 322,078
Contribution of incremental SC shares from shareholder 
 
 566,378
Contribution of SAM from shareholder (2)
 
 4,396
 
Adoption of lease accounting standard:      
ROU assets 6,779
 
 
Accrued expenses and payables 7,622
 
 
(1) Amounts for the years ended December 31, 20152019, 2018, and 2014.2017 include cash and cash equivalents balances of $3.1 billion, $3.6 billion, and $4.4 billion, respectively, and restricted cash balances of $58.2 million, $79.6 million, and $74.2 million, respectively.
(2) The contributions of SFS and SAM were accounted for as non-cash transactions. Refer to Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies for additional information.

Balance Sheet As Previously Reported Retrospective Adjustments As Retrospectively Adjusted
  (in thousands)
December 31, 2015      
Assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $4,992,042
 $4,454,965
 $9,447,007
Available-for-sale at fair value 20,851,495
 889,677
 21,741,172
LHFI 79,373,792
 7,651,994
 87,025,786
Allowance for loan losses (3,160,711) (85,434) (3,246,145)
Accrued interest receivable 586,263
 49,068
 635,331
Goodwill 4,444,389
 10,536
 4,454,925
Intangible assets 639,055
 28,221
 667,276
Restricted cash 2,429,729
 200,779
 2,630,508
Total Assets 127,571,282
 13,535,550
 141,106,832
Liabilities      
Accrued expenses and payables 1,666,286
 1,111,227
 2,777,513
Deposits 56,114,232
 9,469,196
 65,583,428
Borrowings and other debt obligations 49,086,103
 742,479
 49,828,582
Deferred tax liabilities, net 353,369
 (122,791) 230,578
Other liabilities 598,380
 70,114
 668,494
Total Liabilities 107,989,507
 11,270,225
 119,259,732
Shareholder`s equity 19,581,775
 2,265,325
 21,847,100
Total Liabilities and shareholder`s equity $127,571,282
 $13,535,550
 $141,106,832
181


259



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 24. INTERMEDIATE HOLDING COMPANY (continued)

Income Statement As Previously Reported Retrospective Adjustments As Retrospectively Adjusted
  (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2015      
Total interest income $7,792,606
 $345,010
 $8,137,616
Total interest expense 1,204,325
 31,885
 1,236,210
Provision for credit losses 4,012,956
 66,787
 4,079,743
Total fees and other income 2,507,753
 369,637
 2,877,390
Total general and administrative expenses 4,277,290
 447,110
 4,724,400
Income tax provision/(benefit) (675,238) 75,480
 (599,758)
Net Income (1,480,382) 78,665
 (1,401,717)
       
Year Ended December 31, 2014      
Total interest income 6,971,856
 358,886
 7,330,742
Total interest expense 1,054,723
 32,919
 1,087,642
Provision for credit losses 2,413,243
 46,755
 2,459,998
Total fees and other income 2,235,109
 379,945
 2,615,054
Total general and administrative expenses 3,329,602
 447,571
 3,777,173
Income tax provision/(benefit) 1,610,958
 62,165
 1,673,123
Net Income $2,434,812
 $134,635
 $2,569,447

Additionally, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Shareholder's Equity and Cash Flows along with Footnotes 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, and 23 have been adjusted to reflect these retrospective adjustments.


NOTE 25. CORRECTION OF ERRORS

On December 7, 2016, the Company filed an amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2015 in which the Company restated its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 to correct certain errors which are reflected herein, the most significant of which were as follows:

The methodology for estimating the credit loss allowance for retail installment contract held for investment and the identification of the population of loans that should be classified as TDRs.
The effective rate used to discount expected cash flows to determine TDR impairment.
The classification of subvention payments within the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to leased vehicles.
The application of the retrospective effective interest method for accreting discounts, subvention payments from manufacturers, and other organizational costs (collectively "discount") on individually acquired retail installment contracts held for investment.
The consideration of net unaccreted discounts when estimating the allowance for credit losses for non-TDR portfolio of retail installment contracts held for investment.
The recognition of and disclosure of severance and stock compensation expenses, a deferred tax asset, and a liability for certain benefits payable to the former CEO of SC.
The recognition of the gain on the Change in Control of SC and related goodwill.
As a result of the restatement, the Company made corrections to the goodwill impairment charge recorded during the year ended December 31, 2015.

260




ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

The Company has had no disagreements with its auditors on accounting principles, practices or financial statement disclosure during and through the date of the financial statements included in this report.


ITEM 9A - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (CEO)CEO and Chief Financial Officer (CFO),CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (asas defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) and 15d- 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.December 31, 2019, (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on suchthat evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of December 31, 2016, we did not maintain effectivethe Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures because ofwere effective at the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below. Notwithstanding these material weaknesses, based on the additional analysis and other post-closing procedures performed, management believes that the financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial position, results of operations, capital position, and cash flows for the periods presented, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).reasonable assurance level.


Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). The Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’sCompany's CEO and CFO to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’sCompany's financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Management’sManagement's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’sCompany's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

As of December 31, 2016,2019, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in “Internal"Internal Control - Integrated Framework," issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO)COSO of the Treadway Commission (“(the 2013 framework”)framework). Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the assessment, management determined thateffectiveness of the Company did not maintain effectiveCompany’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, because2019, as stated in their report, which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weaknesses

Management has completed the testing of design and operating effectiveness of the new and enhanced controls related to the following previously reported material weaknesses noted below. Theseweaknesses. A material weakness (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, could result in misstatements of the accounts and disclosures noted belowinternal control over financial reporting such that in turn, would result inthere is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of thein our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that wouldwill not be prevented or detected.detected on a timely basis. Management considers these material weaknesses remediated:

1.Control Environment
Control Environment

The Company's financial reporting involves complex accounting matters emanating from our majority ownedmajority-owned subsidiary Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (“SC”).SC. We determined there was a material weakness in the design and operating effectiveness of the controls pertaining to our oversight of our SC subsidiary'sSC's accounting for transactions that are significant to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. These deficiencies included (a) ineffective oversight to ensure accountability at SC for the performance of internal controls over financial reporting and to ensure corrective actions, where necessary, were appropriately prioritized and implemented in a timely manner; and (b) inadequate resources and technical expertise at SHUSA to perform effective oversight of the application of accounting and financial reporting activities that are significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.



261
182





We have identifiedTo address this material weakness, the Company has taken the following measures:

Established regular working group meetings, with appropriate oversight by management, to review and challenge complex accounting matters and strengthen accountability for performance of internal control over financial reporting responsibilities and prioritization of corrective actions.
Appointed a Head of Internal Controls with significant public company financial reporting experience and the requisite skillsets in areas important to financial reporting.
Developed a plan to enhance its risk assessment processes, control procedures and documentation, including the implementation of a Company-wide comprehensive risk assessment to identify the processes and financial statement areas with higher risks of misstatement.
Established policies and procedures for the oversight of subsidiaries that includes accountability for each subsidiary for maintenance of accounting policies, evaluation of significant and unusual transactions, material weaknesses emanatingestimates, and regular reporting and review of changes in the control environment and related accounting processes.
Reallocated additional Company resources to improve the oversight of subsidiary operations and to ensure sufficient staffing to conduct enhanced financial reporting reviews.
Collaborated with other departments, such as Accounting Policy and Legal, to ensure entity information/data is shared and reviewed accordingly.

The following previously reported material weakness emanated from SC:

2.SC’s Control Environment, Risk Assessment, Control Activities and Monitoring
SC’s Control Environment, Risk Assessment, Control Activities and Monitoring

We did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting related to the following areas:our control environment, risk assessment, control activities and monitoring:

Management did not effectively execute a strategy to hire and retain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of knowledge, experience, and training in certain areas important to financial reporting.
The tone at the top was insufficient to ensure there were adequate mechanisms and oversight to ensure accountability for the performance of internal control over financial reporting responsibilities and to ensure corrective actions were appropriately prioritized and implemented in a timely manner.
There was not adequate management oversight of accounting and financial reporting activities in implementing certain accounting practices to conform to the Company’s policies and GAAP.
There was not an adequate assessment of changes in risks by management that could significantly impact internal control over financial reporting or an adequate determination and prioritization of how those risks should be managed.
There was not adequate management oversight and identification of models, spreadsheets and completeness and accuracy of data material to financial reporting.
There were insufficiently documented Company accounting policies and insufficiently detailed Company procedures to put policies into effective action.
There was a lack of appropriate tone at the top in establishing an effective control owner for the risk and controls self-assessment process, which contributed to a lack of clarity about ownership of risk assessments and control design and effectiveness.
There was insufficient governance, oversight and monitoring of the credit loss allowance and accretion processes and a lack of defined roles and responsibilities in monitoring functions.

3. Application of Effective Interest Method for AccretionTo address this material weakness, the Company has taken the following measures:

TheAppointed an additional independent director to the Audit Committee of the SC Board with extensive experience as a financial expert in SC's industry to provide further experience on the committee.
Established regular working group meetings, with appropriate oversight by management of both the Company and SC, to strengthen accountability for performance of internal control over financial reporting responsibilities and prioritization of corrective actions.
Hired a Chief Accounting Officer and other key personnel with significant public company financial reporting experience and the requisite skillsets in areas important to financial reporting.
Developed and implemented a plan to enhance its risk assessment processes, control procedures and documentation.
Reallocated additional Company resources to improve the oversight for certain financial models.
Increased accounting resources with qualified permanent resources to ensure sufficient staffing to conduct enhanced financial reporting procedures and to continue the remediation efforts.
Improved management documentation, review controls and oversight of accounting and financial reporting activities to ensure accounting practices conform to the Company’s policies and controls related to the methodology used for applying the effective interest rate method in accordance with GAAP, specifically as it relates the review of key assumptions over prepayment curves, pool segmentation and presentation in financial statements either were not designed appropriately or failed to operate effectively. Additionally the resources dedicated to the reviews were not sufficient to identify all relevant instances of non-compliance with policies and GAAP and did not sufficiently review supporting methodologies and practices to identify variances from the Company’s policy and GAAP.

This resulted in errors in the Company’s application of the effective interest method for accreting discounts, which include discounts upon origination of the loan, subvention payments from manufacturers, and other origination costs on individually acquired retail installment contracts.

This material weakness relates to the following financial statement line items: loans held for investment, loans held-for-sale, the allowance for loan and lease losses, interest income-loans, the provision for credit losses, miscellaneous income, and the related disclosures within Note 4 - Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses.

4. Methodology to Estimate Credit Loss Allowance

The Company’s policies and controls related to the methodology used for estimating the credit loss allowance in accordance with GAAP, specifically as it relates to the calculation of impairment for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) separately from the general allowance on loans not classified as TDRs, the consideration of net discounts and the calculation of selling costs when estimating the allowance either were not designed appropriately or failed to operate effectively. Additionally the resources dedicated to the reviews were not sufficient to identify all relevant instances of non-compliance with policies and GAAP and did not sufficiently review supporting methodologies and practices to identify variances from the Company’s policy and GAAP.

This resulted in errors in the Company’s methodology for determining the credit loss allowance, specifically not calculating impairment for TDRs separately from a general allowance on loans not classified as TDRs, inappropriately omitting the consideration of net discounts when estimating the allowance and recording charge-offs, and calculating appropriate selling costs for inclusion in the analysis.

This material weakness relates to the following financial statement line items: the allowance for loan and lease losses, the provision for credit losses, and the related disclosures within Note 4 - Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses.


262183





5. Loans Modified as TDRs

The following controls over the identificationIncreased accounting participation in critical governance activities to ensure an adequate assessment of TDRs and inputs used to estimate TDR impairment did not operate effectively:

Review controls of the TDR footnote disclosures and supporting information did not effectively identify that parameters used to query the loan data were incorrect.
A review of inputs used to estimate the expected and present value of cash flows of loans modified in TDRs did not identify errors in types of cash flows included and in the assumed timing and amount of defaults and did not identify that the discount rate was incorrect.

As a result, management determined that it had incorrectly identified the population of loans that should be classified as TDRs and, separately, had incorrectly estimated the impairment on these loans due to model input errors.

This material weakness relates to the followingrisk activities which may impact financial statement line items: the allowance for loan and lease losses, the provision for credit losses, andreporting or the related disclosures within Note 4 - Loansinternal controls.
Completed a comprehensive review and Allowanceupdate of all accounting policies, process descriptions and control activities.
Developed and implemented additional documentation, controls and governance for Credit Losses.

6. Development, Approval, and Monitoring of Models Used to Estimate the Credit Loss Allowance

Various deficiencies were identified in the credit loss allowance process related to review, monitoring and approval processesaccretion processes.
Conducted internal training courses over models and model changes that aggregated to a material weakness. The following controls did not operate effectively:

Review controls over completeness and accuracy of data, inputs and assumptions in models and spreadsheets used for estimating credit loss allowance and related model changes were not effective and management did not adequately challenge significant assumptions.
Review and approval controls over the development of new models to estimate credit loss allowance and related model changes were ineffective.
Adequate and comprehensive performance monitoring over related model output results was not performed and we did not maintain adequate model documentation.

This material weakness relates to the following financial statement line items: the allowance for loan and lease losses, provision for credit losses,Sarbanes-Oxley regulations and the related disclosures within Note 4 - LoansCompany’s internal control over financial reporting program for Company personnel that take part and Allowance for Credit Losses.

7. Identification, Governance, and Monitoring of Models Used to Estimate Accretion

Various deficiencies were identifiedassist in the accretion process related to review, monitoring and governance processes over models that aggregated to a material weakness. The following controls did not operate effectively:

Review controls over completeness and accuracy of data, inputs, calculation and assumptions in models and spreadsheets used for estimating accretion were not effective and management did not adequately challenge significant assumptions.
Review and approval controls over the development of new models to estimate accretion and related model changes were ineffective.
Adequate and comprehensive performance monitoring over related model output results was not performed and we did not maintain adequate model documentation.

This material weakness relates to the following financial statement line items: loans held for investment, loans held for sale, the allowance for loan and lease losses, interest income - loans, provision for credit losses, miscellaneous income and the related disclosures within Note 4 - Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses.

8. Review of New, Unusual or Significant Transactions

Management identified an error in the accounting treatment of certain transactions related to separation agreements with the former Chairmanexecution of the Board and CEO of SC. Specifically, controls over the review of new, unusual or significant transactions related to application of the appropriate accounting and tax treatment to this transaction in accordance with GAAP did not operate effectively in that management failed to detect as part of the review procedures that regulatory approval was prerequisite to recording the transaction and that approval had not been obtained prior to recording the transaction and therefore should have not been recorded.

This material weakness relates to the following financial statement line items: compensation and benefits expense, other liabilities, deferred tax liabilities, net, and common stock and paid-in capital and the related disclosures within Note 13 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss).

263



program.

In addition to the above items emanating from SC, the following material weaknesses wereweakness was previously identified at the SHUSA level:

9. Review of Statement of Cash Flows and Footnotes

Management identified a material weakness in internal control over the Company's process to prepare and review the Statement of Cash Flows (SCF) and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Specifically, the Company concluded that it did not have adequate controls designed and in place over the preparation and review of such information.

10. Goodwill Impairment Assessment

In connection with the annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company determined there was aTo address this material weakness, in the operating effectiveness of management’s review control over the calculation of the carrying value of the Company’s SC reporting unit used in the Company’s step one goodwill impairment tests performed in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, the Company determined there was a material weakness in the operating effectiveness of the review control over data utilized in step two of the impairment test for the SC reporting unit.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Remediation Status of Reported Material Weaknesses

The Company is currently working to remediate the material weaknesses described above, including assessing the need for additional remediation steps and implementing additional measures to remediate the underlying causes that gave rise to the material weaknesses. The Company is committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and to ensure that a proper, consistent tone is communicated throughout the organization, including the expectation that previously existing deficiencies will be remediated through implementation of processes and controls ensuring strict compliance with GAAP.

To address the material weakness in the Control Environment (Material Weakness 1, noted above), the Company has taken the following measures:

Established regular working group meetings, with appropriate oversight by management to strengthen accountability for performance of internal control over financial reporting responsibilities and prioritization of corrective actions.
Appointed a Head of Internal Controls with significant public-company financial reporting experience and the requisite skillsets in areas important to financial reporting.
Developed a plan to enhance its risk assessment processes, control procedures and documentation.
Established policy and procedures for the oversight of subsidiaries that includes accountability for each subsidiary for maintenance of accounting policies, evaluation of significant and unusual transactions, and regular reporting and review of changes in the control environment and related accounting processes.

To address the material weakness in SC’s Control environment, Risk Assessment, Control Activities and Monitoring (Material Weakness 2, noted above), the Company has taken the following measures:

Appointed an additional independent director to the Audit Committee of the Board with extensive experience as a financial expert in our industry to provide further experience on the committee.
Established regular working group meetings, with appropriate oversight by management of both the Company and its parent to strengthen accountability for performance of internal control over financial reporting responsibilities and prioritization of corrective actions.
Hired a Chief Accounting Officer and other key personnel with significant public-company financial reporting experience and the requisite skillsets in areas important to financial reporting.
Developed a plan to enhance its risk assessment processes, control procedures and documentation.
Reallocated additional Company resources to improve the oversight for certain financial models.
Augmented accounting resources with qualified consulting resources to ensure sufficient staffing to conduct enhanced financial reporting procedures and to begin the remediation efforts.


264




To address the material weaknesses related to the Application of Effective Interest Method for Accretion (Material Weakness 3, noted above) and the Identification, Governance and Monitoring of Models Used to Estimate Accretion (Material Weakness 7, noted above), the Company is in process of strengthening its processes and controls as follows:

Automating the process for the application of the effective interest rate method for accreting discounts, subvention payments from manufacturers and other origination costs on individually acquired retail installment contracts.
Implementing comprehensive review controls over data, inputs and assumptions used in the models.
Strengthening review controls and change management procedures over the models used to estimate accretion.

To address the material weaknesses related to theMethodology to Estimate Credit Loss Allowance (Material Weakness 4, noted above), Loans Modified as TDRs (Material Weakness 5, noted above), and Development, Approval, and Monitoring of Models Used to Estimate the Credit Loss Allowance (Material Weakness 6, noted above), the Company has taken the following measures:

Conducted a comprehensive design effectiveness review and augmentation of the controls to ensure all critical risks are addressed.
Enhanced its accounting documentation and review procedures relating to credit loss allowance and TDRs to demonstrate how the Company’s policies and procedures align with GAAP and produce a repeatable process.
Implemented a more comprehensive monitoring plan for credit loss allowance and TDRs with a specific focus on model inputs, changes in model assumptions and model outputs to ensure an effective execution of the Company’s risk strategy.
Enhanced the Company’s communication on related issues with its senior leadership team and the Board, including the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

To address the material weakness in the Review of New, Unusual or Significant Transactions (Material Weakness 8, noted above), the Company is in the process of strengthening its processes and controls as follows:

Increasing the documentation, analysis and governance over new, significant and unusual transactions to ensure that these transactions are recorded in accordance with Company’s policies and GAAP.

To address the material weaknesses in the Review of Statement of Cash Flows and Footnotes (Material Weakness 9, noted above), the Company is in the process of strengthening its processes and controls as follows:

ImprovingImproved the review controls over financial statements and the related disclosures to include a more comprehensive disclosure checklist and improved review procedures from certain members of the management.
Designed and implemented additional controls over the preparation and the review of the Statement of Cash FlowsSCF and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Strengthened the review controls, reconciliations and supporting documentation related to the classification of cash flows between operating activities and investing activities in the SCF.
Enhanced the risk assessment process to identify higher risk data provisioning processes.
Implemented additional completeness and accuracy reviews at a detailed level at the statement preparation and data provider levels.

To address the material weaknesses in the Goodwill Impairment Assessment(Material Weakness 10, noted above), the Company is in the process of strengthening its processes and controls as follows:

Improved reconciliation of carrying value to key information sources.
Increased management reviews of the goodwill carrying value calculation.
Improved communication protocols with appropriate personnel and third-party valuation specialists to provide additional transparency for information used for valuation.
Improved reviews of information provided by appropriate personnel and reconciliation of valuation assumptions to information provided by the Company.

While progress has been made to enhance processes, procedures and controls related to these areas, we are still in the process of developing and implementing these processes and procedures and testing these controls and believe additional time is required to complete development and implementation, and to demonstrate the sustainability of these procedures. We believe our remedial actions will be effective in remediating the material weaknesses and we will continue to devote significant time and attention to these remedial efforts. However, the material weaknesses cannot be considered remediated until the applicable remedial processes and procedures have been in place for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are effective. Accordingly, the material weaknesses were not remediated at December 31, 2016.


265




Remediation of Previously Identified Material Weakness

As of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management has completed the implementation of our remediation efforts related to the following previously identified material weakness and considers the following remediated as of the date of the filing of this report:

Impact of Purchase Accounting on TDR Loan Accounting

In the process of estimating the allowance for loan losses related to SC loans in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, SC’s discount rates were used in the TDR methodology rather than the discount rate required for the Company related to the original purchase accounting discount. Management’s review control of the methodology did not operate effectively.

Remediation steps included:

New models are reviewed by the Accounting Policy Group for compliance with GAAP and the Model Validation Group when related to judgmental accounting areas;
Models in production supporting accounting journal entries related to the ALLL require documentation of the evaluation of the methodology and conclusions for suitability; and
Models in production for the ALLL require inputs and assumptions to be reviewed by appropriate personnel in the Accounting and Accounting Policy departments with requisite experience.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except for the key personnel changes noted above, the appointment of an additional director to the Audit Committee of SC, and enhancements to review processes and documentation described above, thereThere were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by RuleRules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the three monthsquarter ended December 31, 20162019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, itsour internal control over financial reporting.


ITEM 9B - OTHER INFORMATIONLimitations on Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

None.In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

266184





ITEM 9B - OTHER INFORMATION

None.


PART III


ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our Board has established the following standing Board level committees of SHUSA: Audit Committee, CTMC, Nominations Committee, and SHUSA/US Risk Committee. Certain information relating to the directors of SHUSA as of the filing date of this Form 10-K is set forth below.

Directors of SHUSA

Jose DoncelAna Botin - Age 55.  Mr. Doncel59. Ms. Botín was appointed to SHUSA’s Boardand the Bank’s Boards in July 2016, SBNA’s Board in June 2016, and SC’s Board in December 2015.  He serves asOctober 2019. She is the Executive Chairman of Banco de Albacete, S.A., AdministracióSantander and has held this position since September 2014.  Ms. Botín de Bancos Latinoamericanoshas served as a director of Santander S.L., Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L., Santander Investment I, S.A.,since 1989, where she currently chairs its Executive and Ablasa Participaciones, S.L.,Innovation and Technology Committees and serves as a member of the BoardsResponsible Banking, Sustainability and Culture Committee. She joined Santander after beginning her banking career at JPMorgan Chase & Co., where she held various positions in its Treasury and Latin American divisions from 1980 to 1988. From 2010 to 2014, Ms. Botín was CEO of Santander Holding Internacional,UK, where she currently serves as a Non-Executive Director. She previously served as Executive Chairman of Banco Español de Credito, S.A., Santusa Holding, S.L., Ingenieria de Software Bancario, S.L., Geoban, S.A., and Produban Servicios Informáticos Generales, S.L.   Mr. Doncel (Banesto). Since 2014, Ms. Botin has served as a senior executive of Santander and certain predecessor companies since 1993, currently as Senior Executive Vice Presidentthe Chairman and Director of the AccountingUniversia España, Red De Universidades, S.A. and Control division since October 2014.  He has also served as the Director of the Corporate Division of Internal Audit from June 2013 to October 2014Chairman and Director of Universida Holding, S.L. She is the Retail Banking Management Control Areafounder and Chair of CyD Foundation, which supports and promotes the contribution made by Spanish universities to economic and social development in the country, and Fundación Empieza por Educar, the Spanish subsidiary of the global NGO Teach for All which trains talented young graduates to be teachers. Ms. Botín is also the founder and Vice Chair of Fundación Empresa y Crecimiento, which finances small and medium sized companies in Latin America. She is a Board Member of the Coca-Cola Company and sits on the Advisory Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Ms. Botín graduated from April 2013 to June 2013.  Prior to his time with Santander, he worked for Arthur Andersen Auditores, S.A., Division of Financial Institutions.  Mr. Doncel holds a degree in Economic and Business Sciences from Universidad Complutense de Madrid.  HeBryn Mawr College. She brings extensive global banking industry leadership experience to the Board as a result of hisher professional and Board and professional experience.

Stephen A. Ferriss - Age 71.73. Mr. Ferriss was appointed to SHUSA’s Board in 2012 and is a member of its CTMC and Audit Committees. In 2018, he was appointed to BSI's Board, where he is Chairman of its Risk Committee and Compensation Committees.a member of its Audit Committee. Since 2015, he has served as Chairman of the Board of Santander BanCorp, where he is a member of the Compensation and Nomination Committee, and as the Chairman of the Board of Santander BanCorp’s banking subsidiary, Banco Santander Puerto Rico.BSPR. He was appointed to SC’s Board in 2013 and iswhere he has served as Vice Chairman of its Compensationthe Board since 2015, Chairman of SC's Risk Committee, and as a member of itsSC's Audit, Compensation and Executive Committees. From 2006 until June 2016, Mr. Ferriss was Chairman of the Nominations Committee and senior independent director of Management Consulting Group PLC, London, a publicly traded company on the London Stock Exchange, and he served as Chairman of its Audit Committee from 20082012 to 2011. From 2012 until 2015, Mr. Ferriss served on the Board of the Bank, where he was a member of the Audit, Enterprise Risk, and Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Oversight Committees. From 20072006 to 2013,June 2016, he was Chairman of the Nominations Committee and a senior independent director of Management Consulting Group PLC, London, a publicly traded company on the London Stock Exchange, as well as Chairman of its Audit Committee for three years. He previously served on the Board of Iberchem in Madrid, Spain. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Ferriss servedhas also held roles as President and Chief Executive OfficerCEO of Santander Central Hispano Investment Services,Securities, Inc. Prior to his service for Santander Central Hispano Investment Services, Inc., Mr. Ferriss held various roles at Bankers Trust Global Investment Bank in Madrid, London and New York. Prior to his time at Bankers Trust Global Investment Bank, Mr. Ferriss spent 19 yearsYork and several leadership positions at Bank of America. Mr. Ferriss received a B.A. from Columbia College and an M.I.A. from Columbia University’s School of International Affairs. He brings extensive global experience to the Board as a result of his Board and professionalfinancial services industry experience.

Alan Fishman - Age 70.73. Mr. Fishman was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2015. He is a member of SHUSA’s Audit and SHUSA/US Risk Committees and isserves as the Bank's Lead Independent Director, where he serves as the Chairman of the Bank's Audit Committee and a member of the Compliance, Executive,Bank’s Nominations and Risk Committees. Since June 2016,Mr. Fishman was also appointed to the SIS Board in 2017, where he has also been a memberserves as Chairman of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee, which is a sub-committee of Santander’s Executive Risk Committee.Board. Since 2008, heMr. Fishman has served as Chairman of the Board of Ladder Capital, a leading commercial real estate finance company, and, since 2005, has served on the Board of Continental Grain Company. Mr. Fishman has had an extensive career in the financial services industry. From 2008 to 2013, he servedindustry, including serving as Chairman of the Board of Beech Street Capital, and for a brief time in 2008, served as Chief Executive OfficerCEO of Washington Mutual, Inc. Prior to serving with Washington Mutual, he served as, Chairman of Meridian Capital Group, and as President of Sovereign Bancorp. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Fishman served as, President and Chief Executive OfficerCEO of Independence Community Bank until its sale to Sovereign Bank in 2006. Previously, Mr. Fishman served asand President and Chief Executive OfficerCEO of Conti Financial Corp. He was also a private equity investor, focused on financial services, at Neuberger and Berman, Adler & Shaykin, and at his own firm, Columbia Financial Partners LP. He held a variety of senior executive positions at Chemical Bank and American International Group. He is active in the community, having served as Chairman of the Brooklyn Academy of Music from 2002 until January 2017to 2016, Chairman of the Brooklyn Navy Yard from 2002 to 2014, and currently serving as Chairman of the Brooklyn Community Foundation. He received a B.A. from Brown University and an M.A. from Columbia University. Mr. Fishman brings extensive leadership experience and financial services industry expertise to the Board.

185





Hector Grisi - Age 53. Mr. Grisi was appointed to SHUSA’s Board in January 2020. He is the Executive President and CEO of Banco Santander Mexico, and has held this position since 2015. He currently serves on the Boards of Banco Santander Mexico, Casa de Bolsa Santander, Santander Consumo and Santander Vivienda. Prior to joining Banco Santander Mexico, Mr. Grisi was President and CEO of Credit Suisse Mexico from 2001 to 2015 and served on its Board of Directors during that time. Mr. Grisi is an active philanthropist, and board member of three leading cultural and social organizations in Mexico, including the Museum of Fine Arts, the Chapultepec Zoo, and the Juconi Foundation that supports families, youth, and children affected by violence, poverty, and marginalization. He graduated with honors from the Universidad Iberoamericana. Mr. Grisi brings extensive banking and leadership experience to the Board.

Juan Guitard- Age 57.60. Mr. Guitard was appointed to SHUSA’s Board in 2014 and is a member of its CompensationCTMC and SHUSA/US Risk Committees. He has served as a member of the BankBank's Board since March 2016 and the BSIBSI's Board since August 2016. Since June 2016, where he has also beenis a member of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee. Heand Compensation Committees. Mr. Guitard currently serves as Head of Internal Audit of Santander. He has worked within Santander since 1999, having also served as Head of its Corporate Risk Division, Head of its Recovery and Resolution Plans Corporate Project, Head of its Corporate Legal Department, and Head of its Corporate Investment Banking Division. He has served on the Boards of Santander, Banco Español de Crédito, S.A., and Banco Hipotecario de España. He holds a law degree from the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid. Mr. Guitard brings extensive risk and audit experience to the Board.


267



its CTMC and Risk Committee. She joined the SC Board in November 2016 and serves as Chairman of its Compensation and Talent Management Committee and as a member of the Regulatory and Compliance Oversight Committee. Ms. Holiday is a member of the Board of Directors of Hess Corporation, White Mountains Insurance Group Ltd., and Canadian National Railway, and is a member of the Boards of Directors or Trustees of various investment companies in the Franklin Templeton Group of Funds, serving as Lead Trustee of each of the Franklin Funds and Templeton Funds. She also served on the Board of Directors of RTI International Metals, Inc. from 1999 to 2015. Ms. Holiday also has extensive legal and regulatory experience, having previously served as Assistant to the President of the United States and Secretary of the U.S. Cabinet, General Counsel of the U.S. Treasury Department and Counselor to the Secretary and Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs and Public Liaison of the U.S. Treasury Department. Ms. Holiday holds a B.S. and a J.D. from the University of Florida and is a member of the State Bars of Florida, Georgia and the District of Columbia. She brings extensive experience in legal and regulatory matters and in public service to the Board.

Thomas S. Johnson - Age 76.79. Mr. Johnson was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2015. He serves as SHUSA’s Lead Independent Director, Chairman of its Audit Committee, and a member of its ExecutiveNominations and SHUSA/US Risk Committees and the Bank’s Audit and Risk Committees. He serves as a member of the Bank’s Audit, Compliance, and Risk Committees. Since June 2016, he has also been a member of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee. Mr. Johnson serves on the Boards of the Institute of International Education, the Inner-City Scholarship Fund, the National 9/11 Memorial and Museum Foundation, the Norton Museum of Art, and the Lower Manhattan Development Corporation. From 1993 to 2004, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GreenPoint Financial Corp. and GreenPoint Bank. Prior to his tenure at GreenPoint, Mr. Johnson served as President and Director of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company from 1989 to 1991. Mr. Johnson’sstarted his banking career in banking started in 1969 at Chemical Bank and Chemical Banking Corporation, where he ultimately became President and Director. He previously served as Chairman and CEO of GreenPoint Financial Corp. and GreenPoint Bank and as President and Director in 1983.of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company. In addition, Mr. Johnson is a former director of Alleghany Corporation, R.R. Donnelly & Sons Co. Inc., The Phoenix Companies, Inc., Freddie Mac,FHLMC, North Fork Bancorporation, Prudential Life Insurance Company of America, and Online Resources Corp. FromCorp and, from 1966 to 1969, he served as a special assistant to the Comptroller of the U.S. Department of Defense in the Pentagon. He received an A.B.a B.A. in Economics from Trinity College and an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School. Mr. Johnson brings extensive leadership experience in the banking industry to the Board.

Catherine Keating - Age 55. Ms. Keating was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2015. She serves as Chair of SHUSA’s Compensation Committee and is a member of its Audit and Executive Committees. She also serves as Chair of the Bank’s Compensation Committee and a member of its Compliance and Risk Committees. Since 2015, she has served as Chief Executive Officer of Commonfund, an asset management firm that primarily serves not-for-profit institutions and pension plans. From 1996 to 2015, she served in multiple management roles at JPMorgan Chase & Co., including Head of Investment Management Americas at JPMorgan Chase & Co., where she was responsible for more than $700 billion in client assets, Chief Executive Officer of JPMorgan Chase’s U.S. Private Bank, and as Global Head of its Wealth Advisory and Fiduciary Services business. She was a director of the JPMorgan Foundation and executive sponsor of JPMorgan Chase’s Women’s Interactive Network. Prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, she was a partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP. She received a B.A. from Villanova University and a law degree from the University of Virginia School of Law. She is on the Boards of the Inner-City Scholarship Fund and Girl Scouts of Greater New York and the former Chair of the Villanova University Board. Ms. Keating brings to the Board extensive experience as a former attorney and as a leader in the financial services industry.

Javier Maldonado - Age 54.57. Mr. Maldonado has served as Vice Chairman of SHUSA’s Board since 2015, and he is a member of SHUSA’s Executivethe Nominations and SHUSA/US Risk Committees.Committee. He was appointed to SC’s Board in 2015 and is a member of its Compensation, Executive,Nominations, and Regulatory and Compliance Oversight Committees. He was appointed to the Bank’s Board in 2015 and is a member of its Risk Committee. Mr. Maldonado was appointed to the BSIBSI's Board in August 2016 and is a member of its Executive Committee. Since 2015, he has served as a Director of Santander BanCorp, where he is a member of its Executive Committee and is Chairman of theits Compensation and Nomination Committee, andCommittee. Mr. Maldonado also serves as a Director of Banco Santander Puerto Rico, as well as a Director of SIS, where he has been Acting Chairman since April 2016. Since June 2016, he has also been a member of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee. Mr. Maldonado has served on the Board of the Saudi Hollandi Bank Riyadh since 2008.BSPR and SIS. He currently serves as Senior Executive Vice President, Global Head of Cost Control for Santander. Since 1995, he has held numerous management positions with Santander, including Senior Executive Vice President, Head of the General Directorate for Coordination and Control of Regulatory Projects in the Risks Division, and Executive Committee Director and Head of Internal Control and Corporate Development for Santander UK. In addition, Mr. Maldonado served on the Board of Alawwal Bank (formerly known as the Saudi Hollandi Bank Riyadh) from 2008 to 2019. Prior to his time with Santander, Mr. Maldonado was an attorney with Baker & McKenzie and Head of the Corporate and International Law Department at J.Y. Hernandez-Canut Law Firm. He received a law degree from UNED University and a law degree from Northwestern University. Mr. Maldonado brings to the Board extensive corporate and international legal experience, as well as leadership in the financial services sector.

Victor Matarranz - Age 41. Mr. Matarranz was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2015. He is a member of SHUSA’s Compensation and Executive Committees and a member of the Bank’s Compensation Committee. He has been a member of the Portal Universia SA Board since 2015 and the Santander Fintech Board since 2014. Since September 2014, he has served as a Senior Executive Vice President and the Head of Group Strategy at Santander. He is also Chief of Staff to the Group Executive Chairman. From 2012 to 2014, Mr. Matarranz worked at Santander UK, where he was the Director of Strategy, the Chief of Staff to the Chief Executive Officer, and a member of the Executive Committee. From 2004 to 2012, he worked at McKinsey & Company in Madrid, where he served as a partner, working primarily in the financial services practice advising local and global banks on strategic and retail banking issues. He received a Master’s Degree in Telecommunications Engineering from the Politechnical University of Madrid and an M.B.A., with a specialization in Finance, from the London Business School, where he graduated with distinction. Mr. Matarranz brings expertise in financial services and retail banking strategy and significant international experience to the Board.


268186





Juan OlaizolaGuy Moszkowski - Age 55.62. Mr. OlaizolaMoszkowski was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2015. HeJanuary 2020 and serves as a member of SHUSA’s Audit and Risk Committees and as a member of the Bank’s Risk and Compensation and Talent Management Committees. Mr. Moszkowski joined the BSI Board in January 2020, and serves as a member of the Audit, Risk Committee of each Board. Since June 2016, he has also been a member of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee. Since 2013, he has served as a Director of Santander Insurance Services UK Ltd and since 2014, as a member of the advisory board of Fintech Investments. In addition, he is a former a Director of VISA Europe, where he served from 2010 to 2013Compensation Committees. Mr. Moszkowski founded and from 2015 to 2016. Since 2005, Mr. Olaizola has served as Chief Operating Officer responsible for Technology and Operations at Santander UK. From 1986 to 2003, Mr. Olaizola worked at IBM Global Services, having served as the Vice PresidentCEO of EMEA (IBM Financial Services Consulting)Autonomous Research US LP, a specialized independent provider of institutional research focused exclusively on financial sector companies, from 2012 until his retirement in London from 20002019. Prior to 2004his tenure at Autonomous Research, Mr. Moszkowski led large analyst teams on financial research at Citigroup and Merrill Lynch, becoming the head of all U.S. financials research at Merrill Lynch. Mr. Moszkowski also worked at J.P. Morgan & Co. as the Vice President of Professional Servicesa Managing Director in the U.S. from 1999 to 2000, among other roles. He graduated from Universidad AutonomaInvestor Client Management, and received an M.B.A. from IESE Business School. Mr. Olaizola brings significant financial services and technology experience to the Board.

Scott Powell - Age 54. Mr. Powell was appointedbegan his career as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of SHUSA and the Bank in 2015.a Latin America corporate lending officer for Bankers Trust Co. He is a member of SHUSA’sFINRA’s Economic Advisory Committee and also serves on SCO Family of Services Board of Directors, where he chairs the Investment Committee. Mr. Moszkowski graduated from Harvard University and the Bank’s Executive Committees. Previously, from 2013 to 2014, Mr. Powell was Executive ChairmanWharton School of National Flood Services Inc. From 2002 until 2012, he was employed at JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its predecessor Bank One Corporation. During this time, he served as Head of Home Lending Default from July 2011 to February 2012, Head of JPMorgan Chase’s Banking and Consumer Lending Operations from June 2010 to June 2011, Chief Executive Officer of Consumer Banking from January 2007 to May 2010, Head of its Consumer Lending businesses from March 2005 to December 2006, and Chief Risk Officer, Consumer from 2004 to February 2005. From May 2003 through June 2004, Mr. Powell was President of Retail Lending at Bank One, and from February 2002 to April 2003, he was its Chief Risk Officer, Consumer. Mr. Powell is a director of the Phipps Houses and The END Fund in New York City. He received a B.A. from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from the University of Maryland. In addition, he has held a variety of senior positions at JPMorgan Chase and spent 14 years at Citigroup/Citibank in a variety of risk management roles.Pennsylvania. Mr. PowellMoszkowski brings extensive experience in retail banking, risk managementleadership and consumer and auto lendingfinancial services industry expertise to SHUSA'sthe Board.

Henri-Paul Rousseau - Age 68.71.  Mr. Rousseau was appointed to SHUSA’s Board in March 2017 and the Bank’s Board in 2015. He serves as Chairman of the SHUSA/US Risk Committee, and as a member of the CTMC. Mr. Rousseau also serves as Chairman of the Bank’s Risk and Compliance CommitteesCommittee and as a member of its Audit, Compensation, and ExecutiveNominations Committees. Mr. Rousseau hasjoined the BSI Board in January 2020, where he serves as Chairman of its Audit Committee and as a member of the Compensation and Risk Committees. Mr. Rousseau served as Vice Chairman (a senior officerPresident of Power Corporation International from January 2018 through July 2018. He has been a visiting professor at the Paris School of Economics since September 2018 and non-board function)is currently an adjunct professor at Hautes Études Commerciales in Montréal. From 2012 until 2017, Mr. Rousseau served as Vice-Chairman of the Boards of Power Corporation of Canada and Power Financial Corporation since 2012, and he previously served as Vice Chairman from 2009-2012. Mr. Rousseau has served as the Chairman of the Montreal Heart Institute Foundation since 2011, and he has served on its Board since 1995.Corporation. He has also served on the Boards of Great-West Lifeco Inc. and IGM Financial Inc. and those of their respective subsidiaries from 2012 to 2017. Mr. Rousseau has also served on the Board of Noovelia, Inc. since 2009,2017 and is currently the Chairman of the Board of Noovelia. Additionally, he has served as Chairman of the Board of the Tremplin Sante Foundation since 2015.2015, Chairman of the Board of Montreal Heart Institute Foundation from 2011 to 2017, having served on its Board since 1995, and Co-Chair of the Finance Committee of the Orchestra Symphonique de Montreal Foundation from 2010 through 2014. Mr. Rousseau is the former President and CEO of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec. Prior to that role, he was the President and CEO of the Laurentian Bank of Canada. Previously, he was a Professor of Economics at both Université Laval and Université du Québec à Montréal. He received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Sherbrooke and an M.A. and Ph.D. in Economics from the University of Western Ontario. Mr. Rousseau brings extensive experience ininternational leadership and financial services industry managementexperience to the Board.

T. Timothy Ryan, Jr. - Age 71.74. Mr. Ryan was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank's Boards in December 2014 and serves as Chairman of each, Board andas well as of their respective Executive Committees.Nominations Committees, the Bank’s Compensation Committee and the CTMC. He was appointed to the BSIBSI's Board in July 2016, and serves as Chairman of the Board and the Riskits Compensation and Executive Committees and asis a member of its Audit and CompensationRisk Committees. Mr. Ryan served as Global Head of Regulatory Strategy and Policy of JPMorgan Chase & Co. from February 2013 until his retirement in April 2014. From 2008 to 2012, heJanuary 2015. Mr. Ryan was previously President and Chief Executive OfficerCEO of the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and Chief Executive OfficerSIFMA, CEO of the Global Financial Markets Association, (“SIFMA”), SIFMA's global affiliate. Prior to 2008, Mr. Ryan wasaffiliate and Vice Chairman, Financial Institutions and Governments, at JPMorgan Chase. Before joining JPMorgan Chase in 1993, Mr. Ryan also previously served as the Directordirector of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a Directordirector of the Resolution Trust Corporation and a Directordirector of the FDIC. Since 2011, he has served on the Board of Power Corp. of Canada and Power Financial Company and has served as Chairman of its Audit Committee and as a member of its Executive, Compensation, Investment and Risk Committees. Since 2010, Mr. Ryan also has served on the Board of Great West LifeCo Inc. and is a member of its Compensation, Executive, and Risk Committees. He also served as a director of Markit Ltd. infrom 2014 to 2015 and of Lloyds Banking Group from 2009 to 2013. He received a B.A. from Villanova University and a law degree from American University. Mr. Ryan brings to the Board extensive experience as a former regulator and banker and a deep understanding of the U.S. banking market, regulatory environment and financial services industry management.

Tim Wennes - Age 52. Mr. Wennes has served as Santander’s US Country Head and SHUSA’s President and CEO since December 2019. Additionally, since September 2019, he has served as President and CEO of the Bank. Mr. Wennes was appointed to SHUSA’s Board in December 2019 and the Bank’s Board in September 2019. He serves as a member of SHUSA’s and the Bank’s respective Nominations Committees. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Wennes was the West Coast President and Head of the Regional Bank at MUFG Union Bank from 2008 to 2019, where he oversaw Commercial Banking, Real Estate Industries, Consumer Banking and Wealth Management. He was also responsible for MUFG Union Bank’s Enterprise Marketing and Corporate Social Responsibility programs. Mr. Wennes serves as the Lead Director of Operation Hope and is a Corporate Advisory Board Member of the University of Southern California’s Marshall School of Business. From 2012 to 2019, he served as the Pacific Region Trustee of the Boys and Girls Club of America. Mr. Wennes is a graduate of the University of Southern California, where he received a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration. He received an M.B.A. in International Business from California State University Fullerton. Mr. Wennes brings extensive leadership, knowledge and experience in commercial banking, consumer banking and wealth management to the Board.


269187





Wolfgang Schoellkopf - Age 84. Mr. Schoellkopf was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2009, and serves as a member of SHUSA’s Audit, Executive, and Risk Committees. He served as the Chair of the SHUSA Risk Committee from 2014 until September 2016. He was appointed to SC’s Board in 2015 and serves as a member of its Audit, Executive, and Risk Committees. Mr. Schoellkopf served as Chair of SC’s Risk Committee from 2015 through December 2016. Since June 2016, he has been a member of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee. Since 2009, he has served on the Board of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Sons, Ltd. in Bermuda, where he is a member of that Board’s Risk Committee and Chairman of the Compensation Committee. From 1998 until 2014, he served on the Board of Sallie Mae Corporation, a leading provider of student loans, and as lead independent director, Chairman of the Finance Committee from 2007 to 2012, and Chairman of its Compensation Committee from 2011 to 2014. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Schoellkopf served as the Managing Partner of Lykos Capital Management, LLC, a private equity management company. From 2000 to 2002, he served as the General Manager of Bank Austria Group's U.S. operations. From 1990 to 1997, he served as Vice Chairman and the Chief Financial Officer of First Fidelity Bank. From 1963 to 1988, Mr. Schoellkopf worked at Chase Manhattan Bank, including serving as Executive Vice President and Treasurer. Mr. Schoellkopf studied Economics at the University of California (Berkeley), University of Munich and at Cornell University, and he taught economics at Cornell University and Princeton University. In his professional positions, as well as his previous service as Chief Financial Officer of First Fidelity Bank, Mr. Schoellkopf has served a leadership role in the banking industry, including significant investment and international experience, which enables him to assist the Board in overseeing all aspects of SHUSA and the Bank's financial operations.
Richard Spillenkothen - Age 67. Mr. Spillenkothen was appointed to SHUSA’s and the Bank’s Boards in 2015. He serves as Chairman of SHUSA’s Risk Committee and a member of its Compensation Committee, and as a member of the Bank’s Audit, Compliance, Executive, and Risk Committees. Mr. Spillenkothen served as the Chairman of the SBNA Risk Committee from 2015 until September 2016. Since June 2016, he has also been a member of the Combined U.S. Operations Risk Committee. In February 2017, he joined the Rappahannock County, Virginia Food Pantry Board. From 2007 to 2011, he served as a consultant and advisor at Deloitte & Touche LLP. From 1976 to 2006, Mr. Spillenkothen worked for the Federal Reserve, where he served as Director of the Federal Reserve’s Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation. In this capacity, he was the senior Federal Reserve staff official with responsibility for banking supervision and regulation policy. He worked with the Federal Reserve Banks, which have day-to-day responsibility for supervising BHCs and financial holding companies, state member banks, and the U.S. activities of foreign banks. He also coordinated financial institution supervisory policy with other federal, state, and foreign banking authorities, and with the international supervisory coordinating bodies. From 2013 until 2015, Mr. Spillenkothen served on the Board of Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA) as an independent non-executive director, serving on the Risk, Audit and Compensation Committees. He served on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision from 1992 to 2006, and was Chairman of the Board of the Association of Supervisors of Banks of the Americas from 2003 until 2006. He received an A.B. from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. Mr. Spillenkothen brings extensive experience as a former regulator and a deep understanding of the U.S. banking market, regulatory environment, and financial services industry management to the Board.


Executive Officers of SHUSA

Certain information, including the principal occupation during the past five years, relating to the executive officers of SHUSA as of the filing date of this filingForm 10-K is set forth below:

Madhukar DayalJuan Carlos Alvarez de Soto - Age 52.49. Mr. DayalAlvarez de Soto has served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Executive Vice President ofCFO for SHUSA and SBNAthe Bank since April 2016,September 2019. He is a member of SC’s Board of Directors and is a member of each of SHUSA’s and the Bank’s CEO Executive Committees. From October 2017 to September 2019, Mr. Alvarez de Soto served as the CFO for SC. From 2009 to 2017, he was the Treasurer for SHUSA, overseeing SHUSA’s liquidity risk management, asset liability management and treasury functions.  In addition, he currently serves as Director and President of the Santander Consumer USA Foundation. Mr. Alvarez de Soto holds an M.S. in Finance from George Washington University and a B.S. in Management from Tulane University. He is also a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Sandra Broderick - Age 61. Ms. Broderick has served as Head of Operations for SHUSA since October 2019 and of SC since October 2017, and is a member of SHUSA’s CEO Executive Committee. She is responsible for aligning scope, priorities and approach across U.S. operating units and key functions, including Business Continuity Management, Facilities, and the Business Control Officer community. Prior to joining SC and SHUSA, Ms. Broderick served as Executive Vice President, Operations Executive at U.S. Bank in 2017, where she oversaw consumer originations and servicing. She has also served as Managing Director, Operations Executive at JPMorgan Chase from 2002 to 2017. Ms. Broderick holds a Bachelor’s in Business Administration from the State University of New York at Buffalo.

Dan Budington - Age 48.Mr. Budington has served as Chief Strategy Officer for SHUSA and the Bank since January 2020 and is a member of each of SHUSA’s and the Bank’s CEO Executive Committees. He joined Santander US in 2014 and served in a number of roles in the Finance organization, most recently as Executive Director of Financial Planning & Analysis. Prior to joining Santander US, Mr. Budington spent over a decade as an investment banker focused on advising financial institutions on mergers and acquisitions and capital raising, working for leading investment banks including Guggenheim Securities, Deutsche Bank and Merrill Lynch. Prior to his career in investment banking, Mr. Budington worked as a management consultant advising middle market companies on strategy and performance management. He holds a Masters of Business Administration in Finance and Accounting from the University of Rochester Simon School of Business and a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Vermont.

Sarah Drwal - Age 43. Ms. Drwal has served as Chief Risk Officer of SHUSA and the Bank since December 2019. From February 2016 to December 2019, Ms. Drwal served as Executive Vice President - Head of Enterprise Risk Management for SHUSA and Chief Risk Officer for the Bank’s Consumer and Business Banking. She is a member of each of SHUSA's and the Bank’s CEO Executive Committees. Prior to joining SHUSA and the Bank, Mr. Dayal served asMs. Drwal was Chief FinancialRisk Officer for BNP Paribas USA Holdings, BancWestConsumer Banking and Bank of the West from 2015 until March 2016,Chase Wealth Management at JPMorgan Chase & Co. She also served in executive leadership roles in risk, fraud, governance and strategy for BancWest CorporationJPMorgan Chase & Co. and Bank of the West from 2012 until 2015, and for Bank of the West from 2010 until 2012. Mr. Dayal earnedCapital One. Ms. Drwal received a B.A. with honorsMaster’s Degree in Accounting and Finance from Nottingham Trent University and an ACMA certificationMathematics from the Chartered InstituteUniversity of Management Accountants.Leicester, UK.

Kenneth Goldman - Age 47. Mr. Goldman has served as SHUSA's Chief Accounting Officer and Executive Vice President since August 2010. From 2010 until 2015 and starting again in 2016, he has served as the Bank's Chief Accounting Officer. Prior to joining SHUSA, from 2006 to 2010, he was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Advanta Bank Corp and, from 2002 to 2006, he was Audit Director and Senior Vice President of MBNA America Bank. From 1991 to 2002, Mr. Goldman worked at Arthur Andersen, where he began his career. Mr. Goldman has a B.S. in Accounting from Lehigh University and is a licensed C.P.A., a member of the Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants, a Certified Internal Auditor, and a member of the Institute of Internal Auditors.
Daniel Griffiths - Age 48.51. Mr. Griffiths has served as Chief Technology Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of SHUSA and the Bank since June 2016, and in 2019 he became Head of Technology for North America. He is also a member of each of SHUSA's and the SHUSA and BankBank's CEO Executive Committees. From 2011 to 2016, Mr. Griffiths was Chief Technology Officer at TD Bank, and from 2008Bank. Prior to 2011,joining TD Bank, he was Managing Director, Emerging Markets and Commodities, at Barclays Capital. Mr. Griffiths received a Bachelor of ScienceB.S. in Computer Studies from Polytechnic of Wales.

270




Brian Gunn - Age 44. Mr. Gunn has served as Chief Risk Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of SHUSA since June 2015, and is a member of SHUSA’s CEO Executive Committee. In February 2016, he was named Chief Risk Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of the Bank, and also serves on the Bank’s CEO Executive Committee. He was appointed to the Board of SC in December 2015 and serves as a member of its Risk Committee. Prior to joining SHUSA, Mr. Gunn served as the Chief Risk Officer of Ally Financial Services from 2011 to 2015. Prior to that role, Mr. Gunn was Chief Risk Officer of Ally’s Global Automotive Services division. Before joining Ally, he spent 10 years in a variety of risk management positions at GE Capital, including as Chief Risk Officer of GE Money Canada. Mr. Gunn received a B.S. from Providence College and an M.B.A. from Hofstra University.
Michael Lipsitz - Age 52.55. Mr. Lipsitz has served as Chief Legal Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of SHUSA since August 2015 and of the Bank since FebruaryApril 2016, and is a member of each of SHUSA’s and SBNA’sthe Bank’s CEO Executive Committees. Prior to joining SHUSA, he wasMr. Lipsitz served as Managing Director and General Counsel for Retail and Community Banking at JPMorgan Chase & Co. Priorand, prior to that, Mr. Lipsitz held multiple senior and general counsel roles supporting consumer banking and lending, corporate and regulatory activities, and M&Amergers and acquisitions at JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its predecessor companies. Mr. Lipsitz received a B.A. from Northwestern University and a J.D. degree from Loyola University Chicago School of Law.

Scott PowellTim Wennes - - Age 54.52. For a description of Mr. Powell'sWennes’ business experience, please see "Directors“Directors of SHUSA"SHUSA” above.

Maria Veltre - Age 56. Maria Veltre has served as SHUSA’s Head of U.S. Digital and Innovation and Senior Executive Vice President since September 2018, and is a member of SHUSA’s CEO Executive Committee. Ms. Veltre has served as the Bank’s Chief Marketing and Digital Officer since September 2016. Prior to joining SHUSA and the Bank, Ms. Veltre’s experience was comprised of substantial banking industry experience, including most recently serving as Chief Marketing Officer at Fifth Third Bank from May 2013 to August 2016 and holding multiple leadership positions at Citibank, including Chief Marketing Officer and Managing Director of Small Business Banking. Ms. Veltre received a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Stern School of Business at New York University.

188





William Wolf - Age 51.54. Mr. Wolf has served as Chief Human Resources OfficerCHRO and Senior Executive Vice President of SHUSA and the Bank since March 2016, and he is a member of each of SHUSA’s and SBNA’sthe Bank’s CEO Executive Committees. Prior to joining SHUSA and the Bank, he was Managing Director, Global Head of Talent Acquisition and Development, for Credit Suisse from 2011 untilto 2016. Mr. Wolf received a B.A. from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the University of North Carolina.


Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires SHUSA's officers and directors, and any persons owning ten percent or more of SHUSA's common stock or any class of SHUSA's preferred stock, to file in their personal capacities initial statements of beneficial ownership, statements of changes in beneficial ownership and annual statements of beneficial ownership with the SEC with respect to their ownership of securities of SHUSA. Persons filing such beneficial ownership statements are required by SEC regulation to furnish SHUSA with copies of all such statements filed with the SEC. The rules of the SEC regarding the filing of such statements require that “late filings” of such statements be disclosed by SHUSA. Based solely on SHUSA's review of copies of such statements received by it, and on written representations from SHUSA's directors and officers, SHUSA believes that all such statements were timely filed in 2016. Since Santander's acquisition of SHUSA, none of the filers has owned any of SHUSA's common stock or shares of any class of SHUSA's preferred stock.
Code of Ethics
 
SHUSA adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the Chief Executive OfficerCEO and senior financial officers (includingof the Chief Financial OfficerCompany including the CFO, Treasurer, and Chief Accounting Officer of SHUSA and the Bank).Controller. SHUSA undertakes to provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of such Code of Ethics by writing to the Investor Relations Department,to: Chief Legal Officer, Santander Holdings USA, Inc., 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.
 
Procedures for Nominations to the SHUSA Board
 
On January 30, 2009, SHUSA became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Santander. Immediately following the effective time of the Santander transaction, because Santander is the sole shareholder of all of SHUSA’s outstanding voting securities, SHUSA's Board no longer has a formal procedure for security holdersshareholders to recommend nominees to SHUSA's Board.
 
Matters Relating to the Audit Committee of the Board
 
SHUSA has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee established by and among the Board. Mr. Johnson was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee in May 2015. Mr. Ferriss servedserves as Chairman of theSHUSA's Audit Committee, from 2012 to May 2015, and Messrs. Ferriss, Fishman and Moszkowski serve as the other members. Mr. Schoellkopf served as Chairman of the Audit Committee from 2010 to 2012. Mr. Ferriss, Mr. Fishman, Ms. Keating, and Mr. Schoellkopf are also membersRyan is an ex officio member of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Ferriss, Fishman, Johnson, and Schoellkopf and Ms. KeatingJohnson qualify as audit committee financial experts for purposes of the SEC's rules.under SEC requirements applicable to audit committees.


271




ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis relates to our executive officers included in the Summary Compensation Table, who we refer to collectively as the “named"named executive officers.” SHUSA (who we refer to in this Item as “we,” “us,” “or “our”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Banco Santander S.A. (which we refer to in this Item as “Santander”)." This Compensation Discussion and Analysis explains our role and the role of Santander in setting the compensation of the named executive officers.
For 2016,2019, our named executive officers were:
Timothy Wennes, our current President and CEO;
Scott Powell, our former President and Chief ExecutiveCEO;
Juan Carlos Alvarez de Soto, our current CFO and Principal Financial Officer;
Madhukar Dayal, our Chief Financial Officerformer CFO and Principal Financial Officer;
Daniel Griffiths, our Chief Technology Officer;
Michael Lipsitz, our Chief Legal Officer;
Brian Gunn,William Wolf, our Chief Risk Officer;
Daniel Griffiths, our Chief TechnologyHuman Resources Officer; and
Gerald Plush,Mahesh Aditya, our Formerformer Chief Financial Officer and Principal FinancialRisk Officer.


189





During 2019, there were significant changes to our executive team:
Mr. Powell resigned from his SHUSA and SC President and CEO, and Santander's U.S. Country Head roles as of December 2, 2019;
Mr. Wennes, who was hired as the President and CEO of SBNA as of September 16, 2019, was appointed President and CEO of SHUSA and Santander's U.S. Country Head as of December 2, 2019; he retained his SBNA positions;
Mr. Aditya was appointed President and CEO of SC as of December 2, 2019, and no longer has any SHUSA responsibilities;
Mr. Dayal transferred to Santander UK to serve as that country’s CFO as of September 16, 2019; and
Mr. Alvarez assumed his current role as of September 16, 2019; he previously served as SC’s CFO since 2017.

Mr. Wennes’s 2019 compensation was largely based on his July 2019 employment letter with SBNA. Mr. Powell did not receive any compensation or severance in connection with his resignation, did not receive a 2019 incentive award, and forfeited all prior year deferred cash and equity awards. Mr. Aditya’s 2019 incentive award was paid by SHUSA given he served most of 2019 in his SHUSA role. Mr. Dayal received a pro rata 2019 incentive award from SHUSA based on his role and service with SHUSA through September 16, 2019. Given his service to both SHUSA and SC during 2019, Mr. Alvarez’s 2019 incentive award was paid proportionately by both entities.

This section of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information with respect to our named executive officers:

the general philosophy and objectives underlying their compensation,
our and Santander`s respective roles and involvement in the analysis and decisions regarding their compensation,
the general process of determining their compensation, and
each component of their compensation.

Since we are a wholly owned subsidiary of Santander and do not hold public shareholder meetings, we do not conduct shareholder advisory votes.

General Philosophy and Objectives
The fundamental principles that Santander and weSHUSA follow in designing and implementing compensation programs for the named executive officers are to:
attract, motivate, and retain highly skilled executives with the business experience and acumen necessary for achieving our short-term and long-term business objectives;
link pay toand performance, while appropriately balancing risk and financial results and complying with regulatory requirements;
align, to an appropriate extent, the interests of management with those of Santander and its shareholders; and
useleverage our compensation practices to support our core values and strategic mission and vision.

Santander aimsintends to provide a total compensation packageopportunity that is comparable to that of similar financial institutions in the country in which the named executive officer is located, the United States in our case.located. Within this framework, Santander considers both total compensation and the individual components (i.e., salary and incentives) of each named executive officer’s compensation package independently. Any other perquisites are also considered independently of total compensation. When setting each named executive officer’s compensation for 2016,2019, we took into account market competitive pay, historical pay within Santander, our budget, level of duties and responsibilities, experience and expertise, individual performance, applicable European regulatory guidance that mandates deferrals of variable compensation, and historical track record within the organization for each individual.
This section of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information with respect to our named executive officers:
the general philosophy and objectives behind their compensation,
our and Santander`s roles and involvement in the analysis and decisions regarding their compensation,
the general process of determining their compensation,
each component of their compensation, and
the rationale behind the components of their compensation.

Since we are a wholly owned subsidiary of Santander and do not hold public shareholder meetings, we do not conduct shareholder advisory votes.
Responsibility for determining the compensation of our named executive officers resides both at our level as well as the Santander level. We set forth the various parties involved in determining executive compensation and their specific responsibilities below.

272




The Parties Involved in Determining Executive Compensation

Both weSHUSA and Santander have responsibility for overseeing and determining the compensation of our named executive officers. We are involved in setting the compensation of all our employees. Santander is involved in overseeing its senior level employees globally, including theour named executive officers. We are involved in setting the compensation of all our employees. We set forth the various parties, including both Board committees and management committees, involved in contributing to and determining executive compensation and their specific responsibilities below.


190





The Role of Our Board Compensation and Talent Management Committee ("BCMTC")
As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Compensation Committee comprised Stephen Ferriss, Juan Guitard, Victor Matarranz, Richard Spillenkothen, and Catherine Keating, who
Our BCTMC is the Committee chair. Our Compensation Committee has the responsibility of,responsible for, among other things:
at least annually, reviewing and approving the terms of our compensation programs, including the Executive Bonus Program,Incentive Plan, in which our named executive officers participate, in accordance with all applicable guidelines that Santander establishes with respect to variable compensation;
reviewing and approving the annual corporate goals and objectives with respect to ourof the President and Chief Executive Officer’s compensation,CEO, evaluating the President and Chief Executive Officer’sCEO’s performance in light of these corporate goals, and determiningapproving the base and approving thevariable compensation of our President and ChiefCEO, as proposed by the Santander Executive Officer based on this evaluationChairman and in accordance with all applicable guidelines thatCEO and validated by the Santander establishes with respect to variable compensation;Remuneration Committee;
monitoring the performance and regularly approving the design and function of the incentive compensation programs, including the Executive Bonus Program,Incentive Plan, to assess whether the overall design and performance of such programs are consistent with Santander guidelines, are safe and sound, and do not encourage employees, including our named executive officers, to take excessive risk;
reviewing and approving the overall goals and purpose of our incentive compensation programs and providing guidance to our Board and management so that the Board's policies and procedures are appropriately carried out in a manner that achieves balance and is consistent with safety and soundness;
approving amounts paid under the incentive compensation programsExecutive Incentive Plan according to Santander guidelines, including the Executive Bonus Program;
overseeing the administration of our qualified retirement plan and other employee benefit plans under which all eligible employees can participate, including the named executive officers, as well as certain other deferred compensation plans in which our named executive officers are eligible to participate;guidelines;
evaluating the applicability of any malus and clawback provisions to our senior executive officers, including the named executive officers;
at least annually, reviewing and recommending any changes to our outside director compensation program;
reviewing and discussing with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K; and
approvingreviewing and recommending to our Board the Compensation CommitteeBCTMC Report for inclusion in our filings with the SEC, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our Board Compensation Committee met 11 times in 2016.
The Role of Santander’s Human Resources Committee
Santander’s Risk on Remuneration Corporate Committee and Corporate Evaluation and Bonus Committee has been replaced by the Human Resources Committee which encompassesis responsible for the rolesdesign and responsibilitiesthe calculation of both former committees. This includes but is not limited to the oversightapplicable funding level of the Executive Incentive Plan and overseeing performance management and remuneration (compensation),compensation processes, including consideration of all present and futureconsidering risks that may impact the bonus process as well as the application of malus and clawback related clauses. This committeeprovisions, when applicable. Santander's Human Resources Committee also revisesreviews and validates the compensation proposals for our named executive officers, except for our President and Chief Executive Officer.CEO.
The Role of Santander`s Board Remuneration Committee
Santander’s Board Remuneration Committee has the authority and responsibility to,is responsible for, among other things, review, revise,reviewing, revising as appropriate, determining and then presentpresenting to Santander’s Board of Directors the compensation of Santander’s senior executives, which include our President and Chief Executive Officer. The Board Remuneration Committee also has the responsibility to review, reviseCEO and present to Santander's Board the key elements of the remuneration (compensation)compensation of our named executive officers.

273




The Role of Santander’s Board of Directors
Santander’s Board of Directors validates and approves the compensation of certain of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer.CEO.
The Role of Our Management
Our Human Resources Committee oversees our incentive compensation programs (except for the Executive Bonus Program) and makes recommendations to our Compensation CommitteeBCTMC with respect to our incentive compensation programs. A key responsibility of our Human Resources Committee is to review our incentive compensation programs to ensure the programs do not incentivize excessive risk and make recommendations to our Compensation Committee in accordance with applicable laws. The members of the Human Resources Committee include the heads of our risk, legal, finance, and human resources departments, and our chief audit executive participates as a non-voting member. The Human Resources Committee met nine times in 2016.risk-taking.
Our management also played a role in other parts of the compensation process with respect to the named executive officers in 2016. Our President and Chief Executive Officer generally performed (or delegated to our Human Resources Department) management’s responsibilities (except with respect to his own compensation) in accordance with the requirements set forth2019 by Santander, our applicable policies and procedures, and applicable law. The most significant aspects of management’s role in the compensation process were presenting, and recommending for approval, salarysalaries, incentive targets, and bonusesincentive awards for the named executive officers to our Compensation CommitteeBCTMC and to the applicable committees at Santander.
None of the named executive officers determined or approved any portion of theirhis own compensation for 2016.2019.

191





The Role of Outside Independent Compensation Advisors
Santander, SHUSA and its subsidiaries seek guidance and advice from a diversified mix of outside independent compensation advisors.
Santander’s Remuneration Committee engaged Willis Towers WatsonErnst & Young to provide advice on the general policies and approaches with respect to the compensation of Santander’s worldwide employees. For 2016,employees, and Willis Towers Watson provided benchmarking datacompetitive market compensation ranges for the President and Chief Executive Officer position.global leadership roles.
For 2016, atAt the request of our Compensation Committee,BCTMC, we engaged McLagan Partners, Inc. to provide competitive market compensation ranges for our senior executive officers, including the named executive officers.
As discussed under "Benchmarking" below, we also engaged Pay Governance to assist the BCTMC in setting 2018 and 2019 compensation targets for Mr. Powell.
Benchmarking
In 2016,2018, both Willis Towers Watson and McLagan Partners provided independently compiled target compensation benchmarking data for our President and Chief Executive Officer position.CEO position, which Pay Governance summarized along with additional data extracted from publicly disclosed proxy statements. The peer group isdata set comprised 42 financial institutions: Bank of the following companies:West, BBVA Compass, BMO Financial, BB&T Corporation, HSBC, MUFG Union Bank, RBC, TD Securities, BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank, Barclays, RBS, Mizuho, UBS, Credit Suisse, The Toronto Dominion Bank, Ally Financial, Citizens Financial, Comerica, Credit Acceptance Corp., Encore Capital, Lending Club, Nationstar Mortgage, Navient, Nelnet, One Main Holdings, PRA Group, SLM Corp., Capital One Financial Group, Discover Financial Services Inc., Fifth Third Bancorp, Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, KeyCorp, M&T Bank Corporation, PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., Regions Financial Corporation, SunTrust Banks, Inc., U.S. Bancorp, Bank of America Corporation (Consumer), Citigroup Inc. (Global Consumer Bank), JPMorgan Chase & Co. (Community Banking), and Wells Fargo & Company (Community Banking). Since this data was used to assist us in validating Mr. Powell’s compensation for a full two-year term (2018-19) as described in his employment agreement, we did not formally review 2019 benchmarks for Mr. Powell’s role.

In 2016,For 2019 target compensation review purposes, McLagan Partners Inc.also provided benchmarking data for Mr. Wennes's compensation in each of his roles and for our other named executive officers’ compensation for reference in determining awards under the Executive Bonus Program and the Performance Shares Plan and used the following peer group: Capital One, Ally Bank, of America,Discover, CIT Bank, BB&T Corporation, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., Citigroup Inc., Citizens Financial Group, Inc., Comerica, Inc., First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.,Fifth Third Bank, Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, JPMorgan Chase & Co.,Keycorp, M&T Bank Corporation, MUFG Union Bank, Regions Financial Corporation, State Street Corporation, SunTrust Banks, Inc., TDThe Toronto Dominion Bank, Group, Northern Trust Corporation, U.S. Bancorp,Bank of the West, and Wells Fargo & Company.BMO Financial.

We and Santander have also periodically used additional independent third-party compensation surveys to assist in assessing certain of our executive officers’ overall compensation. We use this additional data to broadly evaluate market trends, pay levels, and relative executive compensation performance trends.

Lastly, we describe the peer group used in connection with specific measures leveraged withinperformance based deferred awards under the Executive Bonus Program under the caption “Executive Bonus Program” and the peer groups used in connection with the Performance SharesIncentive Plan under the caption “Additional Long-Term"Executive Incentive Compensation.” Santander has also periodically used compensation surveys and databases to assist in setting certain of its executive officers’ overall compensation.Plan."

Components of Executive Compensation

For 2016,2019, the compensation that we provided to our named executive officers consisted primarily of base salary and both shortshort- and long-term incentive opportunities, as we describe more fully below. In addition, the named executive officers are eligible for participation in benefitsbenefit plans that we generally offer to all our employees, and we also provide the named executive officers with certain benefits andlimited perquisites not available to the general employee population.

274




Base Salary
Base salary represents the fixed portion of the named executive officers’ compensation, and we intend it to provide compensation for expected day-to-day performance. The base salaries of the named executive officers were generally set in accordance with each named executive officer’s employment or letter agreement. While eachconsidering market competitive pay, historical pay at Santander, our budget, level of the named executive officer’s employment or letter agreements provide for the possibilityduties and responsibilities, applicable European regulatory guidance that mandates deferrals of variable compensation, experience and expertise. Base salary is reviewed as part of our annual compensation review process to determine whether increases in base salary, annualshould be provided based on performance and market conditions. Annual increases are not guaranteed. We review our named executive officers’ salary levels as a part

192





Our Chief Human Resources Officer (and with respect to Mr. Wolf's compensation, our CEO) consulted with Santander’s Human Resources Department to ensureconfirm named executive officers’ salaries are competitive and take into account market competitive pay,survey data of our peers, salary history our budget,at Santander, scope of duties and responsibilities, experience and expertise, individual performance.performance, applicable regulatory requirements, and our budget. Santander’s Human Resources Department consulted with the Santander Board Remuneration Committee and Santander’s Board of Directors in setting the base salary of Mr. Powell. OurWennes. As of December 2, 2019, we increased Mr. Wennes’s annual base salary from $2,100,000 to $2,650,000 to reflect his additional new roles as SHUSA CEO and U.S. Country Head. Mr. Alvarez’s annual base salary increased from $1,000,000 to $1,100,000 as of September 16, 2019 as a result of his new SHUSA role and responsibilities as SBNA CFO.
We did not adjust any other named executive officers’ salaries were unchangedofficer's base salary for 2019. As of January 1, 2020, we made the following changes to our named executive officer's base salaries:
We increased Mr. Alvarez's annual base salary from $1,100,000 to $1,500,000 to better align his compensation with market practices for his scope of responsibilities.
We increased Mr. Griffiths's annual base salary from $1,100,000 to $1,200,000 to compensate him for his increased role in 2016.North America. He now serves as the Head of Technology for North America. As part of his expanded duties in this role, a portion of his compensation will now be allocated to Santander Mexico.
Because prior to his resignation Mr. Powell provided services to both us and to SC, our BCTMC, and SC's BCTMC”), agreed to allocate Mr. Powell's 2019 total compensation at 36% to us and 64% to SC. We jointly decided on these allocations to reflect the percentage of time that Mr. Powell spent working for and with respect to each organization based on time allocation tracking. The Summary Compensation Table shows the entire amount of the salary payments to Mr. Powell for 2019 regardless of this allocation.
Incentive Compensation
We provide annual incentive opportunities for our executive officers, including the named executive officers, to reward achievement of both business and individual performance objectives and to link pay to both short-term and long-term performance. We intend our incentive programs to incentivizemotivate participants to achieve and exceed these objectives at the Santander, country,U.S., and business level,business/function levels, as well as to reward the progressive improvement of individual performance. All of our named executive officers are designated as Identified Staff under European regulations and, therefore, are subject to the compensation guidelines of the European Banking Authority (EBA) and limits of the European Union Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) and likely other developing regulations.as set forth under CRD-IV. These regulations and guidelines define the short-term/immediate and long-term/deferred percentages for incentives awards with respect to the total compensation package as well asand mandate that such awards be delivered in at least 50% shares or other equity instruments, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”),ADRs, with a mandatory one-year holding period upon delivery, and no more than 50% paid in cash.
For the 2019 performance year of the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan (described below), the targeted incentive opportunity for each of the named executive officers was as follows:
Named Executive OfficerTarget Bonus ($)
Timothy Wennes (1)
$3,400,000
Scott Powell (2)
$4,250,000
Juan Carlos Alvarez de Soto (3)
$1,000,000
Madhukar Dayal (4)
$1,885,500
Daniel Griffiths$1,660,500
Michael Lipsitz$1,385,000
William Wolf$1,180,000
Mahesh Aditya$1,025,000
(1) Mr. Wennes’s 2019 incentive award is guaranteed under his July 2019 employment letter with SBNA.
(2) No 2019 performance year incentive award was paid to Mr. Powell due to his resignation.
(3) Mr. Alvarez’s target incentive opportunity at SC was $575,000. The amount set forth above reflects his 12-month annualized SHUSA target opportunity. For 2019, his total target opportunity was $681,250, which reflects 9 months of service at SC and 3 months of service at SHUSA.
(4) Mr. Dayal became the CFO for Santander UK as of September 16, 2019. For 2019, SHUSA paid him a pro rata incentive award based on his nine months of SHUSA service.


193





Executive Incentive Plan
Our incentive program, which we refer to as the “Executive Bonus Program,”"Executive Incentive Plan," establishes both financial and non-financial measures to determine the bonusincentive pool level from which we pay annual bonuses. Theincentives. We generally align the structure of our Executive Bonus Program is aligned with the first cycleIncentive Plan each year in consideration of Santander’s corporate bonus program for executives of similar levels across the Santander platform.
Santander’s Board of Directors adopted the first cycle of its corporate bonus program for executives on February 12, 2016, and Santander’s shareholders approved it at its annual meeting of shareholders on March 18, 2016.
On January 26, 2016, our Compensation Committee approved the Executive Bonus Program for 2016. The Executive Bonus Program provides for variance in the amount of awards, higher or lower than their target bonus amount (which we describe below), in order to reinforce our pay for performance philosophy.Santander. Each of the named executive officers participated in the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan for 2016.2019, although Mr. Powell did not receive an award for 2019 as a result of his resignation. The general structure of the Executive Bonus Program is (a) to deferIncentive Plan:
defers a portion of a participant’s award over a period of threethree- or five years,five-year period, depending on the participant’s seniority levelposition within our organization and variable compensation target, subject to the non-occurrence of certain circumstances; (b) in turn, to linkevents;
links a portion of such deferred amount to ourSantander performance over a multiyearmulti-year period; and (c) to pay
pays a portion of such award in cash and a portion in Santander shares/ADRs,equity, in accordance with the rules that weand standards referenced above and set forth in more detail below.
Under
The 2019 incentive framework was approved by Santander’s Board of Directors on April 11, 2019 and Santander’s shareholders at the annual general meeting of shareholders on April 12, 2019.

The Executive Bonus Program, weIncentive Plan provides for differences in the amount of final awards, higher or lower than target incentive amounts, to reinforce our pay for performance philosophy.
We determine aan aggregate pool infrom which awards for all participants are decided.determined and paid. The pool incorporates both SHUSA quantitative (via a scorecard) and qualitative considerations as well as feedback from Santander to ensure that the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan links theour executives' pay of our executives to performance. For 2019, Santander modified the pool framework so that 30% of the incentive pool for named executive officers and other senior executives was tied to Santander results, emphasizing the importance of global collaboration within the institution.
Our Compensation CommitteeBCTMC worked with Mr. Powell and Santander ’sSantander’s Human Resources Committee and the Board Remuneration Committee to validate that the proposed scorecard performancequantitative metrics are aligned with overall business goals. Our Compensation CommitteeBCTMC reviewed the appropriateness of the financial measures used in the Executive Bonus Program with respect to the named executive officers and the degree of difficulty in achieving specific performance targets and determined that there was a sufficient balance. All scorecard calculations for SHUSA under the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan are determined in accordance with International Financial Reporting StandardsIFRS because Santander uses similar terms and metrics in its incentive programs across its platform,the Group, making the use of country-specific accounting standards infeasible. Our
Incentive Pool Scorecard Overview: As set forth above, the incentive pool funding is determined through a scorecard, which is primarily driven by a quantitative score, and is then adjusted by qualitative and discretionary measures. We develop the scorecard metrics to measure our, our subsidiaries’ and our business units’ performance on an aggregate basis over the full year. As set forth above, 70% of the 2019 incentive pool was determined by SHUSA results and 30% of the pool was determined by Santander results.
As we describe in more detail below, the incentive pool funding was 110.45% of aggregate target amounts for 2019, which was approved by Santander based on the following components:
The total SHUSA scorecard result was 109.4%, which equals the SHUSA Quantitative Score (101.2%) and SHUSA Qualitative Score (8.2%) set forth below.
The total Santander scorecard result was 113%.
70% of the SHUSA scorecard and 30% of the Santander scorecard equals 110.45%.
There was no discretionary adjustments to this amount in 2019 so the final funding remained at 110.45%.

We determine the aggregate total of the incentive amounts, in U.S. dollars, available for distribution to our named executive officers (except Mr. Plush) perform functions for both SHUSA and SBNA. Our Compensation Committee agreed to setother senior executive officers by multiplying this incentive pool funding level by the bonus funding levels for these executives based 60% on SBNA measures and 40% on SHUSA measures to recognize their pay needing to be aligned to both businesses’ performance as well as certain principles set forth by our regulators. SBNA`s scorecard calculations are determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.sum of target incentives.

275194





SBNA Bonus Pool Scorecard Overview: The metrics used to determineBelow is more detail on how we calculated the incentive pool for 2016 included2019 for named executive officers and other senior executive officers
Part 1: SHUSA Quantitative Score
101.2%
1. Quantitative Score:The quantitative score is a mathematically derived score based on our achievement of pre-determined metrics (which we reflect in Table 1 below under the followingheading "Quantitative Metrics").
In collaboration with Santander, we pre-assign each metric with a weight and corresponda goal. Then Santander calculates the percentage credit towards the quantitative score for each metric by multiplying its percentage weight by its percentage achievement. Except for capital contribution, quantitative metrics are capped to the table below. For purposesa maximum achievement of 150%. A minimum threshold of 75% of the Executive Bonus Program, this scorecard relates to SBNA only. We definetarget is required for each of the measuresquantitative metrics; if the results are below the threshold, the score for that metric defaults to 0%. Finally, we add the percentages to derive the total quantitative score.
For 2019, our total quantitative score was 101.2%.
Part I:Table 1: Quantitative Metrics - SHUSA Incentive Pool Funding Scorecard

Category WeightMetricWeight % Achievement
CUSTOMERS20.0%Net Promoter Score / Customer Satisfaction10.0%110.00%
Number of Loyal Customers10.0%109.55%
SHAREHOLDERSRISK10.0%Cost of Credit Ratio (IFRS9)5.0%112.73%
Non-Performing Loans Ratio5.0%134.16%
CAPITAL20.0%Contribution to Group Capital20.0%85.90%
PROFITABILITY50.0%Net Profit20.0%100.66%
Return on Tangible Equity30.0%98.54%
Total Quantitative Score 101.2%


1.Part 2: SHUSA Qualitative AdjustmentImprove overall employee engagement score by 2% to 65%.+8.2%
2.Retain 90% of 2015 top performers.
3.Complete at least 90% of critical capital and risk transformation deliverables (36).
4.Complete at least 90% certain action plans for capital and risk transformation (21).
5.Adhere to risk appetite statement (no breaches); defines the types and, where appropriate, level of risk SBNA is willing and able to accept in pursuit of strategic objectives.
6.Achieve after tax net income of $196.9 million.
7.Achieve return on risk-weighted assets equal to or exceeding 0.28%.
8.Increase loan balance growth to at least $55.1 million.
9.Increase deposit balance growth to $60.9 million.
10.Increase loyal customers to 252,460.

SHUSA Modifier
The results of the SHUSA scorecard will mathematically modify SBNA’s scorecard results via the following calculation: [(SHUSA scorecard result minus SBNA scorecard result)*20%] (e.g., the difference between the two scorecard results multiplied by 20% is then added to the SBNA scorecard).

Part II:2. Qualitative Discretionary Adjustments
The CompensationAdjustment: Santander's Remuneration Committee, in consultation with Santander's and SHUSA's control functions, may, in its discretion, add or subtract up to 20%25% to or from the scorecard resultquantitative score based on qualitative factors. For 2019, Santander considered five qualitative factors including but not limited to progress, sustainability, effectiveness as well as other circumstances relating to these core SBNA measuresrisk, capital sustainability and results.execution of capital plan, financial results and costs, and certain financial benchmarks.

Santander's Remuneration Committee applied a +8.2% qualitative adjustment to our quantitative score based on its assessment of our progress against these qualitative factors.

276
Part 3: Adjustments by Santander's Remuneration Committee%

3. Adjustments by Santander's Remuneration Committee:Santander’s Remuneration Committee may, in its discretion, make general risk and control adjustments and other exceptional adjustments to the incentive pool funding level. For 2019, Santander did not assign any adjustments to the SHUSA pool for named executive officers and other senior executives.

The evaluation of Santander's categories of quantitative metrics and qualitative factors, which resulted in the Santander bonus pool funding level of 113%, is as follows:

195





SBNA Bonus Pool Scorecard ResultsQuantitative Score: 109.2%
Customers (weighted 20%): The final pool is based on the sumgoals set for net promoter score / customer satisfaction and loyalty were met with a result of target incentives being multiplied by105.2% and 101.3% respectively.
Risks (weighted 10%): the quantitative results obtained from the evaluated metrics, cost of credit and NPL ratio provided a result of 106.2% and 108.0% respectively.
Capital (weighted 20%): Santander exceeded the calculations that wecapital targets set forth below. Thefor the year, providing a result of 147.5%.
Profitability (weighted 50%): Ordinary net profit and the ROTE results for 2016 were based on a full-year forecast97.6% and reflected the following:96.0% respectively.

Part I: QuantitativeQualitative Score: +3.8%

1.0%: Overall employee engagement score did not improve by 2% (59% result vs. 65% goal)
2.4.7%: Retained 84.5% of key talent resulting in 93.9% achievement of target (84.5/90=93.9%*5% = 4.7%)
3.10.3%: Completed more than the 90% goal (36 of 40) of critical capital and risk transformation deliverables resulting in 102.8% achievement of goal (37/36)*10%=10.3%.
4.5.5%: Completed more than the 90% goal (21 of 23) of action plans for capital and risk transformation deliverables resulting in 109.5% achievement of goal (23/21)*5% = 5.5%.
5.2.54%: Adhere to risk appetite statement; reduction of 2.46% for breaches (5%-2.46%=2.54%)
6.15.4%: Achieved after tax net income of $151.9 million resulting in 77.2% achievement [(151.9/196.9)=77.2%*20%] = 15.4% of target.
7.17.2%: Achieved return on risk-weighted assets of 0.25% [(.2453/.2848%)=86.1%*20%]= 17.2%.
8.9.5%: Achieved loan balance growth of $52 million resulting in 94.7% achievement of target [(52/55)=94.7%*10%]=9.5%.
9.9.9%: Achieved deposit balance growth of 60.192 resulting in 98.8% achievement of target [(60.9/60.19)=98.8%*10%]=9.9%.
10.11.3%: Number of loyal customers was increased to 284,000 resulting in 112.5% achievement of target [(284/252.4)=112.5%*10%]=11.3%.

TOTAL Calculated Rounded Result = 86.2%
(0%+4.7%+10.3%+5.5%+2.54%+15.4%+17.2%+9.5%+9.9%+11.3%)

SHUSA Modifier
SHUSA scorecard result was 102% (explained below) and SBNA scorecard result was 86.2%
102-86.2*20% = 3.2% which was added to the SBNA scorecard results = 89.4%

Part II: Qualitative Discretionary Adjustments
Our Compensation Committee added 12.6% points to the calculated score as a discretionary adjustment.

SBNA Final Discretionary Pool Rounded Result = 102% (89.4%+12.6%)


277




SHUSA Bonus Pool Scorecard Overview: The metrics used to determine the pool for 2016 included the following and correspond to the table below. We define each of the measures below.
Part I: Quantitative
1.Improve overall employee engagement score by 2% to 70%.
2.Retain 90% of 2015 top performers.
3.Complete at least 90% of critical capital and risk transformation deliverables (72).
4.Complete at least 90% certain action plans for capital and risk transformation (84).
5.Complete 100% of all holding company integration-related regulatory filings and valuations.
6.Achieve risk-weighted assets capital result of $120.9 million.
7.Achieve non-performing loan ratio under 2.3%.
8.Adhere to risk appetite statement (no breaches); defines the types and, where appropriate, level of risk we are willing and able to accept in pursuit of strategic objectives.
9.Achieve after tax net income of $793.4 million.
10.Achieve return on risk-weighted assets equal to or exceeding 0.83%.
11.Increase loyal customers to 292,024.

Part II: Qualitative Discretionary Adjustments
The Compensation Committee may in its discretion add or subtract up to 20% to the scorecard results based onSantander considered five qualitative factors including but not limited to progress, sustainability, effectiveness, as well as other circumstances relating to these core measuresrisk, capital sustainability and results.

Santander Discretionary Modifierexecutive of capital plan, financial results and costs, and certain financial benchmarks.
Santander’s Human Resources Committee and Board Remuneration Committee will assess our scorecard results and validateapproved a +3.8% adjustment, which was comprised of two items: +12% qualitative adjustment to the maximum pool funding level in its full discretion (considering topics including but not limited to progress of our regulatory agenda, the advancement of our integration and governance model and management of our risk appetite statement).

278




SHUSA Bonus Pool Scorecard Calculations: The final pool isquantitative score based on the sumits assessment of target incentives being multipliedprogress against these qualitative factors, and a -8.2% exceptional adjustment proposed by management and supported by the results of the calculations that we set forth below. The results for 2016 included were based on a full-year forecast and reflected the following:

Part I: Quantitative

1.0%: Overall employee engagement score did not improve by 2% (63% result vs. 70% goal).
2.4.8%: Retained 86.4% of key talent resulting in 96% achievement of target (86.4/90 = 96%*5% = 4.8%)
3.5.1%: Complete more than the 90% goal (73 of 80) of critical capital and risk transformation deliverables resulting in 101% achievement to goal (73/72)*5% = 5.1%
4.4%: Completed less than the 90% goal (84 of 93) of action plans for capital and risk transformation deliverables resulting in 80% achievement to goal (67/84)*5% = 4%
5.5%: Completed 100% of all holding company integration-related regulatory filings and valuations resulting in 100% achievement of target.
6.5%: risk weighted assets capital results vs. plan; Goal = 120.9M; Result was $118.4M therefore staying under the cap = 5%
7.5.1%: Non-performing loan ratio vs. plan; Goal = 2.3%; Calculation = 2.3%/2.28% = 101% achievement*5%=5.1%
8.4%: Adhere to risk appetite statement; reduction of .96% for breaches (5%-.96%=4%)
9.23.7%: Achieved after tax net income of $753.7 million resulting in 95% achievement [(753/793) =95%*25%] = 23.7% of target.
10.24.6%: Achieved return on risk-weighted assets of 0.82%. [(.816/.83%)=98.3%*25%] = 24.6% of target
11.10.5%: Number of loyal customers was increased to 305,000 resulting in 105% achievement of target [(305/292)=105%*10%]=10.5%.

TOTAL Calculated Rounded Result 91.7% = 0%+4.8%+5.1%+4%+5%+5%+5.1%+4%+23.7%+24.6%+10.5%

Part II: Qualitative Discretionary Adjustments
Our Compensation Committee added 10.3% to the calculated score as a discretionary adjustment.

Group Discretionary Modifier
Santander’s Human Resources and Board Remuneration Committee reviewed our forecasted scorecard results, validated the quantitative calculations, and then in their full discretion agreedSantander’s Board of Directors to better align variable compensation with a pool funding level of up to 105%.

SHUSA Final Discretionary Pool Rounded Result = 102% (91.7%+10.3%)

Final Result Summary:

The final pool calculation was 102% for SBNA
The final pool calculation was 102% for SHUSA
The ‘dual-hatted executives’ were funded as follows: [(60% SBNA *102%=61.2%)+(40% SHUSA*102%=40.8%)=102%] final funding levelchallenging market environment and subsequent attributable profit and shareholder returns.

Setting Incentive Targets: We assigned eachEach of the named executive officers had a pre-set target bonusincentive amount atfor 2019. During 2019, we increased Mr. Alvarez’s target incentive opportunity from $575,000 to $1,000,000 to reflect his new SHUSA role and responsibilities. The final 2019 target incentive amounts are disclosed in the beginning of 2016.Incentive Compensation section above. We determined the target bonusincentive awards taking into account market competitive pay, historical pay our budget,at Santander, level of duties and responsibilities, individual performance, and historical track record within the organization for each individual.individual, impacts of regulatory changes, and our budget. We review these factors at least annually and theto determine whether adjustments are appropriate. The target bonusincentive amounts for 20162019 were subject to management reviewour BCTMC and Santander's Remuneration Committee review. In late 2019, we changed the following targets for certain of our named executive officers, which will be used for 2020 performance year target incentive opportunity amounts:

Mr. Wennes’s target incentive opportunity was increased from $3,400,000 to $3,850,000 to reflect his new roles as wellSHUSA CEO and U.S. Country Head.
Mr. Alvarez’s target incentive opportunity was increased from $1,000,000 to $1,500,000 to better align his compensation with market practices for his scope of responsibilities.
Mr. Griffiths’s target incentive opportunity was increased from $1,660,500 to $1,800,000 to compensate him for his increased role in North America as Compensation Committee review as needed.described above.

Discretionary Pay for Performance Decisions: During the 2019 decision-making process, we used target bonusincentive amounts to establish an initial starting point for the executive. Each named executive officer’s initial bonus target incentive opportunity was subject to a discretionary adjustment, either upwards or downwards, based on the SHUSA incentive pool calculationfunding results and the executive’s individual performance evaluation. In no event did the aggregate total of the actual bonus amounts exceed the aggregate total of the proposed bonus amounts. For the named executive officers who commenced employment in 2016 and who had pre-established targets in connection with their hiring, we used 100% of such target. Our compensation philosophy is evolving so in 2016, we shifted from looking solely at pay against target to also assessing each named executive officer's actual bonus from one year to the next. Both percentages against target, and against prior year actual bonus, were consideredevaluation, to determine final pay and are referenced in the table below.an initial proposed incentive amount.

279




We conducted a detailed assessment of each named executive officer’s accomplishments versus pre-established goals for the year with respect to the individual performance evaluation results. These goals included specific objectives directly related to the named executive officer’s job responsibilities. These goals are not all objective, formulaic, or quantifiable. Rather they include both quantitative and qualitative measures that cut across critical objectives related to business strategy and performance; regulatory, compliance and risk management; our customers and clients; as well as our employees and culture. We describe certain of these measures for each of the named executive officersofficers:

Mr. Wennes

As an inducement to accept our offer of employment, Mr. Wennes’s July 2019 employment letter provided a guaranteed 2019 incentive award of $3.4 million, which he was paid. Given that this was a first year only guaranteed incentive and that he did not begin employment with us until September 2019, he did not have any formal functional objectives for 2019.


196





Mr. Powell
 
Mr. Powell’s 20162019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:

Deliver budget financials, with a focus on capital generation, net profit, and grow core depositsreturn on tangible equity, which are all common financial measures in the banking industry.
Pursue cross business collaboration, both within the U.S. and loyal customers.abroad, to drive incremental revenue.
Complete strategic plan and begin execution of it.risk framework implementation.
Significant improvement in technology stability, efficiency and effectiveness.
Ensure we uphold our charter requirements.
Continue to makeAccelerate progress on outstanding regulatory and control issues, including the transformation and fundamentals in the risk, financeensure sustainability of progress made.
Define longer-term digital strategy, and technology functionslaunch priority initiatives to digitize customer experience and ensuring implementation of Heightened Standards inoperations, with a focus on SC and SBNA.
Complete organization design and restructuring.
Fully implement holding company structure and integrate businesses into SHUSA.
Continue to implement a culture of risk management and compliance, and ensure Santander values (Simple,(including, Simple, Personal and Fair). are embedded.
Improve engagement scores.
Based on
Due to his performance results, we paidresignation as of December 2, 2019, Mr. Powell 124% of his target bonus level, which is 106% of his prior year bonus.did not receive an incentive award for the 2019 performance year.

Mr. DayalAlvarez:
Mr. Dayal’s 2016Alvarez’s 2019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:
DriveDeliver 2019 budget financials.
Deliver capital contribution targets.
Partner with business leadership to support key strategies.
Assist in defining longer-term digital strategy development, including the creation of a new strategic plan.and support initiatives to digitize customer experience and operations.
Improve SBNA`s earnings contribution, evaluate product contribution and return on capital, refine cost allocation methodologies and develop and implement capital allocation tools.
Oversee the final phases of holding company implementation.
Implement new planning tools and complete organization restructuring.
Complete all internal audit recommendations and enhancements needed to meet liquidity stress testing/enhanced liquidity standards and continue to upgrade comprehensive capital analysis and review capabilities.
Contribute to culture of risk management and compliance and operational risk management.
Improve employee engagement and ensure that we maintainengagement within our values.communities.

Certain of these objectives reflect Mr. Alvarez’s role as SC CFO until September 16, 2019. Based on his performance results for 2019, we paid Mr. DayalAlvarez approximately 147% of his guaranteed minimum bonus.pro-rated target incentive opportunity. 75% of his award was paid by SC and 25% was paid by SHUSA.
Mr. Lipsitz
Mr. Lipsitz’s 2016Dayal

Mr. Dayal’s 2019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:
Reduce outside legal expense
Deliver 2019 budget financials and continue building an integrated legal department in ordermeet capital generation targets.
Optimize balance sheet to strengthenenhance capital, liquidity, and profitability.
Continue to build and enhance the legal function.profitability and capital allocation framework.
Enhance corporate secretary functionComplete Risk Framework implementation.
Continue progress on outstanding regulatory and overall SHUSA Board support with better alignment acrosscontrol issues.
Execute year two of Santander U.S. integration to improve effectiveness, controls and efficiency.
Improve employee engagement and ensure engagement within our platform.
Address regulatory requirements and challenges.communities.
Ensure we uphold our charter requirements.
Contribute to culture of risk managementintegration with Santander global strategic initiatives and compliance and ensure that we maintain our values.other key Santander initiatives.
 
Based on his performance results for 2019, we paid Mr. Lipsitz 123%Dayal approximately 111% of his prorated target bonus level, which is 130%incentive opportunity. SHUSA paid Mr. Dayal a prorated award based on his nine months of his prior year bonus.SHUSA service during 2019.
Mr. Gunn
Mr. Gunn’s 2016 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:
Create an effective risk organization focused on consistent execution of risk management activities across our platform.
Implement a consistent risk governance program across our platform supported by monthly business-level risk reporting.
Strengthen the culture of risk ownership, accountability, and mindfulness across our platform.
Implement and promote an organizational model that drives accountability, ownership, and empowerment; and develop appropriate succession planning.
Develop and implement an effective operational risk framework and fraud risk management program, enhance enterprise risk management governance/processes, implement risk control self-assessment processes, and improve comprehensive capital analysis and review and Dodd-Frank Act stress testing loss forecasting models.
Contribute to culture of risk management and compliance and ensure that we maintain our values.


280197





Based on his performance results, we paid Mr. Gunn 100% of his target bonus level, which is 100% of his prior year bonus.Griffiths

Mr. Griffiths
Mr. Griffiths’ 2016Griffiths’s 2019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:
Developing an information technology and operations strategic plan and start execution in 2016.
Deliver the 2019 budget financials.
Ensure 80% of the IT components related to book of work projects under capitalare delivered on time, on budget.
Continue migration to the Enterprise Data Warehouse and risk transformation that pertain to technologydecommission legacy warehouses.
Ensure consistency of information security, data, architecture, and operations are executed as planned.infrastructure strategies/tools across the U.S.
Meet regulatory and compliance commitments and ensure closure of audit and regulatory actions by commitment dates.
Improve systems performance, stability and availability.
Improve service quality on customer requirements (problem resolution and requests) and gain clarity on accountability of deliverables.
Build up our technology and operations risk management program and collaborate with regulators, internal auditors and external auditors on issue detection.
Contribute to culture of risk management and complianceemployee engagement and ensure that we maintainengagement within our values.communities.
Ensure integration with Santander global strategic initiatives and other key Santander initiatives.

Based on his performance results for 2019, we paid Mr. Griffiths approximately 111% of his guaranteed minimum bonus.target incentive opportunity.

Mr. PlushLipsitz
Mr. Plush’s 2016Lipsitz’s 2019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:
Implement comprehensive facilities strategiesEnsure proactive, engaged and effective support for business initiatives, relationships, and strategic transactions.
Support all strategic regulatory initiatives, including continued progress on outstanding regulatory and control issues.
Maintain/enhance compliance functions across U.S. entities.
Maintain constructive and effective regulatory relations.
Assist with the goalcompletion of reduced costsRisk Framework implementation.
Support Group initiatives.

Based on his performance results for 2019, we paid Mr. Lipsitz approximately 126% of his target incentive opportunity.

Mr. Wolf

Mr. Wolf’s 2019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:

Deliver 2019 budget financials.
Evolve employee communications.
Continue roll out of compensation and optimized locations.benefits strategy.
Build an effective procurement function and integrate it across our platform.Complete roll out of employee networks.
Significantly reduce consulting spend, support execution of third-party vendor management program and lead renegotiation of major vendor contracts.Transform learning function.
Improve quality of investor communications.employee engagement scores.
EstablishClarify culture principles and support business control processes in New York.continue to implement on a U.S. wide basis.
Work to establish an effective first line control function across our platform.
Contribute to a culture of risk managementEnsure integration with Santander Group and compliance and ensure that we maintain our values.Group initiatives/CHRO objectives.

Based on his performance results in 2019, we paid Mr. Plush 59% of target bonus level, which is 62%Wolf approximately 114% of his prior year bonus.target incentive opportunity.

Mr. Aditya

Mr. Aditya's 2019 functional objectives included, but were not limited to:

Deliver on the Risk Control Framework across the U.S.
Continue to upgrade the quality of the Risk organization; promote from within and attract top talent from outside the company.
Actively participate in cross border initiatives.
Develop excellence in the Risk function across all U.S. entities in collaboration with Santander.
Improve engagement scores and senior management diversity.

These objectives do not reflect any objectives based on Mr. Aditya’s role as SC CEO, which he assumed in December 2019. Based on his performance results for 2019, we paid Mr. Aditya approximately 124% of his target incentive opportunity.


198





BCTMC Review and Approval

On December 11, 2019, the BCTMC determined preliminary incentive awards under the Executive Incentive Plan for the named executive officers (other than Mr. Powell, who resigned as of December 2, 2019) subject to validation by Santander’s CEO and Santander's Board of Directors. On January 24, 2017, Santander’s Human Resources Committee, Santander’s Board Remuneration Committee, and Santander’s Board of Directors validated our submitted bonus amounts2020, the BCTMC approved the final incentive awards for all of the named executive officers. On January 30, 2017, our Compensation Committee28, 2020, Santander's Board of Directors also approved the validated 2016final incentive awards for the named executive officers. Our Board of Directors approved Mr. Powell’s bonus on January 31, 2017.
Each named executive officer’s actual award amounts compared to target and prior year are as follows:
Name 2015 Bonus ($) 2016 Target ($) Final 2016 Bonus ($) Awarded Bonus as % of 2016 Target Awarded Bonus as % of 2015 Bonus
Scott Powell $2,366,000 $2,008,857 $2,500,000 124% 106%
Madhukar Dayal(1)
 
 $1,800,000 $1,800,000 100%  
Michael Lipsitz $1,080,845 $1,140,000 $1,400,000 123% 130%
Brian Gunn $1,805,875 $1,800,000 $1,802,000 100% 100%
Daniel Griffiths(1)
 
 $1,620,000 $1,620,000 100%  
Gerald Plush $1,364,700 $1,440,000 $850,000 59% 62%

(1)Target bonus was minimum guaranteed under the terms of an applicable letter agreement.

Bonus Delivery: We paid current awards for 2019 to the named executive officers under the Executive Bonus Program for 2016Incentive Plan as a combination of short-term and long-term incentive awards payable in a combination of cash and Santander common stock/ADRs. These amounts include payments made with respect to each ofequity. Amounts that we pay in equity as short-term incentive awards are immediately vested and are in the named executive officer’s individual performance and the performanceform of Santander ADRs. Amounts that we pay in equity as long-term incentive awards are subject to vesting criteria, as we describe below, and us, as applicable.are in the form of restricted Santander ADRs. Any awardpayment made in shares of Santander common stock/ADRs under the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan is subject to a one-year holding requirement from the grant date (in the case of immediately vested ADRs) or vesting date, if any, of the shares.deferred ADRs.
Short-term/Immediate: Under the Executive Bonus Program,Incentive Plan, the named executive officers receive the short-term award 50% in cash and 50% in immediately vested Santander ADRs. For 2019, Mr. Alvarez received 50% of his award in immediately-vested Santander ADRs and SC common stock/ADRs.stock, split proportionately based on the time he spent during 2019 at each company.

281




Long-term/Deferred: Under the Executive Bonus Program,Incentive Plan, a portion of each named executive officer's bonus is deferred depending on the named executive officers are requiredofficer's position and/or targeted incentive levels within Santander. For 2019, Santander considers:

Mr. Wennes to deferbe a portion of their bonus. Santander classified Mr. Powell as “Country Head”"Category 1" executive, and therefore he must defer60% of his overall bonus award is deferred for five years, and
Mr. Dayal to be a "Category 2" executive, and therefore 50% of his overall bonus award. Santander classified award is deferred for five years, and
Messrs. Dayal,Alvarez, Griffiths, Lipsitz, Gunn, GriffithsWolf and Plush, as “Other Executives”Aditya to be "Category 3" executives and therefore they each must defer 40% of their respective overall bonus awards.incentive awards are deferred for three years.

We deliver deferred amounts under the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan 50% in cash and 50% in restricted Santander common stock/ADRs. A portion of Mr. Alvarez's 2019 award was deferred in Santander ADRs and SC RSUs. The deferred amounts are paid out in equal installmentsvest over three or five years, depending on the participant’s level (see chart further below)category (as described above) and the participant remaining employed through the applicable payment date (except in certain limited circumstances), as long as none. The deferred amounts are subject to the Santander US Malus and Clawback Requirements Policy, which provides for the forfeiture of the following occurs:
Poordeferred amounts or recoupment of paid incentives due to detrimental conduct or certain pre-defined financial performance of Santander;
Violation by the participant of internal regulations, particularly those relating to risks;
Material restatement of Santander`s financial statements, when so considered by the external auditors, except when appropriate pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or
Significant changes in the financial capital or risk profile of Santander.losses.

Any irregular conduct, either individual or collective, any negative effects arising from the sale of inadequate products and the responsibility of the persons or bodies in charge or making those decisions shall be particularly looked at. In turn, the accrualThe payment of a portion of such deferred amounts (in particular, the third installment and, where applicable, the fourth and fifth) is subject to the compliance withachievement of certain multiyearmulti-year performance objectives, which we describe below, during the 2016-2018 period and to2019-2021 period. At the metrics and scales associated with such multiyear objectives, as described below. Onceend of the 2018 financial2021 fiscal year, has ended, Santander`s Board will be able to set following a proposal by the Remuneration Committee, the maximum amount of each annual payment of the deferred portion subject to the objectives.such performance conditions for each participant.

MultiyearMulti-year objectives and metrics for deferred cash and compliance scalesSantander ADRs applicable to the 2019 Executive Incentive Plan are as follows:

a)Compliance withAchievement of consolidated earnings-per-share (“EPS”)EPS growth target of Santander for 20182021 versus 2015. The coefficient corresponding to this target (the “EPS Coefficient”) will be obtained from the following table:
2018 EPS growth (% against 2015)EPS Coefficient
≥ 25%1
≥ 0% but < 25%0 - 1 (*)
< 0%0

(*)Straight-line increase in EPS coefficient based on the specific percentage of growth of 2018’s EPS with respect to 2015’s EPS within this bracket of the scale.2018.
b)Relative performance of total shareholder return (“TSR”,TSR, as we define below)below of Santander for the 2016-20182019-2021 period compared to the weighted TSRs of a peer group of 35 creditnine financial institutions, which we set forth below.
c)For these purposes:

“TSR” is definedSantander defines "TSR" as the difference (expressed as a percentage) between the final value of an investment in ordinary shares of Santander common stock and the initial value of the same investment, taking into account that, for the calculation of such final value, dividendsinvestment. Dividends or other similar items received by thea Santander shareholder due to such investment during the corresponding period of time will be consideredare treated as if they had been invested in more shares of the same class at the first date on which the dividend or similar item is owed to the shareholder and at the average weighted listing price on that date. To calculate TSR, we use the average weighted daily volume of the average weighted listing prices of Santander common stock corresponding to the 15 trading sessions prior to January 1, 20162019 (for the calculation of the initial value), and of the 15 trading sessions prior to January 1, 20192022 (for the calculation of the final value), will be taken into account..


282199





The Santander peer group is the following 359 financial institutions:
Financial Institutions
BankBanco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA
BBVAItaúCredit Agricole
CaixaBankBradescoING
BankiaBanco do BrasilItaú Unibanco Holding SA
PopularBanorte
SabadellBanco de Chile
BCPM&T Bank Corp
BPIKeycorpUnicredit SpA
HSBCFifth Third Bancorp Holdings PLC
RBSBB&T Corp.
BarclaysCitizens
LloydsCrédit Acceptance Corp.Citigroup Inc
BNP ParibasAlly Financial Inc. SA
Crédit AgricolePKO
Deutsche BankPEKAO
Société GénéraleMillenium
NordeaING Polonia
Intesa San PaolomBank
UnicreditGroep NV
In case of unexpected changes in the peer group, and in light of objective circumstances, Santander`sSantander's Board following a report from the Santander`s Board Remuneration Committee, will have the power tomay adjust the rules of comparison among them or to modify the peer group’s composition.
TSR compliance scale:
TSR position of Santander"TSR Coefficient"
Exceeding percentile 661
Between percentiles 33 and 660-1(*)
Below percentile 330
(*)Proportional increase of TSR Coefficient, such that, within this line of the scale, the coefficient increases depending on the number of positions risen in the ranking.
d)Compliance with a targeted (fully-loaded) consolidated common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio of Santander on December 1, 2018 greater than 11%, although it may be adjusted as a consequence of any regulatory change that may affect the calculation of such ratio. In order to verify if this target has been met, any potential increase in CET1 deriving from share capital increases (other than those implemented under the Santander dividend plans) will be disregarded.
If such target is achieved, this metric will be assigned a “CET1 Coefficient” of 1.
If such target is not achieved, this metric will be assigned a “CET1 Coefficient” of 0.

e)c)Compliance with Santander’s underlying return on risk-weighted assets (“RoRWA”) growthAchievement of the fully-loaded CET1 target ratio of Santander Group for the financial year 2018 compared to financial year 2015:2021

2018 RoRWA growth (% against 2015)RoRWA Coefficient
≥ 20%1
≥ 10% but < 20%0.5 - 1 (*)
< 10%0
(*)Straight-line increase in RoRWA Coefficient based on the specific percentage of growth of 2018’s RoRWA with respect to 2015’s RoRWA within this bracket of the scale.

283



any regulatory change on the calculation rules that may occur through December 31, 2021.

Consequently, toTo determine the maximum amount of the deferred portion subject to objectives that, if applicable, must be paid to each beneficiaryparticipant on the corresponding anniversaries (eachapplicable payment date, the original deferred amount will be multiplied by a “Final Annual Payment”),pre-established coefficient for earnings per share, TSR and without prejudiceCET1, as set forth in Santander guidelines.

SRIP

During 2016, we developed a special regulatory incentive program, which we refer to as the "SRIP," for performance periods 2017, 2018 and 2019. The SRIP was approved by Santander’s Remuneration Committee on June 27, 2016. The SRIP is an addendum to the adjustmentsExecutive Incentive Plan, with separate targets and performance metrics. We designed the SRIP to support meeting our U.S. regulatory commitments, an important factor in helping to shape our strategy over the next several years. The SRIP reinforces our regulatory focus, and we intend it to reward those select leaders who drive our success. Each of our named executive officers participates in the SRIP.

Overall Program Objectives:

The purpose of the SRIP is to strengthen the alignment between pay and the annual achievement of critical U.S. regulatory priorities.
We establish the SRIP measures for each period to ensure that payouts align to critical regulatory milestones, which differ for each period, and to ensure our adherence to CRD-IV pay ratio requirements.
SRIP eligibility is directed to select leadership roles responsible for achieving these goals and will provide meaningful compensation over time in order to reinforce accountability and assist with retention.

2019 SRIP:
No SRIP payments were made for 2019. In November 2019, the BCTMC recommended to Santander to extend completion of the third and final set of objectives under the SRIP through December 31, 2020, which the Santander Remuneration Committee later approved. 60% of the SRIP awards previously were paid to the named executive officers. The remaining 40% of the awards may result from malus clauses,be paid if the following formulathird tranche of objectives are met before the end of 2020. Payment will be applied to each onemade within 30 days of the annual payments pending payment:

Final Annual Payment = Amt. x (0.25 x A + 0.25 x B + 0.25 x C + 0.25 x D)

where:
Amt.” corresponds toBCTMC and Santander determining that the amount of award equivalent to an annual payment.
A” is the EPS coefficient according to the scale in paragraph (a) above based on EPS growth in 2018 with respect to 2015.
B” is the TSR coefficient according to the scale in paragraph (b) above based on the relative performance of the TSR of Santander for the 2016-2018 period with respect to the peer group.
C” is the CET1 coefficient according to compliance with the CET1 target described in paragraph (c) above.
D” is the RoRWA coefficient according to the scale in paragraph (d) above based on the level of RoRWA growth in 2018 with respect to 2015.

Santander’s Board of Directors may in its discretion revise the structure of this portion of the Executive Bonus Program.
Named Executive OfficerPercentage of Award DeferredDeferral Period
Mr. Powell50%5 years
Other Named Executive Officers40%3 years

Sample for Mr. Powell:

objectives were met.


284200





SampleAny payments made under the SRIP to our named executive officers are subject to the same payment, deferral, and performance requirements as those applicable to payments made under the Executive Incentive Plan, which we describe above.
Total Results for Other Named2019 Executive OfficersIncentive Plan
The following chart summarizes the 2019 Executive Incentive Plan awards for the named executive officers:
Additional Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Messrs. Powell, Lipsitz, Gunn,
NameCashEquity
Immediate
($)
Deferred
($)
Total
($)
Immediate
($)
Deferred
($)
Total
($)
Mr. Wennes$680,000
$1,020,000
$1,700,000
$680,000
$1,020,000
$1,700,000
Mr. Powell$
$
$
$
$
$
Mr. Alvarez$300,000
$200,000
$500,000
$300,000
$200,000
$500,000
Mr. Dayal$472,500
$315,000
$787,500
$472,500
$315,000
$787,500
Mr. Griffiths$555,000
$370,000
$925,000
$555,000
$370,000
$925,000
Mr. Lipsitz$525,000
$350,000
$875,000
$525,000
$350,000
$875,000
Mr. Wolf$405,000
$270,000
$675,000
$405,000
$270,000
$675,000
Mr. Aditya$382,500
$255,000
$637,500
$382,500
$255,000
$637,500

The total cash amount for each named executive officer, both immediate and Plush participateddeferred, is included in the Performance Shares Plan for 2015, under which Santander granted2019 "Bonus" column in the Summary Compensation Table.
As noted above, the 2019 equity awards are provided in immediate and deferred Santander ADRs (and SC common stock and RSUs for participants in 2016.Mr. Alvarez). The Performance Shares Plan, which Santander sponsored for certain eligible employees, consistsnumber of a multiyear bonus plan under which Santander awarded a participant a maximum numberADRs is determined using the average weighted daily volume of the average weighted listing prices of shares of Santander common stock/ADRs. The shares are subject to certain pre-established time-based and performance-based requirements. Santander makes awards underon the Performance Shares Plan in cycles, with one cycle ending each year.

ForMadrid Stock Exchange for the 2015 performance year, Santander adopted the second cycle of the Performance Shares Plan, which we refer to as the “second cycle.” Under the second cycle, participants, who include the named executive officers, received Santander common stock/ADRs.

Santander’s Board of Directors adopted the second cycle of the Performance Shares Plan on February 23, 2015, and Santander’s shareholders approved the second cycle at its annual meeting of shareholders on March 27, 2015. The second cycle has different features than the first cycle from 2014, to ensure alignment with Santander’s strategic objectives and market trends and therefore also has a different peer group. The second cycle includes following features:

The second cycle is for a four-year period, consisting of 2015 through 2018.
The value of the maximum number of shares that each participant is eligible to receive is 20% of the participant’s target bonus under the 2015 Executive Bonus Program. We refer to this number as the “reference value.”
Santander calculates an approved initial share value of shares under the second cycle by applying two coefficients to the reference value based on Santander’s earnings per share and return on tangible equity (“ROTE’) achievements for 2015 in the following manner:
2015 Earnings Per Share
(% with respect to budgeted 2015 Earnings Per Share)
2015 Earnings Per Share Coefficient
≥ 90%1
> 75% but < 90%0.75-1
≤ 75%0


285




2015 ROTE
(% with respect to budgeted 2015 ROTE)
2015 ROTE Coefficient
≥ 90%1
> 75% but < 90%0.75-1
≤ 75%0

Santander calculates the approved initial share value through the following formula:

Approved Initial Share Value = Reference Value x (0.5 x 2015 Earnings Per Share Coefficient + 0.5 x 2015 ROTE Coefficient)

Santander calculates the initial number of Santander shares that it will deliver to each participant in the second cycle by dividing the approved initial share value by the weighted average per daily volume of the weighted average listing prices of the Santander share over the last 15 trading sessions prior to the Friday (exclusive) of the previous week to January 26, 2016. If necessary, Santander converts this28, 2020. Since the awards are established in a currency other than the Euro, the amount for immediate payment and deferral applicable is converted to eurosEuros using the average closing exchange rate over the last 15 trading sessions prior to January 26, 2016.
The 2015 results to determine the final maximum percentage amount was 84.6% scaled to 91% earnings per share compared to budget and 85.2% scaled to 92% ROTE compared to budget resulted in 91.5%Friday (exclusive) of the reference amount. Asprevious week to January 28, 2020. For the SC shares/RSUs for Mr. Alvarez, the number of shares/RSUs is determined by dividing the value of the RSU award by the 15-day volume weighted average stock price of an SC share on the NYSE for the 15 trading days beginning with the trading day prior to the grant date. These equity awards were granted in February 2020 after the 2019 performance assessments, and under SEC rules will be reported as 2020 compensation based on their accounting grant date fair values.

Digital Transformation Award Plan

In 2019, Santander adopted a new equity plan called the DTA. Final award values under the DTA were linked to Santander’s achievement of certain digital milestones in 2019, and further considered an eligible employees’ critical skillsets, role in the organization and individual performance. The purpose of the DTA is to attract and retain talent that will advance, accelerate and deepen Santander’s digital transformation, which at the same time will drive long term-share value creation through the achievement of key digital milestones. On January 28, 2020, Mr. Wennes received a 2019 DTA of 68,601 shares of Santander stock and an option to purchase up to 358,638 shares of Santander stock (“share options”). The Santander shares and share options vest over a five-year period, subject to continued employment (with limited exceptions). The shares have a mandatory one-year holding period after vesting. The share options can be exercised over a seven-year option period and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, no other calculations have been completed.
The shares are deferred over a three-year period subject to satisfaction of the conditions of the second cycle.
The number of shares that Santander delivers to participants may change from the initial number depending on the level of achievement of certain multiyear objectives as we describe below. We refer to this revised number of shares as the “accrued shares.” The multiyear objectives are as follows:

(A)Increase in Santander earnings per share in the period of 2015 through 2017 in relation to a peer group of 17 financial institutions, as follows:
Position of the increase in the Santander 2015-2017 Earnings Per Share Versus Peers2015-2017 Earnings Per Share Coefficient
From 1st to 5th1
6th0.875
7th0.75
8th0.625
9th0.50
10th-18th0
For purposes of determining the 2015-2017 earnings per share coefficient, the peer group consists of Wells Fargo, JPMorgan Chase & Co., HSBC, Bank of America, Citigroup, BNP Paribas, Lloyds, UBS, BBVA, Barclays, Standard Chartered, ING, Deutsche Bank, Société Générale, Intesa San Paolo, Itaú-Unibanco,grant. Awards and Unicredito. Santander may adjust the composition of the peer group in the event that unforeseen circumstances occur.

(B) Santander’s return on tangible equity (ROTE) in 2017:
ROTE in 2017 (%)2017 ROTE Coefficient
≥ 12%1
> 11% but < 12%0.75-1
≤ 11%0

(C) Employee satisfaction, measured by whether, in 2017, we are among the best financial institutions to work for.

Achievement scale at our country level:
Position among the best banks to work for in 2017Employee Satisfaction Coefficient
1st to 3rd1
4th or higher0

No final decision has been made as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as to the measure and the calculation of this coefficient.


286




(D) Customer satisfaction, measured by whether, in 2017, we are among the best financial institutions in the customer satisfaction index.

Achievement scale at our country level:
Position among the best banks according to the customer satisfaction index in 2017Customers Coefficient
1st to 3rd1
4th or higher0

No final decision has been made as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as to the measure and the calculation of this coefficient.

(E) Customer loyalty, as determined by Santander’s Retail Division Head, measured by, as of December 31, 2017, whether Santander meets its customer loyalty target.
Loyal individual customers
(% of budget for the market concerned) as of December 31, 2017
 Retail Coefficient Loyal corporate customers
(% of budget for the market concerned)
 Corporates Coefficient
≥ 100% 1 ≥ 100% 1
> 90% but < 100% 0.5-1 > 90% but < 100% 0.5-1
≤ 90% 0 ≤ 90% 0

No final decision has been made as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as to the measure and the calculation of this coefficient.

On the basis of the metrics and performance scales set out above, the accrued number of shares for each participant is determined using the following formula.

Accrued Number of Shares = Initial Number of Shares x (0.25 x A + 0.25 x B + 0.2 x C + 0.15 x D + 0.075 x E1 + 0.075 x E2)

In addition to the vesting requirements we describe above, in order for a participant to receive the sharespayments under the second cycle, the participant must remain continuously employed at Santander or a subsidiary through June 30 of the year following the end of the cycle, except in the cases of retirement, involuntary termination, unilateral waiver by the participant for good cause (as provided under Spanish law), unfair dismissal, forced leave of absence, permanent disability, or death. Awards of shares under the second cycleDTA are subject to a one-year holding requirement from the payment date of the award.
Payment of shares is also contingent on none of the following circumstances taking place during the applicable vesting period as a result of events occurring in 2015:
Santander’s poor financial performance;
the participant violates our internal rules, particularly those relating to risk;
a material restatement of Santander Group’s financial statements, when required by outside auditors, except when appropriate due to a change in accounting standards; or
significant changes in Santander Group’s financial capital or in Santander Group’s risk profile.

Santander no longer has an additional long-term incentive plan. Santander merged the targeted awards made under the long-term incentive plan in previous yearsguidelines, which were previously filed with the target incentive awards granted under the Executive Bonus Program.

Annual Discretionary Bonuses

In certain cases, we award annual discretionary bonuses to the named executive officers to motivate and reward outstanding performance outside of our incentive compensation program, which we described above. These awards permit us to apply discretion in determining awards rather than applying a formulaic approach that may inadvertently reward inappropriate risk-taking. None of the named executive officers received discretionary bonuses outside the Executive Bonus Program for 2016.

287



SEC.

Employment Letters and Other Agreements

We have entered into letter agreementsemployment letters with each of our named executive officers to establish key elements of compensation that differ, in some cases, from our standard plans and programs. Santander and we both believe these letter agreements provide stability to the organization and further our overarching compensation objective of attracting and retaining the highest quality executives to manage and lead us. We discuss these letter agreements below under the caption “Description"Description of Letter Agreements."


201





Sign-On, Buy-Out and Retention Bonuses

We paid sign-on and buy-out bonuses to certain of the named executive officers in connection with their commencing employment with us. Providing these sign-on and buy-out bonuses is an industry-standard practice that supports the attraction of executives and makemakes executives whole for forfeited compensation that they would otherwise receive if they had not left their prior employment. The employment letters for Messrs. Wennes, Dayal, Griffiths, Lipsitz, Wolf, and Aditya include buy-out or sign-on bonuses, and were necessary to recruit these individuals from their prior employers. The portion of these bonuses earned and paid in 2019 is included in the 2019 "Bonus" column in the Summary Compensation Table. In certain limited cases, we will providegrant retention bonusesawards to certain of our executive officers as an inducement for them to stay in active service with us. TheseNo retention bonuses comply with all applicable regulatory guidance and we describe them in the descriptionawards were provided to any of the named executive officers’ respective letter agreements, where applicable.officers in or with respect to 2019. On February 4, 2020, Messrs. Alvarez and Griffiths received retention awards with the following potential payments at the end of March 2021:

Named Executive OfficerRetention Award ($)
Mr. Alvarez$500,000
Mr. Griffiths$500,000

Payment of these retention awards is subject to certain SHUSA performance conditions and will be subject to the CRD-IV requirements as set forth above, including the deferral requirements.

Other Compensation

We provide limited perquisites and personal benefits to our named executive officers. The Compensation CommitteeBCTMC has determined that each of these benefits has a valid business purpose. We describe these perquisites and benefits that we paid to the named executive officers below in the notes to the Summary Compensation Table.

Retirement Benefits

Each of the named executive officers is eligible to participate in our qualified defined contribution retirement plan under the same terms as our other eligible employees. In addition, the named executive officers are eligible to defer receipt of all or part of their annual bonuses under a nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement. We describe this arrangement below under the caption “Deferred
Board Compensation Plan.”

Compensationand Talent Management Committee Report

For purposes of Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K, the Board Compensation and Talent Management Committee furnishes the following information. The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in Part III-ItemIII - Item 11 of this Form 10-K with management. Based upon the Compensation Committee’s review and discussion with management, the Compensation Committee has recommended that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

Submitted by:
Catherine Keating,T. Timothy Ryan, Jr., Acting Chair
Stephen A. Ferriss
Juan Guitard
Victor MatarranzHenri-Paul Rousseau
Richard SpillenkothenEdith Holiday


The foregoing “Compensation"Board Compensation and Talent Management Committee Report”Report" shall not be deemed to be “filed”"filed" with the SEC or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act, or the Securities Exchange Act, that incorporate future filings, including this Form 10-K, in whole or in part, the foregoing “Compensation"Board Compensation and Talent Management Committee Report”Report" shall not be incorporated by reference into any such filings.

288202





Board Compensation and Talent Management Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The following directors served as members of our Compensation CommitteeBCTMC in 2016: Catherine Keating,2019: T. Timothy Ryan, Jr., Stephen A. Ferriss, Juan Guitard, Edith Holiday, Richard Spillenkothen, Henri-Paul Rousseau and Victor Matarranz. Mr. Guitard is the Head of Internal Audit at Santander and Mr. Matarranz is the Head of Group Strategy at Santander.Santander’s Wealth Management Division. With these exceptions, no member of the Compensation CommitteeBCTMC (i) was during the 20162019 fiscal year, or had previously been, an officer or employee of SHUSA or its subsidiaries nor (ii) had any direct or indirect material interest in a transaction of SHUSA or a business relationship with SHUSA, in each case that would require disclosure under the applicable rulesSEC rules.
None of the SEC.

Noour executive officer of SHUSA serves asofficers is a member of the compensation committee or Boardboard of Directorsdirectors of any other companyanother entity whose members include an individual who also servesexecutive officers have served on our Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee.BCTMC, except that Mr. Powell served as our and SC's director, President and CEO and Mr. Aditya served as our Chief Risk Officer and a director of SC. Neither Mr. Powell nor Mr. Aditya serve on our or the SC BCTMC. Effective as of December 2, 2019, Mr. Alvarez serves as our CFO and a director of SC.

Summary Compensation Table - 2016CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure

As required by applicable SEC rules, we are providing the following information about the relationship of the annual total compensation of our employees and the annual total compensation of our CEO.
For 2019, our last completed fiscal year:
the median of the annual total compensation of all our employees (other than Mr. Powell) was $56,583; and
the 2019 total compensation of our CEO, based on the combined compensation of Messrs. Powell and Wennes in their roles as our CEO during 2019 and as described further below, was $5,825,869.
Name and
Principal Position
 Year 
Salary
($)
(5)
 
Bonus ($)(6)
 
Stock
Awards
($)
 (7)
 Option
Awards
($)
 Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
 Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
 
All Other
Compensation
($)
(8)
 
Total ($) 
                   
Scott Powell (1)
 2016 $2,000,000
 $1,250,000
 $1,129,778
 $
 $
 $
 $108,529
 $4,488,307
President and Chief Executive Officer 2015 $1,653,846
 $3,750,000
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $73,336
 $5,477,182
                   
Madhukar Dayal(2)
 2016 $788,462
 $2,151,000
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $213,111
 $3,152,573
Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer                  
                   
Michael Lipsitz 2016 $650,000
 $2,385,000
 $569,701
 $
 $
 $
 $141,489
 $3,746,190
Chief Legal Officer 2015 $215,000
 $1,175,000
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $31,063
 $1,421,063
                   
Brian Gunn 2016 $1,000,000
 $1,431,869
 $945,001
 $
 $
 $
 $121,217
 $3,498,087
Chief Risk Officer 2015 $557,692
 $800,000
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $44,720
 $1,402,412
                   
Daniel Griffiths(3)
 2016 $653,846
 $1,310,000
 $

$
 $
 $
 $88,412
 $2,052,258
Chief Technology Officer                  
                   
Gerald Plush (4)
 2016 $1,000,000
 $425,000
 $719,044
 $
 $
 $
 $25,840
 $2,169,884
Former Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer 2015 $738,462
 $600,000
 $509,802
 $
 $
 $
 $15,060
 $1,863,324
  2014 $447,692
 $375,000
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $73,417
 $896,109
Based on this information, for 2019 the ratio of the annual annualized total compensation of our CEO, was 103.0 times that of the median of the annual total compensation of all our other employees.

Footnotes:As permitted by SEC rules, we used the same median employee as identified for 2017, because there have been no significant changes to our workforce or pay design for 2019 that we believe would significantly change our CEO pay ratio results.

The following briefly describes the process we used to identify our median employee for 2017, as well as to determine the annual total compensation of our median employee and Messrs. Powell and Wennes:

1.Mr. Powell servedWe determined that, as a director of SHUSAOctober 1, 2017, our employee population consisted of approximately 16,963 individuals. This population consisted of our full-time, part-time, and SBNA. Mr. Powell received no compensationtemporary employees employed with us as of the determination date. This number differs from the number of employees that we disclose elsewhere in this Form 10-K because, for his servicepurposes of the CEO pay ratio disclosure, we do not calculate the number of employees as a director.of the end of our fiscal year.
2.To identify the "median employee" from our employee population, we used the amount of "gross wages" for the identified employees as reflected in our payroll records for the nine-month period beginning January 1, 2017 and ending October 1, 2017. For gross wages, we generally used the total amount of compensation the employees were paid before any taxes, deductions, insurance premiums, or other payroll withholding. We did not use any statistical sampling techniques.
3.For the annual total compensation of our median employee, we identified and calculated the elements of that employee’s compensation for 2019 in accordance with the requirements of Item 402(c)(2)(x) of SEC Regulation S-K, resulting in annual total compensation of $56,583.
4.In accordance with SEC rules, because we had two individuals serve as our CEO during 2019, the annual total compensation of our CEO is determined as the aggregate of the annual total compensation of Mr. Dayal commenced employmentPowell and Mr. Wennes, the two individuals who served as our CEO during 2019, attributable to their service as our CEO. For the annual total compensation of Mr. Powell, we used the amount reported in the "Total" column of our 2019 Summary Compensation Table included in this Form 10-K since all of his 2019 compensation was attributable to his CEO role. The 2019 total compensation of Mr. Wennes, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, was $2,427,034. For purposes of this CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure, given Mr. Wennes’s appointment as our President and CEO on December 2, 2019, we used $345,513 as his annual compensation, which represents his base salary for December 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and one-twelfth (1/12th) of the cash portion of his Executive Incentive Plan award. The sum of these amounts for Mr. Powell and Mr. Wennes is $5,825,869.


203





The CEO pay ratio that we report above is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with SEC rules based on the methodologies and assumptions described above. SEC rules for identifying the median employee and determining the CEO pay ratio permit companies to employ a wide range of methodologies, estimates, and assumptions. As a result, the CEO pay ratios reported by other companies, which may have employed other permitted methodologies or assumptions and which may have a significantly different workforce structure from ours, are likely not comparable to our CEO pay ratio.

Summary Compensation Table - 2019
Name and
Principal Position
 Year 
Salary(6)
 
Bonus(7)
 
Stock
Awards
(8)
 
All Other
Compensation
(9)
 Total
             
Timothy Wennes (1)
 2019 $613,269
 $1,700,000
 $
 $113,765
 $2,427,034
Current President and Chief Executive Officer            
             
Scott Powell (2)
 2019 $2,850,000
 $
 $2,439,835
 $190,521
 $5,480,356
Former President and Chief Executive Officer 2018 $2,980,769
 $2,475,000
 $1,417,683
 $62,337
 $6,935,789
  2017 $2,000,000
 $1,447,500
 $1,296,202
 $32,277
 $4,775,979
             
Juan Carlos Alvarez (3)
 2019 $1,007,692
 $500,000
 $406,561
 $88,861
 $2,003,114
Current Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer            
             
Madhukar Dayal 2019 $876,923
 $787,500
 $1,202,002
 $37,077
 $2,903,502
Former Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer 2018 $1,200,000
 $1,725,500
 $1,102,652
 $23,583
 $4,051,735
  2017 $1,200,000
 $1,625,500
 $918,820
 $105,974
 $3,850,294
             
Daniel Griffiths 2019 $1,100,000
 $1,591,000
 $1,028,916
 $21,154
 $3,741,070
Chief Technology Officer 2018 $1,055,769
 $1,737,000
 $978,001
 $42,419
 $3,813,189
  2017 $1,000,000
 $1,687,000
 $826,939
 $597,453
 $4,111,392
             
Michael Lipsitz (4)
 2019 $951,923
 $875,000
 $937,563
 $32,269
 $2,796,755
Chief Legal Officer 
 

 

 

 

 

             
William Wolf (5)
 2019 $800,000
 $1,095,000
 $781,301
 $29,385
 $2,705,686
Chief Human Resources Officer 2018 $800,000
 $1,532,500
 $755,080
 $23,583
 $3,111,163
             
Mahesh Aditya 2019 $1,480,769
 $962,500
 $685,620
 $14,000
 $3,142,889
Former Chief Operating Officer 2018 $1,327,019
 $1,113,000
 $647,210
 $11,000
 $3,098,229
  2017 $819,231
 $2,125,000
 $
 $404,718
 $3,348,949
             

Footnotes:

(1)Mr. Wennes was hired as the President and CEO of SBNA as of September 16, 2019, was appointed as President and CEO of SHUSA and Santander U.S. Country Head as of December 2, 2019. Therefore, no historical information is presented.
(2)Mr. Powell served as the President and CEO of SHUSA and SC during 2019 until his resignation on December 2, 2019. Mr. Powell also served as a director of us, on March 14, 2016SBNA, and SC through that date. Mr. Powell received no compensation for that service as a director. Amounts for 2017, 2018 and 2019 include aggregate compensation that we and SC paid Mr. Powell for his services for our respective companies. For information about the allocation of these amounts, see ""Components of Executive Compensation, Base Salary.""
(3)Mr. Alvarez was appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of SHUSA on September 16, 2019 and as our Principal Financial Officer on April 14, 2016.is being reported in this disclosure for the first time. Therefore, no historical information is presented.
3.(4)Mr. Griffiths commenced employment with us on May 2, 2016Lipsitz was not a named executive officer of SHUSA for 2017 or 2018 and was appointed at the Chief Technology Officer on June 20, 2016.therefore no historical information is presented.
4.(5)Mr. Plush served as our Principal Financial Officer through April 14, 2016.Wolf became a named executive officer of SHUSA the first time for 2018 and therefore no historical information prior to 2018 is presented.
5.(6)Reflects actual base salary paid through the end of the applicable fiscal year. For Mr. Aditya, the 2019 amount in this column includes base salary received from SC in December 2019.
6.(7)The amounts in this column for 20162019 reflect the cash portion of the applicable named executive officer’s payablebonus awards for performance in 2019 under the Executive Bonus Program as well as other cash bonuses payable pursuant to an applicable letter agreementIncentive Plan, both immediate and do not includedeferred amounts payable in Santander common stock/ADRs that vest in future years pursuant tobased on fulfillment of time and performance conditions. See "Total Results for 2019 Executive Incentive Plan" in the terms ofCompensation Discussion and Analysis above for details on these amounts. The amounts in this column also include any sign-on bonus or equity buy-out amount paid during the Executive Bonus Program. We describeyear. For 2019, the Executive Bonus Program under the caption “Incentive Compensation.” The bonuses earned by thefollowing named executive officers for 2016received equity buy-out amounts under the Executive Bonus Program before deferral were:their employment letters as follows: Mr. Wolf, $420,000; Mr. Griffiths, $666,000; and Mr. Aditya, $325,000.
Named Executive OfficerBonus
Scott Powell$2,500,000
Madhukar Dayal$1,800,000
Michael Lipsitz$1,400,000
Brian Gunn$1,802,000
Daniel Griffiths$1,620,000
Gerald Plush$850,000



289204





7.(8)The amounts in this column for 20162019 reflect the grant date fair value of suchequity-based awards granted in 2019 under Santander’s Performance Sharethe 2018 Executive Incentive Plan determined in accordance with A.S.C.ASC Topic 718. We describe Santander’s Performance Share Plan718 as further detailed in the Compensation DiscussionGrants of Plan-Based Awards Table below. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock awards based upon the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant. For Santander ADRs (both vested and Analysis section above. Seedeferred), the grant date fair value is based on EUR market purchase price as of the grant date converted to USD using the EUR to USD exchange rate as published on the day prior to the grant, ignoring any risk of forfeiture. In 2017, Santander authorized the application of inflationary adjustments to be applied to deferred cash outstanding on and after December 31, 2017, to maintain our competitive positioning relative to non-regulated companies treatment of deferred compensation. The inflationary adjustments received by the NEOs in each of the reported years are not reflected here. For SC shares and RSUs, see Note 1 and ("Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices-Stock Based Compensation") and Note 16 of these Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion("Employee Benefit Plans") of the relevant assumptions usedSC consolidated financial statements filed with the SEC on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. The related expense is charged to account for these awards.earnings over the requisite service period.
8.    Includes
SEC rules require the following amounts thatSummary Compensation Table to include in each year’s amount the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards granted during the year. Typically, we paid to or on behalfgrant equity awards early in the year as part of the namedExecutive Incentive Plan award for prior year performance. As a result, the amounts for equity awards generally appear in the Summary Compensation Table for the year after the performance year upon which they were based and, therefore, the Summary Compensation Table does not fully reflect the BCTMC’s view of its pay-for-performance executive officers with respect to servicecompensation program for us:a particular performance year. See the discussion under "Bonus Delivery" in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis regarding the 2019 awards of immediate and deferred cash and equity awards for 2019 performance under the 2019 Executive Incentive Plan.

(9)Includes the following amounts that we paid to or on behalf of the named executive officers in the 2019 fiscal year with respect to service for us:
    Year Powell Dayal Lipsitz Gunn Griffiths Plush     Year Wennes Powell Alvarez Dayal Griffiths Lipsitz Wolf Aditya
           
Car Allowance 2016 $0
 $0
 $0
 $0
 $0
 $9,000
 
2015 $0
 $
 $0
 $0
 $
 $9,000
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $6,750
 
            
Contribution to Defined Contribution Plan 2016 $10,600
 $10,600
 $10,600
 $10,600
 $0
 $10,600
 
2015 $10,600
 $
 $0
 $
 $
 $
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
  2019 $
 $14,000
 $16,500
 $14,000
 $
 $14,000
 $14,000
 $14,000
                          
Relocation Expenses, Temporary Housing, and Spousal Allowance 2016 $56,000
 $133,261
 $0
 $0
 $8,538
 $
  2019 $74,425
 $
 $48,482
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
2015 $36,300
 $
 $0
 $0
 $
 $
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $62,187
 
                     
Housing Allowance, Utility Payments, and Per Diem 2016 $0
 $0
 $48,000
 $51,250
 $33,549
 $0
 
2015 $0
 $
 $20,000
 $34,850
 $
 $0
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $0
  2019 $
 $62,938
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
                     
Legal, Tax, and Financial Consulting Expenses 2016 $0
 $0
 $0
 $2,045
 $0
 $0
  2019 $
 $2,030
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
2015 $0
 $
 $0
 $0
 $
 $0
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $0
 
                     
Tax Reimbursements (*) 2016 $41,929
 $69,250
 $56,044
 $51,082
 $32,450
 $0
  2019 $39,340
 $53,860
 $23,879
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
2015 $26,436
 $
 $11,063
 $2,510
 $
 $0
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $0
 
                     
School Tuition and Language Classes 2016 $0
 $0
 $0
 $0
 $0
 $0
 
2015 $0
 $
 $0
 $4,800
 $
 $0
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $0
 
             
Paid Parking 2016 $0
 $0
 $0
 $6,240
 $0
 $6,240
 
2015 $0
 $
 $0
 $2,560
 $
 $6,060
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $4,480
  2019 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
                     
Taxable Fringe Benefits 2016 $0
 $0
 $26,845
 $0
 $13,875
 $0
  2019 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
2015 $0
 $
 $0
 $0
 $
 $0
 
2014 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $0
 
                
Self-Managed PTO Payout 2019 $
 $57,693
 $
 $23,077
 $21,154
 $18,269
 $15,385
 $
               
Total 2016 $108,529
 $213,111
 $141,489
 $121,217
 $88,412
 $25,840
  2019 $113,765
 $190,521
 $88,861
 $37,077
 $21,154
 $32,269
 $29,385
 $14,000
2015 $73,336
 $
 $31,063
 $44,720
 $
 $15,060
 
2014 $��
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $73,417
 
(*)Includes amounts paid to gross up for tax purposes certain perquisites and tax payments in accordance with an applicable employment or letter agreement or other arrangement.


290205





Grants of Plan-Based Awards-2016Awards-2019
 Estimated
Possible
Payouts Under
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards
 All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) 
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
     ($)     
 Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)
Name 
Grant
__Date__
 
Target
___(#)__
 Grant
Date
  
          
Scott Powell 2/22/2016 

 $115,967
(1) 
$461,951
 3/1/2019 $30,014
(1) 
$623,691
 2/22/2016   $115,967
(2) 
$461,951
 3/1/2019 $45,022
(2) 
$935,557
 7/5/2016 $47,750
(3) 
  $205,877
 2/21/2019 $74,632
(3) 
$352,235
       2/21/2019 $111,948
(4) 
$528,352
    
Juan Carlos Alvarez 3/1/2019 $11,739
(1) 
$243,936
 3/1/2019 $7,826
(5) 
$162,624
    
Madhukar Dayal    
 $
 2/21/2019 $127,341
(3) 
$601,001
 2/21/2019 $127,341
(6) 
$601,001
    
Daniel Griffiths 2/21/2019 $130,805
(3) 
$617,350
 2/21/2019 $87,203
(7) 
$411,565
          
Michael Lipsitz 2/22/2016   $66,101
(1) 
$263,311
 2/21/2019 $119,191
(3) 
$562,537
 2/22/2016   $44,068
(2) 
$175,543
 2/21/2019 $79,461
(7) 
$375,026
 7/5/2016 $30,348
(3) 
  $130,847
    
      
Brian Gunn 2/22/2016   $111,329
(1) 
$443,475
William Wolf 2/21/2019 $99,326
(3) 
$468,781
 2/22/2016   $74,219
(2) 
$295,649
 2/21/2019 $66,217
(7) 
$312,519
 7/5/2016 $47,750
(3) 
  $205,877
    
Mahesh Aditya 2/21/2019 $87,162
(3) 
$411,372
       2/21/2019 $58,108
(7) 
$274,248
Daniel Griffiths  
 
 $
      
Gerald Plush 2/22/2016   $83,497
(1) 
$332,607
 2/22/2016   $55,664
(2) 
$221,736
 7/5/2016 $38,200
(3) 
  $164,701
      

Footnotes:
(1)Reflects the number of shares ofimmediately vested Santander common stock/ADRsSC shares granted in 20162019 to the applicable named executive officer under the 2018 Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan, subject to one-year retention.
(2) Reflects the number of SC RSUs awarded on March 1, 2019 under the 2018 Executive Incentive Plan. These were scheduled to vest on March 1 of each year over a five-year period, in equal installments, with first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2024. The shares vesting in the last three years were subject to performance conditions. Mr. Powell forfeited these RSUs as a result of his departure from SC during 2019.
(3) Reflects the number of immediately vested Santander ADRs granted in 2019 to the applicable named executive officer under the 2018 Executive Incentive Plan subject to one-year retention.
(4)Reflects the number of Santander ADRs awarded on February 21, 2019 under the 2018 Executive Incentive Plan. These were scheduled to vest on February 21 of each year over a five-year period in equal installments, with first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2024. The shares vesting in the last three years were subject to performance conditions. Mr. Powell forfeited these Santander ADRs as a result of his departure from SHUSA during 2019.
(2)(5)Reflects the number of bonus deferral shares of Santander common stock/ADRs granted in 2016 to the applicable named executive officerSC RSUs awarded on March 1, 2019 under the 2018 Executive Bonus Program. SuchIncentive Plan. These vest on March 1 of each year over a three-year period, in equal installments, with first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2022. The shares vest ratably over three years onvesting in the anniversary of the grant date.last year are subject to performance conditions.
(3)(6)Reflects the number of Santander deferred ADRs awarded on February 21, 2019 under the 2018 Executive Incentive Plan. These vest within 30 days of the initial grant date of each year over a five-year period in equal installments, with first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2024. The shares vesting in the last three years are subject to performance conditions.
(7)Reflects the number of Santander common stock/deferred ADRs grantedawarded on February 21, 2019 under the second cycle2018 Executive Incentive Plan. These vest within 30 days of the Performance Shares Plan,initial grant date of each year over a three-year period in equal installments, with the first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2022. The shares vesting in the last year are subject to vesting criteria as we describe under “Additional Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”performance conditions.


206
291




Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 20162019 Year End

 Stock Awards Time Vesting Stock Awards Equity Incentive Plan Awards
Name Number of Shares or Units of Stock that have not Vested (#) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock that have not Vested ($) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have not Vested
(#)
 Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have not Vested
($)
 Number of Shares or Units of Stock that have not Vested (#) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock that have not Vested ($) Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have not Vested
(#)
 Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have not Vested
($)
Scott Powell   115,967
(2) 
$600,709
 

$
 

$
        
Scott Powell  47,750
(5) 
$247,345
 
(1) 
$
 
(1) 
$
 
Juan Carlos Alvarez 

$
 7,826
(2) 
$182,894
2,121
(3) 
$49,568
 

$


$
 13,382
(4) 
$55,401
137
(5) 
$566
 

$
9,236
(6) 
$38,237
 

$
        
Madhukar Dayal 
 $
 

$

127,341
(7) 
$527,191
Madhukar Dayal

$

63,330
(8) 
$262,186
252
(5) 
$1,042



$0
16,971
(6) 
$70,258



$0
        
Daniel Griffiths 

$

87,203
(4) 
$361,020


$

56,170
(8) 
$232,544
227
(5) 
$941



$
15,273
(6) 
$63,230



$
            
Michael Lipsitz 44,068
(2) 
$228,272
 

$

79,461
(4) 
$328,969
 30,348
(5) 
$157,203


$

33,501
(9) 
$138,694
Michael Lipsitz 197
(5) 
$814



$
13,198
(6) 
$54,641



$
 
 74,219
(2) 
$384,454
Brian Gunn  47,750
(5) 
$247,345
 

$

66,217
(4) 
$274,138
William Wolf

$

28,911
(9) 
$119,692
169
(5) 
$698



$
11,313
(6) 
$46,836



$
 
Daniel Griffiths 
 $
  
  
 
Gerald Plush 12,190
(1) 
$63,144
 1,460
(4) 
$7,563
 16,380
(3) 
$84,848
 55,664
(2) 
$288,340
 38,200
(5) 
$197,876
  
  
 
Mahesh Aditya 

$

58,108
(4) 
$240,567


$

24,781
(9) 
$102,593

Footnotes:
(1)Santander awarded these sharesMr. Powell resigned on February 27, 2015, under the deferral featureDecember 2, 2019 and as a result forfeited all unvested equity outstanding as of the 2014 Executive Bonus Program. One-third of these shares vested on February 27, 2016, one-third vested on February 27, 2017, and one-third vest on February 27, 2018.that date.
(2)SantanderSC awarded these sharesRSUs on February 22, 2016, as additional shares grantedMarch 1, 2019 under the 20152018 Executive Bonus Program. One-third of these sharesIncentive Plan. They vest on February 22, 2017, one-third vest on February 22, 2018,March 1 of each year over a three-year period, in equal installments, with the first vesting in 2020 and one-third vest on February 22, 2019.the last vesting in 2022. The shares vesting in the last year are subject to performance conditions.
(3)SantanderSC awarded these sharesRSUs on June 29, 2015,March 1, 2018 under the first cycle of the 2014 Performance Shares Plan.2017 Executive Incentive Plan and SRIP. One-third of these shares vested on June 29, 2016, one-thirdMarch 1, 2019, and the remainder will vest on June 29, 2017, and one-third vest on June 29, 2018. The numberwithin 30 days of shares delivered depends on achievement of certain performance criteria set forththe initial grant date, in the first cycle plan.equal installments, in each year from 2020 through 2021.
(4)Santander awarded these sharesdeferred Santander ADRs on JulyFebruary 21, 2015, as additional shares granted2019 under the 20142018 Executive Bonus Program. One-thirdIncentive Plan. These vest within 30 days of thesethe initial grant date of each year over a three-year period in equal installments, with the first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2022. The shares vest on February 27, 2016, one-third vest on February 27, 2017, and one-third vest on February 27, 2018.vesting in the last year are subject to performance conditions.
(5)Santander awarded these deferred Santander ADRs on September 26, 2017 as additional shares for all outstanding deferred awards granted prior to December 31, 2017 that vest in 2018 and beyond to account for share dilution resulting from Santander's purchase of Banco Popular in June 2017. The share numbers reflect the 1.49% upward adjustment of all the outstanding deferred shares granted prior to December 31, 2017 that vest in 2018 and beyond, as shown in this table, and follow the vesting schedule applicable to each grant. One-third of these shares vested on July 5, 2016, underFebruary 21, 2018, one-third vested on February 21, 2019 and the second cycleremainder will vest within 30 days of the 2015 Performance Shares Plan. Allinitial grant date in 2020. The shares cliff vest onvesting in the third anniversary oflast year are subject to performance conditions, except for the award dateshares listed for Mr. Alvarez, and the number of shares delivered in 2020 depend on the achievement of performance criteria set forthcriteria. The performance period for this plan has been completed and the awards were adjusted to 76.3% of initial targeted value, vesting in March 2020.

207



Table of Contents


(6)Santander awarded these deferred Santander ADRs on February 21, 2017 under the 2016 Executive Incentive Plan. One-third of these shares vested on February 21, 2018, one-third vested on February 21, 2019 and the remainder will vest within 30 days of the initial grant date in 2020. The shares vesting in the second cyclelast year are subject to performance conditions, except for the shares listed for Mr. Alvarez, and the number of shares delivered in 2020 depend on the achievement of performance criteria. The performance period for this plan which we describehas been completed and the awards were adjusted to 76.3% of initial targeted value, vesting in March 2020.
(7)Santander awarded these deferred Santander ADRs on February 21, 2019 under the 2018 Executive Incentive Plan. These vest within 30 days of the initial grant date of each year over a five-year period in equal installments, with the first vesting occurring in 2020 and the final vesting occurring in 2024. The shares vesting in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section abovelast three years are subject to performance conditions.
(8)Santander awarded these deferred Santander ADRs on February 21, 2018 under the heading entitled “Additional Long-Term2017 Executive Incentive Compensation.”Plan and SRIP. One-fifth of these shares vested on February 21, 2019, and the remainder will vest within 30 days of the initial grant date, in equal installments, in each year from 2020 through 2023. The shares vesting in the last three years are subject to performance conditions.
(9)Santander awarded these deferred Santander ADRs on February 21, 2018 under the 2017 Executive Incentive Plan and SRIP. One-third of these shares vested on February 21, 2019, and the remainder will vest within 30 days of the initial grant date, in equal installments, in each year from 2020 through 2021. The shares vesting in the last year are subject to performance conditions.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested-2016Vested - 2019
Option Awards Stock Awards ADR Awards SC RSU Awards
NameNumber of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) Value Realized on Exercise ($) Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
 Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
 Number of ADR Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
 Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
 Number of Santander Consumer Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
Timothy Wennes 
 $
 
 $
Scott Powell
 $
 115,967
 $461,693
 188,222
 $896,140
 34,503
 $716,972
Juan Carlos Alvarez 37,771
 $180,177
 12,799
 $265,963
Madhukar Dayal
 $
 0
 $0
 165,745
 $782,254
 
 $
Daniel Griffiths 165,163
 $779,507
 
 $
Michael Lipsitz
 $
 66,101
 $263,164
 188,631
 $893,057
 
 $
Brian Gunn
 $
 111,329
 $443,228
Daniel Griffiths
 $
 0
 $0
Gerald Plush
 $
 90,322
 $359,493
William Wolf 128,830
 $608,029
 
 $
Mahesh Aditya 99,553
 $469,853
 
 $


Description of Employment Letters

We have entered into employment letters with our named executive officers that were in effect in 2019. We describe below each of the letters providing for termination or change in control benefits and/or one-time bonus payments that were due in the last fiscal year.

Timothy Wennes

We entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Wennes dated July 10, 2019 relating to his employment responsibilities as CEO of SBNA.

Mr. Wennes received a sign on bonus of $1,000,000 that was paid on January 17, 2020. Mr. Wennes must repay this amount if he voluntarily terminates employment without good reason or we terminate him for cause (as defined in the employment letter) within 24 months of the payment.

The employment letter provides that Mr. Wennes will receive compensation for his forfeited equity through payments in 2020, 2021 and 2022, in accordance with the original vesting schedule implemented by his prior employer. The total payments as of the date of his employment letter have a value of $3,154,383; each payment will be made in Santander ADRs only. Mr. Wennes must repay a payment if he voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause (as defined in the employment letter) within 12 months of such payment.

Mr. Wennes was also eligible to receive a 24-month relocation benefit (ending in September 2021) in accordance with our policies.

292208



Table of Contents


Equity Compensation Plans

As we describeUnder his employment letter, if Mr. Wennes is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section, the named executive officers receive a portion of their compensation in Santander common stock (or ADRs,letter) or if he terminates employment with us for good reason (as defined in the case of native U.S. participantsletter, including if he terminates employment for good reason within six months before or participants who elect to have their shares deliveredafter a change in the U.S.) under the Executive Bonus Program and the Performance Shares Plan (we describe the provisions of this plan in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section). We set forth below information about the potential shares that our named executive officers may receive under these programs.

Executive Bonus Program

Our named executive officers deferred the following amounts into the Executive Bonus Program for 2016 andcontrol), he will be entitled to the following numberfollowing:

52 weeks of shares ifbase salary, paid in a lump sum;
Continued vesting of deferred bonus awards;
Continued payment of any remaining equity buy out payments; and
No repayment of his sign on bonus or relocation benefits.

Mr. Wennes’s employment letter was revised, effective as of December 2, 2019, to reflect the program’s conditions are satisfied:
Named Executive OfficerTotal Amount DeferredCash DeferredShares Deferred*
Scott Powell$1,250,000$625,000115,839
Madhukar Dayal$720,000$360,00066,724
Michael Lipsitz$560,000$280,00051,896
Brian Gunn$720,800$360,40066,798
Daniel Griffiths$648,000$324,00060,051
Gerald Plush$340,000$170,00031,508
* Number of shares based on an exchange rate of €1.06 to $1base salary and a $5.09 per share price. Amounts deferred by and shares awarded are estimates subjecttarget bonus award changes set forth above in connection with his new role. There were no changes to the tax-equalizationtermination provisions of the named executive officer’s respective employment or letter agreement, if applicable.described in this section.

Description of Letter Agreements

We and/or Santander have entered into letter agreements with our named executive officers that were in effect in 2016. We describe each of the agreements below.

Scott Powell

We entered into aan employment letter agreement with Mr. Powell dated September 14, 2018 relating to his employment responsibilities for us, Santander, and SC during the period from January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2019. As set forth above, Mr. Powell resigned as of February 27, 2015.December 2, 2019.

Mr. Powell’s letter agreement provides that he will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors. The agreement does not have a term.

The letter agreement provides for a base salary of $2,000,000. In addition, Mr. Powell received a sign-on restricted share grant under which on the effective date of the agreement he was paid $2,750,000, of which he was required to use the net after-tax proceeds to purchase shares, which he may not transfer for three years.

Mr. Powell is eligible to participate in our annual bonus plan contingent upon the achievement of annual performance objectives. Mr. Powell's annual bonus target for 2015 was $1,500,000 and the letter agreement provides that the bonus for 2015 would not be lower than the target bonus (provided Mr. Powell was employed with us on December 31, 2015). The bonus was paid partially in cash and partially in shares, in accordance with the terms of Santander’s executive bonus program.

The letter agreement also provides, among other things, that Mr. Powell will participate in the Performance Shares Plan, which provides for an award for 2015 equal to 20% of his base salary paid in shares, subject to attainment of performance goals and the other provisions of the Performance Shares Plan.

The letter agreement provides that Santander will reimburse Mr. Powell for relocation expenses (including any taxes on that reimbursement), provided Mr. Powell relocates to Boston within two years of the effective date of the agreement.


293


Table of Contents


Madhukar Dayal

Juan Carlos Alvarez de Soto
We entered into aan employment letter agreement with Mr. Dayal,Alvarez dated December 9, 2015.August 12, 2019 and further revised as of February 4, 2020. Our employment letter with Mr. Alvarez does not provide for severance benefits in the context of termination or a change in control or any specific commitments regarding 2019 compensation.
Mr. Dayal’s letter agreement provides for him to serve as Chief Financial Officer. The agreement does not have a term.
The letter agreement provides for a base salary of $1,000,000. In addition, Mr. DayalAlvarez is eligible to receive an annual bonus contingent upon the achievement of annual performance objectives.a 12-month relocation benefit (ending in September 2020) in accordance with our policies and received a one-time net $46,000 lump sum relocation allowance. Mr. Dayal’s annual bonus target is $1,500,000 and the letter agreement provides that the bonus for 2016 would not be lower than the target bonus.
The letter agreement also provides, among other things, that Mr. Dayal will participate in the Corporate Long-Term Incentive Plan, subject to its terms, except that for 2016, Mr. Dayal’s award is equal to 15% of his target bonus.
Mr. Dayal’s letter agreement provides that:
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in cash;
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in shares, subject to a one-year holding requirement; and
The remaining 40% of his variable compensation will be deferred and payable in equal parts over three years (with each years payment paid ½ in cash and ½ in shares subject to a one-year holding requirement).

Payment of deferred shares is subject to Mr. Dayal not having voluntarily terminated or been terminated for cause through the date of payment as well as conditioned on none of the following circumstances occurring during the deferral period:
Deficient performance by Santander;
Failure by Mr. Dayal to comply with internal rules, specifically including those relating to risk;
Material reformulation of Santander’s financial statements (other than due to change in accounting rules); or
Significant negative variations in Santander’s economic capital or risk profile.

The letter agreement also provides that Mr. Dayal will receive a sign-on bonus of $300,000, which was paid following his first 30 days of employment. If Mr. Dayal voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause within 24 months of employment, Mr. DayalAlvarez must repay such sign-on bonus to us.
Mr. Dayal’s letter agreement also provides forthe full payment of an additional amount totaling $1,902,000 to compensate him for losses he incurred as a result of changing employment. His agreement provides that this amount is paid in three installments with one installment of $951,000 payable following 30 days of employment, and two installments of $475,500 payable following one and two years of employment, respectively. No payment will be made if Mr. Dayal voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause through the date of payment and Mr. Dayal must repay such amounts if he voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause (as defined in the employment letter) within 1224 months of such payment.
We provided Mr. Dayal with US domestic relocation benefits in accordance with our policies, which benefit Mr. Dayal must repay to us in the event he voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause within 12 months of receipt from the last benefit paid.
Mr. Dayal’s letter agreement contains a nondisclosure obligation and a one-year non-solicitation agreement.

Michael LipsitzMadhukar Dayal
We entered into aan employment letter agreement with Mr. Lipsitz,Dayal dated as ofDecember 9, 2015 that was revised on May 18, 2015.
2, 2017. Our employment letter with Mr. Lipsitz’s letter agreement provides for him to serve as our Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel. The agreementDayal does not have a term.
The letter agreement providesprovide for a base salary of $650,000. In addition, Mr. Lipsitz is eligible to receive an annual bonus contingent upon the achievement of annual performance objectives. Mr. Lipsitz’s annual bonus target for 2015 was $950,000 and the letter agreement provides that the bonus for 2015 would not be lower than the target bonus.
The letter agreement also provides, among other things, that Mr. Lipsitz will participateseverance benefits in the Performance Shares Plan subject to its terms, except that for 2015, Mr. Lipsitz’s reference value was equal to 15%context of his target bonus.

294


Table of Contents


Mr. Lipsitz’s letter agreement provides that:
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in cash;
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in shares, subject totermination or a one-year holding requirement; and
The remaining 40% of his variable compensation will be deferred and payable in equal parts over three years (with each years payment paid ½ in cash and ½ in shares subject to a one-year holding requirement).
Payment of deferred shares is subject to Mr. Lipsitz not having voluntarily terminated or been terminated for cause through the date of payment as well as conditioned on none of the following circumstances occurring during the deferral period:
Material deficient performance by Santander as a result, at least in part, due to Mr. Lipsitz’s conduct;
Failure by Mr. Lipsitz to comply with internal rules, specifically including those relating to risk;
Material reformulation of Santander’s financial statements (other than due to change in regulations);control or
Significant negative variations in Santander’s economic capital or risk profile.
The letter agreement also provides that any specific commitments regarding 2019 compensation. As set forth above, Mr. Lipsitz would receive a sign-on bonus paid in three installments of $700,000 each paid within 30 days, six months and one-year of employment, respectively. No payment would be made if Mr. Lipsitz voluntarily terminates or we terminate him for cause through the date of payment.
We will provide for travel arrangements and travel expenses between Chicago, Illinois, and Boston, Massachusetts. We will provide lodging in Boston or will reimburse him, on an after-tax basis, for lodging in Boston, which will not exceed $48,000 net on an annual basis.
Brian Gunn

We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Gunn, dated as of May 15, 2015, and amended as of June 29, 2015.

Mr. Gunn’s letter agreement provides for him to serve as our Chief Risk Officer. The agreement does not have a term.

The letter agreement provides for a base salary of $1,000,000. In addition, Mr. Gunn is eligible to receive an annual bonus contingent upon the achievement of annual performance objectives. Mr. Gunn’s annual bonus target for 2015 was $1,500,000, and the letter agreement provides that the bonus for 2015 would not be lower than the target bonus.

The letter agreement also provides, among other things, that Mr. Gunn will participate in the Performance Shares Plan subject to its terms, except that for 2015, Mr. Gunn’s reference value was equal to 15% of his target bonus.

Mr. Gunn’s letter agreement provides that:

30% of his variable compensation will be paid in cash;
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in shares, subject to a one-year holding requirement; and
The remaining 40% of his variable compensation will be deferred and payable in equal parts over three years (with each years payment paid ½ in cash and ½ in shares subject to a one-year holding requirement).

Payment of deferred shares is subject to Mr. Gunn not having voluntarily terminated or been terminated for cause through the date of payment as well as conditioned on none of the following circumstances occurring during the deferral period:

Material deficient performance by Santander as a result, at least in part, due to Mr. Gunn’s conduct;
Failure by Mr. Gunn to comply with internal rules, specifically including those relating to risk;
Material reformulation of Santander’s financial statements (other than due to change in regulations); or
Significant negative variations in Santander’s economic capital or risk profile.

The letter agreement also provides that Mr. Gunn will receive a sign-on bonus paid in three installments with each paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll following the first, second, and third year of employment, respectively. The amount of the sign-on bonus was equal to the total value of equity awards that Mr. Gunn forfeited as a result of leaving his prior employment and accepting employment with Santander. We will pay Mr. Gunn $1,592,609 as compensation for his forfeited equity in three equal installments. Mr. Gunn or his beneficiaries, as applicable, will receive payment of unpaid portions of his sign-on bonus if he dies, becomes disabled, or we terminate his employment without cause but no payment will be made if Mr. Gunn voluntarily terminates or we terminate him for cause through the date of payment.

295


Table of Contents


In the event that Mr. Gunn provides sufficient documentation that his former employerDayal is no longer obligated to make certain payments to Mr. Gunn under a deferred compensation arrangement maintained by that employer, we will pay Mr. Gunn those amounts in the same calendar year as the amounts were otherwise payable by his former employer.SHUSA executive officer.
Under the letter agreement, we will provide Mr. Gunn housing accommodations in Boston for twelve months. If Mr. Gunn voluntarily terminates employment or is terminated for cause prior to competing 24 months of service, Mr. Gunn will reimburse Santander for this cost.
Daniel Griffiths
We entered into aan employment letter agreement with Mr. Griffiths dated April 18, 2016.
2016 that was further revised on April 10, 2018 and February 4, 2020. Our employment letter with Mr. Griffiths’ letter agreement provides for him to serve as Head of Information Technology. The agreementGriffiths does not haveprovide for severance benefits in the context of termination or a term.change in control.
The employment letter agreement provides for a base salary of $1,000,000. In addition, Mr. Griffiths is eligible to receive an annual bonus contingent upon the achievement of annual performance objectives. Mr. Griffiths’ annual bonus target is $1,350,000 and the letter agreement provides that the bonus for 2016 would not be lower than the target bonus.
The letter agreement also provides, among other things, that Mr. Griffiths will participate in the Corporate Long-Term Incentive Plan, subject to its terms, except that for 2016, Mr. Griffiths’ award is equal to 15% of his target bonus.
Mr. Griffiths’ letter agreement also provides that:
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in cash;
30% of his variable compensation will be paid in shares, subject to a one-year holding requirement; and
The remaining 40% of his variable compensation will be deferred and payable in equal parts over three years (with each years payment paid ½ in cash and ½ in shares subject to a one-year holding requirement).

Payment of deferred shares is subject to Mr. Griffiths not having voluntarily terminated or been terminated for cause through the date of payment as well as conditioned on none of the following circumstances occurring during the deferral period:
Deficient performance by Santander;
Failure by Mr. Griffiths to comply with internal rules, specifically including those relating to risk;
Material reformulation of Santander’s financial statements (other than due to change in accounting standards); or
Significant negative variations in Santander’s economic capital or risk profile.

The letter agreement also provides that Mr. Griffiths will receive a sign-on bonuscompensation for his forfeited equity from his prior position, to be paid in four installments totaling $2,500,000, with oneof which the final installment of $500,000 payable following six months of employment, and three installments of $667,000 payable following one, two, and three years of employment, respectively. No payment will be made if Mr. Griffiths voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause through the date of payment,$666,000 was paid in 2019. Mr. Griffiths must repay such amountsthis payment if he voluntarily terminates employment or we terminate him for cause (as defined in the employment letter) within 12 months of such payment.
Michael Lipsitz

We willentered into an employment letter with Mr. Lipsitz dated as of July 22, 2015, which was further modified by a letter agreement dated December 21, 2016. Our employment letter with Mr. Lipsitz does not provide for travel arrangements and reasonable air travel expensesseverance benefits in the context of termination or a change in control.

William Wolf

We entered into an employment letter with Mr. Wolf dated as of January 7, 2016. Our employment letter with Mr. Wolf does not provide for severance benefits in the context of termination or a change in control.

The employment letter also provides that Mr. Griffiths between Ontario, Canada and Boston, Massachusetts. WeWolf will provide lodgingreceive compensation for his forfeited equity, of which the final installment of $420,000 was paid in Boston or will reimburse him, on an after-tax basis, for lodging in Boston, which will not exceed $4,000 net on a monthly basis.April 2019. Mr. Griffiths is also eligible to receive a 24-month relocation benefit in accordance with our policies, which Mr. GriffithsWolf must repay to us in the event he voluntarily terminates employment or$420,000 if we terminate him for cause within 24 months of(as defined in the employment with us.
Mr. Griffiths’ letter agreement contains a nondisclosure obligation and a one-year non-solicitation agreement.

Gerald Plush

We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Plush, dated as of March 17, 2014. We entered into a new letter agreement with Mr. Plush effective August 24, 2015. The new letter agreement supplements the original letter agreement. Neither agreement has a term.

Mr. Plush’s original letter agreement provides for him to serve as our Chief Financial Officer commencingletter) on or before April 1, 2014.

2020.

296209



Table of Contents


The originalMahesh Aditya

We entered into an employment letter agreement provideswith Mr. Aditya dated as of February 2, 2017 that was revised on April 28, 2017. Our employment letter with Mr. Aditya does not provide for severance benefits in the context of termination or a base salary of $600,000. In addition, Mr. Plush is eligible to receive an annual bonus contingent upon the achievement of annual performance objectives. Mr. Plush’s annual bonus target was $1.0 million. Mr. Plush’s new letter agreement provides for a base salary of $1 million and an annual bonus target of $1.2 million. See the discussion under the caption “Incentive Compensation” above for more information about the bonus program that Mr. Plush participatedchange in and the bonuses paid for 2016.control.

The originalemployment letter agreement also provides among other things, that Mr. Plush has a right to participateAditya will receive $2,175,000 as compensation for his forfeited equity in all long-term incentive compensation programs and all other employee benefit plans and programs available to senior executives. Seefour installments, of which the descriptionfinal installment of our long-term incentive compensation programs under the caption “Incentive Compensation” for more information on the long-term incentive plans.

The original letter agreement provides for:

a monthly car allowance of $750;
$325,000 was paid parking;
relocation expenses forin November 2019. Mr. Plush and his family in accordance with our policies (which Mr. PlushAditya must reimburse to us in the eventrepay this final installment if he voluntarily terminates employment or is terminatedwe terminate him for cause (as defined in the agreement) before completing one yearemployment letter) within 12 months of service);payment. This repayment obligation remains in place for the final installment until November 2020 notwithstanding Mr. Aditya's new role at SC.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Executive Incentive Plan, SRIP, and Performance Share Plan
upDeferred cash and Santander ADRs granted under the Executive Incentive Plan, SRIP, and Performance Share Plan as described in the footnotes under the section captioned "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2019 Year End" generally require the participating named executive officer to 180 days of paid temporary housing in accordance with our policies (which Mr. Plush must reimburseremain employed until each scheduled vesting date to usearn payment for the award. The arrangements, however, permit the award to continue to become earned and payable over the vesting schedule as if the named executive officer had remained employed in the event he voluntarilythat the named executive officer terminates employment due to (i) the executive’s death or is terminateddisability; (ii) an involuntary termination due to reduction in force, divestiture, or acquisition; or (iii) the executive’s retirement. "Retirement" for cause (as definedthis purpose means the executive’s termination of employment after attaining a combined age and years of service of at least 60, with at least five years of service and at least age 55. In the case of retirement, the named executive officer must also certify the intent to retire from the for-profit financial services industry for a minimum of 12 months. As of the end of the last fiscal year, none of the named executive officers was eligible for Retirement. The vesting of the awards remains subject to any performance goals, as well as the Santander US Malus and Clawback Requirements Policy, as described under "Long-Term/Deferred" in the agreement) before completing one year of service).Compensation Discussion and Analysis above.

Severance Plan and Agreements
See above regarding the description of severance benefits payable to Mr. Plush’s new letter agreement provides that heWennes in case of his termination by us without "cause" or by Mr. Wennes for "good reason."
The other named executive officers are covered by our Enterprise Severance Policy. Under this policy, if a named executive officer’s employment is entitledinvoluntarily terminated by us, other than for unsatisfactory performance or misconduct, the executive is eligible to receive a retention bonuslump sum severance ranging from 26 to 52 weeks of base salary based on a formula in the amountpolicy that depends on the executive’s length of $500,000 if he remains employed with us for 24 consecutive months from the dateservice. As of December 31, 2019, each of the new letter agreement. Mr. Plush forfeitsother named executive officers would be eligible for a minimum of 26 weeks of salary under this bonus if he voluntary terminates employment or is terminated by us for “cause” before that date.

formula. The originalnamed executive officer would also receive three months of premiums under COBRA and new agreements provide that Mr. Plush will be subject to confidentiality and non-solicitation requirements upon his terminationsix months of employment.outplacement services. The new letter agreement requires Mr. Plushnamed executive officer must provide us with 90 days’ notice ina release of claims and comply with certain post-employment covenants to be eligible to receive the event of his termination of employment.

The benefits that Mr. Plush actually received in 2016 under the terms of his letter agreements are reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Deferred Compensation Plan
We maintain the Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, which we refer to as the “Deferred Compensation Plan.” The Deferred Compensation Plan has the following features:
Participants may defer up to 100% of their cash bonus and choose among various investment options upon which we will base the rate of return on amounts deferred. We adjust participants’ accounts periodically to reflect the deemed gains and losses attributable to the deferred amounts. The specific investment options mirror the investment options in our qualified retirement plan, with some additional alternative investments available.
We distribute all account balances in cash.
Participants are always 100% vested in all amounts deferred.
Our and SBNA’s directors may defer receipt of cash fees for service as a director into the Deferred Compensation Plan.
Distribution events will be only as permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

No named executive officer deferred any salary or bonus earned in 2016 into the Deferred Compensation Plan.

severance benefits.

297210



Table of Contents


Potential Payments uponUpon Termination or Change in Control

The table below sets forth the value of the benefits (other than payments that were generally available to salaried employees) that would have been due to the named executive officers if they had terminated employment with Santanderus on December 31, 2016. We describe these agreements, including2019 based on the material conditions or obligations applicable to the receipt of these benefits, under the caption “Description of Letter Agreements,”arrangements described above. Mr. Powell was not entitled to any such benefits upon termination of his employment if he had terminated employment on December 31, 2016.
 Termination
for Death
 Termination for Disability Involuntary
Termination Other than for Cause
 Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause Termination
for Death
 Termination for Disability Involuntary
Termination Other than for Cause
 Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause Change in Control
                  
Scott Powell 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $2,325,755
 $2,325,755
 $2,325,755
 $
 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
Performance Share Plan (2)
 $439,720
 $439,720
 $439,720
 $
Total $2,765,475
 $2,765,475
 $2,765,475
 $
 
Santander Consumer RSUs (2)
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 Total $
 $
 $
 $
 $
Timothy Wennes 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $5,511,700
 $
 $
 Total $
 $
 $5,511,700
 $
 $
Juan Carlos Alvarez 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $438,061
 $438,061
 $438,061
 $
 $
 
Santander Consumer RSUs (2)
 $232,461
 $232,461
 $232,461
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $561,700
 $
 $
 Total $670,522
 $670,522
 $1,232,222
 $
 $
Madhukar Dayal 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $1,800,000
 $1,800,000
 $1,800,000
 $
 
Executive Incentive Plan (1)
 $2,037,239
 $2,037,239
 $2,037,239
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $611,700
 $
 $
 Total $2,037,239
 $2,037,239
 $2,648,939
 $
 $
Daniel Griffiths 
Executive Incentive Plan (1)
 $1,576,144
 $1,576,144
 $1,576,144
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $561,700
 $
 $
 Total $1,576,144
 $1,576,144
 $2,137,844
 $
 $
Michael Lipsitz

 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $1,818,272
 $1,818,272
 $1,818,272
 $
 
Executive Incentive Plan (1)
 $1,227,664
 $1,227,664
 $1,227,664
 $
 $
Performance Share Plan (2)
 $157,203
 $157,203
 $157,203
 $
Total $1,975,475
 $1,975,475
 $1,975,475
 $
Brian Gunn 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $2,506,453
 $2,506,453
 $2,506,453
 $
Performance Share Plan (2)
 $247,345
 $247,345
 $247,345
 $
Sign-On Bonus $1,061,739
 $1,061,739
 $1,061,739
 
Total $3,815,537
 $3,815,537
 $3,815,537
 $
Daniel Griffiths 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $1,620,000
 $1,620,000
 $1,620,000
 $
Gerald Plush 
Executive Bonus Program (1)
 $1,549,047
 $1,549,047
 $1,549,047
 $
Performance Share Plan (2)
 $282,724
 $282,724
 $282,724
 $
Total $1,831,771
 $1,831,771
 $1,831,771
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $486,700
 $
 $
 Total $1,227,664
 $1,227,664
 $1,714,364
 $
 $
William Wolf 
Executive Incentive Plan (1)
 $1,037,404
 $1,037,404
 $1,037,404
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $411,700
 $
 $
 Total $1,037,404
 $1,037,404
 $1,449,104
 $
 $
Mahesh Aditya 
Executive Incentive Plan (1)
 $808,361
 $808,361
 $808,361
 $
 $
 
Severance Benefits (3)
 $
 $
 $749,200
 $
 $
 Total $808,361
 $808,361
 $1,557,561
 $
 $

Footnotes:
 
(1)Amounts shown for the Executive Bonus ProgramIncentive Plan are the value of deferred cash and Santander ADRs under the Executive Incentive Plan and/or SRIP as of December 31, 2019 (based on the NYSE closing price of SAN ADRs on that date). As noted above, payment of deferred amounts that were deferredis made in 2016 that are payable in three annual installments. Payment isaccordance with the original vesting schedule and subject to all performance conditions, as if employment had not accelerated due to termination of employment.been terminated.
(2)Amounts shown for the Performance Share PlanSC RSUs are the maximum amountvalue of unvested SC RSUs as of December 31, 2019 (based on the closing price of the SC common stock on that could bedate).  As noted above, payment of the RSUs is made in accordance with the original vesting schedule and subject to all performance conditions, as if employment had not been terminated.  The "Change in Control" column shows amounts payable assumingin the highest targetsevent of a change in control of SC (if the RSUs are achieved for future years. Payment is not accelerated due toassumed, converted or replaced in the transaction) or upon a termination of employment.employment without cause or with good reason within two years after a change in control of SC (if the RSUs are assumed, converted or replaced in the transaction). 
(3)Amounts shown are as follows: (i) for Mr. Wennes, in accordance with his employment letter described above, 52 months of base salary, plus payment of his 2019 guaranteed bonus in the amount of $3.4 million (in cash and equity paid in accordance with the applicable deferral vesting schedule and subject to all performance conditions, as if employment had not been terminated), plus the estimated value of three months of COBRA premiums and six months of outplacement services; and (ii) for each of the other named executive officers, in accordance with the Enterprise Severance Policy as described above, 26 weeks of salary plus the estimated value of three months of COBRA premiums and six months of outplacement services.

Director Compensation in Fiscal Year 20162019
We believe that the amount, form, and methods used to determine compensation of our non-executive directors wereare important factors in:
attracting and retaining directors who were independent, interested, diligent, and actively involved in overseeing our affairs and who satisfy the standards of Santander, the sole shareholder of our common stock; and
providing a reasonable, competitive, and effective approach that compensates our directors for the responsibilities and demands of the role of director.


211
298




Director Compensation Program
Our 2019 Director Compensation Program for service on our Board and the SBNA Board included payment of the following amounts, quarterly in arrears, to our non-executive directors:
a $150,000 cash retainer annually; plus
a $20,000 supplement as an additional cash retainer annually, if the director also serves as a director of SBNA or of SC; plus
$70,000 in cash annually, if the director serves as chair of our Risk Committee, Audit Committee or BCTMC; plus
$35,000 in cash annually if the director serves as chair of SBNA’s or SC’s Risk Committee, Audit Committee or BCTMC; plus
$20,000 in cash annually if the director serves as a non-chair member of our Nominations Committee, Risk Committee, Audit Committee, or BCTMC; plus
$5,000 in cash annually if the director also serves as a non-chair member of SBNA’s or SC’s Risk Committee, Audit Committee or BCTMC or SBNA’s Nominations and Executive Committee or SC’s Executive Committee.

The BCTMC is scheduled to next review our Director Compensation Program during the first half of 2020. At the present time, we do not expect that the compensation program for non-executive directors will materially change.

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation that we paid to each director for service as a director of SHUSA and its subsidiaries for 2016.2019:
Name 
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
(2) ($)
 Other
Compensation
($)
 Total
($)
José Doncel $0
 $0
 $0
Stephen Ferriss (3)
 $337,174
 $0
 $337,174
Alan Fishman $290,000
 $0
 $290,000
Juan Guitard $0
 $0
 $0
Thomas S. Johnson $290,000
 $0
 $290,000
Catherine Keating $305,000
 $0
 $305,000
Jason Kulas(1)
 $0
 $0
 $0
Javier Maldonado $0
 $0
 $0
Victor Matarranz $0
 $0
 $0
Juan Olaizola $0
 $0
 $0
Scott Powell $0
 $0
 $0
T. Timothy Ryan, Jr. $1,375,000
 $40,000
(5)$1,415,000
Wolfgang Schoellkopf (4)
 $370,000
 $0
 $370,000
Richard Spillenkothen $305,000
 $0
 $305,000
Name 
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
(1)
 
Stock Awards(2)
 
Total (1)
Stephen Ferriss (3)
 $415,000
 $50,000
 $465,000
Alan Fishman(4)
 $390,000
 $
 $390,000
Thomas S. Johnson(5)
 $290,000
 $
 $290,000
Henri-Paul Rousseau(6)
 $327,500
 $
 $327,500
T. Timothy Ryan, Jr.(7)
 $1,450,000
 $
 $1,450,000
Richard Spillenkothen(8)
 $127,083
 $
 $127,083
Edith Holiday(9)
 $193,751
 $50,000
 $243,751

Footnotes:
1.(1)Mr. Kulas resigned as a director on September 19, 2016.Reflects amounts earned in 2019.
2.(2)Reflects amounts paidawards of RSUs payable in 2016shares of SC Common Stock granted for service on the fourth quarterBoard of 2015 andSC. The RSUs will vest on the earlier of (i) the first three quartersanniversary of 2016. Messrs. Doncel, Guitard, Kulas, Maldonado, Matarranz, Olaizola,the grant date, and Powell did not receive compensation as directors(ii) SC’s first annual shareholders' meeting following the grant date. Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, based on the closing price of SC Common Stock on the applicable grant date. Refer to Note 18 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Form 10-K for 2016.a discussion of the relevant assumptions used to account for these awards.
3.(3)Mr. Ferriss servesreceived $100,000 for service as the Chair of Santander Bancorp and received $100,000BanCorp, which amount is included in 2016, as approved by Santander Bancorp’s Board of Directors; Hethe above table. The table also serves on SC’s Board and receivedincludes cash compensation of $203,424 in 2016.$230,000 and $55,000 that Mr. Ferriss earned for service on the Boards of SC and BSI, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Ferriss held 2,129 of outstanding, unvested SC RSUs and 5,207 of outstanding, vested options to purchase shares of SC Common Stock.
4.(4)Mr. Schoellkopf also serves on SC’s Board and receivedIncludes cash compensation of $260,000.00 in 2016.$180,000 and $100,000 that Mr. Fishman earned for service on the Board of SBNA and as the Chair of SIS, respectively.
5.(5)Includes cash compensation of $95,000 that Mr. Johnson earned for service on the SBNA Board.
(6)Includes cash compensation of $179,583 that Mr. Rousseau earned for service on the SBNA Board.
(7)Includes cash compensation of $450,000 and $100,000 that Mr. Ryan earned as Chair of the Boards of SBNA and BSI, respectively.
(8)Mr. Ryan received $40,000Spillenkothen retired from our Board and the SBNA Board on May 10, 2019. Includes cash compensation of $45,833 that Mr. Spillenkothen earned for secretarial support as partservice on SBNA’s Board.
(9)Ms. Holiday was appointed to our Board on December 11, 2019. Includes cash compensation of his contract.$190,000 that Ms. Holiday earned for service on the Board of SC. As of December 31, 2019, Ms. Holiday held 2,129 of outstanding, unvested SC RSUs.
Director Compensation Program
Our Board adopted the following compensation program for non-executive directors for service on our Board and on the SBNA Board for 2016:
a $150,000 cash retainer annually; plus
a $20,000 supplement as an additional cash retainer annually, if the director also serves as a director of SBNA or of Santander Consumer Holdings USA, Inc. ("SC"); plus
$70,000 in cash annually, if the director serves as chair of the our Risk Committee, Audit Committee or Compensation Committee; plus
$35,000 in cash annually if the director serves as chair of SBNA’s or SC’s Risk Committee, Audit Committee or Compensation Committee of SBNA; plus
$20,000 in cash annually if the director serves as a non-chair member of our Executive Committee, Risk Committee, Audit Committee, or Compensation Committee; plus
$5,000 in cash annually if the director also serves as a non-chair member of SBNA’s or SC’s Executive Committee, Risk Committee, Audit Committee, or Compensation Committee.Agreement with Mr. Ryan

Mr. Ryan serves as our non-executive chair. We pay these amounts quarterly in arrears.and SBNA entered into an agreement with Mr. Ryan as of December 1, 2014 to serve as our and SBNA’s chair. The initial term of the agreement was for three years through November 30, 2017 and was extended by us, SBNA, and Mr. Ryan for additional terms through 2019. Under this agreement, for years prior to 2020, we paid Mr. Ryan an annual cash retainer of $900,000 for serving as our chair and SBNA paid him an annual $450,000 cash retainer for serving as SBNA’s chair.

On December 30, 2019, we and SBNA entered into an amended and restated agreement with Mr. Ryan. The amended and restated agreement provides for an additional one-year term through November 30, 2020. The amended and restated agreement also provides for a reduced annual cash retainer of $750,000 for serving as our chair and a reduced retainer of $250,000 for serving as SBNA’s chair. The amended and restated agreement provides that we and SBNA could, at our option, propose to extend the term of Mr. Ryan’s service for additional terms.

299212





Mr. Ryan serves as our non-executive chair. We entered into an arrangement in December 2014 under which Mr. Ryan will be paid an annual cash retainer of $900,000 for serving as our chair and a $450,000 cash retainer for serving as SBNA’s chair. The initial term of the arrangement is three years. Under the arrangement, if Mr. Ryan forfeits any equity or equity-based awards in connection with his service with JPMorgan Chase & Co., we will pay him an amount equal to the present value of such equity awards.amended and restated agreement, Mr. Ryan is also eligiblesubject to receive equity compensationa non-solicitation obligation while serving on our and SBNA’s boards. In addition, the same basisamended and restated agreement includes a restriction on Mr. Ryan’s ability to compete with us, the Bank and Santander for 3 years following termination of his role as other non-executive members of our or SBNA’s Board. chair.

Mr. Ryan also was appointedserves as Chairman of BSI’s Boarda director on July 27, 2016the BSI board, and receivedreceives compensation of $25,000 in 2016.
For 2017, we expect that the compensation program for non-executive directors will remain substantially the same.

Directors Participation in Deferred Compensation Plan
The Deferred Compensation Plan provides for the participation of our and SBNA's non-executive directors. The relevant terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan,such services as we describenoted in the section entitled “DeferredDirectors Compensation Arrangements,” apply in the same manner to participants who are directors as they do to participants who are executive officers.
No director deferred fees earned for 2016 into the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Table
footnotes above.


ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

As noted elsewhere in this Form 10-K, on January 30, 2009, SHUSA became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Santander (the "Santander Transaction"). As a result, following January 30, 2009, all of SHUSA’s voting securities are owned by Santander.

As a result of the Santander Transaction, there are no longer any outstanding equity awards under SHUSA’s equity incentive compensation plans. Pursuant to the transaction with Santander Transaction, (i) all stock options outstanding immediately prior to the transactionSantander Transaction were canceled and any positive difference between the exercise price of any given stock option and the closing price of SHUSA’s common stock on January 29, 2009 was paid in cash to the option holder, and (ii) all shares of restricted stock outstanding immediately prior to the transactionSantander Transaction vested and were treated the same way as all other shares of SHUSA common stock in the transaction.


ITEM 13 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

During each of 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 2014,2017, SHUSA and/or the Bank were participants in the transactions described below in which a “related person” (as defined in Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, which includes directors and executive officers who served during the applicable fiscal year) had a direct or indirect material interest and the amount involved in such transaction exceeded $120,000. Item 13 should be read in conjunction with FootnoteNote 21 of the Company's Consolidated Financial statements.Statements.

Santander Relationship: Santander owns 100% of SHUSA's common stock. As a result, Santander has the right to elect the members of SHUSA's Board of Directors. In addition, certain individuals who serve as officers of SHUSA are also employees or officers of, or may be deemed to be officers of, Santander and/or its affiliates. The following transactions occurred during the 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 20142017 fiscal years between SHUSA or the Bank and their respective affiliates, on the one hand, and Santander or its affiliates, on the other hand.

Please refer to Note 21 of the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for contributions from Santander during the year.

Loan Sales

During 2017, SBNA sold $372.1 million of commercial loans to Santander. The Banksale resulted in $2.4 million of net gain for the year ended December 31, 2017, which is included in Miscellaneous income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Letters of credit

In the normal course of business, SBNA provides letters of credit and standby letters of credit to affiliates. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the average unfunded balance outstanding under these commitments was $92.5 million and $82.7 million, respectively.

Debt and Other Securities

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, SHUSA had $10.1 billion, $8.5 billion and $8.7 billion, respectively, of public securities consisting of various senior note obligations, trust preferred securities obligations and preferred stock. As of such dates, Santander owned approximately 0.2%, 0.4% and 1.6% of these securities, respectively.


213





Derivatives

The Company has established a derivatives trading program with Santander pursuant to which Santander and its subsidiaries and affiliates provide advice with respect to derivative trades, coordinate trades with counterparties, and act as counterparty in certain transactions. The agreement and the trades are on market rate terms and conditions. In 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 2014,2017, the aggregate notional amounts of $4.6 billion, $6.0$2.7 billion and $5.6$2.1 billion, respectively, were completed in which Santander and its subsidiaries and affiliates participated.

As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, SHUSA had $6.1 billion, $5.0 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, of public securities consisting of various senior note obligations, trust preferred securities obligations and preferred stock issuances. As of such dates, Santander owned approximately 2.0%, 3.0% and 4.9% of these securities, respectively.Service Agreements


300




In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company and its subsidiaries borrowed money and obtained credit from Santander and its affiliates. Each of the transactions was done in the ordinary course of business and on market terms prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to Santander and its affiliates, including interest rates and collateral, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. The transactions are as follows:

In March 2010, SHUSA issued to Santander a $750.0 million subordinated note due March 15, 2020 bearing interest at a rate of 5.75% through March 14, 2015 and 6.25% beginning March 15, 2015 until the note was repaid. SHUSA paid Santander $6.1 million in interest on this note in 2014. This note was converted to common stock in February 2014.

In the normal course of business, the SBNA provides letters of credit and standby letters of credit to affiliates. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the average unfunded balance outstanding under these commitments was $46.5 million.

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company and its affiliates entered into, or were subject to, various service agreements with Santander and its affiliates. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. The agreements are as follows:

NW Services Co., a Santander affiliate doing business as Aquanima, is under contract with the BankCompany to provide procurement services, with total fees paid in 2016, 2015 and 20142019 in the amount of $3.6$10.2 million, $3.8$5.4 million in 2018 and $4.0$3.7 million respectively.

Duringin 2017. There were no payables in connection with this agreement for the yearyears ended December 31, 2016,2019 or 2018. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Technology, outside service, and marketing expense in the Company paid $6.1 million in rental payments to Santander compared to $8.1 million in 2015 and $8.4 million in 2014.

Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Geoban, S.A., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the BankCompany to provide administrative services, consulting and professional services, application support and back-office services, including debit card disputes and claims support, and consumer and mortgage loan set-up and review;review, with total fees paid in 2016, 2015 and 20142019 in the amountsamount of $15.1$1.7 million, $9.8$1.8 million in 2018 and $13.4$3.3 million respectively.in 2017. The Company had no payables in connection with this agreement in 2019 or 2018. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Technology, outside service, and marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Ingenieria De Software Bancario S.L.Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A., a Santander affiliate, is under contract with the BankCompany to provide administrative services and back-office support for the Bank’s derivative, foreign exchange and hedging transactions and programs. Fees in the amounts of $1.4 million were paid to Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A. with respect to this agreement in 2019, and $1.9 million and $1.1 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. There were no payables in connection with this agreement in 2019 or 2018. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Technology, outside service, and marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Santander Global Technology S.L. is under contract with the Company to provide information technology development, support and administration, with total fees for these services paid in 2016, 2015 and 20142019 in the amount of $91.7$2.8 million, $101.6$38.7 million in 2018 and $77.9 million in 2017. In addition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had payables for these services in the amounts of $0.2 million and $116.7$0.8 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales S.L., a Santander affiliate,Global Technology is also under contract with the BankCompany to provide professional services and administration and support of information technology production systems, telecommunications and internal/external applications, with total fees for these services paid in 2016, 2015 and 20142019 in the amount of $123.4$20.9 million, $119.1$74.9 million in 2018 and $110.7 million in 2017. In addition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had payables for these services in the amounts of $15.6 million and $95.0$18.1 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In addition, Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A., a Santander affiliate,Global Technology is under contract with the BankCompany to provide administrative servicesinformation technology development, support and back-office support for the Bank's derivative, foreign exchange and hedging transactions and programs,administration, with total fees paid in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014 of $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

SGF, a Santander affiliate, is under contracts with the Bank to provide: (a) administration and management of employee benefits and payroll functions for the Bank and other affiliates, including employee benefits and payroll processing services provided by third parties sponsored by SGF; and (b) property management and related services; with total fees paid in 2015 and 2014 in the amount of $8.5$113.2 million in 2019 and $5.5 million in 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had payables with Santander Global Technology in the amounts of $5.6 million and $13.2$21.9 million respectively. Totalfor these services. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company paid $15.4 million and $17.1 million to Santander for the development and implementation of global projects as part of group expense allocation.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid $3.9 million in 2016 were immaterial.rental payments to Santander, compared to $3.9 million in 2018 and $11.2 million in 2017.

The Company is a partySC has entered into or was subject to federal and state tax-sharing agreements with the Bank and certain affiliates. These agreements generally provide for an allocation for certain periods of the consolidated return tax liability of the parties based on their separate taxable incomes and the payment of tax benefits measured by the difference between their separate return tax liability and their allocated share of consolidated return tax. The Company received $0.0 million from its affiliates under the federal tax-sharing agreements in 2016, 2015 and 2014, and paid to its affiliates $19.6 million in 2016, $0.0 million in 2015, and $1.0 million in 2014, under the state tax-sharing agreement.

Santander, through its New York branch, is under an agreement with the Bank to provide support for derivatives transactions to the Bank. The Bank is undervarious agreements with Santander, through its New York branch, to provide credit risk analysisaffiliates or the Company. Each of the agreements was done in the ordinary course of business and investment advisory services to Santander.on market terms. Those agreements include the following:


301214





SC relationship: On January 28, 2014, the Company obtained a controlling financial interest in SC in connection with the Change in Control. The financial information set forth in Item 8 gives effect to the Company’s consolidation of SC as a result of the Change in Control. The following transactions occurred during the 2016 and 2015 fiscal years between SHUSA or the Bank and SC, on the one hand, and Santander or its affiliates, on the other hand. Those agreements include the following:Revolving Agreements

SC hashad a $3.0 billion committed revolving credit agreement with Santander that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. This facility was terminated during 2018. During the years ended December 31, 2016 ,2019, December 31, 20152018 and December 31, 2014,2017, SC incurred interest expense, including unused fees of $69.9$0.0 million, $96.8$11.6 million and $92.2$51.7 million, which included $6.3 million and $6.0 million of accrued interest payable, respectively.

In August 2015, under a new agreement with Santander, SC agreed to begin incurring a fee of 12.5 basis points per annum on certain warehouse facilities as they renew, for which Santander provides a guarantee of SC's servicing obligations. For revolving commitments, the guarantee fee will be paid on the total committed amount and for amortizing commitments, the guarantee fee will be paid against each months ending balance. The guarantee fee will only be applicable for additional facilities upon the execution of the counter-guaranty agreement related to a new facility or if reaffirmation is required on existing revolving or amortizing commitments as evidenced by a duly executed counter-guaranty agreement. SC recognized guarantee fee expense of $6.4$0.4 million, $5.0 million and $6.0 million for the yearyears ended December 31, 20162019, 2018 and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.2017, respectively. As of December 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, SC had $1.6$0.0 million and $2.3$1.9 million of fees payable to Santander under this arrangement.

Through SHUSA, Santander provides SC with $3.3 billion of committed revolving credit, $300.0 million of which is collateralized by residuals retained on its own securitizations, and $3.0 billion of committed revolving credit that can be drawn on an unsecured basis. These transactions eliminate in the consolidation of the Company.Securitizations

SC has entered into derivative agreements with Santander and its affiliates, which consist primarily of swap agreements to hedge interest rate risk. These contracts had notional values of $7.3 billion and $13.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which are included in Note 14 of these financial statements.

During 2014, and until May 9, 2015, SC entered into a flow agreementMSPA with SBNASantander, under which SBNA hasit had the first rightoption to review and approve Chrysler Capital consumer vehicle lease applications. SC could review any applications declined by SBNAsell a contractually determined amount of eligible prime loans to Santander under the SPAIN securitization platform, for SC’s own portfolio.a term that ended in December 2018. SC provides servicing and received an origination fee on all leasesloans originated under this agreement. Pursuant to the Chrysler Agreement,arrangement. SC pays FCAprovides servicing on behalf of SBNA for residual gains and losses on the flowed leases. Fees related toall loans originated under this agreement eliminate in consolidation.arrangement.

On June 30, 2014, SC entered into an indemnification agreement with SBNA whereby SC indemnifies SBNAOther information relating to SPAIN securitization platform for any credit or residual losses on a pool of $48.2 million in leases originated under the flow agreement. The covered leases are non-conforming units because they did not meet SBNA’s credit criteria at origination. At time of the agreement, SC established a $48.2 million collateral account with SBNA in restricted cash that will be released over time to SBNA, in the case of losses, and SC, in the case of payments and sale proceeds. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 the balances in the collateral account were $11.3 million and $34.5 million.

SC is party to a master service agreement ("MSA") with a company in which it has a cost method investment and holds a warrant to increase its ownership if certain vesting conditions are satisfied. The MSA enables SC to review point-of-sale credit applications of retail store customers. Under terms of the MSA, SC originated personal revolving loans of $0.0 million, $23.5 million and $17.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019 and 2014, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, SC fully impaired its cost method investment in this entity and recorded a loss of $6.0 million. Effective August 17, 2016, SC ceased funding new originations from all of the retailers for which it reviews credit applications under this MSA.2018 is as follows:
(in thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Servicing fee income $29,831
 $35,058
Loss (Gain) on sale, excluding lower of cost of market adjustments (if any) 
 20,736
Servicing fees receivable 1,869
 2,983
Collections due to Santander 8,180
 15,968

On July 2, 2015, SC announced the departure of Thomas G. Dundon from his roles as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of SC, effective as of the close of business on July 2, 2015. Refer to Note 21 for additional discussion.Origination Support Services

Beginning in 2018, SC paid certain expenses incurred by Mr. Dundonagreed to provide SBNA with origination support services in connection with the operationprocessing, underwriting and purchase of a private plane in which he owns a partial interest when usedretail loans, primarily from FCA dealers. In addition, SC has agreed to perform the servicing for SC business within the contiguous 48 states. Under this practice, payment was basedany loans originated on a set flight time hourly rate.SBNA’s behalf. For the years ended December 31, 20152019 and 2018, SC facilitated the purchase of $7.0 billion and $1.9 billion of RICs, respectively. Under this agreement, SC recognized referral and servicing fees of $58.1 million and $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, of which $2.1 million was receivable and $4.9 million was payable to SC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Other related-party transactions

As of December 31, 2019, Jason A. Kulas and Thomas Dundon, both former members of SC's Board of Directors and CEOs of SC, each had a minority equity investment in a property in which SC leases approximately 373,000 square feet as its corporate headquarters. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 SC recorded $5.3 million, $4.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, in lease expenses on this property. Future minimum lease payments over the seven-year term of the lease, which extends through 2026, total $48.5 million.
SC's wholly-owned subsidiary SCI, opened deposit accounts with BSPR, an affiliated entity. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, SCI had cash (including restricted cash) of $8.1 million and $8.9 million, respectively, on deposit with BSPR. This transaction eliminates in the consolidation of SHUSA.
SC has certain deposit and checking accounts with SBNA. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, SC had a balance of $33.7 million and $92.8 million, respectively, in these accounts. This transaction eliminates in the consolidation of SHUSA.

Entities that transferred to the IHC have entered into or were subject to various agreements with Santander or its affiliates. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms. Those agreements include the following:

BSI enters into transactions with affiliated entities in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2019, BSI had short-term borrowings from unconsolidated affiliates of $1.8 million, compared to $59.9 million as of December 31, 2018. BSI had cash and cash equivalents deposited with affiliates of $6.8 million and $46.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2014, the Company paid $0.42018, respectively. BSI had foreign exchange rate forward contracts with affiliates as counterparties with notional amounts of approximately $1.9 billion and $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. BSI held deposits from unconsolidated affiliates of $118.4 million and $0.6$55.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, loan participations of $714.2 million and $195.8 million, respectively, were sold to Meregrass, Inc., the company managing the plane's operations, with an average rate of $5,800 per hour in both years.

BSSA without recourse.

302215





Under an agreement with Mr. Dundon, SC is provided access to a suite at an event center that is leased by Mr. Dundon, and which SC uses for business purposes. SC reimburses Mr. Dundon for the use of this space on a periodic basis. During both of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, SC reimbursed Mr. Dundon $0.2 million for the use of this space.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded expenses of $5.5 million, $2.5 million and $10.8 million, respectively, related toSIS enters into transactions with SC. In addition, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had receivables and prepaid expenses with SCaffiliated entities in the amountsordinary course of $12.5 millionbusiness. SIS executes, clears and $19.3 million, respectively.custodies certain of its securities transactions through various affiliates in Latin America and Europe. The activity is primarily relatedbalance of payables to SC's servicing of certain SHUSA outstanding loan portfolios and dividends paid by SCcustomers due to SHUSA. Transactions that occurred after the Change in Control, which was effective January 28, 2014, have been eliminated from the Consolidated Statements of OperationsSantander at December 31, 2016 and2019 was $1.9 billion, compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015 as intercompany transactions.2018.

Loans to Directors and Executive Officers

SHUSA, through the Bank, is in the business of gathering deposits and making loans. Like many financial institutions, SHUSA actively encourages its directors and the companies which they control and/or are otherwise affiliated with to maintain their banking business with the Bank, rather than with a competitor.

In addition, the Bank provides certain other banking services to its directors and entities with which they are affiliated. In each case, these services are provided in the ordinary course of the Bank's business and on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others.

As part of its banking business, the Bank also extends loans to directors, executive officers and employees of SHUSA and the Bank and their respective subsidiaries. Such loans are provided in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business, are on substantially the same general terms (including interest rates, collateral and repayment terms) as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others not affiliated with the Bank and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. As permitted by Regulation O, certain loans to directors and employees of SHUSA and the Bank, including SHUSA’s executive officers, are priced at up to a 0.25% discount to market and require no application fee, but contain no other terms different than terms available in comparable transactions with non-employees. The 0.25% discount is discontinued when an employee terminates his or her employment with SHUSA or the Bank. No such loans have been non-accrual, past due, restructured, or potential problem loans. Such loansLoans to SHUSA’s directors and executive officers consist of:required to be disclosed under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K were as follows:

An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to Melissa Ballenger,Federico Papa, a former executive officer of the Bank, in the original principal amount of $700,000.$995,000. The current interest rate on this loan is 1.625%was 2.00%. For 2016,2019, the highest outstanding balance was $692,429,$472,284, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20162019 was $674,048. Ms. Ballengerzero. Mr. Papa paid $18,381$472,284 in principal and $11,115$13,284 in interest on this loan in 2016.2019. For 2015,2018, the highest outstanding balance was $700,000,$488,014, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20152018 was $692,429. Ms. Ballenger$472,284. Mr. Papa paid $7,571$15,730 in principal and $5,572$9,617 in interest on this loan in 2015.

A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Marcelo Brutti, a former executive officer, in the original principal amount of $631,200. The most recent interest rate on this loan is 3.875%.2018. For 2016,2017, the highest outstanding balance was $617,745, and this loan was paid in full at December 31, 2016. Mr Brutti paid $617,745 in principal and $12,423 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $631,200,$503,432, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20152018 was $617,745. Mr Brutti$488,014. Mr. Papa paid $13,455$15,418 in principal and $17,971$9,928 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $631,200, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $631,200. Mr Brutti paid $0 in principal and $750 in interest on this loan in 2014.

A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to David Chaos, a former executive officer, in the original principal amount of $700,000. The most recent interest rate on this loan was 2.375%. As of December 31, 2015 this loan was paid-off in full. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $484,587 and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $0. Mr. Chaos paid $484,587 in principal and $10,998 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $697,327 and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $484,587. Mr. Chaos paid $212,740 in principal and $12,058 in interest on this loan in 2014.

A line of credit to Mr. Chaos in the original principal amount of $532,000. The interest rate on this line is 2.24%. The balance outstanding on this line at December 31, 2014 was $0. In 2015 the original principal amount was reduced to $91,800, with an interest rate of 3.74%. This line was closed in the third quarter of 2015.


303




An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to Alfonso de Castro, a former executive officer, in the original principal amount of $950,000. The most recent interest rate on this loan was 3.375%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $853,075, and this loan was paid in full at December 31, 2016. Mr. de Castro paid $853,075 in principal and $3,499 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $899,762, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $853,075. Mr. de Castro paid $46,687 in principal and $23,732 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $946,181, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014was $899,762. Mr. de Castro paid $46,419 in principal and $21,969 in interest on this loan in 2014.

A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Gonzalo de Las Heras,a former director, in the original principal amount of $400,000. The interest rate on this loan is 3.99%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $345,601, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $334,458. Mr. de Las Heras paid $11,143 in principal and $13,587 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $356,309, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $345,601. Mr. de Las Heras paid $10,708 in principal and $14,022 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $366,599, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $356,309. Mr. de Las Heras paid $10,290 in principal and $14,440 in interest on this loan in 2014.

A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Mr. de Las Heras, in the original principal amount of $255,000. The interest rate on this loan is 2.375%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $230,075, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $223,573. Mr. de Las Heras paid $6,499 in principal and $5,394 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $236,419, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $230,072. Mr. de Las Heras paid $6,347 in principal and $5,546 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $242,617, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $236,419. Mr. de Las Heras paid $6,198 in principal and $5,695 in interest on this loan in 2014.

2017.
A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Kenneth Goldman, ana former executive officer, who serves as Chief Accounting Officer, in the original principal amount of $824,000. The interest rate on this loan iswas 2.875%. For 2016,2019, the highest outstanding balance was $765,021,$703,742, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20162019 was $745,738.zero. Mr. Goldman paid $19,283$703,742 in principal and $21,742$11,933 in interest on this loan in 2016.2019. For 2015,2018, the highest outstanding balance was $783,758,$725,893, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20152018 was $765,021.$703,742. Mr. Goldman paid $18,737$22,151 in principal and $22,287$22,292 in interest on this loan in 2015.2018. For 2014,2017, the highest outstanding balance was $801,965,$745,738, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $782,217. Mr. Goldman paid $18,207 in principal and $22,818 in interest on this loan in 2014.

An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to Carol Hunley, a former executive officer of the Bank, in the original principal amount of $926,400. The most recent interest rate on this loan was 2.625%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $833,733, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $0. Ms. Hunley paid $833,733 in principal and $8,873 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $858,999, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $833,733. Ms. Hunley paid $25,265 in principal and $13,771 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $883,857, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $858,999. Ms. Hunley paid $24,459 in principal and $14,178 in interest on this loan in 2014.
2017.
An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to Cameron Letters, a former executive officer of the Bank, in the original principal amount of $950,000. The interest rate on this loan is 1.75%was 3.00%. For 2016,2018, the highest outstanding balance was $865,553,$814,262, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20162018 was $839,768.zero. Mr. Letters paid $25,785$814,262 in principal and $14,941$18,256 in interest on this loan in 2016.2018. For 2015,2017, the highest outstanding balance was $890,891,$839,768, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 20152017 was $865,553.$814,262. Mr. Letters paid $25,338$25,507 in principal and $15,388$16,189 in interest on this loan in 2015.2017.

An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to John Murphy, a former executive officer of the Bank, in the original principal amount of $535,000. The interest rate on this loan is 3.0%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $483,648, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $470,288. Mr. Murphy paid $483,648 in principal and $12,316 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $497,554, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $483,648. Mr. Murphy paid $13,905 in principal and $9,824 in interest on this loan in 2015.

An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to Federico Papa, an executive officer of the Bank, in the original principal amount $995,000. The current interest rate on this loan is 2.00%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $902,888, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $503,432. Mr. Papa paid $399,456 in principal and $12,153 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $928,682, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $902,888. Mr. Papa paid $25,794 in principal and $18,338 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $953,967, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $928,682. Mr. Papa paid $25,284 in principal and $18,848 in interest on this loan in 2014.

304




A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Mr. Christopher Pfirrman, a former executive officer, in the original principal amount of $245,000. The most recent interest rate on this loan was 2.29%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $203,771, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $188,969. Mr. Pfirrman paid $14,803 in principal and $4,512 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $218,239, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $203,771. Mr. Pfirrman paid $14,468 in principal and $4,846 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $232,380, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $218,239. Mr. Pfirrman paid $14,141 in principal and $5,174 in interest on this loan in 2014.

An adjustable rate first mortgage loan to Guillermo Sabater, a former executive officer, in the original principal amount of $545,000. The most recent interest rate on this loan is 2.875%. As of December 31, 2015 this loan was paid in full. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $398,207, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $0. Mr. Sabater paid $398,207 in principal and $5,437 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $414,343, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $398,207. Mr. Sabater paid $16,136 in principal and $7,631in interest on this loan in 2014.

A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Alberto Sanchez, one of our former directors, in the original principal amount of $341,000. The interest rate on this loan is 3.875%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $221,591, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $185,832. Mr. Sanchez paid $35,759 in principal and $7,044 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $247,334, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $221,591. Mr. Sanchez paid $25,744 in principal and $9,179 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $262,350, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $247,334. Mr. Sanchez paid $15,015 in principal and $9,950 in interest on this loan in 2014.

A fixed-rate first mortgage loan to Lisa VanRoekel, a former executive officer of the Bank, in the original principal amount of $400,000. The most recent interest rate on this loan was 3.50%. For 2016, the highest outstanding balance was $338,730, and this loan was paid in full as of December 31, 2016. Ms. VanRoekel paid $338,730 in principal and $3,409 in interest on this loan in 2016. For 2015, the highest outstanding balance was $358,009, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $338,730. Ms. VanRoekel paid $19,279 in principal and $8,722 in interest on this loan in 2015. For 2014, the highest outstanding balance was $382,432, and the balance outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $358,009. Ms. VanRoekel paid $24,423 in principal and $9,923 in interest on this loan in 2014.

Approval of Related Party Transactions

SHUSA's policies require that all related person transactions be reviewed for compliance and applicable banking and securities laws and be approved by, or approved pursuant to procedures approved by, the Bank's “Business Activities Committee.”laws. Moreover, SHUSA's policies require that all material transactions be approved by SHUSA's Board or the Bank's Board.

Director Independence

As noted elsewhere in this Form 10-K, SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Santander. As a result, all of SHUSA's voting common equity securities are owned by Santander. However, the depository shares of SHUSA's Series C non-cumulative preferred stock continue to be listed on the NYSE. In accordance with the NYSE rules, because SHUSA does not have common equity securities but rather only preferred and debt securities listed on the NYSE, the SHUSA Board is not required to have a majority of “independent” directors.

305216





ITEM 14 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Fees of the Independent Auditor

The following tablestable set forth the aggregate fees for services rendered, to the Company, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20162019 by our current principal accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016(1)
Parent Company and SBNA SC All Other Entities Total
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019(1)
Parent Company and SBNA SC All Other Entities Total
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Audit Fees (2)
$6,019
 $10,523
 $2,122
 $18,664
$10,245
 $8,150
 $3,983
 $22,378
Audit-Related Fees (3)
4,795
 1,892
 20
 6,707
455
 900
 128
 1,483
Tax Fees (4)
2,550
 210
 360
 3,120
425
 150
 
 575
All Other Fees (5)
1,905
 
 
 1,905
13
 7
 
 20
Total Fees$15,269
 $12,625
 $2,502
 $30,396
$11,138
 $9,207
 $4,111
 $24,456
(1) Represents proposed fees approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.Committee.
(2) Audit fees include fees associated with the annual audit of the financial statements and the audit of internal control over financial reporting, of the Company, and the reviews of the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.interim financial statements included in quarterly reports and statutory/subsidiary audits.
(3) Audit-related fees principally include audits of employee benefit plans, audits of separate subsidiary financial statements required by their formation agreements, attestation reports required under services agreements,and agreed-upon procedures which address accounting, reporting and control matters, consent to use itsthe Company's report in connection with various documents filed with the SEC, and comfort letters issued to underwriters for securities offerings.
(4) Tax fees include tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
(5) All other fees are fees for any services not included in 2016 included procedures performed over the Governance Risk & Control SAP implementation and BSA/AML Transformation Implementation. These were non-recurring fees charged in 2016.first three categories.

The following tablestable set forth the aggregate fees for services rendered to the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 by our former principal accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP. 

2018.
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015(1)
Parent Company and SBNA SC All Other Entities Total
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018(1)
Parent Company and SBNA SC All Other Entities Total
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Audit Fees (2)
$8,700
 $5,853
 $2,021
 $16,574
$9,441
 $7,450
 $3,216
 $20,107
Audit-Related Fees (3)
1,172
 1,256
 135
 2,563
392
 975
 142
 1,509
Tax Fees (4)
152
 
 489
 641
269
 332
 
 601
All Other Fees(5)
3,760
 
 16
 3,776
438
 7
 
 445
Total Fees$13,784
 $7,109
 $2,661
 $23,554
$10,437
 $8,764
 $3,358
 $22,662
(1) RepresentsAudit fees billed for the audit of our financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, review of financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and the audit of our internal controls over financial reporting. Amounts for Parent Company and SBNA, as well as SC,2018 have been updatedadjusted reflect amounts billed in 2019 related to reflect additional billings incurred due to restatements of our 2015 Form 10-Qs and Form 10-Ks.2018 audits.
(2) Audit fees include fees associated with the annual audit of the financial statements and the audit of internal control over financial reporting, of the Company, and the reviews of the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.interim financial statements included in quarterly reports and statutory/subsidiary audits.
(3) Audit-related fees in 2015 principally included audits of employee benefit plans, audits of separate subsidiary financial statements required by their formation agreements,include attestation reports required under services agreements,and agreed-upon procedures which address accounting, reporting and control matters, consent to use itsthe Company's report in connection with various documents filed with the SEC, and comfort letters issued to underwriters for securities offerings.
(4) Tax fees include tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
(5) All other fees are fees for any services not included in 2015 included procedures performed over the Governance Risk & Control SAP implementation and BSA/AML Transformation Implementation. These were non-recurring fees charged in 2015.first three categories.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services by Independent Auditor

During 20162019, SHUSA’s Audit Committee pre-approved 100% of audit and non-prohibited, non-audit services provided by the independent auditor after its appointment as such.auditor. These services may have included audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. The Audit Committee adopted a policy for the pre-approval of servicesPre-approval was generally provided by the independent auditor. Under the policy, pre-approval was generally providedAudit Committee for up to one year and any pre-approval was detailed as to the particular service or category of services and was subject to a specific budget. In addition, the Audit Committee may also have pre-approved particular services on a case-by-case basis. For each proposed service, the Audit Committee received detailed information sufficient to enable it to pre-approve and evaluate such service. The Audit Committee may have delegated pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. Any pre-approval decision made under delegated authority was communicated to the Audit Committee at or before its next scheduled meeting. There were no waivers by the Audit Committee of the pre-approval requirement for permissible non-audit services in 2016.2019.

306217





PART IV


ITEM 15 - EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


(a) 

1. Financial Statements.

The following financial statements are filed as part of this report:
   Consolidated Balance Sheets
   Consolidated Statements of Operations
   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
   Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

Financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required or is shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.

218



(b)    Exhibit Index


(b)
(2.1)Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2008, between Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and Banco Santander, S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SHUSA's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 16, 2008) (Commission File Number 001-16581)
(3.1)
  
(3.2)
  
(3.3)
  
(3.4)
  
(3.5)
  
(3.6)
(3.7)
(3.8)
  
(4.1)Santander Holdings USA, Inc. has certain debt obligations outstanding. None of the instruments evidencing such debt authorizes an amount of securities in excess of 10% of the total assets of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; therefore, copies of such instruments are not included as exhibits to this QuarterlyAnnual Report on Form 10-Q.10-K. Santander Holdings USA, Inc. agrees to furnish copies to the SEC on request.
  

307




(10.1)Underwriting Agreement dated January 22, 2014 among Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the underwriters listed therein, Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc., Santander Consumer Illinois, Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and the other Selling Stockholders listed in Schedule II thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2014 (Commission File Number 001-16581)
(10.2)
  
(10.310.2)
(10.4)Written Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2015, by and between Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2015 (Commission File Number 001-16581)
  
(21.1)
  
(23.1)
(23.2)Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (Santander Holdings USA, Inc.) (Filed herewith)
  
(31.1)
  
(31.2)
  
(32.1)
  
(32.2)
  
(101(101.INS))
Interactive Data File (XBRL).Inline XBRL Instance Document (Filed herewith)
(101.SCH)
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema (Filed herewith)
(101.CAL)
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase (Filed herewith)
(101.DEF)
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase (Filed herewith)
(101.LAB)
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase (Filed herewith)
(101.PRE)
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase (Filed herewith)


ITEM 16 - FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None applicable


308219





SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

   
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC.
(Registrant)
    
Date:March 20, 201711, 2020 /s/ Scott E. PowellJuan Carlos Alvarez de Soto
   Scott E. PowellJuan Carlos Alvarez de Soto
   
PresidentChief Financial Officer and ChiefSenior Executive Officer
(Authorized Officer) 
Vice President
    
    
Date:March 20, 201711, 2020 /s/ Madhukar DayalDavid L. Cornish
   Madhukar DayalDavid L. Cornish
   Chief FinancialAccounting Officer, Corporate Controller and Senior Executive Vice President



309220





Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Scott E. PowellTimothy Wennes    
Scott E. PowellTimothy Wennes
 
Director, President
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Madhukar DayalJuan Carlos Alvarez de Soto
Madhukar DayalJuan Carlos Alvarez de Soto
Senior Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
March 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Kenneth GoldmanDavid L. Cornish
Kenneth GoldmanDavid L. Cornish
Executive Vice President
Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
March 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ T. Timothy Ryan, Jr.
T. Timothy Ryan Jr.
Director
Chairman of the Board
March 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Javier Maldonado
Javier Maldonado    
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Thomas S. Johnson
Thomas S. Johnson
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
/s/ Ana Botin Ana BotinDirectorMarch 11, 2020
   
/s/ Stephen A. Ferriss
Stephen A. Ferriss
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Alan Fishman
Alan Fishman
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Juan Guitard
Juan Guitard
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Catherine KeatingHector Grisi
Catherine KeatingHector Grisi
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Jose DoncelEdith Holiday
Jose DoncelEdith Holiday
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Victor MatarranzGuy Moszkowski
Victor MatarranzGuy Moszkowski
DirectorMarch 20, 2017
/s/ Juan Olaizola
Juan Olaizola
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Henri-Paul Rousseau
Henri-Paul Rousseau
DirectorMarch 20, 201711, 2020
   
/s/ Wolfgang Schoellkopf
Wolfgang Schoellkopf
DirectorMarch 20, 2017
/s/ Richard Spillenkothen
Richard Spillenkothen
DirectorMarch 20, 2017

221



310